[Title 40 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 2014 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]



[[Page i]]



          Title 40

Protection of Environment


________________________

Parts 190 to 259

                         Revised as of July 1, 2014

          Containing a codification of documents of general
          applicability and future effect

          As of July 1, 2014
                    Published by Office of the Federal Register National
                    Archives and Records Administration as a Special
                    Edition of the Federal Register

[[Page ii]]

          U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE

          Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos
          

          The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration
              (NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as
              the official codification of Federal regulations established
              under the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44
              U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the CFR, a special edition of the
              Federal Register, shall be judicially noticed. The CFR is
              prima facie evidence of the original documents published in
              the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).

          It is prohibited to use NARA's official seal and the stylized Code
              of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this
              material without the express, written permission of the
              Archivist of the United States or the Archivist's designee.
              Any person using NARA's official seals and logos in a manner
              inconsistent with the provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is
              subject to the penalties specified in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and
              1017.

          Use of ISBN Prefix

          This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication
              and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of
              the 0-16 ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Printing Office
              Official Editions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the
              U.S. Government Printing Office requests that any reprinted
              edition clearly be labeled as a copy of the authentic work
              with a new ISBN.

              

          U . S . G O V E R N M E N T P R I N T I N G O F F I C E

          ------------------------------------------------------------------

          U.S. Superintendent of Documents  Washington, DC 20402-0001

          http://bookstore.gpo.gov

          Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 40:
          Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency
          (Continued)                                                3
  Finding Aids:
      Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................     485
      Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR......     505
      List of CFR Sections Affected...........................     515

[[Page iv]]





                     ----------------------------

                     Cite this Code: CFR
                     To cite the regulations in
                       this volume use title,
                       part and section number.
                       Thus, 40 CFR 190.01 refers
                       to title 40, part 190,
                       section 01.

                     ----------------------------

[[Page v]]



                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1

    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its
revision date (in this case, July 1, 2014), consult the ``List of CFR
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting
requirements.

PAST PROVISIONS OF THE CODE

    Provisions of the Code that are no longer in force and effect as of
the revision date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried.
Code users may find the text of provisions in effect on any given date
in the past by using the appropriate List of CFR Sections Affected
(LSA). For the convenience of the reader, a ``List of CFR Sections
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume. For changes to
the Code prior to the LSA listings at the end of the volume, consult
previous annual editions of the LSA. For changes to the Code prior to
2001, consult the List of CFR Sections Affected compilations, published
for 1949-1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000.

``[RESERVED]'' TERMINOLOGY

    The term ``[Reserved]'' is used as a place holder within the Code of
Federal Regulations. An agency may add regulatory information at a
``[Reserved]'' location at any time. Occasionally ``[Reserved]'' is used
editorially to indicate that a portion of the CFR was left vacant and
not accidentally dropped due to a printing or computer error.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)).
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed as
an approved incorporation by reference, please contact the agency that
issued the regulation containing that incorporation. If, after
contacting the agency, you find the material is not available, please
notify the Director of the Federal Register, National Archives and
Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001,
or call 202-741-6010.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Authorities
and Rules. A list of CFR titles, chapters, subchapters, and parts and an
alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are also included in
this volume.

[[Page vii]]

    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form.
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in
the daily Federal Register.
    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National
Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD
20740-6001 or e-mail [email protected].

SALES

    The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free,
866-512-1800, or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or
fax your order to 202-512-2104, 24 hours a day. For payment by check,
write to: US Government Printing Office - New Orders, P.O. Box 979050,
St. Louis, MO 63197-9000.

ELECTRONIC SERVICES

    The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of
CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal
Register, Public Laws, Public Papers of the Presidents of the United
States, Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act
Compilation are available in electronic format via www.ofr.gov. For more
information, contact the GPO Customer Contact Center, U.S. Government
Printing Office. Phone 202-512-1800, or 866-512-1800 (toll-free). E-
mail, [email protected].
    The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.archives.gov/federal-
register.
    The e-CFR is a regularly updated, unofficial editorial compilation
of CFR material and Federal Register amendments, produced by the Office
of the Federal Register and the Government Printing Office. It is
available at www.ecfr.gov.

    Charles A. Barth,
    Director,
    Office of the Federal Register.
    July 1, 2014.







[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 40--Protection of Environment is composed of thirty-three
volumes. The parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order:
Parts 1-49, parts 50-51, part 52 (52.01-52.1018), part 52 (52.1019-
52.2019), part 52 (52.2020-end of part 52), parts 53-59, part 60 (60.1-
end of part 60, sections), part 60 (Appendices), parts 61-62, part 63
(63.1-63.599), part 63 (63.600-63.1199), part 63 (63.1200-63.1439), part
63 (63.1440-63.6175), part 63 (63.6580-63.8830), part 63 (63.8980-end of
part 63), parts 64-71, parts 72-80, parts 81-84, parts 85-86, parts 87-
95, parts 96-99, parts 100-135, parts 136-149, parts 150-189, parts 190-
259, parts 260-265, parts 266-299, parts 300-399, parts 400-424, parts
425-699, parts 700-789, parts 790-999, and part 1000 to end. The
contents of these volumes represent all current regulations codified
under this title of the CFR as of July 1, 2014.

    Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency appears in all thirty-
three volumes. Regulations issued by the Council on Environmental
Quality, including an Index to Parts 1500 through 1508, appear in the
volume containing part 1000 to end. The OMB control numbers for title 40
appear in Sec.  9.1 of this chapter.

    For this volume, Susannah C. Hurley was Chief Editor. The Code of
Federal Regulations publication program is under the direction of John
Hyrum Martinez, assisted by Ann Worley.

[[Page 1]]



                   TITLE 40--PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT




                  (This book contains parts 190 to 259)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Part

chapter i--Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)......         190

[[Page 3]]



         CHAPTER I--ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)




  --------------------------------------------------------------------


  Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 65 FR
47324, 47325, Aug. 2, 2000; 66 FR 34375, 34376, June 28, 2001.

               SUBCHAPTER F--RADIATION PROTECTION PROGRAMS
Part                                                                Page
190             Environmental radiation protection standards
                    for nuclear power operations............           5
191             Environmental radiation protection standards
                    for management and disposal of spent
                    nuclear fuel, high-level and transuranic
                    radioactive wastes......................           6
192             Health and environmental protection
                    standards for uranium and thorium mill
                    tailings................................          17
194             Criteria for the certification and re-
                    certification of the Waste Isolation
                    Pilot Plant's compliance with the 40 CFR
                    part 191 disposal regulations...........          36
195             Radon proficiency programs..................          59
197             Public health and environmental radiation
                    protection standards for Yucca Mountain,
                    Nevada..................................          62
                 SUBCHAPTER G--NOISE ABATEMENT PROGRAMS
201             Noise emission standards for transportation
                    equipment; interstate rail carriers.....          71
202             Motor carriers engaged in interstate
                    commerce................................          84
203             Low-noise-emission products.................          86
204             Noise emission standards for construction
                    equipment...............................          89
205             Transportation equipment noise emission
                    controls................................         106
209             Rules of practice governing proceedings
                    under the Noise Control Act of 1972.....         160
210             Prior notice of citizen suits...............         171
211             Product noise labeling......................         173
                       SUBCHAPTER H--OCEAN DUMPING
220             General.....................................         189
221             Applications for ocean dumping permits under
                    section 102 of the Act..................         192

[[Page 4]]

222             Action on ocean dumping permit applications
                    under section 102 of the Act............         193
223             Contents of permits; revision, revocation or
                    limitation of ocean dumping permits
                    under section 104(d) of the Act.........         200
224             Records and reports required of ocean
                    dumping permittees under section 102 of
                    the Act.................................         203
225             Corps of Engineers dredged material permits.         204
227             Criteria for the evaluation of permit
                    applications for ocean dumping of
                    materials...............................         205
228             Criteria for the management of disposal
                    sites for ocean dumping.................         216
229             General permits.............................         252
230             Section 404(b)(1) guidelines for
                    specification of disposal sites for
                    dredged or fill material................         255
231             Section 404(c) procedures...................         308
232             404 Program definitions; exempt activities
                    not requiring 404 permits...............         312
233             404 State program regulations...............         319
238             Degradable plastic ring carriers............         341
                       SUBCHAPTER I--SOLID WASTES
239             Requirements for State permit program
                    determination of adequacy...............         343
240             Guidelines for the thermal processing of
                    solid wastes............................         351
241             Solid wastes used as fuels or ingredients in
                    combustion units........................         359
243             Guidelines for the storage and collection of
                    residential, commercial, and
                    institutional solid waste...............         364
246             Source separation for materials recovery
                    guidelines..............................         372
247             Comprehensive procurement guideline for
                    products containing recovered materials.         380
254             Prior notice of citizen suits...............         388
255             Identification of regions and agencies for
                    solid waste management..................         390
256             Guidelines for development and
                    implementation of State solid waste
                    management plans........................         396
257             Criteria for classification of solid waste
                    disposal facilities and practices.......         408
258             Criteria for municipal solid waste landfills         431
259

[Reserved]


               SUBCHAPTER F_RADIATION PROTECTION PROGRAMS



[[Page 5]]



PART 190_ENVIRONMENTAL RADIATION PROTECTION STANDARDS FOR NUCLEAR POWER
OPERATIONS--Table of Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
190.01 Applicability.
190.02 Definitions.

      Subpart B_Environmental Standards for the Uranium Fuel Cycle

190.10 Standards for normal operations.
190.11 Variances for unusual operations.
190.12 Effective date.

    Authority: Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended; Reorganization
Plan No. 3, of 1970.

    Source: 42 FR 2860, Jan. 13, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 190.01  Applicability.

    The provisions of this part apply to radiation doses received by
members of the public in the general environment and to radioactive
materials introduced into the general environment as the result of
operations which are part of a nuclear fuel cycle.



Sec. 190.02  Definitions.

    (a) Nuclear fuel cycle means the operations defined to be associated
with the production of electrical power for public use by any fuel cycle
through utilization of nuclear energy.
    (b) Uranium fuel cycle means the operations of milling of uranium
ore, chemical conversion of uranium, isotopic enrichment of uranium,
fabrication of uranium fuel, generation of electricity by a light-water-
cooled nuclear power plant using uranium fuel, and reprocessing of spent
uranium fuel, to the extent that these directly support the production
of electrical power for public use utilizing nuclear energy, but
excludes mining operations, operations at waste disposal sites,
transporta tion of any radioactive material in sup port of these
operations, and the reuse of recovered non-uranium special nu clear and
by-product materials from the cycle.
    (c) General environment means the total terrestrial, atmospheric and
aquatic environments outside sites upon which any operation which is
part of a nuclear fuel cycle is conducted.
    (d) Site means the area contained within the boundary of a location
under the control of persons possessing or using radioactive material on
which is conducted one or more operations covered by this part.
    (e) Radiation means any or all of the following: Alpha, beta, gamma,
or X-rays; neutrons; and high-energy electrons, protons, or other atomic
particles; but not sound or radio waves, nor visible, infrared, or ultra
violet light.
    (f) Radioactive material means any material which spontaneously
emits radiation.
    (g) Curie (Ci) means that quantity of radioactive material producing
37 billion nuclear transformations per second. (One millicurie
(mCi)=0.001 Ci.)
    (h) Dose equivalent means the product of absorbed dose and
appropriate factors to account for differences in biological
effectiveness due to the quality of radiation and its spatial
distribution in the body. The unit of dose equivalent is the ``rem.''
(One millirem (mrem)= 0.001 rem.)
    (i) Organ means any human organ exclusive of the dermis, the
epidermis, or the cornea.
    (j) Gigawatt-year refers to the quantity of electrical energy
produced at the busbar of a generating station. A gigawatt is equal to
one billion watts. A gigawatt-year is equivalent to the amount of energy
output represented by an average electric power level of one gigawatt
sustained for one year.
    (k) Member of the public means any individual that can receive a
radiation dose in the general environment, whether he may or may not
also be exposed to radiation in an occupation associated with a nuclear
fuel cycle. However, an individual is not considered a member of the
public during any

[[Page 6]]

period in which he is engaged in carrying out any operation which is
part of a nuclear fuel cycle.
    (l) Regulatory agency means the government agency responsible for
issuing regulations governing the use of sources of radiation or
radioactive materials or emissions therefrom and carrying out inspection
and enforcement activities to assure compliance with such regulations.



      Subpart B_Environmental Standards for the Uranium Fuel Cycle



Sec. 190.10  Standards for normal operations.

    Operations covered by this subpart shall be conducted in such a
manner as to provide reasonable assurance that:
    (a) The annual dose equivalent does not exceed 25 millirems to the
whole body, 75 millirems to the thyroid, and 25 millirems to any other
organ of any member of the public as the result of exposures to planned
discharges of radioactive materials, radon and its daughters excepted,
to the general environment from uranium fuel cycle operations and to
radiation from these operations.
    (b) The total quantity of radioactive materials entering the general
environment from the entire uranium fuel cycle, per gigawatt-year of
electrical energy produced by the fuel cycle, contains less than 50,000
curies of krypton-85, 5 millicuries of iodine-129, and 0.5 millicuries
combined of plutonium-239 and other alpha-emitting transuranic
radionuclides with half-lives greater than one year.



Sec. 190.11  Variances for unusual operations.

    The standards specified in Sec. 190.10 may be exceeded if:
    (a) The regulatory agency has granted a variance based upon its
determination that a temporary and unusual operating condition exists
and continued operation is in the public interest, and
    (b) Information is promptly made a matter of public record
delineating the nature of unusual operating conditions, the degree to
which this operation is expected to result in levels in excess of the
standards, the basis of the variance, and the schedule for achieving
conformance with the standards.



Sec. 190.12  Effective date.

    (a) The standards in Sec. 190.10(a) shall be effective December 1,
1979, except that for doses arising from operations associated with the
milling of uranium ore the effective date shall be December 1, 1980.
    (b) The standards in Sec. 190.10(b) shall be effective December 1,
1979, except that the standards for krypton-85 and iodine-129 shall be
effective January 1, 1983, for any such radioactive materials generated
by the fission process after these dates.



PART 191_ENVIRONMENTAL RADIATION PROTECTION STANDARDS FOR MANAGEMENT AND
DISPOSAL OF SPENT NUCLEAR FUEL, HIGH-LEVEL AND TRANSURANIC RADIOACTIVE

WASTES--Table of Contents



      Subpart A_Environmental Standards for Management and Storage

Sec.
191.01 Applicability.
191.02 Definitions.
191.03 Standards.
191.04 Alternative standards.
191.05 Effective date.

             Subpart B_Environmental Standards for Disposal

191.11 Applicability.
191.12 Definitions.
191.13 Containment requirements.
191.14 Assurance requirements.
191.15 Individual protection requirements.
191.16 Alternative provisions for disposal.
191.17 Effective date.

      Subpart C_Environmental Standards for Ground-Water Protection

191.21 Applicability.
191.22 Definitions.
191.23 General provisions.
191.24 Disposal standards.
191.25 Compliance with other Federal regulations.
191.26 Alternative provisions.
191.27 Effective date.

Appendix A to Part 191--Table for Subpart B
Appendix B to Part 191--Calculation of Annual Committed Effective Dose
Appendix C to Part 191--Guidance for Implementation of Subpart B


[[Page 7]]


    Authority: The Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, 42 U.S.C.
2011-2296; Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1970, 5 U.S.C. app. 1; the
Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 10101-10270; and
the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant Land Withdrawal Act, Pub. L. 102-579,
106 Stat. 4777.

    Source: 50 FR 38084, Sept. 19, 1985, unless otherwise noted.



      Subpart A_Environmental Standards for Management and Storage



Sec. 191.01  Applicability.

    This subpart applies to:
    (a) Radiation doses received by members of the public as a result of
the management (except for transportation) and storage of spent nuclear
fuel or high-level or transuranic radioactive wastes at any facility
regulated by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission or by Agreement States,
to the extent that such management and storage operations are not
subject to the provisions of part 190 of title 40; and
    (b) Radiation doses received by members of the public as a result of
the management and storage of spent nuclear fuel or high-level or
transuranic wastes at any disposal facility that is operated by the
Department of Energy and that is not regulated by the Commission or by
Agreement States.



Sec. 191.02  Definitions.

    Unless otherwise indicated in this subpart, all terms shall have the
same meaning as in Subpart A of Part 190.
    (a) Agency means the Environmental Protection Agency.
    (b) Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency.
    (c) Commission means the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
    (d) Department means the Department of Energy.
    (e) NWPA means the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982 (Pub. L. 97-
425).
    (f) Agreement State means any State with which the Commission or the
Atomic Energy Commission has entered into an effective agreement under
subsection 274b of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat.
919).
    (g) Spent nuclear fuel means fuel that has been withdrawn from a
nuclear reactor following irradiation, the constituent elements of which
have not been separated by reprocessing.
    (h) High-level radioactive waste, as used in this part, means high-
level radioactive waste as defined in the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of
1982 (Pub. L. 97-425).
    (i) Transuranic radioactive waste, as used in this part, means waste
containing more than 100 nanocuries of alpha-emitting transuranic
isotopes, with half-lives greater than twenty years, per gram of waste,
except for: (1) High-level radioactive wastes; (2) wastes that the
Department has determined, with the concurrence of the Administrator, do
not need the degree of isolation required by this part; or (3) wastes
that the Commission has approved for disposal on a case-by-case basis in
accordance with 10 CFR Part 61.
    (j) Radioactive waste, as used in this part, means the high-level
and transuranic radioactive waste covered by this part.
    (k) Storage means retention of spent nuclear fuel or radioactive
wastes with the intent and capability to readily retrieve such fuel or
waste for subsequent use, processing, or disposal.
    (l) Disposal means permanent isolation of spent nuclear fuel or
radioactive waste from the accessible environment with no intent of
recovery, whether or not such isolation permits the recovery of such
fuel or waste. For example, disposal of waste in a mined geologic
repository occurs when all of the shafts to the repository are
backfilled and sealed.
    (m) Management means any activity, operation, or process (except for
transportation) conducted to prepare spent nuclear fuel or radioactive
waste for storage or disposal, or the activities associated with placing
such fuel or waste in a disposal system.
    (n) Site means an area contained within the boundary of a location
under the effective control of persons possessing or using spent nuclear
fuel or radioactive waste that are involved in any activity, operation,
or process covered by this subpart.

[[Page 8]]

    (o) General environment means the total terrestrial, atmospheric,
and aquatic environments outside sites within which any activity,
operation, or process associated with the management and storage of
spent nuclear fuel or radioactive waste is conducted.
    (p) Member of the public means any individual except during the time
when that individual is a worker engaged in any activity, operation, or
process that is covered by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.
    (q) Critical organ means the most exposed human organ or tissue
exclusive of the integumentary system (skin) and the cornea.



Sec. 191.03  Standards.

    (a) Management and storage of spent nuclear fuel or high-level or
transuranic radioactive wastes at all facilities regulated by the
Commission or by Agreement States shall be conducted in such a manner as
to provide reasonable assurance that the combined annual dose equivalent
to any member of the public in the general environment resulting from:
(1) Discharges of radioactive material and direct radiation from such
manage ment and storage and (2) all operations covered by Part 190;
shall not exceed 25 millirems to the whole body, 75 millirems to the
thyroid, and 25 millirems to any other critical organ.
    (b) Management and storage of spent nuclear fuel or high-level or
transuranic radioactive wastes at all facilities for the disposal of
such fuel or waste that are operated by the Department and that are not
regulated by the Commission or Agreement States shall be conducted in
such a manner as to provide reasonable assurance that the combined
annual dose equivalent to any member of the public in the general
environment resulting from discharges of radioactive material and direct
radiation from such management and storage shall not exceed 25 millirems
to the whole body and 75 millirems to any critical organ.



Sec. 191.04  Alternative standards.

    (a) The Administrator may issue alternative standards from those
standards established in Sec. 191.03(b) for waste management and
storage activities at facilities that are not regulated by the
Commission or Agreement States if, upon review of an application for
such alternative standards:
    (1) The Administrator determines that such alternative standards
will prevent any member of the public from receiving a continuous
exposure of more than 100 millirems per year dose equivalent and an
infrequent exposure of more than 500 millirems dose equivalent in a year
from all sources, excluding natural background and medical procedures;
and
    (2) The Administrator promptly makes a matter of public record the
degree to which continued operation of the facility is expected to
result in levels in excess of the standards specified in Sec.
191.03(b).
    (b) An application for alternative standards shall be submitted as
soon as possible after the Department determines that continued
operation of a facility will exceed the levels specified in Sec.
191.03(b) and shall include all information necessary for the
Administrator to make the determinations called for in Sec. 191.04(a).
    (c) Requests for alternative standards shall be submitted to the
Administrator, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania
Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460.

[50 FR 38084, Sept. 19, 1985, as amended at 65 FR 47325, Aug. 2, 2000]



Sec. 191.05  Effective date.

    The standards in this subpart shall be effective on November 18,
1985.



             Subpart B_Environmental Standards for Disposal



Sec. 191.11  Applicability.

    (a) This subpart applies to:
    (1) Radioactive materials released into the accessible environment
as a result of the disposal of spent nuclear fuel or high-level or
transuranic radioactive wastes;
    (2) Radiation doses received by members of the public as a result of
such disposal; and
    (3) Radioactive contamination of certain sources of ground water in
the vicinity of disposal systems for such fuel or wastes.

[[Page 9]]

    (b) This subpart does not apply to:
    (1) Disposal directly into the oceans or ocean sediments;
    (2) Wastes disposed of before November 18, 1985; and
    (3) The characterization, licensing, construction, operation, or
closure of any site required to be characterized under section 113(a) of
Public Law 97-425, 96 Stat. 2201.

[50 FR 38084, Sept. 19, 1985, as amended at 58 FR 66414, Dec. 20, 1993]



Sec. 191.12  Definitions.

    Unless otherwise indicated in this subpart, all terms shall have the
same meaning as in subpart A of this part.
    Accessible environment means: (1) The atmosphere; (2) land surfaces;
(3) surface waters; (4) oceans; and (5) all of the lithosphere that is
beyond the controlled area.
    Active institutional control means: (1) Controlling access to a
disposal site by any means other than passive institutional controls;
(2) performing maintenance operations or remedial actions at a site, (3)
controlling or cleaning up releases from a site, or (4) monitoring
parameters related to disposal system performance.
    Annual committed effective dose means the committed effective dose
resulting from one-year intake of radionuclides released plus the annual
effective dose caused by direct radiation from facilities or activities
subject to subparts B and C of this part.
    Aquifer means an underground geological formation, group of
formations, or part of a formation that is capable of yielding a
significant amount of water to a well or spring.
    Barrier means any material or structure that prevents or
substantially delays movement of water or radionuclides toward the
accessible environment. For example, a barrier may be a geologic
structure, a canister, a waste form with physical and chemical
characteristics that significantly decrease the mobility of
radionuclides, or a material placed over and around waste, provided that
the material or structure substantially delays movement of water or
radionuclides.
    Controlled area means: (1) A surface location, to be identified by
passive institutional controls, that encompasses no more than 100 square
kilometers and extends horizontally no more than five kilometers in any
direction from the outer boundary of the original location of the
radioactive wastes in a disposal system; and (2) the subsurface
underlying such a surface location.
    Disposal system means any combination of engineered and natural
barriers that isolate spent nuclear fuel or radioactive waste after
disposal.
    Dose equivalent means the product of absorbed dose and appropriate
factors to account for differences in biological effectiveness due to
the quality of radiation and its spatial distribution in the body; the
unit of dose equivalent is the ``rem'' (``sievert'' in SI units).
    Effective dose means the sum over specified tissues of the products
of the dose equivalent received following an exposure of, or an intake
of radionuclides into, specified tissues of the body, multiplied by
appropriate weighting factors. This allows the various tissue-specific
health risks to be summed into an overall health risk. The method used
to calculate effective dose is described in appendix B of this part.
    Ground water means water below the land surface in a zone of
saturation.
    Heavy metal means all uranium, plutonium, or thorium placed into a
nuclear reactor.
    Implementing agency means:
    (1) The Commission for facilities licensed by the Commission;
    (2) The Agency for those implementation responsibilities for the
Waste Isolation Pilot Plant, under this part, given to the Agency by the
Waste Isolation Pilot Plant Land Withdrawal Act (Pub. L. 102-579, 106
Stat. 4777) which, for the purposes of this part, are:
    (i) Determinations by the Agency that the Waste Isolation Pilot
Plant is in compliance with subpart A of this part;
    (ii) Issuance of criteria for the certifications of compliance with
subparts B and C of this part of the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant's
compliance with subparts B and C of this part;
    (iii) Certifications of compliance with subparts B and C of this
part of

[[Page 10]]

the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant's compliance with subparts B and C of
this part;
    (iv) If the initial certification is made, periodic recertification
of the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant's continued compliance with subparts
B and C of this part;
    (v) Review and comment on performance assessment reports of the
Waste Isolation Pilot Plant; and
    (vi) Concurrence by the Agency with the Department's determination
under Sec. 191.02(i) that certain wastes do not need the degree of
isolation required by subparts B and C of this part; and
    (3) The Department of Energy for any other disposal facility and all
other implementation responsibilities for the Waste Isolation Pilot
Plant, under this part, not given to the Agency.
    International System of Units is the version of the metric system
which has been established by the International Bureau of Weights and
Measures and is administered in the United States by the National
Institute of Standards and Technology. The abbreviation for this system
is ``SI.''
    Lithosphere means the solid part of the Earth below the surface,
including any ground water contained within it.
    Passive institutional control means: (1) Permanent markers placed at
a disposal site, (2) public records and archives, (3) government
ownership and regulations regarding land or resource use, and (4) other
methods of preserving knowledge about the location, design, and contents
of a disposal system.
    Performance assessment means an analysis that: (1) Identifies the
processes and events that might affect the disposal system; (2) examines
the effects of these processes and events on the performance of the
disposal system; and (3) estimates the cumulative releases of
radionuclides, considering the associated uncertainties, caused by all
significant processes and events. These estimates shall be incorporated
into an overall probability distribution of cumulative release to the
extent practicable.
    Radioactive material means matter composed of or containing
radionuclides, with radiological half-lives greater than 20 years,
subject to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.
    SI unit means a unit of measure in the International System of
Units.
    Sievert is the SI unit of effective dose and is equal to 100 rem or
one joule per kilogram. The abbreviation is ``Sv.''
    Undisturbed performance means the predicted behavior of a disposal
system, including consideration of the uncertainties in predicted
behavior, if the disposal system is not disrupted by human intrusion or
the occurrence of unlikely natural events.
    Waste, as used in this subpart, means any spent nuclear fuel or
radioactive waste isolated in a disposal system.
    Waste form means the materials comprising the radioactive components
of waste and any encapsulating or stabilizing matrix.

[50 FR 38084, Sept. 19, 1985, as amended at 58 FR 66414, Dec. 20, 1993]



Sec. 191.13  Containment requirements.

    (a) Disposal systems for spent nuclear fuel or high-level or
transuranic radioactive wastes shall be designed to provide a reasonable
expectation, based upon performance assessments, that the cumulative
releases of radionuclides to the accessible environment for 10,000 years
after disposal from all significant processes and events that may affect
the disposal system shall:
    (1) Have a likelihood of less than one chance in 10 of exceeding the
quantities calculated according to Table 1 (appendix A); and
    (2) Have a likelihood of less than one chance in 1,000 of exceeding
ten times the quantities calculated according to Table 1 (appendix A).
    (b) Performance assessments need not provide complete assurance that
the requirements of Sec. 191.13(a) will be met. Because of the long
time period involved and the nature of the events and processes of
interest, there will inevitably be substantial uncertainties in
projecting disposal system performance. Proof of the future performance
of a disposal system is not to be had in the ordinary sense of the word
in situations that deal with much shorter time frames. Instead, what is
required is a reasonable expectation, on the basis of the record before
the implementing

[[Page 11]]

agency, that compliance with Sec. 191.13 (a) will be achieved.



Sec. 191.14  Assurance requirements.

    To provide the confidence needed for long-term compliance with the
requirements of Sec. 191.13, disposal of spent nuclear fuel or high-
level or transuranic wastes shall be conducted in accordance with the
following provisions, except that these provisions do not apply to
facilities regulated by the Commission (see 10 CFR Part 60 for
comparable provisions applicable to facilities regulated by the
Commission):
    (a) Active institutional controls over disposal sites should be
maintained for as long a period of time as is practicable after
disposal; however, performance assessments that assess isolation of the
wastes from the accessible environment shall not consider any
contributions from active institutional controls for more than 100 years
after disposal.
    (b) Disposal systems shall be monitored after disposal to detect
substantial and detrimental deviations from expected performance. This
monitoring shall be done with techniques that do not jeopardize the
isolation of the wastes and shall be conducted until there are no
significant concerns to be addressed by further monitoring.
    (c) Disposal sites shall be designated by the most permanent
markers, records, and other passive institutional controls practicable
to indicate the dangers of the wastes and their location.
    (d) Disposal systems shall use different types of barriers to
isolate the wastes from the accessible environment. Both engineered and
natural barriers shall be included.
    (e) Places where there has been mining for resources, or where there
is a reasonable expectation of exploration for scarce or easily
accessible resources, or where there is a significant concentration of
any material that is not widely available from other sources, should be
avoided in selecting disposal sites. Resources to be considered shall
include minerals, petroleum or natural gas, valuable geologic
formations, and ground waters that are either irreplaceable because
there is no reasonable alternative source of drinking water available
for substantial populations or that are vital to the preservation of
unique and sensitive eco systems. Such places shall not be used for
disposal of the wastes covered by this part unless the favorable char
acter is tics of such places com pen sate for their greater likelihood
of being dis turbed in the future.
    (f) Disposal systems shall be selected so that removal of most of
the wastes is not precluded for a reasonable period of time after
disposal.



Sec. 191.15  Individual protection requirements.

    (a) Disposal systems for waste and any associated radioactive
material shall be designed to provide a reasonable expectation that, for
10,000 years after disposal, undisturbed performance of the disposal
system shall not cause the annual committed effective dose, received
through all potential pathways from the disposal system, to any member
of the public in the accessible environment, to exceed 15 millirems (150
microsieverts).
    (b) Annual committed effective doses shall be calculated in
accordance with appendix B of this part.
    (c) Compliance assessments need not provide complete assurance that
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section will be met. Because
of the long time period involved and the nature of the processes and
events of interest, there will inevitably be substantial uncertainties
in projecting disposal system performance. Proof of the future
performance of a disposal system is not to be had in the ordinary sense
of the word in situations that deal with much shorter time frames.
Instead, what is required is a reasonable expectation, on the basis of
the record before the implementing agency, that compliance with
paragraph (a) of this section will be achieved.
    (d) Compliance with the provisions in this section does not negate
the necessity to comply with any other applicable Federal regulations or
requirements.
    (e) The standards in this section shall be effective on January 19,
1994.

[58 FR 66414, Dec. 20, 1993]

[[Page 12]]



Sec. 191.16  Alternative provisions for disposal.

    The Administrator may, by rule, substitute for any of the provisions
of subpart B alternative provisions chosen after:
    (a) The alternative provisions have been proposed for public comment
in the Federal Register together with information describing the costs,
risks, and benefits of disposal in accordance with the alternative
provisions and the reasons why compliance with the existing provisions
of Subpart B appears inappropriate;
    (b) A public comment period of at least 90 days has been completed,
during which an opportunity for public hearings in affected areas of the
country has been provided; and
    (c) The public comments received have been fully considered in
developing the final version of such alternative provisions.

[50 FR 38084, Sept. 19, 1985. Redesignated at 58 FR 66414, Dec. 20,
1993]



Sec. 191.17  Effective date.

    The standards in this subpart shall be effective on November 18,
1985.

[50 FR 38084, Sept. 19, 1985; 50 FR 40003, Oct. 1, 1985. Redesignated at
58 FR 66414, Dec. 20, 1993]



      Subpart C_Environmental Standards for Ground-Water Protection

    Source: 58 FR 66415, Dec. 20, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 191.21  Applicability.

    (a) This subpart applies to:
    (1) Radiation doses received by members of the public as a result of
activities subject to subpart B of this part; and
    (2) Radioactive contamination of underground sources of drinking
water in the accessible environment as a result of such activities.
    (b) This subpart does not apply to:
    (1) Disposal directly into the oceans or ocean sediments;
    (2) Wastes disposed of before the effective date of this subpart;
and
    (3) The characterization, licensing, construction, operation, or
closure of any site required to be characterized under section 113(a) of
Public Law 97-425, 96 Stat. 2201.



Sec. 191.22  Definitions.

    Unless otherwise indicated in this subpart, all terms have the same
meaning as in subparts A and B of this part.
    Public water system means a system for the provision to the public
of piped water for human consumption, if such system has at least
fifteen service connections or regularly serves at least twenty-five
individuals. Such term includes:
    (1) Any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution facilities
under control of the operator of such system and used primarily in
connection with such system; and
    (2) Any collection or pretreatment storage facilities not under such
control which are used primarily in connection with such system.
    Total dissolved solids means the total dissolved (filterable) solids
in water as determined by use of the method specified in 40 CFR part
136.
    Underground source of drinking water means an aquifer or its portion
which:
    (1) Supplies any public water system; or
    (2) Contains a sufficient quantity of ground water to supply a
public water system; and
    (i) Currently supplies drinking water for human consumption; or
    (ii) Contains fewer than 10,000 milligrams of total dissolved solids
per liter.



Sec. 191.23  General provisions.

    (a) Determination of compliance with this subpart shall be based
upon underground sources of drinking water which have been identified on
the date the implementing agency determines compliance with subpart C of
this part.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 191.24  Disposal standards.

    (a) Disposal systems.
    (1) General. Disposal systems for waste and any associated
radioactive material shall be designed to provide a reasonable
expectation that 10,000 years of undisturbed performance after disposal
shall not cause the levels of radioactivity in any underground

[[Page 13]]

source of drinking water, in the accessible environment, to exceed the
limits specified in 40 CFR part 141 as they exist on January 19, 1994.
    (2) Disposal systems above or within a formation which within one-
quarter (\1/4\) mile contains an underground source of drinking water.
[Reserved]
    (b) Compliance assessments need not provide complete assurance that
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section will be met. Because
of the long time period involved and the nature of the processes and
events of interest, there will inevitably be substantial uncertainties
in projecting disposal system performance. Proof of the future
performance of a disposal system is not to be had in the ordinary sense
of the word in situations that deal with much shorter time frames.
Instead, what is required is a reasonable expectation, on the basis of
the record before the implementing agency, that compliance with
paragraph (a) of this section will be achieved.



Sec. 191.25  Compliance with other Federal regulations.

    Compliance with the provisions in this subpart does not negate the
necessity to comply with any other applicable Federal regulations or
requirements.



Sec. 191.26  Alternative provisions.

    The Administrator may, by rule, substitute for any of the provisions
of this subpart alternative provisions chosen after:
    (a) The alternative provisions have been proposed for public comment
in the Federal Register together with information describing the costs,
risks, and benefits of disposal in accordance with the alternative
provisions and the reasons why compliance with the existing provisions
of this subpart appears inappropriate;
    (b) A public comment period of at least 90 days has been completed,
during which an opportunity for public hearings in affected areas of the
country has been provided; and
    (c) The public comments received have been fully considered in
developing the final version of such alternative provisions.



Sec. 191.27  Effective date.

    The standards in this subpart shall be effective on January 19,
1994.



            Sec. Appendix A to Part 191--Table for Subpart B

          Table 1--Release Limits for Containment Requirements
   [Cumulative releases to the accessible environment for 10,000 years
                             after disposal]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Release
                                                               limit per
                                                                 1,000
                                                                MTHM or
                                                                 other
                         Radionuclide                           unit of
                                                                 waste
                                                                  (see
                                                                 notes)
                                                                (curies)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Americium-241 or -243........................................        100
Carbon-14....................................................        100
Cesium-135 or -137...........................................      1,000
Iodine-129...................................................        100
Neptunium-237................................................        100
Plutonium-238, -239, -240, or -242...........................        100
Radium-226...................................................        100
Strontium-90.................................................      1,000
Technetium-99................................................     10,000
Thorium-230 or -232..........................................         10
Tin-126......................................................      1,000
Uranium-233, -234, -235, -236, or -238.......................        100
Any other alpha-emitting radionuclide with a half-life               100
 greater than 20 years.......................................
Any other radionuclide with a half-life greater than 20 years      1,000
 that does not emit alpha particles..........................
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Application of Table 1

    Note 1: Units of Waste. The Release Limits in Table 1 apply to the
amount of wastes in any one of the following:
    (a) An amount of spent nuclear fuel containing 1,000 metric tons of
heavy metal (MTHM) exposed to a burnup between 25,000 megawatt-days per
metric ton of heavy metal (MWd/MTHM) and 40,000 MWd/MTHM;
    (b) The high-level radioactive wastes generated from reprocessing
each 1,000 MTHM exposed to a burnup between 25,000 MWd/MTHM and 40,000
MWd/MTHM;
    (c) Each 100,000,000 curies of gamma or beta-emitting radionuclides
with half-lives greater than 20 years but less than 100 years (for use
as discussed in Note 5 or with materials that are identified by the
Commission as high-level radioactive waste in accordance with part B of
the definition of high-level waste in the NWPA);
    (d) Each 1,000,000 curies of other radionuclides (i.e., gamma or
beta-emitters with half-lives greater than 100 years or any alpha-
emitters with half-lives greater than 20 years) (for use as discussed in
Note 5 or with materials that are identified by the Commission as high-
level radioactive waste in accordance with part B of the definition of
high-level waste in the NWPA); or

[[Page 14]]

    (e) An amount of transuranic (TRU) wastes containing one million
curies of alpha-emitting transuranic radionuclides with half-lives
greater than 20 years.
    Note 2: Release Limits for Specific Disposal Systems. To develop
Release Limits for a particular disposal system, the quantities in Table
1 shall be adjusted for the amount of waste included in the disposal
system compared to the various units of waste defined in Note 1. For
example:
    (a) If a particular disposal system contained the high-level wastes
from 50,000 MTHM, the Release Limits for that system would be the
quantities in Table 1 multiplied by 50 (50,000 MTHM divided by 1,000
MTHM).
    (b) If a particular disposal system contained three million curies
of alpha-emitting transuranic wastes, the Release Limits for that system
would be the quantities in Table 1 multiplied by three (three million
curies divided by one million curies).
    (c) If a particular disposal system contained both the high-level
wastes from 50,000 MTHM and 5 million curies of alpha-emitting
transuranic wastes, the Release Limits for that system would be the
quantities in Table 1 multiplied by 55:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC11NO91.000

    Note 3: Adjustments for Reactor Fuels with Different Burnup. For
disposal systems containing reactor fuels (or the high-level wastes from
reactor fuels) exposed to an average burnup of less than 25,000 MWd/MTHM
or greater than 40,000 MWd/MTHM, the units of waste defined in (a) and
(b) of Note 1 shall be adjusted. The unit shall be multiplied by the
ratio of 30,000 MWd/MTHM divided by the fuel's actual average burnup,
except that a value of 5,000 MWd/MTHM may be used when the average fuel
burnup is below 5,000 MWd/MTHM and a value of 100,000 MWd/MTHM shall be
used when the average fuel burnup is above 100,000 MWd/MTHM. This
adjusted unit of waste shall then be used in determining the Release
Limits for the disposal system.
    For example, if a particular disposal system contained only high-
level wastes with an average burnup of 3,000 MWd/MTHM, the unit of waste
for that disposal system would be:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC11NO91.001

    If that disposal system contained the high-level wastes from 60,000
MTHM (with an average burnup of 3,000 MWd/MTHM), then the Release Limits
for that system would be the quantities in Table 1 multiplied by ten:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC11NO91.002

which is the same as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC11NO91.003

    Note 4: Treatment of Fractionated High-Level Wastes. In some cases,
a high-level waste stream from reprocessing spent nuclear fuel may have
been (or will be) separated into two or more high-level waste components
destined for different disposal systems. In such cases, the implementing
agency may allocate the Release Limit multiplier (based upon the
original MTHM and the average fuel burnup of the high-level waste
stream) among the various disposal systems as it chooses, provided that
the total Release Limit multiplier used for that waste stream at all of
its disposal systems may not exceed the Release Limit multiplier that
would be used if the entire waste stream were disposed of in one
disposal system.
    Note 5: Treatment of Wastes with Poorly Known Burnups or Original
MTHM. In some cases, the records associated with particular high-level
waste streams may not be adequate to accurately determine the original
metric tons of heavy metal in the reactor fuel that created the waste,
or to determine the average burnup that the fuel was exposed to. If the
uncertainties are such that the original amount of heavy metal or the
average fuel burnup for particular high-level waste streams cannot be
quantified, the units of waste derived from (a) and (b) of Note 1 shall
no longer be used. Instead, the units of waste defined in (c) and (d) of
Note 1 shall be used for such high-level waste streams. If the
uncertainties in such information allow a range of values to be
associated with the original amount of heavy metal or the average fuel
burnup, then the calculations described in previous Notes will be
conducted using the values that result in the smallest Release Limits,
except that the Release Limits need not be smaller than those that would
be calculated using the units of waste defined in (c) and (d) of Note 1.
    Note 6: Uses of Release Limits to Determine Compliance with Sec.
191.13 Once release limits for a particular disposal system have been
determined in accordance with Notes 1 through 5, these release limits
shall be used to determine compliance with the requirements of Sec.
191.13 as follows. In cases where a mixture of radionuclides is
projected to be released to the accessible environment, the limiting
values shall be determined as follows: For each radionuclide in the
mixture, determine the ratio between the cumulative release quantity
projected over 10,000 years

[[Page 15]]

and the limit for that radionuclide as determined from Table 1 and Notes
1 through 5. The sum of such ratios for all the radionuclides in the
mixture may not exceed one with regard to Sec. 191.13(a)(1) and may not
exceed ten with regard to Sec. 191.13(a)(2).
    For example, if radionuclides A, B, and C are projected to be
released in amounts Qa, Qb, and Qc, and
if the applicable Release Limits are RLa, RLb, and
RLc, then the cumulative releases over 10,000 years shall be
limited so that the following relationship exists:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC11NO91.004


[50 FR 38084, Sept. 19, 1985, as amended at 58 FR 66415, Dec. 20, 1993]



 Sec. Appendix B to Part 191--Calculation of Annual Committed Effective
                                  Dose

                           I. Equivalent Dose

    The calculation of the committed effective dose (CED) begins with
the determination of the equivalent dose, HT, to a tissue or
organ, T, listed in Table B.2 below by using the equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE93.009

where DT, R is the absorbed dose in rads (one gray, an SI
unit, equals 100 rads) averaged over the tissue or organ, T, due to
radiation type, R, and wR is the radiation weighting factor
which is given in Table B.1 below. The unit of equivalent dose is the
rem (sievert, in SI units).

              Table B.1--Radiation Weighting Factors, wR\1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    wR
               Radiation type and energy range \2\                 value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Photons, all energies...........................................       1
Electrons and muons, all energies...............................       1
Neutrons, energy <10 keV........................................       5
          10 keV to 100 keV.....................................      10
          100 keV to 2 MeV...........................      20
          2 MeV to 20 MeV............................      10
          20 MeV.....................................       5
Protons, other than recoil protons, 2 MeV............       5
Alpha particles, fission fragments, heavy nuclei................     20
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All values relate to the radiation incident on the body or, for
  internal sources, emitted from the source.
\2\ See paragraph A14 in ICRP Publication 60 for the choice of values
  for other radiation types and energies not in the table.

                           II. Effective Dose

    The next step is the calculation of the effective dose, E. The
probability of occurrence of a stochastic effect in a tissue or organ is
assumed to be proportional to the equivalent dose in the tissue or
organ. The constant of proportionality differs for the various tissues
of the body, but in assessing health detriment the total risk is
required. This is taken into account using the tissue weighting factors,
wT in Table B.2, which represent the proportion of the
stochastic risk resulting from irradiation of the tissue or organ to the
total risk when the whole body is irradiated uniformly and HT
is the equivalent dose in the tissue or organ, T, in the equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE93.010


               Table B.2--Tissue Weighting Factors, wT \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Tissue or organ                         wT value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gonads..................................................            0.25
Breast..................................................            0.15
Red bone marrow.........................................            0.12
Lung....................................................            0.12
Thyroid.................................................            0.03
Bone surfaces...........................................            0.03
Remainder...............................................       \2\ 0.30
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The values are considered to be appropriate for protection for
  individuals of both sexes and all ages.
\2\ For purposes of calculation, the remainder is comprised of the five
  tissues or organs not specifically listed in Table B.2 that receive
  the highest dose equivalents; a weighting factor of 0.06 is applied to
  each of them, including the various sections of the gastrointestinal
  tract which are treated as separate organs. This covers all tissues
  and organs except the hands and forearms, the feet and ankles, the
  skin and the lens of the eye. The excepted tissues and organs should
  be excluded from the computation of HE.

          III. Annual Committed Tissue or Organ Equivalent Dose

    For internal irradiation from incorporated radionuclides, the total
absorbed dose will be spread out in time, being gradually delivered as
the radionuclide decays. The time distribution of the absorbed dose rate
will vary with the radionuclide, its form, the mode of intake and the
tissue within which it is incorporated. To take account of this
distribution the quantity committed equivalent dose, H[Tau]([tau]) where
is the integration time in years following an intake over any particular
year, is used and is the integral over time of the equivalent dose rate
in a particular tissue or organ that will be received by an individual
following an intake of radioactive material into the body. The time
period, [tau], is taken as 50 years as an average time of exposure
following intake:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE93.011

for a single intake of activity at time t0 where
HT(t) is the relevant equivalent-dose rate in a tissue or
organ at time t. For the purposes of this part, the previously mentioned
single intake may be considered to be an annual intake.

[[Page 16]]

                   IV. Annual Committed Effective Dose

    If the committed equivalent doses to the individual tissues or
organs resulting from an annual intake are multiplied by the appropriate
weighting factors, wT, and then summed, the result will be
the annual committed effective dose, E([tau]):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20DE93.012


[58 FR 66415, Dec. 20, 1993]



  Sec. Appendix C to Part 191--Guidance for Implementation of Subpart B

    [Note: The supplemental information in this appendix is not an
integral part of 40 CFR part 191. Therefore, the implementing agencies
are not bound to follow this guidance. However, it is included because
it describes the Agency's assumptions regarding the implementation of
subpart B. This appendix will appear in the Code of Federal
Regulations.]

    The Agency believes that the implementing agencies must determine
compliance with Sec. Sec. 191.13, 191.15, and 191.16 of subpart B by
evaluating long-term predictions of disposal system performance.
Determining compliance with Sec. 191.13 will also involve predicting
the likelihood of events and processes that may disturb the disposal
system. In making these various predictions, it will be appropriate for
the implementing agencies to make use of rather complex computational
models, analytical theories, and prevalent expert judgment relevant to
the numerical predictions. Substantial uncertainties are likely to be
encountered in making these predictions. In fact, sole reliance on these
numerical predictions to determine compliance may not be appropriate;
the implementing agencies may choose to supplement such predictions with
qualitative judgments as well. Because the procedures for determining
compliance with subpart B have not been formulated and tested yet, this
appendix to the rule indicates the Agency's assumptions regarding
certain issues that may arise when implementing Sec. Sec. 191.13,
191.15, and 191.16. Most of this guidance applies to any type of
disposal system for the wastes covered by this rule. However, several
sections apply only to disposal in mined geologic repositories and would
be inappropriate for other types of disposal systems.
    Consideration of Total Disposal System. When predicting disposal
system performance, the Agency assumes that reasonable projections of
the protection expected from all of the engineered and natural barriers
of a disposal system will be considered. Portions of the disposal system
should not be disregarded, even if projected performance is uncertain,
except for portions of the system that make negligible contributions to
the overall isolation provided by the disposal system.
    Scope of Performance Assessments. Section 191.13 requires the
implementing agencies to evaluate compliance through performance
assessments as defined in Sec. 191.12(q). The Agency assumes that such
performance assessments need not consider categories of events or
processes that are estimated to have less than one chance in 10,000 of
occurring over 10,000 years. Furthermore, the performance assessments
need not evaluate in detail the releases from all events and processes
estimated to have a greater likelihood of occurrence. Some of these
events and processes may be omitted from the performance assessments if
there is a reasonable expectation that the remaining probability
distribution of cumulative releases would not be significantly changed
by such omissions.
    Compliance with Sec. 191.13. The Agency assumes that, whenever
practicable, the implementing agency will assemble all of the results of
the performance assessments to determine compliance with Sec. 191.13
into a ``complementary cumulative distribution function'' that indicates
the probability of exceeding various levels of cumulative release. When
the uncertainties in parameters are considered in a performance
assessment, the effects of the uncertainties considered can be
incorporated into a single such distribution function for each disposal
system considered. The Agency assumes that a disposal system can be
considered to be in compliance with Sec. 191.13 if this single
distribution function meets the requirements of Sec. 191.13(a).
    Compliance with Sec. Sec. 191.15 and 191.16. When the uncertainties
in undisturbed performance of a disposal system are considered, the
implementing agencies need not require that a very large percentage of
the range of estimated radiation exposures or radionuclide
concentrations fall below limits established in Sec. Sec. 191.15 and
191.16, respectively. The Agency assumes that compliance can be
determined based upon ``best estimate'' predictions (e.g., the mean or
the median of the appropriate distribution, whichever is higher).
    Institutional Controls. To comply with Sec. 191.14(a), the
implementing agency will assume that none of the active institutional
controls prevent or reduce radionuclide releases for more than 100 years
after disposal. However, the Federal Government is committed to
retaining ownership of all disposal sites for spent nuclear fuel and
high-level and transuranic radioactive wastes and will establish
appropriate markers and records, consistent with Sec. 191.14(c). The
Agency assumes that, as long as such passive institutional controls
endure and are understood, they: (1) Can be effective in deterring
systematic or persistent exploitation of these

[[Page 17]]

disposal sites; and (2) can reduce the likelihood of inadvertent,
intermittent human intrusion to a degree to be determined by the
implementing agency. However, the Agency believes that passive
institutional controls can never be assumed to eliminate the chance of
inadvertent and intermittent human intrusion into these disposal sites.
    Consideration of Inadvertent Human Intrusion into Geologic
Repositories. The most speculative potential disruptions of a mined
geologic repository are those associated with inadvertent human
intrusion. Some types of intrusion would have virtually no effect on a
repository's containment of waste. On the other hand, it is possible to
conceive of intrusions (involving widespread societal loss of knowledge
regarding radioactive wastes) that could result in major disruptions
that no reasonable repository selection or design precautions could
alleviate. The Agency believes that the most productive consideration of
inadvertent intrusion concerns those realistic possibilities that may be
usefully mitigated by repository design, site selection, or use of
passive controls (although passive institutional controls should not be
assumed to completely rule out the possibility of intrusion). Therefore,
inadvertent and intermittent intrusion by exploratory drilling for
resources (other than any provided by the disposal system itself) can be
the most severe intrusion scenario assumed by the implementing agencies.
Furthermore, the implementing agencies can assume that passive
institutional controls or the intruders' own exploratory procedures are
adequate for the intruders to soon detect, or be warned of, the
incompatibility of the area with their activities.
    Frequency and Severity of Inadvertent Human Intrusion into Geologic
Repositories. The implementing agencies should consider the effects of
each particular disposal system's site, design, and passive
institutional controls in judging the likelihood and consequences of
such inadvertent exploratory drilling. However, the Agency assumes that
the likelihood of such inadvertent and intermittent drilling need not be
taken to be greater than 30 boreholes per square kilometer of repository
area per 10,000 years for geologic repositories in proximity to
sedimentary rock formations, or more than 3 boreholes per square
kilometer per 10,000 years for repositories in other geologic
formations. Furthermore, the Agency assumes that the consequences of
such inadvertent drilling need not be assumed to be more severe than:
(1) Direct release to the land surface of all the ground water in the
repository horizon that would promptly flow through the newly created
borehole to the surface due to natural lithostatic pressure--or (if
pumping would be required to raise water to the surface) release of 200
cubic meters of ground water pumped to the surface if that much water is
readily available to be pumped; and (2) creation of a ground water flow
path with a permeability typical of a borehole filled by the soil or
gravel that would normally settle into an open hole over time--not the
permeability of a carefully sealed borehole.

[50 FR 38084, Sept. 19, 1985. Redesignated and amended at 58 FR 66415,
Dec. 20, 1993]



PART 192_HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION STANDARDS FOR URANIUM AND
THORIUM MILL TAILINGS--Table of Contents



 Subpart A_Standards for the Control of Residual Radioactive Materials
                 from Inactive Uranium Processing Sites

Sec.
192.00 Applicability.
192.01 Definitions.
192.02 Standards.
192.03 Monitoring.
192.04 Corrective action.

Table 1 to Subpart A of Part 192--Maximum Concentration of Constituents
          for Groundwater Protection

Subpart B_Standards for Cleanup of Land and Buildings Contaminated with
  Residual Radioactive Materials from Inactive Uranium Processing Sites

192.10 Applicability.
192.11 Definitions.
192.12 Standards.

                        Subpart C_Implementation

192.20 Guidance for implementation.
192.21 Criteria for applying supplemental standards.
192.22 Supplemental standards.
192.23 Effective date.

   Subpart D_Standards for Management of Uranium Byproduct Materials
   Pursuant to Section 84 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as Amended

192.30 Applicability.
192.31 Definitions and cross-references.
192.32 Standards.
192.33 Corrective action programs.
192.34 Effective date.

Table A to Subpart D of Part 192

   Subpart E_Standards for Management of Thorium Byproduct Materials
   Pursuant to Section 84 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as Amended

192.40 Applicability.

[[Page 18]]

192.41 Provisions.
192.42 Substitute provisions.
192.43 Effective date.

Appendix I to Part 192--Listed Constituents

    Authority: Sec. 275 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, 42 U.S.C.
2022, as added by the Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of
1978, Pub. L. 95-604, as amended.

    Source: 48 FR 602, Jan. 5, 1983, unless otherwise noted.



 Subpart A_Standards for the Control of Residual Radioactive Materials
                 from Inactive Uranium Processing Sites



Sec. 192.00  Applicability.

    This subpart applies to the control of residual radioactive material
at designated processing or depository sites under section 108 of the
Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of 1978 (henceforth
designated ``the Act''), and to restoration of such sites following any
use of subsurface minerals under section 104(h) of the Act.
    (2) Other wastes (which the Secretary determines to be radioactive)
at a processing site which relate to such processing, including any
residual stock of unprocessed ores or low-grade materials.
    (b) Remedial action means any action performed under section 108 of
the Act.
    (c) Control means any remedial action intended to stabilize, inhibit
future misuse of, or reduce emissions or effluents from residual
radioactive materials.
    (d) Disposal site means the region within the smallest perimeter of
residual radioactive material (excluding cover materials) following
completion of control



Sec. 192.01  Definitions.

    (a) Residual radioactive material means:
    (1) Waste (which the Secretary determines to be radioactive) in the
form of tailings resulting from the processing of ores for the
extraction of uranium and other valuable constituents of the ores; and
activities.
    (e) Depository site means a site (other than a processing site)
selected under Section 104(b) or 105(b) of the Act.
    (f) Curie (Ci) means the amount of radioactive material that
produces 37 billion nuclear transformation per second. One picocurie
(pCi) = 10-12 Ci.
    (g) Act means the Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of
1978, as amended.
    (h) Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency.
    (i) Secretary means the Secretary of Energy.
    (j) Commission means the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
    (k) Indian tribe means any tribe, band, clan, group, pueblo, or
community of Indians recognized as eligible for services provided by the
Secretary of the Interior to Indians.
    (l) Processing site means:
    (1) Any site, including the mill, designated by the Secretary under
Section 102(a)(1) of the Act; and
    (2) Any other real property or improvement thereon which is in the
vicinity of such site, and is determined by the Secretary, in
consultation with the Commission, to be contaminated with residual
radioactive materials derived from such site.
    (m) Tailings means the remaining portion of a metal-bearing ore
after some or all of such metal, such as uranium, has been extracted.
    (n) Disposal period means the period of time beginning March 7, 1983
and ending with the completion of all subpart A requirements specified
under a plan for remedial action except those specified in Sec. 192.03
and Sec. 192.04.
    (o) Plan for remedial action means a written plan (or plans) for
disposal and cleanup of residual radioactive materials associated with a
processing site that incorporates the results of site characterization
studies, environmental assessments or impact statements, and engineering
assessments so as to satisfy the requirements of subparts A and B of
this part. The plan(s) shall be developed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 108(a) of the Act with the concurrence of the
Commission and in consultation, as appropriate, with the Indian Tribe
and the Secretary of Interior.
    (p) Post-disposal period means the period of time beginning
immediately after the disposal period and ending at

[[Page 19]]

termination of the monitoring period established under Sec. 192.03.
    (q) Groundwater means water below the ground surface in a zone of
saturation.
    (r) Underground source of drinking water means an aquifer or its
portion:
    (1)(i) Which supplies any public water system as defined in Sec.
141.2 of this chapter; or
    (ii) Which contains a sufficient quantity of groundwater to supply a
public water system; and
    (A) Currently supplies drinking water for human consumption; or
    (B) Contains fewer than 10,000 mg/l total dissolved solids; and
    (2) Which is not an exempted aquifer as defined in Sec. 144.7 of
this chapter.

[48 FR 602, Jan. 5, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 2865, Jan. 11, 1995]



Sec. 192.02  Standards.

    Control of residual radioactive materials and their listed
constituents shall be designed \1\ to:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Because the standard applies to design, monitoring after
disposal is not required to demonstrate compliance with respect to Sec.
192.02(a) and (b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) Be effective for up to one thousand years, to the extent
reasonably achievable, and, in any case, for at least 200 years, and,
    (b) Provide reasonable assurance that releases of radon-222 from
residual radioactive material to the atmosphere will not:
    (1) Exceed an average \2\ release rate of 20 picocuries per square
meter per second, or
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ This average shall apply over the entire surface of the disposal
site and over at least a one-year period. Radon will come from both
residual radioactive materials and from materials covering them. Radon
emissions from the covering materials should be estimated as part of
developing a remedial action plan for each site. The standard, however,
applies only to emissions from residual radioactive materials to the
atmosphere.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Increase the annual average concentration of radon-222 in air at
or above any location outside the disposal site by more than one-half
picocurie per liter.
    (c) Provide reasonable assurance of conformance with the following
groundwater protection provisions:
    (1) The Secretary shall, on a site-specific basis, determine which
of the constituents listed in Appendix I to Part 192 are present in or
reasonably derived from residual radioactive materials and shall
establish a monitoring program adequate to determine background levels
of each such constituent in groundwater at each disposal site.
    (2) The Secretary shall comply with conditions specified in a plan
for remedial action which includes engineering specifications for a
system of disposal designed to ensure that constituents identified under
paragraph (c)(1) of this section entering the groundwater from a
depository site (or a processing site, if residual radioactive materials
are retained on the site) will not exceed the concentration limits
established under paragraph (c)(3) of this section (or the supplemental
standards established under Sec. 192.22) in the uppermost aquifer
underlying the site beyond the point of compliance established under
paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
    (3) Concentration limits:
    (i) Concentration limits shall be determined in the groundwater for
listed constituents identified under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
The concentration of a listed constituent in groundwater must not
exceed:
    (A) The background level of that constituent in the groundwater; or
    (B) For any of the constituents listed in Table 1 to subpart A, the
respective value given in that Table if the background level of the
constituent is below the value given in the Table; or
    (C) An alternate concentration limit established pursuant to
paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (ii)(A) The Secretary may apply an alternate concentration limit if,
after considering remedial or corrective actions to achieve the levels
specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, he has
determined that the constituent will not pose a substantial present or
potential hazard to human health and the environment as long as the
alternate concentration limit is not exceeded, and the Commission has
concurred.
    (B) In considering the present or potential hazard to human health
and the

[[Page 20]]

environment of alternate concentration limits, the following factors
shall be considered:
    (1) Potential adverse effects on groundwater quality, considering:
    (i) The physical and chemical characteristics of constituents in the
residual radioactive material at the site, including their potential for
migration;
    (ii) The hydrogeological characteristics of the site and surrounding
land;
    (iii) The quantity of groundwater and the direction of groundwater
flow;
    (iv) The proximity and withdrawal rates of groundwater users;
    (v) The current and future uses of groundwater in the region
surrounding the site;
    (vi) The existing quality of groundwater, including other sources of
contamination and their cumulative impact on the groundwater quality;
    (vii) The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to
constituents;
    (viii) The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and
physical structures caused by exposure to constituents;
    (ix) The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse
effects;
    (x) The presence of underground sources of drinking water and
exempted aquifers identified under Sec. 144.7 of this chapter; and
    (2) Potential adverse effects on hydraulically-connected surface-
water quality, considering:
    (i) The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the
residual radioactive material at the site;
    (ii) The hydrogeological characteristics of the site and surrounding
land;
    (iii) The quantity and quality of groundwater, and the direction of
groundwater flow;
    (iv) The patterns of rainfall in the region;
    (v) The proximity of the site to surface waters;
    (vi) The current and future uses of surface waters in the region
surrounding the site and any water quality standards established for
those surface waters;
    (vii) The existing quality of surface water, including other sources
of contamination and their cumulative impact on surface water quality;
    (viii) The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to
constituents;
    (ix) The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and
physical structures caused by exposure to constituents; and
    (x) The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects.
    (4) Point of compliance: The point of compliance is the location at
which the groundwater concentration limits of paragraph (c)(3) of this
section apply. The point of compliance is the intersection of a vertical
plane with the uppermost aquifer underlying the site, located at the
hydraulically downgradient limit of the disposal area plus the area
taken up by any liner, dike, or other barrier designed to contain the
residual radioactive material.
    (d) Each site on which disposal occurs shall be designed and
stabilized in a manner that minimizes the need for future maintenance.

[60 FR 2865, Jan. 11, 1995]



Sec. 192.03  Monitoring.

    A groundwater monitoring plan shall be implemented, to be carried
out over a period of time commencing upon completion of remedial actions
taken to comply with the standards in Sec. 192.02, and of a duration
which is adequate to demonstrate that future performance of the system
of disposal can reasonably be expected to be in accordance with the
design requirements of Sec. 192.02(c). This plan and the length of the
monitoring period shall be modified to incorporate any corrective
actions required under Sec. 192.04 or Sec. 192.12(c).

[60 FR 2866, Jan. 11, 1995]



Sec. 192.04  Corrective action.

    If the groundwater concentration limits established for disposal
sites under provisions of Sec. 192.02(c) are found or projected to be
exceeded, a corrective action program shall be placed into operation as
soon as is practicable, and in no event later than eighteen (18) months
after a finding of exceedance. This corrective action program will
restore the performance of the system of disposal to the original
concentration limits established under

[[Page 21]]

Sec. 192.02(c)(3), to the extent reasonably achievable, and, in any
case, as a minimum shall:
    (a) Conform with the groundwater provisions of Sec. 192.02(c)(3),
and
    (b) Clean up groundwater in conformance with subpart B, modified as
appropriate to apply to the disposal site.

[60 FR 2866, Jan. 11, 1995]



    Sec. Table 1 to Subpart A of Part 192--Maximum Concentration of
                 Constituents for Groundwater Protection

------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Constituent concentration \1\                   Maximum
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arsenic.................................  0.05
Barium..................................  1.0
Cadmium.................................  0.01
Chromium................................  0.05
Lead....................................  0.05
Mercury.................................  0.002
Selenium................................  0.01
Silver..................................  0.05
Nitrate (as N)..........................  10.
Molybdenum..............................  0.1
Combined radium-226 and radium-228......  5 pCi/liter
Combined uranium-234 and uranium-238 \2\  30 pCi/liter
Gross alpha-particle activity (excluding  15 pCi/liter
 radon and uranium).
Endrin (1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-6,7-     0.0002
 exposy-1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydro-1,4-
 endo,endo-5,8-dimethanonaphthalene).
Lindane (1,2,3,4,5,6-                     0.004
 hexachlorocyclohexane, gamma insomer).
Methoxychlor (1,1,1-trichloro-2,2'-bis(p- 0.1
 methoxyphenylethane)).
Toxaphene (C10 H10 Cl6, technical         0.005
 chlorinated camphene, 67-69 percent
 chlorine).
2,4-D (2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid)..  0.1
2,4,5-TP Silvex (2,4,5-                   0.01
 trichlorophenoxypropionic acid).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Milligrams per liter, unless stated otherwise.
\2\ Where secular equilibrium obtains, this criterion will be satisfied
  by a concentration of 0.044 milligrams per liter (0.044 mg/l). For
  conditions of other than secular equilibrium, a corresponding value
  may be derived and applied, based on the measured site-specific ratio
  of the two isotopes of uranium.


[60 FR 2866, Jan. 11, 1995]



Subpart B_Standards for Cleanup of Land and Buildings Contaminated with
  Residual Radioactive Materials from Inactive Uranium Processing Sites



Sec. 192.10  Applicability.

    This subpart applies to land and buildings that are part of any
processing site designated by the Secretary of Energy under section 102
of the Act. section 101 of the Act, states, in part, that ``processing
site'' means--
    (a) Any site, including the mill, containing residual radioactive
materials at which all or substantially all of the uranium was produced
for sale to any Federal agency prior to January 1, 1971, under a
contract with any Federal agency, except in the case of a site at or
near Slick Rock, Colorado, unless--
    (1) Such site was owned or controlled as of Januray 1, 1978, or is
thereafter owned or controlled, by any Federal agency, or
    (2) A license (issued by the (Nuclear Regulatory) Commission or its
predecessor agency under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 or by a State as
permitted under section 274 of such Act) for the production at site of
any uranium or thorium product derived from ores is in effect on January
1, 1978, or is issued or renewed after such date; and
    (b) Any other real property or improvement thereon which--
    (1) Is in the vicinity of such site, and
    (2) Is determined by the Secretary, in consultation with the
Commission, to be contaminated with residual radioactive materials
derived from such site.



Sec. 192.11  Definitions.

    (a) Unless otherwise indicated in this subpart, all terms shall have
the same meaning as defined in subpart A.
    (b) Land means any surface or subsurface land that is not part of a
disposal site and is not covered by an occupiable building.
    (c) Working Level (WL) means any combination of short-lived radon
decay products in one liter of air that will result in the ultimate
emission of alpha particles with a total energy of 130 billion electron
volts.
    (d) Soil means all unconsolidated materials normally found on or
near the surface of the earth including, but not limited to, silts,
clays, sands, gravel, and small rocks.
    (e) Limited use groundwater means groundwater that is not a current
or potential source of drinking water because (1) the concentration of
total dissolved solids is in excess of 10,000 mg/l,

[[Page 22]]

or (2) widespread, ambient contamination not due to activities involving
residual radioactive materials from a designated processing site exists
that cannot be cleaned up using treatment methods reasonably employed in
public water systems, or (3) the quantity of water reasonably available
for sustained continuous use is less than 150 gallons per day. The
parameters for determining the quantity of water reasonably available
shall be determined by the Secretary with the concurrence of the
Commission.

[48 FR 602, Jan. 5, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 2866, Jan. 11, 1995]



Sec. 192.12  Standards.

    Remedial actions shall be conducted so as to provide reasonable
assurance that, as a result of residual radioactive materials from any
designated processing site:
    (a) The concentration of radium-226 in land averaged over any area
of 100 square meters shall not exceed the background level by more
than--
    (1) 5 pCi/g, averaged over the first 15 cm of soil below the
surface, and
    (2) 15 pCi/g, averaged over 15 cm thick layers of soil more than 15
cm below the surface.
    (b) In any occupied or habitable building--
    (1) The objective of remedial action shall be, and reasonable effort
shall be made to achieve, an annual average (or equivalent) radon decay
product concentration (including background) not to exceed 0.02 WL. In
any case, the radon decay product concentration (including background)
shall not exceed 0.03 WL, and
    (2) The level of gamma radiation shall not exceed the background
level by more than 20 microroentgens per hour.
    (c) The Secretary shall comply with conditions specified in a plan
for remedial action which provides that contamination of groundwater by
listed constituents from residual radioactive material at any designated
processing site (Sec. 192.01(1)) shall be brought into compliance as
promptly as is reasonably achievable with the provisions of Sec.
192.02(c)(3) or any supplemental standards established under Sec.
192.22. For the purposes of this subpart:
    (1) A monitoring program shall be carried out that is adequate to
define backgroundwater quality and the areal extent and magnitude of
groundwater contamination by listed constituents from residual
radioactive materials (Sec. 192.02(c)(1)) and to monitor compliance
with this subpart. The Secretary shall determine which of the
constituents listed in Appendix I to part 192 are present in or could
reasonably be derived from residual radioactive material at the site,
and concentration limits shall be established in accordance with Sec.
192.02(c)(3).
    (2) (i) If the Secretary determines that sole reliance on active
remedial procedures is not appropriate and that cleanup of the
groundwater can be more reasonably accomplished in full or in part
through natural flushing, then the period for remedial procedures may be
extended. Such an extended period may extend to a term not to exceed 100
years if:
    (A) The concentration limits established under this subpart are
projected to be satisfied at the end of this extended period,
    (B) Institutional control, having a high degree of permanence and
which will effectively protect public health and the environment and
satisfy beneficial uses of groundwater during the extended period and
which is enforceable by the administrative or judicial branches of
government entities, is instituted and maintained, as part of the
remedial action, at the processing site and wherever contamination by
listed constituents from residual radioactive materials is found in
groundwater, or is projected to be found, and
    (C) The groundwater is not currently and is not now projected to
become a source for a public water system subject to provisions of the
Safe Drinking Water Act during the extended period.
    (ii) Remedial actions on groundwater conducted under this subpart
may occur before or after actions under Section 104(f)(2) of the Act are
initiated.
    (3) Compliance with this subpart shall be demonstrated through the
monitoring program established under paragraph (c)(1) of this section at
those locations not beneath a disposal site

[[Page 23]]

and its cover where groundwater contains listed constituents from
residual radioactive material.

[48 FR 602, Jan. 5, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 2867, Jan. 11, 1995]



                        Subpart C_Implementation



Sec. 192.20  Guidance for implementation.

    Section 108 of the Act requires the Secretary of Energy to select
and perform remedial actions with the concurrence of the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission and the full participation of any State that pays
part of the cost, and in consultation, as appropriate, with affected
Indian Tribes and the Secretary of the Interior. These parties, in their
respective roles under section 108, are referred to hereafter as ``the
implementing agencies.'' The implementing agencies shall establish
methods and procedures to provide ``reasonable assurance'' that the
provisions of Subparts A and B are satisfied. This should be done as
appropriate through use of analytic models and site-specific analyses,
in the case of Subpart A, and for Subpart B through measurements
performed within the accuracy of currently available types of field and
laboratory instruments in conjunction with reasonable survey and
sampling procedures. These methods and procedures may be varied to suit
conditions at specific sites. In particular:
    (a)(1) The purpose of Subpart A is to provide for long-term
stabilization and isolation in order to inhibit misuse and spreading of
residual radioactive materials, control releases of radon to air, and
protect water. Subpart A may be implemented through analysis of the
physical properties of the site and the control system and projection of
the effects of natural processes over time. Events and processes that
could significantly affect the average radon release rate from the
entire disposal site should be considered. Phenomena that are localized
or temporary, such as local cracking or burrowing of rodents, need to be
taken into account only if their cumulative effect would be significant
in determining compliance with the standard. Computational models,
theories, and prevalent expert judgment may be used to decide that a
control system design will satisfy the standard. The numerical range
provided in the standard for the longevity of the effectiveness of the
control of residual radioactive materials allows for consideration of
the various factors affecting the longevity of control and stabilization
methods and their costs. These factors have different levels of
predictability and may vary for the different sites.
    (2) Protection of water should be considered on a case-specific
basis, drawing on hydrological and geochemical surveys and all other
relevant data. The hydrologic and geologic assessment to be conducted at
each site should include a monitoring program sufficient to establish
background groundwater quality through one or more upgradient or other
appropriately located wells. The groundwater monitoring list in Appendix
IX of part 264 of this chapter (plus the additional constituents in
Table A of this paragraph) may be used for screening purposes in place
of Appendix I of part 192 in the monitoring program. New depository
sites for tailings that contain water at greater than the level of
``specific retention'' should use aliner or equivalent. In considering
design objectives for groundwater protection, the implementing agencies
should give priority to concentration levels in the order listed under
Sec. 192.02(c)(3)(i). When considering the potential for health risks
caused by human exposure to known or suspected carcinogens, alternate
concentration limits pursuant to paragraph 192.02(c)(3)(ii) should be
established at concentration levels which represent an excess lifetime
risk, at a point of exposure, to an average individual no greater than
between 10-4 and 10-6.

     Table A to Sec. 192.20(a)(2)--Additional Listed Constituents
Nitrate (as N)
Molybdenum
Combined radium-226 and radium-228
Combined uranium-234 and uranium-238
Gross alpha-particle activity (excluding radon and uranium)


    (3) The plan for remedial action, concurred in by the Commission,
will specify how applicable requirements of subpart A are to be
satisfied. The plan

[[Page 24]]

should include the schedule and steps necessary to complete disposal
operations at the site. It should include an estimate of the inventory
of wastes to be disposed of in the pile and their listed constituents
and address any need to eliminate free liquids; stabilization of the
wastes to a bearing capacity sufficient to support the final cover; and
the design and engineering specifications for a cover to manage the
migration of liquids through the stabilized pile, function without
maintenance, promote drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the
cover, and accommodate settling and subsidence so that cover integrity
is maintained. Evaluation of proposed designs to conform to subpart A
should be based on realistic technical judgments and include use of
available empirical information. The consideration of possible failure
modes and related corrective actions should be limited to reasonable
failure assumptions, with a demonstration that the disposal design is
generally amenable to a range of corrective actions.
    (4) The groundwater monitoring list in Appendix IX of part 264 of
this chapter (plus the additional constituents in Table A in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section) may be used for screening purposes in place of
Appendix I of part 192 in monitoring programs. The monitoring plan
required under Sec. 192.03 should be designed to include verification
of site-specific assumptions used to project the performance of the
disposal system. Prevention of contamination of groundwater may be
assessed by indirect methods, such as measuring the migration of
moisture in the various components of the cover, the tailings, and the
area between the tailings and the nearest aquifer, as well as by direct
monitoring of groundwater. In the case of vicinity properties (Sec.
192.01(l)(2)), such assessments may not be necessary, as determined by
the Secretary, with the concurrence of the Commission, considering such
factors as local geology and the amount of contamination present.
Temporary excursions from applicable limits of groundwater
concentrations that are attributable to a disposal operation itself
shall not constitute a basis for considering corrective action under
Sec. 192.04 during the disposal period, unless the disposal operation
is suspended prior to completion for other than seasonal reasons.
    (b)(1) Compliance with Sec. 192.12(a) and (b) of subpart B, to the
extent practical, should be demonstrated through radiation surveys. Such
surveys may, if appropriate, be restricted to locations likely to
contain residual radioactive materials. These surveys should be designed
to provide for compliance averaged over limited areas rather than point-
by-point compliance with the standards. In most cases, measurement of
gamma radiation exposure rates above and below the land surface can be
used to show compliance with Sec. 192.12(a). Protocols for making such
measurements should be based on realistic radium distributions near the
surface rather than extremes rarely encountered.
    (2) In Sec. 192.12(a), ``background level'' refers to the native
radium concentration in soil. Since this may not be determinable in the
presence of contamination by residual radioactive materials, a surrogate
``background level'' may be established by simple direct or indirect
(e.g., gamma radiation) measurements performed nearby but outside of the
contaminated location.
    (3) Compliance with Sec. 192.12(b) may be demonstrated by methods
that the Department of Energy has approved for use under Pub. L. 92-314
(10 CFR part 712), or by other methods that the implementing agencies
determine are adequate. Residual radioactive materials should be removed
from buildings exceeding 0.03 WL so that future replacement buildings
will not pose a hazard [unless removal is not practical--see Sec.
192.21(c)]. However, seal ants, filtration, and ventilation devices may
provide reasonable as sur ance of reductions from 0.03 WL to below 0.02
WL. In unusual cases, indoor radiation may exceed the levels specified
in Sec. 192.12(b) due to sources other than residual radioactive
materials. Re medial actions are not required in order to comply with
the standard when there is reasonable assurance that residual
radioactive materials are not the cause of such an excess.

[[Page 25]]

    (4) The plan(s) for remedial action will specify how applicable
requirements of subpart B would be satisfied. The plan should include
the schedule and steps necessary to complete the cleanup of groundwater
at the site. It should document the extent of contamination due to
releases prior to final disposal, including the identification and
location of listed constituents and the rate and direction of movement
of contaminated groundwater, based upon the monitoring carried out under
Sec. 192.12(c)(1). In addition, the assessment should consider future
plume movement, including an evaluation of such processes as attenuation
and dilution and future contamination from beneath a disposal site.
Monitoring for assessment and compliance purposes should be sufficient
to establish the extent and magnitude of contamination, with reasonable
assurance, through use of a carefully chosen minimal number of sampling
locations. The location and number of monitoring wells, the frequency
and duration of monitoring, and the selection of indicator analytes for
long-term groundwater monitoring, and, more generally, the design and
operation of the monitoring system, will depend on the potential for
risk to receptors and upon other factors, including characteristics of
the subsurface environment, such as velocity of groundwater flow,
contaminant retardation, time of groundwater or contaminant transit to
receptors, results of statistical evaluations of data trends, and
modeling of the dynamics of the groundwater system. All of these factors
should be incorporated into the design of a site-specific monitoring
program that will achieve the purpose of the regulations in this subpart
in the most cost-effective manner. In the case of vicinity properties
(Sec. 192.01(l)(2)), such assessments will usually not be necessary.
The Secretary, with the concurrence of the Commission, may consider such
factors as local geology and amount of contamination present in
determining criteria to decide when such assessments are needed. In
cases where Sec. 192.12(c)(2) is invoked, the plan should include a
monitoring program sufficient to verify projections of plume movement
and attenuation periodically during the extended cleanup period.
Finally, the plan should specify details of the method to be used for
cleanup of groundwater.
[48 FR 602, Jan. 5, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 2867, Jan. 11, 1995]



Sec. 192.21  Criteria for applying supplemental standards.

    Unless otherwise indicated in this subpart, all terms shall have the
same meaning as defined in Title I of the Act or in subparts A and B.
The implementing agencies may (and in the case of paragraph (h) of this
section shall) apply standards under Sec. 192.22 in lieu of the
standards of subparts A or B if they determine that any of the following
circumstances exists:
    (a) Remedial actions required to satisfy subpart A or B would pose a
clear and present risk of injury to workers or to members of the public,
notwithstanding reasonable measures to avoid or reduce risk.
    (b) Remedial actions to satisfy the cleanup standards for land,
Sec. 192.12(a), and groundwater, Sec. 192.12(c), or the acquisition of
minimum materials required for control to satisfy Sec. Sec. 192.02(b)
and (c), would, notwithstanding reasonable measures to limit damage,
directly produce health and environmental harm that is clearly excessive
compared to the health and environmental benefits, now or in the future.
A clear excess of health and environmental harm is harm that is long-
term, manifest, and grossly disproportionate to health and environmental
benefits that may reasonably be anticipated.

    (c) The estimated cost of remedial action to satisfy Sec. 192.12(a)
at a ``vicinity'' site (described under section 101(6)(B) of the Act) is
unreasonably high relative to the long-term benefits, and the residual
radioactive materials do not pose a clear present or future hazard. The
likelihood that buildings will be erected or that people will spend long
periods of time at such a vicinity site should be considered in
evaluating this hazard. Remedial action will generally not be necessary
where residual radioactive materials have been placed semi-permanently
in a location where site-specific factors limit their hazard and from
which they are costly or difficult to remove, or

[[Page 26]]

where only minor quantities of residual radioactive materials are
involved. Examples are residual radioactive materials under hard surface
public roads and sidewalks, around public sewer lines, or in fence post
foundations. Supplemental standards should not be applied at such sites,
however, if individuals are likely to be exposed for long periods of
time to radiation from such materials at levels above those that would
prevail under Sec. 192.12(a).
    (d) The cost of a remedial action for cleanup of a building under
Sec. 192.12(b) is clearly unreasonably high relative to the benefits.
Factors that should be included in this judgment are the anticipated
period of occupancy, the incremental radiation level that would be
affected by the remedial action, the residual useful lifetime of the
building, the potential for future construction at the site, and the
applicability of less costly remedial methods than removal of residual
radioactive materials.
    (e) There is no known remedial action.
    (f) The restoration of groundwater quality at any designated
processing site under Sec. 192.12(c) is technically impracticable from
an engineering perspective.
    (g) The groundwater meets the criteria of Sec. 192.11(e).
    (h) Radionuclides other than radium-226 and its decay products are
present in sufficient quantity and concentration to constitute a
significant radiation hazard from residual radioactive materials.

[48 FR 602, Jan. 5, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 2868, Jan. 11, 1995]



Sec. 192.22  Supplemental standards.

    Federal agencies implementing subparts A and B may in lieu thereof
proceed pursuant to this section with respect to generic or individual
situations meeting the eligibility requirements of Sec. 192.21.
    (a) When one or more of the criteria of Sec. 192.21(a) through (g)
applies, the Secretary shall select and perform that alternative
remedial action that comes as close to meeting the otherwise applicable
standard under Sec. 192.02(c)(3) as is reasonably achievable.
    (b) When Sec. 192.21(h) applies, remedial actions shall reduce
other residual radioactivity to levels that are as low as is reasonably
achievable and conform to the standards of subparts A and B to the
maximum extent practicable.
    (c) The implementing agencies may make general determinations
concerning remedial actions under this section that will apply to all
locations with specified characteristics, or they may make a
determination for a specific location. When remedial actions are
proposed under this section for a specific location, the Department of
Energy shall inform any private owners and occupants of the affected
location and solicit their comments. The Department of Energy shall
provide any such comments to the other implementing agencies. The
Department of Energy shall also periodically inform the Environmental
Protection Agency of both general and individual determinations under
the provisions of this section.
    (d) When Sec. 192.21(b), (f), or (g) apply, implementing agencies
shall apply any remedial actions for the restoration of contamination of
groundwater by residual radioactive materials that is required to
assure, at a minimum, protection of human health and the environment. In
addition, when Sec. 192.21(g) applies, supplemental standards shall
ensure that current and reasonably projected uses of the affected
groundwater are preserved.

[48 FR 602, Jan. 5, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 2868, Jan. 11, 1995]



Sec. 192.23  Effective date.

    Subparts A, B, and C shall be effective March 7, 1983.



   Subpart D_Standards for Management of Uranium Byproduct Materials
   Pursuant to Section 84 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as Amended

    Source: 48 FR 45946, Oct. 7, 1983, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 192.30  Applicability.

    This subpart applies to the management of uranium byproduct
materials under section 84 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (henceforth
designated ``the

[[Page 27]]

Act''), as amended, during and following processing of uranium ores, and
to restoration of disposal sites following any use of such sites under
section 83(b)(1)(B) of the Act.



Sec. 192.31  Definitions and cross-references.

    References in this subpart to other parts of the Code of Federal
Regulations are to those parts as codified on January 1, 1983.
    (a) Unless otherwise indicated in this subpart, all terms shall have
the same meaning as in Title II of the Uranium Mill Tailings Rediation
Control Act of 1978, subparts A and B of this part, or parts 190, 260,
261, and 264 of this chapter. For the purposes of this subpart, the
terms ``waste,'' ``hazardous waste,'' and related terms, as used in
parts 260, 261, and 264 of this chapter shall apply to byproduct
material.
    (b) Uranium byproduct material means the tailings or wastes produced
by the extraction or concentration of uranium from any ore processed
primarily for its source material content. Ore bodies depleted by
uranium solution extraction operations and which remain underground do
not constitute ``byproduct material'' for the purpose of this subpart.
    (c) Control means any action to stabilize, inhibit future misuse of,
or reduce emissions or effluents from uranium byproduct materials.
    (d) Licensed site means the area contained within the boundary of a
location under the control of persons generating or storing uranium
byproduct materials under a license issued pursuant to section 84 of the
Act. For purposes of this subpart, ``licensed site'' is equivalent to
``regulated unit'' in subpart F of part 264 of this chapter.
    (e) Disposal site means a site selected pursuant to section 83 of
the Act.
    (f) Disposal area means the region within the perimeter of an
impoundment or pile containing uranium by product materials to which the
post-closure requirements of Sec. 192.32(b)(1) of this subpart apply.
    (g) Regulatory agency means the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
    (h) Closure period means the period of time beginning with the
cessation, with respect to a waste impoundment, of uranium ore
processing operations and ending with completion of requirements
specified under a closure plan.
    (i) Closure plan means the plan required under Sec. 264.112 of this
chapter.
    (j) Existing portion means that land surface area of an existing
surface impoundment on which significant quantities of uranium byproduct
materials have been placed prior to promulgation of this standard.
    (k) As expeditiously as practicable considering technological
feasibility means as quickly as possible considering: the physical
characteristics of the tailings and the site; the limits of available
technology; the need for consistency with mandatory requirements of
other regulatory programs; and factors beyond the control of the
licensee. The phrase permits consideration of the cost of compliance
only to the extent specifically provided for by use of the term
``available technology.''
    (l) Permanent Radon Barrier means the final radon barrier
constructed to achieve compliance with, including attainment of, the
limit on releases of radon-222 in Sec. 192.32(b)(1)(ii).
    (m) Available technology means technologies and methods for
emplacing a permanent radon barrier on uranium mill tailings piles or
impoundments. This term shall not be construed to include extraordinary
measures or techniques that would impose costs that are grossly
excessive as measured by practice within the industry or one that is
reasonably analogous, (such as, by way of illustration only,
unreasonable overtime, staffing or transportation requirements, etc.,
considering normal practice in the industry; laser fusion, of soils,
etc.), provided there is reasonable progress toward emplacement of a
permanent radon barrier. To determine grossly excessive costs, the
relevant baseline against which cost increases shall be compared is the
cost estimate for tailings impoundment closure contained in the
licensee's tailings closure plan, but costs beyond such estimates shall
not automatically be considered grossly excessive.
    (n) Tailings Closure Plan (Radon) means the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission or Agreement State approved plan detailing activities to
accomplish timely emplacement of a permanent

[[Page 28]]

radon barrier. A tailings closure plan shall include a schedule for key
radon closure milestone activities such as wind blown tailings retrieval
and placement on the pile, interim stabilization (including dewatering
or the removal of freestanding liquids and recontouring), and
emplacement of a permanent radon barrier constructed to achieve
compliance with the 20 pCi/m\2\-s flux standard as expeditiously as
practicable considering technological feasibility (including factors
beyond the control of the licensee).
    (o) Factors beyond the control of the licensee means factors
proximately causing delay in meeting the schedule in the applicable
license for timely emplacement of the permanent radon barrier
notwithstanding the good faith efforts of the licensee to achieve
compliance. These factors may include, but are not limited to, physical
conditions at the site; inclement weather or climatic conditions; an act
of God; an act of war; a judicial or administrative order or decision,
or change to the statutory, regulatory, or other legal requirements
applicable to the licensee's facility that would preclude or delay the
performance of activities required for compliance; labor disturbances;
any modifications, cessation or delay ordered by state, Federal or local
agencies; delays beyond the time reasonably required in obtaining
necessary governmental permits, licenses, approvals or consent for
activities described in the tailings closure plan (radon) proposed by
the licensee that result from agency failure to take final action after
the licensee has made a good faith, timely effort to submit legally
sufficient applications, responses to requests (including relevant data
requested by the agencies), or other information, including approval of
the tailings closure plan by NRC or the affected Agreement State; and an
act or omission of any third party over whom the licensee has no
control.
    (p) Operational means that a uranium mill tailings pile or
impoundment is being used for the continued placement of uranium
byproduct material or is in standby status for such placement. A
tailings pile or impoundment is operational from the day that uranium
byproduct material is first placed in the pile or impoundment until the
day final closure begins.
    (q) Milestone means an enforceable date by which action, or the
occurrence of an event, is required for purposes of achieving compliance
with the 20 pCi/m\2\-s flux standard.

[48 FR 45946, Oct. 7, 1983, as amended at 58 FR 60355, Nov. 15, 1993]



Sec. 192.32  Standards.

    (a) Standards for application during processing operations and prior
to the end of the closure period. (1) Surface impoundments (except for
an existing portion) subject to this subpart must be designed,
constructed, and installed in such manner as to conform to the
requirements of Sec. 264.221 of this chapter, except that at sites
where the annual precipitation falling on the impoundment and any
drainage area contributing surface runoff to the impoundment is less
than the annual evaporation from the impoundment, the requirements of
Sec. 264.228(a)(2) (iii)(E) referenced in Sec. 264.221 do not apply.
    (2) Uranium byproduct materials shall be managed so as to conform to
the ground water protection standard in Sec. 264.92 of this chapter,
except that for the purposes of this subpart:
    (i) To the list of hazardous constituents referenced in Sec. 264.93
of this chapter are added the chemical elements molybdenum and uranium,
    (ii) To the concentration limits provided in Table 1 of Sec. 264.94
of this chapter are added the radioactivity limits in Table A of this
subpart,
    (iii) Detection monitoring programs required under Sec. 264.98 to
establish the standards required under Sec. 264.92 shall be completed
within one (1) year of promulgation,
    (iv) The regulatory agency may establish alternate concentration
limits (to be satisfied at the point of compliance specified under Sec.
264.95) under the criteria of Sec. 264.94(b), provided that, after
considering practicable corrective actions, these limits are as low as
reasonably achievable, and that, in any case, the standards of Sec.
264.94(a) are satisfied at all points at a greater distance than 500
meters from the edge of the disposal area and/or outside the site
boundary, and

[[Page 29]]

    (v) The functions and responsibilities designated in Part 264 of
this chapter as those of the ``Regional Administrator'' with respect to
``facility permits'' shall be carried out by the regulatory agency,
except that exemptions of hazardous constituents under Sec. 264.93 (b)
and (c) of this chapter and alter nate concentration limits established
under Sec. 264.94 (b) and (c) of this chapter (except as otherwise
provided in Sec. 192.32(a)(2)(iv)) shall not be effective until EPA has
concurred therein.
    (3)(i) Uranium mill tailings piles or impoundments that are
nonoperational and subject to a license by the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission or an Agreement State shall limit releases of radon-222 by
emplacing a permanent radon barrier. This permanent radon barrier shall
be constructed as expeditiously as practicable considering technological
feasibility (including factors beyond the control of the licensee) after
the pile or impoundment ceases to be operational. Such control shall be
carried out in accordance with a written tailings closure plan (radon)
to be incorporated by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission or Agreement
State into individual site licenses.
    (ii) The Nuclear Regulatory Commission or Agreement State may
approve a licensee's request to extend the time for performance of
milestones if, after providing an opportunity for public participation,
the Nuclear Regulatory Commission or Agreement State finds that
compliance with the 20 pCi/m\2\-s flux standard has been demonstrated
using a method approved by the NRC, in the manner required in
192.32(a)(4)(i). Only under these circumstances and during the period of
the extension must compliance with the 20 pCi/m\2\-s flux standard be
demonstrated each year.
    (iii) The Nuclear Regulatory Commission or Agreement State may
extend the final compliance date for emplacement of the permanent radon
barrier, or relevant milestone, based upon cost if the new date is
established after a finding by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission or
Agreement State, after providing an opportunity for public
participation, that the licensee is making good faith efforts to emplace
a permanent radon barrier; the delay is consistent with the definition
of ``available technology'' in Sec. 192.31(m); and the delay will not
result in radon releases that are determined to result in significant
incremental risk to the public health.
    (iv) The Nuclear Regulatory Commission or Agreement State may, in
response to a request from a licensee, authorize by license or license
amendment a portion of the site to remain accessible during the closure
process to accept uranium byproduct material as defined in section
11(e)(2) of the Atomic Energy Act, 42 U.S.C. 2014(e)(2), or to accept
materials similar to the physical, chemical and radiological
characteristics of the in situ uranium mill tailings and associated
wastes, from other sources. No such authorization may be used as a means
for delaying or otherwise impeding emplacement of the permanent radon
barrier over the remainder of the pile or impoundment in a manner that
will achieve compliance with the 20 pCi/m\2\-s flux standard, averaged
over the entire pile or impoundment.
    (v) The Nuclear Regulatory Commission or Agreement State may, in
response to a request from a licensee, authorize by license or license
amendment a portion of a pile or impoundment to remain accessible after
emplacement of a permanent radon barrier to accept uranium byproduct
material as defined in section 11(e)(2) of the Atomic Energy Act, 42
U.S.C. 2014(e)(2), if compliance with the 20 pCi/m\2\-s flux standard of
Sec. 192.32(b)(1)(ii) is demonstrated by the licensee's monitoring
conducted in a manner consistent with Sec. 192.32(a)(4)(i). Such
authorization may be provided only if the Nuclear Regulatory Commission
or Agreement State makes a finding, constituting final agency action and
after providing an opportunity for public participation, that the site
will continue to achieve the 20 pCi/m2-s flux standard when averaged
over the entire impoundment.
    (4)(i) Upon emplacement of the permanent radon barrier pursuant to
40 CFR 192.32(a)(3), the licensee shall conduct appropriate monitoring
and analysis of the radon-222 releases to demonstrate that the design of
the permanent radon barrier is effective in limiting releases of radon-
222 to a level

[[Page 30]]

not exceeding 20 pCi/m\2\-s as required by 40 CFR 192.32(b)(1)(ii). This
monitoring shall be conducted using the procedures described in 40 CFR
part 61, Appendix B, Method 115, or any other measurement method
proposed by a licensee that the Nuclear Regulatory Commission or
Agreement State approves as being at least as effective as EPA Method
115 in demonstrating the effectiveness of the permanent radon barrier in
achieving compliance with the 20 pCi/m\2\-s flux standard.
    (ii) When phased emplacement of the permanent radon barrier is
included in the applicable tailings closure plan (radon), then radon
flux monitoring required under Sec. 192.32(a)(4)(i) shall be conducted,
however the licensee shall be allowed to conduct such monitoring for
each portion of the pile or impoundment on which the radon barrier has
been emplaced by conducting flux monitoring on the closed portion.
    (5) Uranium byproduct materials shall be managed so as to conform to
the provisions of:
    (i) Part 190 of this chapter, ``Environmental Radiation Protection
Standards for Nuclear Power Operations'' and
    (ii) Part 440 of this chapter, ``Ore Mining and Dressing Point
Source Category: Effluent Limitations Guidelines and New Source
Performance Standards, Subpart C, Uranium, Radium, and Vanadium Ores
Subcategory.''
    (6) The regulatory agency, in conformity with Federal Radiation
Protection Guidance (FR, May 18, 1960, pgs. 4402-4403), shall make every
effort to maintain radiation doses from radon emissions from surface
impoundments of uranium byproduct materials as far below the Federal
Radiation Protection Guides as is practicable at each licensed site.
    (b) Standards for application after the closure period. At the end
of the closure period:
    (1) Disposal areas shall each comply with the closure performance
standard in Sec. 264.111 of this chapter with respect to
nonradiological hazards and shall be designed \1\ to provide reasonable
assurance of control of radiological hazards to
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The standard applies to design with a monitoring requirement as
specified in Sec. 192.32(a)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (i) Be effective for one thousand years, to the extent reasonably
achievable, and, in any case, for at least 200 years, and,
    (ii) Limit releases of radon-222 from uranium byproduct materials to
the atmosphere so as to not exceed an average \2\ release rate of 20
picocuries per square meter per second (pCi/m2s).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ This average shall apply to the entire surface of each disposal
area over periods of at least one year, but short compared to 100 years.
Radon will come from both uranium byproduct materials and from covering
materials. Radon emissions from covering materials should be estimated
as part of developing a closure plan for each site. The standard,
however, applies only to emissions from uranium byproduct materials to
the atmosphere.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The requirements of Sec. 192.32(b)(1) shall not apply to any
portion of a licensed and/or disposal site which contains a
concentration of radium-226 in land, averaged over areas of 100 square
meters, which, as a result of uranium byproduct material, does not
exceed the background level by more than:
    (i) 5 picocuries per gram (pCi/g), averaged over the first 15
centimeters (cm) below the surface, and
    (ii) 15 pCi/g, averaged over 15 cm thick layers more than 15 cm
below the surface.

[48 FR 45946, Oct. 7, 1983, as amended at 58 FR 60355-60356, Nov. 15,
1993]



Sec. 192.33  Corrective action programs.

    If the ground water standards established under provisions of Sec.
192.32(a)(2) are exceeded at any licensed site, a corrective action
program as specified in Sec. 264.100 of this chapter shall be put into
operation as soon as is practicable, and in no event later than eighteen
(18) months after a finding of exceedance.



Sec. 192.34  Effective date.

    Subpart D shall be effective December 6, 1983.



                  Sec. Table A to Subpart D of Part 192

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               pCi/liter
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Combined radium-226 and radium-228...........................          5

[[Page 31]]


Gross alpha-particle activity (excluding radon and uranium)..         15
------------------------------------------------------------------------



   Subpart E_Standards for Management of Thorium Byproduct Materials
   Pursuant to Section 84 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as Amended

    Source: 48 FR 45947, Oct. 7, 1983, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 192.40  Applicability.

    This subpart applies to the management of thorium byproduct
materials under section 84 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended,
during and following processing of thorium ores, and to restoration of
disposal sites following any use of such sites under section 83(b)(1)(B)
of the Act.



Sec. 192.41  Provisions.

    Except as otherwise noted in Sec. 192.41(e), the provisions of
subpart D of this part, including Sec. Sec. 192.31, 192.32, and 192.33,
shall apply to thorium byproduct material and:
    (a) Provisions applicable to the element uranium shall also apply to
the element thorium;
    (b) Provisions applicable to radon-222 shall also apply to radon-
220; and
    (c) Provisions applicable to radium-226 shall also apply to radium-
228.
    (d) Operations covered under Sec. 192.32(a) shall be conducted in
such a manner as to provide reasonable assurance that the annual dose
equivalent does not exceed 25 millirems to the whole body, 75 millirems
to the thyroid, and 25 millirems to any other organ of any member of the
public as a result of exposures to the planned discharge of radioactive
materials, radon-220 and its daughters excepted, to the general
environment.
    (e) The provisions of Sec. 192.32(a) (3) and (4) do not apply to
the management of thorium byproduct material.

[48 FR 45946, Oct. 7, 1983, as amended at 58 FR 60356, Nov. 15, 1993]



Sec. 192.42  Substitute provisions.

    The regulatory agency may, with the concurrence of EPA, substitute
for any provisions of Sec. 192.41 of this subpart alternative
provisions it deems more practical that will provide at least an
equivalent level of protection for human health and the environment.



Sec. 192.43  Effective date.

    Subpart E shall be effective December 6, 1983.



            Sec. Appendix I to Part 192--Listed Constituents

Acetonitrile
Acetophenone (Ethanone, 1-phenyl)
2-Acetylaminofluorene (Acetamide, N-9H-fluoren-2-yl-)
Acetyl chloride
1-Acetyl-2-thiourea (Acetamide, N-(aminothioxymethyl)-)
Acrolein (2-Propenal)
Acrylamide (2-Propenamide)
Acrylonitrile (2-Propenenitrile)
Aflatoxins
Aldicarb (Propenal, 2-methyl-2-(methyl thio)-,O-
[(methylamino)carbonyl]oxime
Aldrin (1,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-
1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro(1a,4a,4ab,5a,8a,8ab)-)
Allyl alcohol (2-Propen-1-ol)
Allyl chloride (1-Propane,3-chloro)
Aluminum phosphide
4-Aminobiphenyl ([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-amine)
5-(Aminomethyl)-3-isoxazolol (3(2H)-Isoxazolone,5-(aminomethyl)-)
4-Aminopyridine (4-Pyridineamine)
Amitrole (lH-1,2,4-Triazol-3-amine)
Ammonium vanadate (Vanadic acid, ammonium salt)
Aniline (Benzenamine)
Antimony and compounds, N.O.S. \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The abbreviation N.O.S. (not otherwise specified) signifies
those members of the general class not specifically listed by name in
this appendix.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Aramite (Sulfurous acid, 2-chloroethyl 2-[4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)phenoxy]-
1-methylethyl ester)
Arsenic and compounds, N.O.S.
Arsenic acid (Arsenic acid H3 AsO4)
Arsenic pentoxide (Arsenic oxide As2 O5)
Auramine (Benzamine, 4,4'-carbonimidoylbis[N,N-dimethyl-])
Azaserine (L-Serine, diazoacetate (ester))
Barium and compounds, N.O.S.
Barium cyanide
Benz[c]acridine (3,4-Benzacridine)
Benz[a]anthracene (1,2-Benzanthracene)
Benzal chloride (Benzene, dichloromethyl-)
Benzene (Cyclohexatriene)
Benzenearsonic acid (Arsenic acid, phenyl-)
Benzidine ([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine)
Benzo[b]fluoranthene (Benz[e]acephananthrylene)

[[Page 32]]

Benzo[j]fluoranthene
Benzo[k]fluoranthene
Benzo[a]pyrene
p-Benzoquinone (2,5-Cyclohexadiene-1,4-dione)
Benzotrichloride (Benzene, (trichloro-methyl)-)
Benzyl chloride (Benzene, (chloromethyl)-)
Beryllium and compounds, N.O.S.
Bromoacetone (2-Propanone, 1-bromo-)
Bromoform (Methane, tribromo-)
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether (Benzene, l-bromo-4-phenoxy-)
Brucine (Strychnidin-10-one, 2,3-dimeth-oxy-)
Butyl benzyl phthalate (1,2-Benzenedicarbozylic acid, butyl phenylmethyl
ester)
Cacodylic acid (Arsinic acid, dimethyl)
Cadmium and compounds, N.O.S.
Calcium chromate (Chromic acid H2 CrO4, calcium
salt)
Calcium cyanide (Ca(CN)2)
Carbon disulfide
Carbon oxyfluoride (Carbonic difluoride)
Carbon tetrachloride (Methane, tetrachloro-)
Chloral (Acetaldehyde, trichloro-)
Chlorambucil (Benzenebutanoic acid, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]-)
Chlordane (4,7-Methano-1H-indene,1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-
2,3,3a,4,7,7a-hexahydro-)
Chlorinated benzenes, N.O.S.
Chlorinated ethane, N.O.S.
Chlorinated fluorocarbons, N.O.S.
Chlorinated naphthalene, N.O.S.
Chlorinated phenol, N.O.S.
Chlornaphazin (Naphthalenamine, N,N'-bis(2-chlorethyl)-)
Chloroacetaldehyde (Acetaldehyde, chloro-)
Chloroalkyl ethers, N.O.S.
p-Chloroaniline (Benzenamine, 4-chloro-)
Chlorobenzene (Benzene, chloro-)
Chlorobenzilate (Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chloro-a-(4-chlorophenyl)-a-
hydroxy-, ethyl ester)
p-Chloro-m-cresol (Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl)
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether (Ethene, (2-chloroethoxy)-)
Chloroform (Methane, trichloro-)
Chloromethyl methyl ether (Methane, chloromethoxy-)
b-Chloronapthalene (Naphthalene, 2-chloro-)
o-Chlorophenol (Phenol, 2-chloro-)
1-(o-Chlorophenyl)thiourea (Thiourea, (2-chlorophenyl-))
3-Chloropropionitrile (Propanenitrile, 3-chloro-)
Chromium and compounds, N.O.S.
Chrysene
Citrus red No. 2 (2-Naphthalenol, 1-[(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)azo]-)
Coal tar creosote
Copper cyanide (CuCN)
Creosote
Cresol (Chresylic acid) (Phenol, methyl-)
Crotonaldehyde (2-Butenal)
Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes), N.O.S.
Cyanogen (Ethanedinitrile)
Cyanogen bromide ((CN)Br)
Cyanogen chloride ((CN)Cl)
Cycasin (beta-D-Glucopyranoside, (methyl-ONN-azoxy)methyl)
2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenol (Phenol, 2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitro-)
Cyclophosphamide (2H-1,3,2-Oxazaphosphorin-2-amine,N,N-bis(2-
chloroethyl) tetrahydro-,2-oxide)
2,4-D and salts and esters (Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-)
Daunomycin (5,12-Naphthacenedione,8-acetyl-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-
a-Llyxo-hexopyranosyl)oxy]-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-1-
methoxy-,(8S-cis))
DDD (Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2-dichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro-)
DDE (Benzene, 1,1-(dichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro-)
DDT (Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2-trichloroethlyidene)bis[4-chloro-)
Diallate (Carbomothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-,S-(2,3-dichloro-2-
propenyl) ester)
Dibenz[a,h]acridine

Dibenz[a,j]acridine

Dibenz[a,h]anthracene

7H-Dibenzo[c,g]carbazole

Dibenzo[a,e]pyrene (Naphtho[1,2,4,5-def)crysene)

Dibenzo[a,h]pyrene (Dibenzo[b,def]crysene)
Dibenzo[a,i]pyrene (Benzo[rst]pentaphene)
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro-)
Dibutylphthalate (1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester)
o-Dichlorobenzene (Benzene, 1,2-dichloro-)
m-Dichlorobenzene (Benzene, 1,3-dichloro-)
p-Dichlorobenzene (Benzene, 1,4-dichloro-)
Dichlorobenzene, N.O.S. (Benzene; dichloro-, N.O.S.)
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine ([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine, 3,3'-dichloro-)
1,4-Dichloro-2-butene (2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro-)
Dichlorodifluoromethane (Methane, dichlorodifluoro-)
Dichloroethylene, N.O.S.

1,1-Dichloroethylene (Ethene, 1,1-dichloro-)

1,2-Dichloroethylene (Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-,(E)-)

Dichloroethyl ether (Ethane, 1,1'-oxybis[2-chloro-)

Dichloroisopropyl ether (Propane, 2,2'-oxybis[2-chloro-)

Dichloromethoxy ethane (Ethane, 1,1'-[methylenebis(oxy)bis[2-chloro-)

Dichloromethyl ether (Methane, oxybis[chloro-)

2,4-Dichlorophenol (Phenol, 2,4-dichloro-)

2,6-Dichlorophenol (Phenol, 2,6-dichloro-)
Dichlorophenylarsine (Arsinous dichloride, phenyl-)

[[Page 33]]

Dichloropropane, N.O.S. (Propane, dichloro-,)
Dichloropropanol, N.O.S. (Propanol, dichloro-,)
Dichloropropene; N.O.S. (1-Propane, dichloro-,)
1,3-Dichloropropene (1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-)
Dieldrin (2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-b]oxirene,3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-
1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a,octahydro-,(1aa,2b,2aa,3b,6b,6aa,7b,7aa)-)
1,2:3,4-Diepoxybutane (2,2'-Bioxirane)
Diethylarsine (Arsine, diethyl-)
1,4 Diethylene oxide (1,4-Dioxane)
Diethylhexyl phthalate (1,2-Benzenedicarboxlyic acid, bis(2-ethylhexl)
ester)
N,N-Diethylhydrazine (Hydrazine, 1,2-diethyl)
O,O-Diethyl S-methyl dithiophosphate (Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-
diethyl S-methyl ester)
Diethyl-p-nitrophenyl phosphate (Phosphoric acid, diethyl 4-nitrophenyl
ester)
Diethyl phthalate (1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester)
O,O-Diethyl O-pyrazinyl phosphorothioate (Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-
diethyl O-pyrazinyl ester)
Diethylstilbesterol (Phenol, 4,4'-(1,2-diethyl-1,2-ethenediyl)bis-,(E)-)
Dihydrosafrole (1,3-Benxodioxole, 5-propyl-)
Diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP) (Phosphorofluoridic acid, bis(1-methyl
ethyl) ester)
Dimethoate (Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-dimethyl S-[2-(methylamino) 2-
oxoethyl] ester)
3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine ([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine, 3,3'-dimethoxy-)
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene (Benzenamine, N,N-dimethyl-4-(phenylazo)-)
7,12-Dimethylbenz[a]anthracene (Benz[a]anthracene, 7,12-dimethyl-)
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine ([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine, 3,3'-dimethyl-)
Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride (carbamic chloride, dimethyl-)
1,1-Dimethylhydrazine (Hydrazine, 1,1-dimethyl-)
1,2-Dimethylhydrazine (Hydrazine, 1,2-dimethyl-)
a,a-Dimethylphenethylamine (Benzeneethanamine, a,a-dimethyl-)
2,4-Dimethylphenol (Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl-)
Dimethylphthalate (1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester)
Dimethyl sulfate (Sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester)
Dinitrobenzene, N.O.S. (Benzene, dinitro-)
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol and salts (Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro-)
2,4-Dinitrophenol (Phenol, 2,4-dinitro-)
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-dinitro-)
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro-)
Dinoseb (Phenol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-4,6-dinitro-)
Di-n-octyl phthalate (1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester)
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-Diethyleneoxide)
Diphenylamine (Benzenamine, N-phenyl-)
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine (Hydrazine, 1,2-diphenyl-)
Di-n-propylnitrosamine (1-Propanamine,N-nitroso-N-propyl-)
Disulfoton (Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-[2-(ethylthio)ethyl]
ester)
Dithiobiuret (Thioimidodicarbonic diamide [(H2
N)C(S)]2 NH)
Endosulfan (6,9,Methano-2,4,3-benzodioxathiepin,6,7,8,9,10,10-
hexachloro-1,5,5a,6,9,9ahexahydro,3-oxide)
Endothall (7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic acid)
Endrin and metabolites (2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-
b]oxirene,3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octa-
hydro,(1aa,2b,2ab,3a,6a,6ab,7b,7aa)-)
Epichlorohydrin (Oxirane, (chloromethyl)-)
Epinephrine (1,2-Benzenediol,4-[1-hydroxy-2-(methylamino)ethyl]-,(R)-,)
Ethyl carbamate (urethane) (Carbamic acid, ethyl ester)
Ethyl cyanide (propanenitrile)
Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, salts and esters (Carbamodithioic acid,
1,2-Ethanediylbis-)
Ethylene dibromide (1,2-Dibromoethane)
Ethylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloroethane)
Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether (Ethanol, 2-ethoxy-)
Ethyleneimine (Aziridine)
Ethylene oxide (Oxirane)
Ethylenethiourea (2-Imidazolidinethione)
Ethylidene dichloride (Ethane, 1,1-Dichloro-)
Ethyl methacrylate (2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester)
Ethylmethane sulfonate (Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester)
Famphur (Phosphorothioic acid, O-[4-[(dimethylamino)sulphonyl]phenyl]
O,O-dimethyl ester)
Fluoranthene
Fluorine
Fluoroacetamide (Acetamide, 2-fluoro-)
Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt (Acetic acid, fluoro-, sodium salt)
Formaldehyde (Methylene oxide)
Formic acid (Methanoic acid)
Glycidylaldehyde (Oxiranecarboxyaldehyde)
Halomethane, N.O.S.
Heptachlor (4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-
tetrahydro-)
Heptachlor epoxide (a, b, and [gamma] isomers) (2,5-Methano-2H-
indeno[1,2-b]-oxirene, 2,3,4,5,6,7,7-heptachloro-1a,1b,5,5a,6,6a-hexa-
hydro-,(1aa,1bb,2a,5a,5ab,6b,6aa)-)
Hexachlorobenzene (Benzene, hexachloro-)
Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4-hexachloro-)

[[Page 34]]

Hexachlorocyclopentadiene (1,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5-hexachloro-)
Hexachlorodibenzofurans
Heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Hexachloroethane (Ethane, hexachloro-)
Hexachlorophene (phenol, 2,2'-Methylenebis[3,4,6-trichloro-)
Hexachloropropene (1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-hexachloro-)
Hexaethyl tetraphosphate (Tetraphosphoric acid, hexaethyl ester)
Hydrazine
Hydrocyanic acid
Hydrofluoric acid
Hydrogen sulfide (H2 S)
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
Isobutyl alcohol (1-Propanol, 2-methyl-)
Isodrin (1,4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-
1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro, (1a,4a,4ab,5b,8b,8ab)-)
Isosafrole (1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)-)
Kepone (1,3,4-Metheno-2H-cyclobuta[cd]pentalen-2-one,
1,1a,3,3a,4,5,5,5a,5b,6-decachlorooctahydro-)
Lasiocarpine (2-Butenoic acid, 2-methyl-,7-[[2,3-dihydroxy-2-(1-
methoxyethyl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutoxy]methyl]-2,3,5,7a-tetrahydro-1H-
pyrrolizin-l-yl ester)
Lead and compounds, N.O.S.
Lead acetate (Acetic acid, lead(2+) salt)
Lead phosphate (Phosphoric acid, lead(2+) salt(2:3))
Lead subacetate (Lead, bis(acetato-O)tetrahydroxytri-)
Lindane (Clohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1a,2a,3b,4a,5a,6b)-)
Maleic anhydride (2,5-Furandione)
Maleic hydrazide (3,6-Pyridazinedione, 1,2-dihydro-)
Malononitrile (Propanedinitrile)
Melphalan (L-Phenylalanine, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)aminol]-)
Mercury and compounds, N.O.S.
Mercury fulminate (Fulminic acid, mercury(2+) salt)
Methacrylonitrile (2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl-)
Methapyrilene (1,2-Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl-N'-2-pyridinyl-N'-(2-
thienylmethyl)-)
Metholmyl (Ethamidothioic acid, N-[[(methylamino)carbonyl]oxy]thio-,
methyl ester)
Methoxychlor (Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)bis[4-methoxy-)
Methyl bromide (Methane, bromo-)
Methyl chloride (Methane, chloro-)
Methyl chlorocarbonate (Carbonchloridic acid, methyl ester)
Methyl chloroform (Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro-)
3-Methylcholanthrene (Benz[j]aceanthrylene, 1,2-dihydro-3-methyl-)
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline) (Benzenamine, 4,4'-methylenebis(2-
chloro-)
Methylene bromide (Methane, dibromo-)
Methylene chloride (Methane, dichloro-)
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) (2-Butanone)
Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide (2-Butanone, peroxide)
Methyl hydrazine (Hydrazine, methyl-)
Methyl iodide (Methane, iodo-)
Methyl isocyanate (Methane, isocyanato-)
2-Methyllactonitrile (Propanenitrile, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-)
Methyl methacrylate (2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, methyl ester)
Methyl methanesulfonate (Methanesulfonic acid, methyl ester)
Methyl parathion (Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-dimethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl)
ester)
Methylthiouracil (4(1H)Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro-6-methyl-2-thioxo-)
Mitomycin C (Azirino[2',3':3,4]pyrrolo[1,2-a]indole-4,7-dione,6-amino-8-
[[(aminocarbonyl) oxy]methyl]-1,1a,2,8,8a,8b-hexahydro-8a-methoxy-5-
methy-, [1aS-(1aa,8b,8aa,8ba)]-)
MNNG (Guanidine, N-methyl-N'-nitro-N-nitroso-)
Mustard gas (Ethane, 1,1'-thiobis[2-chloro-)
Naphthalene
1,4-Naphthoquinone (1,4-Naphthalenedione)
a-Naphthalenamine (1-Naphthylamine)
b-Naphthalenamine (2-Naphthylamine)
a-Naphthylthiourea (Thiourea, 1-naphthalenyl-)
Nickel and compounds, N.O.S.
Nickel carbonyl (Ni(CO)4 (T-4)-)
Nickel cyanide (Ni(CN)2)
Nicotine and salts (Pyridine, 3-(1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)-, (S)-)
Nitric oxide (Nitrogen oxide NO)
p-Nitroaniline (Benzenamine, 4-nitro-)
Nitrobenzene (Benzene, nitro-)
Nitrogen dioxide (Nitrogen oxide NO2)
Nitrogen mustard, and hydrochloride salt (Ethanamine, 2-chloro-N-(2-
chloroethyl)-N-methyl-)
Nitrogen mustard N-oxide and hydrochloride salt (Ethanamine, 2chloro-N-
(2-chloroethyl)N-methyl-, N-oxide)
Nitroglycerin (1,2,3-Propanetriol, trinitrate)
p-Nitrophenol (Phenol, 4-nitro-)
2-Nitropropane (Propane, 2-nitro-)
Nitrosamines, N.O.S.
N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine (l-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-nitroso-)
N-Nitrosodiethanolamine (Ethanol, 2,2'-(nitrosoimino)bis-)
N-Nitrosodiethylamine (Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-1)
N-Nitrosodimethylamine (Methanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-)
N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea (Urea, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-)
N-Nitrosomethylethylamine (Ethanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-)
N-Nitroso-N-methylurea (Urea, N-methyl-N-nitroso-)
N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane (Carbamic acid, methylnitroso-, ethyl ester)
N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine (Vinylamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-)

[[Page 35]]

N-Nitrosomorpholine (Morpholine, 4-nitroso-)
N-Nitrosonornicotine (Pyridine, 3-(1-nitroso-2-pyrrolidinyl)-, (S)-)
N-Nitrosopiperidine (Piperidine, 1-nitroso-)
Nitrosopyrrolidine (Pyrrolidine, 1-nitroso-)
N-Nitrososarcosine (Glycine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-)
5-Nitro-o-toluidine (Benzenamine, 2-methyl-5-nitro-)
Octamethylpyrophosphoramide (Diphosphoramide, octamethyl-)
Osmium tetroxide (Osmium oxide OsO4, (T-4)-)
Paraldehyde (1,3,5-Trioxane, 2,4,6-trimethyl-)
Parathion (Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl) ester)
Pentachlorobenzene (Benzene, pentachloro-)
Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Pentachlorodibenzofurans
Pentachloroethane (Ethane, pentachloro-)
Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) (Benzene, pentachloronitro-)
Pentachlorophenol (Phenol, pentachloro-)
Phenacetin (Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-)
Phenol
Phenylenediamine (Benzenediamine)
Phenylmercury acetate (Mercury, (acetato-O)phenyl-)
Phenylthiourea (Thiourea, phenyl-)
Phosgene (Carbonic dichloride)
Phosphine
Phorate (Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-[(ethylthiomethyl] ester)
Phthalic acid esters, N.O.S.
Phthalic anhydride (1,3-isobenzofurandione)
2-Picoline (Pyridine, 2-methyl-)
Polychlorinated biphenyls, N.O.S.
Potassium cyanide (K(CN))
Potassium silver cyanide (Argentate(l-), bis(cyano-C)-, potassium)
Pronamide (Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl)-)
1,3-Propane sultone (1,2-Oxathiolane, 2,2-dioxide)
n-Propylamine (1-Propanamine)
Propargyl alcohol (2-Propyn-1-ol)
Propylene dichloride (Propane, 1,2-dichloro-)
1,2-Propylenimine (Aziridine, 2-methyl-)
Propylthiouracil (4(1H)-Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro-6-propyl-2-thioxo-)
Pyridine
Reserpinen (Yohimban-16-carboxylic acid, 11,17-dimethoxy-18-[(3,4,5-
trimethoxybenzoyl)oxy]-smethyl ester, (3b,16 b,17a,18b,20a)-)
Resorcinol (1,3-Benzenediol)
Saccharin and salts (1,2-Benzisothiazol-3(2H)-one, 1,1-dioxide)
Safrole (1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)-)
Selenium and compounds, N.O.S.
Selenium dioxide (Selenious acid)
Selenium sulfide (SeS2)
Selenourea
Silver and compounds, N.O.S.
Silver cyanide (Silver cyanide Ag(CN))
Silvex (Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)-)
Sodium cyanide (Sodium cyanide Na(CN))
Streptozotocin (D-Glucose, 2-deoxy-2-
[[methylnitrosoamino)carbonyl]amino]-)
Strychnine and salts (Strychnidin-10-one)
TCDD (Dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxin, 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-)
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene (Benzene, 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-)
Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Tetrachlorodibenxofurans
Tetrachloroethane, N.O.S. (Ethane, tetrachloro-, N.O.S.)
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane (Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro-)
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane (Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro-)
Tetrachloroethylene (Ethene, tetrachloro-)
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol (Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro-)
Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate (Thiodiphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester)
Tetraethyl lead (Plumbane, tetraethyl-)
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate (Diphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester)
Tetranitromethane (Methane, tetranitro-)
Thallium and compounds, N.O.S.
Thallic oxide (Thallium oxide Tl2 O3)
Thallium (I) acetate (Acetic acid, thallium (1+) salt)
Thallium (I) carbonate (Carbonic acid, dithallium (1+) salt)
Thallium (I) chloride (Thallium chloride TlCl)
Thallium (I) nitrate (Nitric acid, thallium (1+) salt)
Thallium selenite (Selenius acid, dithallium (1+) salt)
Thallium (I) sulfate (Sulfuric acid, thallium (1+) salt)
Thioacetamide (Ethanethioamide)
3,Thiofanox (2-Butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1-(methylthio)-, O-
[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime)
Thiomethanol (Methanethiol)
Thiophenol (Benzenethiol)
Thiosemicarbazide (Hydrazinecarbothioamide)
Thiourea
Thiram (Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide [(H2
N)C(S)]2S2, tetramethyl-)
Toluene (Benzene, methyl-)
Toluenediamine (Benzenediamine, ar-methyl-)
Toluene-2,4-diamine (1,3-Benzenediamine, 4-methyl-)
Toluene-2,6-diamine (1,3-Benzenediamine, 2-methyl-)
Toluene-3,4-diamine (1,2-Benzenediamine, 4-methyl-)
Toluene diisocyanate (Benzene, 1,3-diisocyanatomethyl-)
o-Toluidine (Benzenamine, 2-methyl-)
o-Toluidine hydrochloride (Benzenamine, 2-methyl-, hydrochloride)
p-Toluidine (Benzenamine, 4-methyl-)

[[Page 36]]

Toxaphene
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene (Benzene, 1,2,4-trichloro-)
1,1,2-Trichloroethane (Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro-)
Trichloroethylene (Ethene,trichloro-)
Trichloromethanethiol (Methanethiol, trichloro-)
Trichloromonofluoromethane (Methane, trichlorofluoro-)
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol (Phenol, 2,4,5-tri chlo-ro-)
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol (Phenol, 2,4,6-tri chlo-ro-)
2,4,5-T (Acetic acid, 2,4,5- trichloro-phenoxy-)
Trichloropropane, N.O.S.
1,2,3-Trichloropropane (Propane, 1,2,3-trichloro-)
O,O,O-Triethyl phosphorothioate (Phosphorothioic acid, O,O,O-triethyl
ester)
Trinitrobenzene (Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro-)
Tris(1-aziridinyl)phosphine sulfide (Aziridine,
1,1',1''phosphinothioylidyne-tris-))
Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate (1-Propanol, 2,3-dibromo-, phosphate
(3:1))
Trypan blue (2,7-Naphthalendisulfonic acid, 3,3'-[(3,3'-dimethyl[1,1'-
biphenyl]-4,4'-diyl)bis(azo)]bis(5-amino-4-hydroxy-, tetrasodium salt)
Uracil mustard (2,4-(1H,3H)-Pyrimidinedione, 5-[bis(2-
chloroethyl)amino]-)
Vanadium pentoxide (Vanadium oxide V2 O5)
Vinyl chloride (Ethene, chloro-)
Wayfarin (2H-1-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-(3-oxo-1-phenlybutyl)-)
Zinc cyanide (Zn(CN)2)
Zinc phosphide (Zn3 P2)

[60 FR 2868, Jan. 11, 1995]



PART 194_CRITERIA FOR THE CERTIFICATION AND RE-CERTIFICATION OF THE
WASTE ISOLATION PILOT PLANT'S COMPLIANCE WITH THE 40 CFR PART 191

DISPOSAL REGULATIONS--Table of Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
194.1 Purpose, scope, and applicability.
194.2 Definitions.
194.3 Communications.
194.4 Conditions of compliance certification.
194.5 Publications incorporated by reference.
194.6 Alternative provisions.
194.7 Effective date.
194.8 Approval process for waste shipment from waste generator sites for
          disposal at the WIPP.

  Subpart B_Compliance Certification and Re-certification Applications

194.11 Completeness and accuracy of compliance applications.
194.12 Submission of compliance applications.
194.13 Submission of reference materials.
194.14 Content of compliance certification application.
194.15 Content of compliance re-certification application(s).

         Subpart C_Compliance Certification and Re-certification

                          General Requirements

194.21 Inspections.
194.22 Quality assurance.
194.23 Models and computer codes.
194.24 Waste characterization.
194.25 Future state assumptions.
194.26 Expert judgment.
194.27 Peer review.

                        Containment Requirements

194.31 Application of release limits.
194.32 Scope of performance assessments.
194.33 Consideration of drilling events in performance assessments.
194.34 Results of performance assessments.

                         Assurance Requirements

194.41 Active institutional controls.
194.42 Monitoring.
194.43 Passive institutional controls.
194.44 Engineered barriers.
194.45 Consideration of the presence of resources.
194.46 Removal of waste.

           Individual and Ground-water Protection Requirements

194.51 Consideration of protected individual.
194.52 Consideration of exposure pathways.
194.53 Consideration of underground sources of drinking water.
194.54 Scope of compliance assessments.
194.55 Results of compliance assessments.

                     Subpart D_Public Participation

194.61 Advance notice of proposed rulemaking for certification.
194.62 Notice of proposed rulemaking for certification.
194.63 Final rule for certification.
194.64 Documentation of continued compliance.
194.65 Notice of proposed rulemaking for modification or revocation.
194.66 Final rule for modification or revocation.
194.67 Dockets.

Appendix A to Part 194--Certification of the Waste Isolation Pilot
          Plant's

[[Page 37]]

          Compliance with the 40 CFR Part 191 Disposal Regulations and
          the 40 CFR Part 194 Compliance Criteria

    Authority: Pub. L. 102-579, 106 Stat. 4777, as amended by Pub. L.
104-201,110 Stat. 2422; Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1970, 35 FR 15623,
Oct. 6, 1970, 5 U.S.C. app. 1; Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, 42
U.S.C. 2011-2296 and 10101-10270.

    Source: 61 FR 5235, Feb. 9, 1996, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 194.1  Purpose, scope, and applicability.

    This part specifies criteria for the certification or any re-
certification, or subsequent actions relating to the terms or conditions
of certification of the Department of Energy's Waste Isolation Pilot
Plant's compliance with the disposal regulations found at part 191 of
this chapter and pursuant to section 8(d)(1) and section 8(f),
respectively, of the WIPP LWA. The compliance certification application
submitted pursuant to section 8(d)(1) of the WIPP LWA and any compliance
re-certification application submitted pursuant to section 8(f) of the
WIPP LWA shall comply with the requirements of this part.



Sec. 194.2  Definitions.

    Unless otherwise indicated in this part, all terms have the same
meaning as in part 191 of this chapter.
    Acceptable knowledge means any information about the process used to
generate waste, material inputs to the process, and the time period
during which the waste was generated, as well as data resulting from the
analysis of waste, conducted prior to or separate from the waste
certification process authorized by EPA's Certification Decision, to
show compliance with Condition 3 of the certification decision (appendix
A of this part).
    Administrator's authorized representative means the director in
charge of radiation programs at the Agency.
    Certification means any action taken by the Administrator pursuant
to section 8(d)(1) of the WIPP LWA.
    Compliance application(s) means the compliance certification
application submitted to the Administrator pursuant to section 8(d)(1)
of the WIPP LWA or any compliance re-certification applications
submitted to the Administrator pursuant to section 8(f) of the WIPP LWA.
    Compliance assessment(s) means the analysis conducted to determine
compliance with Sec. 191.15, and part 191, subpart C of this chapter.
    Delaware Basin means those surface and subsurface features which lie
inside the boundary formed to the north, east and west of the disposal
system by the innermost edge of the Capitan Reef, and formed, to the
south, by a straight line drawn from the southeastern point of the Davis
Mountains to the most southwestern point of the Glass Mountains.
    Deep drilling means those drilling events in the Delaware Basin that
reach or exceed a depth of 2,150 feet below the surface relative to
where such drilling occurred.
    Department means the United States Department of Energy.
    Disposal regulations means part 191, subparts B and C of this
chapter.
    Management systems review means the qualitative assessment of a data
collection operation or organization(s) to establish whether the
prevailing quality management structure, policies, practices, and
procedures are adequate to ensure that the type and quality of data
needed are obtained.
    Minor alternative provision means an alternative provision to the
Compliance Criteria that only clarifies an existing regulatory
provision, or does not substantively alter the existing regulatory
requirements.
    Modification means action(s) taken by the Administrator that alters
the terms or conditions of certification pursuant to section 8(d)(1) of
the WIPP LWA. Modification of any certification shall comply with this
part and part 191 of this chapter.
    Population of CCDFs means all possible complementary, cumulative
distribution functions (CCDFs) that can be generated from all disposal
system parameter values used in performance assessments.
    Population of estimates means all possible estimates of radiation
doses and radionuclide concentrations that can be generated from all
disposal system

[[Page 38]]

parameter values used in compliance assessments.
    Quality assurance means those planned and systematic actions
necessary to provide adequate confidence that the disposal system will
comply with the disposal regulations set forth in part 191 of this
chapter. Quality assurance includes quality control, which comprises
those actions related to the physical characteristics of a material,
structure, component, or system that provide a means to control the
quality of the material, structure, component, or system to
predetermined requirements.
    Re-certification means any action taken by the Administrator
pursuant to section 8(f) of the WIPP LWA.
    Regulatory time frame means the time period beginning at disposal
and ending 10,000 years after disposal.
    Revocation means any action taken by the Administrator to terminate
the certification pursuant to section 8(d)(1) of the WIPP LWA.
    Secretary means the Secretary of Energy.
    Shallow drilling means those drilling events in the Delaware Basin
that do not reach a depth of 2,150 feet below the surface relative to
where such drilling occurred.
    Suspension means any action taken by the Administrator to withdraw,
for a limited period of time, the certification pursuant to section
8(d)(1) of the WIPP LWA.
    Waste means the radioactive waste, radioactive material and
coincidental material subject to the requirements of part 191 of this
chapter.
    Waste characteristic means a property of the waste that has an
impact on the containment of waste in the disposal system.
    Waste component means an ingredient of the total inventory of the
waste that influences a waste characteristic.
    WIPP means the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant, as authorized pursuant
to section 213 of the Department of Energy National Security and
Military Applications of Nuclear Energy Authorization Act of 1980 (Pub.
L. 96-164; 93 Stat. 1259, 1265).
    WIPP LWA means the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant Land Withdrawal Act
of 1992 (Pub.L. 102-579, 106 Stat. 4777).

[61 FR 5235, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 27404, May 18, 1998; 69
FR 42580, July 16, 2004]



Sec. 194.3  Communications.

    (a) Compliance application(s) shall be:
    (1) Addressed to the Administrator; and
    (2) Signed by the Secretary.
    (b) Communications and reports concerning the criteria in this part
shall be:
    (1) Addressed to the Administrator or the Administrator's authorized
representative; and
    (2) Signed by the Secretary or the Secretary's authorized
representative.



Sec. 194.4  Conditions of compliance certification.

    (a) Any certification of compliance issued pursuant to section
8(d)(1) of the WIPP LWA may include such conditions as the Administrator
finds necessary to support such certification.
    (b) Whether stated therein or not, the following conditions shall
apply in any such certification:
    (1) The certification shall be subject to modification, suspension
or revocation by the Administrator. Any suspension of the certification
shall be done at the discretion of the Administrator. Any modification
or revocation of the certification shall be done by rule pursuant to 5
U.S.C. 553. If the Administrator revokes the certification, the
Department shall retrieve, as soon as practicable and to the extent
practicable, any waste emplaced in the disposal system.
    (2) Any time after the Administrator issues a certification, the
Administrator or the Administrator's authorized representative may
submit a written request to the Department for information to enable the
Administrator to determine whether the certification should be modified,
suspended or revoked. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator or
the Administrator's authorized representative, the Department shall
submit such information to the Administrator or the Administrator's
authorized representative

[[Page 39]]

within 30 calendar days of receipt of the request.
    (3) Any time after the Administrator issues a certification, the
Department shall report any planned or unplanned changes in activities
or conditions pertaining to the disposal system that differ
significantly from the most recent compliance application.
    (i) The Department shall inform the Administrator, in writing, prior
to making such a planned change in activity or disposal system
condition.
    (ii) In the event of an unplanned change in activity or condition,
the Department shall immediately cease emplacement of waste in the
disposal system if the Department determines that one or more of the
following conditions is true:
    (A) The containment requirements established pursuant to Sec.
191.13 of this chapter have been or are expected to be exceeded;
    (B) Releases from already-emplaced waste lead to committed effective
doses that are or are expected to be in excess of those established
pursuant to Sec. 191.15 of this chapter. For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(3)(ii)(B), emissions from operations covered pursuant to part 191,
subpart A of this chapter are not included; or
    (C) Releases have caused or are expected to cause concentrations of
radionuclides or estimated doses due to radionuclides in underground
sources of drinking water in the accessible environment to exceed the
limits established pursuant to part 191, subpart C of this chapter.
    (iii) If the Department determines that a condition described in
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section has occurred or is expected to
occur, the Department shall notify the Administrator, in writing, within
24 hours of the determination. Such notification shall, to the extent
practicable, include the following information:
    (A) Identification of the location and environmental media of the
release or the expected release;
    (B) Identification of the type and quantity of waste (in activity in
curies of each radionuclide) released or expected to be released;
    (C) Time and date of the release or the estimated time of the
expected release;
    (D) Assessment of the hazard posed by the release or the expected
release; and
    (E) Additional information requested by the Administrator or the
Administrator's authorized representative.
    (iv) The Department may resume emplacement of waste in the disposal
system upon written notification that the suspension has been lifted by
the Administrator.
    (v) If the Department discovers a condition or activity that differs
significantly from what is indicated in the most recent compliance
application, but does not involve conditions or activities listed in
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, then the difference shall be
reported, in writing, to the Administrator within 10 calendar days of
its discovery.
    (vi) Following receipt of notification, the Administrator will
notify the Secretary in writing whether any condition or activity
reported pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) this section:
    (A) Does not comply with the terms of the certification; and, if it
does not comply,
    (B) Whether the compliance certification must be modified, suspended
or revoked. The Administrator or the Administrator's authorized
representative may request additional information before determining
whether modification, suspension or revocation of the compliance
certification is required.
    (4) Not later than six months after the Administrator issues a
certification, and at least annually thereafter, the Department shall
report to the Administrator, in writing, any changes in conditions or
activities pertaining to the disposal system that were not required to
be reported by paragraph (b)(3) of this section and that differ from
information contained in the most recent compliance application.



Sec. 194.5  Publications incorporated by reference.

    (a) The following publications are incorporated into this part by
reference:
    (1) U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG-1297 ``Peer Review for

[[Page 40]]

High-Level Nuclear Waste Repositories,'' published February 1988;
incorporation by reference (IBR) approved for Sec. Sec. 194.22, 194.23
and 194.27.
    (2) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Nuclear Quality
Assurance (NQA) Standard, NQA-1-1989 edition, ``Quality Assurance
Program Requirements for Nuclear Facilities;'' IBR approved for Sec.
194.22.
    (3) ASME NQA-2a-1990 addenda, part 2.7, to ASME NQA-2-1989 edition
``Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facility Applications;''
IBR approved for Sec. 194.22 and Sec. 194.23.
    (4) ASME NQA-3-1989 edition, ``Quality Assurance Program
Requirements for the Collection of Scientific and Technical Information
for Site Characterization of High-Level Nuclear Waste Repositories''
(excluding section 2.1 (b) and (c)); IBR approved for Sec. 194.22.
    (b) The publications listed in paragraph (a) of this section were
approved for incorporation by reference by the Director of the Federal
Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies
may be inspected or obtained from the Air Docket, Docket No. A-92-56,
room M1500 (LE131), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200
Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460, or copies may be inspected
at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. or copies may be obtained from
the following addresses:
    (1) For ASME standards, contact American Society of Mechanical
Engineers, 22 Law Drive, P.O. Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2900, phone
1-800-843-2763.
    (2) For Nuclear Regulatory Commission documents, contact Division of
Information Support Services, Distribution Service, U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555, or contact National
Technical Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA
22161, phone 703-487-4650.

[61 FR 5235, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 47325, Aug. 2, 2000; 69
FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004]



Sec. 194.6  Alternative provisions.

    The Administrator may, by rule pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553, substitute
for any of the provisions of this part alternative provisions, or minor
alternative provisions, in accordance with the following procedures:
    (a) Alternative provisions may be substituted after:
    (1) Alternative provisions have been proposed for public comment in
the Federal Register together with information describing how the
alternative provisions comport with the disposal regulations, the
reasons why the existing provisions of this part appear inappropriate,
and the costs, risks and benefits of compliance in accordance with the
alternative provisions;
    (2) A public comment period of at least 120 days has been completed
and public hearings have been held in New Mexico;
    (3) The public comments received have been fully considered; and
    (4) A notice of final rulemaking is published in the Federal
Register.
    (b) Minor alternative provisions may be substituted after:
    (1) The minor alternative provisions have been proposed for public
comment in the Federal Register together with information describing how
they comport with the disposal regulations, the reasons why the existing
provisions of this part appear inappropriate, and the benefit of
compliance in accordance with the minor alternative provision;
    (2) A public comment period of at least 30 days has been completed
for the minor alternative provisions and the public comments received
have been fully considered;
    (3) A notice of final rulemaking is published in the Federal
Register for the minor alternative provisions.

[69 FR 42581, July 16, 2004]



Sec. 194.7  Effective date.

    The criteria in this part shall be effective on April 9, 1996. The
incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the
criteria is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of April
9, 1996.

[[Page 41]]



Sec. 194.8  Approval process for waste shipment from waste generator
sites for disposal at the WIPP.

    (a) Quality Assurance Programs at Waste Generator Sites. The Agency
will determine compliance with requirements for site-specific quality
assurance programs as set forth below:
    (1) Upon submission by the Department of a site-specific quality
assurance program plan the Agency will evaluate the plan to determine
whether it establishes the applicable Nuclear Quality Assurance (NQA)
requirements of Sec. 194.22(a)(1) for the items and activities of
Sec. Sec. 194.22(a)(2)(i), 194.24(c)(3) and 194.24(c)(5). The program
plan and other documentation submitted by the Department will be placed
in the dockets described in Sec. 194.67.
    (2) The Agency will conduct a quality assurance audit or an
inspection of a Department quality assurance audit at the relevant site
for the purpose of verifying proper execution of the site-specific
quality assurance program plan. The Agency will publish a notice in the
Federal Register announcing a scheduled inspection or audit. In that or
another notice, the Agency will also solicit public comment on the
quality assurance program plan and appropriate Department documentation
described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. A public comment period
of at least 30 days will be allowed.
    (3) The Agency's written decision regarding compliance with the
requisite quality assurance requirements at a waste generator site will
be conveyed in a letter from the Administrator's authorized
representative to the Department. No such compliance determination shall
be granted until after the end of the public comment period described in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. A copy of the Agency's compliance
determination letter will be placed in the public dockets in accordance
with Sec. 194.67. The results of any inspections or audits conducted by
the Agency to evaluate the quality assurance programs described in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section will also be placed in the dockets
described in Sec. 194.67.
    (4) Subsequent to any positive determination of compliance as
described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the Agency intends to
conduct inspections, in accordance with Sec. Sec. 194.21 and 194.22(e),
to confirm the continued compliance of the programs approved under
paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section. The results of such
inspections will be made available to the public through the Agency's
public dockets, as described in Sec. 194.67.
    (b) Waste characterization programs at transuranic waste sites. The
Agency will establish compliance with Condition 3 of the certification
using the following process:
    (1) DOE will implement waste characterization programs and processes
in accordance with Sec. 194.24(c)(4) to confirm that the total amount
of each waste component that will be emplaced in the disposal system
will not exceed the upper limiting value or fall below the lower
limiting value described in the introductory text of Sec. 194.24(c).
Waste characterization processes will include the collection and use of
acceptable knowledge; destructive and/or nondestructive techniques for
identifying and measuring waste components; and the validation, control,
and transmittal to the WIPP Waste Information System database of waste
characterization data, in accordance with Sec. 194.24(c)(4).
    (2) The Agency will verify the compliance of waste characterization
programs and processes identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section at
sites without EPA approval prior to October 14, 2004, using the
following process:
    (i) DOE will notify EPA by letter that a transuranic waste site is
prepared to ship waste to the WIPP and has established adequate waste
characterization processes and programs. DOE also will provide the
relevant waste characterization program plans and documentation. EPA may
request additional information from DOE.
    (ii) EPA will conduct a baseline compliance inspection at the site
to verify that adequate waste characterization program plans and
technical procedures have been established, and that those plans and
procedures are effectively implemented. The inspection will include a
demonstration or test by the site of the waste characterization
processes identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If an
inspection does not lead to approval, we will send an

[[Page 42]]

inspection report to DOE identifying deficiencies and place the report
in the public docket described in Sec. 194.67. More than one inspection
may be necessary to resolve compliance issues.
    (iii) The Agency will announce in the Federal Register a proposed
Baseline Compliance Decision to accept the site's compliance with Sec.
194.24(c)(4). We will place the inspection report(s) and any supporting
documentation in the public docket described in Sec. 194.67. The site
inspection report supporting the proposal will describe any limitations
on approved waste streams or waste characterization processes. It will
also identify (through tier designations in accordance with paragraph
(b)(4) of this section) what changes to the approved waste
characterization processes must be reported to and approved by EPA
before they can be implemented. In the notice, we will solicit public
comment (for a minimum of 45 days) on the proposed Baseline Compliance
Decision, including any limitations and the tier designations for future
changes or expansions to the site's waste characterization program.
    (iv) Our written decision regarding compliance with the requirements
for waste characterization programs and processes described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section will be conveyed in a letter from the
Administrator's authorized representative to DOE. EPA will not issue a
compliance decision until after the end of the public comment period
described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section. EPA's compliance
decision will respond to significant and timely-received comments. A
copy of our compliance decision will be placed in the public docket
described in Sec. 194.67. DOE will comply with any requirements
identified in the compliance decision and the accompanying inspection
report.
    (3) Subsequent to any positive determination of compliance as
described in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section, the Agency intends to
conduct inspections, in accordance with Sec. 194.24(h), to confirm the
continued compliance of approved waste characterization programs and
processes at transuranic waste sites. EPA will make the results of these
inspections available to the public in the dockets described in Sec.
194.67.
    (4) Subsequent to any positive determination of compliance as
described in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section, the Department must
report changes or expansions to the approved waste characterization
program at a site in accordance with the tier designations established
in the Baseline Compliance Decision.
    (i) For changes or expansions to the waste characterization program
designated as ``Tier 1,'' the Department shall provide written
notification to the Agency. The Department shall not ship for disposal
at WIPP any waste that has been characterized using the new or revised
processes, equipment, or waste streams until EPA has provided written
approval of such new or revised systems.
    (ii) For changes or expansions to the waste characterization program
designated as ``Tier 2,'' the Department shall provide written
notification to the Agency. Waste characterized using the new or revised
processes, equipment, or waste streams may be disposed at WIPP without
written EPA approval.
    (iii) EPA may conduct inspections in accordance with Sec. 194.24(h)
to evaluate the implementation of Tier 1 and Tier 2 changes or
expansions to the waste characterization program at a site.
    (iv) Waste characterization program changes or expansions that are
not identified as either ``Tier 1'' or ``Tier 2'' will not require
written notification by the Department to the Agency before
implementation or before shipping waste for disposal at WIPP.
    (5) Subsequent to any positive determination of compliance as
described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, EPA may revise the
tier designations for approving changes or expansions to the waste
characterization program at a site using the following process:
    (i) The Agency shall announce the proposed tier changes in a letter
to the Department. The letter will describe the Agency's reasons for the
proposed change in tier designation(s). The letter and any supporting
inspection report(s) or other documentation will be placed in the
dockets described in Sec. 194.67.

[[Page 43]]

    (ii) If the revised designation entails more stringent notification
and approval requirements (e.g., from Tier 2 to Tier 1, or from
undesignated to Tier 2), the change shall become effective immediately
and the site shall operate under the more stringent requirements without
delay.
    (iii) If the revised designated entails less stringent notification
and approval requirements, (e.g., from Tier 1 to Tier 2, or from Tier 2
to undesignated), EPA will solicit comments from the public for a
minimum of 30 days. The site will continue to operate under the more
stringent approval requirements until the public comment period is
closed and EPA notifies DOE in writing of the Agency's final decision.
    (6) A waste generator site that EPA approved for characterizing and
disposing transuranic waste at the WIPP under this section prior to
October 14, 2004, may continue characterizing and disposing such waste
at the WIPP under paragraph (c) of this section until EPA has conducted
a baseline compliance inspection and provided a Baseline Compliance
Decision under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (i) Until EPA provides a Baseline Compliance Decision for such a
site, EPA may approve additional transuranic waste streams for disposal
at WIPP under the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section. Prior to
the effective date of EPA's Baseline Compliance Decision for such a
site, EPA will continue to conduct inspections of the site in accordance
with Sec. 194.24(c).
    (ii) EPA shall conduct a baseline compliance inspection and issue a
Baseline Compliance Decision for such previously approved sites in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, except
that the site shall not be required to provide written notification of
readiness as described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.
    (c) Waste characterization programs at waste generator sites with
prior approval. For a waste generator site that EPA approved for
characterizing and disposing transuranic waste at the WIPP under this
section prior to October 14, 2004, the Agency will determine compliance
with the requirements for use of process knowledge and a system of
controls at waste generator sites as set in this paragraph (c).
Approvals for a site to characterize and dispose of transuranic waste at
WIPP will proceed according to this section only until EPA has conducted
a baseline compliance inspection and provided a Baseline Compliance
Decision for a site under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (1) For each waste stream or group of waste streams at a site, the
Department must:
    (i) Provide information on how process knowledge will be used for
waste characterization of the waste stream(s) proposed for disposal at
the WIPP; and
    (ii) Implement a system of controls at the site, in accordance with
Sec. 194.24(c)(4), to confirm that the total amount of each waste
component that will be emplaced in the disposal system will not exceed
the upper limiting value or fall below the lower limiting value
described in the introductory text of Sec. 194.24(c). The
implementation of such a system of controls shall include a
demonstration that the site has procedures in place for adding data to
the WIPP Waste Information System (``WWIS''), and that such information
can be transmitted from that site to the WWIS database; and a
demonstration that measurement techniques and control methods can be
implemented in accordance with Sec. 194.24(c)(4) for the waste
stream(s) proposed for disposal at the WIPP.
    (2) The Agency will conduct an audit or an inspection of a
Department audit for the purpose of evaluating the use of process
knowledge and the implementation of a system of controls for each waste
stream or group of waste streams at a waste generator site. The Agency
will announce a scheduled inspection or audit by the Agency with a
notice in the Federal Register. In that or another notice, the Agency
will also solicit public comment on the relevant waste characterization
program plans and Department documentation, which will be placed in the
dockets described in Sec. 194.67. A public comment period of at least
30 days will be allowed.
    (3) The Agency's written decision regarding compliance with the
requirements for waste characterization programs described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section for one or more waste

[[Page 44]]

streams from a waste generator site will be conveyed in a letter from
the Administrator's authorized representative to the Department. No such
compliance determination shall be granted until after the end of the
public comment period described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. A
copy of the Agency's compliance determination letter will be placed in
the public dockets in accordance with Sec. 194.67. The results of any
inspections or audits conducted by the Agency to evaluate the plans
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section will also be placed in the
dockets described in Sec. 194.67.
    (4) Subsequent to any positive determination of compliance as
described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the Agency intends to
conduct inspections, in accordance with Sec. Sec. 194.21 and 194.24(h),
to confirm the continued compliance of the programs approved under
paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section. The results of such
inspections will be made available to the public through the Agency's
public dockets, as described in Sec. 194.67.

[63 FR 27404, May 18, 1998, as amended at 69 FR 42581, July 16, 2004]



  Subpart B_Compliance Certification and Re-certification Applications



Sec. 194.11  Completeness and accuracy of compliance applications.

    Information provided to the Administrator in support of any
compliance application shall be complete and accurate. The
Administrator's evaluation for certification pursuant to section
8(d)(1)(B) of the WIPP LWA and evaluation for recertification pursuant
to section 8(f)(2) of the WIPP LWA shall not begin until the
Administrator has notified the Secretary, in writing, that a complete
application in accordance with this part has been received.



Sec. 194.12  Submission of compliance applications.

    Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator or the
Administrator's authorized representative, 5 copies of any compliance
application(s), any accompanying materials, and any amendments thereto
shall be submitted in a printed form to the Administrator's authorized
representative. These paper copies are intended for the official docket
in Washington, DC, as well as the four informational dockets in
Albuquerque and Santa Fe, New Mexico. In addition, DOE shall submit 10
copies of the complete application in alternative format (e.g., compact
disk) or other approved format, as specified by the Administrator's
authorized representative.

[69 FR 42582, July 16, 2004]



Sec. 194.13  Submission of reference materials.

    Information may be included by reference into compliance
applications(s), provided that the references are clear specific and
that unless, otherwise specified by the Administrator or the
Administrator's authorized representative, 5 copies of reference
information are submitted to the Administrator's authorized
representative. These paper copies are intended for the official docket
in Washington, DC, as well as the four informational dockets in
Albuquerque and Santa Fe, New Mexico. Reference materials that are
widely available in standard text books or reference books need not to
be submitted. Whenever possible, DOE shall submit 10 copies of reference
materials in alternative format (e.g., compact disk) or other approved
format, as specified by the Administrator's authorized representative.

[69 FR 42582, July 16, 2004]



Sec. 194.14  Content of compliance certification application.

    Any compliance application shall include:
    (a) A current description of the natural and engineered features
that may affect the performance of the disposal system. The description
of the disposal system shall include, at a minimum, the following
information:
    (1) The location of the disposal system and the controlled area;
    (2) A description of the geology, geophysics, hydrogeology,
hydrology, and geochemistry of the disposal system and its vicinity and
how these conditions are expected to change and interact over the
regulatory time frame.

[[Page 45]]

Such description shall include, at a minimum:
    (i) Existing fluids and fluid hydraulic potential, including brine
pockets, in and near the disposal system; and
    (ii) Existing higher permeability anhydrite interbeds located at or
near the horizon of the waste.
    (3) The presence and characteristics of potential pathways for
transport of waste from the disposal system to the accessible
environment including, but not limited to: Existing boreholes, solution
features, breccia pipes, and other potentially permeable features, such
as interbeds.
    (4) The projected geophysical, hydrogeologic and geochemical
conditions of the disposal system due to the presence of waste
including, but not limited to, the effects of production of heat or
gases from the waste.
    (b) A description of the design of the disposal system including:
    (1) Information on materials of construction including, but not
limited to: Geologic media, structural materials, engineered barriers,
general arrangement, and approximate dimensions; and
    (2) Computer codes and standards that have been applied to the
design and construction of the disposal system.
    (c) Results of assessments conducted pursuant to this part.
    (d) A description of input parameters associated with assessments
conducted pursuant to this part and the basis for selecting those input
parameters.
    (e) Documentation of measures taken to meet the assurance
requirements of this part.
    (f) A description of waste acceptance criteria and actions taken to
assure adherence to such criteria.
    (g) A description of background radiation in air, soil and water in
the vicinity of the disposal system and the procedures employed to
determine such radiation.
    (h) One or more topographic map(s) of the vicinity of the disposal
system. The contour interval shall be sufficient to show clearly the
pattern of surface water flow in the vicinity of the disposal system.
The map(s) shall include standard map notations and symbols, and, in
addition, shall show boundaries of the controlled area and the location
of any active, inactive, and abandoned injection and withdrawal wells in
the controlled area and in the vicinity of the disposal system.
    (i) A description of past and current climatologic and meteorologic
conditions in the vicinity of the disposal system and how these
conditions are expected to change over the regulatory time frame.
    (j) The information required elsewhere in this part or any
additional information, analyses, tests, or records determined by the
Administrator or the Administrator's authorized representative to be
necessary for determining compliance with this part.



Sec. 194.15  Content of compliance re-certification application(s).

    (a) In submitting documentation of continued compliance pursuant to
section 8(f) of the WIPP LWA, the previous compliance application shall
be updated to provide sufficient information for the Administrator to
determine whether or not the WIPP continues to be in compliance with the
disposal regulations. Updated documentation shall include:
    (1) All additional geologic, geophysical, geochemical, hydrologic,
and meteorologic information;
    (2) All additional monitoring data, analyses and results;
    (3) All additional analyses and results of laboratory experiments
conducted by the Department or its contractors as part of the WIPP
program;
    (4) An identification of any activities or assumptions that deviate
from the most recent compliance application;
    (5) A description of all waste emplaced in the disposal system since
the most recent compliance certification or re-certification
application. Such description shall consist of a description of the
waste characteristics and waste components identified in Sec. Sec.
194.24(b)(1) and 194.24(b)(2);
    (6) Any significant information not previously included in a
compliance certification or re-certification application related to
whether the disposal system continues to be in compliance with the
disposal regulations; and
    (7) Any additional information requested by the Administrator or the

[[Page 46]]

Administrator's authorized representative.
    (b) To the extent that information required for a re-certification
of compliance remains valid and has been submitted in previous
certification or re-certification application(s), such information need
not be duplicated in subsequent applications; such information may be
summarized and referenced.



         Subpart C_Compliance Certification and Re-certification

                          General Requirements



Sec. 194.21  Inspections.

    (a) The Administrator or the Administrator's authorized
representative(s) shall, at any time:
    (1) Be afforded unfettered and unannounced access to inspect any
area of the WIPP, and any locations performing activities that provide
information relevant to compliance application(s), to which the
Department has rights of access. Such access shall be equivalent to
access afforded Department employees upon presentation of credentials
and other required documents.
    (2) Be allowed to obtain samples, including split samples, and to
monitor and measure aspects of the disposal system and the waste
proposed for disposal in the disposal system.
    (b) Records (including data and other information in any form) kept
by the Department pertaining to the WIPP shall be made available to the
Administrator or the Administrator's authorized representative upon
request. If requested records are not immediately available, they shall
be delivered within 30 calendar days of the request.
    (c) The Department shall, upon request by the Administrator or the
Administrator's authorized representative, provide permanent, private
office space that is accessible to the disposal system. The office space
shall be for the exclusive use of the Administrator or the
Administrator's authorized representative(s).
    (d) The Administrator or the Administrator's authorized
representative(s) shall comply with applicable access control measures
for security, radiological protection, and personal safety when
conducting activities pursuant to this section.



Sec. 194.22  Quality assurance.

    (a)(1) As soon as practicable after April 9, 1996, the Department
shall adhere to a quality assurance program that implements the
requirements of ASME NQA-1-1989 edition, ASME NQA-2a-1990 addenda, part
2.7, to ASME NQA-2-1989 edition, and ASME NQA-3-1989 edition (excluding
Section 2.1 (b) and (c), and Section 17.1). (Incorporation by reference
as specified in Sec. 194.5.)
    (2) Any compliance application shall include information which
demonstrates that the quality assurance program required pursuant to
paragraph (a)(1) of this section has been established and executed for:
    (i) Waste characterization activities and assumptions;
    (ii) Environmental monitoring, monitoring of the performance of the
disposal system, and sampling and analysis activities;
    (iii) Field measurements of geologic factors, ground water,
meteorologic, and topographic characteristics;
    (iv) Computations, computer codes, models and methods used to
demonstrate compliance with the disposal regulations in accordance with
the provisions of this part;
    (v) Procedures for implementation of expert judgment elicitation
used to support applications for certification or re-certification of
compliance;
    (vi) Design of the disposal system and actions taken to ensure
compliance with design specifications;
    (vii) The collection of data and information used to support
compliance application(s); and
    (viii) Other systems, structures, components, and activities
important to the containment of waste in the disposal system.
    (b) Any compliance application shall include information which
demonstrates that data and information collected prior to the
implementation of the quality assurance program required pursuant to
paragraph (a)(1) of this section have been qualified in accordance with
an alternate methodology, approved by the Administrator or the
Administrator's authorized representative, that employs one or more

[[Page 47]]

of the following methods: Peer review, conducted in a manner that is
compatible with NUREG-1297, ``Peer Review for High-Level Nuclear Waste
Repositories,'' published February 1988 (incorporation by reference as
specified in Sec. 194.5); corroborating data; confirmatory testing; or
a quality assurance program that is equivalent in effect to ASME NQA-1-
1989 edition, ASME NQA-2a-1990 addenda, part 2.7, to ASME NQA-2-1989
edition, and ASME NQA-3-1989 edition (excluding Section 2.1 (b) and (c)
and Section 17.1). (Incorporation by reference as specified in Sec.
194.5.)
    (c) Any compliance application shall provide, to the extent
practicable, information which describes how all data used to support
the compliance application have been assessed for their quality
characteristics, including:
    (1) Data accuracy, i.e., the degree to which data agree with an
accepted reference or true value;
    (2) Data precision, i.e., a measure of the mutual agreement between
comparable data gathered or developed under similar conditions expressed
in terms of a standard deviation;
    (3) Data representativeness, i.e., the degree to which data
accurately and precisely represent a characteristic of a population, a
parameter, variations at a sampling point, or environmental conditions;
    (4) Data completeness, i.e., a measure of the amount of valid data
obtained compared to the amount that was expected; and
    (5) Data comparability, i.e., a measure of the confidence with which
one data set can be compared to another.
    (d) Any compliance application shall provide information which
demonstrates how all data are qualified for use in the demonstration of
compliance.
    (e) The Administrator will verify appropriate execution of quality
assurance programs through inspections, record reviews and record
keeping requirements, which may include, but may not be limited to,
surveillance, audits and management systems reviews.



Sec. 194.23  Models and computer codes.

    (a) Any compliance application shall include:
    (1) A description of the conceptual models and scenario construction
used to support any compliance application.
    (2) A description of plausible, alternative conceptual model(s)
seriously considered but not used to support such application, and an
explanation of the reason(s) why such model(s) was not deemed to
accurately portray performance of the disposal system.
    (3) Documentation that:
    (i) Conceptual models and scenarios reasonably represent possible
future states of the disposal system;
    (ii) Mathematical models incorporate equations and boundary
conditions which reasonably represent the mathematical formulation of
the conceptual models;
    (iii) Numerical models provide numerical schemes which enable the
mathematical models to obtain stable solutions;
    (iv) Computer models accurately implement the numerical models;
i.e., computer codes are free of coding errors and produce stable
solutions;
    (v) Conceptual models have undergone peer review according to Sec.
194.27.
    (b) Computer codes used to support any compliance application shall
be documented in a manner that complies with the requirements of ASME
NQA-2a-1990 addenda, part 2.7, to ASME NQA-2-1989 edition.
(Incorporation by reference as specified in Sec. 194.5.)
    (c) Documentation of all models and computer codes included as part
of any compliance application performance assessment calculation shall
be provided. Such documentation shall include, but shall not be limited
to:
    (1) Descriptions of the theoretical backgrounds of each model and
the method of analysis or assessment;
    (2) General descriptions of the models; discussions of the limits of
applicability of each model; detailed instructions for executing the
computer codes, including hardware and software requirements, input and
output formats with explanations of each input and output variable and
parameter (e.g., parameter name and units); listings of input and output
files from a sample computer run; and reports on code verification,
benchmarking, validation, and quality assurance procedures;

[[Page 48]]

    (3) Detailed descriptions of the structure of computer codes and
complete listings of the source codes;
    (4) Detailed descriptions of data collection procedures, sources of
data, data reduction and analysis, and code input parameter development;
    (5) Any necessary licenses; and
    (6) An explanation of the manner in which models and computer codes
incorporate the effects of parameter correlation.
    (d) The Administrator or the Administrator's authorized
representative may verify the results of computer simulations used to
support any compliance application by performing independent
simulations. Data files, source codes, executable versions of computer
software for each model, other material or information needed to permit
the Administrator or the Administrator's authorized representative to
perform independent simulations, and access to necessary hardware to
perform such simulations, shall be provided within 30 calendar days of a
request by the Administrator or the Administrator's authorized
representative.



Sec. 194.24  Waste characterization.

    (a) Any compliance application shall describe the chemical,
radiological and physical composition of all existing waste proposed for
disposal in the disposal system. To the extent practicable, any
compliance application shall also describe the chemical, radiological
and physical composition of to-be-generated waste proposed for disposal
in the disposal system. These descriptions shall include a list of waste
components and their approximate quantities in the waste. This list may
be derived from process knowledge, current non-destructive examination/
assay, or other information and methods.
    (b) The Department shall submit in the compliance certification
application the results of an analysis which substantiates:
    (1) That all waste characteristics influencing containment of waste
in the disposal system have been identified and assessed for their
impact on disposal system performance. The characteristics to be
analyzed shall include, but shall not be limited to: Solubility;
formation of colloidal suspensions containing radionuclides; production
of gas from the waste; shear strength; compactability; and other waste-
related inputs into the computer models that are used in the performance
assessment.
    (2) That all waste components influencing the waste characteristics
identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section have been identified and
assessed for their impact on disposal system performance. The components
to be analyzed shall include, but shall not be limited to: metals;
cellulosics; chelating agents; water and other liquids; and activity in
curies of each isotope of the radionuclides present.
    (3) Any decision to exclude consideration of any waste
characteristic or waste component because such characteristic or
component is not expected to significantly influence the containment of
the waste in the disposal system.
    (c) For each waste component identified and assessed pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section, the Department shall specify the limiting
value (expressed as an upper or lower limit of mass, volume, curies,
concentration, etc.), and the associated uncertainty (i.e., margin of
error) for each limiting value, of the total inventory of such waste
proposed for disposal in the disposal system. Any compliance application
shall:
    (1) Demonstrate that, for the total inventory of waste proposed for
disposal in the disposal system, WIPP complies with the numeric
requirements of Sec. 194.34 and Sec. 194.55 for the upper or lower
limits (including the associated uncertainties), as appropriate, for
each waste component identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and
for the plausible combinations of upper and lower limits of such waste
components that would result in the greatest estimated release.
    (2) Identify and describe the method(s) used to quantify the limits
of waste components identified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (3) Provide information that demonstrates that the use of acceptable
knowledge to quantify components in waste for disposal conforms with the

[[Page 49]]

quality assurance requirements of Sec. 194.22.
    (4) Provide information which demonstrates that a system of controls
has been and will continue to be implemented to confirm that the total
amount of each waste component that will be emplaced in the disposal
system will not exceed the upper limiting value or fall below the lower
limiting value described in the introductory text of paragraph (c) of
this section. The system of controls shall include, but shall not be
limited to: Measurement; sampling; chain of custody records; record
keeping systems; waste loading schemes used; and other documentation.
    (5) Identify and describe such controls delineated in paragraph
(c)(4) of this section and confirm that they are applied in accordance
with the quality assurance requirements found in Sec. 194.22.
    (d) The Department shall include a waste loading scheme in any
compliance application, or else performance assessments conducted
pursuant to Sec. 194.32 and compliance assessments conducted pursuant
to Sec. 194.54 shall assume random placement of waste in the disposal
system.
    (e) Waste may be emplaced in the disposal system only if the
emplaced components of such waste will not cause:
    (1) The total quantity of waste in the disposal system to exceed the
upper limiting value, including the associated uncertainty, described in
the introductory text to paragraph (c) of this section; or
    (2) The total quantity of waste that will have been emplaced in the
disposal system, prior to closure, to fall below the lower limiting
value, including the associated uncertainty, described in the
introductory text to paragraph (c) of this section.
    (f) Waste emplacement shall conform to the assumed waste loading
conditions, if any, used in performance assessments conducted pursuant
to Sec. 194.32 and compliance assessments conducted pursuant to Sec.
194.54.
    (g) The Department shall demonstrate in any compliance application
that the total inventory of waste emplaced in the disposal system
complies with the limitations on transuranic waste disposal described in
the WIPP LWA.
    (h) The Administrator will use inspections and records reviews, such
as audits, to verify compliance with this section.

[61 FR 5235, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 69 FR 42583, July 16, 2004]



Sec. 194.25  Future state assumptions.

    (a) Unless otherwise specified in this part or in the disposal
regulations, performance assessments and compliance assessments
conducted pursuant the provisions of this part to demonstrate compliance
with Sec. 191.13, Sec. 191.15 and part 191, subpart C shall assume
that characteristics of the future remain what they are at the time the
compliance application is prepared, provided that such characteristics
are not related to hydrogeologic, geologic or climatic conditions.
    (b) In considering future states pursuant to this section, the
Department shall document in any compliance application, to the extent
practicable, effects of potential future hydrogeologic, geologic and
climatic conditions on the disposal system over the regulatory time
frame. Such documentation shall be part of the activities undertaken
pursuant to Sec. 194.14, Content of compliance certification
application; Sec. 194.32, Scope of performance assessments; and Sec.
194.54, Scope of compliance assessments.
    (1) In considering the effects of hydrogeologic conditions on the
disposal system, the Department shall document in any compliance
application, to the extent practicable, the effects of potential changes
to hydrogeologic conditions.
    (2) In considering the effects of geologic conditions on the
disposal system, the Department shall document in any compliance
application, to the extent practicable, the effects of potential changes
to geologic conditions, including, but not limited to: Dissolution; near
surface geomorphic features and processes; and related subsidence in the
geologic units of the disposal system.
    (3) In considering the effects of climatic conditions on the
disposal system, the Department shall document in

[[Page 50]]

any compliance application, to the extent practicable, the effects of
potential changes to future climate cycles of increased precipitation
(as compared to present conditions).



Sec. 194.26  Expert judgment.

    (a) Expert judgment, by an individual expert or panel of experts,
may be used to support any compliance application, provided that expert
judgment does not substitute for information that could reasonably be
obtained through data collection or experimentation.
    (b) Any compliance application shall:
    (1) Identify any expert judgments used to support the application
and shall identify experts (by name and employer) involved in any expert
judgment elicitation processes used to support the application.
    (2) Describe the process of eliciting expert judgment, and document
the results of expert judgment elicitation processes and the reasoning
behind those results. Documentation of interviews used to elicit
judgments from experts, the questions or issues presented for
elicitation of expert judgment, background information provided to
experts, and deliberations and formal interactions among experts shall
be provided. The opinions of all experts involved in each elicitation
process shall be provided whether the opinions are used to support
compliance applications or not.
    (3) Provide documentation that the following restrictions and
guidelines have been applied to any selection of individuals used to
elicit expert judgments:
    (i) Individuals who are members of the team of investigators
requesting the judgment or the team of investigators who will use the
judgment were not selected; and
    (ii) Individuals who maintain, at any organizational level, a
supervisory role or who are supervised by those who will utilize the
judgment were not selected.
    (4) Provide information which demonstrates that:
    (i) The expertise of any individual involved in expert judgment
elicitation comports with the level of knowledge required by the
questions or issues presented to that individual; and
    (ii) The expertise of any expert panel, as a whole, involved in
expert judgment elicitation comports with the level and variety of
knowledge required by the questions or issues presented to that panel.
    (5) Explain the relationship among the information and issues
presented to experts prior to the elicitation process, the elicited
judgment of any expert panel or individual, and the purpose for which
the expert judgment is being used in compliance applications(s).
    (6) Provide documentation that the initial purpose for which expert
judgment was intended, as presented to the expert panel, is consistent
with the purpose for which this judgment was used in compliance
application(s).
    (7) Provide documentation that the following restrictions and
guidelines have been applied in eliciting expert judgment:
    (i) At least five individuals shall be used in any expert
elicitation process, unless there is a lack or unavailability of experts
and a documented rationale is provided that explains why fewer than five
individuals were selected.
    (ii) At least two-thirds of the experts involved in an elicitation
shall consist of individuals who are not employed directly by the
Department or by the Department's contractors, unless the Department can
demonstrate and document that there is a lack or unavailability of
qualified independent experts. If so demonstrated, at least one-third of
the experts involved in an elicitation shall consist of individuals who
are not employed directly by the Department or by the Department's
contractors.
    (c) The public shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to present
its scientific and technical views to expert panels as input to any
expert elicitation process.



Sec. 194.27  Peer review.

    (a) Any compliance application shall include documentation of peer
review that has been conducted, in a manner required by this section,
for:
    (1) Conceptual models selected and developed by the Department;
    (2) Waste characterization analyses as required in Sec. 194.24(b);
and

[[Page 51]]

    (3) Engineered barrier evaluation as required in Sec. 194.44.
    (b) Peer review processes required in paragraph (a) of this section,
and conducted subsequent to the promulgation of this part, shall be
conducted in a manner that is compatible with NUREG-1297, ``Peer Review
for High-Level Nuclear Waste Repositories,'' published February 1988.
(Incorporation by reference as specified in Sec. 194.5.)
    (c) Any compliance application shall:
    (1) Include information that demonstrates that peer review processes
required in paragraph (a) of this section, and conducted prior to the
implementation of the promulgation of this part, were conducted in
accordance with an alternate process substantially equivalent in effect
to NUREG-1297 and approved by the Administrator or the Administrator's
authorized representative; and
    (2) Document any peer review processes conducted in addition to
those required pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. Such
documentation shall include formal requests, from the Department to
outside review groups or individuals, to review or comment on any
information used to support compliance applications, and the responses
from such groups or individuals.

                        Containment Requirements



Sec. 194.31  Application of release limits.

    The release limits shall be calculated according to part 191,
appendix A of this chapter, using the total activity, in curies, that
will exist in the disposal system at the time of disposal.



Sec. 194.32  Scope of performance assessments.

    (a) Performance assessments shall consider natural processes and
events, mining, deep drilling, and shallow drilling that may affect the
disposal system during the regulatory time frame.
    (b) Assessments of mining effects may be limited to changes in the
hydraulic conductivity of the hydrogeologic units of the disposal system
from excavation mining for natural resources. Mining shall be assumed to
occur with a one in 100 probability in each century of the regulatory
time frame. Performance assessments shall assume that mineral deposits
of those resources, similar in quality and type to those resources
currently extracted from the Delaware Basin, will be completely removed
from the controlled area during the century in which such mining is
randomly calculated to occur. Complete removal of such mineral resources
shall be assumed to occur only once during the regulatory time frame.
    (c) Performance assessments shall include an analysis of the effects
on the disposal system of any activities that occur in the vicinity of
the disposal system prior to disposal and are expected to occur in the
vicinity of the disposal system soon after disposal. Such activities
shall include, but shall not be limited to, existing boreholes and the
development of any existing leases that can be reasonably expected to be
developed in the near future, including boreholes and leases that may be
used for fluid injection activities.
    (d) Performance assessments need not consider processes and events
that have less than one chance in 10,000 of occurring over 10,000 years.
    (e) Any compliance application(s) shall include information which:
    (1) Identifies all potential processes, events or sequences and
combinations of processes and events that may occur during the
regulatory time frame and may affect the disposal system;
    (2) Identifies the processes, events or sequences and combinations
of processes and events included in performance assessments; and
    (3) Documents why any processes, events or sequences and
combinations of processes and events identified pursuant to paragraph
(e)(1) of this section were not included in performance assessment
results provided in any compliance application.



Sec. 194.33  Consideration of drilling events in performance
assessments.

    (a) Performance assessments shall examine deep drilling and shallow
drilling that may potentially affect the disposal system during the
regulatory time frame.
    (b) The following assumptions and process shall be used in assessing
the likelihood and consequences of drilling

[[Page 52]]

events, and the results of such process shall be documented in any
compliance application:
    (1) Inadvertent and intermittent intrusion by drilling for resources
(other than those resources provided by the waste in the disposal system
or engineered barriers designed to isolate such waste) is the most
severe human intrusion scenario.
    (2) In performance assessments, drilling events shall be assumed to
occur in the Delaware Basin at random intervals in time and space during
the regulatory time frame.
    (3) The frequency of deep drilling shall be calculated in the
following manner:
    (i) Identify deep drilling that has occurred for each resource in
the Delaware Basin over the past 100 years prior to the time at which a
compliance application is prepared.
    (ii) The total rate of deep drilling shall be the sum of the rates
of deep drilling for each resource.
    (4) The frequency of shallow drilling shall be calculated in the
following manner:
    (i) Identify shallow drilling that has occurred for each resource in
the Delaware Basin over the past 100 years prior to the time at which a
compliance application is prepared.
    (ii) The total rate of shallow drilling shall be the sum of the
rates of shallow drilling for each resource.
    (iii) In considering the historical rate of all shallow drilling,
the Department may, if justified, consider only the historical rate of
shallow drilling for resources of similar type and quality to those in
the controlled area.
    (c) Performance assessments shall document that in analyzing the
consequences of drilling events, the Department assumed that:
    (1) Future drilling practices and technology will remain consistent
with practices in the Delaware Basin at the time a compliance
application is prepared. Such future drilling practices shall include,
but shall not be limited to: The types and amounts of drilling fluids;
borehole depths, diameters, and seals; and the fraction of such
boreholes that are sealed by humans; and
    (2) Natural processes will degrade or otherwise affect the
capability of boreholes to transmit fluids over the regulatory time
frame.
    (d) With respect to future drilling events, performance assessments
need not analyze the effects of techniques used for resource recovery
subsequent to the drilling of the borehole.



Sec. 194.34  Results of performance assessments.

    (a) The results of performance assessments shall be assembled into
``complementary, cumulative distribution functions'' (CCDFs) that
represent the probability of exceeding various levels of cumulative
release caused by all significant processes and events.
    (b) Probability distributions for uncertain disposal system
parameter values used in performance assessments shall be developed and
documented in any compliance application.
    (c) Computational techniques, which draw random samples from across
the entire range of the probability distributions developed pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section, shall be used in generating CCDFs and
shall be documented in any compliance application.
    (d) The number of CCDFs generated shall be large enough such that,
at cumulative releases of 1 and 10, the maximum CCDF generated exceeds
the 99th percentile of the population of CCDFs with at least a 0.95
probability. Values of cumulative release shall be calculated according
to Note 6 of Table 1, appendix A of part 191 of this chapter.
    (e) Any compliance application shall display the full range of CCDFs
generated.
    (f) Any compliance application shall provide information which
demonstrates that there is at least a 95 percent level of statistical
confidence that the mean of the population of CCDFs meets the
containment requirements of Sec. 191.13 of this chapter.

                         Assurance Requirements



Sec. 194.41  Active institutional controls.

    (a) Any compliance application shall include detailed descriptions
of proposed active institutional controls, the controls' location, and
the period of

[[Page 53]]

time the controls are proposed to remain active. Assumptions pertaining
to active institutional controls and their effectiveness in terms of
preventing or reducing radionuclide releases shall be supported by such
descriptions.
    (b) Performance assessments shall not consider any contributions
from active institutional controls for more than 100 years after
disposal.



Sec. 194.42  Monitoring.

    (a) The Department shall conduct an analysis of the effects of
disposal system parameters on the containment of waste in the disposal
system and shall include the results of such analysis in any compliance
application. The results of the analysis shall be used in developing
plans for pre-closure and post-closure monitoring required pursuant to
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The disposal system parameters
analyzed shall include, at a minimum:
    (1) Properties of backfilled material, including porosity,
permeability, and degree of compaction and reconsolidation;
    (2) Stresses and extent of deformation of the surrounding roof,
walls, and floor of the waste disposal room;
    (3) Initiation or displacement of major brittle deformation features
in the roof or surrounding rock;
    (4) Ground water flow and other effects of human intrusion in the
vicinity of the disposal system;
    (5) Brine quantity, flux, composition, and spatial distribution;
    (6) Gas quantity and composition; and
    (7) Temperature distribution.
    (b) For all disposal system parameters analyzed pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section, any compliance application shall document
and substantiate the decision not to monitor a particular disposal
system parameter because that parameter is considered to be
insignificant to the containment of waste in the disposal system or to
the verification of predictions about the future performance of the
disposal system.
    (c) Pre-closure monitoring. To the extent practicable, pre-closure
monitoring shall be conducted of significant disposal system
parameter(s) as identified by the analysis conducted pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section. A disposal system parameter shall be
considered significant if it affects the system's ability to contain
waste or the ability to verify predictions about the future performance
of the disposal system. Such monitoring shall begin as soon as
practicable; however, in no case shall waste be emplaced in the disposal
system prior to the implementation of pre-closure monitoring. Pre-
closure monitoring shall end at the time at which the shafts of the
disposal system are backfilled and sealed.
    (d) Post-closure monitoring. The disposal system shall, to the
extent practicable, be monitored as soon as practicable after the shafts
of the disposal system are backfilled and sealed to detect substantial
and detrimental deviations from expected performance and shall end when
the Department can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Administrator
that there are no significant concerns to be addressed by further
monitoring. Post-closure monitoring shall be complementary to monitoring
required pursuant to applicable federal hazardous waste regulations at
parts 264, 265, 268, and 270 of this chapter and shall be conducted with
techniques that do not jeopardize the containment of waste in the
disposal system.
    (e) Any compliance application shall include detailed pre-closure
and post-closure monitoring plans for monitoring the performance of the
disposal system. At a minimum, such plans shall:
    (1) Identify the parameters that will be monitored and how baseline
values will be determined;
    (2) Indicate how each parameter will be used to evaluate any
deviations from the expected performance of the disposal system; and
    (3) Discuss the length of time over which each parameter will be
monitored to detect deviations from expected performance.



Sec. 194.43  Passive institutional controls.

    (a) Any compliance application shall include detailed descriptions
of the

[[Page 54]]

measures that will be employed to preserve knowledge about the location,
design, and contents of the disposal system. Such measures shall
include:
    (1) Identification of the controlled area by markers that have been
designed and will be fabricated and emplaced to be as permanent as
practicable;
    (2) Placement of records in the archives and land record systems of
local, State, and Federal governments, and international archives, that
would likely be consulted by individuals in search of unexploited
resources. Such records shall identify:
    (i) The location of the controlled area and the disposal system;
    (ii) The design of the disposal system;
    (iii) The nature and hazard of the waste;
    (iv) Geologic, geochemical, hydrologic, and other site data
pertinent to the containment of waste in the disposal system, or the
location of such information; and
    (v) The results of tests, experiments, and other analyses relating
to backfill of excavated areas, shaft sealing, waste interaction with
the disposal system, and other tests, experiments, or analyses pertinent
to the containment of waste in the disposal system, or the location of
such information.
    (3) Other passive institutional controls practicable to indicate the
dangers of the waste and its location.
    (b) Any compliance application shall include the period of time
passive institutional controls are expected to endure and be understood.
    (c) The Administrator may allow the Department to assume passive
institutional control credit, in the form of reduced likelihood of human
intrusion, if the Department demonstrates in the compliance application
that such credit is justified because the passive institutional controls
are expected to endure and be understood by potential intruders for the
time period approved by the Administrator. Such credit, or a smaller
credit as determined by the Administrator, cannot be used for more than
several hundred years and may decrease over time. In no case, however,
shall passive institutional controls be assumed to eliminate the
likelihood of human intrusion entirely.



Sec. 194.44  Engineered barriers.

    (a) Disposal systems shall incorporate engineered barrier(s)
designed to prevent or substantially delay the movement of water or
radionuclides toward the accessible environment.
    (b) In selecting any engineered barrier(s) for the disposal system,
the Department shall evaluate the benefit and detriment of engineered
barrier alternatives, including but not limited to: Cementation,
shredding, supercompaction, incineration, vitrification, improved waste
canisters, grout and bentonite backfill, melting of metals, alternative
configurations of waste placements in the disposal system, and
alternative disposal system dimensions. The results of this evaluation
shall be included in any compliance application and shall be used to
justify the selection and rejection of each engineered barrier
evaluated.
    (c)(1) In conducting the evaluation of engineered barrier
alternatives, the following shall be considered, to the extent
practicable:
    (i) The ability of the engineered barrier to prevent or
substantially delay the movement of water or waste toward the accessible
environment;
    (ii) The impact on worker exposure to radiation both during and
after incorporation of engineered barriers;
    (iii) The increased ease or difficulty of removing the waste from
the disposal system;
    (iv) The increased or reduced risk of transporting the waste to the
disposal system;
    (v) The increased or reduced uncertainty in compliance assessment;
    (vi) Public comments requesting specific engineered barriers;
    (vii) The increased or reduced total system costs;
    (viii) The impact, if any, on other waste disposal programs from the
incorporation of engineered barriers (e.g., the extent to which the
incorporation of engineered barriers affects the volume of waste);
    (ix) The effects on mitigating the consequences of human intrusion.
    (2) If, after consideration of one or more of the factors in
paragraph (c)(1)

[[Page 55]]

of this section, the Department concludes that an engineered barrier
considered within the scope of the evaluation should be rejected without
evaluating the remaining factors in paragraph (c)(1) of this section,
then any compliance application shall provide a justification for this
rejection explaining why the evaluation of the remaining factors would
not alter the conclusion.
    (d) In considering the ability of engineered barriers to prevent or
substantially delay the movement of water or radionuclides toward the
accessible environment, the benefit and detriment of engineered barriers
for existing waste already packaged, existing waste not yet packaged,
existing waste in need of re-packaging, and to-be-generated waste shall
be considered separately and described.
    (e) The evaluation described in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this
section shall consider engineered barriers alone and in combination.



Sec. 194.45  Consideration of the presence of resources.

    Any compliance application shall include information that
demonstrates that the favorable characteristics of the disposal system
compensate for the presence of resources in the vicinity of the disposal
system and the likelihood of the disposal system being disturbed as a
result of the presence of those resources. If performance assessments
predict that the disposal system meets the containment requirements of
Sec. 191.13 of this chapter, then the Agency will assume that the
requirements of this section and Sec. 191.14(e) of this chapter have
been fulfilled.



Sec. 194.46  Removal of waste.

    Any compliance application shall include documentation which
demonstrates that removal of waste from the disposal system is feasible
for a reasonable period of time after disposal. Such documentation shall
include an analysis of the technological feasibility of mining the
sealed disposal system, given technology levels at the time a compliance
application is prepared.

           Individual and Ground-water Protection Requirements



Sec. 194.51  Consideration of protected individual.

    Compliance assessments that analyze compliance with Sec. 191.15 of
this chapter shall assume that an individual resides at the single
geographic point on the surface of the accessible environment where that
individual would be expected to receive the highest dose from
radionuclide releases from the disposal system.



Sec. 194.52  Consideration of exposure pathways.

    In compliance assessments that analyze compliance with Sec. 191.15
of this chapter, all potential exposure pathways from the disposal
system to individuals shall be considered. Compliance assessments with
part 191, subpart C and Sec. 191.15 of this chapter shall assume that
individuals consume 2 liters per day of drinking water from any
underground source of drinking water in the accessible environment.



Sec. 194.53  Consideration of underground sources of drinking water.

    In compliance assessments that analyze compliance with part 191,
subpart C of this chapter, all underground sources of drinking water in
the accessible environment that are expected to be affected by the
disposal system over the regulatory time frame shall be considered. In
determining whether underground sources of drinking water are expected
to be affected by the disposal system, underground interconnections
among bodies of surface water, ground water, and underground sources of
drinking water shall be considered.



Sec. 194.54  Scope of compliance assessments.

    (a) Any compliance application shall contain compliance assessments
required pursuant to this part. Compliance assessments shall include
information which:
    (1) Identifies potential processes, events, or sequences of
processes and events that may occur over the regulatory time frame;

[[Page 56]]

    (2) Identifies the processes, events, or sequences of processes and
events included in compliance assessment results provided in any
compliance application; and
    (3) Documents why any processes, events, or sequences of processes
and events identified pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section were
not included in compliance assessment results provided in any compliance
application.
    (b) Compliance assessments of undisturbed performance shall include
the effects on the disposal system of:
    (1) Existing boreholes in the vicinity of the disposal system, with
attention to the pathways they provide for migration of radionuclides
from the site; and
    (2) Any activities that occur in the vicinity of the disposal system
prior to or soon after disposal. Such activities shall include, but
shall not be limited to: Existing boreholes and the development of any
existing leases that can be reasonably expected to be developed in the
near future, including boreholes and leases that may be used for fluid
injection activities.



Sec. 194.55  Results of compliance assessments.

    (a) Compliance assessments shall consider and document uncertainty
in the performance of the disposal system.
    (b) Probability distributions for uncertain disposal system
parameter values used in compliance assessments shall be developed and
documented in any compliance application.
    (c) Computational techniques which draw random samples from across
the entire range of values of each probability distribution developed
pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section shall be used to generate a
range of:
    (1) Estimated committed effective doses received from all pathways
pursuant to Sec. 194.51 and Sec. 194.52;
    (2) Estimated radionuclide concentrations in USDWs pursuant to Sec.
194.53; and
    (3) Estimated dose equivalent received from USDWs pursuant to Sec.
194.52 and Sec. 194.53.
    (d) The number of estimates generated pursuant to paragraph (c) of
this section shall be large enough such that the maximum estimates of
doses and concentrations generated exceed the 99th percentile of the
population of estimates with at least a 0.95 probability.
    (e) Any compliance application shall display:
    (1) The full range of estimated radiation doses; and
    (2) The full range of estimated radionuclide concentrations.
    (f) Any compliance application shall document that there is at least
a 95 percent level of statistical confidence that the mean and the
median of the range of estimated radiation doses and the range of
estimated radionuclide concentrations meet the requirements of Sec.
191.15 and part 191, subpart C of this chapter, respectively.



                     Subpart D_Public Participation



Sec. 194.61  Advance notice of proposed rulemaking for certification.

    (a) Upon receipt of a compliance application submitted pursuant to
section 8(d)(1) of the WIPP LWA and Sec. 194.11, the Agency will
publish in the Federal Register an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
announcing that a compliance application has been received, soliciting
comment on such application, and announcing the Agency's intent to
conduct a rulemaking to certify whether the WIPP facility will comply
with the disposal regulations.
    (b) A copy of the compliance application will be made available for
inspection in Agency dockets established pursuant to Sec. 194.67.
    (c) The notice will provide a public comment period of 120 days.
    (d) A public hearing concerning the notice will be held if a written
request is received by the Administrator or the Administrator's
authorized representative within 30 calendar days of the date of
publication pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
    (e) Any comments received on the notice will be made available for
inspection in the dockets established pursuant to Sec. 194.67.
    (f) Any comments received on the notice will be provided to the
Department and the Department may submit to the Agency written responses
to the comments.

[[Page 57]]



Sec. 194.62  Notice of proposed rulemaking for certification.

    (a) The Administrator will publish a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
in the Federal Register announcing the Administrator's proposed
decision, pursuant to section 8(d)(1) of the WIPP LWA, whether to issue
a certification that the WIPP facility will comply with the disposal
regulations and soliciting comment on the proposal.
    (b) The notice will provide a public comment period of at least 120
days.
    (c) The notice will announce public hearings in New Mexico.
    (d) Any comments received on the notice will be made available for
inspection in the dockets established pursuant to Sec. 194.67.



Sec. 194.63  Final rule for certification.

    (a) The Administrator will publish a Final Rule in the Federal
Register announcing the Administrator's decision, pursuant to section
8(d)(1) of the WIPP LWA, whether to issue a certification that the WIPP
facility will comply with the disposal regulations.
    (b) A document summarizing significant comments and issues arising
from comments received on the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, as well as
the Administrator's response to such significant comments and issues,
will be prepared and will be made available for inspection in the
dockets established pursuant to Sec. 194.67.



Sec. 194.64  Documentation of continued compliance.

    (a) Upon receipt of documentation of continued compliance with the
disposal regulations pursuant to section 8(f) of the WIPP LWA and Sec.
194.11, the Administrator will publish a notice in the Federal Register
announcing that such documentation has been received, soliciting comment
on such documentation, and announcing the Administrator's intent to
determine whether or not the WIPP facility continues to be in compliance
with the disposal regulations.
    (b) Copies of documentation of continued compliance received by the
Administrator will be made available for inspection in the dockets
established pursuant to Sec. 194.67.
    (c) The notice will provide a public comment period of at least 30
days after publication pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Any comments received on such notice will be made available for
public inspection in the dockets established pursuant to Sec. 194.67.
    (e) Upon completion of review of the documentation of continued
compliance with the disposal regulations, the Administrator will publish
a notice in the Federal Register announcing the Administrator's decision
whether or not to re-certify the WIPP facility.



Sec. 194.65  Notice of proposed rulemaking for modification or
revocation.

    (a) If the Administrator determines that any changes in activities
or conditions pertaining to the disposal system depart significantly
from the most recent compliance application, the Agency will publish a
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in the Federal Register announcing the
Administrator's proposed decision on modification or revocation, and
soliciting comment on the proposal.
    (b) Any comments received on the notice will be made available for
inspection in the dockets established pursuant to Sec. 194.67.



Sec. 194.66  Final rule for modification or revocation.

    (a) The Administrator will publish a Final Rule in the Federal
Register announcing the Administrator's decision on modification or
revocation.
    (b) A document summarizing significant comments and issues arising
from comments received on the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking as well as
the Administrator's response to such significant comments and issues
will be prepared and will be made available for inspection in the
dockets established pursuant to Sec. 194.67.



Sec. 194.67  Dockets.

    The Agency will establish and maintain dockets in the State of New
Mexico and Washington, DC. The dockets will consist of all relevant,
significant information received from outside parties and all
significant information

[[Page 58]]

considered by the Administrator in certifying whether the WIPP facility
will comply with the disposal regulations, in certifying whether or not
the WIPP facility continues to be in compliance with the disposal
regulations, and in determining whether compliance certification should
be modified, suspended or revoked.



Sec. Appendix A to Part 194--Certification of the Waste Isolation Pilot
Plant's Compliance With the 40 CFR Part 191 Disposal Regulations and the
                   40 CFR Part 194 Compliance Criteria

    In accordance with the provisions of the WIPP Compliance Criteria of
this part, the Agency finds that the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant
(``WIPP'') will comply with the radioactive waste disposal regulations
at part 191, subparts B and C, of this chapter. Therefore, pursuant to
Section 8(d)(2) of the WIPP Land Withdrawal Act (``WIPP LWA''), as
amended, the Administrator certifies that the WIPP facility will comply
with the disposal regulations. In accordance with the Agency's authority
under Sec. 194.4(a), the certification of compliance is subject to the
following conditions:
    Condition 1: Sec. 194.14(b), Disposal system design, panel closure
system. The Department shall implement the panel seal design designated
as Option D in Docket A-93-02, Item II-G-1 (October 29, 1996, Compliance
Certification Application submitted to the Agency). The Option D design
shall be implemented as described in Appendix PCS of Docket A-93-02,
Item II-G-1, with the exception that the Department shall use Salado
mass concrete (consistent with that proposed for the shaft seal system,
and as described in Appendix SEAL of Docket A-93-02, Item II-G-1)
instead of fresh water concrete.
    Condition 2: Sec. 194.22: Quality Assurance. The Secretary shall
not allow any waste generator site other than the Los Alamos National
Laboratory to ship waste for disposal at the WIPP until the Agency
determines that the site has established and executed a quality
assurance program, in accordance with Sec. Sec. 194.22(a)(2)(i),
194.24(c)(3) and 194.24(c)(5) for waste characterization activities and
assumptions. The Agency will determine compliance of site-specific
quality assurance programs at waste generator sites using the process
set forth in Sec. 194.8.
    Condition 3: Sec. 194.24: Waste Characterization. The Secretary may
allow shipment for disposal at the WIPP of legacy debris waste at the
Los Alamos National Laboratory (``LANL'') that can be characterized
using the systems and processes inspected by the Agency and documented
in Docket A-93-02, Item II-I-70. The Secretary shall not allow shipment
of any waste from any additional LANL waste stream(s) or from any waste
generator site other than LANL for disposal at the WIPP until the Agency
has approved the processes for characterizing those waste streams for
shipment using the process set forth in Sec. 194.8.
    Condition 4: Sec. 194.43, Passive institutional controls.
    (a) Not later than the final recertification application submitted
prior to closure of the disposal system, the Department shall provide,
to the Administrator or the Administrator's authorized representative:
    (1) a schedule for implementing passive institutional controls that
has been revised to show that markers will be fabricated and emplaced,
and other measures will be implemented, as soon as possible following
closure of the WIPP. Such schedule should describe how testing of any
aspect of the conceptual design will be completed prior to or soon after
closure, and what changes to the design of passive institutional
controls may be expected to result from such testing.
    (2) documentation showing that the granite pieces for the proposed
monuments and information rooms described in Docket A-93-02, Item II-G-
1, and supplementary information may be: quarried (cut and removed from
the ground) without cracking due to tensile stresses from handling or
isostatic rebound; engraved on the scale required by the design;
transported to the site, given the weight and dimensions of the granite
pieces and the capacity of existing rail cars and rail lines; loaded,
unloaded, and erected without cracking based on the capacity of
available equipment; and successfully joined.
    (3) documentation showing that archives and record centers will
accept the documents identified and will maintain them in the manner
identified in Docket A-93-02, Item II-G-1.
    (4) documentation showing that proposed recipients of WIPP
information other than archives and record centers will accept the
information and make use of it in the manner indicated by the Department
in Docket A-93-02, Item II-G-1 and supplementary information.
    (b) Upon receipt of the information required under paragraph (a) of
this condition, the Agency will place such documentation in the public
dockets identified in Sec. 194.67. The Agency will determine if a
modification to the compliance certification in effect is necessary. Any
such modification will be conducted in accordance with the requirements
at Sec. Sec. 194.65 and 194.66.

[63 FR 27405, May 18, 1998]

[[Page 59]]



PART 195_RADON PROFICIENCY PROGRAMS--Table of Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
195.1 Purpose and applicability.
195.2 Definitions.

                             Subpart B_Fees

195.20 Fee payments.
195.30 Failure to remit fee.

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 2665.

    Source: 59 FR 13175, Mar. 18, 1994, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 195.1  Purpose and applicability.

    (a) Purpose. The purpose of this part is to establish and collect
the fees from applicants and participants required by section 305 of the
Toxic Substances Control Act, U.S.C. 2665 to defray the cost to EPA for
operating the following programs: The National Radon Measurement
Proficiency (RMP) Program, the individual proficiency component of the
RMP Program, and the National Radon Contractor Proficiency (RCP)
Program.
    (b) Applicability. This part applies to all applicants and
participants in the following EPA programs: The National Radon
Measurement Proficiency Program, the individual proficiency component of
the RMP Program, and the National Radon Contractor Proficiency Program.



Sec. 195.2  Definitions.

    Definitions in 15 U.S.C. 2602 and 2662 apply to this part unless
otherwise specified in this section. In addition, the following
definitions apply:
    Acceptance date means the date on which EPA enters the application
into the data system.
    Accepted application refers to an application that has been entered
into the data system.
    Applicant means an individual or organization that submits an
application to the RMP program, including the individual proficiency
component of the RMP program, or the RCP program. An applicant to the
RMP program must submit a separate application for each location from
which it provides radon measurement services. After the application is
accepted by EPA, the applicant becomes a ``participant'' in the
proficiency programs.
    Application means the documents submitted to EPA by applicants to
the RMP and RCP programs which request participation in a program.
    Device/measurement device means a unit, component, or system
designed to measure radon gas or radon decay products.
    EPA means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
    Individual proficiency/RMP exam means the exam which evaluates
individuals who provide radon measurement services in a residential
environment.
    Listed participant in an individual or organization who has met all
the requirements for listing in the RMP and RCP programs.
    Measurement method is a means of measuring radon gas or radon decay
products encompassing similar measurement devices, sampling techniques,
or analysis procedures.
    Organization is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership,
business, company, corporation, college or university, government agency
(includes Federal, State and local government entities), laboratory, or
institution.
    Participant is an individual or organization engaged in radon
measurement and/or mitigation activities or in offering radon
measurement and/or mitigation services to consumers and others, whose
proficiency program application EPA has accepted.
    Primary measurement services (primary) refers to radon measurement
services using a specific device which services include the capability
to read and/or analyze the results generated from the device.
    Radon Contractor Proficiency (RCP) program refers to EPA's program
to evaluate radon mitigation contractors and the contractor's ability to
communicate information to the public.
    Radon Measurement Proficiency (RMP) program refers to EPA's program
to evaluate organizations and individuals

[[Page 60]]

offering measurement services to consumers. It provides a means for
organizations to demonstrate their proficiency in measuring radon and
its decay products in indoor air.
    Radon mitigation contractor means a contractor who provides radon
mitigation services to the public.
    Secondary radon measurement services (secondary) refers to radon
measurement services that do not include the reading or the ability to
analyze the results of the measurement devices used. These services may
include placement and retrieval of devices, reporting results, and/or
consultation with consumers.



                             Subpart B_Fees



Sec. 195.20  Fee payments.

    (a) Fee Amounts. Applicants to and participants in the RMP and RCP
programs shall pay fees according to the following fee schedule:
    (1) Organizations Listed for or Seeking Listing for Primary
Measurement Services in the RMP Program. (i) In order to remain a listed
participant, each organization that is listed for primary measurement
services in the RMP program on the effective date of this section shall
pay an annual fee of $390 for each device.
    (ii) Each organization seeking listing for primary measurement
services that submits an initial application after the effective date of
this section shall pay an annual fee of $390 per device. This fee will
be prorated quarterly, based on the acceptance date of an organization's
application.
    (iii) Organizations that have or are seeking a listing for secondary
measurement services for their primary devices will not be required to
pay the additional $50 fee applicable to secondary organizations.
    (2) Organizations Listed for or Seeking Listing for Secondary
Measurement Services in the RMP Program. (i) In order to remain a listed
participant, each organization that is listed for secondary measurement
services in the RMP program on the effective date of this section shall
pay an annual fee of $50 for each business location listed.
    (ii) Each organization seeking listing for secondary measurement
services that submits an initial application after the effective date of
this section shall pay an annual fee of $50 for each business location
listed. This fee will be prorated quarterly, based on the acceptance
date of an organization's application.
    (iii) Primary organizations that have or are seeking secondary
listings for methods other than those for which they are listed as a
primary, are subject to the fees.
    (3) Individual Proficiency Component of the RMP Program. (i) In
order to remain a listed participant, each individual listed in the RMP
individual proficiency program on the effective date of this section
shall pay an annual fee of $105.
    (ii) Each individual who submits an initial application after the
effective date of this section shall pay an annual fee of $105. This fee
will be prorated quarterly, based on the acceptance date of an
individual's application.
    (iii) Individuals who have or are seeking listing status as an RMP
primary or secondary organization are subject to the applicable fees
under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (4) RCP Program. (i)(A) In order to remain a listed participant,
each individual listed in the RCP program on the effective date of this
section shall pay an annual fee of $210.
    (B) Each individual who is not a listed participant in the RCP
program on the effective date of this section and submits an initial
application after the effective date of this section shall pay an annual
fee of $210. This fee will be prorated quarterly, based on the
acceptance date of an individual's application.
    (ii) An organization or individual who is not a listed participant
in EPA's radon proficiency programs on the effective date of this
section and/or whose proficiency program application has not yet been
accepted by EPA becomes subject to the fees described above once its
application has been accepted by EPA. Fees for such organizations or
individuals will be prorated quarterly, based on the acceptance date of
the application. To remain listed, each participant in the RMP or RCP
programs, whether individual or

[[Page 61]]

organization, shall submit the appropriate annual fee to EPA each year.
    (b) Exemptions. State and local governments are exempted from these
fees under section 305(e)(2) of TSCA, 15 U.S.C. 2665.
    (c) Determination of Fees. (1) Participants listed in the RMP and
RCP programs on the effective date of this section will be sent, by EPA,
a payment invoice with its fee calculation at least 30 days before the
payment is due. Fees will be assessed based on the current information
in EPA's proficiency data bases. Participants who intend to pay the
invoiced fee amount must send their payment to EPA following the
procedures in the invoice. Organizations or individuals who wish to
notify EPA of any errors or corrections they wish to make to their
listing status must do so by following the instructions on the payment
invoice. Corrected payment invoices for both the RMP Program and the RCP
Program shall be sent to: Radon Proficiency Programs User Fees, c/o
Sanford Cohen and Associates, Inc. (SC&A), 1418 I-85 Parkway,
Montgomery, Alabama, 36106. EPA will review the corrections noted on the
payment invoice, adjust the payment invoice amount (as appropriate) and
issue a new invoice. Participants must pay the amount in the corrected
payment invoice within 30 days of the date listed on the corrected
invoice.
    (2) If the appropriate fee or a revised payment invoice for an
individual or organization participating in the RMP or RCP program has
not been received by EPA on or before the payment due date, EPA will
send, by certified mail, notice that the individual or organization will
be delisted from the proficiency program unless he/she pays the fee
within 30 days of this second certified notification. If payment still
has not been received by EPA after 30 days of the second certified
notification, the organization's or individual's listing shall be
removed from the proficiency program.
    (3) New or initial applicants to the RMP or RCP programs will be
assessed a fee at the time of their initial application. EPA will send a
payment invoice to the new applicant upon acceptance of the initial
application. The applicant will be given at least 30 days from the date
on the payment invoice to remit payment. The fee assessed will be
prorated quarterly, based on the acceptance date of the application. If
the appropriate fee has not been received by EPA by the payment due
date, the application will be placed in an inactive file with no further
action taken by EPA.
    (d) Payment Procedures. Each remittance to EPA under this section
shall be in United States currency and shall be paid by certified check,
personal or business check, or money order made payable to the order of
the ``U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY'' and sent to: U.S. EPA,
Washington Financial Management Center, Radon Proficiency Program User
Fees (IRAA), P.O. Box 952491, St. Louis, Missouri, 63195-2491. The fee
payment shall include the original copy of the EPA payment invoice.
Collection of fees will begin in the calendar year beginning January 1,
1995. Specific guidance on how and when fees must be paid can be found
in How to Pay Your Radon Proficiency Programs User Fees, U.S. EPA/Office
of Radiation and Indoor Air. Copies of this document can be obtained by
contacting the RIS at (334) 272-2797 or by FAX at (334) 260-9051.
    (e) Adjustment of Fees. (1) EPA shall collect 100 percent of its
operating costs associated with its radon proficiency programs by
calendar year 1998. As necessary, EPA shall adjust the fees established
by this subpart each year over the next four years to collect the
following percentages of program costs:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Year 1         Year 2         Year 3         Year 4        Year 5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
       30%          47.5%            65%          82.5%           100%
------------------------------------------------------------------------


Actual fees for each fiscal year will be calculated based on program
costs and participation rates. New fee schedules will be published in
the Federal Register as a technical amendment final rule to this part to
become effective 30 days or more after publication.
    (2) EPA will use a three-step process to adjust the fees annually.
First, EPA will estimate the costs of providing each of the proficiency
programs for the upcoming year. EPA will account for future additional
fixed costs (e.g.,

[[Page 62]]

updating examinations) and increases/decreases in variable costs due to
inflation and other factors. In order to calculate increases/decreases
in costs due to inflation, EPA may use one of the three following
indices: the Federal General Schedule (GS) pay scale, the Consumer Price
Index (CPI), and/or a component of the CPI, such as services. Second,
EPA will estimate the number of participants for each program. At a
minimum, these participation rates will be based on past and current
program participation rates. Third, EPA shall calculate the per capita
costs that individuals and organizations should pay to enable it to
recover its fixed and variable costs each year for each program. EPA
shall also consider potential industry impacts as it adjusts to levels
to ultimately achieve full cost recovery over the period of five years.

[60 FR 41816, Aug. 14, 1995]



Sec. 195.30  Failure to remit fee.

    EPA will not process an application or continue a participant's
listing in the National Radon Measurement Proficiency program,
individual proficiency component of the RMP program, or the National
Radon Contractor Proficiency program until the appropriate remittance
provided in Sec. 195.20(a) has been received by EPA. Failure by a
currently EPA-listed organization or individual to remit the required
fees in a timely manner will result in the loss of that organization's
or individual's listing status as specified in Sec. 195.20(c).



PART 197_PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL RADIATION PROTECTION STANDARDS
FOR YUCCA MOUNTAIN, NEVADA--Table of Contents



     Subpart A_Public Health and Environmental Standards for Storage

Sec.
197.1 What does subpart A cover?
197.2 What definitions apply in subpart A?
197.3 How is subpart A implemented?
197.4 What standard must DOE meet?
197.5 When will this part take effect?

    Subpart B_Public Health and Environmental Standards for Disposal

197.11 What does subpart B cover?
197.12 What definitions apply in subpart B?
197.13 How is subpart B implemented?
197.14 What is a reasonable expectation?
197.15 How must DOE take into account the changes that will occur during
          the period of geologic stability?

                     Individual-Protection Standard

197.20 What standard must DOE meet?
197.21 Who is the reasonably maximally exposed individual?

                        Human-Intrusion Standard

197.25 What standard must DOE meet?
197.26 What are the circumstances of the human intrusion?

                    Ground Water Protection Standards

197.30 What standards must DOE meet?
197.31 What is a representative volume?

                          Additional Provisions

197.35 [Reserved]
197.36 Are there limits on what DOE must consider in the performance
          assessments?
197.37 Can EPA amend this rule?
197.38 Are the Individual Protection and Ground Water Protection
          Standards Severable?

Appendix A to Part 197--Calculation of Annual Committed Effective Dose
          Equivalent

    Authority: Sec. 801, Pub. L. 102-486, 106 Stat. 2921, 42 U.S.C.
10141 n.

    Source: 66 FR 32132, June 13, 2001, unless otherwise noted.



     Subpart A_Public Health and Environmental Standards for Storage



Sec. 197.1  What does subpart A cover?

    This subpart covers the storage of radioactive material by DOE in
the Yucca Mountain repository and on the Yucca Mountain site.



Sec. 197.2  What definitions apply in subpart A?

    Annual committed effective dose equivalent means the effective dose
equivalent received by an individual in one year from radiation sources
external to the individual plus the committed effective dose equivalent.

[[Page 63]]

    Committed effective dose equivalent means the effective dose
equivalent received over a period of time (e.g., 30 years,), as
determined by NRC, by an individual from radionuclides internal to the
individual following a one-year intake of those radionuclides.
    DOE means the Department of Energy.
    Effective dose equivalent means the sum of the products of the dose
equivalent received by specified tissues following an exposure of, or an
intake of radionuclides into, specified tissues of the body, multiplied
by appropriate weighting factors. Annual committed effective dose
equivalents shall be calculated using weighting factors in appendix A of
this part, unless otherwise directed by NRC in accordance with the
introduction to appendix A of this part.
    EPA means the Environmental Protection Agency.
    General environment means everywhere outside the Yucca Mountain
site, the Nellis Air Force Range, and the Nevada Test Site.
    High-level radioactive waste means:
    (1) The highly radioactive material resulting from the reprocessing
of spent nuclear fuel, including liquid waste produced directly in
reprocessing and any solid material derived from such liquid waste that
contains fission products in sufficient concentrations; and
    (2) Other highly radioactive material that the Commission,
consistent with existing law, determines by rule requires permanent
isolation.
    Member of the public means anyone who is not a radiation worker for
purposes of worker protection.
    NRC means the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
    Radioactive material means matter composed of or containing
radionuclides subject to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42
U.S.C. 2014 et seq.). Radioactive material includes, but is not limited
to, high-level radioactive waste and spent nuclear fuel.
    Spent nuclear fuel means fuel that has been withdrawn from a nuclear
reactor following irradiation, the constituent elements of which have
not been separated by reprocessing.
    Storage means retention (and any associated activity, operation, or
process necessary to carry out successful retention) of radioactive
material with the intent or capability to readily access or retrieve
such material.
    Yucca Mountain repository means the excavated portion of the
facility constructed underground within the Yucca Mountain site.
    Yucca Mountain site means:
    (1) The site recommended by the Secretary of DOE to the President
under section 112(b)(1)(B) of the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982 (42
U.S.C. 10132(b)(1)(B)) on May 27, 1986; or
    (2) The area under the control of DOE for the use of Yucca Mountain
activities at the time of licensing, if the site designated under the
Nuclear Waste Policy Act is amended by Congress prior to the time of
licensing.

[66 FR 32132, June 13, 2001, as amended at 73 FR 61287, Oct. 15, 2008]



Sec. 197.3  How is subpart A implemented?

    The NRC implements this subpart A. The DOE must demonstrate to NRC
that normal operations at the Yucca Mountain site will and do occur in
compliance with this subpart before NRC may grant or continue a license
for DOE to receive and possess radioactive material within the Yucca
Mountain site.



Sec. 197.4  What standard must DOE meet?

    The DOE must ensure that no member of the public in the general
environment receives more than an annual committed effective dose
equivalent of 150 microsieverts (15 millirems) from the combination of:
    (a) Management and storage (as defined in 40 CFR 191.2) of
radioactive material that:
    (1) Is subject to 40 CFR 191.3(a); and
    (2) Occurs outside of the Yucca Mountain repository but within the
Yucca Mountain site; and
    (b) Storage (as defined in Sec. 197.2) of radioactive material
inside the Yucca Mountain repository.



Sec. 197.5  When will this part take effect?

    The standards in this part take effect on July 13, 2001.

[[Page 64]]



    Subpart B_Public Health and Environmental Standards for Disposal



Sec. 197.11  What does subpart B cover?

    This subpart covers the disposal of radioactive material in the
Yucca Mountain repository by DOE.



Sec. 197.12  What definitions apply in subpart B?

    All definitions in subpart A of this part and the following:
    Accessible environment means any point outside of the controlled
area, including:
    (1) The atmosphere (including the atmosphere above the surface area
of the controlled area);
    (2) Land surfaces;
    (3) Surface waters;
    (4) Oceans; and
    (5) The lithosphere.
    Aquifer means a water-bearing underground geological formation,
group of formations, or part of a formation (excluding perched water
bodies) that can yield a significant amount of ground water to a well or
spring.
    Barrier means any material, structure, or feature that, for a period
to be determined by NRC, prevents or substantially reduces the rate of
movement of water or radionuclides from the Yucca Mountain repository to
the accessible environment, or prevents the release or substantially
reduces the release rate of radionuclides from the waste. For example, a
barrier may be a geologic feature, an engineered structure, a canister,
a waste form with physical and chemical characteristics that
significantly decrease the mobility of radionuclides, or a material
placed over and around the waste, provided that the material
substantially delays movement of water or radionuclides.
    Controlled area means:
    (1) The surface area, identified by passive institutional controls,
that encompasses no more than 300 square kilometers. It must not extend
farther:
    (a) South than 364013.6661" north latitude, in the predominant
direction of ground water flow; and
    (b) Than five kilometers from the repository footprint in any other
direction; and
    (2) The subsurface underlying the surface area.
    Disposal means the emplacement of radioactive material into the
Yucca Mountain disposal system with the intent of isolating it for as
long as reasonably possible and with no intent of recovery, whether or
not the design of the disposal system permits the ready recovery of the
material. Disposal of radioactive material in the Yucca Mountain
disposal system begins when all of the ramps and other openings into the
Yucca Mountain repository are sealed.
    Ground water means water that is below the land surface and in a
saturated zone.
    Human intrusion means breaching of any portion of the Yucca Mountain
disposal system, within the repository footprint, by any human activity.
    Passive institutional controls means:
    (1) Markers, as permanent as practicable, placed on the Earth's
surface;
    (2) Public records and archives;
    (3) Government ownership and regulations regarding land or resource
use; and
    (4) Other reasonable methods of preserving knowledge about the
location, design, and contents of the Yucca Mountain disposal system.
    Peak dose means the highest annual committed effective dose
equivalent projected to be received by the reasonably maximally exposed
individual.
    Performance assessment means an analysis that:
    (1) Identifies the features, events, processes, (except human
intrusion), and sequences of events and processes (except human
intrusion) that might affect the Yucca Mountain disposal system and
their probabilities of occurring;
    (2) Examines the effects of those features, events, processes, and
sequences of events and processes upon the performance of the Yucca
Mountain disposal system; and
    (3) Estimates the annual committed effective dose equivalent
incurred by the reasonably maximally exposed individual, including the
associated uncertainties, as a result of releases caused by all
significant features, events, processes, and sequences of

[[Page 65]]

events and processes, weighted by their probability of occurrence.
    Period of geologic stability means the time during which the
variability of geologic characteristics and their future behavior in and
around the Yucca Mountain site can be bounded, that is, they can be
projected within a reasonable range of possibilities. This period is
defined to end at 1 million years after disposal.
    Plume of contamination means that volume of ground water in the
predominant direction of ground water flow that contains radioactive
contamination from releases from the Yucca Mountain repository. It does
not include releases from any other potential sources on or near the
Nevada Test Site.
    Repository footprint means the outline of the outermost locations of
where the waste is emplaced in the Yucca Mountain repository.
    Slice of the plume means a cross-section of the plume of
contamination with sufficient thickness parallel to the prevalent
direction of flow of the plume that it contains the representative
volume.
    Total dissolved solids means the total dissolved (filterable) solids
in water as determined by use of the method specified in 40 CFR part
136.
    Undisturbed performance means that human intrusion or the occurrence
of unlikely natural features, events, and processes do not disturb the
disposal system.
    Undisturbed Yucca Mountain disposal system means that the Yucca
Mountain disposal system is not affected by human intrusion.
    Waste means any radioactive material emplaced for disposal into the
Yucca Mountain repository.
    Well-capture zone means the volume from which a well pumping at a
defined rate is withdrawing water from an aquifer. The dimensions of the
well-capture zone are determined by the pumping rate in combination with
aquifer characteristics assumed for calculations, such as hydraulic
conductivity, gradient, and the screened interval.
    Yucca Mountain disposal system means the combination of underground
engineered and natural barriers within the controlled area that prevents
or substantially reduces releases from the waste.

[66 FR 32132, June 13, 2001, as amended at 73 FR 61287, Oct. 15, 2008]



Sec. 197.13  How is Subpart B implemented?

    The NRC implements this subpart B. The DOE must demonstrate to NRC
that there is a reasonable expectation of compliance with this subpart
before NRC may issue a license.
    (a) The NRC will determine compliance, based upon the arithmetic
mean of the projected doses from DOE's performance assessments for the
period within 1 million years after disposal, with:
    (1) Sections 197.20(a)(1) and 197.20(a)(2) of this subpart; and
    (2) Sections 197.25(b)(1), 197.25(b)(2), and 197.30 of this subpart,
if performance assessment is used to demonstrate compliance with either
or both of these sections.
    (b) [Reserved]

[73 FR 61287, Oct. 15, 2008]



Sec. 197.14  What is a reasonable expectation?

    Reasonable expectation means that NRC is satisfied that compliance
will be achieved based upon the full record before it. Characteristics
of reasonable expectation include that it:
    (a) Requires less than absolute proof because absolute proof is
impossible to attain for disposal due to the uncertainty of projecting
long-term performance;
    (b) Accounts for the inherently greater uncertainties in making
long-term projections of the performance of the Yucca Mountain disposal
system;
    (c) Does not exclude important parameters from assessments and
analyses simply because they are difficult to precisely quantify to a
high degree of confidence; and
    (d) Focuses performance assessments and analyses upon the full range
of defensible and reasonable parameter distributions rather than only
upon extreme physical situations and parameter values.

[[Page 66]]



Sec. 197.15  How must DOE take into account the changes that will occur
during the period of geologic stability?

    The DOE should not project changes in society, the biosphere (other
than climate), human biology, or increases or decreases of human
knowledge or technology. In all analyses done to demonstrate compliance
with this part, DOE must assume that all of those factors remain
constant as they are at the time of license application submission to
NRC. However, DOE must vary factors related to the geology, hydrology,
and climate based upon cautious, but reasonable assumptions of the
changes in these factors that could affect the Yucca Mountain disposal
system during the period of geologic stability, consistent with the
requirements for performance assessments specified at Sec. 197.36.

[73 FR 61287, Oct. 15, 2008]

                     Individual-Protection Standard



Sec. 197.20  What standard must DOE meet?

    (a) The DOE must demonstrate, using performance assessment, that
there is a reasonable expectation that the reasonably maximally exposed
individual receives no more than the following annual committed
effective dose equivalent from releases from the undisturbed Yucca
Mountain disposal system:
    (1) 150 microsieverts (15 millirems) for 10,000 years following
disposal; and
    (2) 1 millisievert (100 millirems) after 10,000 years, but within
the period of geologic stability.
    (b) The DOE's performance assessment must include all potential
pathways of radionuclide transport and exposure.

[73 FR 61287, Oct. 15, 2008]



Sec. 197.21  Who is the reasonably maximally exposed individual?

    The reasonably maximally exposed individual is a hypothetical person
who meets the following criteria:
    (a) Lives in the accessible environment above the highest
concentration of radionuclides in the plume of contamination;
    (b) Has a diet and living style representative of the people who now
reside in the Town of Amargosa Valley, Nevada. The DOE must use
projections based upon surveys of the people residing in the Town of
Amargosa Valley, Nevada, to determine their current diets and living
styles and use the mean values of these factors in the assessments
conducted for Sec. Sec. 197.20 and 197.25; and
    (c) Drinks 2 liters of water per day from wells drilled into the
ground water at the location specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

                        Human-Intrusion Standard



Sec. 197.25  What standard must DOE meet?

    (a) The DOE must determine the earliest time after disposal that the
waste package would degrade sufficiently that a human intrusion (see
Sec. 197.26) could occur without recognition by the drillers.
    (b) The DOE must demonstrate that there is a reasonable expectation
that the reasonably maximally exposed individual will receive an annual
committed effective dose equivalent, as a result of the human intrusion,
of no more than:
    (1) 150 microsieverts (15 millirems) for 10,000 years following
disposal; and
    (2) 1 millisievert (100 millirems) after 10,000 years, but within
the period of geologic stability.
    (c) The analysis must include all potential environmental pathways
of radionuclide transport and exposure.

[73 FR 61288, Oct. 15, 2008]



Sec. 197.26  What are the circumstances of the human intrusion?

    For the purposes of the analysis of human intrusion, DOE must make
the following assumptions:
    (a) There is a single human intrusion as a result of exploratory
drilling for ground water;
    (b) The intruders drill a borehole directly through a degraded waste
package into the uppermost aquifer underlying the Yucca Mountain
repository;
    (c) The drillers use the common techniques and practices that are
currently employed in exploratory drilling for

[[Page 67]]

ground water in the region surrounding Yucca Mountain;
    (d) Careful sealing of the borehole does not occur, instead natural
degradation processes gradually modify the borehole;
    (e) Only releases of radionuclides that occur as a result of the
intrusion and that are transported through the resulting borehole to the
saturated zone are projected; and
    (f) No releases are included which are caused by unlikely natural
processes and events.

                    Ground Water Protection Standards



Sec. 197.30  What standards must DOE meet?

    The DOE must demonstrate that there is a reasonable expectation
that, for 10,000 years of undisturbed performance after disposal,
releases of radionuclides from waste in the Yucca Mountain disposal
system into the accessible environment will not cause the level of
radioactivity in the representative volume of ground water to exceed the
limits in the following Table 1:

      Table 1--Limits on Radionuclides in the Representative Volume
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Radionuclide or type of                               Is natural
      radiation emitted               Limit         background included?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Combined radium-226 and       5 picocuries per      Yes.
 radium-228.                   liter.
Gross alpha activity          15 picocuries per     Yes.
 (including radium-226 but     liter.
 excluding radon and
 uranium).
Combined beta and photon      40 microsieverts (4   No.
 emitting radionuclides.       millirem) per year
                               to the whole body
                               or any organ, based
                               on drinking 2
                               liters of water per
                               day from the
                               representative
                               volume.
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Sec. 197.31  What is a representative volume?

    (a) It is the volume of ground water that would be withdrawn
annually from an aquifer containing less than 10,000 milligrams of total
dissolved solids per liter of water to supply a given water demand. The
DOE must project the concentration of radionuclides released from the
Yucca Mountain disposal system that will be in the representative
volume. The DOE must then use the projected concentrations to
demonstrate a reasonable expectation to NRC that the Yucca Mountain
disposal system complies with Sec. 197.30. The DOE must make the
following assumptions concerning the representative volume:
    (1) It includes the highest concentration level in the plume of
contamination in the accessible environment;
    (2) Its position and dimensions in the aquifer are determined using
average hydrologic characteristics which have cautious, but reasonable,
values representative of the aquifers along the radionuclide migration
path from the Yucca Mountain repository to the accessible environment as
determined by site characterization; and
    (3) It contains 3,000 acre-feet of water (about 3,714,450,000 liters
or 977,486,000 gallons).
    (b) The DOE must use one of two alternative methods for determining
the dimensions of the representative volume. The DOE must propose its
chosen method, and any underlying assumptions, to NRC for approval.
    (1) The DOE may calculate the dimensions as a well-capture zone. If
DOE uses this approach, it must assume that the:
    (i) Water supply well(s) has (have) characteristics consistent with
public water supply wells in the Town of Amargosa Valley, Nevada, for
example, well-bore size and length of the screened intervals;
    (ii) Screened interval(s) include(s) the highest concentration in
the plume of contamination in the accessible environment; and
    (iii) Pumping rates and the placement of the well(s) must be set to
produce an annual withdrawal equal to the representative volume and to
tap the highest concentration within the plume of contamination.
    (2) The DOE may calculate the dimensions as a slice of the plume. If
DOE uses this approach, it must:

[[Page 68]]

    (i) Propose to NRC, for its approval, where the location of the edge
of the plume of contamination occurs. For example, the place where the
concentration of radionuclides reaches 0.1% of the level of the highest
concentration in the accessible environment;
    (ii) Assume that the slice of the plume is perpendicular to the
prevalent direction of flow of the aquifer; and
    (iii) Assume that the volume of ground water contained within the
slice of the plume equals the representative volume.

                          Additional Provisions



Sec. 197.35  [Reserved]



Sec. 197.36  Are there limits on what DOE must consider in the
performance assessments?

    (a) Yes, there are limits on what DOE must consider in the
performance assessments.
    (1) The DOE's performance assessments conducted to show compliance
with Sec. Sec. 197.20(a)(1), 197.25(b)(1), and 197.30 shall not include
consideration of very unlikely features, events, or processes, i.e.,
those that are estimated to have less than one chance in 100,000,000 per
year of occurring. Features, events, and processes with a higher chance
of occurring shall be considered for use in performance assessments
conducted to show compliance with Sec. Sec. 197.20(a)(1), 197.25(b)(1),
and 197.30, except as stipulated in paragraph (b) of this section. In
addition, unless otherwise specified in these standards or NRC
regulations, DOE's performance assessments need not evaluate the impacts
resulting from features, events, and processes or sequences of events
and processes with a higher chance of occurring if the results of the
performance assessments would not be changed significantly in the
initial 10,000-year period after disposal.
    (2) The same features, events, and processes identified in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section shall be used in performance assessments
conducted to show compliance with Sec. Sec. 197.20(a)(2) and
197.25(b)(2), with additional considerations as stipulated in paragraph
(c) of this section.
    (b) For performance assessments conducted to show compliance with
Sec. Sec. 197.25(b) and 197.30, DOE's performance assessments shall
exclude unlikely features, events, or processes, or sequences of events
and processes. The DOE should use the specific probability of the
unlikely features, events, and processes as specified by NRC.
    (c) For performance assessments conducted to show compliance with
Sec. Sec. 197.20(a)(2) and 197.25(b)(2), DOE's performance assessments
shall project the continued effects of the features, events, and
processes included in paragraph (a) of this section beyond the 10,000-
year post-disposal period through the period of geologic stability. The
DOE must evaluate all of the features, events, or processes included in
paragraph (a) of this section, and also:
    (1) The DOE must assess the effects of seismic and igneous
scenarios, subject to the probability limits in paragraph (a) of this
section for very unlikely features, events, and processes. Performance
assessments conducted to show compliance with Sec. 197.25(b)(2) are
also subject to the probability limits for unlikely features, events,
and processes as specified by NRC.
    (i) The seismic analysis may be limited to the effects caused by
damage to the drifts in the repository, failure of the waste packages,
and changes in the elevation of the water table under Yucca Mountain.
NRC may determine the magnitude of the water table rise and its
significance on the results of the performance assessment, or NRC may
require DOE to demonstrate the magnitude of the water table rise and its
significance in the license application. If NRC determines that the
increased elevation of the water table does not significantly affect the
results of the performance assessment, NRC may choose to not require its
consideration in the performance assessment.
    (ii) The igneous analysis may be limited to the effects of a
volcanic event directly intersecting the repository. The igneous event
may be limited to that causing damage to the waste packages directly,
causing releases of radionuclides to the biosphere, atmosphere, or
ground water.
    (2) The DOE must assess the effects of climate change. The climate
change analysis may be limited to the effects

[[Page 69]]

of increased water flow through the repository as a result of climate
change, and the resulting transport and release of radionuclides to the
accessible environment. The nature and degree of climate change may be
represented by constant climate conditions. The analysis may commence at
10,000 years after disposal and shall extend through the period of
geologic stability. The NRC shall specify in regulation the values to be
used to represent climate change, such as temperature, precipitation, or
infiltration rate of water.
    (3) The DOE must assess the effects of general corrosion on
engineered barriers. The DOE may use a constant representative corrosion
rate throughout the period of geologic stability or a distribution of
corrosion rates correlated to other repository parameters.

[73 FR 61288, Oct. 15, 2008]



Sec. 197.37  Can EPA amend this rule?

    Yes. We can amend this rule by conducting another notice-and-comment
rulemaking. Such a rulemaking must include a public comment period.
Also, we may hold one or more public hearings, if we receive a written
request to do so.



Sec. 197.38  Are the Individual Protection and Ground Water Protection
Standards Severable?

    Yes. The individual protection and ground water protection standards
are severable.



 Sec. Appendix A to Part 197--Calculation of Annual Committed Effective
                             Dose Equivalent

    Unless otherwise directed by NRC, DOE shall use the radiation
weighting factors and tissue weighting factors in this Appendix to
calculate the internal component of the annual committed effective dose
equivalent for compliance with Sec. Sec. 197.20 and 197.25 of this
part. NRC may allow DOE to use updated factors issued after the
effective date of this regulation. Any such factors shall have been
issued by consensus scientific organizations and incorporated by EPA
into Federal radiation guidance in order to be considered generally
accepted and eligible for this use. Further, they must be compatible
with the effective dose equivalent dose calculation methodology
established in ICRP 26 and 30, and continued in ICRP 60 and 72, and
incorporated in this appendix.

                           I. Equivalent Dose

    The calculation of the committed effective dose equivalent (CEDE)
begins with the determination of the equivalent dose, HT, to
a tissue or organ, T, listed in Table A.2 below by using the equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15OC08.000

where DT,R is the absorbed dose in rads (one gray, an SI
unit, equals 100 rads) averaged over the tissue or organ, T, due to
radiation type, R, and wR is the radiation weighting factor
which is given in Table A.1 below. The unit of equivalent dose is the
rem (sievert, in SI units).

              Table A.1--Radiation weighting factors, wR\1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Radiation type and energy range \2\                wR value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Photons, all energies......................................            1
Electrons and muons, all energies..........................            1
Neutrons, energy
    <10 keV................................................            5
    10 keV to 100 keV......................................           10
    100 keV to 2 MeV............................           20
    2 MeV to 20 MeV.............................           10
    20 MeV......................................            5
Protons, other than recoil protons, 2 MeV.......            5
Alpha particles, fission fragments, heavy nuclei...........          20
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All values relate to the radiation incident on the body or, for
  internal sources, emitted from the source.
\2\ See paragraph A14 in ICRP Publication 60 for the choice of values
  for other radiation types and energies not in the table.

                      II. Effective Dose Equivalent

    The next step is the calculation of the effective dose equivalent,
E. The probability of occurrence of a stochastic effect in a tissue or
organ is assumed to be proportional to the equivalent dose in the tissue
or organ. The constant of proportionality differs for the various
tissues of the body, but in assessing health detriment the total risk is
required. This is taken into account using the tissue weighting factors,
wT in Table A.2, which represent the proportion of the
stochastic risk resulting from irradiation of the tissue or organ to the
total risk when the whole body is irradiated uniformly and HT
is the equivalent dose in the tissue or organ, T, in the equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15OC08.001


                 Table A.2--Tissue weighting factors, wT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Tissue or organ                          wT value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gonads.....................................................         0.20
Bone marrow (red)..........................................         0.12
Colon......................................................         0.12
Lung.......................................................         0.12
Stomach....................................................         0.12

[[Page 70]]


Bladder....................................................         0.05
Breast.....................................................         0.05
Liver......................................................         0.05
Esophagus..................................................         0.05
Thyroid....................................................         0.05
Skin.......................................................         0.01
Bone surface...............................................         0.01
Remainder..................................................  \a b\ 0.05
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Remainder is composed of the following tissues: adrenals, brain,
  extrathoracic airways, small intestine, kidneys, muscle, pancreas,
  spleen, thymus, and uterus.
\b\ The value 0.05 is applied to the mass-weighted average dose to the
  Remainder tissues group, except when the following ``splitting rule''
  applies: If a tissue of Remainder receives a dose in excess of that
  received by any of the 12 tissues for which weighting factors are
  specified, a weighting factor of 0.025 (half of Remainder) is applied
  to that tissue or organ and 0.025 to the mass-averaged committed
  equivalent dose equivalent in the rest of the Remainder tissues.

          III. Annual Committed Tissue or Organ Equivalent Dose

    For internal irradiation from incorporated radionuclides, the total
absorbed dose will be spread out in time, being gradually delivered as
the radionuclide decays. The time distribution of the absorbed dose rate
will vary with the radionuclide, its form, the mode of intake and the
tissue within which it is incorporated. To take account of this
distribution the quantity committed equivalent dose,
HT([tau]) where [tau] is the integration time in years
following an intake over any particular year, is used and is the
integral over time of the equivalent dose rate in a particular tissue or
organ that will be received by an individual following an intake of
radioactive material into the body:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15OC08.002

for a single intake of activity at time t0 where
HT([tau]) is the relevant equivalent-dose rate in a tissue or
organ at time t. For the purposes of this rule, the previously mentioned
single intake may be considered to be an annual intake.

IV. Internal Component of the Annual Committed Effective Dose Equivalent

    If the annual committed equivalent doses to the individual tissues
or organs resulting from an annual intake are multiplied by the
appropriate weighting factors, wT, from table A.2, and then
summed, the result will be the internal component of the annual
committed effective dose equivalent E([tau]):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15OC08.003


[73 FR 61288, Oct. 15, 2008]


                  SUBCHAPTER G_NOISE ABATEMENT PROGRAMS



[[Page 71]]



PART 201_NOISE EMISSION STANDARDS FOR TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT;
INTERSTATE RAIL CARRIERS--Table of Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
201.1 Definitions.

Appendix A to Subpart A of Part 201--Switcher Locomotives

         Subpart B_Interstate Rail Carrier Operations Standards

201.10 Applicability.
201.11 Standard for locomotive operation under stationary conditions.
201.12 Standard for locomotive operation under moving conditions.
201.13 Standard for rail car operations.
201.14 Standard for retarders.
201.15 Standard for car coupling operations.
201.16 Standard for locomotive load cell test stands.

                     Subpart C_Measurement Criteria

201.20 Applicability and purpose.
201.21 Quantities measured.
201.22 Measurement instrumentation.
201.23 Test site, weather conditions and background noise criteria for
          measurement at a 30 meter (100 feet) distance of the noise
          from locomotive and rail car operations and locomotive load
          cell test stands.
201.24 Procedures for measurement at a 30 meter (100 feet) distance of
          the noise from locomotive and rail car operations and
          locomotive load cell test stands.
201.25 Measurement location and weather conditions for measurement on
          receiving property of the noise of retarders, car coupling,
          locomotive load cell test stands, and stationary locomotives.
201.26 Procedures for the measurement on receiving property of retarder
          and car coupling noise.
201.27 Procedures for: (1) Determining applicability of the locomotive
          load cell test stand standard and switcher locomotive standard
          by noise measurement on a receiving property; (2) measurement
          of locomotive load cell test stands more than 120 meters (400
          feet) on a receiving property.
201.28 Testing by railroad to determine probable compliance with the
          standard.

    Authority: Noise Control Act of 1972, sec. 17(a), 86 Stat. 1234 (42
U.S.C. 4916(a)).

    Source: 45 FR 1263, Jan. 4, 1980, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 201.1  Definitions.

    As used in this part, all terms not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in the Act:
    (a) Act means the Noise Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-574, 86
Stat. 1234).
    (b) Car Coupling Sound means a sound which is heard and identified
by the observer as that of car coupling impact, and that causes a sound
level meter indicator (FAST) to register an increase of at least ten
decibels above the level observed immediately before hearing the sound.
    (c) Carrier means a common carrier by railroad, or partly by
railroad and partly by water, within the continental United States,
subject to the Interstate Commerce Act, as amended, excluding street,
suburban, and interurban electric railways unless operated as a part of
a general railroad system of transportation.
    (d) Classification of Railroads means the division of railroad
industry operating companies by the Interstate Commerce Commission into
three categories. As of 1978, Class I railroads must have annual
revenues of $50 million or greater, Class II railroads must have annual
revenues of between $10 and $50 million, and Class III railroads must
have less than $10 million in annual revenues.
    (e) Commercial Property means any property that is normally
accessible to the public and that is used for any of the purposes
described in the following standard land use codes (reference Standard
Land Use Coding Manual. U.S. DOT/FHWA, reprinted March 1977): 53-59,
Retail Trade; 61-64, Finance, Insurance, Real Estate, Personal, Business
and Repair Services; 652-659, Legal and other professional services;
671, 672, and 673 Governmental Services; 692 and 699, Welfare,
Charitable and Other Miscellaneous Services; 712 and 719, Nature
exhibitions and other Cultural Activities; 721, 723, and 729,
Entertainment, Public and other Public Assembly; and

[[Page 72]]

74-79, Recreational, Resort, Park and other Cultural Activities.
    (f) dB(A) is an abbreviation meaning A-weighted sound level in
decibels, reference: 20 micropascals.
    (g) Day-night Sound Level means the 24-hour time of day weighted
equivalent sound level, in decibels, for any continuous 24-hour period,
obtained after addition of ten decibels to sound levels produced in the
hours from 10 p.m. to 7 a.m. (2200-0700). It is abbreviated as
Ldn.
    (h) Decibel means the unit measure of sound level, abbreviated as
dB.
    (i) Energy Average Level means a quantity calculated by taking ten
times the common logarithm of the arithmetic average of the antilogs of
one-tenth of each of the levels being averaged. The levels may be of any
consistent type, e.g. maximum sound levels, sound exposure levels, and
day-night sound levels.
    (j) Energy Summation of Levels means a quantity calculated by taking
ten times the common logarithm of the sum of the antilogs of one-tenth
of each of the levels being summed. The levels may be of any consistent
type, e.g., day-night sound level or equivalent sound level.
    (k) Equivalent Sound Level means the level, in decibels, of the
mean-square A-weighted sound pressure during a stated time period, with
reference to the square of the standard reference sound pressure of 20
micropascals. It is the level of the sound exposure divided by the time
period and is abbreviated as Leq.
    (l) Fast Meter Response means that the ``fast'' response of the
sound level meter shall be used. The fast dynamic response shall comply
with the meter dynamic characteristics in paragraph 5.3 of the American
National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters. ANSI S1.4-1971.
This publication is available from the American National Standards
Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018.
    (m) Idle means that condition where all engines capable of providing
motive power to the locomotive are set at the lowest operating throttle
position; and where all auxiliary non-motive power engines are not
operating.
    (n) Interstate Commerce means the commerce between any place in a
State and any place in another State, or between places in the same
State through another State, whether such commerce moves wholly by rail
or partly by rail and partly by motor vehicle, express, or water. This
definition of ``interstate commerce'' for purposes of this regulation is
similar to the definition of ``interstate commerce'' in section 203(a)
of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 303(a)).
    (o) Load Cell means a device external to the locomotive, of high
electrical resistance, used in locomotive testing to simulate engine
loading while the locomotive is stationary. (Electrical energy produced
by the diesel generator is dissipated in the load cell resistors instead
of the traction motors).
    (p) Locomotive means for the purpose of this regulation, a self-
propelled vehicle designed for and used on railroad tracks in the
transport or rail cars, including self-propelled rail passenger
vehicles.
    (q) Locomotive Load Cell Test Stand means the load cell Sec.
201.1(o) and associated structure, equipment, trackage and locomotive
being tested.
    (r) Maximum Sound Level means the greatest A-weighted sound level in
decibels measured during the designated time interval or during the
event, with either fast meter response Sec. 201.1(l) or slow meter
response Sec. 201.1(ii) as specified. It is abbreviated as
Lmax.
    (s) Measurement Period means a continuous period of time during
which noise of railroad yard operations is assessed, the beginning and
finishing times of which may be selected after completion of the
measurements.
    (t) Rail Car means a non-self-propelled vehicle designed for and
used on railroad tracks.
    (u) Railroad means all the roads in use by any common carrier
operating a railroad, whether owned or operated under a contract,
agreement, or lease.
    (v) Receiving Property Measurement Location means a location on
receiving property that is on or beyond the railroad facility boundary
and that meets the receiving property measurement location criteria of
subpart C.

[[Page 73]]

    (w) Receiving Property means any residential or commercial property
that receives the sound from railroad facility operations, but that is
not owned or operated by a railroad; except that occupied residences
located on property owned or controlled by the railroad are included in
the definition of ``receiving property.'' For purposes of this
definition railroad crew sleeping quarters located on property owned or
controlled by the railroad are not considered as residences. If,
subsequent to the publication date of these regulations, the use of any
property that is currently not applicable to this regulation changes,
and it is newly classified as either residential or commercial, it is
not receiving property until four years have elapsed from the date of
the actual change in use.
    (x) Residential Property means any property that is used for any of
the purposes described in the following standard land use codes (ref.
Standard Land Use Coding Manual. U.S. DOT/FHWA Washington, DC, reprinted
March 1977): 1, Residential: 651, Medical and other Health Services; 68,
Educational Services; 691, Religious Activities; and 711, Cultural
Activities.
    (y) Retarder (Active) means a device or system for decelerating
rolling rail cars and controlling the degree of deceleration on a car by
car basis.
    (z) Retarder Sound means a sound which is heard and identified by
the observer as that of a retarder, and that causes a sound level meter
indicator at fast meter response Sec. 201.1(l) to register an increase
of at least ten decibels above the level observed immediately before
hearing the sound.
    (aa) Sound Level means the level, in decibels, measured by
instrumentation which satisfies the requirements of American National
Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters S1.4-1971 Type 1 (or S1A)
or Type 2 if adjusted as shown in Table 1. This publication is available
from the American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New
York, New York 10018. For the purpose of these procedures the sound
level is to be measured using the Aweighting of spectrum and either the
FAST or SLOW dynamic averaging characteristics, as designated. It is
abbreviated as LA.
    (bb) Sound Exposure Level means the level in decibels calculated as
ten times the common logarithm of time integral of squared A-weighted
sound pressure over a given time period or event divided by the square
of the standard reference sound pressure of 20 micropascals and a
reference duration of one second.
    (cc) Sound Pressure Level (in stated frequency band) means the
level, in decibels, calculated as 20 times the common logarithm of the
ratio of a sound pressure to the reference sound pressure of 20
micropascals.
    (dd) Special Purpose Equipment means maintenance-of-way equipment
which may be located on or operated from rail cars including: Ballast
cribbing machines, ballast regulators, conditioners and scarifiers, bolt
machines, brush cutters, compactors, concrete mixers, cranes and
derricks, earth boring machines, electric welding machines, grinders,
grouters, pile drivers, rail heaters, rail layers, sandblasters, snow
plows, spike drivers, sprayers and other types of such maintenance-of-
way equipment.
    (ee) Special Track Work means track other than normal tie and
ballast bolted or welded rail or containing devices such as retarders or
switching mechanisms.
    (ff) Statistical Sound Level means the level in decibels that is
exceeded in a stated percentage (x) of the duration of the measurement
period. It is abbreviated as Lx.
    (gg) Switcher Locomotive means any locomotive designated as a
switcher by the builder or reported to the ICC as a switcher by the
operator-owning-railroad and including, but not limited to, all
locomotives of the builder/model designations listed in Appendix A to
this subpart.
    (hh) Warning Device means a sound emitting device used to alert and
warn people of the presence of railroad equipment.
    (ii) Slow Meter Response means that the slow response of the sound
level meter shall be used. The slow dynamic response shall comply with
the meter dynamic characteristics in paragraph 5.4 of the American
National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters. ANSI S1.4-1971.
This publication is

[[Page 74]]

available from the American National Standards Institute Inc., 1430
Broadway, New York, New York 10018.

[45 FR 1263, Jan. 4, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 14709, Apr. 6, 1982]



     Sec. Appendix A to Subpart A of Part 201--Switcher Locomotives

[The following locomotives are considered to be ``switcher locomotives''
            under the general definition of this regulation]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Type                                Engine
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          General Electric Co.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
44 ton...................................  8-D17000(2).
70 ton...................................  6-CBFWL-6T.
95 ton...................................  6-CBFWL-6T.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Electromotive Division (GMC)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SC.......................................  8-201A.
NC.......................................  12-201A.
NC1......................................  12-201A.
NC2......................................  12-201A.
NW.......................................  12-201A.
NW1......................................  12-201A.
NW1A.....................................  12-201A.
NW2......................................  12-567.
NW2......................................  12-567A.
NW3......................................  12-567.
NW4......................................  12-201A.
NW5......................................  12-567B.
SW.......................................  8-201A/6-567.
SW1......................................  6-567A/AC.
SW2......................................  6-567.
SW3......................................  6-567.
SW600....................................  6-567C.
SW7......................................  12-567A.
SW8......................................  8-567B/BC.
SW900....................................  8-567B.
SW9......................................  12-567B/BC/C.
SW1200...................................  12-567C.
SW1000...................................  8-645E.
SW1001...................................  8-645E.
SW1500...................................  12-645E.
MP15.....................................  12-645E.
MP15AC...................................  12-645E.
GMD1.....................................  12-567C.
RS1325...................................  12-567C.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Transfer Switcher including ``Cow and Calf''
------------------------------------------------------------------------
T........................................  12-201A(2)
TR.......................................  12-567(2)
TR1......................................  16-567(2)
TR2......................................  12-567A(2)
TR3......................................  12-567(3)
TR4......................................  12-567A(2)
TR5......................................  12-567B(2)
TR6......................................  8-567B(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Baldwin
------------------------------------------------------------------------
VO-660...................................  6-VO.
DS-446...................................  6-606NA.
DS4475...................................  6-750.
S-8......................................  6-606.
VO-1000..................................  8-VO.
DS-4410..................................  8-608NA.
DS-4410..................................  6-606SC.
S-12.....................................  6-606A.
DRS-4410 \1\.............................  6-606SC.
DRS-12 \1\...............................  6-606A.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Fairbanks Morse
------------------------------------------------------------------------
H-10-44..................................  6-OP.
H-12-44..................................  6-OP.
H-12-44TS................................  6-OP.
H-12-46 \1\..............................  6-OP.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Lima
------------------------------------------------------------------------
750 hp...................................  6-Hamilton.
800 hp...................................  6-Hamilton.
1000 hp..................................  8-Hamilton.
1200 hp..................................  8-Hamilton.
LRS \1\..................................  8-Hamilton.
TL \1\...................................  8-Hamilton (2).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              ALCO and MLW
------------------------------------------------------------------------
S1.......................................  6-539NA.
S2.......................................  6-539T.
S3.......................................  6-539NA.
S4.......................................  6-539T.
S5.......................................  6-251.
S6.......................................  6-251A,B.
S7.......................................  6-539.
S10......................................  6-539.
S11......................................  6-539.
S12......................................  6-539T.
S13......................................  6-251C.
RSD-1....................................  6-539.
RSC-13...................................  6-539.
RSC-24...................................  12-244
RS1......................................  6-539T.
RS2 \1\..................................  12-244.
RS3 \1\..................................  12-244.
RS10 \1\.................................  12-244.
RSC-2 \1\................................  12-244.
RS3 \1\..................................  12-244.
RSD-4 \1\................................  12-244.
RSD-5 \1\................................  12-244.
T6.......................................  6-251B.
C-415 \1\................................  8-251F.
M-420TR..................................  12-251.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These models may be found assigned to road service as well as
  switcher service, but are considered switcher locomotives for the
  purpose of this regulation.



         Subpart B_Interstate Rail Carrier Operations Standards



Sec. 201.10  Applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart apply to all rail cars and all
locomotives, except steam locomotives, operated or controlled by
carriers as defined in subpart A of this part, except that Sec. 201.11
(a), (b), and (c) do not apply to gas turbine-powered locomotives and to
any locomotive type which cannot be connected by any standard method to
a load cell. They apply to the total sound level emitted by rail cars
and locomotives operated under the conditions specified, including the
sound produced by refrigeration and air conditioning

[[Page 75]]

units which are an integral element of such equipment. The provisions of
this subpart apply to all active retarders, all car coupling operations,
all switcher locomotives, and all load cell test stands. These
provisions do not apply to the sound emitted by a warning device, such
as a horn, whistle or bell when operated for the purpose of safety. They
do not apply to special purpose equipment which may be located on or
operated from railcars; they do not apply to street, suburban or
interurban electric railways unless operated as a part of a general
railroad system of transportation. When land use changes after the
publication date of this regulation from some other use to residential
or commercial land use around a specific railyard facility, this
regulation will become effective four (4) years from the date of that
land use change.



Sec. 201.11  Standard for locomotive operation under stationary
conditions.

    (a) Commencing December 31, 1976, no carrier subject to this
regulation shall operate any locomotive to which this regulation is
applicable, and of which manufacture is completed on or before December
31, 1979, which produces A-weighted sound levels in excess of 93 dB at
any throttle setting except idle, when operated singly and when
connected to a load cell, or in excess of 73 dB at idle when operated
singly, and when measured in accordance with the criteria specified in
Subpart C of this part with slow meter response at a point 30 meters
(100 feet) from the geometric center of the locomotive along a line that
is both perpendicular to the centerline of the track and originates at
the locomotive geometric center.
    (b) No carrier subject to this regulation shall operate any
locomotive to which this regulation is applicable, and of which
manufacture is completed after December 31, 1979, which produces A-
weighted sound levels in excess of 87 dB at any throttle setting except
idle, when operated singly and when connected to a load cell, or in
excess of 70 dB at idle when operated singly, and when measured in
accordance with the criteria specified in Subpart C of this part with
slow meter response at a point 30 meters (100 feet) from the geometric
center of the locomotive along a line that is both perpendicular to the
centerline of the track and originates at the locomotive geometric
center.
    (c) Commencing January 15, 1984, no carrier subject to this
regulation may operate any switcher locomotive to which this regulation
is applicable, and of which manufacture is completed on or before
December 31, 1979, which produces A-weighted sound levels in excess of
87 dB at any throttle setting except idle, when operated singly and when
connected to a load cell, or in excess of 70 dB at idle, and when
measured in accordance with the criteria specified in Subpart C of this
part with slow meter response at a point 30 meters (100 feet) from the
geometric center of the locomotive along a line that is both
perpendicular to the centerline of the track and originates at the
locomotive geometric center. All switcher locomotives that operate in a
particular railroad facility are deemed to be in compliance with this
standard if the A-weighted sound level from stationary switcher
locomotives, singly or in combination with other stationary locomotives,
does not exceed 65 dB when measured with fast meter response at any
receiving property measurement location near that particular railyard
facility and when measured in accordance wtih Subpart C of this
regulation.

[45 FR 1263, Jan. 4, 1980; 47 FR 14709, Apr. 6, 1982]



Sec. 201.12  Standard for locomotive operation under moving conditions.

    (a) Commencing December 31, 1976, no carrier subject to this
regulation may operate any locomotive or combination of locomotives to
which this regulation is applicable, and of which manufacture is
completed on or before December 31, 1979, which produces A-weighted
sound levels in excess of 96 dB when moving at any time or under any
condition of grade, load, acceleration, or deceleration, when measured
in accordance with the criteria specified in Subpart C of this
regulation with fast meter response at 30 meters (100 feet) from the
centerline of any section of track having less than a two (2) degree
curve (or a radius of curvature greater than 873 meters (2865 feet)).

[[Page 76]]

    (b) No carrier subject to this regulation may operate any locomotive
or combination of locomotives to which this regulation is applicable,
and of which manufacture is completed after December 31, 1979, which
produce A-weighted sound levels in excess of 90 dB when moving at any
time or under any condition of grade, load, acceleration, or
deceleration, when measured in accordance with the criteria specified in
Subpart C of this part with fast meter response at 30 meters (100 feet)
from the centerline of any section of track having less than a two (2)
degree curve (or a radius of curvature greater than 873 meters (2,865
feet)).
    (c) Commencing January 15, 1984, no carrier subject to this
regulation may operate any switcher locomotive or a combination of
switcher locomotives to which this regulation is applicable, and of
which manufacture is completed on or before December 31, 1979 which
produce A-weighted sound levels in excess of 90 dB when moving at any
time or under any condition of grade, load, acceleration or
deceleration, and when measured in accordance with the criteria in
Subpart C of this part with fast meter response at 30 meters (100 feet)
from the centerline of any section of track having less than a two (2)
degree curve (or a radius of curvature greater than 873 meters (2,865
feet)). All switcher locomotives that operate in a particular railroad
facility are deemed to be in compliance with this standard if the A-
weighted sound level from stationary switcher locomotives, singly or in
combination with other stationary locomotives, does not exceed 65 dB
when measured with fast meter response at any receiving property
measurement location near that particular railyard facility and when
measured in accordance with Subpart C of this regulation.

[45 FR 1263, Jan. 4, 1980; 47 FR 14709, Apr. 6, 1982]



Sec. 201.13  Standard for rail car operations.

    Effective December 31, 1976, no carrier subject to this regulation
shall operate any rail car or combination of rail cars which while in
motion produce sound levels in excess of (1) 88 dB(A) at rail car speeds
up to and including 75 km/hr (45 mph); or (2) 93 dB(A) at rail car
speeds greater than 72 km/hr (45 mph); when measured in accordance with
the criteria specified in Subpart C of this part with fast meter
response at 30 meters (100) feet from the centerline of any section of
track which is free of special track work or bridges or trestles and
which exhibits less than a two (2) degree curve (or a radius of
curvature greater than 873 meters (2,865 feet)).

[45 FR 1263, Jan. 4, 1980; 47 FR 14709, Apr. 6, 1982]



Sec. 201.14  Standard for retarders.

    Effective January 15, 1984, no carrier subject to this regulation
shall operate retarders that exceed an adjusted average maximum A-
weighted sound level of 83 dB at any receiving property measurement
location, when measured with fast meter response in accordance with
Subpart C of this part.

[45 FR 1263, Jan. 4, 1980; 47 FR 14709, Apr. 6, 1982]



Sec. 201.15  Standard for car coupling operations.

    Effective January 15, 1984, no carrier subject to this regulation
shall conduct car coupling operations that exceed an adjusted average
maximum A-weighted sound level of 92 dB at any receiving property
measurement location, when measured with fast meter response in
accordance with Subpart C of this part, except, such coupling will be
found in compliance with this standard and the carrier will be
considered in compliance, if the railroad demonstrates that the standard
is exceeded at the receiving property measurement locations (where the
standard was previously exceeded) when cars representative of those
found to exceed the standard are coupled at similar locations at
coupling speeds of eight miles per hour or less.

[45 FR 1263, Jan. 4, 1980; 47 FR 14709, Apr. 6, 1982]



Sec. 201.16  Standard for locomotive load cell test stands.

    (a) Effective January 15, 1984, no carrier subject to this reguation
shall operate locomotive load cell test stands that exceed an A-weighted
sound level

[[Page 77]]

of 78 dB when measured with slow meter response in accordance with
Subpart C of this part excluding Sec. 201.23 (b) and (c), at a point 30
meters (100 feet) from the geometric center of the locomotive undergoing
test, along a line that is both perpendicular to the centerline of the
track and originates at the locomotive geometric center, and in the
direction most nearly towards the closest receiving property measurement
location. All locomotive load cell test stands in a particular railroad
facility are in compliance with this standard if the A-weighted sound
level from the load cell does not exceed 65 dB at any receiving property
measurement location near that particular railyard facility and when
measured with fast meter response in accordance with Subpart C of this
regulation.
    (b) If the conditions of any part of Sec. 201.23(a) cannot be met
at a specific load cell test stand site, then the A-weighted sound level
from that specific load cell test stand must not exceed 65 dB when
measured with fast meter response at a receiving property measurement
location more than 120 meters (400 feet) from the geometric center of
the locomotive being tested and in accordance with Subpart C of this
regulation.

[45 FR 1263, Jan. 4, 1980; 47 FR 14709, Apr. 6, 1982]



                     Subpart C_Measurement Criteria



Sec. 201.20  Applicability and purpose.

    The following criteria are applicable to and contain the necessary
parameters and procedures for the measurement of the noise emission
levels prescribed in the standards of Subpart B of this part. These
criteria are specified in order to further clarify and define such
standards. Equivalent measurement procedures may be used for
establishing compliance with these regulations. Any equivalent
measurement procedure, under any circumstance, shall not result in a
more stringent noise control requirement than those specified in this
regulation using the measurement procedures in Subpart C.



Sec. 201.21  Quantities measured.

    The quantities to be measured under the test conditions described
below, are the A-weighted sound levels for ``fast'' or ``slow'' meter
response as defined in the American National Standard S1.4-1971.



Sec. 201.22  Measurement instrumentation.

    (a) A sound level meter or alternate sound level measurement system
that meets, as a minimum, all the requirements of American National
Standard S1.4-1971 \1\ for a Type 1 (or S1A) instrument must be used
with the ``fast'' or ``slow'' meter response chacteristic as specified
in Subpart B. To insure Type 1 response, the manufacturer's instructions
regarding mounting or orienting of the microphone, and positioning of
the observer must be observed. In the event that a Type 1 (or S1A)
instrument is not available for determining non-compliance with this
regulation, the measurements may be made with a Type 2 (or S2A), but
with the measured levels reduced by the following amount to account for
possible measurement instrument errors pertaining to specific
measurements and sources:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ American National Standards are available from the American
National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.

Table 1--Sound Level Corrections When Using a Type 2 (or S2A) Instrument
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Decibels
      Measurement section                   Source                 \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
201.24........................  Locomotives...................        0
                                Rail cars.....................        0
                                Locomotive load cell test             0
                                 stand.
201.26........................  Retarder......................        4
                                Car coupling..................        2
201.27........................  Locomotive load cell test             0
                                 stand.
                                Stationary locomotive.........        0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Amount of correction to be subtracted from measured level (dB).

    (b) A microphone windscreen and an acoustic calibrator of the
coupler type must be used as recommended by: (1) the manufacturer of the
sound level meter or (2) the manufacturer of the microphone. The choice
of both devices must be based on ensuring that Type 1 or 2 performance,
as appropriate, is maintained for frequencies below 10,000 Hz.

[[Page 78]]



Sec. 201.23  Test site, weather conditions and background noise
criteria for measurement at a 30 meter (100 feet) distance of the noise

from locomotive and rail car operations and locomotive load cell test
stands.

    (a) The standard test site shall be such that the locomotive or
train radiates sound into a free field over the ground plane. This
condition may be considered fulfilled if the test site consists of an
open space free of large, sound reflecting objects, such as barriers,
hills, signboards, parked vehicles, locomotives or rail cars on adjacent
tracks, bridges or buildings within the boundaries described by Figure
1, as well as conforms to the other requirements of this Sec. 201.23.
    (b) Within the complete test site, the top of at least one rail upon
which the locomotive or train is located shall be visible (line of
sight) from a position 1.2 meters (4 feet) above the ground at the
microphone location, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this
section.
    (c) Ground cover such as vegetation, fenceposts, small trees,
telephone poles, etc., shall be limited within the area in the test site
between the vehicle under test and the measuring microphone such that 80
percent of the top of at least one rail along the entire test section of
track be visible from a position 1.2 meters (4 feet) above the ground at
the microphone location; except that no single obstruction shall account
for more than 5 percent of the total allowable obstruction.
    (d) The ground elevation at the microphone location shall be within
plus 1.5 meters (5 feet) or minus 3.0 meters (10 feet) of the elevation
of the top of the rail at the location in-line with the microphone.
    (e) Within the test site, the track shall exhibit less than a 2
degree curve or a radius of curvature greater than 873 meters (2,865
feet). This paragraph shall not apply during a stationary test. The
track shall be tie and ballast, free of special track work and bridges
or trestles.
    (f) Measurements shall not be made during precipitation.
    (g) The maximum A-weighted fast response sound level observed at the
test site immediately before and after the test shall be at least 10
dB(A) below the level measured during the test. For the locomotive and
rail car pass-by tests this requirement applies before and after the
train containing the rolling stock to be tested has passed. This
background sound level measurement shall include the contribution from
the operation of the load cell, if any, including load cell contribution
during test.
    (h) Noise measurements may only be made if the measured wind
velocity is 19.3 km/hr (12 mph) or less. Gust wind measurements of up to
33.2 km/hr (20 mph) are allowed.



Sec. 201.24  Procedures for measurement at a 30 meter (100 feet)
distance of the noise from locomotive and rail car operations and

locomotive load cell test stands.

    (a) Microphone positions. (1) The microphone shall be located within
the test site according to the specifications given in the test
procedures of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section, and shall be
positioned 1.2 meters (4 feet) above the ground. It shall be oriented
with respect to the source in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
    (2) The observer shall not stand between the microphone and the
source whose sound level is being measured.
    (b) Stationary locomotive and locomotive load cell test stand tests.
(1) For stationary locomotive and locomotive load cell test stand tests,
the microphone shall be positioned on a line perpendicular to the track
at a point 30 meters (100 feet) from the track centerline at the
longitudinal midpoint of the locomotive.
    (2) The sound level meter shall be observed for thirty seconds after
the test throttle setting is established to assure operating stability.
The maximum sound level observed during that time shall be utilized for
compliance purposes.
    (3) Measurement of stationary locomotive and locomotive load cell
test stand noise shall be made with all cooling fans operating.
    (c) Rail car pass-by test. (1) For rail car pass-by tests, the
microphone shall be positioned on a line perpendicular to the track 30
meters (100 feet) from the track centerline.

[[Page 79]]

    (2) Rail car noise measurements shall be made when the locomotives
have passed a distance 152.4 meters (500 feet) or 10 rail cars beyond
the point at the intersection of the track and the line which extends
perpendicularly from the track to the microphone location, providing any
other locomotives are also at least 152.4 meters (500 feet) or 10 rail
car lengths away from the measuring point. The maximum sound level
observed in this manner which exceeds the noise levels specified in
Sec. 201.13 shall be utilized for compliance purposes.
    (3) Measurements shall be taken on reasonably well maintained
tracks.
    (4) Noise levels shall not be recorded if brake squeal is present
during the test measurement.
    (d) Locomotive pass-by test. (1) For locomotive pass-by tests, the
microphone shall be positioned on a line perpendicular to the track at a
point 30 meters (100 feet) from the track centerline.
    (2) The noise level shall be measured as the locomotive approaches
and passes by the microphone location. The maximum noise level observed
during this period shall be utilized for compliance purposes.
    (3) Measurements shall be taken on reasonably well maintained
tracks.

[[Page 80]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN30SE99.055


[[Page 81]]





Sec. 201.25  Measurement location and weather conditions for measurement
on receiving property of the noise of retarders, car coupling,

locomotive load cell test stands, and stationary locomotives.

    (a) Measurements must be conducted only at receiving property
measurement locations.
    (b) Measurement locations on receiving property must be selected
such that no substantially vertical plane surface, other than a
residential or commercial unit wall or facility boundary noise barrier,
that exceeds 1.2 meters (4 feet) in height is located within 10 meters
(33.3 feet) of the microphone and that no exterior wall of a residential
or commercial structure is located within 2.0 meters (6.6 feet) of the
microphone. If the residential structure is a farm home, measurements
must be made 2.0 to 10.0 meters (6.6 to 33.3 feet) from any exterior
wall.
    (c) No measurement may be made when the average wind velocity during
the period of measurement exceeds 19.3 km/hr (12 mph) or when the
maximum wind gust velocity exceeds 32.2 km/hr (20 mph).
    (d) No measurement may be taken when precipitation, e.g., rain,
snow, sleet, or hail, is occurring.



Sec. 201.26  Procedures for the measurement on receiving property of
retarder and car coupling noise.

    (a) Retarders--(1) Microphone. The microphone must be located on the
receiving property and positioned at a height between 1.2 and 1.5 meters
(4 to 5 feet) above the ground. The microphone must be positioned with
respect to the equipment in accordance with the manufacturers'
recommendations for Type 1 or 2 performance as appropriate. No person
may stand between the microphone and the equipment being measured or be
otherwise positioned relative to the microphone at variance with the
manufacturers' recommendations for Type 1 or 2 performance as
appropriate.
    (2) Data. The maximum A-weighted sound levels (FAST) for every
retarder sound observed during the measurement period must be read from
the indicator and recorded. At least 30 consecutive retarder sounds must
be measured. The measurement period must be at least 60 minutes and not
more than 240 minutes.
    (3) Adjusted average maximum A-weighted sound level. The energy
average level for the measured retarder sounds must be calculated to
determine the value of the average maximum A-weighted sound level
(Lave max). This value is then adjusted by adding the
adjustment (C) from Table 2 appropriate to the number of measurements
divided by the duration of the measurement period (n/T), to obtain the
adjusted average maximum A-weighted sound level
(Ladj ave max) for retarders.
    (b) Car coupling impact--(1) Microphone. The microphone must be
located on the receiving property and at a distance of at least 30
meters (100 feet) from the centerline of the nearest track on which car
coupling occurs and its sound is measured (that is, either the
microphone is located 30 meters (100 feet) from the nearest track on
which couplings occur, or all sounds resulting from car coupling impacts
that occur on tracks with centerlines located less than 30 meters (100
feet) from the microphone are disregarded). The microphone shall be
positioned at a height between 1.2 and 1.5 meters (4 and 5 feet) above
the ground, and it must be positioned with respect to the equipment in
accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations for Type 1 or 2
performance as appropriate. No person may stand between the microphone
and the equipment being measured or be otherwise positioned relative to
the microphone at variance with the manufacturers' recommendations for
Type 1 or 2 performance as appropriate.
    (2) Data. The maximum A-weighted sound levels (FAST) for every car
coupling impact sound observed during the measurement period must be
read from the indicator and recorded. At least 30 consecutive car
coupling impact sounds must be measured. The measurement period must be
at least 60 minutes and not more than 240 minutes, and must be reported.

[[Page 82]]



Table 2--Adjustment to Lave max To Obtain Ladj ave max for Retarders and
                        Car Coupling Impacts \1\
 [n/T = number of measurements/measurement duration (min) C = Adjustment
                                 in dB]
0.111 to 0.141..................................................      -9
0.142 to 0.178..................................................      -8
0.179 to 0.224..................................................      -7
0.225 to 0.282..................................................      -6
0.283 to 0.355..................................................      -5
0.356 to 0.447..................................................      -4
0.448 to 0.562..................................................      -3
0.563 to 0.708..................................................      -2
0.709 to 0.891..................................................      -1
0.892 to 1.122..................................................       0
1.123 to 1.413..................................................      +1
1.414 to 1.778..................................................      +2
1.779 to 2.239..................................................      +3
2.240 to 2.818..................................................      +4
2.819 to 3.548..................................................      +5
3.549 to 4.467..................................................      +6

\1\ Ladj ave max = Lave max +C in dB.
Values in Table 2 were calculated from [C=10 log n/T] with intervals
  selected to round off values to the nearest whole decibel. The table
  may be extended or interpolated to finer interval gradations by using
  this defining equation.

    (3) Adjusted average maximum A-weighted sound level. The energy
average level for the measured car coupling sounds is calculated to
determine the average maximum sound level (Lave max). It is
then adjusted by adding the adjustment (C) from Table 2 appropriate to
the number of measurements divided by the duration of the measurement
period (n/T), to obtain the adjusted average maximum A-weighted sound
level (Ladj ave max) for car coupling impacts.



Sec. 201.27  Procedures for: (1) Determining applicability of the
locomotive load cell test stand standard and switcher locomotive

standard by noise measurement on a receiving property; (2) measurement
of locomotive load cell test stands more than 120 meters (400  feet)
on a receiving property.

    (a) Microphone. The microphone must be located at a receiving
property measurement location and must be positioned at a height between
1.2 and 1.5 meters (4 and 5 feet) above the ground. Its position with
respect to the equipment must be in accordance with the manufacturers'
recommendations for Type 1 or 2 performance as appropriate. No person
may stand between the microphone and the equipment being measured or be
otherwise positioned relative to the microphone at variance to the
manufacturers' recommendations for Type 1 or Type 2 performance as
appropriate.
    (b) Data. (1) When there is evidence that at least one of these two
types of nearly steady state sound sources is affecting the noise
environment, the following measurements must be made. The purpose of
these measurements is to determine the A-weighted L90
statistical sound level, which is to be used as described in
subparagraph (c) below to determine the applicability of the source
standards. Before this determination can be made, the measured
L90 is to be ``validated'' by comparing the measured
L10 and L99 statistical sound levels. If the
difference between these levels is sufficiently small (4 dB or less),
the source(s) being measured is considered to be a nearly steady state
source.
    (2) Data shall be collected by measuring the instantaneous A-
weighted sound level (FAST) at a rate of at least once each 10 seconds
for a measurement period of at least 15 minutes and until 100
measurements are obtained. The data may be taken manually by direct
reading of the indicator at 10 second intervals (1 second), or by
attaching a statistical analyzer, graphic level recorder, or other
equivalent device to the sound level meter for a more continuous
recording of the instantaneous sound level.
    (3) The data shall be analyzed to determine the levels exceeded 99%,
90%, and 10% of the time, i.e., L99, L90, and
L10, respectively. The value of L90 is considered
a valid measure of the A-weighted sound level for the standards in Sec.
201.16 only if the difference between L10 and L99
has a value of 4 dB or less. If a measured value of L90 is
not valid for this purpose, measurements may be taken over a longer
period to attempt to improve the certainty of the measurement and to
validate L90. If L90 is valid and is less than the
level in applicable standards for these source types, the sources are in
compliance. If the measured value of L90 is valid and exceeds
the initial 65 dB requirement for any of the source types that appear to
be affecting the noise environments, the evaluation according to the
following paragraph (c) is required.
    (c) Determination of applicability of the standard when
L90 is validated and is in excess of one or more of the
source standards. The following procedures must be

[[Page 83]]

used to determine the compliance of the various source types when
L90 is validated and in excess of one or more of the
applicable standards.
    (1) The principal direction of the nearly steady-state sound at the
measurement location must be determined, if possible, by listening to
the sound and localizing its apparent source(s). If the observer is
clearly convinced by this localization process that the sound emanates
only from one or both of these two sources, then:
    (i) If only stationary locomotive(s), including at least one
switcher locomotive, are present, the value of L90 is the
value of the A-weighted sound level to be used in determining if the 65
dB requirement is exceeded and compliance with the standards in
Sec. Sec. 201.11(c) and 201.12(c) is necessary.
    (ii) If only a locomotive load cell test stand and the locomotive
being tested are present and operating, the value of L90 is
the value of the A-weighted sound level to be used in determining
applicability of the standard in Sec. 201.16.
    (iii) If a locomotive load cell test stand(s) and the locomotive
being tested are present and operating with stationary locomotive(s),
including at least one switcher locomotive, the value L90
minus 3 dB is the value of the A-weighted sound level to be used in
determining applicability of the standards in Sec. Sec. 201.11(c),
201.12(c) and 201.16.
    (iv) If a locomotive load cell test stand(s) and the locomotive
being tested are present and operating, and a stationary locomotive(s)
is present, and if the nearly steady-state sound level is observed to
change by 10 dB, coincident with evidence of a change in operation of
the locomotive load cell test stand but without apparent change in the
location of stationary locomotives, another measurement of
L90 must be made in accordance with paragraph (b) of this
section. If this additional measure of L90 is validated and
differs from the initial measure of L90 by an absolute value
of 10 dB or more, then the higher value of L90 is the value
of the A-weighted sound level to be used in determining applicability of
the standard in Sec. 201.16.
    (2) In order to accomplish the comparison demonstration of paragraph
(c)(3) of this section, when one or more source types is found not to be
in compliance with the applicable standard(s), documentation of noise
source information shall be necessary. This will include, but not be
limited to, the approximate location of all sources of each source type
present and the microphone position on a diagram of the particular
railroad facility, and the distances between the microphone location and
each of the sources must be estimated and reported. Additionally, if
other rail or non-rail noise sources are detected, they must be
identified and similarly reported.
    (3) If it can be demonstrated that the validated L90 is
less than 5 dB greater than any L90 measured at the same
receiving property location when the source types that were operating
during the initial measurement(s) are either turned off or moved, such
that they can no longer be detected, the initial value(s) of
L90 must not be used for determining applicability to the
standards. This demonstration must be made at a time of day comparable
to that of the initial measurements and when all other conditions are
acoustically similar to those reported in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section.

[45 FR 1263, Jan. 4, 1980; 47 FR 14709, Apr. 6, 1982]



Sec. 201.28  Testing by railroad to determine probable compliance with
the standard.

    (a) To determine whether it is probably complying with the
regulation, and therefore whether it should institute noise abatement, a
railroad may take measurements on its own property at locations that:
    (1) Are between the source and receiving property
    (2) Derive no greater benefit from shielding and other noise
reduction features that does the receiving property; and
    (3) Otherwise meet the requirements of Sec. 201.25.
    (b) Measurements made for this purpose should be in accordance with
the appropriate procedures in Sec. 201.26 or Sec. 201.27. If the
resulting level is less than the level stated in the standard, then
there is probably compliance with the standard.

[[Page 84]]

    (c) This procedure is set forth to assist the railroad in devising
its compliance plan, not as a substantive requirement of the regulation.



PART 202_MOTOR CARRIERS ENGAGED IN INTERSTATE COMMERCE--Table of
Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
202.10 Definitions.
202.11 Effective date.
202.12 Applicability.

         Subpart B_Interstate Motor Carrier Operations Standards

202.20 Standards for highway operations.
202.21 Standard for operation under stationary test.
202.22 Visual exhaust system inspection.
202.23 Visual tire inspection.

    Authority: Sec. 18, 36 Stat. 1249, 42 U.S.C. 4917(a).



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 202.10  Definitions.

    As used in this part, all terms not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in the Act:
    (a) Act means the Noise Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-574, 86
Stat. 1234).
    (b) Common carrier by motor vehicle means any person who holds
himself out to the general public to engage in the transportation by
motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce of passengers or
property or any class or classes thereof for compensation, whether over
regular or irregular routes.
    (c) Contract carrier by motor vehicle means any person who engages
in transportation by motor vehicle of passengers or property in
interstate or foreign commerce for compensation (other than
transportation referred to in paragraph (b) of this section) under
continuing contracts with one person or a limited number of persons
either (1) for the furnishing of transportation services through the
assignment of motor vehicles for a continuing period of time to the
exclusive use of each person served or (2) for the furnishing of
transportation services designed to meet the distinct need of each
individual customer.
    (d) Cutout or by-pass or similar devices means devices which vary
the exhaust system gas flow so as to discharge the exhaust gas and
acoustic energy to the atmosphere without passing through the entire
length of the exhaust system, including all exhaust system sound
attenuation components.
    (e) dB(A) means the standard abbreviation for A-weighted sound level
in decibels.
    (f) Exhaust system means the system comprised of a combination of
components which provides for enclosed flow of exhaust gas from engine
parts to the atmosphere.
    (g) Fast meter response means that the fast dynamic response of the
sound level meter shall be used. The fast dynamic response shall comply
with the meter dynamic characteristics in paragraph 5.3 of the American
National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters, ANSI S1. 4-1971.
This publication is available from the American National Standards
Institute, Inc., 1420 Broadway, New York, New York 10018.
    (h) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) means the value specified by
the manufacturer as the loaded weight of a single vehicle.
    (i) Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) means the value specified
by the manufacturer as the loaded weight of a combination vehicle.
    (j) Highway means the streets, roads, and public ways in any State.
    (k) Interstate commerce means the commerce between any place in a
State and any place in another State or between places in the same State
through another State, whether such commerce moves wholly by motor
vehicle or partly by motor vehicle and partly by rail, express, water or
air. This definition of ``interstate commerce'' for purposes of these
regulations is the same as the definition of ``interstate commerce'' in
section 203(a) of the Interstate Commerce Act. [49 U.S.C. 303(a)]
    (l) Motor carrier means a common carrier by motor vehicle, a
contract carrier by motor vehicle, or a private carrier of property by
motor vehicle as those terms are defined by paragraphs (14), (15), and
(17) of section 203(a) of

[[Page 85]]

the Interstate Commerce Act [49 U.S.C. 303(a)].
    (m) Motor vehicle means any vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or
semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used upon the
highways in the transportation of passengers or property, or any
combination thereof, but does not include any vehicle, locomotive, or
car operated exclusively on a rail or rails.
    (n) Muffler means a device for abating the sound of escaping gases
of an internal combustion engine.
    (o) Open site means an area that is essentially free of large sound-
reflecting objects, such as barriers, walls, board fences, signboards,
parked vehicles, bridges, or buildings.
    (p) Private carrier of property by motor vehicle means any person
not included in terms ``common carrier by motor vehicle'' or ``contract
carrier by motor vehicle'', who or which transports in interstate or
foreign commerce by motor vehicle property of which such person is the
owner, lessee, or bailee, when such transportation is for sale, lease,
rent or bailment, or in furtherance of any commercial enterprise.
    (q) Sound level means the quantity in decibles measured by a sound
level meter satisfying the requirements of American National Standards
Specification for Sound Level Meters S1.4-1971. This publication is
available from the American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430
Broadway, New York, New York 10018. Sound level is the frequency-
weighted sound pressure level obtained with the standardized dynamic
characteristic ``fast'' or ``slow'' and weighting A, B, or C; unless
indicated otherwise, the A-weighting is understood.

[39 FR 38215, Oct. 29, 1974]



Sec. 202.11  Effective date.

    The provisions of Subpart B shall become effective October 15, 1975,
except that the provisions of Sec. 202.20(b) and Sec. 202.21(b) of
Subpart B shall apply to motor vehicles manufactured during or after the
1986 model year.

[51 FR 852, Jan. 8, 1986]



Sec. 202.12  Applicability.

    (a) The provisions of Subpart B apply to all motor carriers engaged
in interstate commerce.
    (b) The provisions of Subpart B apply only to those motor vehicles
of such motor carriers which have a gross vehicle weight rating or gross
combination weight rating in excess of 10,000 pounds, and only when such
motor vehicles are operating under the conditions specified in Subpart
B.
    (c) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section,
the provisions of Subpart B apply to the total sound produced by such
motor vehicles when operating under such conditions, including the sound
produced by auxiliary equipment mounted on such motor vehicles.
    (d) The provisions of Subpart B do not apply to auxiliary equipment
which is normally operated only when the transporting vehicle is
stationary or is moving at a speed of 5 miles per hour or less. Examples
of such equipment include, but are not limited to, cranes, asphalt
spreaders, ditch diggers, liquid or slurry pumps, air compressors,
welders, and trash compactors.
    (e) The provisions of Subpart B do not apply to warning devices,
such as horns and sirens; or to emergency equipment and vehicles such as
fire engines, ambulances, police vans, and rescue vans, when responding
to emergency calls; or to snow plows when in operation.
    (f) The provisions of Sec. 202.20(a) and Sec. 202.21(a) of Subpart
B apply only to applicable motor vehicles manufactured prior to the 1986
model year.
    (g) The provisions of Sec. 202.20(b) and Sec. 202.21(b) apply to
all applicable motor vehicles manufactured during or after the 1986
model year.

[39 FR 38215, Oct. 29, 1974, as amended at 51 FR 852, Jan. 8, 1986]



         Subpart B_Interstate Motor Carrier Operations Standards



Sec. 202.20  Standards for highway operations.

    (a) No motor carrier subject to these regulations shall operate any
motor vehicle of a type to which this regulation

[[Page 86]]

is applicable which at any time or under any condition of highway grade,
load, acceleration or deceleration generates a sound level in excess of
86dB(A) measured on an open site with fast meter response at 50 feet
from the centerline of lane of travel on highways with speed limits of
35 MPH or less; or 90 dB(A) measured on an open site with fast meter
response at 50 feet from the centerline of lane of travel on highways
with speed limits of more than 35 MPH.
    (b) No motor carrier subject to these regulations shall operate any
motor vehicle of a type to which this regulation is applicable which at
any time or under any condition of highway grade, load, acceleration or
deceleration generates a sound level in excess of 83 dB(A) measured on
an open site with fast meter response at 50 feet from the centerline of
lane of travel on highways with speed limits of 35 MPH or less; or 87
dB(A) measured on an open site with fast meter response at 50 feet from
the centerline of lane of travel on highways with speed limits of more
than 35 MPH.

[39 FR 38215, Oct. 29, 1974, as amended at 51 FR 852, Jan. 8, 1986]



Sec. 202.21  Standard for operation under stationary test.

    (a) No motor carrier subject to these regulations shall operate any
motor vehicle of a type to which this regulation is applicable which
generates a sound level in excess of 88 dB(A) measured on an open site
with fast meter response at 50 feet from the longitudinal centerline of
the vehicle, when its engine is accelerated from idle with wide open
throttle to governed speed with the vehicle stationary, transmission in
neutral, and clutch engaged. This section shall not apply to any vehicle
which is not equipped with an engine speed governor.
    (b) No motor carrier subject to these regulations shall operate any
motor vehicle of a type to which this regulation is applicable which
generates a sound level in excess of 85 dB(A) measured on an open site
with fast meter response at 50 feet from the longitudinal centerline of
the vehicle when its engine is accelerated from idle with wide open
throttle to governed speed with the vehicle stationary, transmission in
neutral, and clutch engaged. This paragraph shall not apply to any
vehicle which is not equipped with an engine speed governor.

[39 FR 38215, Oct. 29, 1974, as amended at 51 FR 852, Jan. 8, 1986]



Sec. 202.22  Visual exhaust system inspection.

    No motor carrier subject to these regulations shall operate any
motor vehicle of a type to which this regulation is applicable unless
the exhaust system of such vehicle is (a) free from defects which affect
sound reduction; (b) equipped with a muffler or other noise dissipative
device; and (c) not equipped with any cut-out, bypass, or similar
device.



Sec. 202.23  Visual tire inspection.

    No motor carrier subject to these regulations shall at any time
operate any motor vehicle of a type to which this regulation is
applicable on a tire or tires having a tread pattern which as originally
manufactured, or as newly retreaded, is composed primarily or cavities
in the tread (excluding sipes and local chunking) which are not vented
by grooves to the tire shoulder or circumferentially to each other
around the tire. This Sec. 202.23 shall not apply to any motor vehicle
which is demonstrated by the motor carrier which operates it to be in
compliance with the noise emission standard specified for operations on
highways with speed limits of more than 35 MPH in Sec. 202.20 of this
Subpart B, if the demonstration is conducted at the highway speed limit
in effect at the inspection location, or, if speed is unlimited, the
demonstration is conducted at a speed of 65 MPH.

[39 FR 38215, Oct. 29, 1974]



PART 203_LOW-NOISE-EMISSION PRODUCTS--Table of Contents



Sec.
203.1 Definitions.
203.2 Application for certification.
203.3 Test procedures.
203.4 Low-noise-emission product determination.
203.5 Suitable substitute decision.

[[Page 87]]

203.6 Contracts for low-noise-emission products.
203.7 Post-certification testing.
203.8 Recertification.

    Authority: Sec. 15, Noise Control Act, 1972, Pub. L. 92-574, 86
Stat. 1234.

    Source: 39 FR 6670, Feb. 21, 1974, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 203.1  Definitions.

    (a) As used in this part, any term not defined herein shall have the
meaning given it in the Noise Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-574).
    (1) Act means the Noise Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-574).
    (2) Federal Government includes the legislative, executive, and
judicial branches of the Government of the United States, and the
government of the District of Columbia.
    (3) Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency.
    (4) Product means any manufactured article or goods or component
thereof; except that such term does not include--
    (i) Any aircraft, aircraft engine, propellor or appliance, as such
terms are defined in section 101 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958; or
    (ii)(a) Any military weapons or equipment which are designed for
combat use; (b) any rockets or equipment which are designed for
research, experimental or developmental work to be performed by the
National Aeronautics and Space Administration; or (c) to the extent
provided by regulations of the Administrator, any other machinery or
equipment designed for use in experimental work done by or for the
Federal Government.
    (5) Low-Noise-Emission Product Determination means the
Administrator's determination whether or not a product, for which a
properly filed application has been received, meets the low-noise-
emission product criterion.
    (6) Suitable Substitute Decision means the Administrator's decision
whether a product which the Administrator has determined to be a low-
noise-emission product is a suitable substitute for a product or
products presently being purchased by the Federal Government.



Sec. 203.2  Application for certification.

    (a) Any person desiring certification of a class or model of product
under section 15 of the act shall submit to the Administrator an
application for certification. The application shall be completed upon
such forms as the Administrator may deem appropriate and shall contain:
    (1) A description of the product, including its power source, if
any;
    (2) Information pertaining to the test facility for the product
establishing that the test facility meets all requirements which EPA may
prescribe;
    (3) All noise emission data from the test of the product;
    (4) Data required by the Administrator relative, but not limited to,
the following characteristics;
    (i) Safety;
    (ii) Performance Characteristics;
    (iii) Reliability of product and reliability of low-noise-emission
features;
    (iv) Maintenance;
    (v) Operating Costs;
    (vi) Conformance with Federal Agency Purchase Specifications; and
    (5) Such other information as the Administrator may request.
    (b) Specific data requirements relative to paragraph (a)(4) of this
section will be published separately from the low-noise-emission
criterion for that product or class of products.
    (c) The Administrator will, immediately upon receipt of the
application for certification, publish in the Federal Register a notice
of the receipt of the application. The notice will request written
comments and documents from interested parties in support of, or in
opposition to, certification of the class or model of product under
consideration.



Sec. 203.3  Test procedures.

    (a) The applicant shall test or cause his product to be tested in
accordance with procedures contained in the regulations issued pursuant
to section 6 of the act unless otherwise specified.
    (b) The Administrator may conduct whatever investigation is
necessary, including actual inspection of the product at a place
designated by him.

[[Page 88]]



Sec. 203.4  Low-noise-emission product determination.

    (a) The Administrator will, within ninety (90) days after receipt of
a properly filed application for certification, determine whether such
product is a low-noise-emission product. In doing so, he will determine
if the product:
    (1) Is one for which a noise source emission standard has been
promulgated under section 6 of the act;
    (2) Emits levels of noise in amounts significantly below the levels
specified in noise emission standard under regulations under section 6
of the act applicable to that product or class of products; and
    (3) Is labeled in accordance with regulations issued pursuant to
section 8 of the act.
    (b) The Administrator will, upon making the determination whether a
product is a low-noise-emission product, publish in the Federal Register
notice of his determination, and the reasons therefor.
    (c) The notice of determination that a product is a low-noise-
emission product shall be revocable whenever a change in the low-noise-
emission product criterion for what product occurs between determination
and decision. Notice of any revocation will be published in the Federal
Register, together with a statement of the reasons therefor.
    (d) The notice of determination that a product is a low-noise-
emission product shall expire upon publication in the Federal Register
of the Administrator's notice of a decision that a product will not be
certified.



Sec. 203.5  Suitable substitute decision.

    (a) If the Administrator determines that a product is a low-noise-
emission product, then within one hundred and eighty (180) days of such
determination, in consultation with the appropriate Federal agencies,
the Administrator will decide whether such product is a suitable
substitute for any class or model or product being purchased by the
Federal Government for use by its agencies. Such decision will be based
upon the data obtained under Sec. 203.2, the Administrator's evaluation
of the data, comments of interested parties, and, as the Administrator
deems appropriate, an actual inspection or test of the product at such
places and times as the Administrator may designate.
    (b) In order to compare the data for any class or model of product
with any class or model of product presently being purchased by the
Federal Government for which the applicant seeks to have its product
substituted, the Administrator will enter into appropriate agreements
with other Government agencies to gather the necessary data regarding
such class or model.
    (c) Immediately upon making the decision as to whether a product
determined to be a low-noise-emission product is a suitable substitute
for any product or class of products being purchased by the Federal
Government for its use, the Administrator shall publish in the Federal
Register notice of such decision and the reasons therefor.
    (d) If the Administrator decides that the product is a suitable
substitute for products being purchased by the Federal Government, he
will issue a certificate that the product is a suitable substitute for a
product or class of products presently being purchased by the Federal
Government and will specify with particularity the product or class of
products for which the certified product is a suitable substitute.
    (e) Any certification made under this section shall be effective for
a period of one year from date of issuance.



Sec. 203.6  Contracts for low-noise-emission products.

    (a) Data relied upon by the Administrator in determining that a
product is a certified low-noise-emission product will be incorporated
by reference in any contract for the procurement of such product.
    (b) A determination of price to the Government of any certified low-
noise-emission product will be made by the Administrator of General
Services in coordination with the appropriate Federal agencies in
accordance with such procedures as he may prescribe and with subsection
c(1) of section 15 of the Act.



Sec. 203.7  Post-certification testing.

    The Administrator will, from time to time, as he deems appropriate,
test the emissions of noise from certified low-

[[Page 89]]

noise-emission products purchased by the Federal Government. If at any
time he finds that the noise emission levels exceed the levels on which
certification was based, the Administrator shall give the suppliers of
such product written notice of this finding, publish such findings in
the Federal Register and give the supplier an opportunity to make
necessary repairs, adjustments or replacements. If no repairs,
adjustments or replacements are made within a period to be set by the
Administrator, he may order the supplier to show cause why the product
involved should be eligible for recertification.



Sec. 203.8  Recertification.

    (a) A product for which a certificate has been issued may be
recertified for the following year upon reapplication to the
Administrator for this purpose upon such forms as the Administrator may
deem appropriate.
    (b) If the applicant supplies information establishing that:
    (1) The data previously submitted continues to describe his product
for purpose of certification;
    (2) The low-noise-emission product criterion and ``suitable
substitute'' criteria are to be the same during the period
recertification is desired; and
    (3) No notice has been issued under Sec. 203.7, then
recertification will be made within 30 days after receipt of an
appropriate recertification application by the Administrator.



PART 204_NOISE EMISSION STANDARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT--Table of
Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
204.1 General applicability.
204.2 Definitions.
204.3 Number and gender.
204.4 Inspection and monitoring.
204.5 Exemptions.
204.5-1 Testing exemption.
204.5-2 National security exemptions.
204.5-3 Export exemptions.

                   Subpart B_Portable Air Compressors

204.50 Applicability.
204.51 Definitions.
204.52 Portable air compressor noise emission standard.
204.54 Test procedures.
204.55 Requirements.
204.55-1 General standards.
204.55-2 Requirements.
204.55-3 Configuration identification.
204.55-4 Labeling.
204.56 Testing by the Administrator.
204.57 Selective enforcement auditing.
204.57-1 Test request.
204.57-2 Test compressor sample selection.
204.57-3 Test compressor preparation.
204.57-4 Testing.
204.57-5 Reporting of test results.
204.57-6 Acceptance and rejection of batches.
204.57-7 Acceptance and rejection of batch sequence.
204.57-8 Continued testing.
204.57-9 Prohibition of distribution in commerce; manufacturer's remedy.
204.58 In-use requirements.
204.58-1 Warranty.
204.58-2 Tampering.
204.58-3 Instructions for maintenance, use, and repair.
204.59 Recall of non-complying compressors.

Appendix I to Part 204

    Authority: (42 U.S.C. 4905), 86 Stat. 1237.

    Source: 41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 204.1  General applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to all products for
which regulations have been published under this part and which are
manufactured after the effective date of such regulations.



Sec. 204.2  Definitions.

    (a) As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have
the meaning given them in the Act.
    (1) Act means the Noise Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-574, 86
Stat. 1234).
    (2) Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency or his authorized representative.
    (3) Agency means the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
    (4) Export exemption means an exemption from the prohibitions of
section 10 (a) (1), (2), (3), and (4) of the Act, granted by statute
under section 10(b)(2) of the Act for the purpose of exporting regulated
products.
    (5) National security exemption means an exemption from the
prohibitions of section 10(a) (1), (2), (3), and (5) of the

[[Page 90]]

Act, which may be granted under section 10(b)(1) of the Act for the
purpose of national security.
    (6) [Reserved]
    (7) Testing exemption means an exemption from the prohibitions of
section 10(a) (1), (2), (3), and (5) of the Act, which may be granted
under section 10(b)(1) of the Act for the purpose of research,
investigations, studies, demonstrations, or training, but not including
national security where lease or sale of the exempted product is
involved.
    (8) Warranty means the warranty required by section 6(c)(1) of the
Act.
    (9) Tampering means those acts prohibited by section 10(a)(2) of the
Act.
    (10) Maintenance instructions means those instructions for
maintenance, use, and repair, which the Administrator is authorized to
require pursuant to section 6(c)(1) of the Act.
    (11) Type I Sound Level Meter means a sound level meter which meets
the Type I requirements of American National Standard Specification
S1.4-1971 for sound level meters. This publication is available from the
American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York,
New York 10018.
    (12) dBA is the standard abbreviation for A-weighted sound level in
decibels.
    (13) Reasonable assistance means providing timely and unobstructed
access to test products or products and records required by this part
and opportunity for copying such records or testing such test products.
    (14) Slow meter response means the meter ballistics of meter dynamic
characteristics as specified by American National Standard S1.4-1971 or
subsequent approved revisions.
    (15) Sound level means the weighted sound pressure level measured by
the use of a metering characteristic and weighing A, B, or C as
specified in American National Standard Specification for Sound Level
Meters S1.4-1971 or subsequent approved revision. The weighting employed
must be specified, otherwise A-weighting is understood.
    (16) Sound pressure level means, in decibels, 20 times the logarithm
to the base ten of the ratio of a sound pressure to the reference sound
pressure of 20 micropascals (20 micronewtons per square meter). In the
absence of any modifier, the level is understood to be that of a root-
mean-square pressure.
    (17) Product means any construction equipment for which regulations
have been promulgated under this part and includes ``test product.''
    (18) Test product means any product that is required to be tested
pursuant to this part.

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 57711, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.3  Number and gender.

    As used in this part, words in the singular shall be deemed to
import the plural, and words in the masculine gender shall be deemed to
import the feminine and vice versa, as the case may require.



Sec. 204.4  Inspection and monitoring.

    (a) Any inspection or monitoring activities conducted under this
section shall be for the purpose of determining (1) whether test
products are being selected and prepared for testing in accordance with
the provisions of these regulations, (2) whether test product testing is
being conducted in accordance with these regulations, and (3) whether
products being produced for distribution into commerce comply with these
regulations.
    (b) The Director, Noise Enforcement Division, may request that a
manufacturer subject to this part admit an EPA Enforcement Officer
during operating hours to any of the following:
    (1) Any facility or site where any product to be distributed into
commerce is manufactured, assembled, or stored;
    (2) Any facility or site where any tests conducted pursuant to this
part or any procedures or activities connected with such tests are or
were performed; and
    (3) Any facility or site where any test product is present.
    (c)(1) An EPA Enforcement Officer, once admitted to a facility or
site, will not be authorized to do more than:
    (i) To inspect and monitor test product manufacture and assembly,
selection, storage, preconditioning, noise emission testing, and
maintenance, and to verify correlation or calibration of test equipment;

[[Page 91]]

    (ii) To inspect products prior to their distribution in commerce;
    (iii) [Reserved]
    (iv) To inspect and photograph any part or aspect of any such
product and any component used in the assembly thereof that are
reasonably related to the purpose of his entry;
    (v) To obtain from those in charge of the facility or site such
reasonable assistance as he may request to enable him to carry out any
proper function listed in this section.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) The provisions of this section apply whether the facility or
site is owned or controlled by the manufacturer or by one who acts for
the manufacturer.
    (d) For purposes of this section:
    (1) An ``EPA Enforcement Officer'' is an employee of the EPA Office
of Enforcement who displays upon arrival at a facility or site the
credentials identifying him as such an employee and a letter signed by
the Director, Noise Enforcement Division designating him to make the
inspection.
    (2) Where test product storage areas or facilities are concerned,
``operating hours'' shall mean all times during which personnel other
than custodial personnel are at work in the vicinity of the area or
facility and have access to it.
    (3) Where facilities or areas other than those covered by paragraph
(d)(2) of this section are concerned, ``operating hours'' shall mean all
times during which product manufacture or assembly is in operation or
all times during which product testing or maintenance, production, or
compilation of records is taking place, or any other procedure or
activity related to selective enforcement audit testing or to product
manufacture or assembly is being carried out.
    (e) The manufacturer shall admit to a facility or site an EPA
Enforcement Officer who presents a warrant authorizing entry. In the
absence of such warrant, entry to any facility or site under this
section will be only upon the consent of the manufacturer.
    (1) It is not a violation of this regulation or the Act for any
person to refuse entry without a warrant.
    (2) The Administrator or his designee may proceed ex parte to obtain
a warrant whether or not the manufacturer has refused entry.

(42 U.S.C. 4905, 4912, 86 Stat. 1237-1239, 1244)

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 43 FR 27989, June 28, 1978; 47
FR 57711, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.5  Exemptions.



Sec. 204.5-1  Testing exemption.

    (a) A new product intended to be used solely for research,
investigations, studies, demonstrations or training, and so labeled or
marked on the outside of the container and on the product itself, shall
be exempt from the prohibitions of sections 10(a) (1), (2), (3), and (5)
of the Act.
    (b) No request for a testing exemption is required.
    (c) For purposes of section 11(d) of the Act any testing exemption
shall be void ab initio with respect to each new product, originally
intended for research, investigations, studies, demonstrations, or
training, but distributed in commerce for other uses.

[47 FR 57711, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.5-2  National security exemptions.

    (a) A new product which is produced to conform with specifications
developed by a national security agency, and so labeled or marked on the
outside of the container and on the product itself, shall be exempt from
the prohibitions of sections 10(a) (1), (2), (3), and (4) of the Act.
    (b) No request for a national security exemption is required.
    (c) For purposes of section 11(d) of the Act, any national security
exemption shall be void ab initio with respect to each new product,
originally intended to be produced to conform with specifications
developed by a national security agency but distributed in commerce for
other uses.
    (d) Any manufacturer or person subject to the liabilities of section
11(a) with respect to any product originally intended for a national
security agency, but distributed in commerce for use in any State, may
be excluded from the

[[Page 92]]

application of section 11(a) with respect to such product based upon a
showing that such manufacturer:
    (1) Had no knowledge of such product being distributed in commerce
for use in any state; and
    (2) Made reasonable efforts to ensure that such products would not
be distributed in commerce for use in any State. Such reasonable efforts
would include investigation, prior dealings, contract provisions, etc.

[47 FR 57711, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.5-3  Export exemptions.

    (a) A new product intended solely for export, and so labeled or
marked on the outside of the container and on the product itself, shall
be exempt from the prohibitions of section 10(a), (1), (2), (3), and (4)
of the Act.
    (b) No request for an export exemption is required.
    (c) For purposes of section 11(d) of the Noise Control Act, any
export exemption under section 10(b)(2) shall be void ab initio with
respect to each new product intended solely for export which is
distributed in commerce for use in any state.
    (d) The Administrator will not institute proceedings against any
manufacturer pursuant to section 11(d)(1) of the Noise Control Act with
respect to any product, originally intended for export, but distributed
in commerce for use in any state, if it is demonstrated to the
Administrator's satisfaction that:
    (1) The manufacturer had no knowledge that such product would be
distributed in commerce for use in any state; and
    (2) The manufacturer made reasonable efforts to ensure that such
product would not be distributed in commerce for use in any state. Such
reasonable efforts would include consideration of prior dealings with
any person which resulted in introduction into commerce of a product
manufactured for export only, investigation of prior instances known to
the manufacturer of introduction into commerce of a product manufactured
for export only, and contract provisions which minimize the probability
of introduction into commerce of a product manufactured for export only.

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61454, Dec. 5, 1977.
Redesignated at 47 FR 57711, Dec. 28, 1982]



                   Subpart B_Portable Air Compressors



Sec. 204.50  Applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart shall apply to portable air
compressors which are manufactured after the effective dates specified
in Sec. 204.52, and which are ``New Products'' as defined in the Act.
These provisions apply only to portable air compressors with a rated
capacity equal to or above 75 cubic feet per minute which deliver air at
pressures greater than 50 psig. The provisions do not apply to the
pneumatic tools or equipment that the portable air compressor is
designed to power.



Sec. 204.51  Definitions.

    (a) Portable air compressor or compressor means any wheel, skid,
truck, or railroad car mounted, but not self-propelled, equipment
designed to activate pneumatic tools. This consists of an air compressor
(air end), and a reciprocating rotary or turbine engine rigidly
connected in permanent alignment and mounted on a common frame. Also
included are all cooling, lubricating, regulating, starting, and fuel
systems, and all equipment necessary to constitute a complete, self-
contained unit with a rated capacity of 75 cfm or greater which delivers
air at pressures greater than 50 psig, but does not include any
pneumatic tools themselves.
    (b) Maximum Rated Capacity means that the portable air compressor,
operating at the design full speed with the compressor on load, delivers
its rated cfm output and pressure, as defined by the manufacturer.
    (c) Model year means the manufacturer's annual production period
which includes January 1 of such calendar year; Provided, that if the
manufacturer has no annual production period, the term ``model year''
shall mean the calendar year.

[[Page 93]]

    (d) Compressor configuration means the basic classification unit of
a manufacturer's product line and is comprised of compressor lines,
models or series which are identical in all material respects with
regard to the parameters listed in Sec. 204.55-3.
    (e) Category means a group of compressor configurations which are
identical in all aspects with respect to the parameters listed in
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of Sec. 204.55-2.
    (f) [Reserved]
    (g) Noise emission test means a test conducted pursuant to the
measurement methodology specified in Sec. 204.54.
    (h) Inspection Criteria means the rejection and acceptance numbers
associated with a particular sampling plan.
    (i) Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) means the maximum percentage of
failing compressors that, for purposes of sampling inspection can be
considered satisfactory as a process average.
    (j) Batch means the collection of compressors of the same category
or configuration, as designated by the Administrator in a test request,
from which a batch sample is to be randomly drawn and inspected to
determine conformance with the acceptability criteria.
    (k) Batch sample means the collection of compressors that are drawn
from a batch.
    (l) Batch sample size means the number of compressors of the same
category or configuration which is randomly drawn from the batch sample
and which will receive emissions tests.
    (m) Test sample means the collection of compressors from the same
category or configuration which is randomly drawn from the batch sample
and which will receive emissions tests.
    (n) Batch size means the number, as designated by the Administrator
in the test request, of compressors of the same category or
configuration in a batch.
    (o) Test sample size means the number of compressors of the same
configuration in a test sample.
    (p) Acceptable of a batch means that the number of non-complying
compressors in the batch sample is less than or equal to the acceptance
number as determined by the appropriate sampling plan.
    (q) Rejection of a batch means that the number of non-complying
compressors in the batch sample is greater than or equal to the
rejection number as determined by the appropriate sampling plan.
    (r) Acceptance of a batch sequence means that the number of rejected
batches in the sequence is less than or equal to the sequence acceptable
number as determined by the appropriate sampling plan.
    (s) Rejection of a batch sequence means that the number of rejected
batches in a sequence is greater than or equal to the sequence rejection
number as determined by the appropriate sampling plan.
    (t) Shift means the regular production work period for one group of
workers.
    (u) Failing compressor means that the measured noise emissions of
the compressor, when measured in accordance with the applicable
procedure, exceeds the applicable standard.
    (v) Acceptance of a compressor means that the measured noise
emissions of the compressor, when measured in accordance with the
applicable procedure, conforms to the applicable standard.
    (w) Test Compressor means a compressor used to demonstrate
compliance with the applicable noise emissions standard.
    (x) Tampering means those acts prohibited by section 10(a)(2) of the
Act.

(Secs. 6 and 13, Noise Control Act, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244; (42
U.S.C. 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 41635, Aug. 18, 1977; 47
FR 57711, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.52  Portable air compressor noise emission standard.

    (a) Effective January 1, 1978, portable air compressors with maximum
rated capacity of less than or equal to 250 cubic feet per minute (cfm)
shall not produce an average sound level in excess of 76 dBA when
measured and evaluated according to the methodology provided by this
regulation. Effective July 1, 1978, portable air compressors with
maximum rated capacity greater than 250 cfm shall not produce an average
sound level in excess of 76 dBA

[[Page 94]]

when measured and evaluated according to the methodology provided by
this regulation.
    (b) In-Use Standard. [Reserved]
    (c) Low Noise Emission Product. [Reserved]



Sec. 204.54  Test procedures.

    (a) General. This section prescribes the conditions under which
noise emission standard compliance Selective Enforcement Auditing or
Testing by the Administrator must be conducted and the measurement
procedures that must be used to measure the sound level and to calculate
the average sound level of portable air compressors on which the test is
conducted.
    (b) Test site description. The location for measuring noise employed
during noise compliance testing must consist of an open site above a
hard reflecting plane. The reflecting plane must consist of a surface of
sealed concrete or sealed asphalt and must extend one (1) meter beyond
each microphone location. No reflecting surface, such as a building,
signboard, hillside, etc., shall be located within 10 meters of a
microphone location.
    (c) Measurement equipment. The measurement equipment must be used
during noise standard compliance testing and must consist of the
following or its equivalent:
    (1) A sound level meter and microphone system that conform to the
Type I requirements of American National Standard (ANS) S1.4-1971,
``Specification for Sound Level Meters,'' and to the requirements of the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Publication No. 179,
``Precision Sound Level Meters.''
    (2) A windscreen must be employed with the microphone during all
measurements of portable air compressor noise when the wind speed
exceeds 11 km/hr. The windscreen shall not affect the A-weighted sound
levels from the portable air compressor in excess of 0.5 dB.
    (3) The entire acoustical instrumentation system including the
microphone and cable shall be calibrated before each test series and
confirmed afterward. A sound level calibrator accurate to within 0.5 dB
shall be used. A calibration of the instrumentation shall be performed
at least annually using the methodology of sufficient precision and
accuracy to determine compliance with ANS S1.4-1971 and IEC 179. This
calibration shall consist, at a minimum, of an overall frequency
response calibration and an attenuator (gain control) calibration plus a
measurement of dynamic range and instrument noise floor.
    (4) An anemometer or other device accurate to within 10 percent
shall be used to measure wind velocity.
    (5) An indicator accurate to within 2 percent shall be used to
measure portable air compressor engine speed.
    (6) A gauge accurate to within 5 percent shall be used to measure
portable compressor air pressure.
    (7) A metering device accurate to within 10 percent shall be used
to measure the portable air compressor compressed air volumetric flow
rate.
    (8) A barometer for measuring atmospheric pressure accurate to
within 5 percent.
    (9) A thermometer for measuring temperature accurate to within 1
degree.
    (d) Portable air compressor operation. The portable air compressor
must be operated at the design full speed with the compressor on load,
delivering its rated flow and output pressure, during noise emission
standard compliance testing. The air discharge shall be provided with a
resistive loading such that no significant pressure drop or throttling
occurs across the compressor discharge valve. The air discharge shall be
piped clear of the test area or fed into an effective silencer. The
sound pressure level due to the air discharge shall be at least 10 dB
below the sound pressure level generated by the portable air compressor.
    (e) Test conditions. Noise standard compliance testing must be
carried out under the following conditions:
    (1) No rain or other precipitation,
    (2) No wind above 19 km/hr,
    (3) No observer located within 1 meter, in any direction, of any
microphone location, nor between the test unit and any microphone,
    (4) Portable air compressor sound levels, at each microphone
location, 10 dB or greater than the background sound level,

[[Page 95]]

    (5) The machine shall have been warmed up and shall be operating in
a stable condition as for continuous service and at its maximum rated
capacity. All cooling air vents in the engine/compressor enclosure,
normally open during operation, shall be fully open during all sound
level measurements. Service doors that should be closed during normal
operation (at any and all ambient temperatures) shall be closed during
all sound level measurements.
    (f) Microphone locations. Five microphone locations must be employed
to acquire portable air compressor sound levels to test for noise
standard compliance. A microphone must be located 7 .1 meters from the
right, left, front, and back sides and top of the test unit. The
microphone position to the right, left, front, and back sides of the
test unit must be located 1.5 .1 meters above the reflecting plane.
    (g) Data required. The following data must be acquired during noise
emission standard compliance testing:
    (1) A-weighted sound level at one microphone location prior to
operation of the test unit and at all microphone locations during test
unit operations, as defined in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) Portable air compressor engine speed.
    (3) Portable air compressor compressed gas pressure.
    (4) Portable air compressor flow rate.
    (5) All other data contained in Appendix I, Table IV.
    (h) Calculation of average sound level. The average A-weighted sound
level from measurements at the specified microphone locations must be
calculated by the following method:

L=10 log (1/5[Antilog L1/10+Antilog L2/10+Antilog
L3/10+ Antilog L4/10+ Antilog L5/10])

Where:

L=The average A-weighted sound level (in decibels)
L1=The A-weighted sound level (in decibels) at microphone
          position 1
L2=The A-weighted sound level (in decibels) at microphone
          position 2
L3=The A-weighted sound level (in decibels) at microphone
          position 3
L4=The A-weighted sound level (in decibels) at microphone
          position 4
L5=The A-weighted sound level (in decibels) at microphone
          position 5

    (i) The Administrator may approve applications from manufacturers of
portable air compressors for the approval of test procedures which
differ from those contained in this part so long as the alternate
procedures have been demonstrated to correlate with the prescribed
procedure. To be acceptable, alternate testing procedures shall be such
that the test results obtained will identify all those test units which
would not comply with the noise emission limit prescribed in Sec.
204.52 when tested in accordance with the procedures contained in Sec.
204.54 (a) through (h). Tests conducted by manufacturers under approved
alternate procedures may be accepted by the Administrator for all
purposes.
    (j) Presentation of information. All information required by this
section may be recorded using the format recommended on the Noise Data
Sheet shown in Appendix I, Table IV.

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 8347, Feb. 26, 1976; 47
FR 57711, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.55  Requirements.



Sec. 204.55-1  General standards.

    (a) Every new compressor manufactured for distribution in commerce
in the United States which is subject to the standards prescribed in
this subpart and not exempted in accordance with Sec. 204.5:
    (1) Shall be labeled in accordance with the requirements of Sec.
204.55-4.
    (2) Shall conform to the applicable noise emission standard
established in Sec. 204.52
    (b) [Reserved]

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 57711, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.55-2  Requirements.

    (a)(1) Prior to distribution in commerce, compressors of a specific
configuration must verify such configurations in accordance with this
subpart.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) At any time with respect to a configuration under this subpart,
the Administrator may require that the manufacturer ship test
compressors to an

[[Page 96]]

EPA test facility in order for the Administrator to perform the tests
required for production verification.
    (b) The requirements for purposes of testing by the Administrator
and Selective Enforcement Auditing consist of:
    (1) Testing in accordance with Sec. 204.54 of a compressor selected
in accordance with Sec. 204.57-2; and
    (2) Compliance of the test compressor with the applicable standards
when tested in accordance with Sec. 204.54.
    (c)(1) In lieu of testing compressors of every configuration, as
described in paragraph (b) of this section, the manufacturer may elect
to verify the configuration based on representative testing, the
requirements of which consist of:
    (i) Grouping configurations into a category where each category will
be determined by a separate combination of at least the following
parameters (a manufacturer may use more parameters):
    (A) Engine type.
    (1) Gasoline--two stroke cycle
    (2) Gasoline--four stroke cycle
    (3) Diesel--two stroke cycle
    (4) Diesel--four stroke cycle
    (5) Rotary--Wankel
    (6) Turbine
    (7) Other
    (B) Engine manufacturer
    (C) Compressor delivery rate (at rated pressure)
    (ii) Identifying the configuration within each category which emits
the highest sound level in dBA based on best technical judgment,
emission test data, or both.
    (iii) Testing in accordance with Sec. 204.54 selected in accordance
with Sec. 204.57-2 which must be a compressor of the configuration
which is identified pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section as
having the highest sound level (estimated or actual) within the
category.
    (iv) Compliance of the test compressor with applicable standards
when tested in accordance with Sec. 204.54.
    (2) Where the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section are
complied with, all those configurations contained within a category are
considered represented by the tested compressor.
    (3) Where the manufacturer tests a compressor configuration which
has not been determined as having the highest sound level of a category,
but all other requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section are
complied with, all those configurations contained within that category
which are determined to have sound levels no greater than the tested
compressor are considered to be represented by the tested compressor:
However, a manufacturer must for purposes of Testing by the
Administrator and Selective Enforcement Auditing verify according to the
requirements of paragraph (b)(1) and/or (c)(1) of this section any
configurations in the subject category which have a higher sound level
than the compressor configuration tested.
    (d) A manufacturer may elect for purposes of Testing by the
Administrator and Selective Enforcement Auditing to use representative
testing, pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, all or part of his
product line.
    (e) The manufacturer may, at his option, proceed with any of the
following alternatives with respect to any compressor determined not in
compliance with applicable standards:
    (1) In the case of representative testing, a new test compressor
from another configuration must be selected according to the
requirements of paragraph (c) of this section in order to verify the
configurations represented by the non-compliant compressor.
    (2) Modify the test compressor and demonstrate by testing that it
meets applicable standards. The manufacturer must modify all production
compressors of the same configuration in the same manner as the test
compressor before distribution into commerce.

(Secs. 6 and 13, Noise Control Act, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244; (42
U.S.C. 4912); 42 U.S.C. 4905; 86 Stat. 1237 and secs. 6, 10, 11, 13,
Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1234 (42 U.S.C. 4905, 4909, 4910, 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61455, Dec. 5, 1977; 47
FR 57711, Dec. 28, 1982; 49 FR 26738, June 29, 1984]



Sec. 204.55-3  Configuration identification.

    (a) A separate compressor configuration shall be determined by each
combination of the following parameters:

[[Page 97]]

    (1) The compressor type (screw, sliding vane, etc.).
    (2) Number of compressor stages.
    (3) Maximum pressure (psi).
    (4) Air intake system of compressor:
    (i) Number of filters;
    (ii) Type of filters.
    (5) The engine system:
    (i) Number of cylinders and configuration (L-6, V-8, V-12);
    (ii) Displacement;
    (iii) Horsepower;
    (iv) Full load rpm.
    (6) Type cooling system, e.g., air cooled, water cooled.
    (7) Fan:
    (i) Diameter;
    (ii) Maximum fan rpm.
    (8) The compressor enclosure:
    (i) Height, length, and width;
    (ii) Acoustic material manufacturer, type, part number.
    (9) The induction system (engine):
    (i) Natural;
    (ii) Turbocharged.
    (10) The muffler:
    (i) Manufacturer;
    (ii) Manufacturer part number;
    (iii) Quantity of mufflers used;
    (11) Category parameters listed at Sec. 204.55-2.



Sec. 204.55-4  Labeling.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer of any compressor subject to the standards
prescribed in Sec. 204.52 shall, at the time of manufacture, affix a
permanent, legible label, of the type and in the manner described below,
containing the information hereinafter provided, to all such compressors
to be distributed in commerce.
    (2) The label shall be permanently attached, in a readily visible
position, on the compressor enclosure.
    (3) The label shall be affixed by the compressor manufacturer, who
has verified such compressor, in such a manner that it cannot be removed
without destroying or defacing the label, and shall not be affixed to
any equipment that is easily detached from such compressor.
    (4) Labels for compressors not manufactured solely for use outside
the United States shall contain the following information lettered in
the English language in block letters and numerals, which shall be of a
color that contrasts with the background of the label:
    (i) The label heading: Compressor Noise Emission Control
Information;
    (ii) Full corporate name and trademark of manufacturer;
    (iii) Date of manufacture, which may consist of a serial number or
code in those instances where records are specified and maintained.
    (iv) The statement:

    This Compressor Conforms to U.S. E.P.A. Regulations for Noise
Emissions Applicable to Portable Air Compressors. The following acts or
the causing thereof by any person are prohibited by the Noise Control
Act of 1972:
    (A) The removal or rendering inoperative, other than for the purpose
of maintenance, repair, or replacement, of any noise control device or
element of design (listed in the owner's manual) incorporated into this
compressor in compliance with the Noise Control Act;
    (B) The use of this compressor after such device or element of
design has been removed or rendered inoperative.

    (b) Compressors manufactured solely for use outside the United
States shall be clearly labeled ``For Export Only.''

(Secs. 6, 13, Pub. L. 92-574, (42 U.S.C. 4912); 42 U.S.C. 4905; 86 Stat.
1237 and secs. 6, 10, 11, 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1234 (42 U.S.C.
4905, 4909, 4910, 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61455, Dec. 5, 1977.
Redesignated at 47 FR 57712, Dec. 28, 1982, and amended at 49 FR 26738,
June 29, 1984]



Sec. 204.56  Testing by the Administrator.

    (a)(1) The Administrator may require that any compressor tested or
scheduled to be tested pursuant to these regulations or any other
untested compressors be submitted to him, at such place and time as he
may designate, for the purpose of conducting tests in accordance with
the test procedures described in Sec. 204.54 to determine whether such
compressors conform to applicable regulations.
    (2) The Administrator may specify that he will conduct such testing
at the manufacturer's facility, in which case instrumentation and
equipment of the type required by these regulations shall be made
available by the manufacturer for test operations. The Administrator may
conduct such tests with his own equipment, which shall be equal to or
exceed the performance

[[Page 98]]

specifications of the instrumentation or equipment specified by the
Administrator in these regulations.
    (b)(1) If, based on tests conducted by the Administrator or other
relevant information, the Administrator determines that the test
facility does not meet the requirements of Sec. 204.54-1 (a) and (b) he
will notify the manufacturer in writing of his determination and the
reasons therefor.
    (2) The manufacturer may at any time within 15 days after receipt of
a notice issued under paragraph (b)(1) of this section request a hearing
conducted in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554 on the issue of whether his
test facility was in conformance. Such notice will not take effect until
15 days after receipt by the manufacturer, or if a hearing is requested
under this paragraph, until adjudication by the hearing examiner.
    (3) After any notification issued under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section has taken effect, no data thereafter derived from such test
facility will be acceptable for purposes of this part.
    (4) The manufacturer may request in writing that the Administrator
reconsider this determination under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
based on data or information which indicates that changes have been made
to the test facility and such changes have resolved the reasons for
disqualification.
    (5) The Administrator will notify the manufacturer of his
determination and an explanation of the reasons underlying it with
regard to the requalification of the test facility within 10 working
days after receipt of the manufacturer's request for reconsideration
pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

(Secs. 6, 13, Pub. L. 92-574 (42 U.S.C. 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61455, Dec. 5, 1977]



Sec. 204.57  Selective enforcement auditing.



Sec. 204.57-1  Test request.

    (a) The Administrator will request all testing under this subpart by
means of a test request addressed to the manufacturer.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) The test request will specify the compressor category or
configuration selected for testing, the batch from which sampling is to
begin, for testing and the batch size, the manufacturer's plant or
storage facility from which the compressors must be selected, and the
time at which compressors must be selected. The test request will also
provide for situations in which the selected configuration or category
is unavailable for testing. The test request may include an alternative
category or configuration selected for testing in the event that
compressors of the first specified category or configuration are not
available for testing because the compressors are not being manufactured
at the specified plant and/or are not being manufactured during the
specified time or not being stored at the specified plant or storage
facility.
    (d) Any manufacturer shall, upon receipt of the test request, select
and test a batch sample of compressors from two consecutively produced
batches of the compressor category or configurations specified in the
test request in accordance with these regulations and the conditions
specified in the test request.
    (e)(1) Any testing conducted by the manufacturer pursuant to a test
request shall be initiated within such period as is specified in the
test request; Except, that such initiation may be delayed for increments
of 24 hours or one business day where ambient test site weather
conditions in any 24-hour period do not permit testing: Provided, That
ambient test site weather conditions for that period are recorded.
    (2) The manufacturer shall complete noise emission testing on a
minimum of five compressors per day, unless otherwise provided for by
the Administrator or unless ambient test site conditions only permit the
testing of a lesser number: Provided, That ambient test site weather
conditions for that period are recorded.
    (3) The manufacturer will be allowed 24 hours to ship compressors
from a batch sample from the assembly plant to the testing facility if
the facility is not located at the plant or in close proximity to the
plant; Except, that the Administrator may approve more

[[Page 99]]

time based upon a request by the manufacturer accompanied by a
satisfactory justification.
    (f) The Administrator may issue an order to the manufacturer to
cease to distribute into commerce compressors of a specified category or
configuration being manufactured at a particular facility if:
    (1) The manufacturer refuses to comply with the provisions of a test
request issued by the Administrator pursuant to this section; or
    (2) The manufacturer refuses to comply with any of the requirements
of this section.
    (g) A cease-to-distribute order shall not be issued under paragraph
(f) of this section if such refusal is caused by conditions and
circumstances outside the control of the manufacturer which render it
impossible to comply with the provisions of a test request or any other
requirements of this section. Such conditions and circumstances shall
include, but are not limited to, any uncontrollable factors which result
in the temporary unavailability of equipment and personnel needed to
conduct the required tests, such as equipment breakdown or failure or
illness of personnel, but shall not include failure of the manufacturer
to adequately plan for and provide the equipment and personnel needed to
conduct the tests. The manufacturer will bear the burden of establishing
the presence of the conditions and circumstances required by this
paragraph.
    (h) Any such order shall be issued only after a notice and
opportunity for a hearing in accordance with section 554 of Title 5 of
the United States Code.

(Secs. 6, 11 and 13, Noise Control Act, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244;
(42 U.S.C. 4910 and 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 41635, Aug. 18, 1977; 42
FR 61455, Dec. 5, 1977; 47 FR 57712, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.57-2  Test compressor sample selection.

    (a) Compressors comprising the batch sample which are required to be
tested pursuant to a test request in accordance with this subpart will
be randomly selected from a batch of compressors of the category or
configuration specified in the test request. The random selection will
be achieved by sequentially numbering all of the compressors in the
batch and then using a table of random numbers to select the number of
compressors, as specified in paragraph (c) of this section, based on the
batch size designated by the Administrator in the test request. An
alternative selection plan may be used by a manufacturer: Provided, That
such a plan is approved by the Administrator.
    (b) The Acceptable Quality Level is 10 percent. The appropriate
sampling plans associated with the designated AQL are contained in
Appendix I, Table II.
    (c) The appropriate batch sample size will be determined by
reference to Appendix I, Tables I and II. A code letter is obtained from
Table I based on the batch size designated by the Administrator in a
test request. The batch sample size will be equal to the maximum
cumulative sample size as listed in Table II for the appropriate code
letter obtained from Table I plus an additional ten percent rounded off
to the next highest number.
    (d) Individual compressors comprising the test sample will be
randomly selected from the batch sample using the same random selection
plan as in paragraph (a) of this section. Test sample size will be
determined by entering Table II.
    (e) The test compressor of the category or configuration selected
for testing shall have been assembled by the manufacturer for
distribution in commerce using the manufacturers normal production
process.
    (f) Unless otherwise indicated in the test request, the manufacturer
will select the batch sample from the production batch next scheduled
after receipt of the test request of the category or configuration
specified in the test request.
    (g) Unless otherwise indicated in the test request, the manufacturer
shall select the compressors designated in the test request for testing.
    (h) At their discretion, EPA Enforcement Officers, rather than the
manufacturer, may select the compressors designated in the test request.

[[Page 100]]

    (i) The manufacturer will keep on hand all compressors in the batch
sample until such time as the batch is accepted or rejected in
accordance with Sec. 204.57-6; Except, that compressors actually tested
and found to be in conformance with these regulations need not be kept.



Sec. 204.57-3  Test compressor preparation.

    (a) Prior to the official test, the test compressor selected in
accordance with Sec. 204.57-2 shall not be prepared, tested, modified,
adjusted, or maintained in any manner unless such adjustments,
preparations, modifications and/or tests are part of the manufacturer's
prescribed manufacturing and inspection procedures and are documented in
the manufacturer's internal compressor assembly and inspection
procedures or unless such adjustments and/or tests are required or
permitted under this subpart or are approved in advance by the
Administrator. The manufacturer may perform adjustments, preparations,
modifications and/or tests normally performed by a dealer to prepare the
compressor for delivery to a customer or the adjustments, preparations,
modifications and/or tests normally performed at the port-of-entry by
the manufacturer to prepare the compressor for delivery to a dealer or
customer.
    (b) Equipment of fixtures necessary to conduct the test may be
installed on the compressor: Provided, That such equipment of fixtures
shall have no effect on the noise emissions of the compressor, as
determined by the appropriate measurement methodology.
    (c) In the event of compressor manfunction (i.e., failure to start,
misfiring cylinder, etc.), the manufacturer may perform the maintenance
necessary to enable the compressor to operate in a normal manner.
    (d) No quality control, testing, assembly, or selection procedures
shall be used on the completed test compressor or any portion thereof,
including parts and subassemblies, that will not normally be used during
the production and assembly of all other compressors of that category
which will be distributed in commerce, unless such procedures are
required or permitted under this subpart or are approved in advance by
the Administrator.

[47 FR 57712, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.57-4  Testing.

    (a) The manufacturer shall conduct one valid test in accordance with
the test procedures specified in Sec. 204.54 for each compressor
selected for testing pursuant to this subpart.
    (b) No maintenance will be performed on test compressors, except as
provided for by Sec. 204.57-3. In the event a compressor is unable to
complete the emission test, the manufacturer may replace the compressor.
Any replacement compressor will be a production compressor of the same
configuration, and the replacement compressor will be randomly selected
from the batch sample and will be subject to all the provisions of these
regulations.



Sec. 204.57-5  Reporting of test results.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer shall submit a copy of the test report for
all testing conducted pursuant to Sec. 204.57 at the conclusion of each
twenty-four hour period during which testing is done.
    (2) For each test conducted the manufacturer will provide the
following information:
    (i) Configuration and category identification, where applicable.
    (ii) Year, make, assembly date, and model of compressor.
    (iii) Compressor serial number.
    (iv) Test results by serial numbers
    (3) The first test report for each batch sample will contain a
listing of all serial numbers in that batch.
    (b) In the case where an EPA Enforcement Officer is present during
testing required by this subpart, the written reports requested in
paragraph (a) of this section may be given directly to the Enforcement
Officer.
    (c) Within five days after completion of testing of all compressors
in a batch sample, the manufacturer shall submit to the Administrator a
final report which will include the information required by the test
request in the format as stipulated, in addition to the following:
    (1) The name, location, and description of the manufacturer's noise
test facilities which meet the specifications of Sec. 204.54 and were
utilized to conduct

[[Page 101]]

testing reported pursuant to this section; except, that a test facility
that has been described in a previous submission under this subpart need
not be described again but must be identified as such.
    (2) A description of the random compressor selection method used,
referencing any tables of random numbers that were used, and the name of
the person in charge of the random number selection.
    (3) The following information for each test conducted:
    (i) The completed data sheet required by Sec. 204.54 for all noise
emission tests including, for each invalid test, the reason for
invalidation.
    (ii) A complete description of any modification, repair,
preparation, maintenance, and/or testing which was performed on the test
compressor and will not be performed on all other production
compressors.
    (iii) The reason for the replacement, where a replacement compressor
was authorized by the Administrator, and, if any, the test results for
replaced compressors.
    (4) The following statement and endorsement:

    This report is submitted pursuant to section 6 and section 13 of the
Noise Control Act of 1972. All testing for which data is reported herein
was conducted in strict conformance with applicable regulations under 40
CFR Part 204 et seq. All the data reported herein are a true and
accurate representation of such testing. All other information reported
herein is, to the best of (company) knowledge true and accurate. I am
aware of the penalties associated with violations of the Noise Control
Act of 1972 and the regulations thereunder.

                                             (authorized representative)

    (d) All information required to be forwarded to the Administrator
pursuant to this section shall be addressed to Director, Noise
Enforcement Division (EN-387), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC 20460.

(Secs. 6 and 13, Noise Control Act, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42
U.S.C. 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 41635, Aug. 18, 1977; 43
FR 38705, Aug. 30, 1978]



Sec. 204.57-6  Acceptance and rejection of batches.

    (a) A failing compressor is one whose measured sound level is in
excess of the applicable noise emission standard.
    (b) The batch from which a batch sample is selected will be accepted
or rejected based upon the number of failing compressors in the batch
sample. A sufficient number of test samples will be drawn from the batch
sample until the cumulative number of failing compressors is less than
or equal to the acceptance number or greater than or equal to the
rejection number appropriate for the cumulative number of compressors
tested. The acceptance and rejection numbers listed in Appendix I, Table
II at the appropriate code letter obtained according to Sec. 204.57-2
will be used in determining whether the acceptance or rejection of a
batch has occurred.
    (c) Acceptance or rejection of a batch takes place when a decision
is made on the last compressor required to make a decision under
paragraph (b) of this section.



Sec. 204.57-7  Acceptance and rejection of batch sequence.

    (a) The manufacturer will continue to inspect consecutive batches
until the batch sequence is accepted or rejected. The batch sequence
will be accepted or rejected based upon the number of rejected batches.
A sufficient number of consecutive batches will be inspected until the
cumulative number of rejected batches is less than or equal to the
sequence acceptance number or greater than or equal to the sequence
rejection number appropriate for the cumulative number of batches
inspected. The acceptance and rejection numbers listed in Appendix I,
Table III at the appropriate code letter obtained according to Sec.
204.57-2 will be used in determining whether the acceptance or rejection
of a batch sequence has occurred.
    (b) Acceptance or rejection of a batch sequence takes places when
the decision is made on the last compressor required to make a decision
under paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) If the batch sequence is accepted, the manufacturer will not be
required to perform any additional testing on

[[Page 102]]

compressors from subsequent batches pursuant to the initiating test
request.
    (d) The Administrator may terminate testing earlier than required in
paragraph (b) of this section based on a request by the manufacturer
accompanied by voluntary cessation of distribution in commerce, from all
plants, of compressors from the configuration in question: Provided,
That once production is reinitiated, the manufacturer must take the
action described in Sec. 204.57-9 (a)(1) and (a)(2) prior to
distribution in commerce of any compressors from any plant of the
compressor category or configuration in question.



Sec. 204.57-8  Continued testing.

    (a) If a batch sequence is rejected in accordance with paragraph (b)
of Sec. 204.57-7, the Administrator may require that any or all
compressors of that category, configuration or subgroup thereof produced
at that plant be tested before distribution in commerce.
    (b) The Administrator will notify the manufacturer in writing of his
intent to require such continued testing of compressors pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) The manufacturer may request a hearing on the issues of whether
the selective enforcement audit was conducted properly; whether the
criteria for batch sequence rejection in Sec. 204.57-7 have been met;
and, the appropriateness or scope of a continued testing order. In the
event that a hearing is requested, the hearing shall begin no later than
15 days after the date on which the Administrator received the hearing
request. Neither the request for a hearing nor the fact that a hearing
is in progress shall affect the responsibility of the manufacturer to
commence and continue testing required by the Administrator pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Any tested compressor which demonstrates conformance with the
applicable standards may be distributed into commerce.
    (e) Any knowing distribution into commerce of a compressor which
does not comply with the applicable standards is a prohibited act.

(Sec. 6, 13, Pub. L. 92-574 (42 U.S.C. 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61455, Dec. 5, 1977; 44
FR 54295, Sept. 19, 1979]



Sec. 204.57-9  Prohibition of distribution in commerce; manufacturer's
remedy.

    (a) The Administrator will permit the cessation of continued testing
under Sec. 204.57-8 once the manufacturer has taken the following
actions:
    (1) Submit a written report to the Administrator which identifies
the reason for the noncompliance of the compressors, describes the
problem, and describes the proposed quality control and/or quality
assurance remedies to be taken by the manufacturer to correct the
problem or follows the requirements for an engineering change. Such
requirements include the following:
    (i) Any change to a configuration with respect to any of the
parameters stated in Sec. 204.55-3 shall constitute the addition of a
new and separate configuration or category to the manufacturer's product
line.
    (ii) When a manufacturer introduces a new category or configuration
to his product line, he shall proceed in accordance with Sec. 204.55-2.
    (iii) If the configuration to be added can be grouped within a
verified category and the new configuration is estimated to have a lower
sound level than a previously verified configuration with the same
category, the configuration shall be considered verified.
    (2) Demonstrates that the specified compressor category,
configuration or subgroup thereof has passed a retest conducted in
accordance with Sec. 204.57 and the conditions specified in the initial
test request.
    (3) The manufacturer may begin testing under paragraph (a)(2) of
this section, upon submitting such report, and may cease continued
testing upon making the demonstration required by paragraph (a)(2) of
this section: Provided, That the Administrator may require resumption of
contined testing if he determines that the manufacturer has not
satisfied the requirements of paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this
section.

[[Page 103]]

    (4) In lieu of paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this section, the
Administrator will permit the cessation of continued testing under Sec.
204.57-8 with respect to any subgroup of a nonconforming category or
configuration if the manufacturer demonstrates to the satisfaction of
the Administrator that such subgroup does not exhibit the cause of the
nonconformity of such category or configuration.
    (b) Any compressor failing the prescribed noise emission tests
conducted pursuant to this Subpart B may not be distributed in commerce
until necessary adjustments or repairs have been made and the compressor
passes a retest.
    (c) No compressors of a rejected batch which are still in the hands
of the manufacturer may be distributed in commerce unless the
manufacturer has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Administrator
that such compressors do, in fact, conform to the regulations; except,
that any compressor that has been tested and does, in fact, conform with
these regulations may be distributed in commerce.

(Secs. 6, 10, 13, Pub. L. 92-574 (42 U.S.C. 4909 and 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61455, Dec. 5, 1977; 47
FR 57712, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.58  In-use requirements.



Sec. 204.58-1  Warranty.

    (a) The portable air compressor manufacturer shall include in the
owner's manual or in other information supplied to the ultimate
purchaser, the following statement:

                        Noise Emissions Warranty

    The manufacturer warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each
subsequent purchaser that this air compressor was designed, built, and
equipped to conform at the time of sale to the first retail purchaser,
with all applicable U.S. E.P.A. noise control regulations.
    This warranty is not limited to any particular part, component, or
system of the air compressor. Defects in the design, assembly, or in any
part, component, or system of the compressor which, at the time of sale
to the first retail purchaser, caused noise emissions to exceed Federal
standards are covered by this warranty for the life of the air
compressor.

    (b) [Reserved]

(Secs. 6 and 13, Noise Control Act, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42
U.S.C. 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 57712, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.58-2  Tampering.

    (a) For each configuration of air compressors covered by this part,
the manufacturer shall develop a list of those acts which, in his
judgment, might be done to the air compressor in use and which would
constitute the removal or rendering inoperative of noise control devices
or elements of design of the compressor.
    (b) The manufacturer shall include in the owner's manual the
following information:
    (1) The statement:

             Tampering With Noise Control System Prohibited

    Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing thereof:
    (1) The removal or rendering inoperative by any persons, other than
for purposes of maintenance, repair, or replacement, of any devices or
element of design incorporated into any new compressor for the purpose
of noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser
or while it is in use; or (2) the use of the compressor after such
device or element of design has been removed or rendered inoperative by
any person.

    (2) The statement:

    Among those acts included in the prohibition against tampering are
the acts listed below.


Immediately following this statement, the manufacturer shall include the
list developed under paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) Any act included in the list prepared pursuant to paragraph (a)
of this section is presumed to constitute tampering; however, in any
case in which a proscribed act has been committed and it can be shown
that such act resulted in no increase in the sound level of the
compressor or that the compressor still meets the noise emission
standard of Sec. 204.52, such set will not constitute tampering.

[[Page 104]]

    (d) The provisions of this section are not intended to preclude any
State or local jurisdiction from adopting and enforcing its own
prohibitions against the removal or rendering inoperative of noise
control systems on compressors subject to this part.

(Secs. 6 and 13, Noise Control Act, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42
U.S.C. 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 57713, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.58-3  Instructions for maintenance, use, and repair.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer shall provide to the ultimate purchaser of
each portable air compressor covered by this part written instructions
for the proper maintenance, use, and repair of the compressor in order
to provide reasonable assurance of the elimination or minimization of
noise emission degradation throughout the life of the compressor.
    (2) The purpose of the instructions is to inform purchasers and
mechanics of those acts necessary to reasonably assure that degradation
of noise emission levels is eliminated or minimized during the life of
the compressor. Manufacturers should prepare the instructions with this
purpose in mind. The instructions should be clear and, to the extent
practicable, written in non-technical language.
    (3) The instructions must not be used to secure an unfair
competitive advantage. They should not restrict replacement equipment to
original equipment or service to dealer service. Manufacturers who so
restrict replacement equipment must make public any performance
specifications on such equipment.
    (b) For the purpose of encouraging proper maintenance, the
manufacturer shall provide a record or log book which shall contain a
performance schedule for all required noise emission control
maintenance. Space shall be provided in this record book so that the
purchaser can note what maintenance was done, by whom, where and when.

(Secs. 6, 13, Pub. L. 92-574 (42 U.S.C. 4912))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 57713, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 204.59  Recall of non-complying compressors.

    (a) Pursuant to section 11(d)(1) of the Act, the Administrator may
issue an order to the manufacturer to recall and repair or modify any
compressor distributed in commerce not in compliance with this subpart.
    (b) A recall order issued pursuant to this section shall be based
upon a determination by the Administrator that compressors of a
specified category or configuration have been distributed in commerce
which do not conform to the regulations. Such determination may be based
on:
    (1) A technical analysis of the noise emission characteristics of
the category or configuration in question; or
    (2) Any other relevant information, including test data.
    (c) For the purposes of this section, noise emissions may be
measured by any test prescribed in Sec. 204.54 for testing prior to
sale or any other test which has been demonstrated to correlate with the
prescribed test procedure.
    (d) Any such order shall be issued only after notice and an
opportunity for a hearing in accordance with section 554 of Title 5 of
the United States Code.
    (e) All costs, including labor and parts, associated with the recall
and repair or modification of non-complying compressors under this
section shall be borne by the manufacturer.
    (f) This section shall not limit the discretion of the Administrator
to take any other actions which are authorized by the Act.

(Secs. 6, 11, Pub. L. 92-574 (42 U.S.C. 4910))

[41 FR 2172, Jan. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61456, Dec. 5, 1977]



                       Sec. Appendix I to Part 204

                    Table I--Sample Size Code Letters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Batch size                          Code letter
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 to 8.......................................  A.
9 to 15......................................  B.
16 to 25.....................................  C.
26 and larger................................  D.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 105]]


                                 Table II--Sampling Plans for Inspecting Batches
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             Batch inspection
                                                                     Test     Cumulative         criteria
        Sample size code letter                Test sample          sample       test    -----------------------
                                                                     size       sample    Acceptance   Rejection
                                                                                 size       number      number
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.....................................  1st.....................           4           4           0           1
B.....................................  1st.....................           3           3           0           1
C.....................................  1st.....................           3           3           0           2
                                        2d......................           3           6           1           2
D.....................................  1st.....................           2           2       (\1\)           2
                                        2d......................           2           4       (\1\)           2
                                        3d......................           2           6           0           2
                                        4th.....................           2           8           0           3
                                        5th.....................           2          10           1           3
                                        6th.....................           2          12           1           3
                                        7th.....................           2          14           2           3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Batch acceptance not permitted at this sample size.


                                         Table III--Batch Sequence Plans
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Sequence inspection
                                                                              Cumulative         criteria
                     Sample size code letter                        Number      number   -----------------------
                                                                    batches     batches   Acceptance   Rejection
                                                                                            number      number
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A...............................................................           2           2           1       (\1\)
                                                                           2           4           2           4
                                                                           2           6           3           5
                                                                           2           8           4           5
B...............................................................           2           2           0       (\1\)
                                                                           2           4           1           4
                                                                           2           6           2           5
                                                                           2           8           3           5
                                                                           2          10           4           6
                                                                           2          12           5           6
C...............................................................           2           2       (\2\)           2
                                                                           2           4           0           2
                                                                           2           6           0           3
                                                                           2           8           1           3
                                                                           2          10           2           4
                                                                           2          12           3           4
D...............................................................           2           2           0           2
                                                                           2           4           1           3
                                                                           2           6           2           4
                                                                           2           8           3           4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Batch sequence rejection not permitted for this number of batches.
\2\ Batch sequence acceptance not permitted for this number of batches.


                    Table IV--Recommended Format for Portable Air Compressor Noise Data Sheet

Test report number:............  ..................
Subject:
  Manufacturer:....................................  Model:.............  Serial No.:.......  ..................
  Rated speed:.................  Rpm:..............  Rated capacity:....  ..................  cfm (m\3\/in).
  Configuration identification:....................  Category             ..................  ..................
                                                      identification:.
  Portable air compressor identification No.:......  Build date:........  ..................  ..................
Test conditions:
  Manufacturer's test site identification and location:.....................................  ..................
  Reflecting plane composition:.............................................................  ..................
Operating speed as tested:
    Beginning of test..........  rpm
    End of test................  rpm
  Air pressure supplied:.......  psi (kg/cm\2\)      Ambient wind speed--
                                                      ----mph (km/hr).
  Actual flow rate:............  cfm (m\3\/min.)     Atmospheric
                                                      pressure------psi
                                                      (kg/cm\2\).
  Temperature:.................  F (C)
Instrumentation:
  Microphone Manufacturer:.........................  Model No.:.........  Serial No.:.......  ..................
  Sound Level Meter Manufacturer:..................  Model No.:.........  Serial No.:.......  ..................
  Calibrator Manufacturer:.........................  Model No.:.........  Serial No.:.......  ..................

[[Page 106]]


  Other and Manufacturer:..........................  Model No.:.........  Serial No.:.......  ..................
Data:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         Location
                                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Background sound level                                                                                  Average
       Sound levels (decibels)         at location 1 (decibels)                                                                                  sound
                                                                    1        2        3                4                        5                level
                                                                                                                                              (decibels)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-Weighted
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tested by:.........................................................................................................  Date:..................  ..........
Reported by:.......................................................................................................  Date:..................  ..........
Supervisory personnel:....................................................................  Title:.................  .......................  ..........
                                                                 .......  .......  .......  Title:.................  .......................  ..........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



PART 205_TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT NOISE EMISSION CONTROLS--Table of Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
205.1 General applicability.
205.2 Definitions.
205.3 Number and gender.
205.4 Inspection and monitoring.
205.5 Exemptions.
205.5-1 Testing exemption.
205.5-2 National security exemptions.
205.5-3 Export exemptions.

                    Subpart B_Medium and Heavy Trucks

205.50 Applicability.
205.51 Definitions.
205.52 Vehicle noise emission standards.
205.54 Test procedures.
205.54-1 Low speed sound emission test procedures.
205.54-2 Sound data acquisition system.
205.55 Requirements.
205.55-1 General requirements.
205.55-2 Compliance with standards.
205.55-3 Configuration identification.
205.55-4 Labeling-compliance.
205.55-5 Labeling-exterior. [Reserved]
205.56 Testing by the Administrator.
205.57 Selective enforcement auditing requirements.
205.57-1 Test request.
205.57-2 Test vehicle sample selection.
205.57-3 Test vehicle preparation.
205.57-4 Testing procedures.
205.57-5 Reporting of the test results.
205.57-6 Acceptance and rejection of batches.
205.57-7 Acceptance and rejection of batch sequence.
205.57-8 Continued testing.
205.57-9 Prohibition on distribution in commerce; manufacturer's remedy.
205.58 In-use requirements.
205.58-1 Warranty.
205.58-2 Tampering.
205.58-3 Instructions for maintenance, use and repair.
205.59 Recall of noncomplying vehicles.

Appendix I to Subpart B of Part 205

Subpart C [Reserved]

                          Subpart D_Motorcycles

205.150 Applicability.
205.151 Definitions.
205.152 Noise emission standards.
205.153 Engine displacement.
205.154 Consideration of alternative test procedures.
205.155 Motorcycle class and manufacturer abbreviation.
205.156 [Reserved]
205.157 Requirements.
205.157-1 General requirements.
205.157-2 Compliance with standards.
205.157-3 Configuration identification.
205.158 Labeling requirements.
205.159 Testing by the Administrator.
205.160 Selective enforcement auditing (SEA) requirements.
205.160-1 Test request.
205.160-2 Test sample selection and preparation.
205.160-3 [Reserved]
205.160-4 Testing procedures.
205.160-5 Reporting of the test results.
205.160-6 Passing or failing under SEA.
205.160-7 Continued testing.
205.160-8 Prohibition of distribution in commerce; manufacturer's
          remedy.
205.162 In-use requirements.
205.162-1 Warranty.
205.162-2 Tampering.
205.162-3 Instructions for maintenance, use, and repair.
205.163 Recall of noncomplying motorcycles; relabeling of mislabled
          motorcycles.

Appendix I to Subparts D and E of Part 205--Motorcycle Noise Emission
          Test Procedures [Note]

[[Page 107]]

                  Subpart E_Motorcycle Exhaust Systems

205.164 Applicability.
205.165 Definitions.
205.166 Noise emission standards.
205.167 Consideration of alternative test procedures.
205.168 Requirements.
205.168-1 General requirements.
205.168-11 Order to cease distribution.
205.169 Labeling requirements.
205.170 Testing by the Administrator.
205.171 Selective enforcement auditing (SEA) requirements.
205.171-1 Test request.
205.171-2 Test exhaust system sample selection and preparation.
205.171-3 Test motorcycle sample selection.
205.171-6 Testing procedures.
205.171-7 Reporting of the test results.
205.171-8 Passing or failing under SEA.
205.171-9 Continued testing.
205.171-10 Prohibition on distribution in commerce; manufacturer's
          remedy.
205.172 Maintenance of records; submittal of information.
205.173 In-use requirements.
205.173-1 Warranty.
205.173-2 Tampering.
205.173-3 Warning statement.
205.173-4 Information sheet.
205.174 Remedial orders.

Appendix I to Subparts D and E of Part 205--Motorcycle Noise Emission
          Test Procedures
Appendix II to Subpart E of Part 205--Sampling Tables

    Authority: Secs. 6, 10, 11, 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1234 (42
U.S.C. 4905, 4909, 4910, 4912).

    Source: 41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 205.1  General applicability.

    The provisions of this subpart are applicable to all products for
which regulations have been published under this part and which are
manufactured after the effective date of such regulations.



Sec. 205.2  Definitions.

    (a) As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have
the meaning given them in the Act.
    (1) Act means the Noise Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-574, 86
Stat. 1234).
    (2) Administrator means the Ad ministrator of the Environmental Pro
tec tion Agency or his authorized rep re sen ta tive.
    (3) Agency means the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
    (4) Export exemption means an exemption from the prohibitions of
section 10(a) (1), (2), (3), and (4) of the Act, granted by statute
under section 10(b)(2) of the Act for the purpose of exporting regulated
products.
    (5) National security exemption means an exemption from the
prohibitions of section 10(a) (1), (2), (3), and (5) of the Act, which
may be granted under section 10(b)(1) of the Act for the purpose of
national security.
    (6) [Reserved]
    (7) Sound Level means 20 times the logarithm to base 10 of the ratio
of pressure of a sound to the reference pressure. The reference pressure
is 20 micropascals (20 micronewtons per square meter). NOTE: Unless
otherwise explicitly stated, it is to be understood that the sound
pressure is the effective (rms) sound pressure, per American National
Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018.
    (8) Sound Pressure Level means in decibels, 20 times the logarithm
to the base 10 of the ratio of a sound pressure to the reference sound
pressure of 20 micropascals (20 micronewtons per square meter). In the
absence of any modifier, the level is understood to be that of a root-
mean-square pressure. The unit of any sound level is the decibel, having
the unit symbol dB.
    (9) dB(A) means the standard abbreviation for A-weighted sound
levels in decibels.
    (10) Highway means the streets, roads, and public ways in any State.
    (11) Fast Meter Response means that the fast dynamic response of the
sound level meter shall be used. The fast dynamic response shall comply
with the meter dynamic characteristics in paragraph 5.3 of the American
National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters, ANSI SI.4-1971.
This publication is available from the American National Standards
Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018.
    (12) Person means an individual, corporation, partnership, or
association, and except as provided in sections 11(e) and 12(a) of the
Act includes any officer, employee, department, agency or
instrumentality of the United States, a

[[Page 108]]

State or any political subdivision of a State.
    (13) Reasonable assistance means providing timely and unobstructed
access to test products or products and records required by this part,
and opportunity for copying such records or testing such test products.
    (14) Ultimate purchaser means the first person who in good faith
purchases a product for purposes other than resale.
    (15) New product means (i) a product the equitable or legal title of
which has never been transferred to an ultimate purchaser, or (ii) a
product which is imported or offered for importation into the United
States and which is manufactured after the effective date of a
regulation under section 6 or 8 which would have been applicable to such
product had it been manufactured in the United States.
    (16) Manufacturer means any person engaged in the manufacturing or
assembling of new products, or the importing of new products for resale,
or who acts for and is controlled by any such person in connection with
the distribution of such products.
    (17) Commerce means trade, traffic, commerce, or transportation:
    (i) Between a place in a State and any place outside thereof, or
    (ii) Which affects trade, traffic, commerce, or transportation
described in paragraph (a)(17)(i) of this section.
    (18) Distribute in commerce means sell in, offer for sale in, or
introduce or deliver for introduction into, commerce.
    (19) State includes the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, and the Trust
Territory of the Pacific Islands.
    (20) Federal Agency means an ex ecutive agency (as defined in
section 105 of title 5, United States Code) and includes the United
States Postal Service.
    (21) Environmental noise means the intensity, duration, and the
character of sounds from all sources.
    (22) Warranty means the warranty required by section 6(c)(1) of the
Act.
    (23) Tampering means those acts prohibited by section 10(a)(2) of
the Act.
    (24) Maintenance instructions or instructions means those
instructions for maintenance, use, and repair, which the Administrator
is authorized to require pursuant to section 6(c)(1) of the Act.
    (25) Type I Sound Level Meter means a sound level meter which meets
the Type I requirements of ANSI SI.4-1972 specification for sound level
meters. This publication is available from the American National
Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018.
    (26) Testing exemption means an exemption from the prohibitions of
section 10(a) (1), (2), (3), and (5) of the Act, which may be granted
under section 10(b)(1) of the Act for the purpose of research,
investigations, studies, demonstrations, or training, but not including
national security.
    (27) Product means any transportation equipment for which
regulations have been promulgated under this part and includes ``test
product.''
    (28) Test product means any product that is required to be tested
pursuant to this part.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61457, Dec. 5, 1977]



Sec. 205.3  Number and gender.

    As used in this part, words in the singular shall be deemed to
import the plural, and words in the masculine gender shall be deemed to
import the feminine and vice versa, as the case may require.



Sec. 205.4  Inspection and monitoring.

    (a) Any inspection or monitoring activities conducted under this
section shall be for the purpose of determining (1) whether test
products are being selected and prepared for testing in accordance with
the provisions of these regulations, (2) whether test product testing is
being conducted in accordance with these regulations, and (3) whether
products being produced for distribution into commerce comply with these
regulations.
    (b) The Director, Noise Enforcement Division, may request that a
manufacturer subject to this part admit an EPA Enforcement Officer
during operating hours to any of the following:
    (1) Any facility or site where any product to be distributed into
commerce is manufactured, assembled, or stored;

[[Page 109]]

    (2) Any facility or site where any tests conducted pursuant to this
part or any procedures or activities connected with such tests are or
were performed; and
    (3) Any facility or site where any test product is present.
    (c)(1) An EPA Enforcement Officer, once admitted to a facility or
site, will not be authorized to do more than:
    (i) To inspect and monitor test product manufacture and assembly,
selection, storage, preconditioning, noise emission testing, and
maintenance, and to verify correlation or calibration of test equipment;
    (ii) To inspect products prior to their distribution in commerce:
    (iii) To inspect and photograph any part or aspect of any such
product and any component used in the assembly thereof that are
reasonably related to the purpose of his entry.
    (iv) [Reserved]
    (v) To obtain from those in charge of the facility or site such
reasonable assistance as he may request to enable him to carry out any
proper function listed in this section.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) The provisions of this section apply whether the facility or
site is owned or controlled by the manufacturer or by one who acts for
the manufacturer.
    (d) For purposes of this section:
    (1) An ``EPA Enforcement Officer'' is an employee of the EPA Office
of Enforcement who displays upon arrival at a facility or site the
credentials identifying him as such an employee and a letter signed by
the Director, Noise Enforcement Division designating him to make the
inspection.
    (2) Where test product storage areas or facilities are concerned,
``operating hours'' shall mean all times during which personnel other
than custodial personnel are at work in the vicinity of the area or
facility and have access to it.
    (3) Where facilities or areas other than those covered by paragraph
(d)(2) of this section are concerned, ``operating hours'' shall mean all
times during which product manufacture or assembly is in operation or
all times during which product testing and maintenance is taking place
and/or production or compilation of records is taking place, or any
other procedure or activity related to selective enforcement audit
testing or product manufacture or assembly being carried out in a
facility.
    (e) The manufacturer shall admit to a facility or site an EPA
Enforcement Officer who presents a warrant authorizing entry. In the
absence of such warrant, entry to any facility or site under this
section will be only upon the consent of the manufacturer.
    (1) It is not a violation of this regulation or the Act for any
person to refuse entry without a warrant.
    (2) The Administrator or his designee may proceed ex parte to obtain
a warrant whether or not the manufacturer has refused entry.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 43 FR 27990, June 28, 1978;
47 FR 57713, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.5  Exemptions.



Sec. 205.5-1  Testing exemption.

    (a) A new product intended to be used solely for research,
investigations, studies, demonstrations or training, and so labeled or
marked on the outside of the container and on the product itself, shall
be exempt from the prohibitions of section 10(a)(1), (2), (3), and (5)
of the Act.
    (b) No request for a testing exemption is required.
    (c) For purposes of section 11(d) of the Act, any testing exemption
shall be void ab initio with respect to each new product, originally
intended for research, investigations, studies, demonstrations, or
training, but distributed in commerce for other uses.

[47 FR 57713, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.5-2  National security exemptions.

    (a) A new product which is produced to conform with specifications
developed by a national security agency, and so labeled or marked on the
outside of the container and on the product itself, shall be exempt from
the prohibitions of section 10(a)(1), (2), (3), and (5) of the Act.
    (b) No request for a national security exemption is required.

[[Page 110]]

    (c) For purposes of section 11(d) of the Act, any national security
exemption shall be void ab initio with respect to each new product,
originally intended to be produced to conform with specifications
developed by a national security agency, but distributed in commerce for
other uses.
    (d) Any manufacturer or person subject to the liabilities of section
11(a) with respect to any product originally intended for a national
security agency, but distributed in commerce for use in any State, may
be excluded from the application of section 11(a) with respect to such
product based upon a showing that such manufacturer:
    (1) Had no knowledge of such product being distributed in commerce
for use in any state; and
    (2) Made reasonable effort to ensure that such products would not be
distributed in commerce for use in any State. Such reasonable efforts
would include investigation, prior dealings, contract provisions, etc.

[47 FR 57714, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.5-3  Export exemptions.

    (a) A new product intended solely for export, and so labeled or
marked on the outside of the container and on the product itself, shall
be exempt from the prohibitions of section 10(a), (1), (2), (3), and (4)
of the Act.
    (b) No request for an export exemption is required.
    (c) For purposes of section 11(d) of the Noise Control Act, the
Administrator may consider any export exemption under section 10(b)(2)
as void ab initio with respect to each new product intended solely for
export which is distributed in commerce for use in any State.
    (d) In deciding whether to institute proceedings against a
manufacturer pursuant to section 11(d)(1) of the Act with respect to any
product originally intended solely for export but distributed in
commerce for use in any state, the Administrator will consider:
    (1) Whether the manufacturer had knowledge that such product would
be distributed in commerce for use in any state; and
    (2) Whether the manufacturer made reasonable efforts to ensure that
such product would not be distributed in commerce for use in any state.
Such reasonable efforts would include consideration of prior dealings
with any person which resulted in introduction into commerce of a
product manufactured for export only, investigation of prior instances
known to the manufacturer of introduction into commerce of a product
manufactured for export only, and contract provisions which minimize the
probability of introduction into commerce of a product manufactured for
export only.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61457, Dec. 5, 1977.
Redesignated at 47 FR 57714, Dec. 28, 1982]



                    Subpart B_Medium and Heavy Trucks



Sec. 205.50  Applicability.

    (a) Except as otherwise provided for in these regulations the
provisions of this subpart apply to any vehicle which has a gross
vehicle weight rating (GVWR) in excess of 10,000 pounds, which is
capable of transportation of property on a highway or street and which
meets the definition of the term ``new product'' in the Act.
    (b) The provisions of the subpart do not apply to highway, city, and
school buses or to special purpose equipment which may be located on or
operated from vehicles. Tests performed on vehicles containing such
equipment may be carried out with the special purpose equipment in
nonoperating condition. For purposes of this regulation special purpose
equipment includes, but is not limited to, construction equipment, snow
plows, garbage compactors and refrigeration equipment.



Sec. 205.51  Definitions.

    (a) As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein shall have
the meaning given them in the Act or in other subparts of this part.
    (1) Acceptable Quality Level means the maximum percentage of failing
vehicles that for purposes of sampling inspection, can be considered
satisfactory as a process average.
    (2) Acceptance of a batch means that the number of noncomplying
vehicles in the batch sample is less than or

[[Page 111]]

equal to the acceptance number as determined by the appropriate sampling
plan.
    (3) Batch means the collection of vehicles of the same category,
configuration or subgroup thereof as designated by the Administrator in
a test request, from which a batch sample is to be drawn, and inspected
to determine conformance with the acceptability criteria.
    (4) Batch size means the number as designated by the Administrator
in the test request of vehicles of the same category or configuration in
a batch.
    (5) Batch sample means the collection of vehicles of the same
category, configuration or subgroup thereof which are drawn from a batch
and from which test samples are drawn.
    (6) Batch sample size means the number of vehicles of the same
category or configuration in a batch sample.
    (7) Cab over axle or cab over engine means the cab which contains
the operator/passenger compartment is directly above the engine and
front axle and the entire cab can be tilted forward to permit access to
the engine compartment.
    (8) Category means a group of vehicle configurations which are
identical in all material aspects with respect to the parameters listed
in Sec. 205.55-2.
    (9) Configuration means the basic classification unit of a
manufacturer's product line and is comprised of all vehicle designs,
models or series which are identical in material aspects with respect to
the parameters listed in Sec. 205.55-3.
    (10) Acceptance of a Batch sequence means that the number of
rejected batches in the sequence is less than or equal to the acceptance
number as determined by the appropriate sampling plan.
    (11) Rejection of a Batch sequence means that the number of rejected
batches in a sequence is equal to or greater than the rejection number
as determined by the appropriate sampling plan.
    (12) Capable of Transportation of Property on a street or highway
means that the vehicle:
    (i) Is self propelled and is capable of transporting any material or
fixed apparatus, or is capable of drawing a trailer or semi-trailer;
    (ii) Is capable of maintaining a cruising speed of at least 25 mph
over level, paved surface;
    (iii) Is equipped or can readily be equipped with features
customarily associated with practical street or highway use, such
features including but not being limited to: A reverse gear and a
differential, fifth wheel, cargo platform or cargo enclosure, and
    (iv) Does not exhibit features which render its use on a street or
highway impractical, or highly unlikely, such features including, but
not being limited to, tracked road means, an inordinate size or features
ordinarily associated with combat or tactical vehicles.
    (13) Exhaust System means the system comprised of a combination of
components which provides for enclosed flow of exhaust gas from engine
exhaust port to the atmosphere.
    (14) Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) means the value
specified by the manufacturer as the loaded weight of a combination
vehicle.
    (15) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) means the value specified by
the manufacturer as the loaded weight of a single vehicle.
    (16) Inspection Criteria means the rejection and acceptance numbers
associated with a particular sampling plan.
    (17) Model year means the manufacturer's annual production period
which includes January 1 of such calendar year: Provided, that if the
manufacturer has no annual production period, the term ``model year''
shall mean the calendar year.
    (18) Noise Control System includes any vehicle part, component or
system the primary purpose of which is to control or cause the reduction
of noise emitted from a vehicle.
    (19) Noise emission test means a test conducted pursuant to the
measurement methodology specified in this subpart.
    (20) [Reserved]
    (21) Rejection of a batch means the number of noncomplying vehicles
in the batch sample is greater than or equal to the rejection number as
determined by the appropriate sampling plan.
    (22) Shift means the regular pro duction work period for one group
of workers.

[[Page 112]]

    (23) Test sample means the collection of vehicles from the same
category, configuration or subgroup thereof which is drawn from the
batch sample and which will receive noise emissions tests.
    (24) Failing vehicle means that the measured emissions of the
vehicle, when measured in accordance with the applicable procedure,
exceeds the applicable standard.
    (25) Acceptance of a vehicle means that the measured emissions of
the vehicle when measured in accordance with the applicable procedure,
conforms to the applicable standard.
    (26) Tampering means those acts prohibited by section 10(a)(2) of
the Act.
    (27) Test sample size means the number of vehicles of the same
category or configuration in a test sample.
    (28) Test vehicle means a vehicle selected and used to demonstrate
compliance with the applicable noise emission standards.
    (29) Vehicle means any motor vehicle, machine or tractor, which is
propelled by mechanical power and capable of transportation of property
on a street or highway and which has a gross vehicle weight rating in
excess of 10,000 pounds and a partially or fully enclosed operator's
compartment.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61456, 61458, Dec. 5,
1977; 47 FR 57714, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.52  Vehicle noise emission standards.

    (a) Low Speed Noise Emission Standard. Vehicles which are
manufactured after the following effective dates shall be designed,
built and equipped so that they will not produce sound emissions in
excess of the levels indicated.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Effective date                           Level
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) January 1, 1979........................................      83 dBA.
(ii) January 1, 1988.......................................      80 dBA.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) The standards set forth in paragraph (a) of this section refer
to the sound emissions as measured in accordance with the procedures
prescribed in Sec. 205.54-1,2.
    (c) Every manufacturer of a new motor vehicle subject to the
standards prescribed in this paragraph shall, prior to taking any of the
actions specified in section 10(a)(1) of the Act, comply with the other
provisions of this subpart or Subpart A, as applicable.
    (d) In-Use Standard. [Reserved]
    (e) Low Noise Emission Product. [Reserved]

(Sec. 6, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1237 (42 U.S.C. 4905, 4906))

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61456, Dec. 5, 1977; 51
FR 852, Jan. 8, 1986]



Sec. 205.54  Test procedures.

    The procedures described in this and subsequent sections will be the
test program to determine the conformity of vehicles with the standards
set forth in Sec. 205.52 for the purposes of Selective Enforcement
Auditing and Testing by the Administrator.

[47 FR 57714, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.54-1  Low speed sound emission test procedures.

    (a) Instrumentation. The following instrumentation shall be used,
where applicable.
    (1) A sound level meter which meets the Type 1 requirements of ANSI
S1.4-1971, Specification for Sound Level Meters, or a sound level meter
may be used with a magnetic tape recorder and/or a graphic level
recorder or indicating meter, providing the system meets the
requirements of Sec. 205.54-2.
    (2) A sound level calibrator. The calibrator shall produce a sound
pressure level, at the microphone diaphragm, that is known to within an
accuracy of 0.5 dB. The calibrator shall be checked annually to verify
that its output has not changed.
    (3) An engine-speed tachometer which is accurate within 2 percent
of meter reading.
    (4) An anemometer or other device for measurement of ambient wind
speed accurate within 10 percent.
    (5) A thermometer for measurement of ambient temperature accurate
within 1 C.
    (6) A barometer for measurement of ambient pressure accurate within
1 percent.
    (b)(1) The test site shall be such that the truck radiates sound
into a free field over a reflecting plane. This condition may be
considered fulfilled if the test site consists of an open space free

[[Page 113]]

of large reflecting surfaces, such as parked vehicles, signboards,
buildings or hillsides, located within 100 feet (30.4 meters) of either
the vehicle path or the microphone.
    (2) The microphone shall be located 50 feet 4 in. (15.2 0.1 meter)
from the centerline of truck travel and 4 feet 4 in. (1.2 0.1 meters)
above the ground plane. The microphone point is defined as the point of
intersection of the vehicle path and the normal to the vehicle path
drawn from the microphone. The microphone shall be oriented in a fixed
position to minimize the deviation from the flattest system response
over the frequency range 100 Hz to 10 kHz for a vehicle traversing from
the acceleration point through the end zone.

The microphone shall be oriented with respect to the source so that the
sound strikes the diaphragm at the angle for which the microphone was
calibrated to have the flattest frequency response characteristic over
the frequency range 100 Hz to 10 kHz.
    (3) An acceleration point shall be established on the vehicle path
50 feet (15 m) before the microphone point.
    (4) An end point shall be established on the vehicle path 100 feet
(30 m) from the acceleration point and 50 feet (15 m) from the
microphone point.
    (5) The end zone is the last 40 feet (12 m) of vehicle path prior to
the end point.
    (6) The measurement area shall be the triangular paved (concrete or
sealed asphalt) area formed by the acceleration point, the end point,
and the microphone location.
    (7) The reference point on the vehicle, to indicate when the vehicle
is at any of the points on the vehicle path, shall be the front of the
vehicle except as follows:
    (i) If the horizontal distance from the front of the vehicle to the
exhaust outlet is more than 200 inches (5.1 meters), tests shall be run
using both the front and rear of the vehicle as reference points.
    (ii) If the engine is located rearward to the center of the chassis,
the rear of the vehicle shall be used as the reference point.
    (8) The plane containing the vehicle path and the microphone
location (plane ABCDE in Figure 1) shall be flat within 2 inches (.05
meters).
    (9) Measurements shall not be made when the road surface is wet,
covered with snow, or during precipitation.
    (10) Bystanders have an appreciable influence on sound level meter
readings when they are in the vicinity of the vehicle or microphone;
therefore not more than one person, other than the observer reading the
meter, shall be within 50 feet (15.2 meters) of the vehicle path or
instrument and the person shall be directly behind the observer reading
the meter, on a line through the microphone and observer. To minimize
the effect of the observer and the container of the sound level meter
electronics on the measurements, cable should be used between the
microphone and the sound level meter. No observer shall be located
within 1 m in any direction of the microphone location.
    (11) The maximum A-weighted fast response sound level observed at
the test site immediately before and after the test shall be at least 10
dB below the regulated level.
    (12) The road surface within the test site upon which the vehicle
travels, and, at a minimum, the measurements area (BCD in figure 205.1)
shall be smooth concrete or smooth sealed asphalt, free of extraneous
material such as gravel.

[[Page 114]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE92.052

    (13) Vehicles with diesel engines shall be tested using Number 1D or
Number 2D diesel fuel possessing a cetane rating from 42 to 50
inclusive.
    (14) Vehicles with gasoline engines shall use the grade of gasoline
recommended by the manufacturer for use by the purchaser.
    (15) Vehicles equipped with thermo- statically controlled radiator
fans may be tested with the fan not operating.
    (c) Procedures--(1) Vehicle operation for vehicles with standard
transmissions. Full throttle acceleration and closed throttle
deceleration tests are to be used. A beginning engine speed and proper
gear ratio must be determined for use during measurements. Closed
throttle deceleration tests are required only for those vehicles
equipped with an engine brake.
    (i) Select the highest rear axle and/or transmission gear (``highest
gear'' is used in the usual sense; it is synonymous to the lowest
numerical ratio) and an initial vehicle speed such that at wide-open
throttle the vehicle will accelerate from the acceleration point.
    (a) Starting at no more than two-thirds (66 percent) of maximum
rated or of governed engine speed.
    (b) Reaching maximum rated or governed engine speed within the end
zone.
    (c) Without exceeding 35 mph (56 k/h) before reaching the end point.
    (1) Should maximum rated or governed rpm be attained before reaching
the end zone, decrease the approach rpm in 100 rpm increments until
maximum rated or governed rpm is attained within the end zone.
    (2) Should maximum rated or governed rpm not be attained until
beyond the end zone, select the next lower gear until maximum rated or
governed rpm is attained within the end zone.
    (3) Should the lowest gear still result in reaching maximum rated or
governed rpm beyond the permissible end zone, unload the vehicle and/or
increase the approach rpm in 100 rpm increments until the maximum rated
or

[[Page 115]]

governed rpm is reached within the end zone.
    (ii) For the acceleration test, approach the acceleration point
using the engine speed and gear ratio selected in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section and at the acceleration point rapidly establish wide-open
throttle. The vehicle reference shall be as indicated in paragraph
(b)(7) of this section. Acceleration shall continue until maximum rated
or governed engine speed is reached.
    (iii) Wheel slip which affects maximum sound level must be avoided.
    (2) Vehicle operation for vehicles with automatic transmissions.
Full throttle acceleration and closed throttle deceleration tests are to
be used. Closed throttle deceleration tests are required only for those
vehicles equipped with an engine brake.
    (i) Select the highest gear axle and/or transmission gear (highest
gear is used in the usual sense; it is synonymous to the lowest
numerical ratio) in which no up or down shifting will occur under any
operational conditions of the vehicle during the test run. Also, select
an initial vehicle speed such that at wide-open throttle the vehicle
will accelerate from the acceleration point.
    (a) Starting at two-thirds (66 percent) of maximum rated or of
governed engine speed.
    (b) Reaching maximum rated or governed engine speed within the end
zone.
    (c) Without exceeding 35 mph (56 k/h) before reaching the end point.
    (1) Should maximum rated or governed rpm be attained before reaching
the end zone, decrease the approach rpm in 100 rpm increments until
maximum rated or governed rpm is attained within the end zone.
    (2) Should maximum rated or governed rpm not be attained until
beyond the end zone, select the next lower gear until maximum rated or
governed rpm is attained within the end zone.
    (3) Should the lowest gear still result in reaching maximum rated or
governed rpm beyond the permissible end zone, unload the vehicle and/or
increase the approach rpm in 100 rpm increments until the maximum rated
or governed rpm is reached within the end zone, notwithstanding that
approach engine speed may now exceed two-thirds of maximum rated or of
full load governed engine speed.
    (4) Should the maximum rated or governed rpm still be attained
before entering the end zone, and the engine rpm during approach cannot
be further lowered, begin acceleration at a point 10 feet closer to the
beginning of the end zone. The approach rpm to be used is to be that rpm
used prior to the moving of the acceleration point 10 feet closer to the
beginning of the end zone.
    (5) Should the maximum rated or governed rpm still be attained
before entering the end zone, repeat the instructions in paragraph
(c)(2)(i)(c)(4) of this section until maximum rated or governed rpm is
attained within the end zone.
    (ii) For the acceleration test, approach the acceleration point
using the engine speed and gear ratio selected in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
this section and at the acceleration point rapidly establish wide-open
throttle. The vehicle reference shall be as indicated in paragraph
(b)(7) of this section. Acceleration shall continue until maximum rated
or governed engine speed is reached.
    (iii) Wheel slip which affects maximum sound level must be avoided.
    (3) Measurements. (i) The meter shall be set for ``fast response''
and the A-weighted network.
    (ii) The meter shall be observed during the period while the vehicle
is accelerating or decelerating. The applicable reading shall be the
highest sound level obtained for the run. The observer is cautioned to
rerun the test if unrelated peaks should occur due to extraneous ambient
noises. Readings shall be taken on both sides of the vehicle.
    (iii) The sound level associated with a side shall be the average of
the first two pass-by measurements for that side, if they are within 2
dB(A) of each other. Average of measurements on each side shall be
computed separately. If the first two measurements for a given side
differ by more than 2 dB(A), two additional measurements shall be made
on each side, and the average of the two highest measurements on each
side, within 2 dB(A) of each other, shall be taken as the measured
vehicle sound level for that side. The reported vehicle

[[Page 116]]

sound level shall be the higher of the two averages.
    (d) General requirements. (1) Measurements shall be made only when
wind velocity is below 12 mph (19 km/hr).
    (2) Proper usage of all test instrumentation is essential to obtain
valid measurements. Operating manuals or other literature furnished by
the instrument manufacturer shall be referred to for both recommended
operation of the instrument and precautions to be observed. Specific
items to be adequately considered are:
    (i) The effects of ambient weather conditions on the performance of
the instruments (for example, temperature, humidity, and barometric
pressure).
    (ii) Proper signal levels, terminat ing impedances, and cable
lengths on multi-instrument measurement systems.
    (iii) Proper acoustical calibration procedure to include the
influence of extension cables, etc. Field calibration shall be made
immediately before and after each test sequence. Internal calibration
means is acceptable for field use, provided that external calibration is
accomplished immediately before or after field use.
    (3)(i) A complete calibration of the instrumentation and external
acoustical calibrator over the entire frequency range of interest shall
be performed at least annually and as frequently as necessary during the
yearly period to insure compliance with the standards cited in American
National Standard S1.4-1971 ``Specifications for Sound Level Meters''
for a Type 1 instrument over the frequency range 50 Hz-10,000 Hz.
    (ii) If calibration devices are utilized which are not independent
of ambient pressure (e.g., a piston-phone) corrections must be made for
barometric or altimetric changes according to the recommendation of the
instrument manufacturer.
    (4) The truck shall be brought to a temperature within its normal
operating temperature range prior to commencement of testing. During
testing appropriate caution shall be taken to maintain the engine
temperatures within such normal operating range.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 11836, Mar. 1, 1977; 42
FR 61456, Dec. 5, 1977]



Sec. 205.54-2  Sound data acquisition system.

    (a) Systems employing tape recorders and graphic level recorders may
be established as equivalent to a Type I--ANSI S1.4-1971 sound level
meter for use in determining compliance with this regulation by meeting
the requirements of this section (Sec. 205.54-2(b)). This sound data
acquisition system qualification procedure is based primarily on ANSI
S6.1-1973.
    (1) Performance requirements--(i) System frequency response. It is
required that the overall steady-state frequency response of the data
acquisition system shall be within the tolerances prescribed in Table
205.1 when measured in accordance with section (2). The tolerances in
Table 205.1 are applicable to either flat or A-weighted response. (See
paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section.)
    (ii) Detector response. To ensure that a (true) rms indication is
provided, the difference between the level indicated for a 1000 Hz
sinusoidal signal equivalent to a sound level of 86 dB (rms) and the
level indicated for an octave band of random noise of equal energy as
the sinusoidal signal centered at 1000 Hz shall be no greater than 0.5
dB. A true rms voltmeter shall be used to determine equivalence of two
input signals.
    (iii) Indicating meter. If an indicating meter is used to obtain
sound levels or band pressure levels, it must meet the requirements of
paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) and (vi)(B) of this section and the following.

                    Table 205.1--System Response Data
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       A-weighted            Tolerance (decibels)
  Freq. (hertz)    response (Re-1000 -----------------------------------
                        Hz, dB)            Plus--            Minus--
------------------------------------------------------------------------
         31.5              -39.4                1.5               1.5
         40.0              -34.6                1.5               1.5
         50.0              -30.2                1.0               1.0
         63.0              -26.2                1.0               1.0
         80.0              -22.5                1.0               1.0
        100.0              -19.1                1.0               1.0
        125.0              -16.1                1.0               1.0
        160.0              -13.4                1.0               1.0
        200.0              -10.9                1.0               1.0
        250.0               -8.6                1.0               1.0

[[Page 117]]


        315.0               -6.6                1.0               1.0
        400.0               -4.8                1.0               1.0
        500.0               -3.2                1.0               1.0
        630.0               -1.9                1.0               1.0
        800.0                -.8                1.0               1.0
      1,000.0                  0                1.0               1.0
      1,250.0                 .6                1.0               1.0
      1,600.0                1.0                1.0               1.0
      2,000.0                1.2                1.0               1.0
      2,500.0                1.3                1.0               1.0
      3,150.0                1.2                1.0               1.0
      4,000.0                1.0                1.0               1.0
      5,000.0                 .5                1.5               2.0
      6,300.0                -.1                1.5               2.0
      8,000.0               -1.1                1.5               3.0
     10,000.0               -2.5                2.0               4.0
     12,500.0               -4.3                3.0               6.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (A) The scale shall be graduated in 1 dB steps.
    (B) No scale indication shall be more than 0.2 dB different from the
true value of the signal when an input signal equivalent to 86 dB sound
level indicates correctly.
    (C) Maximum indication for an input signal of 1000 Hz tone burst of
0.2 sec duration shall be within the range of -2 to 0 dB with respect to
the steady-state indication for a 1000 Hz tone equivalent to 86 dB sound
level.
    (iv) Microphone. If microphone is used which has not been provided
as a component of a precision sound level meter, it must be determined
to meet the microphone characteristics described in IEC Publication 179,
Precision Sound Level Meters.
    (v) Magnetic tape recorders. No requirements are described in this
document pertaining to tape recorders, except for frequency response.
Generally, recorders of adequate quality to provide the frequency
response performance required will also meet other minimum requirements
for distortion, signal-to-noise ratio, etc.
    (vi) Graphic level recorder dynamic response. When using a graphic
level recorder, it is necessary to select pen response settings such
that the readings obtained are statistically equivalent to those
obtained by directly reading a meter which meets the ``fast'' dynamic
requirement of a precision sound level meter indicating meter system for
the range of vehicles to be tested. To ensure statistical equivalence,
at least 30 comparative observations of real test data shall be made and
the average of the absolute value of the differences observed shall be
less than 0.5 dB. The settings described in this paragraph likely assure
appropriate dynamic response; however, different settings may be
selected on the basis of the above requirement.
    (A) Use a pen writing speed of nominally 60-100 dB/sec. If
adjustable, low frequency response should be limited to about 20 Hz.
    (B) Indicated overshoot for a suddenly applied 1000 Hz sinusoidal
signal equivalent to 86 dB sound level shall be no more than 1.1 dB and
no less than 0.1 dB.
    (2) Frequency response qualification procedure. (i) Typical noise
measurement and analysis configurations are shown in Figures 205.2
through 205.4. The qualification procedure described herein duplicates
these configurations, but with the microphone replaced by an electronic
sinewave oscillator. Caution should be exercised when connecting an
oscillator to the input of a sound level meter to ensure, perhaps by
using a resistive voltage divider network, that the input is not
overloaded (see Sec. 205.54-2(a)(2)(ii)).

[[Page 118]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE92.053

    (ii) Calibrate the oscillator to be used by measuring its output
relative to the voltage which is equivalent to 86 dB sound level at each
of the 27 frequencies listed in Table 205.1 using an electronic
voltmeter of known calibration. Record the result in voltage level in dB
re voltage corresponding to 86 dB

[[Page 119]]

sound level at 1000 Hz. This will describe the frequency response
characteristics of the oscillator.
    (iii) If a graphic level recorder is to be used, connect it to the
oscillator output. If the oscillator and graphic level recorder can be
synchronized, slowly sweep the frequency over the range of 31.5 to
12,500 Hz, recording the oscillator output. If they cannot be
synchronized, record oscillator output for signals at the 27 frequencies
given in Table 205.1. The differences between the combined response thus
obtained and the oscillator response obtained previously will describe
the frequency response of the graphic level recorder.
    (iv) If visual observation of an indicating meter is to be used for
obtaining data, the oscillator should be connected to the indicating
meter input (such as the microphone input of a sound level meter) and
the meter reading observed for a fixed oscillator output voltage setting
for signals at the 27 frequencies given in Table 205.1.
    (v) To check a tape recorder, connect the instruments as shown in
Figure 205.4. Using a 1000 Hz tone, adjust the oscillator output level
to obtain a reading 15 dB below maximum record level. If the
synchronized oscillator/graphic level recorder system is to be used for
analysis, record an oscillator sweep over the range of 31.5 to 12,500
Hz, using an appropriate tape recorder input attenuator setting.
Alternatively, tape-record frequency tones at the 27 frequencies given
in Table 205.1. Replay the tape recordings using the setup shown in
Figure 205.3. Record the data on a graphic level recorder or through
visual observation of the indicating meter. Subtract the oscillator
frequency response in paragraph (b)(2) of this section from the response
obtained through the record-playback sequence to obtain the record/
reproduce frequency response of the system except for the microphone.
    (vi) To obtain the overall system frequency response, add the
manufacturer's microphone calibration data to the response just
obtained. This may be the frequency response for the specific microphone
to be used, including calibration tolerances. Alternatively, use the
manufacturer's ``typical'' microphone response plus and minus the
maximum deviation expected from ``typical'' including calibration
tolerances. Use the microphone response curve which corresponds to the
manner in which it is used in the field. It may be required to add a
correction to the response curves provided to obtain field response;
refer to the manufacturer's manual.
    (vii) Adjustment or repair of equipment may be required to obtain
response within the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. After
any adjustments, the system shall be requalified according to paragraph
(b) of this section.
    (3) General comments. (i) Calibrate tape recorders using the brand
and type of magnetic tape used for actual data acquisition. Differences
in tape can cause an appreciable variation in the recorder/reproduce
frequency response characteristics of tape recorder.
    (ii) It shall be ensured that the instrumentation used will perform
within specifications and applicable tolerances over the temperature,
humidity, and other environmental variation ranges which may be
encountered in vehicle noise measurement works.
    (iii) Qualification tests shall be performed using equipment
(including cables) and recording and playback techniques identical with
those used while recording vehicle noise. For example, if weighted sound
level data are normally recorded use similar weighting and apply the
tolerances of Table 205.1 to the weighting curve for comparison with
record-playback curves. Precautions should also be taken to ensure that
source and load impedances are appropriate to the device being tested.
Other data acquisition systems may use any combination of microphones,
sound level meters, amplifiers, tape recorders, graphic level recorders,
or indicating meters. The same approach to qualifying such a system
shall be taken as described in this document for the systems depicted in
Figures 205.2, 205.3 and 205.4.
    (b) Systems other than those specified in Sec. Sec. 205.54-1(a) and
205.54-2(a) may be used for establishing compliance with this
regulation. In each case the system must yield sound levels which are
equivalent to those produced by a sound level meter Type 1 ANSI S1.4-

[[Page 120]]

1971. The manufacturer bears the burden of demonstrating such
equivalence.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61456, Dec. 5, 1977; 47
FR 57714, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.55  Requirements.



Sec. 205.55-1  General requirements.

    (a) Every new vehicle manufactured for distribution in commerce in
the United States which is subject to the standards prescribed in this
subpart and not exempted in accordance with Sec. 205.5:
    (1) Shall be labeled in accordance with the requirements of Sec.
205.55-5 of this subpart.
    (2) Shall conform to the applicable noise emission standard
established in Sec. 205.52 of this regulation.
    (b) The requirements of paragraph (a) apply to new products which
conform to the definition of vehicles in these regulations and at the
time such new products are assembled to that state of completeness in
which the manufacturer distributes them in commerce.
    (c) Subsequent manufacturers of a new product which conforms to the
definition of vehicle in these regulations when received by them from a
prior manufacturer, need not fulfill the requirements of paragraph
(a)(1) where such requirements have already been complied with by a
prior manufacturer.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61456, Dec. 5, 1977; 47
FR 57714, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.55-2  Compliance with standards.

    (a)(1) Prior to distribution in commerce of vehicles of a specific
configuration, the first manufactures of such vehicles must verify such
configurations in accordance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) At any time following receipt of notice under this section with
respect to a configuration, the Administrator may require that the
manufacturer ship test vehicles to the EPA test facility in order for
the Administrator to perform the tests required for production
verification.
    (b) The requirements for purposes of testing by the Administrator
and selective enforcement auditing with regard to each vehicle
configuration consist of:
    (1) Testing in accordance with Sec. 205.54 of a vehicle selected in
accordance with Sec. 205.57-2, and
    (2) Compliance of the test vehicle with the applicable standard when
tested in accordance with Sec. 205.54.
    (c)(1) In lieu of testing vehicles of every configuration as
described in paragraph (b) of this section, the manufacturer may elect
to verify the configuration based on representative testing, the
requirements of which consist of:
    (i) Grouping configurations into a category where each category will
be determined by a separate combination of at least the following
parameters (a manufacturer may use more parameters):
    (a) Engine type.
    (1) Gasoline--two stroke cycle.
    (2) Gasoline--four stroke cycle.
    (3) Diesel--two stroke cycle.
    (4) Diesel--four stroke cycle.
    (5) Rotary--wankel.
    (6) Turbine.
    (7) Other.
    (b) Engine manufacturer.
    (c) Engine displacement.
    (d) Engine configuration (e.g., L-6, V-8, etc.).
    (e) Series (i.e., cab design) including but not limited to
conventional, cab over engine, and cab forward.
    (ii) Identifying the configuration within each category which emits
the highest sound pressure level (dBA) based on his best technical
judgment and/or emission test data;
    (iii) Testing in accordance with Sec. 205.54 of a vehicle selected
in accordance with Sec. 205.57-2 which must be a vehicle of the
configuration which is identified pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of
this section as having the highest sound pressure level (estimated or
actual) within the category; and
    (iv) Compliance of the test vehicle with applicable standards when
tested in accordance with Sec. 205.54.
    (2) Where the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) are complied with,
all those configurations contained within a category are considered
represented by the tested vehicle.
    (3) Where the manufacturer tests a vehicle configuration which has
not

[[Page 121]]

been determined as having the highest sound pressure level of a
category, but all other requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section
are complied with all those configurations contained with that category
which are determined to have sound pressure levels no greater than the
tested vehicle are considered to be represented by the tested vehicle,
however, a manufacturer must for purposes of Testing by the
Administrator and Selective Enforcement Auditing verify according to the
requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and/or (c)(1) of this section any
configurations in the subject category which have a higher sound
pressure level than the vehicle configuration tested.
    (d) [Reserved]
    (e) The manufacturer may, at his option, proceed with any of the
following alternatives with respect to any vehicle determined not in
compliance with applicable standards.
    (1) In the case of representative testing a new test vehicle from
another configuration must be selected according to the requirements of
paragraph (c) of this section, in order to verify the configurations
represented by the non-compliant vehicle.
    (2) Modify the test vehicle and demonstrate by testing that it meets
applicable standards. The manufacturer must modify all production
vehicles of the same configuration in the same manner as the test
vehicle before distribution into commerce.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61458, Dec. 5, 1977; 47
FR 57714, Dec. 28, 1982; 48 FR 27040, June 13, 1983]



Sec. 205.55-3  Configuration identification.

    (a) A separate vehicle configuration shall be determined by each
combination of the following parameters:
    (1) Exhaust system configuration. (i) Single vertical.
    (ii) Dual vertical.
    (iii) Single horizontal.
    (iv) Dual horizontal.
    (2) Air induction system (engine). (i) Natural.
    (ii) Turbocharged.
    (3) Fan. (i) Diameter.
    (ii) Drive.
    (a) Direct.
    (b) Thermostatic.
    (iii) Max fan rpm.
    (4) Engine manufacturer's horsepower rating.
    (5) Cab characteristic. (i) Sleeper.
    (ii) Non sleeper.
    (6) Category parameters listed in Sec. 205.55-2.



Sec. 205.55-4  Labeling-compliance.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer of any vehicle subject to the provisions of
Sec. 205.52 shall, at the time of manufacture, affix a permanent,
legible label, of the type and in the manner described below, containing
the information hereinafter provided, to all such vehicles to be
distributed in commerce. The labels shall be affixed in such a manner
that they cannot be removed without destroying or defacing them, and
shall not be affixed to any equipment which is easily detached from such
vehicle.
    (2) A label shall be permanently attached, in a readily visible
position, in the operator's compartment.
    (3) Labels for vehicles not manufactured solely for use outside the
United States shall contain the following information lettered in the
English language in block letters and numerals, which shall be of a
color that contrasts with the background of the label:
    (i) The label heading: Vehicle Noise Emission Control Information;
    (ii) Full corporate name and trademark of manufacturer;
    (iii) Month and year of manufacture;
    (iv) The statement:

    This Vehicle Conforms to U.S. EPA Regulations for Noise Emission
Applicable to Medium and Heavy Trucks.
    The following acts or the causing thereof by any person are
prohibited by the Noise Control Act of 1972:
    (A) The removal or rendering inoperative, other than for purposes of
maintenance, repair, or replacement, of any noise control device or
element of design (listed in the owner's manual) incorporated into this
vehicle in compliance with the Noise Control Act;
    (B) The use of this vehicle after such device or element of design
has been removed or rendered inoperative.

    (b) Labels for vehicles manufactured solely for use outside the
United States shall contain the words ``For Export Only.''

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61456, 61458, Dec. 5,
1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 57715, Dec. 28, 1982]

[[Page 122]]



Sec. 205.55-5  Labeling-exterior. [Reserved]



Sec. 205.56  Testing by the Administrator.

    (a)(1) The Administrator may require that any vehicles to be tested
pursuant to the Act be submitted to him, at such place and time as he
may reasonably designate and in such quantity and for such time as he
may reasonably require for the purpose of conducting tests in accordance
with test procedures described in Sec. 205.54 to determine whether such
vehicles or a manufacturer's test facility conform to applicable
regulations. It is a condition of the requirements under this section
that the manner in which the Administrator conducts such tests, the EPA
test facility itself, and the test procedures he employs shall be based
upon good engineering practice and meet or exceed the requirements of
Sec. 205.54 of the regulations.
    (2) The Administrator may specify that he will conduct such testing
at the manufacturer's facility, in which case instrumentation and
equipment of the type required by these regulations shall be made
available by the manufacturer for test operations. The Administrator may
conduct such tests with his own equipment, which shall equal or exceed
the performance specifications of the instrumentation or equipment
specified by the Administrator in these regulations.
    (3) The manufacturer may observe tests conducted by the
Administrator pursuant to this section on vehicles produced by such
manufacturer and may copy the data accumulated from such tests. The
manufacturer may inspect any such vehicles before and after testing by
the Administrator.
    (b)(1) If, based on tests conducted by the Administrator or other
relevant information, the Administrator determines that the test
facility does not meet the requirements of Sec. 205.54-1 (a) and (b) he
will notify the manufacturer in writing of his determination and the
reasons therefor.
    (2) The manufacturer may at any time within 15 days after receipt of
a notice issued under paragraph (b)(1) of this section request a hearing
conducted in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554 on the issue of whether his
test facility was in conformance. Such notice will not take effect until
15 days after receipt by the manufacturer, or if a hearing is requested
under this paragraph, until adjudication by the hearing examiner.
    (3) After any notification issued under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section has taken effect, no data thereafter derived from such test
facility will be acceptable for purposes of this part.
    (4) The manufacturer may request in writing that the Administrator
reconsider his determination under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
based on data or information which indicates that changes have been made
to the test facility and such changes have resolved the reasons for
disqualification.
    (5) The Administrator will notify the manufacturer of his
determination and an explanation of the reasons under lying it with
regard to the re quali fi ca tion of the test facility with in 10
working days after receipt of the manufacturer's request for re con sid
era tion pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
    (c)(1) The Administrator will assume all reasonable costs associated
with shipment of vehicles to the place designated pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this section except with respect to:
    (i) [Reserved]
    (ii) Testing of a reasonable number of vehicles for purposes of
selective enforcement auditing under Sec. 205.57 or testing of smaller
numbers of vehicles, if the manufacturer has failed to establish that
there is a correlation between its test facility and the EPA test
facility or the Administrator has reason to believe, and provides the
manufacturer a statement of such reasons, that the vehicles to be tested
would fail to meet the standard prescribed in this subpart if tested at
the EPA test facility, but would meet such standard if tested at the
manufacturer's test facility;
    (iii) Any testing performed during a period when a notice of
nonconfor- mance of the manufacturer's test facility issued pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section is in effect;
    (iv) Any testing performed at place other than the manufacturer's
facility as a result of the manufacturer's failure to permit the
Administrator to

[[Page 123]]

conduct or monitor testing as required by this part.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61456, 61459, Dec. 5,
1977; 47 FR 57715, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.57  Selective enforcement auditing requirements.



Sec. 205.57-1  Test request.

    (a) The Administrator will request all testing under Sec. 205.57 by
means of a test request addressed to the manufacturer.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this
section, the Administrator will not issue to a manufacturer during any
model year more test requests than a number determined by dividing the
total number of vehicles subject to this regulation which the
manufacturer projects he will produce during that model year by 25,000
and rounding to the next higher whole number: Except, that the
Administrator may issue one additional test request beyond the annual
limit to any manufacturer for each time a batch sequence for any
category, configuration or subgroup thereof of such manufacturer's
production is rejected in accordance with Sec. 205.57-7.
    (2) Any test request issued against a category, configuration or
subgroup thereof which the Administrator has reason to believe does not
meet the standards specified in Sec. 205.52 will not be counted against
the annual limit on test requests described in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section. Any such request shall include a statement of the
Administrator's reason for such belief.
    (3) Any test request under which testing is not completed will not
be counted against the annual limit on test requests described in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (b) The test request will be signed by the Assistant Administrator
for Enforcement or his designee. The test request will be delivered by
an EPA Enforcement Officer to the plant manager or other responsible
official as designated by the manufacturer.
    (c) The test request will specify the vehicle category,
configuration or subgroup thereof selected for testing, the batch from
which sampling is to begin, the batch size, the manufacturer's plant or
storage facility from which the vehicles must be selected, the time at
which a vehicle must be selected. The test request will also provide for
situations in which the selected configuration or category is
unavailable for testing. The test request may include an alternative
category or configuration selected for testing in the event that
vehicles of the first specified category or configuration are not
available for testing because the vehicles are not being manufactured at
the specified plant and/or are not being manufactured during the
specified time or not being stored at the specified plant or storage
facility.
    (d) Any manufacturer shall, upon receipt of the test request, select
and test a batch sample of vehicles from two consecutively produced
batches of the vehicle category or configurations specified in the test
request in accordance with these regulations and the conditions
specified in the test request.
    (e)(1) Any testing conducted by the manufacturer pursuant to a test
request shall be initiated within such period as is specified within the
test request: Except, that such initiation may be delayed for increments
of 24 hours or one business day where ambient test site weather
conditions, or other conditions beyond the control of the manufacturer,
in any 24-hour period do not permit testing: Provided, That these
conditions for that period are recorded.
    (2) The manufacturer shall complete emission testing on a minimum of
five vehicles per day unless otherwise provided for by the Administrator
or unless ambient test site conditions only permit the testing of a
lesser number: Provided, that ambient test site weather conditions for
that period are recorded.
    (3) The manufacturer will be allowed 24 hours to ship vehicles from
a batch sample from the assembly plant to the testing facility if the
facility is not located at the plant or in close proximity to the plant:
Except, that the Administrator may approve more time based upon a
request by the manufacturer accompanied by a satisfactory justifi
cation.
    (f) The Administrator may issue an order to the manufacturer to
cease to distribute into commerce vehicles of a

[[Page 124]]

specified category or configuration being manufactured at a particular
facility if:
    (1) The manufacturer refuses to comply with the provisions of a test
request issued by the Administrator pursuant to this section; or
    (2) The manufacturer refuses to comply with any of the requirements
of this section.
    (g) A cease-to-distribute order shall not be issued under paragraph
(f) of this section if such refusal is caused by conditions and
circumstances outside the control of the manufacturer which renders it
impossible to comply with the provisions of a test request or any other
requirements of this section. Such conditions and circumstances shall
include, but are not limited to, any uncontrollable factors which result
in the temporary unavailability of equipment and personnel needed to
conduct the required tests, such as equipment break-down or failure or
illness of personnel, but shall not include failure of the manufacturer
to adequately plan for and provide the equipment and personnel needed to
conduct the tests. The manufacturer will bear the burden of establishing
the presence of the conditions and circumstances required by this
paragraph.
    (h) Any such order shall be issued only after a notice and
opportunity for a hearing.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61459, Dec. 5, 1977; 43
FR 12326, Mar. 24, 1978]



Sec. 205.57-2  Test vehicle sample selection.

    (a) Vehicles comprising the batch sample which are required to be
tested pursuant to a test request in accordance with this subpart will
be selected in the manner specified in the test request from a batch of
vehicles of the category or configuration specified in the test request.
If the test request specifies that the vehicles comprising the batch
sample must be selected randomly, the random selection will be achieved
by sequentially numbering all of the vehicles in the batch and then
using a table of random numbers to select the number of vehicles as
specified in paragraph (c) of this section based on the batch size
designated by the Administrator in the test request. An alternative
random selection plan may be used by a manufacturer: Provided, That such
a plan is approved by the Administrator. If the test request does not
specify that test vehicles must be randomly selected, the manufacturer
shall select test vehicles consecutively.
    (1) Should a situation arise in which the configuration to be tested
consists of only vehicles with automatic transmissions, they shall be
tested in accordance with Sec. 205.54-1(c)(2).
    (2) If the configuration to be tested consists of both automatic
transmission and standard transmission vehicles, the test vehicle shall
be a standard transmission vehicle unless the manufacturer has reason to
believe that the automatic transmission vehicle emits a greater sound
level.
    (b) The Acceptable Quality Level is 10 percent. The appropriate
sampling plans associated with the desig nated AQL are contained in
Appendix I, Table II.
    (c) The appropriate batch sample size will be determined by
reference to Appendix I, Table I and II. A code letter is obtained from
Table I based on the batch size designated by the Administrator in a
test request. The batch sample size will be obtained from Table II. The
batch sample size will be equal to the maximum cumulative sample size
for the appropriate code letter obtained from Table I plus an additional
10 percent rounded off to the next highest number.
    (d) If the test request specifies that vehicles comprising the batch
sample must be selected randomly, individual vehicles comprising the
test sample will be randomly selected from the batch sample using the
same random selection plan as in paragraph (a) of this section. Test
sample size will be determined by entering Table II.
    (e) The test vehicle of the category, configuration or subgroup
thereof selected for testing shall have been assembled by the
manufacturer for distribution in commerce using the manufacturer's
normal production process in accordance with Sec. 205.55-5(a).
    (f) Unless otherwise indicated in the test request, the manufacturer
will select the batch sample from the production batch, next scheduled
after receipt

[[Page 125]]

of the test request, of the category or configuration specified in the
test request.
    (g) Unless otherwise indicated in the test request, the manufacturer
shall select the vehicles designated in the test request for testing.
    (h) At their discretion, EPA Enforcement Officers, rather than the
manufacturer, may select the vehicles designated in the test request.
    (i) The manufacturer will keep on hand all vehicles in the batch
sample until such time as the batch is accepted or rejected in
accordance with Sec. 205.57-6: Except, that vehicles actually tested
and found to be in conformance with these regulations need not be kept.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61459, Dec. 5, 1977; 47
FR 57715, Dec. 28, 1982; 48 FR 27039, June 13, 1983]



Sec. 205.57-3  Test vehicle preparation.

    (a) Prior to the official test, the test vehicle selected in
accordance with Sec. 205-57-2 shall not be prepared, tested, modified,
adjusted, or maintained in any manner unless such adjustments,
preparation, modification and/or tests are part of the manufacturer's
prescribed manufacturing and inspection procedures, and are documented
in the manufacturer's internal vehicle assembly and inspection
procedures or unless such adjustments and/or tests are required or
permitted under this subpart or are approved in advance by the
Administrator. For purposes of this section, prescribed manufacturing
and inspection procedures include quality control testing and assembly
procedures normally performed by the manufacturer on like products
during early production so long as the resulting testing is not biased
by the procedure. In the case of imported products the manufacturer may
perform adjustments, preparations, modification and/or tests normally
performed at the port of entry by the manufacturer to prepare the
vehicle for delivery to a dealer or customer.
    (b) Equipment or fixtures necessary to conduct the test may be
installed on the vehicle: Provided, That such equipment or fixtures
shall have no effect on the noise emissions of the vehicle, as
determined by measurement method ology.
    (c) In the event of vehicle malfunction (i.e., failure to start,
misfiring cylinder, etc.) the manufacturer may perform the maintenance
that is necessary to enable the vehicle to operate in a normal manner.
    (d) No quality control, testing, assembly or selection procedures
shall be used on the completed vehicle or any portion thereof, including
parts and subassemblies, that will not normally be used during the
production and assembly of all other vehicles of the category which will
be distributed in commerce, unless such procedures are required or
permitted under this subpart.

[47 FR 57715, Dec. 28, 1982; 48 FR 27039, June 13, 1983]



Sec. 205.57-4  Testing procedures.

    (a) The manufacturer shall conduct one valid test in accordance with
the test procedures specified in Sec. 205.54 of this subpart for each
vehicle selected for testing pursuant to this subpart.
    (b) No maintenance will be performed on test vehicles except as
provided for by Sec. 205.57-3. In the event a vehicle is unable to
complete the emission test, the manufacturer may replace the vehicle.
Any replacement vehicle will be a production vehicle of the same
configuration as the replaced vehicle. It will be randomly selected from
the batch sample and will be subject to all the provisions of these
regulations.



Sec. 205.57-5  Reporting of the test results.

    (a) Within 5 working days after completion of testing of all
vehicles in a batch sample the manufacturer shall submit to the
Administrator a final report which will include the information required
by the test request in the format stipulated in the test request in
addition to the following:
    (1) The name, location, and description of the manufacturer's
emission test facilities which meet the specifications of Sec. 205.54
and were utilized to conduct testing reported pursuant to this section:
Except, that a test facility that has been described in a previous
submission under this subpart need not again be described but must be
identified as such.

[[Page 126]]

    (2) A description of the random vehicle selection method used,
referencing any tables of random numbers that were used, name of the
person in charge of the random number selection, if the vehicle test
request specifies a random vehicle selection.
    (3) The following information for each noise emission test
conducted,
    (i) The completed data sheet required by Sec. 205.54 for all noise
emission tests including: For each invalid test, the reason for
invalidation.
    (ii) A complete description of any modification, repair,
preparation, main tenance, and/or testing which could affect the noise
emissions of the vehicle and which was performed on the test vehicle but
will not be performed on all other production vehicles.
    (iii) The reason for the replacement where a replacement vehicle was
authorized by the Administrator, and, if any, the test results for the
replaced vehicles.
    (4) A complete description of the sound data acquisition system if
other than those specified in Sec. Sec. 205.54-1(a) and 205.54-2(a).
    (5) The following statement and endorsement:

    This report is submitted pursuant to section 6 and section 13 of the
Noise Control Act of 1972. To the best of ------(company name)
knowledge, all testing for which data are reported herein was conducted
in strict conformance with applicable regulations under 40 CFR 205.1 et
seq., all the data reported herein are a true and accurate
representation of such testing and all other information reported herein
is true and accurate. I am aware of the penalties associated with
violations of the Noise Control Act of 1972 and the regulations
thereunder.

                                             (authorized representative)

    (b) All information required to be forwarded to the Administrator
pursuant to this section shall be addressed to Director, Noise
Enforcement Division (EN-387), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC 20460.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61459, Dec. 5, 1977; 43
FR 12326, Mar. 24, 1978]



Sec. 205.57-6  Acceptance and rejection of batches.

    (a) The batch from which a batch sample is selected will be accepted
or rejected based upon the number of failing vehicles in the batch
sample. A sufficient number of test samples will be drawn from the batch
sample until the cumulative number of failing vehicles is less than or
equal to the acceptance number or greater than or equal to the rejection
number appropriate for the cumulative number of vehicles tested. The
acceptance and rejection numbers listed in Appendix I, Table II at the
appropriate code letter obtained according to Sec. 205.57-2 will be
used in determining whether the acceptance or rejection of a batch has
occurred.
    (b) Acceptance or rejection of a batch takes place when the decision
that a vehicle is a failing vehicle is made on the last vehicle required
to make a decision under paragraph (a) of this section.



Sec. 205.57-7  Acceptance and rejection of batch sequence.

    (a) The manufacturer will continue to inspect consecutive batches
until the batch sequence is accepted or rejected based upon the number
of rejected batches. A sufficient number of consecutive batches will be
inspected until the cumulative number of rejected batches is less than
or equal to the sequence acceptance number of greater than or equal to
the sequence rejection number appropriate for the cumulative number of
batches inspected. The acceptance and rejection numbers listed in
Appendix I, Table III at the appropriate code letter obtained according
to Sec. 205.57-2 will be used in determining whether the acceptance or
rejection of a batch sequence has occurred.
    (b) Acceptance or rejection of a batch sequence takes place when the
decision that a vehicle is a failiing vehicle is made on the last
vehicle required to make a decision under paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) If the batch sequence is accepted, the manufactureer will not be
required to perform any additional testing on vehicles from subsequent
batches pursuant to the initiating test request.

[[Page 127]]

    (d) The Administrator may terminate testing earlier than required in
paragraph (b) of this section based on a request by the manufacturer
accompanied by voluntary cessation of distribution in commerce, of
vehicles from the category, configuration or subgroup in question
manufactured at the plant which produced the vehicles under test:
Provided, That before reinitiating distribution in commerce of vehicles
from such plant of such vehicle category, configuration or subgroup, the
manufacturer must take the action described in Sec. 205.57-9(a)(1) and
(a)(2).

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61460, Dec. 5, 1977]



Sec. 205.57-8  Continued testing.

    (a) If a batch sequence is rejected in accordance with paragraph (b)
of Sec. 205.57-7, the Administrator may require that any or all
vehicles of that category, configuration of subgroup thereof produced at
that plant be tested before distribution in commerce.
    (b) The Administrator will notify the manufacturer in writing of his
intent to require such continued testing of vehicles pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) The manufacturer may request a hearing on the issues of whether
the selective enforcement audit was conducted properly; whether the
criteria for batch sequence rejection in Sec. 204.57-7 have been met;
and, the appropriateness or scope of a continued testing order. In the
event that a hearing is requested, the hearing shall begin no later than
15 days after the date on which the Administrator received the hearing
request. Neither the request for a hearing nor the fact that a hearing
is in progress shall affect the reponsibility of the manufacturer to
commence and continue testing required by the Administrator pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Any tested vehicle which demonstrated conformance with the
applicable standards may be distributed into commerce.
    (e) Any knowing distribution into commerce of a vehicle which does
not comply with the applicable standards is a prohibited act.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61460, Dec. 5, 1977; 44
FR 54296, Sept. 19, 1979]



Sec. 205.57-9  Prohibition on distribution in commerce; manufacturer's
remedy.

    (a) The Administrator will permit the cessation of continued testing
under Sec. 205.57-8 once the manufacturer has taken the following
actions:
    (1) Submit a written report to the Administrator which identifies
the reason for the noncompliance of the vehicles, describes the problem
and describes the proposed quality control and/or quality assurance
remedies to be taken by the manufacturer to correct the problem or
follows the requirements for an engineering change. Such requirements
include the following:
    (i) Any change to a configuration with respect to any of the
parameters stated in Sec. 205.55-3 shall constitute the addition of a
new and separate configuration or category to the manufacturer's product
line.
    (ii) When a manufacturer introduces a new category or configuration
to his product line, he shall proceed in accordance with Sec. 205.55-2.
    (iii) If the configuration to be added can be grouped within a
verified category and the new configuration is estimated to have a lower
sound pressure level than a previously verified configuration within the
same category, the configuration shall be considered verified.
    (2) Demonstrates that the specified vehicle category, configuration
or subgroup thereof has passed a retest conducted in accordance with
Sec. 205.57 and the conditions specified in the initial test request.
    (3) The manufacturer may begin testing under paragraph (a)(2) of
this section upon submitting such report, and may cease continued
testing upon making the demonstration required by paragraph (a)(2) of
this section, provided that the Administrator may require resumption of
continued testing if he determines that the manufacturer has not
satisfied the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.

[[Page 128]]

    (b) Any vehicle failing the prescribed noise emission tests
conducted pursuant to this Subpart B may not be distributed in commerce
until necessary adjustments or repairs have been made and the vehicle
passes a retest.
    (c) No vehicles of a rejected batch which are still in the hands of
the manufacturer may be distributed in commerce unless the manufacturer
has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Administrator that such
vehicles do in fact conform to the regulations: Except, that any vehicle
that has been tested and does, in fact, conform with these regulations
may be distributed in commerce.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61460, Dec. 5, 1977; 47
FR 57715, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.58  In-use requirements.



Sec. 205.58-1  Warranty.

    (a) The vehicle manufacturer shall include the owner's manual or in
other information supplied to the ulitmate purchaser the following
statement:

                        Noise Emissions Warranty

    (Name of vehicle manufacturer) warrants to the first person who
purchases this vehicle for purposes other than resale and to each
subsequent purchaser that this vehicle as manufactured by (names of
vehicle manufacturer), was designed, built and equipped to conform at
the time it left (name of vehicle manufacturer)'s control with all
applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control Regulations.
    This warranty covers this vehicle as designed, built and equipped by
(Name of vehicle manufacturer), and is not limited to any particular
part, component or system of the vehicle manufactured by (name of
vehicle manufacturer). Defects in design, assembly or in any part,
component or system of the vehicle as manufactured by (name of vehicle
manufacturer), which, at the time it left (name of vehicle
manufacturer)'s control, caused noise emissions to exceed Federal
standards, are covered by this warranty for the life of the vehicle.

    (b) [Reserved]

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 57715, Dec. 28, 1982;
48 FR 27040, June 13, 1983]



Sec. 205.58-2  Tampering.

    (a) For each configuration of vehicles covered by this part, the
manufacturer shall develop a list of those acts which, in his judgment,
might be done to the vehicle in use and which would constitute the
removal or rendering inoperative of noise control devices or elements of
design of the vehicle.
    (b) The manufacturer shall include in the owner's manual the
following information:
    (1) The statement:

             Tampering With Noise Control System Prohibited

    Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing thereof:
    (1) The removal or rendering inoperative by any person, other than
for purposes of maintenance, repair, or replacement, of any device or
element of design incorporated into any new vehicle for the purpose of
noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or
while it is in use; or (2) the use of the vehicle after such device or
element of design has been removed or rendered inoperative by any
person.

    (2) The statement:

    Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are the acts
listed below.


Immediately following this statement, the manufacturer shall include the
list developed under paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) Any act included in the list prepared pursuant to paragraph (a)
of this section is presumed to constitute tampering; however, in any
case in which a proscribed act has been committed and it can be shown
that such act resulted in no increase in the noise level of the vehicle
or that the vehicle still meets the noise emission standard of Sec.
205.52, such act will not constitute tampering.
    (d) The provisions of this section are not intended to preclude any
State or local jurisdiction from adopting and enforcing its own
prohibitions against the removal or rendering inoperative of noise
control systems on vehicles subject to this part.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 57715, Dec. 28, 1982;
48 FR 27040, June 13, 1983]



Sec. 205.58-3  Instructions for maintenance, use and repair.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer shall provide to the ultimate purchaser of
each vehicle covered by this subpart written instructions for the proper
maintenance,

[[Page 129]]

use and repair of the vehicle in order to provide reasonable assurance
of the elimination or minimization of noise emission degradation
throughout the life of the vehicle.
    (2) The purpose of the instructions is to inform purchasers and
mechanics of those acts necessary to reasonably assure that degradation
of noise emission level is eliminated or minimized during the life of
the vehicle. Manufacturers should prepare the instructions with this
purpose in mind. The instructions should be clear and, to the extent
practicable, written in nontechnical language.
    (3) The instructions must not be used to secure an unfair
competitive advantage. They should not restrict replacement equipment to
original equipment or service to dealer service. Manufacturers who so
restrict replacement equipment should be prepared to make public any
performance specifications on such equipment.
    (b) For the purpose of encouraging proper maintenance, the
manufacturer shall provide a record or log book which shall contain a
schedule for the performance of all required noise emission control
maintenance. Space shall be provided in this record book so that the
purchaser can note what maintenance was done, by whom, where and when.

[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 57716, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.59  Recall of noncomplying vehicles.

    (a) Pursuant to section 11(d)(1) of the Act, the Administrator may
issue an order to the manufacturer to recall and repair or modify any
vehicle distributed in commerce not in compliance with this subpart.
    (b) A recall order issued pursuant to this section shall be based
upon a determination by the Administrator that vehicles of a specified
category or configuration have been distributed in commerce which do not
conform to the regulations. Such determination may be based on:
    (1) A technical analysis of the noise emission characteristics of
the category or configuration in question; or
    (2) Any other relevant information, including test data.
    (c) For the purposes of this section, noise emissions may be
measured by any test prescribed in Sec. 205.54 for testing prior to
sale or any other test which has been demonstrated to correlate with the
prescribed test procedure.
    (d) Any such order shall be issued only after notice and an
opportunity for a hearing.
    (e) All costs, including labor and parts, associated with the recall
and repair or modification of non-complying vehicles under this section
shall be borne by the manufacturer.
    (f) This section shall not limit the discretion of the Administrator
to take any other actions which are authorized by the Act.



                Sec. Appendix I to Subpart B of Part 205

                    Table I--Sample Size Code Letters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Batch size                          Code letter
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 to 8.......................................  A.
9 to 15......................................  B.
16 to 25.....................................  C.
26 and larger................................  D.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Table II--Sampling Plans for Inspecting Batches
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             Batch inspection
                                                                     Test     Cumulative         criteria
        Sample size code letter                Test sample          sample       test    -----------------------
                                                                     size       sample    Acceptance   Rejection
                                                                                 size         No.         No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.....................................  1st.....................           4           4           0           1
B.....................................  1st.....................           3           3           0           1
C.....................................  1st.....................           3           3           0           2
                                        2d......................           3           6           1           2
D.....................................  1st.....................           2           2       (\1\)           2
                                        2d......................           2           4       (\1\)           2
                                        3d......................           2           6           0           2
                                        4th.....................           2           8           0           3
                                        5th.....................           2          10           1           3
                                        6th.....................           2          12           1           3

[[Page 130]]


                                        7th.....................           2          14           2           3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Batch acceptance not permitted at this sample size.


                                         Table III--Batch Sequence Plans
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Sequence inspection
                                                                              Cumulative         criteria
                     Sample size code letter                       Number of   number of -----------------------
                                                                    batches     batches   Acceptance   Rejection
                                                                                              No.         No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A...............................................................           2           2           1       (\2\)
                                                                           2           4           2           4
                                                                           2           6           3           5
                                                                           2           8           4           5
B...............................................................           2           2           0       (\2\)
                                                                           2           4           1           4
                                                                           2           6           2           5
                                                                           2           8           3           5
                                                                           2          10           4           6
                                                                           2          12           5           6
C...............................................................           2           2       (\1\)           2
                                                                           2           4           0           2
                                                                           2           6           0           3
                                                                           2           8           1           3
                                                                           2          10           2           4
                                                                           2          12           3           4
D...............................................................           2           2           0           2
                                                                           2           4           1           3
                                                                           2           6           2           4
                                                                           2           8           3           4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Batch sequence acceptance not permitted for this number of batches.
\2\ Batch sequence rejection not permitted for this number of batches.


                            Table IV--Recommended Format for Vehicle Noise Data Sheet

Test Report Number:.......................  Manufacturer:..............
VEHICLE:
Trade Name:...............................  VIN:.......................
Model Year:...............................  Other Reference No:........
Configuration Identification:.............  Category Identification:...
Test Site Identification and Location:....
INSTRUMENTATION:
Microphone Manufacturer:..................  Model No:..................  Serial No:.................
Sound Level Manufacturer:.................  Model No:..................  Serial No:.................
Calibrator Manufacturer:..................  Model No:..................  Serial No:.................
Other and Manufacturer:...................  Model No:..................  Serial No:.................
TEST DATA:
Approach Gear:............................  Date of Test:..............
Approach RPM:.............................  Temp:......................  Wind:......................
  Acceleration Test:................................................................................
  Deceleration Test:................................................................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                Acceleration Test
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Run No.
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1           2           3           4           5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dBA            Left.................................
               Right................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Highest RPM attained in End Zone
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Calculated Sound Pressure............  ..........         dBA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Deceleration Test with Exhaust Brake Applied
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dBA            Left.................................

[[Page 131]]


               Right................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Calculated Sound Pressure............  ..........         dBA
TEST Personnel:.................................................
                        (Name)
Recorded By:....................................................  Date:.....
                                                                     ....
                     (Signature)
Supervisor:.....................................................  Title:....
                                                                     .....
                     (Signature)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[41 FR 15544, Apr. 13, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 61460, Dec. 5, 1977]

Subpart C [Reserved]



                          Subpart D_Motorcycles

    Source: 45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 205.150  Applicability.

    (a) Except as otherwise provided in these regulations, the
provisions of this subpart apply to 1983 and subsequent model year
motorcycles manufactured after December 31, 1982, which meet the
definition of ``new product'' in the Act.
    (b) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to electric or
battery-powered motorcycles.
    (c) Except as provided in Sec. 205.158, the provisions of this
subpart do not apply to competition motorcycles as defined in Sec.
205.151(a)(3).



Sec. 205.151  Definitions.

    (a) As used in this subpart and in Subpart E, all terms not defined
herein shall have the meaning given them in the Act or in Subpart A of
this part.
    (1) Motorcycle means any motor vehicle, other than a tractor, that:
    (i) Has two or three wheels;
    (ii) Has a curb mass less than or equal to 680 kg (1499 lb); and
    (iii) Is capable, with an 80 kg (176 lb) driver, of achieving a
maximum speed of at least 24 km/h (15 mph) over a level paved surface.
    (2) Street motorcycle means:
    (i) Any motorcycle that:
    (A) With an 80 kg (176 lb) driver, is capable of achieving a maximum
speed of at least 40 km/h (25 mph) over a level paved surface; and
    (B) Is equipped with features customarily associated with practical
street or highway use, such features including but not limited to any of
the following: stoplight, horn, rear view mirror, turn signals: or
    (ii) Any motorcycle that:
    (A) Has an engine displacement less than 50 cubic centimeters;
    (B) Produces no more than two brake horse power;
    (C) With a 80 kg (176 lb) driver, cannot exceed 48 km/h (30 mph)
over a level paved surface.
    (3) Competition motorcycle means any motorcycle designed and
marketed solely for use in closed course competition events.
    (4) Off-road motorcycle means any motorcycle that is not a street
motorcycle or competition motorcycle.
    (5) Acceleration test procedure means the measurement methodologies
specified in Appendix I.
    (6) Acceptable quality level (AQL) means the maximum allowable
average percentage of vehicles or exhaust systems that can fail sampling
inspection under a Selective Enforcement Audit.
    (7) Acoustical Assurance Period (AAP) means a specified period of
time or miles driven after sale to the ultimate purchaser during which a
newly manufactured vehicle or exhaust system, properly used and
maintained, must continue in compliance with the Federal standard.
    (8) Advertised Engine Displacement means the rounded off volumetric
engine capacity used for marketing purposes by the motorcycle
manufacturer.
    (9) Category means a group of vehicle configurations which are
identical in

[[Page 132]]

all material aspects with respect to the parameters listed in Sec.
205.157-2 of this subpart.
    (10) Class means a group of vehicles which are identical in all
material aspects with respect to the parameters listed in Sec. 205.155
of this subpart.
    (11) Closed course competition event means any organized competition
event covering an enclosed, repeated or confined route intended for easy
viewing of the entire route by all spectators. Such events include short
track, dirt track, drag race, speedway, hillclimb, ice race, and the
Bonneville Speed Trials.
    (12) Closing rpm means the engine speed in Figure 2 of Appendix I.
    (13) Configuration means the basic classification unit of a
manufacturer's product line and is comprised of all vehicle designs,
models or series which are identical in all material aspects with
respect to the parameters listed in Sec. 205.157-3 of this subpart.
    (14) Engine displacement means volumetric engine capacity as defined
in Sec. 205.153.
    (15) Exhaust system means the combination of components which
provides for the enclosed flow of exhaust gas from the engine exhaust
port to the atmosphere. ``Exhaust system'' further means any constituent
components of the combination which conduct exhaust gases and which are
sold as separate products. ``Exhaust System'' does not mean any of the
constituent components of the combination, alone, which do not conduct
exhaust gases, such as brackets and other mounting hardware.
    (16) Failing vehicle means a vehicle whose noise level is in excess
of the applicable standard.
    (17) Maximum rated RPM means the engine speed measured in
revolutions per minute (RPM) at which peak net brake power (SAE J-245)
is developed for motorcycles of a given configuration.
    (18) Model specific code means the designation used for labeling
purposes in Sec. Sec. 205.158 and 205.169 for identifying the
motorcycle manufacturer, class, and ``advertised engine displacement,''
respectively.
    (19) Model year means the manufacturer's annual production period,
which includes January 1 of any calendar year, or if the manufacturer
has no annual production period, the term ``model year'' shall mean the
calendar year.
    (20) Motorcycle noise level means the A-weighted noise level of a
motorcycle as measured by the acceleration test procedure.
    (21) Noise control system means any vehicle part, component or
system, the purpose of which includes control or the reduction of noise
emitted from a vehicle, including all exhaust system components.
    (22) Noise emission standard means the noise levels in Sec. 205.152
or Sec. 205.166.
    (23) Noise emission test means a test conducted pursuant to a
measurement methodology specified in this subpart.
    (24) [Reserved]
    (25) Serial number means the identification number assigned by the
manufacturer to a specific production unit.
    (26) Tampering means the removal or rendering inoperative by any
person, other than for purposes of maintenance, repair, or replacement,
of any device or element of design incorporated into any product in
compliance with regulations under section 6, prior to its sale or
delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use; or the use of
a product after such device or element of design has been removed or
rendered inoperative by any person.
    (27) Test vehicle means a vehicle in a Selective Enforcement Audit
test sample.
    (28) Tractor means for the purposes of this subpart, any two or
three wheeled vehicle used exclusively for agricultural purposes, or for
snow plowing, including self-propelled machines used exclusively in
growing, harvesting or handling farm produce.
    (29) Vehicle means any motorcycle regulated pursuant to this
subpart.
    (30) Warranty means the warranty required by section 6(d)(1) of the
Act.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57720, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.152  Noise emission standards.

    (a) Noise emission standards. (1) Street motorcycles of the
following and subsequent model years must not produce noise emissions in
excess of the levels indicated:

[[Page 133]]

    (i) Street motorcycles other than those that meet the definition of
Sec. 205.151(a)(2)(ii):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                         Model year                              noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) 1983....................................................          83
(B) 1986....................................................          80
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Street motorcycles that meet the definition of Sec.
205.151(a)(2)(ii)(moped-type street motorcycles):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                         Model year                              noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) 1983....................................................          70
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Off-road motorcycles of the following and subsequent model years
must not produce noise emissions in excess of the levels indicated:
    (i) Off-road motorcycles with engine displacements of 170 cc and
lower:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                         Model year                              noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) 1983....................................................          83
(B) 1986....................................................          80
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Off-road motorcycles with engine displacements greater than 170
cc:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                         Model year                              noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) 1983....................................................          86
(B) 1986....................................................          82
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Street motorcycles must be designed, built and equipped so that,
when properly maintained and used, they will not produce noise emissions
in excess of the levels specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section,
for an Acoustical Assurance Period of one year or a distance of 6000 km
(3730 mi) after the time of sale to the ultimate purchaser, whichever
occurs first.
    (4) Off-road motorcycles must be designed, built and equipped so
that, when properly maintained and used, they will not produce noise
emissions in excess of the levels specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section, for an Acoustical Assurance Period of one year or a distance of
3000 km (1865 mi) after the time of sale to the ultimate purchaser,
whichever occurs first.
    (5) At the time of sale to the ultimate purchaser, all products must
comply with the standards set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this
section.
    (b) Measurement procedure. (1) The standards set forth in paragraph
(a) of this section refer to noise emissions as measured in accordance
with the measurement methodology specified in Appendix I-1 for all
motorcycles except those street motorcycles that meet the definition of
Sec. 205.151(a)(2)(ii).
    (2) The standards set forth in paragraph (a) of this section for
street motorcycles that meet the definition of Sec. 205.151(a)(2)(ii)
(moped-type street motorcycles) refer to noise emissions measured in
accordance with the measurement methodology specified in Appendix I-2.
    (c) Low noise emission product standard. For the purpose of Low-
Noise-Emission Product certification pursuant to 40 CFR part 203,
motorcycles procured by the Federal government after the following dates
must not produce noise emissions in excess of the noise levels
indicated:
    (1) For street motorcycles with engine displacement greater than 170
cc:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                            Date                                 noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) January 1, 1982.........................................          73
(ii) January 1, 1989........................................          71
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) For off-road motorcycles with engine displacements greater than
170 cc:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                            Date                                 noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) January 1, 1982.........................................          75
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) For off-road motorcycles with engine displacement 170 cc and
lower and street motorcycles with engine displacement 170 cc and lower
that do not meet the definition of Sec. 205.151(a)(2)(ii):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                            Date                                 noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) January 1, 1982.........................................          71
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) For street motorcycles that meet the definition of Sec.
205.151(a)(2)(ii) (moped-type street motorcycles):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                            Date                                 noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) January 1, 1982.........................................          60
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 134]]


These levels refer to noise emissions as measured in accordance with the
measurement methodologies specified in appendix I. LNEP's must also meet
all requirements contained in paragraphs (a)(3), (4), and (5), of this
section.

(Secs. 10 and 15 of the Noise Control Act, (42 U.S.C. 4909, 4914))



Sec. 205.153  Engine displacement.

    (a) Engine displacement must be calculated using nominal engine
values and rounded to the nearest whole cubic centimeter, in accordance
with American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) E 29-67.
    (b) For rotary engines, displacement means the maximum volume of a
combustion chamber between two rotor tip seals minus the minimum volume
of that combustion chamber between those two rotor seals times three
times the number of rotors.

cc=(Maximum chamber volume-minimum chamber volume)x3xnumber of rotors.



Sec. 205.154  Consideration of alternative test procedures.

    The Administrator may approve applications from manufacturers of
motorcycles for the approval of test procedures which differ from those
contained in this subpart so long as the alternative procedures have
been demonstrated to correlate with the prescribed procedure. To be
acceptable, alternative test procedures must be such that the test
results obtained will identify all those test motorcycles which would
not comply with the noise emission standards prescribed in Sec. 205.152
when tested in accordance with the measurement methodology specified in
Appendix I. After approval by the Administrator, testing conducted by
manufacturers using alternative test procedures will be accepted by the
Administrator for all purposes including, but not limited to, selective
enforcement audit testing.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57720, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.155  Motorcycle class and manufacturer abbreviation.

    (a) Motorcycles must be grouped into classes determined by separate
combinations of the following parameters:
    (1) Engine type:
    (i) Gasoline--two stroke.
    (ii) Gasoline--four stroke.
    (iii) Gasoline--rotary.
    (iv) Other.
    (2) Engine displacement.
    (3) Engine configuration:
    (i) Number of cylinders.
    (ii) Cylinder arrangement (i.e., in line, opposed, etc.).
    (4) Exhaust system:
    (i) Muffler: (A) Type, (B) Location, (C) Number.
    (ii) Expansion chambers: (A) Location, (B) Size.
    (iii) Spark arrestors.
    (iv) Other exhaust system components.



Sec. 205.156  [Reserved]



Sec. 205.157  Requirements.



Sec. 205.157-1  General requirements.

    (a) Each manufacturer of vehicles manufactured for distribution in
commerce in the United States which are subject to the standards
prescribed in this subpart and not exempted in accordance with Subpart
A, Sec. 205.5:
    (1) Shall be labeled in accordance with the requirements of Sec.
205.158 of this subpart.
    (2) Must ensure that each vehicle conforms to the applicable noise
emission standard establishd in Sec. 205.152 of this subpart.
    (b) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section apply to new
products which conform to the definition of vehicles in these
regulations and at the time such new products are assembled to that
state of completeness in which the manufacturer sends them to a
subsequent manufacturer or otherwise distributes them in commerce.
    (c) Subsequent manufacturers of a new product which conforms to the
definition of vehicle in these regulations when received by them from a
prior manufacturer, need not fulfill the requirements of paragraph
(a)(1) of this section where such requirements have

[[Page 135]]

already been complied with by a prior manufacturer.
    (d) The manufacturer who is required to conduct product verification
testing to demonstrate compliance with a particular standard, must
satisfy all other provisions of this subpart applicable to that
standard, including but not limited to, record keeping, reporting and
in-use requirements.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57720, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.157-2  Compliance with standards.

    (a)(1) Prior to distribution in commerce of vehicles of a specific
configuration, the first manufacturer of such vehicle must verify such
configurations in accordance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) At any time following receipt of notice under paragraph
(a)(2)(iii) of this section with respect to a configuration, the
Administrator may require that the manufacturer ship test vehicles to an
EPA test facility for the required production verification testing.
    (b) The requirements for purposes of testing by the Administrator
and selective enforcement auditing with regard to each vehicle
configuration consist of:
    (1) Testing in accordance with Sec. 205.160-4 of a vehicle selected
in accordance with Sec. 205.160-2.
    (2) Compliance of the test vehicle with the applicable standard when
tested in accordance with Sec. 205.160-4.
    (c)(1) In lieu of testing vehicles of every configuration as
described in paragraph (b) of this section, the manufacturer may elect
to verify the configuration based on representative testing. The
requirements of representative testing are:
    (i) Grouping configurations into categories where each category is
determined by a separate combination of at least the following
parameters (a manufacturer may use more parameters):
    (A) Engine type: (1) Gasoline-two stroke; (2) gasoline-four stroke;
(3) gasoline-rotary; and (4) other.
    (B) Engine displacement.
    (C) Engine configuration: (1) Number of cylinders; and (2) cylinder
arrangement (i.e., in line, opposed, etc.)
    (ii) Identifying the configuration within each category which emits
the highest A-weighted sound level (in dB).
    (iii) Testing in accordance with Sec. 205.160-4 of a vehicle
selected in accordance with Sec. 205.160-2 which much be a vehicle of
the configuration which is identified pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(ii)
of this section as having the highest sound pressure level (estimated or
actual) within the category.
    (iv) Demonstrating compliance of that vehicle with the applicable
standard when tested in accordance with the test procedure specified in
Appendix I.
    (2) Where the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section are
complied with, all those configurations contained within a category are
considered represented by the tested vehicle.
    (3) Where the manufacturer tests a vehicle configuration which has
not been determined as having the highest sound pressure level of a
category, but all other requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section
are complied with, all those configurations contained within that
category which are determined to have sound pressure levels not greater
than the tested vehicle are considered to be represented by the tested
vehicle; however, a manufacturer must for purposes of Testing by the
Administrator and Selective Enforcement Auditing verify according to the
requirements of (b)(1) and/or (c)(1) of this section any configurations
in the subject category which have a higher sound pressure level than
the vehicle configuration tested.
    (d) A manufacturer may elect for purposes of Testing by the
Administrator and Selective Enforcement Auditing to use representative
testing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section for all or part of his
product line.
    (e) The manufacturer has the following alternatives if any test
vehicle is determined to not be in compliance with applicable standards:
    (1) In the case of representative testing, a new test vehicle from
another configuration must be selected according to the requirements of
paragraph (c) of this section, in order to verify the configurations
represented by the non-compliant vehicle.

[[Page 136]]

    (2) Modify the test vehicle and demonstrate by testing that it meets
applicable standards. The manufacturer must modify all production
vehicles of the same configuration in the same manner as the test
vehicle before distribution into commerce.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57720, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.157-3  Configuration identification.

    (a) A separate vehicle configuration shall be determined by each
combination of the following parameters:
    (1) Exhaust system (engine): (i) Mufflers; (ii) expansion chambers;
(iii) spark arrestors; and (iv) other exhaust system components.
    (2) Air induction system (engine): (i) Intake muffler; (ii) intake
ducting; and (iii) air cleaner element.
    (3) Vehicle drive train: (i) Chain; and (ii) shaft.
    (4) Transmission gear ratio: (i) Standard transmission; and (ii)
automatic transmission.
    (5) Cooling system configuration: (i) Natural air cooled; (ii)
liquid cooled; and (iii) forced air cooled.
    (6) Category parameters listed in Sec. 205.157-2.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 205.158  Labeling requirements.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer of any vehicle subject to this subpart must,
at the time of manufacture, affix a label, of the type specified in
paragraphs (a)(2), (3), and (4) of this section, to all such vehicles to
be distributed in commerce.
    (2) The label must be plastic or metal and be welded, riveted, or
otherwise permanently attached in a readily visible position.
    (3) The label must be affixed by the vehicle manufacturer to the
vehicle in such a manner that the label cannot be removed without
destroying or defacing it, and must not be affixed to any piece of
equipment that is easily detached from such vehicle.
    (4) The label must be lettered in the English language in legible
block letters and numerals, which must be of a color that contrasts with
the background of the label.
    (5) The label must contain the following information:
    (i) The label heading: Motorcycle Noise Emission Control
Information;
    (ii) The statement:

    This ------ (model year) ------ (model specific code) motorcycle, --
---- (serial number), meets EPA noise emission requirements of ------
(noise emission standard) dBA at ------ (closing rpm) rpm by the Federal
test procedure. Modifications which cause this motorcycle to exceed
Federal noise standards are prohibited by Federal law. See owner's
manual.

    (6) The model specific code is limited to ten spaces which includes
three spaces for the manufacturer's abbreviation (see paragraph (a)(7)
of this section), three spaces for the class identification, and four
spaces for the advertised engine displacement respectively.
    (7) All motorcycle manufacturers shall use the following
abbreviations in their model specific code.

BMW..........................................  BMW
Bultaco......................................  BUL
Can-Am Bombardier............................  CAB
Chaparral....................................  CHA
Cheeta.......................................  CHE
Ducati.......................................  DUC
Fox..........................................  FOX
Harley Davidson..............................  HAR
Heald........................................  HEA
Hercules.....................................  HER
Hodaka.......................................  HOD
Honda........................................  HON
Husqvarna....................................  HUS
JAWA/CZ......................................  JAW
Kawasaki.....................................  KAW
KTM..........................................  KTM
Laverda......................................  LAV
Moto Benilli.................................  BEN
Moto Guzzi...................................  GUZ
Moto Morini..................................  MOR
MV Agusta....................................  MVA
Norton Triumph...............................  TRI
Rokon........................................  ROK
Suzuki.......................................  SUZ
Yamaha.......................................  YAM


    (8) Moped manufacturers only shall use the following abbreviations
in their model specific code.

AMF..........................................  AMF
Benelli......................................  BEL
Califfo......................................  CAL
Carabela.....................................  CAR
Cimatti......................................  CIM
Columbia.....................................  COL
E-Z Rider....................................  EZR
Flying Dutchman..............................  FLY
Foxi.........................................  FOI
Gadabout.....................................  GAD
Garelli......................................  GAR
Gitane.......................................  GIT
Honda........................................  HON
Indian.......................................  IND
Intramotor...................................  INT
Italvelo.....................................  ITA
Kreidler.....................................  KRE
Lazer........................................  LAZ

[[Page 137]]


Malagati.....................................  MAL
Morini.......................................  MOI
Motobecane/Solex.............................  MBE
Moto Guzzi...................................  GUZ
Negrini......................................  NEG
Odyssey......................................  ODY
Pacer........................................  PAC
Pack-A-Way...................................  PAK
Peugeot......................................  PEU
Puch.........................................  PUC
Riviera......................................  RIV
Sachs........................................  SAC
Safari.......................................  SAF
Scorpion.....................................  SCO
Smily........................................  SMI
Snark........................................  SNA
Sori II......................................  SON
Speed Bird...................................  SPE
Sprinter.....................................  SPR
SuVega.......................................  SUV
Tomas........................................  TOM
Vaespa.......................................  VES
Yankee Peddler...............................  YAN


    (9) If a new motorcycle manufacturer begins production of vehicles
subject to this regulation, the Administrator will assign him a 3-letter
manufacturer abbreviation as soon as reasonably practical after his
existence is known to the Agency.
    (b) Any vehicle manufactured in the United States solely for use
outside the United States must be clearly labeled in accordance with the
provisions of paragraphs (a) (2), (3), and (4) of this section with the
statement; ``For Export Only''.
    (c) Any competition motorcycle as defined in Sec. 205.151(a)(3),
shall be labeled in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1),
(2), (3) and (4) of this section with the statement:

    This motorcycle is designed for closed course competition use only.
It does not conform to U.S. EPA motorcycle noise standards.

    (d) It will be permissible for manufacturers to meet the
requirements of this section by consolidating these labeling
requirements with other government labeling requirements in one or more
labels, provided the provisions of paragraphs (a) (2), (3) and (4) of
this section are met.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57721, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.159  Testing by the Administrator.

    (a)(1) In order for the Administrator to determine whether such
vehicles or a manufacturer's test facility conform to applicable
regulations, the Administrator may require that vehicles to be tested
pursuant to the Act be submitted to him, at such place and time as he
reasonably designates. He may designate the quantity of vehicles and the
duration of time he reasonably requires for the purpose of conducting
tests in accordance with test procedures described in appendix I. The
manner in which the Administrator conducts such tests, the EPA test
facility, and the test procedures employed will be based upon good
engineering practice and meet or exceed the requirements of appendix I
of the regulations.
    (2) If the Administrator specifies that he will conduct such testing
at the manufacturer's facility, the manufacturer shall make available
instrumentation and equipment of the type required for test operations
by these regulations. The Administrator may conduct such tests with his
own equipment, having specifications equal to or exceeding the
performance specifications of the instrumentation and equipment required
in these regulations.
    (3) The manufacturer may observe tests conducted by the
Administrator pursuant to this section on vehicles produced by the
manufacturer and may copy the data accumulated from such tests. The
manufacturer may inspect any of the vehicles before and after testing by
the Administrator.
    (b)(1) If, based on tests conducted by the Administrator, or on
other relevant information, the Administrator determines that the test
facility does not meet the requirements of appendix I (or the
requirements for an alternative test procedure approved under Sec.
205.154), the Administrator will give notice to the manufacturer in
writing of his determination and the reasons underlying it.
    (2) The manufacturer may, at any time within 15 days after receipt
of a notice issued under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, request a
hearing conducted in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554 on the issue of
whether his test facility met the requirements as specified in appendix
I (or the alternative procedure). Such notice will not take effect until
15 days after its receipt by the manufacturer or, if a hearing is
requested under this paragraph, until adjudication by the Administrative
law judge.

[[Page 138]]

    (3) After any notice issued under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
has taken effect, no data thereafter derived from that test facility
will be acceptable for purposes of this subpart.
    (4) The manufacturer may request in writing that the Administrator
reconsider his determination under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
based on data or information which indicates that changes have been made
to the test facility and that those changes have resolved the reasons
for disqualification.
    (5) Within 10 working days after receipt of the manufacturer's
request for reconsideration pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this
section, the Administrator will notify the manufacturer of his
determination and of the reasons underlyng it with regard to the
requalification of the test facility.
    (c) The Administrator will assume all reasonable costs associated
with shipment of vehicles to the place designated pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this section except with respect to:
    (1) Any production verification testing performed at a place other
than the manufacturer's facility as provided in Sec. 205.157-2(a), or
as a result of the manufacturer's not owning or having access to a test
facility;
    (2) Testing of a reasonable number of vehicles (i) for purposes of
selective enforcement auditing under Sec. 205.160, (ii) or if the
manufacturer has failed to establish that there is a correlation between
its test facility and the EPA test facility, (iii) or the Administrator
has reason to believe, and provides the manufacturer with a statement of
such reason, that the vehicles to be tested would fail to meet the
standard prescribed in this subpart if tested at the EPA test facility
even though they would meet such standard if tested at the
manufacturer's test facility;
    (3) Any testing performed during a period when a notice issued
pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section is in effect;
    (4) Any testing performed at a place other than the manufacturer's
facility as a result of the manufacturer's failure to permit the
Administrator to conduct or monitor testing as required by this subpart;
and
    (5) Testing of up to 10 percent of the manufacturer's test vehicles
for a model year if the Administrator determines testing these vehicles
at the EPA test site is necessary to assure that a manufacturer has
acted or is acting in compliance with the Act.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57721, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.160  Selective enforcement auditing (SEA) requirements.



Sec. 205.160-1  Test request.

    (a) The Administrator will request all testing under Sec. 205.160
by means of a test request addressed to the manufacturer.
    (b) The test request will be signed by the Assistant Administrator
for Enforcement or his designee. The test request will be delivered to
the plant manager or other responsible official as designated by the
manufacturer.
    (c) The test request will specify the vehicle category,
configuration or configuration subgroup selected for testing, the
manufacturer's plant or storage facility from which the vehicles must be
selected, and the time at which the vehicles must be selected. The test
request will also provide for situations in which the selected category,
configuration, or configuration subgroup is unavailable for testing. The
test request may include an alternative category, configuration, or
configuration subgroup designated for testing in the event that vehicles
of the first specified category, configuration, or configuration
subgroup are not available for testing because the vehicles are not
being manufactured at the specified plant, are not being manufactured
during the specified time, or are not being stored at the specified
plant or storage facility.
    (d)(1) If the manufacturer projects a yearly production of fewer
than 50 vehicles of the specified category, configuration or
configuration subgroup to be tested, then within five (5) days of
receipt of the request, the manufacturer must notify the Administrator
of such low volume production. The Administrator will then provide a
revised test request specifying a testing plan which imposes no greater
risk of failure (5%) at the acceptable quality level

[[Page 139]]

(10%) than the plan in Appendix II. Upon receipt of the revised test
request, the manufacturer must select and test a sample of vehicles from
the category, configuration or configuration subgroup specified in the
test request in accordance with this subpart and the conditions
specified in the test request.
    (2) If the manufacturer produces 50 or more vehicles of the
specified category, configuration or configuration subgroup per year,
then upon receipt of the test request, the manufacturer must select and
test a sample of vehicles from the category, configuration or
configuration subgroup specified in the test request in accordance with
this subpart and the conditions specified in the test request.
    (e)(1) Any testing conducted by the manufacturer under a test
request must be initiated within the time period specified in the test
request; except that initiation may be delayed for increments of 24
hours or one business day where ambient test site weather conditions, or
other conditions beyond the control of the manufacturer, in that 24-hour
period, do not permit testing. The manufacturer must record the
conditions for this period.
    (2) The manufacturer must complete noise emission testing on a
minimum of ten vehicles per day unless otherwise provided by the
Administrator or unless ambient test site conditions permit only the
testing of a lesser number in which case the ambient test site weather
conditions for that period must be recorded.
    (3) The manufacturer is allowed 24 hours to ship vehicles from a
sample from the assembly plant to the testing facility if the facility
is not located at the plant or in close proximity to the plant. The
Administrator may approve more time based upon a request by the
manufacturer accompanied by a satisfactory justification.
    (f) The Administrator may issue an order to the manufacturer to
cease distribution in commerce of vehicles of a specified category,
configuration, or configuration subgroup being manufactured at a
particular facility, if:
    (1) The manufacturer refuses to comply with the provisions of a test
request issued by the Administrator under this section; or
    (2) The manufacturer refuses to comply with any of the requirements
of this section.
    (g) A cease distribution order will not be issued under paragraph
(f) of this section if the manufacturer's refusal is caused by
conditions and circumstances outside his control which render compliance
with the provisions of a test request or with any other requirements of
this section impossible. Conditions and circumstances outside the
control of the manufacturer include, but are not limited to, the
temporary unavailability of equipment and personnel needed to conduct
the required tests caused by uncontrollable factors, such as equipment
breakdown or failure or illness of personnel. Failure of the
manufacturer to adequately plan for and provide the equipment and
personnel needed to conduct the tests do not constitute uncontrollable
factors. The manufacturer must bear the burden of establishing the
presence of the conditions and circumstances required by this paragraph.
    (h) Any order to cease distribution will be issued only after a
notice and opportunity for a hearing in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554.



Sec. 205.160-2  Test sample selection and preparation.

    (a) Vehicles comprising the sample which are required to be tested
under a test request in accordance with this subpart must be selected
consecutively as they are produced. Before the official test, the test
vehicle must not be prepared, tested, modified, adjusted, or maintained
in any manner unless such preparation, tests, modifications, adjustments
or maintenance are part of the manufacturer's prescribed manufacturing
and inspection procedures, and are documented in the manufacturer's
internal vehicle assembly and inspection procedures, are required or
permitted under this subpart, or are approved in advance by the
Administrator. For purposes of this section, prescribed manufacturing
and inspection procedures include quality control testing and assembly
procedures normally performed by the manufacturer

[[Page 140]]

on like products during early production if the resulting testing is not
biased by this procedure. In the case of imported products, the
manufacturer may perform adjustments, preparations, modification or
tests normally performed at the port of entry by the manufacturer to
prepare the vehicle for delivery to a dealer or customer.
    (1) Equipment or fixtures necessary to conduct the test may be
installed on the vehicle if such equipment or fixtures have no effect on
the noise emissions of the vehicle, as determined by the measurement
methodology.
    (2) In the event of a vehicle malfunction (i.e., failure to start,
etc.) the manufacturer may perform the maintenance that is necessary to
enable the vehicle to operate in a normal manner. This maintenance must
be documented and reported in the SEA report.
    (3) No quality control, quality assurance testing, assembly or
selection procedures may be used on the test vehicle or any portion of
the test vehicle including parts and subassemblies, unless such quality
control, quality assurance testing, assembly or selection procedures are
used normally during the production and assembly of all other vehicles
of this configuration which will be distributed in commerce, are
required or permitted under this subpart or are approved in advance by
the Administrator.
    (4) If a vehicle is unable to complete the noise tests, the
manufacturer may replace the vehicle. Any replacement vehicle must be a
production vehicle of the same configuration as the replaced vehicle or
a noisier configuration and will be subject to all the provisions of
these regulations. Any replacement must be reported in the SEA report.
    (b) The Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) is 10 percent. The
appropriate sampling plans associated with the designated AQL are
contained in Appendix II or the test request.
    (c) The vehicles of the category, configuration or configuration
subgroup selected for testing must be assembled by the manufacturer for
distribution in commerce using the manufacturer's normal production
process.
    (d) Unless otherwise indicated in the test request, the manufacturer
must initiate testing with the vehicles of the category, configuration
or configuration subgroup specified in the test request which are next
scheduled for production after receipt of the test request.
    (e) The manufacturer must keep on hand all products in the test
sample until the sample is accepted or rejected in accordance with Sec.
205.160-6; except that vehicles actually tested and found to be in
conformance with this regulation need not be kept.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57721, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.160-3  [Reserved]



Sec. 205.160-4  Testing procedures.

    (a) The manufacturer must conduct one valid test in accordance with
the appropriate test procedures specified in Appendix I, on each vehicle
selected for testing under this subpart.
    (b) In the event a vehicle is unable to complete the noise emission
test, the manufacturer may replace the vehicle. Any replacement vehicle
must be a production vehicle of the same category, configuration or
subgroup as the vehicle which it replaced, and it is subject to all the
provisions of this subpart.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57721, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.160-5  Reporting of the test results.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer must submit a copy of the test report for
all testing conducted pursuant to Sec. 205.160 at the conclusion of
each 24-hour period during which testing is done.
    (2) For each test conducted the manufacturer must provide the
following information:
    (i) Category, configuration or configuration subgroup identification
where applicable;
    (ii) Year, make, assembly date, and model of vehicle;
    (iii) Vehicle serial number; and
    (iv) Test results by serial numbers.
    (b) In the case where an EPA Enforcement Officer is present during
testing required by this subpart, the written reports requested in
paragraph (a) of this section may be given directly to the Enforcement
Officer.

[[Page 141]]

    (c) Within 5 days after completion of testing of an SEA, the
manufacturer must submit to the Administrator a final report which will
include the following:
    (1) The name, location, and description of the manufacturer's noise
emission test facilities which meet the specifications of Appendix I,
and were utilized to conduct testing reported under this section,
except, that a test facility that has been described in a previous
submission under this subpart need not again be described, but must be
identified as that facility.
    (2) The following information for each noise emission test
conducted:
    (i) The individual records for the test vehicles required by Sec.
205.161(a)(2) for all noise emission tests including for each invalid
test, the reason for invalidation.
    (ii) A complete description of any modification, repair,
preparation, maintenance, or testing which could affect the noise
emissions of the product and which was performed on the test vehicle but
not performed on all other production vehicles; and,
    (iii) The test results for any replaced vehicle and the reason for
its replacement.
    (3) A complete description of the sound data acquisition system if
other than those specified in Appendix I.
    (4) The following statement and endorsement:

    This report is submitted pursuant to section 6 and section 13 of the
Noise Control Act of 1972. To the best of ------ (company name)
knowledge, all testing for which data are reported here was conducted in
strict conformance with applicable regulations under 40 CFR part 205 et
seq., all the data reported here are a true and accurate representation
of such testing, and all other information reported here is true and
accurate. I am aware of the penalties associated with vio la tions of
the Noise Control Act of 1972 and the regulations thereunder. ------
(authorized representative).

    (5) Additional information required by the test request.
    (d) Information required to be submitted to the Administrator under
this section must be sent to the following address: Director, Noise and
Radiation Enforcement Division, (EN-387), U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, DC 20460.



Sec. 205.160-6  Passing or failing under SEA.

    (a) A failing vehicle is one whose measured noise level is in excess
of the applicable noise emission standard in Sec. 205.152.
    (b) The number of failing vehicles in a sample determines whether
the sample passes or fails (See applicable tables in Appendix II). If
the number of failing vehicles is greater than or equal to the number of
Column B, the sample fails. If the number of failing vehicles is less
than or equal to the number in Column A, the sample passes.
    (c) Pass or failure of an SEA takes place when a decision that a
vehicle is a passing or failing unit is made on the last vehicle
required to make a decision under paragraph (b) of this section.
    (d) If the manufacturer passes the SEA, he will not be required to
perform any additional testing on subsequent vehicles to satisfy the
test request.
    (e) The Administrator may terminate testing earlier than required in
paragraph (b) of this section, based on a request by the manufacturer,
accompanied by voluntarily ceasing distribution in commerce of vehicles
from the category, configuration or configuration subgroup in question,
manufactured at the plant which produced the products being tested.
Before reinitiating distribution in commerce of that vehicle category,
configuration or configuration subgroup from that plant, the
manufacturer must take the action described in Sec. 205.160-8(a)(1) and
(2).



Sec. 205.160-7  Continued testing.

    (a) If an SEA failure occurs according to paragraph (b) of Sec.
205.160-6, the Administrator may require that any or all vehicles of
that category, configuration or configuration subgroup produced at that
plant be tested before distribution in commerce.
    (b) The Administrator will notify the manufacturer in writing of his
intent to require continued testing of vehicles under paragraph (a) of
this section.
    (c) The manufacturer may request a hearing on the issues of whether
the SEA was conducted properly; whether the criteria for SEA failure
have been met; and the appropriateness or scope

[[Page 142]]

of a continued testing order. If a hearing is requested, the hearing
will begin no later than 15 days after the date on which the
Administrator received the hearing request. Neither the request for a
hearing nor the fact that a hearing is in progress will affect the
responsibility of the manufacturer to commence and continue testing
required by the Administrator pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Any tested vehicle which demonstrates conformance with the
applicable standard may be distributed into commerce.
    (e) Any distribution into commerce of a vehicle which does not
comply with the applicable standard is a prohibited act.



Sec. 205.160-8  Prohibition of distribution in commerce; manufacturer's
remedy.

    (a) The Administrator will permit the manufacturer to cease testing
under Sec. 205.160-7 after the manufacturer has taken the following
actions:
    (1) Submission of a written report to the Administrator which
identifies the reason for the noncompliance of the vehicles, describes
the problem and/or quality control or quality assurance remedies to be
taken by the manufacturer to correct the problem.
    (2) Demonstration that the specified vehicle category, configuration
or configuration subgroup has passed a retest conducted in accordance
with Sec. 205.160, and the conditions specified in the test request.
    (b) The manufacturer may begin testing under paragraph (a)(2) of
this section upon submitting the report required by paragraph (a)(1) of
this section, and may cease continued testing upon making the
demonstration required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The
Administrator may require resumption of continued testing if he
determines that the manufacturer has not satisfied the requirements of
paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (c) Any vehicle failing the prescribed noise emission tests
conducted pursuant to appendix I may not be distributed in commerce
until necessary adjustments or repairs have been made and the vehicle
passes a retest.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57721, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.162  In-use requirements.



Sec. 205.162-1  Warranty.

    (a) The vehicle manufacturer who is required to production verify
under this subpart must include in the owner's manual or in other
information supplied to the ultimate purchaser the following statement:

    NOISE EMISSIONS WARRANTY [RESERVED]

    (b) [Reserved]

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 48 FR 27040, June 13, 1983]



Sec. 205.162-2  Tampering.

    (a) For each configuration of vehicles covered by this part, the
manufacturer shall develop a list of acts which, in his judgment,
constitute the removal or rendering totally or partially inoperative,
other than for purposes of maintenance, repair, or replacement of noise
control devices or elements of design of the vehicle.
    (b) The manufacturer shall include in the owner's manual the
following information:
    (1) The statement:

             Tampering With Noise Control System Prohibited

    Federal law prohibits the following acts or causing thereof:
    (1) The removal or rendering inoperative by any person other than
for purposes of maintenance, repair, or replacement, of any device or
element of design incorporated into any new vehicle for the purpose of
noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or
while it is in use, or (2) the use of the vehicle after such device or
element of design has been removed or rendered inoperative by any
person.

    (2) The statement:

    Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are the acts
listed below.


Immediately following this statement, the manufacturer must include the
list developed under paragraph (a) of this section.

[[Page 143]]

    (c) Any act included in the list prepared pursuant to paragraph (a)
of this section is presumed to constitute tampering; however, in any
case in which a presumed act of tampering has been committed and it can
be shown that such act resulted in no increase in the noise level of the
vehicle or that the vehicle still meets the noise emission standard of
Sec. 205.152, the act will not constitute tampering.
    (d) The provisions of this section are not intended to preclude any
State or local jurisdiction from adopting and enforcing its own
prohibitions against the removal or rendering inoperative of noise
control systems on vehicles subject to this part.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57721, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.162-3  Instructions for maintenance, use, and repair.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer must provide to the purchaser of each
vehicle covered by this subpart written instructions for the proper
maintenance, use, and repair of the vehicle in order to provide
reasonable assurance of the elimination or minimization of noise
emission degradation throughout the life of the vehicle.
    (2) The purpose of the instructions is to inform purchasers and
mechanics of the acts necessary to reasonably assure that degradation of
noise emission level is eliminated or minimized during the life of the
vehicle. Manufacturers shall prepare the instructions with this purpose
in mind. The instructions shall be clear and, to the extent practicable,
written in non-technical language.
    (3) The instructions must not be used to secure an unfair
competitive advantage. They shall not restrict replacement equipment to
original equipment or restrict service to dealer service unless such
manufacturer makes public the performance specifications on such
equipment.
    (b) For the purpose of encouraging proper maintenance, the
manufacturer must provide a record or log book which shall contain a
schedule for the performance of all required noise emission control
maintenance. Space must be provided in this record book so that the
purchaser can note what maintenance was done, by whom, where, and when.

[45 FR 86708, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57722, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.163  Recall of noncomplying motorcycles; relabeling of
mislabeled motorcycles.

    (a) Pursuant to section 11(d)(1) of the Act, the Administrator may
issue an order to the manufacturer to recall, repair, modify, or relabel
any vehicles distributed in commerce which are not in compliance with
this subpart.
    (b) A recall order issued under this section shall be based upon a
determination by the Administrator that vehicles of a specified
category, configuration, or class which do not conform to the
regulations or are improperly labeled have been distributed in commerce.
This determination may be based on: (1) A technical analysis of the
noise emission characteristics of the category, configuration, or class
in question; or (2) any other relevant information, including test data.
    (c) For the purpose of this section, noise emissions are to be
measured by the appropriate test procedure prescribed in appendix I
prior to sale or any other test which has been demonstrated to correlate
with the prescribed test procedure in accordance with Sec. 205.154.
    (d) Any order to recall shall be issued only after notice and an
opportunity for a hearing.
    (e) All cost, including labor and parts, associated with the recall
and repair or modification of noncomplying vehicles and relabeling of
mislabeled vehicles under this section shall be borne by the
manufacturer.
    (f) This section shall not limit the discretion of the Administrator
to take any other actions which are authorized by the Act.



  Sec. Appendix I to Subparts D and E--Motorcycle Noise Emission Test
                            Procedures [Note]

    Editorial Note: The text of appendix I follows subpart E.

[[Page 144]]



                  Subpart E_Motorcycle Exhaust Systems

    Authority: Sec. 6 of the Noise Control Act (42 U.S.C. 4905).

    Source: 45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 205.164  Applicability.

    (a) Except as otherwise provided in these regulations, the
provisions of this subpart apply to any motorcycle replacement exhaust
system or motorcycle replacement exhaust system component which:
    (1) Meets the definition of the term ``new product'' in the Act; and
    (2) Is designed and marketed for use on any motorcycle subject to
the provisions of subpart D of this part.
    (b) The provisions of Sec. 205.169 additionally apply to the
motorcycle exhaust systems originally installed on vehicles subject to
the requirements of subpart D of this part.
    (c) The provisions of Sec. 205.169(d)(3) additionally apply to
motorcycle replacement exhaust systems manufactured after January 1,
1983 that are designed and marketed for use on motorcycles manufactured
before January 1, 1983.
    (d) Except as provided for in Sec. 205.169, the provisions of this
subpart do not apply to exhaust systems which are designed and marketed
solely for use on competition motorcycles as defined in Sec.
205.151(a)(3).
    (e) The provisions of the subpart do not apply to exhaust header
pipes sold as separate products.



Sec. 205.165  Definitions.

    (a) As used in this subpart, all terms not defined herein have the
meaning given them in subpart D of this part or in the Act.
    (1) Category means a group of exhaust systems which are identical in
all material aspects with respect to the parameters listed in Sec.
205.168 of this subpart.
    (2) Exhaust header pipe means any tube of constant diameter which
conducts exhaust gas from an engine exhaust port to other exhaust system
components which provide noise attenuation. Tubes with cross connections
or internal baffling are not considered to be ``exhaust header pipes.''
    (3) Failing exhaust system means that, when installed on any
Federally regulated motorcycle for which it is designed and marketed,
that motorcycle and exhaust system exceed the applicable standards.
    (4) Federally regulated motorcycle means, for the purpose of this
subpart, any motorcyle subject to the noise standards of subpart D of
this part.
    (5) Federal standards means, for the purpose of this subpart, the
standards specified in Sec. 205.152(a)(1), (2) and (3).
    (6) [Reserved]
    (7) Stock configuration means that no modifications have been made
to the orginal equipment motorcycle that would affect the noise
emissions of the vehicle when measured according to the acceleration
test procedure.
    (8) Test exhaust system means an exhaust system in Selective
Enforcement Audit test sample.
    (b) [Reserved]

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57722, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.166  Noise emission standards.

    (a) Noise emission standards. (1) Exhaust systems and exhaust system
components that are designed and marketed for use on any Federally
regulated street motorcycle of the following and subsequent model years
must be designed and built so that when installed on any such motorcycle
which is in compliance with the requirements of subpart D of this part,
they will not cause that motorcycle to produce noise emissions in excess
of the levels indicated:
    (i) Systems designed and marketed for use on street motorcycles
other than those that meet the definition of Sec. 205.151(a)(2)(ii):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                    Motorcycle model year                        noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) 1983....................................................          83
(B) 1986....................................................          80
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Systems designed and marketed for street motorcycles that meet
the definition of Sec. 205.151(a)(2)(ii) (moped-type street
motorcycles):

[[Page 145]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                    Motorcycle model year                        noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) 1983....................................................          70
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Exhaust systems and exhaust system components that are designed
and marketed for use on any Federally regulated off-road motorcycle of
the following and subsequent model years must be designed and built so
that, at the time of sale, when installed on any such motorcycle which
is in compliance with the requirements of subpart D of this part, they
will not cause that motorcycle to produce noise emissions in excess of
the levels indicated:
    (i) Systems designed and marketed for use on off-road motorcycles
with engine displacements of 170 cc and lower:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                    Motorcycle model year                        noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) 1983....................................................          83
(B) 1986....................................................          80
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Systems designed and marketed for use on off-road motorcycles
with engine displacements greater than 170 cc:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              A-weighted
                    Motorcycle model year                        noise
                                                              level (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) 1983....................................................          86
(B) 1986....................................................          82
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Exhaust systems and exhaust system components that are designed
and marketed for use on any Federally regulated street motorcycle shall
be designed and built so that, when installed on any such motorcycle
which is in compliance with the requirements of subpart D of this part,
and when both the motorcycle and the exhaust system are properly
maintained and used, they will not cause that motorcycle to produce
noise emissions in excess of the levels specified in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section, for an Acoustical Assurance Period of one year or a
distance of 6000 km (3729 mi) after the time of sale to the ultimate
purchaser, whichever occurs first.
    (4) Exhaust systems and exhaust system components that are designed
and marketed for use on any Federally regulated off-road motorcycle must
be designed and built so that, when installed on any such motorcycle
which is in compliance with the requirements of subpart D of this part,
and when both the motorcycle and the exhaust system are properly
maintained and used, they will not cause that motorcycle to produce
noise emissions in excess of the levels specified in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section, for an Acoustical Assurance Period of one year or a
distance of 3000 km (1865 mi) after the time of sale to the ultimate
purchaser, whichever occurs first.
    (5) At the time of sale to the ultimate purchaser all products must
comply with the standards set forth in paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of
this section.
    (b) Measurement procedure. (1)(i) The standards set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section refer to the noise emissions as measured
in accordance with the measurement methodology specified in appendix I-1
for all motorcycles except those street motorcycles meeting the
definition of Sec. 205.151(a)(2)(ii). Exhaust systems which alter a
motorcycle's maximum rated RPM shall be tested using the unmodified
motorcycle's maximum rated RPM to determine closing RPM or test RPM.
    (ii) The standards set forth in paragraph (a) of this section for
street motorcycles meeting the definition of Sec. 205.151(a)(2)(ii)
(moped-type street motorcycles) refer to noise emissions measured in
accordance with the measurement methodology specified in appendix I-2.
    (2) Exhaust system components sold as separate products shall be
tested as part of a system made up of that part and original equipment
components to complete the system.
    (3) Exhaust system components sold as separate products which are
incompatible with original equipment components necessary to make a
complete exhaust system, or which would not meet standards as prescribed
in this subpart in such configuration, may be tested with non-original
equipment components provided that the provisions of Sec.
205.169(e)(1)(ii)(B) are carried out.

[[Page 146]]



Sec. 205.167  Consideration of alternative test procedures.

    The Administrator may approve applications from manufacturers of
original equipment and replacement exhaust systems for the approval of
test procedures which differ from those contained in this subpart so
long as the alternative procedures have been demonstrated to correlate
with the prescribed procedure. To be acceptable, alternative test
procedures must be such that the test results obtained will identify all
those test exhaust systems which would not comply with the noise
emission standards prescribed in Sec. 205.166 when tested in accordance
with the measurement methodology specified in appendix I. After approval
by the Administrator, testing conducted by manufacturers using
alternative test procedures may be accepted by the Administrator for all
purposes including, but not limited to, production verification testing
and selective enforcement audit testing.



Sec. 205.168  Requirements.



Sec. 205.168-1  General requirements.

    (a) Each manufacturer of motorcycle exhaust systems manufactured for
Federally regulated motorcycles and distributed in commerce in the
United States which are subject to the noise emission standards
prescribed in this subpart and not exempted in accordance with subpart
A, Sec. 205.5:
    (1) Must label each exhaust system in accordance with the
requirements of Sec. 205.169 of this subpart; and
    (2) Must only manufacture exhaust systems which conform to the
applicable noise emission standard established in Sec. 205.166 of this
regulation when installed on any Federally regulated motorcycle for
which it has been designed and marketed.
    (b) The manufacturer who is required to conduct testing to
demonstrate compliance with a particular standard must satisfy all other
provisions of this subpart applicable to that standard.
    (c) Prior to distribution into commerce of exhaust systems of a
specific category, the manufacturer of the exhaust system shall verify
the category in accordance with this subpart.
    (1) Not withstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the
manufacturer may distribute in commerce exhaust systems of that category
for up to 90 days if weather or other conditions beyond the control of
the manufacturer make testing of a category impossible and if the
following conditions are met:
    (i) The manufacturer performs the tests required under paragraph (d)
or (e) of this section on such category as soon as conditions permit;
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (d) The requirements for each exhaust system category consist of:
    (1) Testing in accordance with Sec. 205.171-1 of an exhaust system
selected in accordance with Sec. 205.171-2.
    (2) Compliance of the test exhaust system on a motorcycle for which
it is marketed with the applicable standard when tested in accordance
with appendix I; and
    (e) A manufacturer is required to verify all categories of exhaust
systems within his product line for each class of Federally regulated
motorcycle for which it is designed and marketed. A category of a
replacement exhaust system is defined by a separate combination of at
least the following parameters:
    (1) Muffler/Silencer: (i) Volume; (ii) type of absorption material;
(iii) amount of absorption material; (iv) length; (v) diameter; (vi)
directional flow of exhaust gas; (vii) interior construction; (viii)
shell and inner construction material; (ix) number of header pipes
entering muffler; and (x) specific motorcycle application.
    (2) Expansion Chamber: (i) Volume; (ii) diameter; (iii) construction
material; (iv) directional flow of exhaust gas; (v) length; and (vi)
specific motorcycle application.
    (3) Spark Arrestors: (i) Volume; (ii) construction material; (iii)
directional flow of exhaust gas; (iv) length; (v) diameter, and (vi)
specific motorcycle application.
    (4) Other Exhaust System Components: (i) Volume; (ii) shape; (iii)
length; (iv) diameter; (v) material; (vi) directional flow of exhaust
gas; and (vii) specific motorcycle application.
    (f) Exhaust system components sold as separate products shall be
tested pursuant to Sec. 205.166(b).

[[Page 147]]

    (g) Original equipment exhaust systems that are also sold as
replacement systems for the same motorcycle configuration need not be
tested under this subpart if they have been tested or represented in a
test report under subpart D of this part.
    (h) A manufacturer has the following alternatives if any test
exhaust system is determined not to be in compliance with applicable
standards:
    (i) Modify the test exhaust system and demonstrate by testing that
it meets applicable standards. The manufacturer must modify all
production exhaust systems of the same category in the same manner as
the test exhaust system before distribution in commerce.

[47 FR 57722, Dec. 28, 1982; 48 FR 27040, June 13, 1983]



Sec. 205.168-11  Order to cease distribution.

    (a) If a category of exhaust systems is found not to comply with
this subpart because it has not been verified or labeled as required by
Sec. 205.169, the Administrator may issue an order to the manufacturer
to cease distribution in commerce exhaust systems of that category. This
order will not be issued if the manufacturer has made a good faith
attempt to properly production verify the category and can establish
such good faith.
    (b) Any such order shall be issued after notice and opportunity for
a hearing which will be held in accordance with title 5 U.S.C. 554.

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 48 FR 27040, June 13, 1983]



Sec. 205.169  Labeling requirements.

    (a) The manufacturer of any product (including the manufacturer of
newly produced motorcycles) subject to this subpart must, at the time of
manufacture, affix a permanent, legible label, or mark of the type and
in the manner described below, containing the information provided
below, to all such exhaust systems or exhaust system components to be
distributed in commerce.
    (b) The labels or marks shall be affixed in such a manner that they
cannot be removed without destroying or defacing them, and must not be
applied to any part which is easily detached from such product.
    (c) The label or mark shall be in a readily visible position when
the exhaust system or exhaust system component is installed on all
motorcycles for which it is designed and marketed.
    (d) All required language shall be lettered in the English language
in block letters and numerals in a color that contrasts with its
background.
    (e) The label or mark must contain the following information:
    (1) For exhaust systems subject to the noise emission standards of
Sec. 205.166:
    (i) The label heading: Motorcycle Exhaust System Noise Emission
Control Information;
    (ii)(A) For original equipment and replacement exhaust system, the
following statement:

    This (manufacturer's name) exhaust system (serial number) meets EPA
noise emission requirements of (noise emission standard) dBA for the
following motorcycles: (list of model specific codes). Installation of
this exhaust system on motorcycle models not specified may violate
Federal law.

    (B) For exhaust system components designed and marketed for
motorcycles, and tested in accordance with Sec. 205.168 as a
constituent of a complete exhaust system comprising non-original
equipment components (other than itself), as provided for in Sec.
205.166(b)(3), the following statement:

    This (manufacturer's name) (type of component) (serial number), when
installed with a legal (type of component), meets EPA noise emission
requirements of (noise emission standard) dBA for the following
motorcycles: (list of model specific codes). Installation of this
exhaust system components on motorcycle models not specified may violate
Federal law.

    (iii) The model specific code must be the same as used by the motor
cycle manufacturer and described in Sec. 205.158(a)(6).
    (2) For exhaust systems designed solely for use on competition
motorcycles (as defined by Sec. 205.151(a)(3) and so designated and
labeled by the manufacturer), the statement:

    This product is designed for use on closed course competition
motorcycles only and does not conform to U.S. EPA noise emission
standards. Used on motorcycles subject to

[[Page 148]]

EPA noise regulations constitutes tampering and is a violation of
Federal law unless it can be shown that such use does not cause the
motorcycle to exceed applicable Federal standards.

    (3) For exhaust systems designed solely for use on motorcyles
manufactured before January 1, 1982, the statement:

    This product is designed for use on pre-1982 model year motorcycles
only and does not conform to U.S. EPA noise emission standards. Use on
motorcycles subject to EPA noise regulations constitutes tampering and
is a violation of Federal law unless it can be shown that such use does
not cause the motorcycle to exceed applicable Federal standards.

    (4) For replacement exhaust systems manufactured in the United
States solely for use outside the U.S. and not conforming to the noise
emissions standards of this regulation, the statement: ``For Export
Only.''

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57722, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.170  Testing by the Administrator.

    (a)(1) In order for the Administrator to determine whether such
exhaust systems or a manufacturer's test facility conform to applicable
regulations, the Administrator may require that exhaust systems to be
tested pursuant to the Act be submitted to him, at such place and time
as he reasonably designates. He may designate the quantity of exhaust
systems and the duration of time he reasonably requires for the purpose
of conducting tests in accordance with test procedures described in
appendix I. The manner in which the Administrator conducts such tests,
the EPA test facility, and the test procedures employed will be based
upon good engineering practice and meet or exceed the requirements of
appendix I.
    (2) If the Administrator specifies that he will conduct such testing
at the manufacturer's facility, the manufacturer shall make available
instrumentation and equipment of the type required for test operators by
these regulations. The Administrator may conduct such tests with his own
equipment, having specifications equal to or exceeding the performance
specifications of the instrumentation and equipment required in these
regulations.
    (3) The manufacturer may observe tests conducted by the
Administrator pursuant to this section on exhaust systems produced by
the manufacturer and may copy the data accumulated from such tests. The
manufacturer may inspect any of the exhaust systems before and after
testing by the Administrator.
    (b)(1) If, based on tests conducted by the Administrator or on other
relevant information, the Administrator determines that the test
facility does not meet the requirements of appendix I or the
requirements for an alternative test procedure approved under Sec.
205.154, the Administrator will give notice to the manufacturer in
writing of his determination and the reasons underlying it.
    (2) The manufacturer may, at any time within 15 days after receipt
of a notice issued under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, request a
hearing conducted in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554 on the issue of
whether his test facility met the requirements. Such notice will not
take effect until 15 days after its receipt by the manufacturer, or, if
a hearing is requested under this paragraph, until adjudication by the
administrative law judge.
    (3) After any notice issued under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
has taken effect, no data thereafter derived from that test facility
will be acceptable for purposes of this subpart.
    (4) The manufacturer may request in writing that the Administrator
reconsider his determination under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
based on data or information which indicates that changes have been made
to the test facility and that such changes have resolved the reasons for
disqualification.
    (5) Within 10 working days after receipt of the manufacturer's
request for reconsideration pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this
section, the Administrator will notify the manufacturer of his
determination and the reasons underlying it with regard to the re quali
fi ca tion of the test facility.
    (c) The Administrator will assume all reasonable costs associated
with shipment of exhaust systems to the place designated pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section except with respect to:

[[Page 149]]

    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Testing of a reasonable number of exhaust systems (i) for
purposes of selective enforcement auditing under Sec. 205.171, or (ii)
if the manufacturer has failed to establish that there is a correlation
between its test facility and the EPA test facility, or (iii) the
Administrator has reason to believe, and provides the manufacturer with
a statement of such reason, that the exhaust systems to be tested would
fail to meet the standard prescribed in this subpart if tested at the
EPA test facility, even though they would meet such standard if tested
at the manufacturer's test facility;
    (3) Any testing performed during a period when a notice of non-
conformance of the manufacturer's test facility issued pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section is in effect;
    (4) Any testing performed at a place other than the manufacturer's
facility as a result of the manufacturer's failure to permit the
Administrator to conduct or monitor testing as required by this subpart;
and
    (5) In addition to any exhaust systems included in paragraphs (c)
(2), (3), or (4) of this section, testing of up to 10 percent of the
manufacturer's exhaust systems for a model year if the Administrator
determines testing these exhaust systems at the EPA test site is
necessary to assure that a manufacturer has acted or is acting in
compliance with the Act.

(Secs. 11 and 13 of the Noise Control Act (42 U.S.C. 4910, 4912); 42
U.S.C. 4905; 86 Stat. 1237 and secs. 6, 10, 11, 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86
Stat. 1234 (42 U.S.C. 4905, 4909, 4910, 4912))

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980; 46 FR 4918, Jan. 19, 1981, as amended at 47
FR 57722, Dec. 28, 1982; 49 FR 26738, June 29, 1984]



Sec. 205.171  Selective enforcement auditing (SEA) requirements.



Sec. 205.171-1  Test request.

    (a) The Administrator will request all testing under Sec. 205.171
by means of a test request addressed to the manufacturer.
    (b) The test request will be signed by the Assistant Administrator
for Enforcement or his designee. The test request will be delivered to
the plant manager or other responsible official as designated by the
manufacturer.
    (c) The test request will specify the exhaust system category, model
and model year of motorcycle selected for testing, the manufacturer's
plant or storage facility from which the exhaust systems must be
selected, the method of selection and the time at which the exhaust
systems must be selected. The test request will also provide for
situations in which the selected exhaust system is unavailable for
testing. The test request may include an alternative exhaust system
category designated for testing in the event that exhaust systems of the
first specified category are not available for testing because the
exhaust systems are not being manufactured at the specified plant or are
not being manufactured during the specified time or are not being stored
at the specified plant or storage facility.
    (d)(1) If the manufacturer projects a yearly production of fewer
than 50 exhaust systems of the specified category to be tested, then,
within five (5) days of receipt of the request, the manufacturer must
notify the Administrator of such low volume production. The
Administrator will then provide a revised test request specifying a
testing plan which imposes no greater risk of failure (5%) at the
acceptable quality level (10%) than the plan in appendix II. Upon
receipt of the revised test request, the manufacturer must select and
test a sample of exhaust systems from the category specified in the test
request in accordance with this subpart and the conditions specified in
the test request.
    (2) If the manufacturer produces 50 or more of the specified
category, then, upon receipt of the test request, the manufacturer must
select and test a sample of exhaust systems for the category specified
in the test request in accordance with this subpart and the conditions
specified in the test request.
    (e)(1) Any testing conducted by the manufacturer under a test
request must be initiated within the time period specified in the test
request; except that initiation may be delayed for increments of 24
hours or one business day where ambient test site weather conditions, or
other conditions beyond

[[Page 150]]

the control of the manufacturer, in that 24-hour period do not permit
testing. The manufacturer must record the conditions for this period.
    (2) The manufacturer must complete noise emission testing on a
minimum of ten exhaust systems per day unless otherwise provided by the
Administrator or unless ambient test site conditions permit only the
testing of a lesser number, in which event the ambient test site weather
conditions for that period must be recorded.
    (3) The manufacturer is allowed 24 hours to ship exhaust systems
from a sample from the assembly plant to the testing facility if the
facility is not located at the plant or in close proximity to the plant.
The Administrator may approve more time based upon a request by the
manufacturer accompanied by a satisfactory justification.
    (f) The Administrator may issue an order to the manufacturer to
cease distribution in commerce of exhaust systems of a specified
category being manufactured at a particular facility if:
    (1) The manufacturer refuses to comply with the provisions of a test
request issued by the Administrator under this section; or
    (2) The manufacturer refuses to comply with any of the requirements
of this section.
    (g) A cease distribution order will not be issued under paragraph
(f) of this section if the manufacturer's refusal is caused by
conditions and circumstances outside his control which render compliance
with the provisions of a test request or with any other requirements of
this section impossible. Conditions and circumstances outside the
control of the manufacturer include, but are not limited to, the
temporary unavailability of equipment and personnel needed to conduct
the required tests, caused by uncontrollable factors such as equipment
breakdown or failure or illness of personnel. Failure of the
manufacturer to adequately plan for and provide the equipment and
personnel needed to conduct the tests does not constitute uncontrollable
factors. The manufacturer must bear the burden of establishing the
presence of the conditions and circumstances required by this paragraph.
    (h) Any order to cease distribution will be issued only after notice
and opportunity for a hearing in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554.



Sec. 205.171-2  Test exhaust system sample selection and preparation.

    (a)(1) Exhaust systems comprising the sample which are required to
be tested under a test request in accordance with this subpart must be
selected consecutively as they are produced.
    (2) Test motorcycles and test exhaust systems to be used for testing
of exhaust systems must be of the subject class which has been assembled
using the manufacturer's normal production processes, in stock
configuration including exhaust system, as sold or offered for sale in
commerce.
    (3) Before the official test, the test motorcycle and test exhaust
system must not be prepared, tested, modified, adjusted, or maintained
in any manner unless such preparation, tests, modifications, adjustments
or maintenance are part of the original equipment manufacturer's
prescribed manufacturing and inspection procedures, and are documented
in the manufacturer's internal motorcycle assembly and inspection
procedures, or are required or permitted under this subpart, or are
approved in advance by the Administrator.
    (4) Equipment or fixtures necessary to conduct the test may be
installed on the motorcycle, if such equipment or fixtures shall have no
effect on the noise emissions of the motorcycle as determined by the
measurement methodology.
    (5) In the event of a motorcycle malfunction (i.e., failure to
start, etc.) maintenance that is necessary may be performed to enable
the vehicle to operate in a normal manner. This maintenance must be
documented and reported in the final report pre pared and submitted in
accordance with this subpart.
    (6) No quality control, quality assurance testing, assembly or
selection procedures may be used on the test vehicle or any portion
thereof, including parts and subassemblies, that will not normally be
used during the production and assembly of all other motorcycles of that
class which will be distributed

[[Page 151]]

in commerce, unless such procedures are required or permitted under this
subpart or are approved in advance by the Administrator.
    (b) The Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) is 10 percent. The
appropriate sampling plans associated with the designated AQL are
contained in appendix II or the test request.
    (c) The exhaust systems of the category selected for testing must be
assembled by the manufacturer for distribution in commerce using the
manufacturer's normal production process.
    (d) Unless otherwise indicated in the test request, the manufacturer
must initiate testing with the exhaust systems of the category specified
in the test request which are next scheduled for production after
receipt of the test request.
    (e) The manufacturer must keep on hand all products in the test
sample until the sample is accepted or rejected in accordance with Sec.
205.171-8; except that exhaust systems actually tested and found to be
in conformance with this regulation need not be kept.

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57723, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.171-3  Test motorcycle sample selection.

    A test motorcycle to be used for selective enforcement audit testing
of exhaust systems must be a motorcycle of the subject class which has
been assembled using the manufacturer's normal production process, in
stock configuration including exhaust system, and sold or offered for
sale in commerce.



Sec. 205.171-6  Testing procedures.

    (a) The manufacturer of the exhaust system must conduct one valid
test in accordance with the appropriate test procedure specified in
appendix I for each exhaust system selected for testing under this
subpart.
    (b) No maintenance may be performed on the test exhaust system
except as provided by Sec. 205.171-2. In the event an exhaust system is
unable to complete the noise emission test, the manufacturer may replace
the exhaust system. Any replacement exhaust system must be a production
exhaust system of the same category as the exhaust system which it
replaced, and it is subject to all the provisions of this subpart.

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57723, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.171-7  Reporting of the test results.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer must submit a copy of the test report for
all testing conducted pursuant to Sec. 205.171 at the conclusion of
each 24-hour period during which testing is done.
    (2) For each test conducted, the manufacturer must provide the
following information:
    (i) Category identification where applicable;
    (ii) Year, manufacturing date, serial number and model of exhaust
system;
    (iii) Year, make serial number, and model of test motorcycle; and
    (iv) Test results by serial numbers.
    (b) In the case where an EPA Enforcement Officer is present during
testing required by this subpart, the written reports requested in
paragraph (a) of this section may be given directly to the Enforcement
Officer.
    (c) Within 5 days after completion of an SEA, the manufacturer must
submit to the Administrator a final report which will include the
following:
    (1) The name, location, and description of the manufacturer's noise
emission test facilities which meet the specifications of appendix I and
where utilized to conduct testing reported under this section, except,
that a test facility that has been described in a previous submission
under this subpart need not again be described, but must be identified
as that facility.
    (2) The following information for each noise emission test
conducted:
    (i) The individual records required by Sec. 205.172 (a)(2) for all
noise emission tests including for each invalid test, the reason for
invalidation;
    (ii) A complete description of any modification, repair,
preparation, maintenance, or testing, which could affect the noise
emissions of the product and which was performed on the test exhaust
system but not performed on all other production exhaust systems;
    (iii) The test results for any replacement exhaust system and the
reason for its replacement.

[[Page 152]]

    (3) A complete description of the sound data acquisition system if
other than that specified in appendix I.
    (4) The following statement and endorsement:

    This report is submitted pursuant to section 6 and section 13 of the
Noise Control Act of 1972. To the best of (company name) knowledge, all
testing for which data is reported here was conducted in strict
conformance with applicable regulations under 40 CFR Part 205 et seq.,
all the data reported here are a true and accurate representation of
such testing, and all other information reported here is true and
accurate. I am aware of the penalties associated with vio la tions of
the Noise Control Act of 1972 and the regulations thereunder.
(authorized rep re senta tive).

    (5) Additional information required by the test request.
    (d) Information required to be submitted to the Administrator under
this section must be sent to the following address: Director, Noise and
Radiation Enforcement Division, (EN-387), U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, DC 20460.



Sec. 205.171-8  Passing or failing under SEA.

    (a) A failing exhaust system is one which, when installed on any
motorcycle which is in compliance with the requirements of subpart D and
for which it is designed and marketed, together with such motorcycle
produces a measured noise level in excess of the applicable noise
emission standard in Sec. 205.166.
    (b) The number of failing vehicles in a sample determines whether
the sample passes or fails (See applicable tables in appendix II). If
the number of failing vehicles is greater than or equal to the number in
Column B, the sample fails. If the number of failing vehicles is less
than or equal to the number in Column A, the sample passes.
    (c) Pass or failure of a SEA takes place when a decision that an
exhaust system is a passing or failing unit is made on the last exhaust
system required to make a decision under paragraph (b) of this section.
    (d) If the manufacturer passes the SEA, he will not be required to
perform any additional testing on subsequent exhaust systems to satisfy
the test request.
    (e) The Administrator may terminate testing earlier than required in
paragraph (b) of this section, based on a request by the manufacturer,
accompanied by voluntarily ceasing distribution in commerce of exhaust
systems from the category in question, manufactured at the plant which
produced the exhaust systems being tested. Before reinitiating
distribution in commerce of that exhaust system category from that
plant, the manufacturer must take the action described in Sec. 205.171-
10(a)(1) and (2).



Sec. 205.171-9  Continued testing.

    (a) If an SEA failure occurs according to paragraph (b) of Sec.
205.171-8, the Administrator may require that any or all exhaust systems
of that category produced at that plant be tested before distribution in
commerce.
    (b) The Administrator will notify the manufacturer in writing of his
intent to require continued testing of exhaust systems under paragraph
(a) of this section.
    (c) The manufacturer may request a hearing on the issues of whether
the SEA was conducted properly; whether the criteria for SEA failure
have been met; and the appropriateness or scope of a continued testing
order. If a hearing is requested, the hearing will begin no later than
15 days after the date on which the Administrator received the hearing
request. Neither the request for a hearing nor the fact that a hearing
is in progress will affect the responsibility of the manufacturer to
commence and continue testing required by the Administrator pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Any tested exhaust system which demonstrates conformance with
the applicable standard may be distributed into commerce.
    (e) Any distribution into commerce of an exhaust system which does
not comply with the applicable standard is a prohibited act.



Sec. 205.171-10  Prohibition on distribution in commerce;
manufacturer's remedy.

    (a) The Administrator will permit the manufacturer to cease testing
under Sec. 205.171-9 after the manufacturer has taken the following
actions:

[[Page 153]]

    (1) Submission of a written report to the Administrator which
identifies the reason for the noncompliance of the exhaust systems,
describes the problem and describes the proposed quality control or
quality assurance remedies to be taken by the manufacturer to correct
the problem.
    (2) Demonstration that the specified exhaust system category has
passed a retest conducted in accordance with Sec. 205.171 and the
conditions specified in the test request.
    (b) The manufacturer may begin testing under paragraph (a)(2) of
this section upon submitting the report, required by paragraph (a)(1) of
this section any may cease continued testing upon making the
demonstration required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The
Administrator may require resumption of continued testing if he
determines that the manufacturer has not satisfied the requirements of
paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (c) Any exhaust system failing the noise emission tests conducted
pursuant to Appendix I may not be distributed into commerce until
necessary adjustment or repairs have been made and the exhaust system
passes a retest.

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57723, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.172  Maintenance of records; submittal of information.

    (a) Except as otherwise provided in regulation, the manufacturer of
any new exhaust system subject to any of the standards or procedures
prescribed in this subpart must establish, maintain and retain the
following adequately organized and indexed records:
    (1) General records:
    (i) Identification and description by category parameters of all
exhaust systems in the manufacturer's product line;
    (ii) A description of any procedures other than those contained in
this subpart used to perform noise emission tests on any test exhaust
system;
    (iii) A record of the calibration of the acoustical instrumentation
as is described in appendix I;
    (iv) A record of the date of manufacture of each exhaust system
subject to this subpart, keyed to the serial number.
    (2) Individual records for test exhaust systems:
    (i) A complete record of all noise emission tests performed for
Production Verification and Selective Enforcement Audit (except tests
performed by EPA directly), including all individual worksheets and
other documentation or exact copies relating to each test;
    (ii) A record of the information recorded as described in Appendix
I; and
    (iii) A record and description of all repairs, maintenance and other
servicing which were performed before successful testing of the exhaust
system pursuant to these regulations and which could affect the noise
emission of the exhaust system, giving the date and time of the
maintenance or service, the reason for it, the person authorizing it,
and the names of supervisory personnel responsible for the conduct of
the maintenance or service.
    (3) A properly filed production verification report following the
format prescribed by the Administrator in Sec. 205.168-3 fulfills the
requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (4) All records required to be maintained under this subpart must be
retained by the manufacturer for a period of three (3) years from the
production verification date. Records may be retained as hard copy or
alternatively reduced to microfilm, punch cards, etc., depending on the
record retention procedures of the manufacturer; however, when an
alternative method is used, all information contained in the hard copy
must be contained in the copy made by the alternative method.
    (b) The manufacturer must, upon request, submit to the Administrator
the following information with regard to new exhaust system production:
    (1) Number of exhaust systems, by category, scheduled for production
for the time period designated in the request.
    (2) Number of exhaust systems, by category, produced during the time
period designated in the request.
    (c) The reporting requirements of this regulation will no longer be
effective after five (5) years from the last effective date of this
regulation. However, the requirements will remain in

[[Page 154]]

effect if the Administrator is taking appropriate steps to repromulgate
or modify the reporting requirements at that time.



Sec. 205.173  In-use requirements.



Sec. 205.173-1  Warranty.

    (a) The exhaust system manufacturer must include in the information
supplied to the ultimate purchaser pursuant to Sec. 205.173-4, the
following statement:

                         Noise Emission Warranty

    [The manufacturer] warrants that this exhaust system, at time of
sale, meets all applicable U.S. E.P.A. Federal noise standards. This
warranty extends to the first person who buys this exhaust system for
purposes other than resale, and to all subsequent buyers. Warranty
claims should be direct to ------. (Manufacturer shall fill in this
blank with his name, address and telephone number.)

    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) All information must be sent to:

Director, Noise and Radiation Enforcement Division (EN-387),
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460.

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57723, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.173-2  Tampering.

    The manufacturer must include the following statement pursuant to
Sec. 205.173-4 with each product of that category the manufacturer
distributes into commerce:

                          Tampering Prohibition

    Federal law prohibits any modification to this exhaust system which
causes the motorcycle to exceed the Federal noise standard. Use of the
motorcycle with such a modified exhaust system is also prohibited.
    Acts likely to constitute tampering include removal or puncturing
the muffler, baffles, header pipes, or any other component which
conducts exhaust gases.

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57723, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.173-3  Warning statement.

    The manufacturer must include the following statement pursuant to
Sec. 205.173-4 with each product of that category the manufacturer
distributes into commerce:

    Warning: This product should be checked for repair or replacement if
the motorcycle noise has increased significantly through use. Otherwise,
the owner may become subject to penalties under state and local
ordinances.

[45 FR 86718, Dec. 31, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 57723, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 205.173-4  Information sheet.

    The manufacturer must include the Noise Emissions Warranty
statement, Tampering Prohibition statement and the Warning statement
with each product. All three statements must be printed on a white sheet
or card at least 8\1/2\ x 11. Each statement must
cover no more than \1/3\ of the sheet or card. No other printing must be
on the sheet. The statements must be printed in black ink; the statement
headings must be in capital letters in a minimum size type of 12 point
(pica type) or its equal; and the text of the statement must be a
minimum size type of 10 point (elite type) or its equal. The sheet or
card must be placed with the exhaust system inside any packaging. If
there is no packaging, the sheet or card must be affixed to the exhaust
system so that it will not be accidentally detached in shipping.



Sec. 205.174  Remedial orders.

    The Administrator may issue appropriate remedial orders to a
manufacturer if products are distributed into commerce not in compliance
with the regulations of this subpart. Potential orders are stop sale
orders, orders to cease distribution, relabel, replace or recall, or any
other orders appropriate in the specific circumstances. A remedial order
will be issued only after notice and opportunity for a hearing in
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554.



   Sec. Appendix I to Subparts D and E of Part 205--Motorcycle Noise
                        Emission Test Procedures

Appendix I-1 to Subparts D and E--Test Procedure for Street and off-road
                               Motorcycles

    (a) Instrumentation. Proper usage of all test instrumentation is
essential to obtain valid measurements. Operating manuals or other
literature furnished by the instrument manufacturer must be referred to
for both recommended operation of the instrument and

[[Page 155]]

precautions to be observed. The following instrumentation must be used,
where applicable:
    (1) A sound level measurement system which meets the type S1A
requirements of American National Standard Specification for Sound Level
Meters, ANSI S1.4-1971. As an alternative to making direct measurements
using a sound level meter, a microphone or sound level meter may be used
with a magnetic tape recorder and/or a graphic level recorder or
indicating instrument provided that the system meets the performance
requirements of ANSI S1.4-1971. The sound level measurement system must
be calibrated at least annually to insure that the system meets the
performance requirements of ANSI S1.4-1971.
    (2) An acoustic calibrator with an accuracy of within 0.5 dB. The
calibrator must be checked annually to verify that its output is within
the specified accuracy.
    (3)(i) An engine speed measurement system having the following
characteristics:
    (A) Steady-state accuracy of within 3% of actual engine speed in
the range of 45% to 100% of the engine speed (RPM) where peak net brake
power (maximum rated RPM) is developed; and
    (B) Response characteristics such that, when closing RPM is
indicated under an acceleration as described below, actual engine speed
is no more than 3 percent (of closing RPM) greater than the specified
closing RPM.
    (ii) The vehicle tachometer may be used to ascertain:
    (A) The approach RPM provided it meets the specifications in
paragraph (a)(3)(i)(A).
    (B) The closing RPM provided it meets the specifications in
paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A) and (B).
    (iii) Indirect engine speed measurement systems, such as systems
which determine engine speed from vehicle speed measurement, may be used
provided the specifications of paragraph (a)(1)(i) are met.
    (4) An anemometer with steady-state accuracy of within 10% at 20
km/h (12.4 mph).
    (5) A microphone wind screen which does not affect microphone
response more than 0.5 dB for frequencies of 20-4000 Hz or 1.0 dB for
frequencies of 4000-10,000 Hz, taking into account the orientation of
the microphone.
    (b) Test site. (1) The measurement area within the test site must
meet the following requirements and be laid out as described:
    (i) The following points must be established:
    (A) Microphone target point--a reference point on the vehicle path;
    (B) End point--a point on the vehicle path 7.5 0.3m (24.6 1.0 ft)
beyond the microphone target point, and
    (C) Microphone location point--a point 15 0.3m (49.2 1.0 ft) from
the microphone target point on a normal to the vehicle path through the
microphone target point.
    (ii) The microphone must be:
    (A) Positioned at the microphone location point 1.2 0.1 m (3.9 0.3
ft) above the ground plane; and
    (B) Oriented in a plane perpendicular to the vehicle path, and at an
angle for which the microphone was calibrated to have the flatest
response characteristics over the frequency range of 100 Hz to 10,000 Hz
when measured with respect to the motorcycle source.
    (iii) The surface of the ground within at least the triangular area
formed by the microphone location and the points 15 0.3m (49.2 1.0
ft.) prior to and 15 0.3 m (49.2 1.0 ft.) beyond the microphone target
point must be flat (+ 5 cm (2.0 in)) and level (grade not more than 0.5%
along vehicle path), have a concrete or sealed asphalt surface, and be
free from snow, soil or other extraneous material.
    (iv) The vehicle path must be relatively smooth and of sufficient
length for safe acceleration, deceleration and stopping of the
motorcycle.
    (2) The test site must be flat, open space free of large sound-
reflecting surfaces (other than the ground), such as parked vehicles,
sign-boards, buildings or hillsides located within a 30 0.3 m (98.4
1.0 ft) radius of the microphone location and the following points on
the vehicle path (see Figure 1):
    (i) The microphone location point;
    (ii) A point 15 0.3 m (49.2 1.0 ft.) before the microphone target
point; and
    (iii) A point 15 0.3 m (49.2 1.0 ft) beyond the microphone target
point.
    (c) Measurement procedure. (1) To establish the acceleration point,
the end point must be approached in second gear from the reverse of the
intended test direction at a constant engine speed of 50% of maximum
rated RPM or closing RPM less ten percent (of maximum rated RPM),
whichever is lower, (2.5% of observed reading). When the front of the
motorcycle reaches the end point (approached from the reverse
direction), the throttle must be smoothly and fully opened to accelerate
the motorcycle past the microphone target point under wide open
throttle. When the motorcycle reaches closing RPM the throttle must be
smoothly and fully closed. An ignition disable device may be used to
turn off the engine at closing RPM in lieu of closing the throttle
manually. The location of the front of the motorcycle at the time of
throttle closure is the acceleration point for the test runs. The test
runs must be made in the opposite direction. A sufficient number of
trial runs must be made to assure accurate establishment of the
acceleration point.
    (2) Closing RPM must be determined according to the motorcycle
engine displacement, as follows (see Figure 2):

[[Page 156]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Closing RPM (Fraction of
           Displacement (cc)               maximum rated RPM--percent)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to 175...............................  95
176 to 675.............................  109 to 0.08x(engine
                                          displacement in cc)
676 and above..........................  55
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) The distance from the acceleration point to the end point must
be at least 10 m (32.8 ft). If this distance is less than 10 m (32.8 ft)
by the procedure specified in paragraph (c)(1), above, third gear, if
the motorcycle is so equipped, must be used. If the distance is still
less than 10 m (32.8 ft), fourth gear, if the motorcycle is so equipped,
must be used, and so on. If closing RPM is reached before the vehicle
travels 10 m (32.8 ft), with the vehicle in its highest gear, the
throttle must be opened less rapidly, but in such a manner that full
throttle and closing RPM are attained at the end point.
    (4) If the motorcycle is equipped with an automatic transmission,
the procedure specified in paragraph (c)(1), must be followed except
that the lowest selectable range must be employed, and the procedure
specified in paragraph (c)(3) must be followed using the next selectable
higher range, if necessary, and if the vehicle is so equipped. If
closing RPM is reached before the vehicle travels 10 m (32.8 ft.), the
throttle must be opened less rapidly, but in such a manner that full
throttle and closing RPM are attained at the end point.
    (5) Throttle opening must be controlled to avoid excessive wheel
slip or lift-off.
    (6) To conduct a sound measurement, the motorcycle must proceed
along the vehicle path in the forward direction in second gear (or
higher gear as applicable under paragraph (c)(3)) at a constant engine
speed of 50% of maximum rated RPM or at closing RPM less ten percent (of
maximum rated RPM), whichever is lower (2.5 percent of observed
reading). When the front of the vehicle reaches the acceleration point,
the throttle must be smoothly and fully opened. Full acceleration must
continue until closing RPM is reached, which must occur within 1.0 m
(3.3 ft.) of the end point, and at which time the throttle must be
smoothly and fully closed. An ignition disable de vice may be used to
turn off the engine at clos ing RPM in lieu of closing the throttle
manually.
    (7) A sufficient number of preliminary runs must be conducted before
the testing to familiarize the rider with the test procedure and
operating conditions of the vehicle. The engine temperature must be
within the normal operating range prior to each run.
    (d) Measurements. (1) The sound level meter must be set for fast
response and for the A-weighting network. The microphone wind screen
must be used. The sound level meter must be calibrated with the acoustic
calibrator as often as is necessary throughout testing to maintain the
accuracy of the measurement system.
    (2) The sound level meter must be observed throughout the
acceleration period. The highest sound level obtained for the run must
be recorded.
    (3) Measurements must be made until at least four readings from each
side are within 2 dB of each other. The noise level for each side is the
average of the four which are within 2 dB of each other. The noise level
reported must be for that side of the motorcycle having the highest
noise level.
    (4) While making sound level measurements, not more than one person
other than the rider and the observer reading the meter may be within 15
m (49.2 ft) of the vehicle or microphone, and that person must be
directly behind the observer reading the meter, on a line through the
microphone and the observer.
    (5) The ambient noise level (including wind effects) at the test
site due to sources other than the motorcycle being measured must be at
least 10 dB lower than the noise level at the microphone location
produced by the motorcycle under test.
    (6) Wind speed at the test site during tests must be less than 20
km/h (12.4 mph).
    (e) Required data. For each valid test, the following data must be
recorded:
    (1) Motorcycle type, serial number, model year, and date of
manufacture.
    (2) Names of persons conducting test.
    (3) Test location.
    (4) Wind speed and ambient noise level measured on the same day as
the test and representative of conditions during the test.
    (5) Motorcycle engine displacement, maximum rated RPM, and closing
RPM.
    (6) The gear used for testing if other than second gear; or type of
transmission and description of testing if motorcycle is equipped with
automatic transmission.
    (7) Description of the sound level meter including type, serial
number, and calibration date.
    (8) Description of the external acoustic calibrator including type,
serial number, and calibration date.
    (9) Description of the tachometer or engine speed measurement system
used for conducting the test.
    (10) Maximum noise level for each pass on each side of the
motorcycle including invalid readings and reasons for invalidation.
    (11) Reported noise level.
    (12) Other information as appropriate to completely describe testing
conditions and procedure.

Appendix I-2 to Subparts D and E--Test Procedure for Street Motorcycles
 That Meet the Definition of Sec. 205.151(a)(2)(ii) (Moped-type Street
                              Motorcycles)

    (a) Instrumentation. Proper usage of all test instrumentation is
essential to obtain valid

[[Page 157]]

measurements. Operating manuals or other literature furnished by the
instrument manufacturer must be referred to for both recommended
operation of the instrument and precautions to be observed. The
following instrumentation must be used, where applicable:
    (1) A sound level measurement system which meets the type SIA
requirements of American National Standard Specification for Sound Level
Meters, ANSI S1.4-1971. As an alternative to making direct measurements
using a sound level meter, a microphone or sound level meter may be used
with a magnetic tape recorder and/or a graphic level recorder or
indicating instrument provided that the system meets the performance
requirements of ANSI S1.4-1971. The sound level measurement system must
be calibrated at least annually to insure that the system meets the
performance requirements of ANSI S1.4-1971.
    (2) An acoustic calibrator with an accuracy of within 0.5 dB. The
calibrator must be checked annually to verify that its output is within
the specified accuracy.
    (3) An anemometer with steady-state accuracy of within 10% at 20
km/h (12.4 mph).
    (4) A microphone wind screen which does not affect microphone
response more than 0.5 dB for frequencies of 20-4000 Hz or 1.0 dB for
frequencies of 4000-10,000 Hz, taking into account the orientation of
the microphone.
    (b) Test site. (1) The measurement area within the test site must
meet the following requirements and be laid out as described:
    (i) The following points must be established:
    (A) Microphone target point--a reference point on the vehicle path;
    (B) End point--a point on the vehicle path 7.5 0.3 m (24.6 1.0 ft)
beyond the microphone target point; and
    (C) Microphone location point--a point 15 0.3 m (49.2 1.0 ft) from
the microphone target point on a normal to the vehicle path through the
microphone target point. Alternately, the microphone location point may
be a point 7.5 0.3 m (24.6 1.0 ft) from the microphone target point
provided that the sound level reported is adjusted as provided in this
appendix under paragraph (d)(3).
    (ii) The microphone must be:
    (A) Positioned at the microphone location point 1.2 0.1 m (3.9 0.3
ft) above the ground plane; and
    (B) Oriented in a plane perpendicular to the vehicle path, and at an
angle for which the microphone was calibrated to have the flattest
response characteristics over the frequency range of 100 Hz to 10,000 Hz
when measured with respect to the motorcycle source.
    (iii) The surface of the ground within at least the triangular area
formed by the microphone location and the points 15 0.3 m (49.2 1 ft)
prior to and 15 0.3 m beyond the microphone target point must be flat
(5 cm (2.0 in)) and level (grade not more than 0.5% along vehicle
path), have a concrete or sealed asphalt surface, and be free from snow,
soil or other extraneous material.
    (iv) The vehicle path must be relatively smooth and of sufficient
length for safe acceleration, deceleration and stopping of the
motorcycle.
    (2) The test site must be a flat, open space free of large sound-
reflecting surfaces (other than the ground), such as parked vehicles,
signboards, buildings or hillsides located within a 30 0.3 m (98.4 1.0
ft) radius of the microphone location and the following points on the
vehicle path (see Figure 1):
    (i) The microphone location point;
    (ii) A point 15 0.3 m (49.2 1 ft) before the microphone target
point; and
    (iii) A point 15 0.3 m (49.2 1 ft) beyond the microphone target
point.
    (c) Measurement procedure. (1) The combined weight of the test rider
and test equipment used on the motorcycle must not be more than 80 kg
(176 lb) nor less than 75 kg (165 lb). Weights shall be placed on the
motorcycle saddle behind the rider to compensate for any difference
between the actual driver/equipment load and the required 75 kg (165 lb)
minimum.
    (2) The motorcycle must approach the microphone target point with
the throttle fully open and in the highest gear. The motorcycle must
start such that maximum speed is reached before the vehicle is within
7.5 m of the microphone target point. The motorcycle must continue along
the vehicle path with fully open throttle and at maximum speed past the
end point, at which time the throttle must be closed.
    (3) If the motorcycle is equipped with an automatic transmission,
the procedure of paragraph (1), above, must be followed except that the
highest selectable range shall be employed.
    (d) Measurements. (1) The sound level meter must be set for fast
response and for the A-weighting network. The microphone wind screen
must be used. The sound level meter must be calibrated with the acoustic
calibrator as often as is necessary throughout testing to maintain the
accuracy of the measurement system.
    (2) The sound level meter must be observed throughout the passby
period. The highest noise level obtained for the run must be recorded.
    (3) At least three measurements shall be made for each side of the
motorcycle. Measurements must be made until at least three readings from
each side are within 2 dB of each other. The noise level for each side
must be the average of the three. The noise level reported must be for
that side of the motorcycle having the highest noise level. If the
microphone location point is 7.5 m from the vehicle path as allowed in
this appendix

[[Page 158]]

under paragraph (b)(1)(i)(c), the noise level must be adjusted by
subtracting 6 dB prior to being reported.
    (4) While making noise level measurements, not more than one person
other than the rider and the observer reading the meter may be within 15
m (49.2 ft) of the vehicle or microphone, and that person must be
directly behind the observer reading the meter, on a line through the
microphone and the observer.
    (5) The ambient sound level (including wind effects) at the test
site due to sources other than the motorcycle being measured must be no
greater than 60 dB if the microphone is located 15 m from the vehicle
path or 66 dB if the microphone is located 7.5 m from the vehicle path
as allowed in this appendix under paragraph (b)(1)(i)(c).
    (6) Wind speed at the test site during tests must be less than 20
km/h (12.4 mph).
    (e) Required data. For each valid test, the following data must be
recorded:
    (1) Motorcycle type, serial number, model year, and date of
manufacture.
    (2) Names of persons conducting test.
    (3) Test location.
    (4) Wind speed and ambient noise level measured on the same day as
the test and representative of conditions during the test.
    (5) Description of the sound level meter including type, serial
number, and calibration date.
    (6) Description of the external acoustic calibrator including type,
serial number, and calibration date.
    (7) Maximum noise level for each pass on each side of the motorcycle
including invalid readings and reasons for invalidation.
    (8) Reported noise level.
    (9) Other information as appropriate to completely describe testing
conditions and procedure.

[[Page 159]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE92.054


[[Page 160]]





       Sec. Appendix II to Subpart E of Part 205--Sampling Tables

         Table 1--Model Year Production Volume of 50-99 Vehicles
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Number of failing
                                                        vehicles
          Cumulative number of tests           -------------------------
                                                  Column A     Column B
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.............................................  ...........  ...........
2.............................................  ...........  ...........
3.............................................  ...........            3
4.............................................  ...........            3
5.............................................  ...........            3
6.............................................  ...........            3
7.............................................            0            3
8.............................................            0            4
9.............................................            0            4
10............................................            0            4
11............................................            1            4
12............................................            1            4
13............................................            1            5
14............................................            1            5
15............................................            2            5
16............................................            2            5
17............................................            2            5
18............................................            2            5
19............................................            2            5
20............................................            4            5
------------------------------------------------------------------------


        Table 2--Model Year Production Volume of 100-199 Vehicles
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Number of failing
                                                        vehicles
          Cumulative number of tests           -------------------------
                                                  Column A     Column B
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.............................................  ...........  ...........
2.............................................  ...........  ...........
3.............................................  ...........            3
4.............................................  ...........            3
5.............................................  ...........            3
6.............................................  ...........            3
7.............................................            0            4
8.............................................            0            4
9.............................................            0            4
10............................................            0            4
11............................................            1            4
12............................................            1            5
13............................................            1            5
14............................................            1            5
15............................................            1            5
16............................................            2            5
17............................................            2            5
18............................................            2            5
19............................................            2            5
20............................................            4            5
------------------------------------------------------------------------


        Table 3--Model Year Production Volume of 200-399 Vehicles
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Number of failing
                                                        vehicles
          Cumulative number of tests           -------------------------
                                                  Column A     Column B
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.............................................  ...........  ...........
2.............................................  ...........  ...........
3.............................................  ...........            3
4.............................................  ...........            3
5.............................................  ...........            3
6.............................................  ...........            3
7.............................................            0            4
8.............................................            0            4
9.............................................            0            4
10............................................            0            4
11............................................            0            5
12............................................            1            5
13............................................            1            5
14............................................            1            5
15............................................            1            5
16............................................            2            5
17............................................            2            5
18............................................            2            5
19............................................            2            5
20............................................            4            5
------------------------------------------------------------------------


      Table 4--Model Year Production Volume of 400 or More Vehicles
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Number of failing
                                                        vehicles
          Cumulative number of tests           -------------------------
                                                  Column A     Column B
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.............................................  ...........  ...........
2.............................................  ...........  ...........
3.............................................  ...........            3
4.............................................  ...........            3
5.............................................  ...........            3
6.............................................  ...........            4
7.............................................            0            4
8.............................................            0            4
9.............................................            0            4
10............................................            0            4
11............................................            0            5
12............................................            1            5
13............................................            1            5
14............................................            1            5
15............................................            1            5
16............................................            2            5
17............................................            2            5
18............................................            2            5
19............................................            2            5
20............................................            4            5
------------------------------------------------------------------------



PART 209_RULES OF PRACTICE GOVERNING PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE NOISE CONTROL
ACT OF 1972--Table of Contents



 Subpart A_Rules of Practice Governing Hearings for Orders Issued Under
                 Section 11(d) of the Noise Control Act

Sec.
209.1 Scope.
209.2 Use of number and gender.
209.3 Definitions.
209.4 Issuance of complaint.
209.5 Complaint.
209.6 Answer.
209.7 Effective date of order in complaint.
209.8 Submission of a remedial plan.
209.9 Contents of a remedial plan.
209.10 Approval of plan, implementation.
209.11 Filing and service.
209.12 Time.

[[Page 161]]

209.13 Consolidation.
209.14 Motions.
209.15 Intervention.
209.16 Late intervention.
209.17 Amicus curiae.
209.18 Administrative law judge.
209.19 Informal settlement and consent agreement.
209.20 Conferences.
209.21 Primary discovery (exchange of witness lists and documents).
209.22 Other discovery.
209.23 Trade secrets and privileged information.
209.24 Default order.
209.25 Accelerated decision; dismissal.
209.26 Evidence.
209.27 Interlocutory appeal.
209.28 Record.
209.29 Proposed findings, conclusions.
209.30 Decision of the administrative law judge.
209.31 Appeal from the decision of the administrative law judge.
209.32 Review of the administrative law judge's decision in absence of
          appeal.
209.33 Decision on appeal or review.
209.34 Reconsideration.
209.35 Conclusion of hearing.
209.36 Judicial review.

    Authority: Sec. 11, Noise Control Act of 1972 (42 U.S.C. 4910) and
additional authority as specified.

    Source: 43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, unless otherwise noted.



 Subpart A_Rules of Practice Governing Hearings for Orders Issued Under
                 Section 11(d) of the Noise Control Act



Sec. 209.1  Scope.

    These rules of practice govern all proceedings conducted in the
issuance of an order under section 11(d) of the Noise Control Act of
1972, 42 U.S.C. 4910.



Sec. 209.2  Use of number and gender.

    In these rules of practice, words in the singular number apply to
the plural and words in the masculine gender apply to the feminine and
vice versa.



Sec. 209.3  Definitions.

    All terms not defined in this section shall have the meaning given
them in the Act.
    (a) Act means the Noise Control Act of 1972 (42 U.S.C. 4901 et
seq.).
    (b) Administrative law judge means an administrative law judge
appointed under 5 U.S.C. 3105 (see also 5 CFR part 930, as amended by 37
FR 16787). ``Administrative law judge'' is synonymous with ``hearing
examiner'' as used in Title 5 of the United States Code.
    (c) Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency or his or her delegate.
    (d) Agency means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
    (e) Complainant means the Agency acting through any person
authorized by the Administrator to issue a complaint to alleged
violators of the Act. The complainant shall not be the judicial officer
or the Administrator.
    (f) Hearing clerk means the hearing clerk of the Environmental
Protection Agency.
    (g) Intervener means a person who files a motion to be made a party
under Sec. 209.15 or Sec. 209.16, and whose motion is approved.
    (h) Party means the Environmental Protection Agency, the
respondent(s) and any interveners.
    (i) Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, or
association, and includes any officer, employee, department, agency or
instrumentality of the United States, a State, or any political
subdivision of a State.
    (j) Respondent means any person against whom a complaint has been
issued under this subpart.
    (k) Environmental Appeals Board means the Board within the Agency
described in Sec. 1.25 of this title. The Administrator delegates
authority to the Environmental Appeals Board to issue final decisions in
appeals filed under this part. An appeal directed to the Administrator,
rather than to the Environmental Appeals Board, will not be considered.
This delegation of authority to the Environmental Appeals Board does not
preclude the Environmental Appeals Board from referring an appeal or a
motion filed under this part to the Administrator for decision when the
Environmental Appeals Board, in its discretion, deems it appropriate to
do so. When an appeal or motion is referred to the Administrator, all
parties shall be so notified and the rules in this part referring to the
Environmental Appeals Board shall

[[Page 162]]

be interpreted as referring to the Administrator.

[43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 5344, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.4  Issuance of complaint.

    If the complainant has reason to believe that a person has violated
any provision of the Act or the regulations, he or she may institute a
proceeding for the issuance of a remedial order by issuing a complaint.



Sec. 209.5  Complaint.

    (a) Contents. The complaint shall include (1) specific reference to
each provision of the Act or regulations which respondent is alleged to
have violated; (2) a brief statement of the factual basis for alleging
each violation; (3) the proposed order issued under section 11(d) of the
Act to remedy the violation, signed by the Assistant Administrator for
Enforcement, with notice that the order shall be effective 20 days after
service of the complaint unless respondent requests a hearing under
Sec. 209.6; (4) notice of respondent's right to request a hearing on
any material fact or issue of law contained in the complaint, or on the
appropriateness of the proposed order; and (5) a statement of whether
the respondent must submit a remedial plan pursuant to Sec. 209.8.
    (b) Amendment of the complaint. At any time prior to the filing of
an answer, the complainant may amend the complaint as a matter of right.
Respondent shall have twenty (20) additional days from the date of
service of the amended complaint to file an answer. At any time after
the filing of an answer, the complaint may be amended upon motion
granted by the administrative law judge.
    (c) Withdrawal of the complaint. Where, on the basis of new
information or evidence, the complainant concludes that no violation of
the Act or the regulations has been committed by the respondent or that
the issuance of the complaint was otherwise inappropriate, the
complainant may withdraw the complaint without prejudice at any stage in
the proceeding.
    (d) Service of complaint. (1) Service of the complaint shall be made
on the respondent personally (or on his or her representative), or by
certified mail, return receipt requested.
    (2) Service upon a domestic or foreign corporation or upon a
partnership or another unincorporated association which is subject to
suit under a common name shall be made by personal service or certified
mail, return receipt requested, directed to an officer or partner, a
managing or general agent, or any other agent authorized by appointment
or by Federal or State law to receive service of process.
    (3) Proof of service of the complaint shall be made by affidavit of
the person making personal service, or by properly executed return
receipt.



Sec. 209.6  Answer.

    (a) General. Where respondent (1) contests any material fact alleged
in the complaint to constitute a violation of the Act or regulations; or
(2) contends that the remedial order proposed in the complaint is
inappropriate to the violation; or (3) contends that he or she is
entitled to judgment as a matter of law, he or she shall file a written
answer with the complainant. Any answer must be filed with the
complainant within twenty (20) days after service of the complaint.
Initiation of informal conferences with the Agency under Sec. 209.19
does not add to the twenty (20) day period. The time per iod in which to
file an answer may be extended by the Administrator upon motion.
    (b) Contents of the answer. The answer shall clearly and directly
admit, deny or explain each of the factual allegations contained in the
complaint with regard to which respondent has any knowledge. Whenever an
allegation is denied, the answer shall state briefly the facts upon
which the denial is based. The answer shall also state (1) whether a
hearing is requested, (2) the facts respondent intends to place at
issue, and (3) the circumstances or arguments which are alleged to
constitute the grounds of defense.
    (c) Hearing upon the issues. A hearing upon the issues raised by the
complaint and answer shall be held upon written demand of respondent.
    (d) Failure to plead specifically. A respondent's failure to plead
specifically

[[Page 163]]

to any material factual allegation contained in the complaint shall
constitute an admission of such allegation.
    (e) Amendment of the answer. The respondent may amend the answer
upon motion granted by the administrative law judge.



Sec. 209.7  Effective date of order in complaint.

    (a) The order in the complaint is effective and binding on
respondent 20 days after service of the complaint, unless respondent
requests a hearing pursuant to Sec. 209.6. If the respondent does not
request a hearing, the order is then a final order of the Agency.
    (b) Respondent may file a motion with the complainant to vacate the
final order, reopen the proceedings and request a hearing after the
order is effective. This motion must be filed within twenty (20) days
after the effective date of the order. The motion shall state the
reasons respondent failed to file a timely answer, and provide the
information required by Sec. 209.6(b). The Administrator may, in his or
her discretion and for good cause shown, grant the motion.



Sec. 209.8  Submission of a remedial plan.

    (a) The Administrator may require the respondent to submit a
remedial plan. Notice of this requirement and the due date will be given
in the complaint. If the respondent requests a hearing, the remedial
plan required by the complaint need not be submitted. The final order
may include a requirement that the respondent submit a remedial plan.
    (b) A respondent may always submit a remedial plan voluntarily in
pursuit of informal settlement.

(Sec. 13, Noise Control Act (42 U.S.C. 4912))



Sec. 209.9  Contents of a remedial plan.

    (a) The Administrator will specify the requirements of the remedial
plan. This may include, but is not limited to, the following
information:
    (1) A detailed description of the products covered by the remedial
order, including the category and/or configuration if applicable, and
the make, model year and model number, if applicable.
    (2) A detailed description of the present location of the products,
including a list of those in possession of the products and, if
necessary, how the respondent intends to contact the persons in
possession and retrieve the products.
    (3) Any appropriate remedies the respondent would propose as an
alternative to the specific remedies proposed by the Administrator.
    (4) A detailed plan for implementing the remedies, both those
proposed by the Administrator and those proposed by the respondent.
    (5) A detailed account of the costs of implementing each of the
proposed plans.
    (b) Remedial plans shall be submitted to Director, Noise Enforcement
Division (EN-387), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania
Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460.

(Sec. 13, Noise Control Act (42 U.S.C. 4912))



Sec. 209.10  Approval of plan, implementation.

    (a) If the Administrator finds that the remedial plan is designed to
remedy the noncompliance effectively, he or she will so notify the
respondent in writing. If the remedial plan is not approved, the
Administrator will provide the respondent with written notice of the
disapproval and the reasons for the disapproval. The Administrator may
give the respondent an opportunity to revise the plan, or the
Administrator may revise the plan.
    (b) The respondent shall commence implementation of the approved
plan upon receipt of notice from the Administrator that the remedial
plan has been approved, or revised by the Administrator and then
approved.

(Sec. 13, Noise Control Act (42 U.S.C. 4912))



Sec. 209.11  Filing and service.

    (a) After an answer containing a written demand for a hearing has
been filed, an original and two copies of all documents or papers
required or permitted to be filed under these rules of practice shall be
filed with the hearing clerk.
    (b) When a party files with the hearing clerk any pleadings, any
additional issues for consideration at the hearing, or any written
testimony, documents, papers, exhibits, or materials, proposed

[[Page 164]]

to be introduced into evidence or papers filed in connection with any
appeal, it shall serve copies upon all other parties. A certificate of
service shall be provided on or accompany each document or paper filed
with the hearing clerk. Documents to be served upon the Director of the
Noise Enforcement Division shall be mailed to: Director, Noise
Enforcement Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EN-387),
1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460.
    (c) Service by mail is complete upon mailing. Filing is completed
when the document reaches the hearing clerk. It shall be timely if
mailed within the time allowed for filing as determined by the postmark.



Sec. 209.12  Time.

    (a) In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by these
rules of practice, the day of the act or event from which the designated
period of time begins to run shall not be included, except as otherwise
provided. Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal legal holidays shall be
included in computing any period allowed for the filing of any document
or paper, except that when a period expires on a Saturday, Sunday, or
Federal legal holiday, the period shall be extended to include the next
following business day.
    (b) A prescribed period of time within which a party is required or
permitted to do an act shall be computed from the time of service,
except that when service is accomplished by mail, 3 days shall be added.



Sec. 209.13  Consolidation.

    The Administrator or the administrative law judge may consolidate
two or more proceedings to be held under this section for resolving one
or more issues whenever it appears that such consolidation will expedite
or simplify consideration of such issues. Consolidation shall not affect
the right of any party to raise any issues that could otherwise have
been raised.



Sec. 209.14  Motions.

    (a) All motions, except those made orally during the course of the
hearing, shall be in writing, shall state the grounds with
particularity, and shall set forth the relief or order sought.
    (b) Within 10 days after service of any motion filed under this
section or within such other time as may be fixed by the Environmental
Appeals Board or the administrative law judge, as appropriate, any party
may serve and file an answer to the motion. The movant shall, by leave
of the Environmental Appeals Board or the administrative law judge, as
appropriate, serve and file reply papers within the time set by the
request.
    (c) The administrative law judge shall rule upon all motions filed
or made subsequent to his or her appointment and prior to the filing of
his or her decision or accelerated decision, as appropriate. The
Environmental Appeals Board shall rule upon all motions filed before the
appointment of the administrative law judge and all motions filed after
the filing of the decision of the administrative law judge or
accelerated decision. Oral argument of motions will be permitted only if
the administrative law judge or the Environmental Appeals Board, as
appropriate, deems it necessary.

[43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 5344, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.15  Intervention.

    (a) Persons desiring to intervene in a hearing to be held under
section 11(d) of the act shall file a motion setting forth the facts and
reasons why they should be permitted to intervene.
    (b) In passing on a motion to intervene, the following factors,
among other things, shall be considered by the administrative law judge:
    (1) The nature of the movant's interest including the nature and the
extent of the property, financial, environmental protection, or other
interest of the movant;
    (2) The effect the order which may be entered in the proceeding may
have on the movant's interest;
    (3) The extent to which the movant's interest will be represented by
existing parties or may be protected by other means;
    (4) The extent to which the movant's participation may reasonably be
expected to assist materially in the development of a complete record;

[[Page 165]]

    (5) The extent to which one movant's participation may reasonably be
expected to delay the proceedings.
    (c) A motion to intervene should be filed before the first
prehearing conference, the initiation of correspondence under Sec.
209.20, or the setting of the time and place for the hearing, whichever
occurs earliest. Motions shall be served on all parties. Any opposition
to such motion must be filed within 10 days of service.
    (d) All motions to be made an intervener shall be reviewed by the
administrative law judge using the criteria set forth in paragraph (b)
of this section and considering any opposition to such motion. The
administrative law judge may, in granting such motion, limit a movant's
participation to certain issues only.
    (e) If the administrative law judge grants the motion with respect
to any or all issues, he or she shall notify, or direct the hearing
clerk to notify, the petitioner and all parties. If the administrative
law judge denies the motion he or she shall notify, or direct the
hearing clerk to notify, the petitioner and all parties and shall
briefly state the reasons why the motion was denied.
    (f) All motions to be made an intervener shall include the movant's
agreement that the movant and any person he or she represents will be
subject to examination and cross-examination, and will also include an
agreement to make any supporting and relevant records available at the
movant's own expense upon the request of the administrative law judge,
on his or her own motion or the motion of any party or other intervener.
If the intervener fails to comply with any of these requests, the
administrative law judge may, in his or her discretion, terminate his or
her status as an intervener.



Sec. 209.16  Late intervention.

    Following the expiration of the time prescribed in Sec. 209.15 for
the submission of motions to intervene in a hearing, any person may file
a motion with the administrative law judge to intervene in a hearing.
Such a motion must contain the information and commitments required by
paragraph (b) and (f) of Sec. 209.15, and, in addition, must show that
there is good cause for granting the motion and must contain a statement
that the movant shall be bound by agreements, arrangements, and other
determinations which may have been made in the proceeding.



Sec. 209.17  Amicus curiae.

    Persons not parties to the proceedings who wish to file briefs may
do so by leave of the Environmental Appeals Board or the administrative
law judge, as appropriate, granted on motion. This motion shall identify
the interest of the applicant and shall state the reasons why the
proposed amicus brief is desirable. An amicus curiae shall be eligible
to participate in any briefing following the granting of his or her
motion, and shall be served with all briefs, reply briefs, motions and
orders relating to issues to be briefed.

[43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 5344, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.18  Administrative law judge.

    (a) General. The administrative law judge shall conduct a fair and
impartial hearing in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 554, and shall take all
necessary action to avoid delay and maintain order. He or she shall have
all power consistent with Agency rule and with the Administrative
Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 551 et seq., necessary to this end, including
the following:
    (1) To administer oaths and affirmations;
    (2) To rule upon offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
    (3) To regulate the course of the hearings and the conduct of the
parties and their counsel;
    (4) To hold conferences for simplification of the issues or any
other proper purpose;
    (5) To consider and rule upon all appropriate procedural and other
motions, and to issue all necessary orders;
    (6) To require the submission of testimony in written form whenever
in the opinion of the administrative law judge oral testimony is not
necessary for full and true disclosure of the facts.
    (7) To require the filing of briefs on any matter on which he or she
is required to rule;
    (8) To require any party or any witness, during the course of the
hearing,

[[Page 166]]

to state his or her position on any relevant issue;
    (9) To take depositions or cause depositions to be taken in
accordance with Sec. 209.22.
    (10) To render judgments upon issues of law during the course of the
hearing.
    (11) To issue subpenas authorized by law.
    (b) Assignment of administrative law judge. When an answer which
contains a written demand for a hearing is filed, the administrator
shall refer the proceeding to the chief administrative law judge, who
shall conduct the proceeding, or assign another administrative law judge
to conduct the proceeding.

(Sec. 16, Noise Control Act (42 U.S.C. 4915))



Sec. 209.19  Informal settlement and consent agreement.

    (a) Settlement policy. The Agency encourages settlement of the
proceeding at any time after the issuance of a complaint if settlement
is consistent with the provisions and the objectives of the act and the
regulations. Whether or not respondent requests a hearing, he or she may
confer with complainant concerning the facts stated in the complaint or
concerning the appropriateness of the proposed remedial order. The terms
of any settlement agreement shall be expressed in a written consent
agreement. Conferences with complainant concerning possible settlement
shall not affect the 20 day time limit for filing an answer under Sec.
209.6.
    (b) Consent agreement. A written consent agreement signed by the
complainant and respondent shall be prepared by the complainant and
forwarded to the Environmental Appeals Board whenever settlement or
compromise is proposed. A copy shall be served on all other parties to
the proceeding, no later than the date the consent agreement is
forwarded to the Environmental Appeals Board. The consent agreement
shall state that, for the purpose of this proceeding, respondent (1)
admits the jurisdictional allegations of the complaint; (2) admits the
facts as stipulated in the consent agreement or neither admits nor
denies specific factual allegations contained in the complaint; and (3)
consents to the issuance of a given remedial order. The consent
agreement shall include (i) the terms of the agreement; (ii) any
appropriate conclusions regarding material issues of law, fact and/or
discretion as well as reasons therefor; and (iii) the Environmental
Appeals Board's proposed final order. The administrative law judge does
not have jurisdiction over a consent agreement.
    (c) Final order. No settlement or consent agreement shall be
dispositive of any action pending under section 11(d) of the act without
a final order of the Environmental Appeals Board. In preparing a final
order, the Environmental Appeals Board may require that any or all of
the parties to the settlement or other parties appear before it to
answer inquiries relating to the proposed consent agreement. The hearing
is terminated without further proceedings upon the filing of the final
order with the hearing clerk.

[43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 5344, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.20  Conferences.

    (a) At the discretion of the administrative law judge, conferences
may be held prior to or during any hearing. The administrative law judge
shall direct the hearing clerk to notify all parties of the time and
location of any such conferences. At the discretion of the
administrative law judge, persons other than parties may attend. At a
conference the administrative law judge may:
    (1) Obtain stipulations and admissions, receive requests and order
depositions to be taken, identify disputed issues of fact and law, and
require or allow the submission of written testimony from any witness or
party.
    (2) Set a hearing schedule for as many of the following as are
deemed necessary by the administrative law judge:
    (i) Oral and written statements;
    (ii) Submission of written testimony as required or authorized by
the administrative law judge;
    (iii) Oral direct and cross-examination of a witness;
    (iv) Oral argument, if appropriate;
    (3) Identify matters of which official notice may be taken;
    (4) Consider limitation of the number of expert and other witnesses;

[[Page 167]]

    (5) Consider the procedure to be followed at the hearing; and
    (6) Consider any other matter that may expedite the hearing or aid
in the disposition of the issue.
    (b) The results of any conference including all stipulations shall,
if not transcribed, be summarized in writing by the administrative law
judge and made part of the record.
    (c) The administrative law judge, on motion or sua sponte, may
request correspondence from the parties for any of the objectives set
forth in this section. Copies of the administrative law judge's request
and the parties' correspondence shall be served upon all parties. The
administrative law judge shall include such correspondence in the record
and a written summary of any stipulation or agreement reached by means
of such correspondence as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.



Sec. 209.21  Primary discovery (exchange of witness lists and documents).

    (a) At a prehearing conference or within some reasonable time set by
the administrative law judge prior to the hearing, each party shall make
available to the other parties the names of the expert and other
witnesses the party expects to call, together with a brief summary of
their expected testimony and copies of all documents and exhibits which
the party expects to introduce into evidence. Thereafter, witnesses,
documents, or exhibits may be added and summaries of expected testimony
amended upon motion by a party.
    (b) The administrative law judge, may, upon motion by a party or
other person, and for good cause shown, by order (1) restrict or defer
disclosure by a party of the name of a witness or a narrative summary of
the expected testimony of a witness, and (2) prescribe other appropriate
measures to protect a witness. Any party affected by any such action
shall have an adequate opportunity, once he or she learns the name of a
witness and obtains the narrative summary of the witness' expected
testimony, to prepare for the presentation of his or her case.



Sec. 209.22  Other discovery.

    (a) Further discovery under this section shall be undertaken only
upon order of the administrative law judge or upon agreement of the
parties, except as provided in Sec. 209.21. The administrative law
judge shall order further discovery only after determining:
    (1) That such discovery will not delay the proceeding unreasonably;
    (2) That the information to be obtained is not obtainable
voluntarily; and
    (3) That such information is relevant to the subject matter of the
hearing.
    (b) The administrative law judge shall order depositions upon oral
questions only upon a showing of good cause and a finding that:
    (1) The information sought cannot be obtained by alternative
methods; or
    (2) There is a substantial reason to believe that relevant and
probative evidence may otherwise not be preserved for presentation by a
witness at the hearing.
    (c) Any party to the proceeding may make a motion or motions for an
order of discovery. The motion shall set forth:
    (1) The circumstances which require the discovery;
    (2) The nature of the information expected to be discovered; and
    (3) The proposed time and place where it will be taken. If the
administrative law judge determines the motion should be granted, he or
she shall issue an order for the taking of such discovery together with
the conditions and terms thereof.
    (d) A person's or party's failure to comply with a discovery order
may lead to the inference that the infor mation to be discovered is
adverse to the person or party who failed to provide it.



Sec. 209.23  Trade secrets and privileged information.

    In the presentation, admission, disposition, and use of evidence,
the administrative law judge shall preserve the confidentiality of trade
secrets and other privileged commercial and financial information. The
confidential or trade secret status of any information shall not,
however, preclude its being

[[Page 168]]

introduced into evidence. The administrative law judge may make such
orders as may be necessary to consider such evidence in camera. This may
include a supplemental initial decision to consider questions of fact
and conclusions regarding material issues of law, fact or discretion
which arise out of that portion of the evidence which is confidential or
which includes trade secrets.



Sec. 209.24  Default order.

    (a) Default. Respondent may be found to be in default upon failure
to comply with a prehearing or hearing ruling of the Administrator or
the administrative law judge. A respondent's default shall constitute an
admission of all facts alleged in the complaint and a waiver of
respondent's right to a hearing on such factual allegations. The
remedial order proposed is binding on respondent without further
proceedings upon the issuance by the Environmental Appeals Board of a
final order issued upon default.
    (b) Proposed default order. Where the administrative law judge finds
a default has occurred after a request for a hearing has been filed, the
administrative law judge may render a proposed default order to be
issued against the defaulting party. For the purpose of appeal pursuant
to Sec. 209.31 this order shall be deemed to be the initial decision of
the administrative law judge.
    (c) Contents of a final order issued upon default. A final order
issued upon default shall include findings of fact, conclusions
regarding all material issues of law, fact, or discretion, and the
remedial order which is issued. An order issued by the Environmental
Appeals Board upon default of respondent shall constitute a final order
in accordance with the terms of Sec. 209.33.

[43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 5345, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.25  Accelerated decision; dismissal.

    (a) The administrative law judge, upon motion of any party or sua
sponte, may at any time render an accelerated decision in favor of the
Agency or the respondent as to all or any part of the proceeding,
without further hearing or upon such limited additional evidence such as
affidavits as he or she may require, or dismiss any party with
prejudice, under any of the following conditions:
    (1) Failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted, or
direct or collateral estoppel;
    (2) No genuine issue of material fact exists and a party is entitled
to judgment as a matter of law, as to all or any part of a proceeding;
or
    (3) Such other reasons as are just, including failure to obey a
procedural order of the administrative law judge.
    (b) If under this section an accelerated decision is issued as to
all the issues and claims joined in the proceedings, the decision shall
be treated as the decision of the administrative law judge as provided
in Sec. 209.30.
    (c) If under this section, judgment is rendered on less than all
issues or claims in the proceeding, the administrative law judge shall
determine what material facts exist without substantial controversy and
what material facts are actually and in good faith controverted. The
administrative law judge shall thereupon issue an order specifying the
facts which appear without substantial controversy, and the issues and
claims upon which the hearing will proceed.



Sec. 209.26  Evidence.

    (a) The official transcripts and exhibits, together with all papers
and requests filed in the proceeding, shall constitute the record.
Evidence may be received at the hearing even though inadmissible under
the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings, provided it is
relevant, competent and material and not unduly repetitious. Immaterial
or irrelevant parts of an admissible document shall be segregated and
excluded so far as practicable. The weight to be given evidence shall be
determined by its reliability and probative value.
    (b) Witnesses shall be examined orally, under oath or affirmation,
except as otherwise provided in these rules of practice or by the
administrative law judge. Parties shall have the right to cross-examine
a witness who appears at the hearing provided that such cross-
examination is not unduly repetitious.

[[Page 169]]

    (c) Rulings of the administrative law judge on the admissibility of
evidence, the propriety of examination and cross-examination and other
procedural matters shall appear in the record.
    (d) Parties shall automatically be presumed to have taken exception
to an adverse ruling.



Sec. 209.27  Interlocutory appeal.

    (a) An interlocutory appeal may be taken to the Environmental
Appeals Board either (1) with the consent of the administrative law
judge where he or she certifies on the record or in writing that the
allowance of an interlocutory appeal is clearly necessary to prevent
exceptional delay, expense or prejudice to any party or substantial
detriment to the public interest, or (2) absent the consent of the
administrative law judge, by permission of the Environmental Appeals
Board.
    (b) Applications for interlocutory appeal of any ruling or order of
the administrative law judge may be filed with the administrative law
judge within 5 days of the issuance of the ruling or order being
appealed. Answers by other parties may be filed within 5 days of the
service of such applications.
    (c) Applications to file such appeals absent consent of the
administrative law judge shall be filed with the Environmental Appeals
Board within 5 days of the denial of any appeal by the administrative
law judge.
    (d) The Environmental Appeals Board will consider the merits of the
appeal on the application and answers. No oral argument will be heard
nor other briefs filed unless the Environmental Appeals Board directs
otherwise.
    (e) Except under extraordinary circumstances as determined by the
administrative law judge, the taking of an interlocutory appeal will not
stay the hearing.

[43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 5345, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.28  Record.

    (a) Hearings shall be reported and transcribed verbatim,
stenographically or otherwise, and the original transcript shall be part
of the record and the sole official transcript. Copies of the record
shall be filed with the hearing clerk and made available during Agency
business hours for public inspection. Any person who desires a copy of
the record of the hearing or any part of it shall be entitled to it upon
payment of the cost.
    (b) The official transcripts and exhibits, together with all papers
and requests filed in the proceeding, shall constitute the record.



Sec. 209.29  Proposed findings, conclusions.

    (a) Within 20 days of the filing of the record with the hearing
clerk as provided in Sec. 209.28, or within such longer time as may be
fixed by the administrative law judge, any party may submit for the
consideration of the administrative law judge proposed findings of fact,
conclusions of law, and a proposed rule or order, together with briefs
in support of it. Such proposals shall be in writing, shall be served
upon all parties, and shall contain adequate references to the record
and authorities relied on.
    (b) The record shall show the administrative law judge's ruling on
the proposed findings and conclusions except when the administrative law
judge's order disposing of the proceedings otherwise informs the parties
of the action taken by him or her thereon.



Sec. 209.30  Decision of the administrative law judge.

    (a) The administrative law judge shall issue and file with the
hearing clerk his or her decision as soon as practicable after the
period for filing proposed findings as provided for in Sec. 209.29 has
expired.
    (b) The administrative law judge's decision shall become the
decision of the Environmental Appeals Board (1) when no notice of
intention to appeal as described in Sec. 209.31 is filed, 30 days after
its issuance, unless in the interim the Environmental Appeals Board
shall have taken action to review or stay the effective date of the
decision; or (2) when a notice of intention to appeal is filed but the
appeal is not perfected as required by Sec. 209.31, 5 days after the
period allowed for perfection of an appeal has expired unless within
that 5 day period, the Environmental Appeals Board

[[Page 170]]

has taken action to review or stay the effective date of the decision.
    (c) The administrative law judge's decision shall include a
statement of findings and conclusions, as well as the reasons or basis
therefore, upon all the material issues of fact or law presented on the
record and an appropriate rule or order. The decision shall be supported
by a preponderance of the evidence and based upon a consideration of the
whole record.
    (d) At any time prior to issuing his or her decision, the
administrative law judge may reopen the proceeding for the reception of
further evidence.

[43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 5345, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.31  Appeal from the decision of the administrative law judge.

    (a) Any party to a proceeding may appeal the administrative law
judge's decision to the Environmental Appeals Board: Provided, That
within 10 days after the administrative law judge's decision is issued,
the party files a notice of intention to appeal, and within 30 days of
the decision the party files an appeal brief.
    (b) When an appeal is taken from the decision of the administrative
law judge, any party may file a brief with respect to such appeal. The
brief shall be filed within 20 days of the date of the filing of the
appellant's brief.
    (c) Any brief filed under this section shall contain, in the order
indicated:
    (1) A subject index of the matter in the brief, with page
references, and a table of cases (alphabetically arranged), textbooks,
statutes, and other material cited, with page references thereto;
    (2) A specification of the issues which will be argued;
    (3) The argument presenting clearly the points of fact and law
relied upon in support of the position taken on each issue, with
specific page references to the record and the legal or other material
relied upon; and
    (4) A proposed form of rule or order for the Environmental Appeals
Board's consideration if different from the rule or order contained in
the administrative law judge's decision.
    (d) Briefs shall not exceed 40 pages without leave of the
Environmental Appeals Board.
    (e) The Environmental Appeals Board may allow oral argument in its
discretion.

[43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 5345, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.32  Review of the administrative law judge's decision in
absence of appeal.

    (a) If, after the expiration of the period for taking an appeal
under Sec. 209.31, no notice of intention to appeal the decision of the
administrative law judge has been filed, or if filed, not perfected, the
hearing clerk shall so notify the Environmental Appeals Board.
    (b) The Environmental Appeals Board, upon receipt of notice from the
hearing clerk that no notice of intention to appeal has been filed, or
if filed, not perfected pursuant to Sec. 209.31, may, on its own
motion, within the time limits specified in Sec. 209.30(b), review the
decision of the administrative law judge. Notice of the Environmental
Appeals Board's intention to review the decision of the administrative
law judge shall be given to all parties and shall set forth the scope of
such review and the issues which shall be considered and shall make
provision for filing of briefs.

[57 FR 5345, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.33  Decision on appeal or review.

    (a) Upon appeal from or review of the administrative law judge's
decision, the Environmental Appeals Board shall consider such parts of
the record as are cited or as may be necessary to resolve the issues
presented and, in addition shall to the extent necessary or desirable
exercise all the powers which the Environmental Appeals Board could have
exercised if it had presided at the hearing.
    (b) The Environmental Appeals Board shall render a decision as
expeditiously as possible. The Environmental Appeals Board shall adopt,
modify, or set aside the findings, conclusions, and rule or order
contained in the decision of the administrative law judge and

[[Page 171]]

shall set forth in its decision a statement of the reasons or bases for
its action. The Environmental Appeals Board's decision shall be the
final order in the proceeding.
    (c) In those cases where the Environmental Appeals Board determines
that it should have further information or additional views of the
parties as to the form and content of the rule or order to be issued,
the Environmental Appeals Board, in its discretion, may withhold final
action pending the receipt of such additional information or views, or
may remand the case to the administrative law judge.

[57 FR 5345, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.34  Reconsideration.

    Within five (5) days after service of the Environmental Appeals
Board's decision, any party may file a petition for reconsideration of
such decision, setting forth the relief desired and the grounds in
support thereof. Petitions for reconsideration under this provision
shall be directed to, and decided by, the Environmental Appeals Board.
Petitions for reconsideration directed to the Administrator, rather than
to the Environmental Appeals Board, will not be considered, except in
cases that the Environmental Appeals Board has referred to the
Administrator's pursuant to Sec. 209.3(k) and in which the
Administrator has issued the final order. Any petition filed under this
subsection must be confined to new questions raised by the decision or
final order and upon which the petitioner had no opportunity to argue
before the administrative law judge or the Environmental Appeals Board.
Any party desiring to oppose a petition shall file an answer thereto
within five (5) days after service of the petition. The filing of a
petition for reconsideration shall not operate to stay the effective
date of the decision or order.

[57 FR 5345, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.35  Conclusion of hearing.

    (a) If no appeal has been taken from the administrative law judge's
decision before the period for taking an appeal under Sec. 209.31 has
expired, and the period for review by the Environmental Appeals Board on
its own motion under Sec. 209.30 has expired, and the Environmental
Appeals Board does not move to review such decision, the hearing will be
deemed to have ended at the expiration of all periods allowed for such
appeal and review.
    (b) If an appeal of the administrative law judge's decision is taken
under Sec. 209.31, or if, in the absence of such appeal, the
Environmental Appeals Board moves to review the decision of the
administrative law judge under Sec. 209.32, the hearing will be deemed
to have ended upon the rendering of a final decision by the
Environmental Appeals Board.

[57 FR 5346, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 209.36  Judicial review.

    (a) The Administrator hereby designates the general counsel,
Environmental Protection Agency as the officer upon whom copy of any
petition for judicial review shall be served. That officer shall be
responsible for filing in the court the record on which the order of the
Environmental Appeals Board is based.
    (b) Before forwarding the record to the court, the Agency shall
advise the petitioner of the costs of preparing it and as soon as
payment to cover fees is made shall forward the record to the court.

[43 FR 34132, Aug. 3, 1978, as amended at 57 FR 5346, Feb. 13, 1992]



PART 210_PRIOR NOTICE OF CITIZEN SUITS--Table of Contents



Sec.
210.1 Purpose.
210.2 Service of notice.
210.3 Contents of notice.

    Authority: Sec. 12, Noise Control Act, (Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat.
1234).

    Source: 39 FR 36011, Oct. 7, 1974, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 210.1  Purpose.

    Section 12 of the Noise Control Act authorizes any person to
commence a civil action on his own behalf to enforce the Act or to
enforce certain requirements promulgated pursuant to the Act. The
purpose of this part is to prescribe procedures governing the manner of
giving notices as required by

[[Page 172]]

subsection 12(b) of the Act (Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1234) as a
prerequisite to the commencement of such actions.



Sec. 210.2  Service of notice.

    (a) Notice of intent to file suit pursuant to section 12(a)(1) of
the Act shall be served upon an alleged violator of a noise control
requirement issued under the Act in the following manner:
    (1) If the alleged violator is a private individual or a
corporation, service of notice shall be accomplished by registered mail,
return receipt requested, addressed to, or by personal service upon, the
owner or managing agent of the equipment, plant, facility, vehicle, or
activity alleged to be in violation. A copy of the notice shall be
mailed to the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the
Regional Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency for the
region in which such violation is alleged to have occurred; and in the
case of a violation of a noise control requirement under section 611 of
the Federal Aviation Act, to the Administrator of the Federal Aviation
Administration, and the Regional Administrator of the Federal Aviation
Administration for the region in which such violation is alleged to have
occurred. If the alleged violator is a corporation, a copy of such
notice also shall be mailed to the registered agent, if any, of such
corporation in the State in which such violation is alleged to have
occurred.
    (2) If the alleged violator is a State or local government entity,
service of notice shall be accomplished by registered mail, return
receipt requested, addressed to, or by personal service upon, the head
of such agency. A copy of such notice shall be mailed to the
Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Regional
Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency for the region in
which such violation is alleged to have occurred; and in the case of a
violation of a noise control requirement under section 611 of the
Federal Aviation Act, to the Administrator of the Federal Aviation
Administration, and the Regional Administrator of the Federal Aviation
Administration for the region in which such violation is alleged to have
occurred.
    (3) If the alleged violator is a Federal agency, service of notice
shall be accomplished by registered mail, return receipt requested,
addressed to, or by personal service upon, the head of such agency. A
copy of such notice shall be mailed to the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency, the Regional Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency for the region in which such violation
is alleged to have occurred, the Attorney General of the United States;
and in the case of a violation of a noise control requirement under
section 611 of the Federal Aviation Act, to the Administrator of the
Federal Aviation Administration, and the Regional Administrator of the
Federal Aviation Administration for the region in which such violation
is alleged to have occurred.
    (b) Service of notice of intent to file suit pursuant to section
12(a)(2)(A) of the Act shall be accomplished by registered mail, return
receipt requested, addressed to, or by personal service upon, the
Administrator, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460. A
copy of such notice shall be mailed to the Attorney General of the
United States.
    (c) Service of notice of intent to file suit pursuant to section
12(a)(2)(B) of the Act shall be accomplished by registered mail, return
receipt requested, addressed to, or by personal service upon, the
Administrator, Federal Aviation Administration, Washington, DC. A copy
of such notice shall be mailed to the Attorney General of the United
States, and to the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency.
    (d) Notice given in accordance with the provisions of this part
shall be deemed to have been served on the date of receipt. If service
was accomplished by mail, the date of receipt will be deemed to be the
date noted on the return receipt card.



Sec. 210.3  Contents of notice.

    (a) Violation of noise control requirement. Notice regarding an
alleged violation of a noise control requirement shall include
sufficient information to permit the recipient to identify the specific
standard or regulation alleged

[[Page 173]]

to have been violated, the activity alleged to constitute a violation,
the person or persons responsible for the alleged violation, the
location of the alleged violation, the date or dates of such violation
and the full name, address, and telephone number of the person giving
notice.
    (b) Failure to act. Notice regarding an alleged failure of the
Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency to perform any act
or duty under the Noise Control Act which is not discretionary with such
Administrator or notice regarding an alleged failure of the
Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration to perform any act
or duty under section 611 of the Federal Aviation Act which is not
discretionary with such Administrator shall identify the statutory
provision which requires such act or creates such duty, shall describe
with reasonable specificity the action taken or not taken by such
Administrator which is alleged to constitute a failure to perform such
act or duty, and shall state the full name, address, and telephone
number of the person giving the notice.
    (c) Identification of Counsel. The notice shall state the name,
address, and telephone number of the legal counsel, if any, representing
the person giving the notice.



PART 211_PRODUCT NOISE LABELING--Table of Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
211.101 Applicability.
211.102 Definitions.
211.103 Number and gender.
211.104 Label content.
211.105 Label format.
211.106 Graphical requirements.
211.107 Label type and location.
211.108 Sample label.
211.109 Inspection and monitoring.
211.110 Exemptions.
211.110-1 Testing exemption.
211.110-2 National security exemptions.
211.110-3 Export exemptions.
211.111 Testing by the Administrator.

                  Subpart B_Hearing Protective Devices

211.201 Applicability.
211.202 Effective date.
211.203 Definitions.
211.204 Hearing protector labeling requirements.
211.204-1 Information content of primary label.
211.204-2 Primary label size, print and color.
211.204-3 Label location and type.
211.204-4 Supporting information.
211.205 Special claims.
211.206 Methods for measurement of sound attenuation.
211.206-1 Real ear method.
211.206-2 Alternative test data.
211.206-3--211.206-10 Alternative test methods. [Reserved]
211.207 Computation of the noise reduction rating (NRR).
211.208 Export provisions.
211.210 Requirements.
211.210-1 General requirements.
211.210-2 Labeling requirements.
211.211 Compliance with labeling requirement.
211.212 Compliance audit testing.
211.212-1 Test request.
211.212-2 Test hearing protector selection.
211.212-3 Test hearing protector preparation.
211.212-4 Testing procedures.
211.212-5 Reporting of test results.
211.212-6 Determination of compliance.
211.212-7 Continued compliance testing.
211.212-8 Relabeling requirements.
211.213 Remedial orders for violations of these regulations.
211.214 Removal of label.

Appendix A to Part 211--Compliance Audit Testing Report

    Source: 44 FR 56127, Sept. 28, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

    Authority: Sec. 8, Noise Control Act of 1972, (42 U.S.C. 4907), and
other authority as specified.



Sec. 211.101  Applicability.

    The provisions of subpart A apply to all products for which
regulations are published under part 211 and manufactured after the
effective date of this regulation, unless they are made inapplicable by
product-specific regulations.



Sec. 211.102  Definitions.

    (a) All terms that are not defined in this subpart will have the
meaning given them in the Act.
    (b) Act means the Noise Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-574, 86
Stat. 1234).
    (c) Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection

[[Page 174]]

Agency or his authorized representative.
    (d) Agency means the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
    (e) Acoustic descriptor means the numeric, symbolic, or narrative
information describing a product's acoustic properties as they are
determined according to the test methodology that the Agency prescribes.
    (f) Export exemption means an exemption from the prohibitions of
section 10(a) (3) and (4) of the Act; this type of exemption is granted
by statute under section 10(b)(2) of the Act for the purpose of
exporting regulated products.
    (g) National security exemption means an exemption from the
prohibitions of section 10(a) (3) and (5) of the Act, which may be
granted under section 10(b)(1) of the Act in cases involving national
security.
    (h) Product means any noise-producing or noise-reducing product for
which regulations have been promulgated under part 211; the term
includes ``test product''.
    (i) Regulations published under this part means all subparts to part
211.
    (j) Testing exemption means an exemption from the prohibitions of
section 10(a) (1), (2), (3), and (5) of the Act, which may be granted
under section 10(b)(1) of the Act for research, investigations, studies,
demonstrations, or training, but not for national security.
    (k) Test product means any product that must be tested according to
regulations published under part 211.



Sec. 211.103  Number and gender.

    In this part, words in the singular will be understood to include
the plural, and words in the masculine gender will be understood to
include the feminine, and vice versa, as the case may require.



Sec. 211.104  Label content.

    The following data and information must be on the label of all
products for which regulations have been published under this part:
    (a) The term ``Noise Rating'' if the product produces noise, or the
term ``Noise Reduction Rating'' if the product reduces noise;
    (b) The acoustic rating descriptor that is determined according to
procedures specified in the regulations that will be published under
this part;
    (c) Comparative acoustic rating information, which EPA will specify
in the regulations published under this part;
    (d) A product manufacturer identification consisting of: (1) The
Company name, and (2) The City and State of the principal office;
    (e) A product model number or type identification;
    (f) The phrase ``Federal law prohibits removal of this label prior
to purchase'';
    (g) The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency logo, as shown in
Figure 1;
    (h) The phrase ``Label Required by U.S. EPA regulation 40 CFR part
211, subpart ------.''
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE92.055



Sec. 211.105  Label format.

    (a) Unless specified otherwise in other regulations published under
this part, the format of the label must be as shown in Figure 2. The
label must include all data and information required under Sec.
211.104.

[[Page 175]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE92.056

    (b) Unless EPA specifies otherwise in regulations published under
this part, the required data and information specified in Sec. 211.104
(a) through (h) must be located in the following areas of the prescribed
label (see Figure 2 of this section):
    (1) Section 211.104 (a)--Area A.
    (2) Section 211.104 (b)--Area B.
    (3) Section 211.104 (c)--Area C.
    (4) Section 211.104 (d)--Area D.
    (5) Section 211.104 (e)--Area E.
    (6) Section 211.104 (f)--Area F.
    (7) Section 211.104 (g)--Area G.
    (8) Section 211.104 (h)--Area H.



Sec. 211.106  Graphical requirements.

    (a) Color. Unless EPA requires otherwise, the product manufacturer
or supplier must determine the colors used for the label background,
borders, and all included letters, numerals, and figures. However, the
colors on the label must contrast sufficiently with each other and with
any information or material surrounding the label so that the label and
the information within it are clearly visible and legible.
    (b) Label Size. The prescribed label must be sized as specified in
regulations published under this part.
    (c) Character Style. Except when specified otherwise in this part,
all letters and numerals that appear on the prescribed label must be
Helvetica Medium.
    (d) Character Size. All letters and numerals that appear on the
prescribed label must be sized as specified in regulations published
under this part.



Sec. 211.107  Label type and location.

    The prescribed label must be of the type and in the location
specified in regulations published under this part.



Sec. 211.108  Sample label.

    Examples of labels conforming to the requirements of Sec. Sec.
211.104, 211.105, and 211.106 are presented in Figure 3.

[[Page 176]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE92.057



Sec. 211.109  Inspection and monitoring.

    (a) Any inspecting or monitoring activities that EPA conducts under
this part with respect to the requirements set out in regulations
published under this part, will be for the purpose of determining:
    (1) Whether test products are being selected and prepared for
testing in accordance with the provisions of the regulations;
    (2) Whether test product testing is being conducted according to the
provisions of those regulations; and
    (3) Whether products that are being produced and distributed into
commerce comply with the provisions of those regulations.
    (b) The Director of the Noise Enforcement Division may request that
a manufacturer who is subject to this part admit an EPA Enforcement
Officer during operating hours to any of the following:
    (1) Any facility or site where any product to be distributed into
commerce is manufactured, assembled, or stored;
    (2) Any facility or site where the manufacturer performed or
performs any tests conducted under this part or any procedures or
activities connected with those tests;
    (3) Any facility or site where any test product is located.
    (c)(1) Once an EPA Enforcement Officer has been admitted to a
facility or site, that officer will not be authorized to do more than
the following:
    (i) Inspect and monitor the manufacture and assembly, selection,
storage, preconditioning, noise testing, and maintenance of test
products, and to verify the correlation or calibration of test
equipment;
    (ii) Inspect products before they are distributed in commerce;
    (iii) Inspect and make copies of any records, reports, documents, or
information that the manufacturer must maintain or provide to the
Administrator under the Act or under any provision of this part;
    (iv) Inspect and photograph any part or aspect of any product and
any components used in manufacturing the product that is reasonably
related to the purpose of this entry; and
    (v) Obtain from those in charge of the facility or site any
reasonable assistance that he may request to enable him to carry out any
function listed in this section.
    (2) The provisions of this section apply whether the facility or
site is owned or controlled by the manufacturer, or by someone who acts
for the manufacturer.
    (d) For the purposes of this section:
    (1) An ``EPA Enforcement Officer'' is an employee of the EPA Office
of Enforcement. When he arrives at a facility or site, he must display
the credentials that identify him as an employee of the EPA and a letter
signed by the Director of the Noise Enforcement Division designating him
to make the inspection.

[[Page 177]]

    (2) Where test product storage areas or facilities are concerned,
``operating hours'' means all times during which personnel, other than
custodial personnel, are at work in the vicinity of the area or facility
and have access to it.
    (3) Where other facilities or areas are concerned, ``operating
hours'' means all times during which products are being manufactured or
assembled; or all times during which products are being tested or
maintained; or records are being compiled; or when any other procedure
or activity related to labeling, selective enforcement auditing, or
product manufacture or assembly being carried out.
    (4) ``Reasonable assistance'' means providing timely and
unobstructed access to test products or to products and records that are
required by this part, and the means for copying those records or the
opportunity to test the test products.
    (e) The manufacturer must admit an EPA Enforcement Officer who
presents a warrant authorizing entry to a facility or site. If the EPA
officer does not have the warrant, he may enter a facility or site only
if the manufacturer consents.
    (1) It is not a violation of this regulation or the Act if anyone
refuses to allow an officer without a warrant to enter the site.
    (2) The Administrator or his designee may proceed ex parte (without
the other party's knowledge) to obtain a warrant whether or not the
manufacturer has refused entry to an EPA Enforcement Officer.

(Secs. 11 and 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1242, 1244 (42 U.S.C. 4910,
4912))

[44 FR 56127, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 57716, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.110  Exemptions.



Sec. 211.110-1  Testing exemption.

    (a) A new product intended to be used solely for research,
investigations, studies, demonstrations or training, and so labeled or
marked on the outside of the container and on the produce itself, shall
be exempt from the prohibitions of sections 10(a), (1), (2), (3), and
(5) of the Act.
    (b) No request for a testing exemption is required.
    (c) For purposes of section 11(d) of the Act, any testing exemption
shall be void ab initio with respect to each new product, originally
intended for research, investigations, studies, demonstrations, or
training, but distributed in commerce for other uses.

[47 FR 57716, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.110-2  National security exemptions.

    (a) A new product which is produced to conform with specifications
developed by national security agency, and so labeled or marked on the
outside of the container and on the product itself, shall be exempt from
the prohibitions of sections 10(a), (1), (2), (3), and (5) of the Act.
    (b) No request for a national security exemption is required.
    (c) For purposes of section 11(d) of the Act, any national security
exemption shall be void ab initio with respect to each new product,
originally intended for a national security agency, but distributed in
commerce for other uses.

[47 FR 57716, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.110-3  Export exemptions.

    (a) A new product intended solely for export, and which has
satisfied the requirements of other applicable regulations of this part,
will be exempt from the prohibitions of section 10(a) (3) and (4) of the
Act.
    (b) Requests for an export exemption are not required.
    (c) For purposes of section 11(d) of the Noise Control Act, the
Administrator may consider any export exemption under section 10(b)(2)
void from the beginning if a new product, intended only for export, is
distributed in commerce in the United States.

(Sec. 10(b)(2), Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1242 (42 U.S.C. 4909(b)(2)))

[44 FR 56127, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 57716, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.111  Testing by the Administrator.

    (a)(1) To determine whether products conform to applicable
regulations under this part, the Administrator may require that any
product that is to be

[[Page 178]]

tested under applicable regulations in this part, or any other products
that are regulated under this part, be submitted to him, at a place and
time that he designates, to conduct tests on them in accordance with the
test procedures described in the regulations.
    (2) The Administrator may specify that he will conduct the testing
at the facility where the manufacturer conducted required testing. The
Administrator will conduct the tests with his own equipment.
    (b)(1) If, from the tests conducted by the Administrator, or other
relevant information, the Administrator determines that the test
facility used by the manufacturer(s) does not meet the requirements of
this part for conducting the test required by this part, he will notify
the manufacturer(s) in writing of his determination and the reasons for
it.
    (2) After the Administrator has notified the manufacturer, EPA will
not accept any data from the subject test facility for the purposes of
this part, and the Administrator may issue an order to the
manufacturer(s) to cease to distribute in commerce products that come
from the product categories in question. However, any such order shall
be issued only after an opportunity for a hearing. Notification of this
opportunity may be included in a notification under paragraph (b)(1) of
this section. A manufacturer may request that the Administrator grant a
hearing. He must make this request no later than fifteen (15) days (or
any other period the Administrator allows) after the Administrator has
notified the manufacturer that he intends to issue an order to cease to
distribute.
    (3) A manufacturer may request in writing that the Administrator
reconsider his determination in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, if he
can provide data or information which indicates that changes have been
made to the test facility, and that those changes have remedied the
reason for disqualification.
    (4) The Administrator will notify a manufacturer of his decision
concerning requalifying the test facility within 10 days of the time the
manufacturer requested reconsideration under paragraph (b)(3) of this
section.
    (c)(1) The Administrator will assume all reasonable costs associated
with shipment of products to the place designated pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this section, except with respect to:
    (i) [Reserved]
    (ii) Testing of a reasonable number of products for purposes of
compliance audit testing under the Section titled Compliance Audit
Testing of the product-specific Subpart, or if the manufacturer has
failed to establish that there is a correlation between his test
facility and the EPA test facility or the Administrator has reason to
believe, and provides the manufacturer with a statement or reasons, that
the products to be tested would fail to meet their verification level if
tested at the EPA test facility, but would meet the level if tested at
the manufacturer's test facility;
    (iii) Any testing performed during a period when a notice issued
under paragraph (b) of this section, is in effect; and
    (iv) Any testing performed at place other than the manufacturer's
facility as a result of the manufacturer's failure to permit the
Administrator to conduct or monitor testing as required by this part.

(Secs. 11 and 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1243 (42 U.S.C. 4910, 4912))

[44 FR 56127, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 57716, Dec. 28, 1982]



                  Subpart B_Hearing Protective Devices

    Authority: Sec. 8, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1241 (42 U.S.C. 4907),
and additional authority as specified.

    Source: 44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 211.201  Applicability.

    Unless this regulation states otherwise, the provisions of this
subpart apply to all hearing protective de vices manufactured after the
effective date of this regulation. (See Sec. 211.203(m) for definition
of ``hearing pro tec tive device.'')



Sec. 211.202  Effective date.

    Manufacturers of hearing protectors must comply with the
requirements set

[[Page 179]]

forth in this part for all hearing protective devices manufactured on or
after September 27, 1980.



Sec. 211.203  Definitions.

    (a) As used in subpart B, all terms not defined here have the
meaning given them in the Act or in subpart A of Part 211.
    (b) ANSI Z24.22-1957. A measurement procedure published by the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) for obtaining hearing
protector attenuation values at nine of the one-third octave band center
frequencies by using pure tone stimuli presented to ten different test
subjects under anechoic conditions.
    (c) ANSI S3.19-1974. A revision of the ANSI Z24.22-1957 measurement
procedure using one-third octave band stimuli presented under diffuse
(reverberant) acoustic field conditions.
    (d) Carrying Case. The container used to store reusable hearing
protectors.
    (e) Category. A group of hearing protectors which are identical in
all aspects to the parameters listed in Sec. 211.210-2(c).
    (f) Claim. An assertion made by a manufacturer regarding the
effectiveness of his product.
    (g) Custom-molded device. A hearing protective device that is made
to conform to a specific ear canal. This is usually accomplished by
using a moldable compound to obtain an impression of the ear and ear
canal. The compound is subsequently permanently hardened to retain this
shape.
    (h) Dispenser. The permanent (intended to be refilled) or disposable
(discarded when empty) container designed to hold more than one complete
set of hearing protector(s) for the express purpose of display to
promote sale or display to promote use or both.
    (i) Disposable Device. A hearing protective device that is intended
to be discarded after one period of use.
    (j) Ear Insert Device. A hearing protective device that is designed
to be inserted into the ear canal, and to be held in place principally
by virtue of its fit inside the ear canal.
    (k) Ear Muff Device. A hearing protective device that consists of
two acoustic enclosures which fit over the ears and which are held in
place by a spring-like headband to which the enclosures are attached.
    (l) Headband. The component of hearing protective device which
applies force to, and holds in place on the head, the component which is
intended to acoustically seal the ear canal.
    (m) Hearing Protective Device. Any device or material, capable of
being worn on the head or in the ear canal, that is sold wholly or in
part on the basis of its ability to reduce the level of sound entering
the ear. This includes devices of which hearing protection may not be
the primary function, but which are nonetheless sold partially as
providing hearing protection to the user. This term is used
interchangeably with the terms, ``hearing protector'' and ``device.''
    (n) Impulsive Noise. An acoustic event characterized by very short
rise time and duration.
    (o) Label. That item, as described in this regulation, which is
inscribed on, affixed to or appended to a product, its packaging, or
both for the purpose of giving noise reduction effectiveness information
appropriate to the product.
    (p) Manufacturer. As stated in the Act ``means any person engaged in
the manufacturing or assembling of new products, or the importing of new
products for resale, or who acts for, and is controlled by, any such
person in connection with the distribution of such products.''
    (q) Noise Reduction Rating (NRR). A single number noise reduction
factor in decibels, determined by an empirically derived technique which
takes into account performance variation of protectors in noise reducing
effectiveness due to differing noise spectra, fit variability and the
mean attenuation of test stimuli at the one-third octave band test
frequencies.
    (r) Octave Band Attenuation. The amount of sound reduction
determined according to the measurement procedure of Sec. 211.206 for
one-third octave bands of noise.
    (s) Over-the-Head Position. The mode of use of a device with a
headband, in which the headband is worn such that it passes over the
user's head. This is contrast to the behind-the-head and under-the-chin
positions.

[[Page 180]]

    (t) Package. The container in which a hearing protective device is
presented for purchase or use. The package in some cases may be the same
as the carrying case.
    (u) Primary Panel. The surface that is considered to be the front
surface or that surface which is intended for initial viewing at the
point of ultimate sale or the point of distribution for use.
    (v) Spectral uncertainty. Possible variation in exposure to the
noise spectra in the workplace. (To avoid the underprotection that would
result from these variations relative to the assumed ``Pink Noise'' used
to determine the NRR, an extra three decibel re duction is included when
computing the NRR.)
    (w) Tag. Stiff paper, metal or other hard material that is tied or
otherwise affixed to the packaging of a protector.
    (x) Test Facility. For this subpart, a laboratory that has been set
up and calibrated to conduct ANSI Std S3.19-1974 tests on hearing
protective devices. It must meet the applicable requirements of these
regulations.
    (y) Test Hearing Protector. A hearing protector that has been
selected for testing to verify the value to be put on the label, or
which has been designated for testing to determine compliance of the
protector with the labeled value.
    (z) Test Request. A request submitted to the manufacturer by the
Administrator that will specify the hearing protector category, and test
sample size to be tested according to Sec. 211.212-1, and other
information regarding the audit.
    (aa) Random Incident Field. A sound field in which the angle of
arrival of sound at a given point in space is random in time.
    (bb) Real-Ear Protection at Threshold. The mean value in decibels of
the occluded threshold of audibility (hearing protector in place) minus
the open threshold of audibility (ears open and uncovered) for all
listeners on all trials under otherwise identical test conditions.
    (cc) Reverberation Time. The time that would be required for the
mean-square sound pressure level, originally in a steady state, to fall
60 dB after the source is stopped.



Sec. 211.204  Hearing protector labeling requirements.

    All provisions of subpart A apply to this subpart except as
otherwise noted.



Sec. 211.204-1  Information content of primary label.

    The information to appear on the primary label must be according to
Sec. 211.104 of subpart A except as stated here and shown in Figure 1
of Sec. 211.204-2:
    (a) Area A must state ``Noise Reduction Rating.''
    (b)(1) Area B must state the value of the Noise Reduction Rating
(NRR) in decibels for that model hearing protector. The value stated on
the label must be no greater than the NRR value determined by using the
computation method of Sec. 211.207 of this subpart.
    (2) For devices with headbands that are intended for use with the
headband in different positions, the worst case NRR must be specified.
The top of Area B must state the position(s) associated with that NRR.
The other positions and the respective NRRs must be included with the
supporting information specified in Sec. 211.204-4.
    (c) Area C must contain the statement ``The range of Noise Reduction
Ratings for existing hearing protectors is approximately 0 to 30 (higher
numbers denote greater effectiveness).''
    (d) At the bottom of Area A-B, there must be the phrase ``(When used
as directed).''

[44 FR 56127, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 8275, Feb. 6, 1980]



Sec. 211.204-2  Primary label size, print and color.

    The primary label characteristics are the same as those specified in
Sec. Sec. 211.105 and 211.106 of subpart A except as stated here.
    (a) The label must be no smaller than 3.8 centimeters by 5.0
centimeters (cm) (approximately 1.5 inches by 2.0 inches).
    (b) The minimum type face size for each area shall be as follows,
based upon a scale of 72 points=1 inch:
    (1) Area A--2.8 millimeters (mm) or 8 point.
    (2) Area B--7.6 mm or 22 point for the Rating;--1.7 mm or 5 point
for ``Decibels''.

[[Page 181]]

    (3) Area A-B--1.5 mm or 4 point.
    (4) Area C--1.5 mm or 4 point.
    (5) Area D--0.7 mm or 2 point.
    (6) Area E--0.7 mm or 2 point.
    (7) Area F--0.7 mm or 2 point.
    (8) Area H--0.7 mm or 2 point.

These type face sizes apply to the 3.8 cm x 5.0 cm label; type face
sizes for larger labels must be in the same approximate proportion to
the label as those specified for the 3.8 cm x 5.0 cm label.
    (c) The use of upper and lower case letters and the general
appearance of the label must be similar to the example in Figure (1).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01FE92.058

    (d) The color of the label must be as specified in subpart A.

[44 FR 56127, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 8275, Feb. 6, 1980]



Sec. 211.204-3  Label location and type.

    (a) The manufacturer labeling the product for ultimate sale or use
selects the type of label and must locate it as follows:
    (1) Affixed to the device or its carrying case; and
    (2) Affixed to primary panel of the product packaging if the label
complying with Sec. 211.204-3(a)(1) is not visible at the point of
ultimate purchase or the point of distribution to users.
    (b) Labeling with a minimum sized label will occur as follows:
    (1) If the protector is individually packaged and so displayed at
the point of ultimate purchase or distribution to the prospective user,
the package must be labeled as follows:
    (i) If the primary panel of the package has dimensions greater than
3.8 x 5.0 cm (approximately 1\1/2\ x 2 in) the label must be presented
on the primary panel.
    (ii) If the primary panel of the package is equal to or smaller than
3.8 x 5.0 centimeters, a label at least 3.8 x 5.0 centimeters must be
affixed to the package by means of a tag.
    (2) If the protector is displayed at the point of ultimate purchase
or distribution to prospective users in a permanent or disposable bulk
container or dispenser, even if the protector is individually packaged
within the dispenser and labeled as above, the container or dispenser
itself must be labeled. The label must be readily visible to the
ultimate purchaser or prospective user.



Sec. 211.204-4  Supporting information.

    The following minimum supporting information must accompany the
device in a manner that insures its availability to the prospective
user. In the case of bulk packaging and dispensing, such supporting
information must be affixed to the bulk container or dispenser in the
same manner as the label, and in a readily visible location.
    (a) The mean attenuation and standard deviation values obtained for
each test frequency according to Sec. 211.206, and the NRR calculated
from those values. For ``muff'' type protectors with various use
positions, the positions providing higher NRR values shall be
identified, and their associated NRR values listed in bold type.
    (b) The following statement, example and cautionary note: ``The
level of noise entering a person's ear, when hearing protector is worn
as directed, is closely approximated by the difference between the A-
weighted environmental noise level and the NRR.

                                 Example

    1. The environmental noise level as measured at the ear is 92 dBA.
    2. The NRR is (value on label) decibels (dB).
    3. The level of noise entering the ear is approximately equal to [92
dB(A)--NRR] dB(A).

    Caution: For noise environments dominated by frequencies below 500
Hz the C-weighted environmental noise level should be used.''


[[Page 182]]


    (c) The month and year of production, which may be in the form of a
serial number or a code in those instances where the records specified
in Sec. 211.209(a)(1)(iv) are maintained;
    (d) The following statement: ``Improper fit of this device will
reduce its effectiveness in attenuating noise. Consult the enclosed
instructions for proper fit'';
    (e) Instructions as to the proper insertion or placement of the
device; and
    (f) The following statement: ``Although hearing protectors can be
recommended for protection against the harmful effects of impulsive
noise, the Noise Reduction Rating (NRR) is based on the attenuation of
continuous noise and may not be an accurate indicator of the protection
attainable against impulsive noise such as gunfire.''

[44 FR 56127, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 8275, Feb. 6, 1980]



Sec. 211.205  Special claims.

    (a) Any manufacturer wishing to make claims regarding the acoustic
effectiveness of a device, other than the Noise Reduction Rating, must
be prepared to demonstrate the validity of such claims.
    (b) [Reserved]

[44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 57716, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.206  Methods for measurement of sound attenuation.



Sec. 211.206-1  Real ear method.

    (a) The value of sound attenuation to be used in the calculation of
the Noise Reduction Rating must be determined according to the ``Method
for the Measurement of Real-Ear Protection of Hearing Protectors and
Physical Attenuation of Earmuffs.'' This standard is approved as the
American National Standards Institute Standard (ANSI STD) S3.19-1974.
The provisions of this standard, with the modifications indicated below,
are included by reference in this section. Copies of this standard may
be obtained from: American National Standards Institute, Sales
Department, 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018.
    (b) For the purpose of this subpart only, sections 1, 2, 3 and
appendix A of the standard, as modified below, shall be applicable.
These sections describe the ``Real Ear Method.'' Other portions of the
standard are not applicable in this section.
    (1) The sound field characteristics described in paragraph 3.1.1.3
are ``required.''
    (2) Sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.3 shall be accomplished in this order
during the same testing session. Any breaks in testing should not allow
the subject to engage in any activity that may cause a Temporary
Threshold Shift.
    (3) Section 3.3.3.1(1) shall not apply. Only ``Experimenter fit''
described in Section 3.3.3.1(2) is permitted.
    (4) Section 3.3.3.3 applies to all devices except custom-molded
devices. When testing custom-molded devices, each test subject must
receive his own device molded to fit his ear canal.

[44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 8275, Feb. 6, 1980]



Sec. 211.206-2  Alternative test data.

    (a) In lieu of testing according to Sec. 211.206-1, manufacturers
may use the latest available test data obtained according to ANSI STD
Z24.22-1957 or ANSI STD S3.19-1974 to determine the mean attenuation and
standard deviation for each test frequency and the NRR calculated from
those values. Manufacturers whose data is based on the ANSI STD Z24.22-
1957 measurement procedure must state in the supporting information
required by Sec. 211.204-4 that the mean attenuation and standard
deviation values used to calculate the NRR are based on ANSI STD Z24.22-
1957.
    (b) Manufacturers who initially use available data based on ANSI STD
Z24.22-1957 must retest within one year of the effective date of this
regulation (by September 27, 1981) the affected categories of hearing
protectors in accordance with Sec. 211.206-1 of the regulation, and
must relabel those categories as necessary.
    (c) Manufacturers who use available data based on ANSI STD S3.19-
1974 are not required to retest the affected categories of hearing
protectors.
    (d) If a manufacturer has both ANSI STD S3.19-1974 test data and
ANSI STD Z24.22-1957 test data on a hearing protector category, that
manufacturer

[[Page 183]]

must use the data obtained according to ANSI STD S3.19-1974.

[45 FR 8275, Feb. 6, 1980]



Sec. Sec. 211.206-3--211.206-10  Alternative test methods. [Reserved]



Sec. 211.207  Computation of the noise reduction rating (NRR).

    Calculate the NRR for hearing protective devices by substituting the
average attenuation values and standard deviations for the pertinent
protector category for the sample data used in steps 6 and
7 in Figure 2. The values of -.2, 0, 0, 0, -.2, -.8, -3.0 in
Step 2 and -16.1, -8.6, -3.2, 0, +1.2, +1.0, -1.1 in Step 4 of Figure 2
represent the standard ``C''- and ``A''-weighting relative response
corrections applied to any sound levels at the indicated octave band
center frequencies. (NOTE: The manufacturer may label the protector at
values lower than indicated by the test results and this computation
procedure, e.g. lower NRR from lower attenuation values. (Ref. Sec.
211.211(b).)

                                                   Figure 2--Computation of the Noise Reduction Rating

Octave band center frequency (Hz)..................................      125     250     500   1000    2000   3000          4000   6000             8000
1 Assumed Pink noise (dB)..........................................      100     100     100    100     100  .....           100  .....              100
2 ``C'' weighting corrections (dB).................................      -.2       0       0      0     -.2  .....           -.8  .....             -3.0
3 Unprotected ear ``C''-weighted level (dB)........................     99.8     100     100    100    99.8  .....          99.2  .....             97.0
(The seven logarithmically added ``C''-weighted sound pressure
 levels of Step 3 =107.9 dS)
4 ``A''-weighting corrections (dB).................................    -16.1    -8.6    -3.2      0    +1.2  .....          +1.0  .....             -1.1
5 Unprotected ear ``A''-weighted level (step 1-step 4) (dB).........................................................
6 Average attenuation in dB at frequency...........................       21      22      23     29      41  .....  (43+47)/2=45  .....   (41+36)/2=38.5
7 Standard deviation in dB at frequency............................      3.7     3.3     3.8    4.7     3.3  .....  (3.3+3.4)=6.  .....   (6.1+6.5)=12.6
                                                                                                                               7
                                                                          x2      x2      x2     x2      x2  .....  ............  .....  ...............
                                                                    -----------------------------------------
                                                                         7.4     6.6     7.6    9.4     6.6  .....  ............  .....  ...............
8 Step 5-(step 6-step 7) develops the        70.3    76.0    81.4   80.4    66.8  .....          62.7  .....             73.0
 protected ear ``A'' weighted levels (dB)..........................
(The seven logarithmically added ``A''-weighted sound pressure
 levels of Step 8 using this sample data=85.1 dB)
9 NRR=Step 3--Step 8--3 dB*; =107.9 dB--85.1 dB--3 dB*; =19.8 dB (or 20) (Round values ending in .5 to next lower whole number).

*Spectral uncertainty (as defined in Sec. 211.203).


The value for 3 is constant. Use Logarithmic mathematics to
determine the combined value of protected ear levels (Step 8)
which is used in Step 9 to exactly derive the NRR; or use the
following table as a substitute for logarithmic mathematics to determine
the value of Step 8 and thus very closely approximate the NRR.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Add this
                                                               level to
   Difference between any two sound pressure levels being     the higher
                       combined (dB)                          of the two
                                                             levels (dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to less than 1.5.........................................            3
1.5 to less than 4.5.......................................            2
4.5 to 9...................................................            1
Greater than 9.............................................            0
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Sec. 211.208  Export provisions.

    (a) The outside of each package or container containing a hearing
protective device intended solely for export must be so labeled or
marked. This will include all packages or containers that are used for
shipping, transporting, or dispersing the hearing protective device
along with any individual packaging.
    (b) In addition, the manufacturer of a hearing protective device
intended solely for export is subject to the export exemption
requirements of Sec. 211.110-3 of subpart A.

(Sec. 10(b)(2), Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1242 (42 U.S.C. 4909(b)(2)))

[[Page 184]]



Sec. 211.210  Requirements.



Sec. 211.210-1  General requirements.

    (a) Every hearing protector manufactured for distribution in
commerce in the United States, and which is subject to this regulation:
    (1) Must be labeled at the point of ultimate purchase or
distribution to the prospective user according to the requirements of
Sec. 211.204 of this subpart; and
    (2) Must meet or exceed the mean attenuation values determined by
the procedure in Sec. 211.206 and explained in Sec. 211.211(b).
    (b) Manufacturers who distribute protectors in commerce to another
manufacturer for packaging for ultimate purchase or use must provide to
that manufacturer the mean attenuation values and standard deviations at
each of the one-third octave band center frequencies as determined by
the test procedure in Sec. 211.206. He must also provide the Noise
Reduction Rating calculated according to Sec. 211.207.

(Sec. 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42 U.S.C. 4912))

[44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 8275, Feb. 6, 1980; 47
FR 57716, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.210-2  Labeling requirements.

    (a)(1) A manufacturer responsible for labeling must satisfy the
requirements of this subpart for a category of hearing protectors before
distributing that category of hearing protectors in commerce.
    (2) A manufacturer may apply to the Administrator for an extension
of time to comply with the labeling requirements for a category of
protectors before he distributes any protectors in commerce. The
Administrator may grant the manufacturer an extension of up to 20 days
from the date of distribution. The manufacturer must provide reasonable
assurance that the protectors equal or exceed their mean attenuation
values, and that labeling requirements will be satisfied before the
extension expires. Requests for extension should go to the
Administrator, U.S. Environment Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460.
The Administrator must respond to a request within 2 business days.
Responses may be either written or oral.
    (3) A manufacturer, receiving hearing protectors through the chain
of distribution that were labeled by a previous manufacturer, may use
that previous manufacturer's data when labeling the protectors for
ultimate sale or use, but is responsible for the accuracy of the
information on the label. The manufacturer may elect to retest the
protectors.
    (b) Labeling requirements regarding each hearing protector category
in a manufacturer's product line consist of:
    (1) Testing hearing protectors according to Sec. 211.206 and the
hearing protectors must have been assembled by the manufacturer's normal
production process; and it must have been intended for distribution in
commerce.
    (c) Each category of hearing protectors is determined by the
combination of at least the following parameters. Manufacturers may use
additional parameters as needed to create and identify additional
categories of protectors.
    (1) Ear muffs. (i) Head band tension (spring constant);
    (ii) Ear cup volume or shape;
    (iii) Mounting of ear cup on head band;
    (iv) Ear cushion;
    (v) Material composition.
    (2) Ear inserts. (i) Shape;
    (ii) Material composition.
    (3) Ear caps. (i) Head band tension (spring constant);
    (ii) Mounting of plug on head band;
    (iii) Shape of plug;
    (iv) Material composition.

If an ear insert or ear cap is manufactured in more than one size
(small, medium, large, etc.) each size does not constitute a separate
category and is not required to be separately label verified. However,
each size must be used when conducting the required test to determine
the labeled values for the specified category.

[44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 57717, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.211  Compliance with labeling requirement.

    (a) All hearing protective devices manufactured after the effective
date of this regulation, and meeting the applicability requirements of
Sec. 211.201,

[[Page 185]]

must be labeled according to this subpart, and must comply with the
Labeled Values of mean attenuation.
    (b) A manufacturer must take into account both product variability
and test-to-test variability when labeling his devices in order to meet
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. A specific category
is considered when the attenuation value at the tested one-third octave
band is equal to or greater than the Labeled Value, or mean attenuation
value, stated in the supporting information required by Sec. 211.204-4,
for that tested frequency. The attenuation value must be determined
according to the test procedures of Sec. 211.206. The Noise Reduction
Rating for the label must be calculated using the Labeled Values of mean
attenuation that will be included in the supporting information required
by Sec. 211.204-4.

[47 FR 57717, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.212  Compliance audit testing.



Sec. 211.212-1  Test request.

    (a) The Administrator will request all testing under this section by
means of a test request addressed to the manufacturer.
    (b) The test request will be signed by the Assistant Administrator
for Enforcement or his designee. The test request will be delivered by
an EPA Enforcement Officer or sent by certified mail to the plant
manager or other responsible official as designated by the manufacturer.
    (c) In the test request, the Administrator must specify the
following:
    (1) The hearing protector category selected for testing;
    (2) The manufacturer's plant or storage facility from which the
protectors must be selected;
    (3) The selection procedure the manufacturer will use to select test
protectors;
    (4) The test facility where the manufacturer is required to have the
protectors tested;
    (5) The number of protectors to be forwarded to the designated test
facility and the number of those protectors which must be tested by the
facility.
    (6) The time period allowed for the manufacturer to initiate
testing; and
    (7) Any other information that will be necessary to conduct testing
under this section.
    (d) The test request may provide for situations in which the
selected category is unavailable for testing. It may include an
alternative category to be selected for testing in the event that
protectors of the first specified category are not available because the
protectors are not being manufactured at the specified plant, at the
specified time, and are not being stored at the specified plant or
storage facility.
    (e)(1) Any testing conducted by the manufacturer under a test
request must commence within the period specified within the test
request. The Administrator may extend the time period on request by the
manufacturer, if a test facility is not available to conduct the
testing.
    (2) The manufacturer must complete the required testing within one
week following commencement of the testing.
    (3) The manufacturer will be allowed 1 calendar week to send test
hearing protectors from the assembly plant to the testing facility. The
Administrator may approve more time based upon a request by the
manufacturer. The request must be accompanied by a satisfactory
justification.
    (f) Failure to comply with any of the requirements of this section
will not be considered a violation of these regulations if conditions
and circumstances outside the control of the manufacturer render it
impossible for him to comply. These conditions and circumstances
include, but are not limited to, the temporary unavailability of
equipment and personnel needed to conduct the required tests. The
manufacturer bears the burden of establishing the presence of the
conditions and circumstances.

(Sec. 13. Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42 U.S.C. 4912))

[44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 8275, Feb. 6, 1980; 47
FR 57717, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.212-2  Test hearing protector selection.

    (a) The test request will specify the number of test protectors
which will be selected for testing from the number of

[[Page 186]]

protectors delivered to the test facility in accordance with Sec.
211.212-1(c)(5). The remainder may be used as replacement protectors if
replacement is necessary. The test request will also specify that the
protectors be selected from the next batch scheduled for production
after receipt of the test request.
    (b) If random selection is specified, it must be achieved by
sequentially numbering all the protectors in the group and then using a
table of random numbers to select the test hearing protectors. The
manufacturer may use an alternative random selection plan when it is
approved by the Administrator.
    (c) Each test protector of the category selected for testing must
have been assembled, by the manufacturer, for distribution in commerce
using the manufacturer's normal production process.
    (d) At their discretion, EPA Enforcement Officers, rather than the
manufacturer, may select the protectors designated in the test request.
    (e) The manufacturer must keep on hand the test protectors
designated for testing until such time as the category is determined to
be in compliance. Hearing protectors actually tested and found to be in
compliance with these regulations may be distributed in commerce.

(Sec. 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42 U.S.C. 4912))

[44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 8275, Feb. 6, 1980]



Sec. 211.212-3  Test hearing protector preparation.

    The manufacturer must select the test hearing protector according to
Sec. 211.212-2 before the official test, and must comply with the test
protector preparation requirements described in this subpart:
    (a) A test hearing protector selected according to Sec. 211.212-2
must not be tested, modified, or adjusted in any manner before the
official test unless the adjustments, modifications and/or tests are
part of the manufacturer's prescribed manufacturing and inspection
procedures.
    (b) Quality controls, testing, assembly or selection procedures must
not be, used on the completed protector or any portion of the protector,
including parts, that will not normally be used during the production
and assembly of all other protectors of that category to be distributed
in commerce.

[47 FR 57717, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.212-4  Testing procedures.

    (a) The manufacturer must conduct one valid test according to the
test procedures specified in Sec. 211.206 for each hearing protector
selected for testing under Sec. 211.212-2.
    (b) The manufacturer must not repair or adjust the test hearing
protectors once compliance testing has been initiated. In the event a
hearing protector is unable to complete the test, the manufacturer may
replace the protector. Any replacement protector will be of the same
category as the protector being replaced. It will be selected from the
remaining designated test protectors and will be subject to all the
provisions of these regulations. Any replacement and the reason for
replacement must be reported in the compliance audit test report.

(Sec. 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42 U.S.C. 4912))



Sec. 211.212-5  Reporting of test results.

    (a)(1) The manufacturer must submit to the Administrator a copy of
the Compliance Audit Test report for all testing conducted under Sec.
211.212. It must be submitted within 5 days after completion of testing.
A suggested compliance audit test report form is included as appendix B.
    (2) The manufacturer must provide the following test information:
    (i) Category identification;
    (ii) Production date, and model of hearing protector;
    (iii) The name and location of the test facility used;
    (iv) The completed data sheet in the form specified for all tests
including, for each invalid test, the reason for invalidation; and
    (v) The reason for the replacement where a replacement protector was
necessary.
    (3) The manufacturer must provide the following statement and en
dorsement:

    This report is submitted under section 8 and section 13 of the Noise
Control Act of

[[Page 187]]

1972. All testing, for which data are reported here, was conducted in
strict conformance with applicable regulations under 40 CFR Part 211 et
seq. All the data reported are true and accurate representations of this
testing. All other information reported here is, to the best of (company
name) and (test laboratory name) knowledge, true and accurate. I am
aware of the penalties associated with violation of the Noise Control
Act of 1972 and the regulations published under it. (authorized
representative)


If the testing is conducted by an outside laboratory the manufacturer
must require an authorized representative of the laboratory to cosign
both the statement and the endorsement.
    (b) In the case where an EPA Enforcement Officer is present during
testing required by this subpart, the written reports required in
paragraph (a) of this section may be given directly to the Enforcement
Officer.
    (c) The reporting requirements of this regulation will no longer be
effective after five (5) years from the date of publication; however,
the requirements will remain in effect if the Administrator is taking
appropriate steps to repromulgate or modify the reporting requirements
at that time.

(Sec. 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42 U.S.C. 4912))



Sec. 211.212-6  Determination of compliance.

    (a) A category will be in compliance with these requirements if the
results of the test conducted under the test request show that:
    (1) The mean attenuation value, at each one-third octave band center
frequency as determined from the Compliance Audit Test values plus 3
dB(A), is equal to or greater than the mean attenuation value at the
same one-third octave band as stated in the Supporting Information
required by Sec. 211.204-4; and
    (2) The Noise Reduction Rating, when calculated from the mean
attenuation values determined by Compliance Audit Testing, equals or
exceeds the Noise Reduction Rating as stated on the label required by
Sec. 211.204.
    (b) If a category is not in compliance, as determined in paragraph
(a) of this section, the manufacturer must satisfy the continued testing
requirements of Sec. 211.212-7, and the relabeling requirements of
Sec. 211.212-8 before further distributing hearing protectors of that
category in commerce.

(Sec. 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42 U.S.C. 4912))

[44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 57717, Dec. 28, 1982]



Sec. 211.212-7  Continued compliance testing.

    If a category is not in compliance as determined under Sec.
211.212-6, the manufacturer must satisfy the requirements of paragraph
(a) or (b) of this section.
    (a) The manufacturer must continue to conduct additional tests until
the mean attenuation values from the last test at each octave band equal
or exceed the lowest attenuation values obtained from all previous
compliance tests.
    (b) Upon approval by the Administrator, the manufacturer may relabel
at a lower level in compliance with Sec. 211.212-8 in lieu of testing
under paragraph (a) of this section. The manufacturer must obtain
approval by showing that the relabeled values adequately take into
account results achieved from the Compliance Audit Testing and product
variability. The Administrator is to exercise his discretion in light of
factors including the prior compliance record of the manufacturer, the
adequacy of the proposed new labeling value, the amount of deviation of
test results from the labeled values, and any other relevant
information.
    (c) When the manufacturer can show that the non-compliance under
Sec. 211.212-6 was caused by a quality control failure and that the
failure has been remedied, he may, with the Administrator's approval,
conduct an additional test and relabel using the mean attenuation values
no higher than those obtained in that test.
    (d) The manufacturer may request a hearing on the issue of whether
the compliance audit testing was conducted properly and whether the
criteria for non-compliance in Sec. 211.212-6 have been met; and the
appropriateness or scope of a continued testing order. In the event that
a hearing is requested, the hearing shall begin no later than 15 days
after the date on which the Administrator received the hearing request.
Neither the request

[[Page 188]]

for a hearing, nor the fact that a hearing is in progress, shall affect
the responsibility of the manufacturer to commence and continue testing
required by the Administrator pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.

(Sec. 13, Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1244 (42 U.S.C. 4912))

[44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 8275, Feb. 6, 1980]



Sec. 211.212-8  Relabeling requirements.

    (a) Any manufacturer who is found to not conform with Sec. 211.212-
6, and who has met the requirement of Sec. 211.212-7, must relabel all
protectors of the specified category already in his possession according
to Sec. 211.211 before distributing them in commerce. The manufacturer
shall relabel at values no greater than any mean attenuation values
received from Compliance Audit Testing. Any manufacturer who proceeds
with Sec. 211.212-7(a) or (b) must relabel his product line with the
lowest mean attenuation value at each octave band received from testing;
or he may take into account product variability under Sec. 211.211(b)
and label with a lower mean attenuation value than the worst case values
obtained from Compliance Audit Testing.
    (b) [Reserved]

(Sec. 10(a)(3), Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1242 (42 U.S.C. 4909(a)(3)))



Sec. 211.213  Remedial orders for violations of these regulations.

    (a) The Administrator may issue an order under section 11(d)(1) of
the Act when any person is in violation of these regulations.
    (b) A remedial order will be issued only after the violator has been
notified of the violation and given an opportunity for a hearing
according to section 554 of title 5 of the United States Code.
    (c) All costs associated with a remedial order shall be borne by the
violator.

(Sec. 11(d) Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1243 (42 U.S.C. 4910(d)))



Sec. 211.214  Removal of label.

    Section 10(a)(4) of the Act prohibits any person from removing,
prior to sale, any label required by this subpart, by either physical
removal or defacing or any other physical act making the label and its
contents not accessible to the ultimate purchaser prior to sale.

(Sec. 10(a)(4), Pub. L. 92-574, 86 Stat. 1242 (42 U.S.C. 4909(a)(4)))



      Sec. Appendix A to Part 211--Compliance Audit Testing Report

                               Data Sheet

 Company name:__________________________________________________________
 Address:_______________________________________________________________
 Test laboratory:_______________________________________________________
 Address:_______________________________________________________________
 Model number of hearing protector:_____________________________________
 Category designation:__________________________________________________
 Production date:_______________________________________________________

    Test Results--Frequency, Mean Attenuation, and Standard Deviation

 125____________________________________________________________________
 250____________________________________________________________________
 500____________________________________________________________________
 1000___________________________________________________________________
 2000___________________________________________________________________
 3150___________________________________________________________________
 4000___________________________________________________________________
 6300___________________________________________________________________
 8000___________________________________________________________________
 Noise Reduction Rating:________________________________________________

    If replacement hearing protector was necessary to conduct test,
reason for replacement:
    This report is submitted under sections 8 and 13 of the Noise
Control Act of 1972. All testing, for which data are reported here, was
conducted in strict conformance with applicable regulations under 40 CFR
Part 211, et seq. All the data reported here are true and accurate
representations of this testing. All other information reported here is,
to the best of (company name) and (test laboratory name) knowledge, true
and accurate. I am aware of the penalties associated with violation of
the Noise Control Act of 1972 and the regulations published under it.
________________________________________________________________________

                 (Authorized representative of company)

________________________________________________________________________

             (Authorized representative of test laboratory)

[44 FR 56139, Sept. 28, 1979. Redesignated at 47 FR 57717, Dec. 28,
1982]

[[Page 189]]



                       SUBCHAPTER H_OCEAN DUMPING





PART 220_GENERAL--Table of Contents



Sec.
220.1 Purpose and scope.
220.2 Definitions.
220.3 Categories of permits.
220.4 Authorities to issue permits.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1412 and 1418.

    Source: 42 FR 2468, Jan. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 220.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a) General. This subchapter H establishes procedures and criteria
for the issuance of permits by EPA pursuant to section 102 of the Act.
This subchapter H also establishes the criteria to be applied by the
Corps of Engineers in its review of activities involving the
transportation of dredged material for the purpose of dumping it in
ocean waters pursuant to section 103 of the Act. Except as may be
authorized by a permit issued pursuant to this subchapter H, or pursuant
to section 103 of the Act, and subject to other applicable regulations
promulgated pursuant to section 108 of the Act:
    (1) No person shall transport from the United States any material
for the purpose of dumping it into ocean waters;
    (2) In the case of a vessel or aircraft registered in the United
States or flying the United States flag or in the case of a United
States department, agency, or instrumentality, no person shall transport
from any location any material for the purpose of dumping it into ocean
waters; and
    (3) No person shall dump any material transported from a location
outside the United States:
    (i) Into the territorial sea of the United States; or
    (ii) Into a zone contiguous to the territorial sea of the United
States, extending to a line twelve nautical miles seaward from the base
line from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured, to the
extent that it may affect the territorial sea or the territory of the
United States.
    (b) Relationship to international agreements. In accordance with
section 102(a) of the Act, the regulations and criteria included in this
subchapter H apply the standards and criteria binding upon the United
States under the Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by
Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter to the extent that application of
such standards and criteria do not relax the requirements of the Act.
    (c) Exclusions--(1) Fish wastes. This subchapter H does not apply
to, and no permit hereunder shall be required for, the transportation
for the purpose of dumping or the dumping in ocean waters of fish wastes
unless such dumping occurs in:
    (i) Harbors or other protected or enclosed coastal waters; or
    (ii) Any other location where the Administrator finds that such
dumping may reasonably be anticipated to endanger health, the
environment or ecological systems.
    (2) Fisheries resources. This subchapter H does not apply to, and no
permit hereunder shall be required for, the placement or deposit of
oyster shells or other materials for the purpose of developing,
maintaining or harvesting fisheries resources; provided, such placement
or deposit is regulated under or is a part of an authorized State or
Federal program certified to EPA by the agency authorized to enforce the
regulation, or to administer the program, as the case may be; and
provided further, that the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration, the U.S. Coast Guard, and the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers concur in such placement or deposit as it may affect their
responsibilities and such concurrence is evidenced by letters of
concurrence from these agencies.
    (3) Vessel propulsion and fixed structures. This subchapter H does
not apply to, and no permit hereunder shall be required for:
    (i) Routine discharges of effluent incidental to the propulsion of
vessels or the operation of motor-driven equipment on vessels; or
    (ii) Construction of any fixed structure or artificial island, or
the intentional placement of any device in ocean waters or on or in the
submerged

[[Page 190]]

land beneath such waters, for a purpose other than disposal when such
construction or such placement is otherwise regulated by Federal or
State law or made pursuant to an authorized Federal or State program
certified to EPA by the agency authorized to enforce the regulations or
to administer the program, as the case may be.
    (4) Emergency to safeguard life at sea. This subchapter H does not
apply to, and no permit hereunder shall be required for, the dumping of
material into ocean waters from a vessel or aircraft in an emergency to
safeguard life at sea to the extent that the person owning or operating
such vessel or aircraft files timely reports required by Sec. 224.2(b).



Sec. 220.2  Definitions.

    As used in this subchapter H:
    (a) Act means the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act
of 1972, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1401);
    (b) FWPCA means the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended
(33 U.S.C. 1251);
    (c) Ocean or ocean waters means those waters of the open seas lying
seaward of the baseline from which the territorial sea is measured, as
provided for in the Convention on the Territorial Sea and the Contiguous
Zone (15 UST 1606; TIAS 5639); this definition includes the waters of
the territorial sea, the contiguous zone and the oceans as defined in
section 502 of the FWPCA.
    (d) Material means matter of any kind or description, including, but
not limited to, dredged material, solid waste, incinerator residue,
garbage, sewage, sewage sludge, munitions, radiological, chemical, and
biological warfare agents, radioactive materials, chemicals, biological
and laboratory waste, wreck or discarded equipment, rock, sand,
excavation debris, industrial, municipal, agricultural, and other waste,
but such term does not mean sewage from vessels within the meaning of
section 312 of the FWPCA. Oil within the meaning of section 311 of the
FWPCA shall constitute ``material'' for purposes of this subchapter H
only to the extent that it is taken on board a vessel or aircraft for
the primary purpose of dumping.
    (e) Dumping means a disposition of material: Provided, That it does
not mean a disposition of any effluent from any outfall structure to the
extent that such disposition is regulated under the provisions of the
FWPCA, under the provisions of section 13 of the River and Harbor Act of
1899, as amended (33 U.S.C. 407), or under the provisions of the Atomic
Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011), nor does it mean a
routine discharge of effluent incidental to the propulsion of, or
operation of motor-driven equipment on, vessels: Provided further, That
it does not mean the construction of any fixed structure or artificial
island nor the intentional placement of any device in ocean waters or on
or in the submerged land beneath such waters, for a purpose other than
disposal, when such construction or such placement is otherwise
regulated by Federal or State law or occurs pursuant to an authorized
Federal or State program; And provided further, That it does not include
the deposit of oyster shells, or other materials when such deposit is
made for the purpose of developing, maintaining, or harvesting fisheries
resources and is otherwise regulated by Federal or State law or occurs
pursuant to an authorized Federal or State program.
    (f) Sewage Treatment Works means municipal or domestic waste
treatment facilities of any type which are publicly owned or regulated
to the extent that feasible compliance schedules are determined by the
availability of funding provided by Federal, State, or local
governments.
    (g) Criteria means the criteria set forth in part 227 of this
subchapter H.
    (h) Dredged Material Permit means a permit issued by the Corps of
Engineers under section 103 of the Act (see 33 CFR 209.120) and any
Federal projects reviewed under section 103(e) of the Act (see 33 CFR
209.145).
    (i) Unless the context otherwise requires, all other terms shall
have the meanings assigned to them by the Act.



Sec. 220.3  Categories of permits.

    This Sec. 220.3 provides for the issuance of general, special,
emergency, and research permits for ocean dumping under section 102 of
the Act.

[[Page 191]]

    (a) General permits. General permits may be issued for the dumping
of certain materials which will have a minimal adverse environmental
impact and are generally disposed of in small quantities, or for
specific classes of materials that must be disposed of in emergency
situations. General permits may be issued on application of an
interested person in accordance with the procedures of part 221 or may
be issued without such application whenever the Administrator determines
that issuance of a general permit is necessary or appropriate.
    (b) Special permits. Special permits may be issued for the dumping
of materials which satisfy the Criteria and shall specify an expiration
date no later than three years from the date of issue.
    (c) Emergency permits. For any of the materials listed in Sec.
227.6, except as trace contaminants, after consultation with the
Department of State with respect to the need to consult with parties to
the Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of
Wastes and Other Matter that are likely to be affected by the dumping,
emergency permits may be issued to dump such materials where there is
demonstrated to exist an emergency requiring the dumping of such
materials, which poses an unacceptable risk relating to human health and
admits of no other feasible solution. As used herein, ``emergency''
refers to situations requiring action with a marked degree of urgency,
but is not limited in its application to circumstances requiring
immediate action. Emergency permits may be issued for other materials,
except those prohibited by Sec. 227.5, without consultation with the
Department of State when the Administrator determines that there exists
an emergency requiring the dumping of such materials which poses an
unacceptable risk to human health and admits of no other feasible
solution.
    (d) [Reserved]
    (e) Research permits. Research permits may be issued for the dumping
of any materials, other than materials specified in Sec. 227.5 or for
any of the materials listed in Sec. 227.6 except as trace contaminants,
unless subject to the exclusion of Sec. 227.6(g), into the ocean as
part of a research project when it is determined that the scientific
merit of the proposed project outweighs the potential environmental or
other damage that may result from the dumping. Research permits shall
specify an expiration date no later than 18 months from the date of
issue.
    (f) Permits for incineration at sea. Permits for incineration of
wastes at sea will be issued only as research permits until specific
criteria to regulate this type of disposal are promulgated, except in
those cases where studies on the waste, the incineration method and
vessel, and the site have been conducted and the site has been
designated for incineration at sea in accordance with the procedures of
Sec. 228.4(b) of this chapter. In all other respects the requirements
of parts 220 through 228 apply.

[42 FR 2468, Jan. 11, 1977; 43 FR 1071, Jan. 6, 1978; 73 FR 74986, Dec.
10, 2008]



Sec. 220.4  Authorities to issue permits.

    (a) Determination by Administrator. The Administrator, or such other
EPA employee as he may from time to time designate in writing, shall
issue, deny, modify, revoke, suspend, impose conditions on, initiate and
carry out enforcement activities and take any and all other actions
necessary or proper and permitted by law with respect to general,
special, emergency, or research permits.
    (b) Authority delegated to Regional Administrators. Regional
Administrators, or such other EPA employees as they may from time to
time designate in writing, are delegated the authority to issue, deny,
modify, revoke, suspend, impose conditions on, initiate and carry out
enforcement activities, and take any and all other actions necessary or
proper and permitted by law with respect to special permits for:
    (1) The dumping of material in those portions of the territorial sea
which are subject to the jurisdiction of any State within their
respective Regions, and in those portions of the contiguous zone
immediately adjacent to such parts of the territorial sea; and in the
oceans with respect to approved waste disposal sites designated pursuant
to part 228 of this subchapter H, and

[[Page 192]]

    (2) Where transportation for dumping is to originate in one Region
and dumping is to occur at a location within another Region's
jurisdiction conferred by order of the Administrator, the Region in
which transportation is to originate shall be responsible for review of
the application and shall prepare the technical evaluation of the need
for dumping and alternatives to ocean dumping. The Region having
jurisdiction over the proposed dump site shall take all other actions
required by this subchapter H with respect to the permit application,
including without limitation, determining to issue or deny the permit,
specifying the conditions to be imposed, and giving public notice. If
both Regions do not concur in the disposition of the permit application,
the Administrator will make the final decision on all issues with
respect to the permit application, including without limitation,
issuance or denial of the permit and the conditions to be imposed.
    (c) Review of Corps of Engineers Dredged Material Permits. Regional
Administrators have the authority to review, to approve or to disapprove
or to propose conditions upon Dredged Material Permits for ocean dumping
of dredged material at locations within the respective Regional
jurisdictions. Regional jurisdiction to act under this paragraph (c) of
Sec. 220.4 is determined by the Administrator in accordance with Sec.
228.4(e).

[42 FR 2468, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74986, Dec. 10, 2008]



PART 221_APPLICATIONS FOR OCEAN DUMPING PERMITS UNDER SECTION 102 OF THE
ACT--Table of Contents



Sec.
221.1 Applications for permits.
221.2 Other information.
221.3 Applicant.
221.4 Adequacy of information in application.
221.5 Processing fees.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1412 and 1418.

    Source: 42 FR 2470, Jan. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 221.1  Applications for permits.

    Applications for general, special, emergency, and research permits
under section 102 of the Act may be filed with the Administrator or the
appropriate Regional Administrator, as the case may be, authorized by
Sec. 220.4 of this chapter to act on the application. Applications
shall be made in writing and shall contain, in addition to any other
material which may be required, the following:
    (a) Name and address of applicant;
    (b) Name of the person or firm transporting the material for
dumping, the name of the person(s) or firm(s) producing or processing
all materials to be transported for dumping, and the name or other
identification, and usual location, of the conveyance to be used in the
transportation and dumping of the material to be dumped, including
information on the transporting vessel's communications and navigation
equipment;
    (c) Adequate physical and chemical description of material to be
dumped, including results of tests necessary to apply the Criteria, and
the number, size, and physical configuration of any containers to be
dumped;
    (d) Quantity of material to be dumped;
    (e) Proposed dates and times of disposal;
    (f) Proposed dump site, and in the event such proposed dump site is
not a dump site designated in this subchapter H, detailed physical,
chemical and biological information relating to the proposed dump site
and sufficient to support its designation as a site according to the
procedures of part 228 of this subchapter H;
    (g) Proposed method of releasing the material at the dump site and
means by which the disposal rate can be controlled and modified as
required;
    (h) Identification of the specific process or activity giving rise
to the production of the material;
    (i) Description of the manner in which the type of material proposed
to be dumped has been previously disposed of by or on behalf of the
person(s) or firm(s) producing such material;
    (j) A statement of the need for the proposed dumping and an
evaluation of short and long term alternative means

[[Page 193]]

of disposal, treatment or recycle of the material. Means of disposal
shall include without limitation, landfill, well injection,
incineration, spread of material over open ground; biological, chemical
or physical treatment; recovery and recycle of material within the plant
or at other plants which may use the material, and storage. The
statement shall also include an analysis of the availability and
environmental impact of such alternatives; and
    (k) An assessment of the anticipated environmental impact of the
proposed dumping, including without limitation, the relative duration of
the effect of the proposed dumping on the marine environment,
navigation, living and non-living marine resource exploitation,
scientific study, recreation and other uses of the ocean.

[42 FR 2470, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74986, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 221.2  Other information.

    In the event the Administrator, Regional Administrator, or a person
designated by either to review permit applications, determines that
additional information is needed in order to apply the Criteria, he
shall so advise the applicant in writing. All additional information
requested pursuant to this Sec. 221.2 shall be deemed part of the
application and for purposes of applying the time limitation of Sec.
222.1, the application will not be considered complete until such
information has been filed.



Sec. 221.3  Applicant.

    Any person may apply for a permit under this subchapter H even
though the proposed dumping may be carried on by a permittee who is not
the applicant; provided however, that the Administrator or the Regional
Administrator, as the case may be, may, in his discretion, require that
an application be filed by the person or firm producing or processing
the material proposed to be dumped. Issuance of a permit will not excuse
the permittee from any civil or criminal liability which may attach by
virtue of his having transported or dumped materials in violation of the
terms or conditions of a permit, notwithstanding that the permittee may
not have been the applicant.



Sec. 221.4  Adequacy of information in application.

    No permit issued under this subchapter H will be valid for the
transportation or dumping of any material which is not accurately and
adequately described in the application. No permittee shall be relieved
of any liability which may arise as a result of the transportation or
dumping of material which does not conform to information provided in
the application solely by virtue of the fact that such information was
furnished by an applicant other than the permittee.



Sec. 221.5  Processing fees.

    (a) A processing fee of $1,000 will be charged in connection with
each application for a permit for dumping in an existing dump site
designated in this subchapter H.
    (b) A processing fee of an additional $3,000 will be charged in
connection with each application for a permit for dumping in a dump site
other than a dump site designated in this subchapter H.
    (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Sec. 221.5, no
agency or instrumentality of the United States or of a State or local
government will be required to pay the processing fees specified in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.



PART 222_ACTION ON OCEAN DUMPING PERMIT APPLICATIONS UNDER SECTION 102
OF THE ACT--Table of Contents



Sec.
222.1 General.
222.2 Tentative determinations.
222.3 Notice of applications.
222.4 Initiation of hearings.
222.5 Time and place of hearings.
222.6 Presiding Officer.
222.7 Conduct of public hearing.
222.8 Recommendations of Presiding Officer.
222.9 Issuance of permits.
222.10 Appeal to adjudicatory hearing.
222.11 Conduct of adjudicatory hearings.
222.12 Appeal to Administrator.
222.13 Computation of time.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1412 and 1418.

    Source: 42 FR 2471, Jan. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 194]]



Sec. 222.1  General.

    Decisions as to the issuance, denial, or imposition of conditions on
general, special, emergency, and research permits under section 102 of
the Act will be made by application of the criteria of parts 227 and 228
of this chapter. Final action on any application for a permit will, to
the extent practicable, be taken within 180 days from the date a
complete application is filed.

[73 FR 74986, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 222.2  Tentative determinations.

    (a) Within 30 days of the receipt of his initial application, an
applicant shall be issued notification of whether his application is
complete and what, if any, additional information is required. No such
notification shall be deemed to foreclose the Administrator or the
Regional Administrator, as the case may be, from requiring additional
information at any time pursuant to Sec. 221.2.
    (b) Within 30 days after receipt of a completed permit application,
the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be,
shall publish notice of such application including a tentative
determination with respect to issuance or denial of the permit. If such
tentative determination is to issue the permit, the following additional
tentative determinations will be made:
    (1) Proposed time limitations, if any;
    (2) Proposed rate of discharge from the barge or vessel transporting
the waste;
    (3) Proposed dumping site; and
    (4) A brief description of any other proposed conditions determined
to be appropriate for inclusion in the permit in question.



Sec. 222.3  Notice of applications.

    (a) Contents. Notice of every complete application for a general,
special, emergency and research permit shall, in addition to any other
material, include the following:
    (1) A summary of the information included in the permit application;
    (2) Any tentative determinations made pursuant to paragraph (b) of
Sec. 222.2;
    (3) A brief description of the procedures set forth in Sec. 222.5
for requesting a public hearing on the application including
specification of the date by which requests for a public hearing must be
filed;
    (4) A brief statement of the factors considered in reaching the
tentative determination with respect to the permit and, in the case of a
tentative determination to issue the permit, the reasons for the choice
of the particular permit conditions selected; and
    (5) The location at which interested persons may obtain further
information on the proposed dumping, including copies of any relevant
documents.
    (b) Publication--(1)(1) Special and research permits. Notice of
every complete application for special and research permits shall be
given by:
    (i) Publication in a daily newspaper of general circulation in the
State in closest proximity to the proposed dump site; and
    (ii) Publication in a daily newspaper of general circulation in the
city in which is located the office of the Administrator or the Regional
Administrator, as the case may be, giving notice of the permit
application.
    (2) General permits. Notice of every complete application for a
general permit or notice of action proposed to be taken by the
Administrator to issue a general permit, without an application, shall
be given by publication in the Federal Register.
    (3) Emergency permits. Notice of every complete application for an
emergency permit shall be given by publication in accordance with
paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section; Provided, however, That
no such notice and no tentative determination in accordance with Sec.
222.2 shall be required in any case in which the Administrator
determines:
    (i) That an emergency, as defined in paragraph (c) of Sec. 220.3
exists;
    (ii) That the emergency poses an unacceptable risk relating to human
health;
    (iii) That the emergency admits of no other feasible solution; and
    (iv) That the public interest requires the issuance of an emergency
permit as soon as possible.

[[Page 195]]


Notice of any determination made by the Administrator pursuant to this
paragraph (b)(3) shall be given as soon as practicable after the
issuance of the emergency permit by publication in accordance with
paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (ii) and with paragraphs (a), (c) through (i)
of this section.
    (c) Copies of notice sent to specific persons. In addition to the
publication of notice required by paragraph (b) of this section, copies
of such notice will be mailed by the Administrator or the Regional
Administrator, as the case may be, to any person, group or Federal,
State or local agency upon request. Any such request may be a standing
request for copies of such notices and shall be submitted in writing to
the Administrator or to any Regional Administrator and shall relate to
all or any class of permit applications which may be acted upon by the
Administrator or such Regional Administrator, as the case may be.
    (d) Copies of notice sent to States. In addition to the publication
of notice required by paragraph (b) of this section, copies of such
notice will be mailed to the State water pollution control agency and to
the State agency responsible for carrying out the Coastal Zone
Management Act, if such agency exists, for each coastal State within 500
miles of the proposed dumping site.
    (e) Copies of notice sent to Corps of Engineers. In addition to the
publication of notice required by paragraph (b) of this section, copies
of such notice will be mailed to the office of the appropriate District
Engineer of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for purposes of section
106(c) of the Act, (pertaining to navigation, harbor approaches, and
artificial islands on the outer continental shelf).
    (f) Copies of notice sent to Coast Guard. In addition to the
publication of notice required by paragraph (b) of this section, copies
of such notice will be sent to the appropriate district office of the
U.S. Coast Guard for review and possible suggestion of additional
conditions to be included in the permit to facilitate surveillance and
enforcement.
    (g) Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act. The Fish and Wildlife
Coordination Act, Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1970, and the Act require
that the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may
be, consult with appropriate regional officials of the Departments of
Commerce and Interior, the Regional Director of the NMFS-NOAA, and the
agency exercising administrative jurisdiction over the fish and wildlife
resources of the States subject to any dumping prior to the issuance of
a permit under this subchapter H. Copies of the notice shall be sent to
the persons noted in paragraph (g) of this section.
    (h) Copies of notice sent to Food and Drug Administration. In
addition to the publication of notice required by paragraph (b) of this
section, copies of such notice will be mailed to Food and Drug
Administration, Shellfish Sanitation Branch (HF-417), 200 C Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20204.
    (i) Failure to give certain notices. Failure to send copies of any
public notice in accordance with paragraphs (c) through (h) of this
section shall not invalidate any notice given pursuant to this section
nor shall such failure invalidate any subsequent administrative
proceeding.
    (j) Failure of consulted agency to respond. Unless advice to the
contrary is received from the appropriate Federal or State agency within
30 days of the date copies of any public notice were dispatched to such
agency, such agency will be deemed to have no objection to the issuance
of the permit identified in the public notice.

[42 FR 2471, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74986, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 222.4  Initiation of hearings.

    (a) In the case of any permit application for which public notice in
advance of permit issuance is required in accordance with paragraph (b)
of Sec. 222.3, any person may, within 30 days of the date on which all
provisions of paragraph (b) of Sec. 222.3 have been complied with,
request a public hearing to consider the issuance or denial of, or the
conditions to be imposed upon, such permit. Any such request for a
public hearing shall be in writing, shall identify the person requesting
the hearing, shall state with particularity any objections to the
issuance or denial of, or to the conditions to be imposed upon, the
proposed permit, and shall state

[[Page 196]]

the issues which are proposed to be raised by such person for
consideration at a hearing.
    (b) Whenever (1) a written request satisfying the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section has been received and the Administrator or
Regional Administrator, as the case may be, determines that such request
presents genuine issues, or (2) the Administrator or Regional
Administrator, as the case may be, determines in his discretion that a
public hearing is necessary or appropriate, the Administrator or the
Regional Administrator, as the case may be, will set a time and place
for a public hearing in accordance with Sec. 222.5, and will give
notice of such hearing by publication in accordance with Sec. 222.3.
    (c) In the event the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as
the case may be, determines that a request filed pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this section does not comply with the requirements of such
paragraph (a) of this section or that such request does not present
substantial issues of public interest, he shall advise, in writing, the
person requesting the hearing of his determination.



Sec. 222.5  Time and place of hearings.

    Hearings shall be held in the State in closest proximity to the
proposed dump site, whenever practicable, and shall be set for the
earliest practicable date no less than 30 days after the receipt of an
appropriate request for a hearing or a determination by the
Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be, to hold
such a hearing without such a request.



Sec. 222.6  Presiding Officer.

    A hearing convened pursuant to this subchapter H shall be conducted
by a Presiding Officer. The Administrator or Regional Administrator, as
the case may be, may designate a Presiding Officer. For adjudicatory
hearings held pursuant to Sec. 222.11, the Presiding Officer shall be
an EPA employee who has had no prior connection with the permit
application in question, including without limitation, the performance
of investigative or prosecuting functions or any other functions, and
who is not employed in the Enforcement Division or any Regional
enforcement office.

[42 FR 2471, Jan. 11, 1977; 42 FR 6583, Feb. 3, 1977]



Sec. 222.7  Conduct of public hearing.

    The Presiding Officer shall be responsible for the expeditious
conduct of the hearing. The hearing shall be an informal public hearing,
not an adversary proceeding, and shall be conducted so as to allow the
presentation of public comments. When the Presiding Officer determines
that it is necessary or appropriate, he shall cause a suitable record,
which may include a verbatim transcript, of the proceedings to be made.
Any person may appear at a public hearing convened pursuant to Sec.
222.5 whether or not he requested the hearing, and may be represented by
counsel or any other authorized representative. The Presiding Officer is
authorized to set forth reasonable restrictions on the nature or amount
of documentary material or testimony presented at a public hearing,
giving due regard to the relevancy of any such information, and to the
avoidance of undue repetitiveness of information presented.



Sec. 222.8  Recommendations of Presiding Officer.

    Within 30 days following the adjournment of a public hearing
convened pursuant to Sec. 222.5, or within such additional period as
the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be, may
grant to the Presiding Officer for good cause shown, and after full
consideration of the comments received at the hearing, the Presiding
Officer will prepare and forward to the Administrator or to the Regional
Administrator, as the case may be, written recommendations relating to
the issuance or denial of, or conditions to be imposed upon, the
proposed permit and the record of the hearing, if any. Such
recommendations shall contain a brief statement of the basis for the
recommendations including a description of evidence relied upon. Copies
of the Presiding Officer's recommendations shall be provided to any
interested person on request, without charge. Copies of the record will
be

[[Page 197]]

 provided in accordance with 40 CFR Part 2.

[42 FR 2471, Jan. 11, 1977; 42 FR 6583, Feb. 3, 1977]



Sec. 222.9  Issuance of permits.

    (a) Within 30 days following receipt of the Presiding Officer's
recommendations or, where no hearing has been held, following the close
of the 30-day period for requesting a hearing as provided in Sec.
222.4, the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may
be, shall make a determination with respect to the issuance, denial, or
imposition of conditions on, any permit applied for under this
Subchapter H and shall give notice to the applicant and to all persons
who registered their attendance at the hearing by providing their name
and mailing address, if any, by mailing a letter stating the
determination and stating the basis therefor in terms of the Criteria.
    (b) Any determination to issue or deny any permit after a hearing
held pursuant to Sec. 222.7 shall take effect no sooner than:
    (1) 10 days after notice of such determination is given if no
request for an adjudicatory hearing is filed in accordance with Sec.
222.10(a); or
    (2) 20 days after notice of such determination is given if a request
for an adjudicatory hearing is filed in accordance with paragraph (a) of
Sec. 222.10 and the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the
case may be, denies such request in accordance with paragraph (c) of
Sec. 222.10; or
    (3) The date on which a final determination has been made following
an adjudicatory hearing held pursuant to Sec. 222.11.
    (c) The Administrator or Regional Administrator, as the case may be,
may extend the term of a previously issued permit pending the conclusion
of the proceedings held pursuant to Sec. Sec. 222.7 through 222.9.
    (d) A copy of each permit issued shall be sent to the appropriate
District Office of the U.S. Coast Guard.



Sec. 222.10  Appeal to adjudicatory hearing.

    (a) Within 10 days following the receipt of notice of the issuance
or denial of any permit pursuant to Sec. 222.9 after a hearing held
pursuant to Sec. 222.7, any interested person who participated in such
hearing may request that an adjudicatory hearing be held pursuant to
Sec. 222.11 for the purpose of reviewing such determination, or any
part thereof. Any such request for an adjudicatory hearing shall be
filed with the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case
may be, and shall be in writing, shall identify the person requesting
the adjudicatory hearing and shall state with particularity the
objections to the determination, the basis therefor and the modification
requested.
    (b) Whenever a written request satisfying the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section has been received and the Administrator or
Regional Administrator, as the case may be, determines that an
adjudicatory hearing is warranted, the Administrator or the Regional
Administrator, as the case may be, will set a time and place for an
adjudicatory hearing in accordance with Sec. 222.5, and will give
notice of such hearing by publication in accordance with Sec. 222.3.
    (c) Prior to the conclusion of the adjudicatory hearing and appeal
process, the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case
may be, in his discretion may extend the duration of a previously issued
permit until a final determination has been made pursuant to Sec.
222.11 or Sec. 222.12.
    (d) In the event the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as
the case may be, determines that a request filed pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this section does not comply with the requirements of such
paragraph (a) of this section or that such request does not present
substantial issues of public interest, he shall advise, in writing, the
person requesting the adjudicatory hearing of his determination.
    (e) Any person requesting an adjudicatory hearing or requesting
admission as a party to an adjudicatory hearing shall state in his
written request, and shall by filing such request consent, that he and
his employees and agents shall submit themselves to direct and cross-
examination at any such hearing and to the taking of an oath
administered by the Presiding Officer.

[[Page 198]]



Sec. 222.11  Conduct of adjudicatory hearings.

    (a) Parties. Any interested person may at a reasonable time prior to
the commencement of the hearing submit to the Presiding Officer a
request to be admitted as a party. Such request shall be in writing and
shall set forth the information which would be required to be submitted
by such person if he were requesting an adjudicatory hearing. Any such
request to be admitted as a party which satisfies the requirements of
this paragraph (a) shall be granted and all parties shall be informed at
the commencement of the adjudicatory hearing of the parties involved.
Any party may be represented by counsel or other authorized
representative. EPA staff representing the Administrator or Regional
Administrator who took action with respect to the permit application
shall be deemed a party.
    (b) Filing and service. (1) An original and two (2) copies of all
documents or papers required or permitted to be filed shall be filed
with the Presiding Officer.
    (2) Copies of all documents and papers filed with the Presiding
Officer shall be served upon all other parties to the adjudicatory
hearing.
    (c) Consolidation. The Administrator, or the Regional Administrator
in the case of a hearing arising within his Region and for which he has
been delegated authority hereunder, may, in his discretion, order
consolidation of any adjudicatory hearings held pursuant to this section
whenever he determines that consolidation will expedite or simplify the
consideration of the issues presented. The Administrator may, in his
discretion, order consolidation and designate one Region to be
responsible for the conduct of any hearings held pursuant to this
section which arise in different Regions whenever he determines that
consolidation will expedite or simplify the consideration of the issues
presented.
    (d) Pre-hearing conference. The Presiding Officer may hold one or
more prehearing conferences and may issue a prehearing order which may
include without limitation, requirements with respect to any or all of
the following:
    (1) Stipulations and admissions;
    (2) Disputed issues of fact;
    (3) Disputed issues of law;
    (4) Admissibility of any evidence;
    (5) Hearing procedures including submission of oral or written
direct testimony, conduct of cross-examination, and the opportunity for
oral arguments;
    (6) Any other matter which may expedite the hearing or aid in
disposition of any issues raised therein.
    (e) Adjudicatory hearing procedures. (1) The burden of going forward
with the evidence shall:
    (i) In the case of any adjudicatory hearing held pursuant to Sec.
222.10(b)(1), be on the person filing a request under Sec. 222.10(a) as
to each issue raised by the request; and
    (ii) In the case of any adjudicatory hearing held pursuant to Sec.
223.2 or pursuant to part 226, be on the Environmental Protection
Agency.
    (2) The Presiding Officer shall have the duty to conduct a fair and
impartial hearing, to take action to avoid unnecessary delay in the
disposition of proceedings, and to maintain order. He shall have all
powers necessary or appropriate to that end, including without
limitation, the following:
    (i) To administer oaths and affirmations;
    (ii) To rule upon offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
    (iii) To regulate the course of the hearing and the conduct of the
parties and their counsel;
    (iv) To consider and rule upon all procedural and other motions
appropriate to the proceedings; and
    (v) To take any action authorized by these regulations and in
conformance with law.
    (3) Parties shall have the right to cross-examine a witness who
appears at an adjudicatory hearing to the extent that such cross-
examination is necessary or appropriate for a full disclosure of the
facts. In multi-party proceedings the Presiding Officer may limit cross-
examination to one party on each side if he is satisfied that the cross-
examination by one party will adequately protect the interests of other
parties.
    (4) When a party will not be unfairly prejudiced thereby, the
Presiding Officer may order all or part of the evidence to be submitted
in written form.

[[Page 199]]

    (5) Rulings of the Presiding Officer on the admissibility of
evidence, the propriety of cross-examination, and other procedural
matters, shall be final and shall appear in the record.
    (6) Interlocutory appeals may not be taken.
    (7) Parties shall be presumed to have taken exception to an adverse
ruling.
    (8) The proceedings of all hearings shall be recorded by such means
as the Presiding Officer may determine. The original transcript of the
hearing shall be a part of the record and the sole official transcript.
Copies of the transcript shall be available from the Environmental
Protection Agency in accordance with 40 CFR part 2.
    (9) The rules of evidence shall not apply.
    (f) Decision after adjudicatory hearing. (1) Within 30 days after
the conclusion of the adjudicatory hearing, or within such additional
period as the Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case
may be, may grant to the Presiding Officer for good cause shown, the
Presiding Officer shall submit to the Administrator or the Regional
Administrator, as the case may be, proposed findings of fact and
conclusions of law, his recommendation with respect to any and all
issues raised at the hearing, and the record of the hearing. Such
findings, conclusions and recommendations shall contain a brief
statement of the basis for the recommendations. Copies of the Presiding
Officer's proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law and
recommendations shall be provided to all parties to the adjudicatory
hearing on request, without charge.
    (2) Within 20 days following submission of the Presiding Officer's
proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law and recommendations, any
party may submit written exceptions, no more than 30 pages in length, to
such proposed findings, conclusions and recommendations and within 30
days following the submission of the Presiding Officer's proposed
findings, conclusions and recommendations any party may file written
comments, no more than 30 pages in length, on another party's
exceptions. Within 45 days following the submission of the Presiding
Officer's proposed findings, conclusions and recommendations, the
Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be, shall
make a determination with respect to all issues raised at such hearing
and shall affirm, reverse or modify the previous or proposed
determination, as the case may be. Notice of such determination shall
set forth the determination for each such issue, shall briefly state the
basis therefor and shall be given by mail to all parties to the
adjudicatory hearing.



Sec. 222.12  Appeal to Administrator.

    (a)(1) The Administrator delegates to the Environmental Appeals
Board authority to issue final decisions in appeals filed under this
part. An appeal directed to the Administrator, rather than to the
Environmental Appeals Board, will not be considered. This delegation of
authority to the Environmental Appeals Board does not preclude the
Environmental Appeals Board from referring an appeal or a motion filed
under this part to the Administrator for decision when the Environmental
Appeals Board, in its discretion, deems it appropriate to do so. When an
appeal or motion to referred to the Administrator, all parties shall be
so notified and the rules in this section referring to the Environmental
Appeals Board shall be interpreted as referring to the Administrator.
    (2) Within 10 days following receipt of the determination of the
Regional Administrator pursuant to paragraph (f)(2) of Sec. 222.11, any
party to an adjudicatory hearing held in accordance with Sec. 222.11
may appeal such determination to the Environmental Appeals Board by
filing a written notice of appeal, or the Environmental Appeals Board
may, on its own initiative, review any prior determination.
    (b) The notice of appeal shall be no more than 40 pages in length
and shall contain:
    (1) The name and address of the person filing the notice of appeal;
    (2) A concise statement of the facts on which the person relies and
appropriate citations to the record of the adjudicatory hearing;
    (3) A concise statement of the legal basis on which the person
relies;
    (4) A concise statement setting forth the action which the person
proposes

[[Page 200]]

that the Environmental Appeals Board take; and
    (5) A certificate of service of the notice of appeal on all other
parties to the adjudicatory hearing.
    (c) The effective date of any determination made pursuant to
paragraph (f)(2) of Sec. 222.11 may be stayed by the Environmental
Appeals Board pending final determination by it pursuant to this section
upon the filing of a notice of appeal which satisfies the requirements
of paragraph (b) of this section or upon initiation by the Environmental
Appeals Board of review of any determination in the absence of such
notice of appeal.
    (d) Within 20 days following the filing of a notice of appeal in
accordance with this section, any party to the adjudicatory hearing may
file a written memorandum, no more than 40 pages in length, in response
thereto.
    (e) Within 45 days following the filing of a notice of appeal in
accordance with this section, the Environmental Appeals Board shall
render its final determination with respect to all issues raised in the
appeal to the Environmental Appeals Board and shall affirm, reverse, or
modify the previous determination and briefly state the basis for its
determination.
    (f) In accordance with 5 U.S.C. section 704, the filing of an appeal
to the Environmental Appeals Board pursuant to this section shall be a
prerequisite to judicial review of any determination to issue or impose
conditions upon any permit, or to modify, revoke or suspend any permit,
or to take any other enforcement action, under this subchapter H.

[42 FR 2471, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 57 FR 5346, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 222.13  Computation of time.

    In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed in this part,
except unless otherwise provided, the day on which the designated period
of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period
so computed is to be included unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or a
legal holiday in which the Environmental Protection Agency is not open
for business, in which event the period runs until the end of the next
day which is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday. Intermediate
Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays shall be excluded from the
computation when the period of time prescribed or allowed is seven days
or less.



PART 223_CONTENTS OF PERMITS; REVISION, REVOCATION OR LIMITATION OF
OCEAN DUMPING PERMITS UNDER SECTION 104(d) OF THE ACT--Table of Contents



Subpart A_Contents of Ocean Dumping Permits Issued Under Section 102 of
                                 the Act

Sec.
223.1 Contents of special, emergency, general, and research permits;
          posting requirements.

  Subpart B_Procedures for Revision, Revocation or Limitation of Ocean
             Dumping Permits Under Section 104(d) of the Act

223.2 Scope of these rules.
223.3 Preliminary determination; notice.
223.4 Request for, scheduling and conduct of public hearing;
          determination.
223.5 Request for, scheduling and conduct of adjudicatory hearing;
          determination.

    Authority: Secs. 102, 104, 107, 108, Marine Protection Research, and
Sanctuaries Act of 1972, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1412, 1414, 1417, 1418)

    Source: 42 FR 60702, Nov. 28, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



Subpart A_Contents of Ocean Dumping Permits Issued Under Section 102 of
                                 the Act



Sec. 223.1  Contents of special, emergency, general, and research permits;
posting requirements.

    (a) All special, emergency and research permits shall be displayed
on the vessel engaged in dumping and shall include the following:
    (1) Name of permittee;
    (2) Means of conveyance and methods and procedures for release of
the materials to be dumped;
    (3) The port through or from which such material will be transported
for dumping;
    (4) A description of relevant physical and chemical properties of
the materials to be dumped;

[[Page 201]]

    (5) The quantity of the material to be dumped expressed in tons;
    (6) The disposal site;
    (7) The times at which the permitted dumping may occur and the
effective date and expiration date of the permit;
    (8) Special provisions which, after consultation with the Coast
Guard, are deemed necessary for monitoring or surveillance of the
transportation or dumping;
    (9) Such monitoring relevant to the assessment of the impact of
permitted dumping activities on the marine environment at the disposal
site as the Administrator or Regional Administrator, as the case may be,
determine to be necessary or appropriate; and
    (10) Any other terms and conditions determined by the Administrator,
or Regional Administrator, as the case may be, to be necessary or
appropriate, including, without limitation, release procedures and
requirements for the continued investigation or development of
alternatives to ocean dumping.
    (b) General permits shall contain such terms and conditions as the
Administrator deems necessary or appropriate.
    (c) [Reserved]

[42 FR 60702, Nov. 28, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74986, Dec. 10, 2008]



  Subpart B_Procedures for Revision, Revocation or Limitation of Ocean
             Dumping Permits Under Section 104(d) of the Act



Sec. 223.2  Scope of these rules.

    (a) These rules of practice shall govern all proceedings under
section 104(d) of the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act
of 1972, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1414(d)), to revise, revoke or limit the
terms and conditions of any permit issued pursuant to section 102 of the
Act. Section 104(d) provides that ``the Administrator * * * may limit or
deny the issuance of permits, or he may alter or revoke partially or
entirely the terms of permits issued by him under this title, for the
transportation for dumping, or for the dumping, or both of specified
materials or classes of materials, where he finds that such materials
cannot be dumped consistently with the criteria and other factors
required to be applied in evaluating the permit application.''
    (b) In the absence of specific provisions in these rules, and where
appropriate, questions arising at any stage of the proceedings shall be
resolved at the discretion of the Presiding Officer, the Regional
Administrator, or the Administrator, as appropriate.



Sec. 223.3  Preliminary determination; notice.

    (a) General. Any general, special, emergency, or research permit
issued pursuant to section 102 of the Act shall be subject to revision,
revocation or limitation, in whole or in part, as the result of a
determination by the Administrator or Regional Administrator that:
    (1) The cumulative impact of the permittee's dumping activities or
the aggregate impact of all dumping activities at the dump site
designated in the permit should be categorized as Impact Category I, as
defined in Sec. 228.10(c)(1) of this subchapter; or
    (2) There has been a change in circumstances relating to the
management of the disposal site designated in the permit; or
    (3) The dumping authorized by the permit would violate applicable
water quality standards; or
    (4) The dumping authorized by the permit can no longer be carried
out consistent with the criteria set forth in parts 227 and 228.
    (b) Preliminary determination. Whenever any person authorized by the
Administrator or Regional Administrator to (1) periodically review
permits pursuant to section 104(d) of the Act or (2) otherwise assess
the need for revision, revocation or limitation of a permit makes any of
the determinations listed in paragraph (a) of this section with respect
to a permit issued pursuant to section 102 of the Act, and additionally
determines that revision, revocation or limitation of such permit is
warranted, the Administrator or Regional Administrator, as the case may
be, shall provide notification of such proposed revision, revocation or
limitation to the permittee named in the permit, if any, the public, and
any cognizant Federal/

[[Page 202]]

State agencies pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Form of notification. Notice of any proposed revision,
revocation or limitation of a permit shall be sent to the permittee by
certified mail, re turn receipt requested, and shall be pub lished and
otherwise disseminated in the manner described in Sec. 222.3 (b)
through (h).
    (d) Contents of notice. The notice of any proposed revision,
revocation or limitation of a permit issued pursuant to paragraph (b) of
this section shall include, in addition to any other materials, the
following:
    (1) A brief description of the contents of the permit, as set forth
in Sec. 223.1;
    (2) A description of the proposed revision, revocation, or
limitation;
    (3) A statement of the reason for such proposed revision,
revocation, or limitation; and
    (4) A statement that within thirty (30) days of the date of
dissemination of the notice, any person may request a public hearing on
the proposed revision, revocation or limitation.

[42 FR 60702, Nov. 28, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74986, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 223.4  Request for, scheduling and conduct of public hearing;
determination.

    (a) Request for hearing. Within thirty (30) days of the date of the
dissemination of any notice required by Sec. 223.2(b), any person may
request the Administrator or Regional Administrator, as appropriate, to
hold a public hearing on the proposed revision, revocation or limitation
by submitting a written request containing the following:
    (1) Identification of the person requesting the hearing and his
interest in the proceeding;
    (2) A statement of any objections to the proposed revision,
revocation or limitation or to any facts or reasons identified as
supporting such revision, revocation or limitation; and
    (3) A statement of the issues which such person proposes to raise
for consideration at such hearing.
    (b) Grant or denial of hearing; notification. Whenever (1) a written
request satisfying the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section has
been received, and the Administrator or Regional Administrator, as
appropriate, determines that such request presents genuine issues, or
(2) the Administrator or Regional Administrator, as the case may be,
determines in his discretion that a public hearing is necessary or
appropriate, the Administrator or Regional Administrator, as the case
may be, will set a time and place for a public hearing in accordance
with paragraph (c) of this section and will give notice of such hearing
by publication in accordance with Sec. 223.3(c). In the event the
Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be,
determines that a request filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
section does not comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) or that
such request does not present genuine issues, he shall advise, in
writing, the person requesting the hearing of his determination.
    (c) Time and place of hearing. Any hearing authorized pursuant to
this Section by the Administrator or Regional Administrator, as the case
may be, shall be held in the city in which the Environmental Protection
Agency Regional Office which issued the permit is located, whenever
practicable, and shall be set for the earliest practicable date, but in
no event less than thirty (30) days after the receipt of an appropriate
request for a hearing or a determination by the Administrator or the
Regional Administrator, as the case may be, to hold such a hearing
without such a request.
    (d) Presiding Officer. Any hearing convened pursuant to this part
shall be conducted by a Presiding Officer, who shall be either a
Regional Judicial Officer or a person having the qualifications of the
members of the Environmental Appeals Board (described in 40 CFR 1.25(e))
if assigned by the Administrator or the qualifications of a Regional
Judicial Officer if assigned by the Regional Administrator, as
appropriate. Such person shall be an attorney who is a permanent or
temporary employee of the Agency, who is not employed by the Region's or
Headquarter's Water Programs Division, Surveillance and Analysis
Division, or Enforcement Division, and who has had no connection with
the preparation or

[[Page 203]]

presentation of evidence for any hearing in which he participates as
Judicial Officer.
    (e) Conduct of the public hearing. The Presiding Officer shall be
responsible for the expeditious conduct of the hearing. The hearing
shall be an informal public hearing, not an adversary proceeding, and
shall be conducted so as to allow the presentation of public comments.
When the Presiding Officer determines that it is necessary or
appropriate, he shall cause a suitable record, which may include a
verbatim transcript, of the proceedings to be made. Any person may
appear at a public hearing convened pursuant to this section whether or
not he requested the hearing, and may be represented by counsel or any
other authorized representative. The Presiding Officer is authorized to
set forth reasonable restrictions on the nature or amount of documentary
material or testimony presented at a public hearing, giving due regard
to the relevancy of any such information, and to the avoidance of undue
repetitiveness of information presented.
    (f) Recommendations of Presiding Officer. Within 30 days following
the adjournment of a public hearing convened pursuant to this section or
within such additional period as the Administrator or the Regional
Administrator, as the case may be, may grant to the Presiding Officer
for good cause shown, and after full consideration of the comments
received at the hearing, the Presiding Officer will prepare and forward
to the Administrator or to the Regional Administrator, as the case may
be, written recommendations relating to the revision, revocation or
limitation of the permit and the record of the hearing, if any. Such
recommendations shall contain a brief statement of the basis therefor,
including a description of evidence relied upon (1) to support any
finding made pursuant to Sec. 223.3(a); (2) to justify any proposed
revision, revocation or limitation of the permit; and (3) to justify any
proposed revision, revocation or limitation which differs from that set
forth in the notice issued pursuant to Sec. 223.3(b). Copies of the
Presiding Officer's recommendations shall be provided to any interested
person on request, without charge. Copies of the record will be provided
in accordance with 40 CFR part 2.
    (g) Determination of the Administrator or Regional Administrator.
Upon receipt of the Presiding Officer's recommendations or, where no
hearing has been held, upon termination of the thirty (30)-day period
for requesting a hearing provided in paragraph (a) of this section, the
Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be, shall
make a determination with respect to the modification, revocation or
suspension of the permit. Such determination shall include a description
of the permit revision, revocation or limitation, the basis therefor,
and the effective date. A copy of such determination shall be mailed to
the permittee and each person who registered his attendance at the
hearing by providing his name and mailing address.

[42 FR 60702, Nov. 28, 1977, as amended at 57 FR 5346, Feb. 13, 1992]



Sec. 223.5  Request for, scheduling and conduct of adjudicatory
hearing; determination.

    Within ten (10) days following the receipt of the Administrator's or
Regional Administrator's determination issued pursuant to Sec.
223.4(g), any person who participated in the public hearing held
pursuant to Sec. 223.4 may request that an adjudicatory hearing be held
for the purpose of reviewing such determination or any part thereof.
Such request shall be submitted and disposed of, and any adjudicatory
hearing convened shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures
set forth in Sec. Sec. 222.10 (a), (b), (d), and (e) and 222.11.



PART 224_RECORDS AND REPORTS REQUIRED OF OCEAN DUMPING PERMITTEES UNDER
SECTION 102 OF THE ACT--Table of Contents



Sec.
224.1 Records of permittees.
224.2 Reports.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1412 and 1418.



Sec. 224.1  Records of permittees.

    Each permittee named in a special, emergency or research permit
under section 102 of the Act and each person

[[Page 204]]

availing himself of the privilege conferred by a general permit, shall
maintain complete records of the following information, which will be
available for inspection by the Administrator, Regional Administrator,
the Commandant of the U.S. Coast Guard, or their respective designees:
    (a) The physical and chemical characteristics of the material dumped
pursuant to the permit;
    (b) The precise times and locations of dumping;
    (c) Any other information required as a condition of a permit by the
Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be.

[42 FR 2474, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74986, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 224.2  Reports.

    (a) Periodic reports. Information required to be recorded pursuant
to Sec. 224.1 shall be reported to the Administrator or the Regional
Administrator, as the case may be, for the periods indicated within 30
days of the expiration of such periods:
    (1) For each six-month period, if any, following the effective date
of the permit;
    (2) For any other period of less than six months ending on the
expiration date of the permit; and
    (3) As otherwise required in the conditions of the permit.
    (b) Reports of emergency dumping. If material is dumped without a
permit pursuant to paragraph (c)(4) of Sec. 220.1, the owner or
operator of the vessel or aircraft from which such dumping occurs shall
as soon as feasible inform the Administrator, Regional Administrator, or
the nearest Coast Guard district of the incident by radio, telephone, or
telegraph and shall within 10 days file a written report with the
Administrator or Regional Administrator containing the information
required under Sec. 224.1 and a complete description of the
circumstances under which the dumping occurred. Such description shall
explain how human life at sea was in danger and how the emergency
dumping reduced that danger. If the material dumped included containers,
the vessel owner or operator shall immediately request the U.S. Coast
Guard to publish in the local Notice to Mariners the dumping location,
the type of containers, and whether the contents are toxic or explosive.
Notification shall also be given to the Food and Drug Administration,
Shellfish Sanitation Branch, Washington, DC 20204, as soon as possible.

[42 FR 2474, Jan. 11, 1977]



PART 225_CORPS OF ENGINEERS DREDGED MATERIAL PERMITS--Table of Contents



Sec.
225.1 General.
225.2 Review of Dredged Material Permits.
225.3 Procedure for invoking economic impact.
225.4 Waiver by Administrator.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1412 and 1418.

    Source: 42 FR 2475, Jan. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 225.1  General.

    Applications and authorizations for Dredged Material Permits under
section 103 of the Act for the transportation of dredged material for
the purpose of dumping it in ocean waters will be evaluated by the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers in accordance with the criteria set forth in
part 227 and processed in accordance with 33 CFR 209.120 with special
attention to Sec. 209.120(g)(17) and 33 CFR 209.145.



Sec. 225.2  Review of Dredged Material Permits.

    (a) The District Engineer shall send a copy of the public notice to
the appropriate Regional Administrator, and set forth in writing all of
the following information:
    (1) The location of the proposed disposal site and its physical
boundaries;
    (2) A statement as to whether the site has been designated for use
by the Administrator pursuant to section 102(c) of the Act;
    (3) If the proposed disposal site has not been designated by the
Administrator, a statement of the basis for the proposed determination
why no previously designated site is feasible and a description of the
characteristics of the proposed disposal site necessary for its
designation pursuant to part 228 of this subchapter H;

[[Page 205]]

    (4) The known historical uses of the proposed disposal site;
    (5) Existence and documented effects of other authorized dumpings
that have been made in the dumping area (e.g., heavy metal background
reading and organic carbon content);
    (6) An estimate of the length of time during which disposal will
continue at the proposed site;
    (7) Characteristics and composition of the dredged material; and
    (8) A statement concerning a preliminary determination of the need
for and/or availability of an environmental impact statement.
    (b) The Regional Administrator will within 15 days of the date the
public notice and other information required to be submitted by
paragraph (a) of Sec. 225.2 are received by him, review the information
submitted and request from the District Engineer any additional
information he deems necessary or appropriate to evaluate the proposed
dumping.
    (c) Using the information submitted by the District Engineer, and
any other information available to him, the Regional Administrator will
within 15 days after receipt of all requested information, make an
independent evaluation of the proposed dumping in accordance with the
criteria and respond to the District Engineer pursuant to paragraph (d)
or (e) of this section. The Regional Administrator may request an
extension of this 15 day period to 30 days from the District Engineer.
    (d) When the Regional Administrator determines that the proposed
dumping will comply with the criteria, he will so inform the District
Engineer in writing.
    (e) When the Regional Administrator determines that the proposed
dumping will not comply with the criteria he shall so inform the
District Engineer in writing. In such cases, no Dredged Material Permit
for such dumping shall be issued unless and until the provisions of
Sec. 225.3 are followed and the Administrator grants a waiver of the
criteria pursuant to Sec. 225.4.



Sec. 225.3  Procedure for invoking economic impact.

    (a) When a District Engineer's determination to issue a Dredged
Material Permit for the dumping of dredged material into ocean waters
has been rejected by a Regional Administrator upon application of the
Criteria, the District Engineer may determine whether, under section
103(d) of the Act, there is an economically feasible alternative method
or site available other than the proposed dumping in ocean waters. If
the District Engineer makes any such preliminary determination that
there is no economically feasible alternative method or site available,
he shall so advise the Regional Administrator setting forth his reasons
for such determination and shall submit a report of such determination
to the Chief of Engineers in accordance with 33 CFR 209.120 and 209.145.
    (b) If the decision of the Chief of Engineers is that ocean dumping
at the designated site is required because of the unavailability of
feasible alternatives, he shall so certify and request that the
Secretary of the Army seek a waiver from the Administrator of the
Criteria or of the critical site designation in accordance with Sec.
225.4.



Sec. 225.4  Waiver by Administrator.

    The Administrator shall grant the requested waiver unless within 30
days of his receipt of the notice, certificate and request in accordance
with paragraph (b) of Sec. 225.3 he determines in accordance with this
section that the proposed dumping will have an unacceptable adverse
effect on municipal water supplies, shellfish beds and fishery areas
(including spawning and breeding areas), wildlife, or recreational
areas. Notice of the Administrator's final determination under this
section shall be given to the Secretary of the Army.



PART 227_CRITERIA FOR THE EVALUATION OF PERMIT APPLICATIONS FOR OCEAN
DUMPING OF MATERIALS--Table of Contents



                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
227.1 Applicability.
227.2 Materials which satisfy the environmental impact criteria of
          subpart B.

[[Page 206]]

227.3 Materials which do not satisfy the environmental impact criteria
          set forth in subpart B.

                     Subpart B_Environmental Impact

227.4 Criteria for evaluating environmental impact.
227.5 Prohibited materials.
227.6 Constituents prohibited as other than trace contaminants.
227.7 Limits established for specific wastes or waste constituents.
227.8 Limitations on the disposal rates of toxic wastes.
227.9 Limitations on quantities of waste materials.
227.10 Hazards to fishing, navigation, shorelines or beaches.
227.11 Containerized wastes.
227.12 Insoluble wastes.
227.13 Dredged materials.

                    Subpart C_Need for Ocean Dumping

227.14 Criteria for evaluating the need for ocean dumping and
          alternatives to ocean dumping.
227.15 Factors considered.
227.16 Basis for determination of need for ocean dumping.

 Subpart D_Impact of the Proposed Dumping on Esthetic, Recreational and
                             Economic Values

227.17 Basis for determination.
227.18 Factors considered.
227.19 Assessment of impact.

   Subpart E_Impact of the Proposed Dumping on Other Uses of the Ocean

227.20 Basis for determination.
227.21 Uses considered.
227.22 Assessment of impact.

Subpart F [Reserved]

                          Subpart G_Definitions

227.27 Limiting permissible concentration (LPC).
227.28 Release zone.
227.29 Initial mixing.
227.30 High-level radioactive waste.
227.31 Applicable marine water quality criteria.
227.32 Liquid, suspended particulate, and solid phases of a material.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1412 and 1418.

    Source: 42 FR 2476, Jan. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 227.1  Applicability.

    (a) Section 102 of the Act requires that criteria for the issuance
of ocean disposal permits be promulgated after consideration of the
environmental effect of the proposed dumping operation, the need for
ocean dumping, alternatives to ocean dumping, and the effect of the
proposed action on esthetic, recreational and economic values and on
other uses of the ocean. These parts 227 and 228 of this subchapter H
together constitute the criteria established pursuant to section 102 of
the Act. The decision of the Administrator, Regional Administrator or
the District Engineer, as the case may be, to issue or deny a permit and
to impose specific conditions on any permit issued will be based on an
evaluation of the permit application pursuant to the criteria set forth
in this part 227 and upon the requirements for disposal site management
pursuant to the cri teria set forth in part 228 of this sub chapter H.
    (b) With respect to the criteria to be used in evaluating disposal
of dredged materials, this section and subparts C, D, E, and G apply in
their entirety. To determine whether the proposed dumping of dredged
material complies with subpart B, only Sec. Sec. 227.4, 227.5, 227.6,
227.9, 227.10 and 227.13 apply. An applicant for a permit to dump
dredged material must comply with all of subparts C, D, E, G and
applicable sections of B, to be deemed to have met the EPA criteria for
dredged material dumping promulgated pursuant to section 102(a) of the
Act. If, in any case, the Chief of Engineers finds that, in the
disposition of dredged material, there is no economically feasible
method or site available other than a dumping site, the utilization of
which would result in noncompliance with the criteria established
pursuant to subpart B relating to the effects of dumping or with the
restrictions established pursuant to section 102(c) of the Act relating
to critical areas, he shall so certify and request that the Secretary of
the Army seek a waiver from the Administrator pursuant to part 225.
    (c) The Criteria of this part 227 are established pursuant to
section 102 of

[[Page 207]]

the Act and apply to the evaluation of proposed dumping of materials
under title I of the Act. The Criteria of this part 227 deal with the
evaluation of proposed dumping of materials on a case-by-case basis from
information supplied by the applicant or otherwise available to EPA or
the Corps of Engineers concerning the characteristics of the waste and
other considerations relating to the proposed dumping.
    (d) After consideration of the provisions of Sec. Sec. 227.28 and
227.29, no permit will be issued when the dumping would result in a
violation of applicable water quality standards.



Sec. 227.2  Materials which satisfy the environmental impact criteria
of subpart B.

    (a) If the applicant satisfactorily demonstrates that the material
proposed for ocean dumping satisfies the environmental impact criteria
set forth in subpart B, a permit for ocean dumping will be issued
unless:
    (1) There is no need for the dumping, and alternative means of
disposal are available, as determined in accordance with the criteria
set forth in subpart C; or
    (2) There are unacceptable adverse effects on esthetic, recreational
or economic values as determined in accordance with the criteria set
forth in subpart D; or
    (3) There are unacceptable adverse effects on other uses of the
ocean as determined in accordance with the criteria set forth in subpart
E.
    (b) If the material proposed for ocean dumping satisfies the
environmental impact criteria set forth in subpart B, but the
Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be,
determines that any one of the considerations set forth in paragraph
(a)(1), (2) or (3) of this section applies, he or she, as the case may
be, will deny the permit application.

[42 FR 2476, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74986, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 227.3  Materials which do not satisfy the environmental impact
criteria set forth in subpart B.

    If the material proposed for ocean dumping does not satisfy the
environmental impact criteria of subpart B of this part, the
Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be, will
deny the permit application.

[73 FR 74987, Dec. 10, 2008]



                     Subpart B_Environmental Impact



Sec. 227.4  Criteria for evaluating environmental impact.

    This subpart B sets specific environmental impact prohibitions,
limits, and conditions for the dumping of materials into ocean waters.
If the applicable prohibitions, limits, and conditions are satisfied, it
is the determination of EPA that the proposed disposal will not unduly
degrade or endanger the marine environment and that the disposal will
present:
    (a) No unacceptable adverse effects on human health and no
significant damage to the resources of the marine environment;
    (b) No unacceptable adverse effect on the marine ecosystem;
    (c) No unacceptable adverse persistent or permanent effects due to
the dumping of the particular volumes or concentrations of these
materials; and
    (d) No unacceptable adverse effect on the ocean for other uses as a
result of direct environmental impact.



Sec. 227.5  Prohibited materials.

    The ocean dumping of the following materials will not be approved by
EPA or the Corps of Engineers under any circumstances:
    (a) High-level radioactive wastes as defined in Sec. 227.30;
    (b) Materials in whatever form (including without limitation,
solids, liquids, semi-liquids, gases or organisms) produced or used for
radiological, chemical or biological warfare;
    (c) Materials insufficiently described by the applicant in terms of
their compositions and properties to permit application of the
environmental impact criteria of this subpart B;
    (d) Persistent inert synthetic or natural materials which may float
or remain in suspension in the ocean in such a manner that they may
interfere materially with fishing, navigation, or other legitimate uses
of the ocean.

[[Page 208]]



Sec. 227.6  Constituents prohibited as other than trace contaminants.

    (a) Subject to the exclusions of paragraphs (f), (g) and (h) of this
section, the ocean dumping, or transportation for dumping, of materials
containing the following constituents as other than trace contaminants
will not be approved on other than an emergency basis:
    (1) Organohalogen compounds;
    (2) Mercury and mercury compounds;
    (3) Cadmium and cadmium compounds;
    (4) Oil of any kind or in any form, including but not limited to
petroleum, oil sludge, oil refuse, crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel
oil, lubricating oils, hydraulic fluids, and any mixtures containing
these, transported for the purpose of dumping insofar as these are not
regulated under the FWPCA;
    (5) Known carcinogens, mutagens, or teratogens or materials
suspected to be carcinogens, mutagens, or teratogens by responsible
scientific opinion.
    (b) These constituents will be considered to be present as trace
contaminants only when they are present in materials otherwise
acceptable for ocean dumping in such forms and amounts in liquid,
suspended particulate, and solid phases that the dumping of the
materials will not cause sig nificant undesirable effects, including the
possibility of danger associated with their bioaccumulation in marine
organisms.
    (c) The potential for significant undesirable effects due to the
presence of these constituents shall be determined by application of
results of bioassays on liquid, suspended particulate, and solid phases
of wastes according to procedures acceptable to EPA, and for dredged
material, acceptable to EPA and the Corps of Engineers. Materials shall
be deemed environmentally acceptable for ocean dumping only when the
following conditions are met:
    (1) The liquid phase does not contain any of these constituents in
concentrations which will exceed applicable marine water quality
criteria after allowance for initial mixing; provided that mercury
concentrations in the disposal site, after allowance for initial mixing,
may exceed the average normal ambient concentrations of mercury in ocean
waters at or near the dumping site which would be present in the absence
of dumping, by not more than 50 percent; and
    (2) Bioassay results on the suspended particulate phase of the waste
do not indicate occurrence of significant mortality or significant
adverse sublethal effects due to the dumping of wastes containing the
constituents listed in paragraph (a) of this section. These bioassays
shall be conducted with appropriate sensitive marine organisms as
defined in Sec. 227.27(c) using procedures for suspended particulate
phase bioassays approved by EPA, or, for dredged material, approved by
EPA and the Corps of Engineers. Procedures approved for bioassays under
this section will require exposure of organisms for a sufficient period
of time and under appropriate conditions to provide reasonable
assurance, based on consideration of the statistical significance of
effects at the 95 percent confidence level, that, when the materials are
dumped, no significant undesirable effects will occur due to chronic
toxicity of the constituents listed in paragraph (a) of this section;
and
    (3) Bioassay results on the solid phase of the wastes do not
indicate occurrence of significant mortality or significant adverse
sublethal effects due to the dumping of wastes containing the
constituents listed in paragraph (a) of this section. These bioassays
shall be conducted with appropriate sensitive benthic marine organisms
using benthic bioassay procedures approved by EPA, or, for dredged
material, approved by EPA and the Corps of Engineers. Procedures
approved for bioassays under this section will require exposure of
organisms for a sufficient period of time to provide reasonable
assurance, based on considerations of statistical significance of
effects at the 95 percent confidence level, that, when the materials are
dumped, no significant undesirable effects will occur due either to
chronic toxicity or to bioaccumulation of the constituents listed in
paragraph (a) of this section; and
    (4) For persistent organohalogens not included in the applicable
marine water quality criteria, bioassay results on the liquid phase of
the waste show

[[Page 209]]

that such compounds are not present in concentrations large enough to
cause significant undesirable effects due either to chronic toxicity or
to bio ac cumu la tion in marine organisms after allowance for initial
mixing.
    (d) When the Administrator, Regional Administrator or District
Engineer, as the case may be, has reasonable cause to believe that a
material proposed for ocean dumping contains compounds identified as
carcinogens, mutagens, or teratogens for which criteria have not been
included in the applicable marine water quality criteria, he may require
special studies to be done prior to issuance of a permit to determine
the impact of disposal on human health and/or marine ecosystems. Such
studies must provide information comparable to that required under
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (e) The criteria stated in paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section
are mandatory. The availability of acceptable procedures was announced
in the Federal Register in 1991 and 1996.
    (f) The prohibitions and limitations of this section do not apply to
the constituents identified in paragraph (a) of this section when the
applicant can demonstrate that such constituents are (1) present in the
material only as chemical compounds or forms (e.g., inert insoluble
solid materials) non-toxic to marine life and non-bioaccumulative in the
marine environment upon disposal and thereafter, or (2) present in the
material only as chemical compounds or forms which, at the time of
dumping and thereafter, will be rapidly rendered non-toxic to marine
life and non-bioaccumulative in the marine environment by chemical or
biological degradation in the sea; provided they will not make edible
marine organisms unpalatable; or will not endanger human health or that
of domestic animals, fish, shellfish, or wildlife.
    (g) The prohibitions and limitations of this section do not apply to
the constituents identified in paragraph (a) of this section for the
granting of research permits if the substances are rapidly rendered
harmless by physical, chemical or biological processes in the sea;
provided they will not make edible marine organisms unpalatable and will
not endanger human health or that of domestic animals.
    (h) The prohibitions and limitations of this section do not apply to
the constituents identified in paragraph (a) of this section for the
granting of permits for the transport of these substances for the
purpose of incineration at sea if the applicant can demonstrate that the
stack emissions consist of substances which are rapidly rendered
harmless by physical, chemical or biological processes in the sea.
Incinerator operations shall comply with requirements which will be
established on a case-by-case basis.

[42 FR 2476, Jan. 11, 1977; 43 FR 1071, Jan. 6, 1978, as amended at 59
FR 26572, May 20, 1994; 59 FR 52652, Oct. 18, 1994; 73 FR 74987, Dec.
10, 2008]



Sec. 227.7  Limits established for specific wastes or waste
constituents.

    Materials containing the following constituents must meet the
additional limitations specified in this section to be deemed acceptable
for ocean dumping:
    (a) Liquid waste constituents immiscible with or slightly soluble in
seawater, such as benzene, xylene, carbon disulfide and toluene, may be
dumped only when they are present in the waste in concentrations below
their solubility limits in seawater. This provision does not apply to
materials which may interact with ocean water to form insoluble
materials;
    (b) Radioactive materials, other than those prohibited by Sec.
227.5, must be contained in accordance with the provisions of Sec.
227.11 to prevent their direct dispersion or dilution in ocean waters;
    (c) Wastes containing living organisms may not be dumped if the
organisms present would endanger human health or that of domestic
animals, fish, shellfish and wildlife by:
    (1) Extending the range of biological pests, viruses, pathogenic
microorganisms or other agents capable of infesting, infecting or
extensively and permanently altering the normal populations of
organisms;
    (2) Degrading uninfected areas; or
    (3) Introducing viable species not indigenous to an area.

[[Page 210]]

    (d) In the dumping of wastes of highly acidic or alkaline nature
into the ocean, consideration shall be given to:
    (1) The effects of any change in acidity or alkalinity of the water
at the disposal site; and
    (2) The potential for synergistic effects or for the formation of
toxic compounds at or near the disposal site. Allowance may be made in
the permit conditions for the capability of ocean waters to neutralize
acid or alkaline wastes; provided, however, that dumping conditions must
be such that the average total alkalinity or total acidity of the ocean
water after allowance for initial mixing, as defined in Sec. 227.29,
may be changed, based on stoichiometric calculations, by no more than 10
percent during all dumping operations at a site to neutralize acid or
alkaline wastes.
    (e) Wastes containing biodegradable constituents, or constituents
which consume oxygen in any fashion, may be dumped in the ocean only
under conditions in which the dissolved oxygen after allowance for
initial mixing, as defined in Sec. 227.29, will not be depressed by
more than 25 percent below the normally anticipated ambient conditions
in the disposal area at the time of dumping.



Sec. 227.8  Limitations on the disposal rates of toxic wastes.

    No wastes will be deemed acceptable for ocean dumping unless such
wastes can be dumped so as not to exceed the limiting permissible
concentration as defined in Sec. 227.27; Provided, That this Sec.
227.8 does not apply to those wastes for which specific criteria are
established in Sec. 227.11 or Sec. 227.12. Total quantities of wastes
dumped at a site may be limited as described in Sec. 228.8.



Sec. 227.9  Limitations on quantities of waste materials.

    Substances which may damage the ocean environment due to the
quantities in which they are dumped, or which may seriously reduce
amenities, may be dumped only when the quantities to be dumped at a
single time and place are controlled to prevent long-term damage to the
environment or to amenities.



Sec. 227.10  Hazards to fishing, navigation, shorelines or beaches.

    (a) Wastes which may present a serious obstacle to fishing or
navigation may be dumped only at disposal sites and under conditions
which will insure no unacceptable interference with fishing or
navigation.
    (b) Wastes which may present a hazard to shorelines or beaches may
be dumped only at sites and under conditions which will insure no
unacceptable danger to shorelines or beaches.



Sec. 227.11  Containerized wastes.

    (a) Wastes containerized solely for transport to the dumping site
and expected to rupture or leak on impact or shortly thereafter must
meet the appropriate requirements of Sec. Sec. 227.6, 227.7, 227.8,
227.9, and 227.10.
    (b) Other containerized wastes will be approved for dumping only
under the following conditions:
    (1) The materials to be disposed of decay, decompose or radiodecay
to environmentally innocuous materials within the life expectancy of the
containers and/or their inert matrix; and
    (2) Materials to be dumped are present in such quantities and are of
such nature that only short-term localized adverse effects will occur
should the containers rupture at any time; and
    (3) Containers are dumped at depths and locations where they will
cause no threat to navigation, fishing, shorelines, or beaches.



Sec. 227.12  Insoluble wastes.

    (a) Solid wastes consisting of inert natural minerals or materials
compatible with the ocean environment may be generally approved for
ocean dumping provided they are insoluble above the applicable trace or
limiting permissible concentrations and are rapidly and completely
settleable, and they are of a particle size and density that they would
be deposited or rapidly dispersed without damage to benthic, demersal,
or pelagic biota.
    (b) Persistent inert synthetic or natural materials which may float
or remain in suspension in the ocean as prohibited in paragraph (d) of
Sec. 227.5 may be dumped in the ocean only when they have been
processed in such a fashion

[[Page 211]]

that they will sink to the bottom and remain in place.



Sec. 227.13  Dredged materials.

    (a) Dredged materials are bottom sediments or materials that have
been dredged or excavated from the navigable waters of the United
States, and their disposal into ocean waters is regulated by the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers using the criteria of applicable sections of
parts 227 and 228. Dredged material consists primarily of natural
sediments or materials which may be contaminated by municipal or
industrial wastes or by runoff from terrestrial sources such as
agricultural lands.
    (b) Dredged material which meets the criteria set forth in the
following paragraphs (b)(1), (2), or (3) of this section is
environmentally acceptable for ocean dumping without further testing
under this section:
    (1) Dredged material is composed predominantly of sand, gravel,
rock, or any other naturally occurring bottom material with particle
sizes larger than silt, and the material is found in areas of high
current or wave energy such as streams with large bed loads or coastal
areas with shifting bars and channels; or
    (2) Dredged material is for beach nourishment or restoration and is
composed predominantly of sand, gravel or shell with particle sizes
compatible with material on the receiving beaches; or
    (3) When: (i) The material proposed for dumping is substantially the
same as the substrate at the proposed disposal site; and
    (ii) The site from which the material proposed for dumping is to be
taken is far removed from known existing and historical sources of
pollution so as to provide reasonable assurance that such material has
not been contaminated by such pollution.
    (c) When dredged material proposed for ocean dumping does not meet
the criteria of paragraph (b) of this section, further testing of the
liquid, suspended particulate, and solid phases, as defined in Sec.
227.32, is required. Based on the results of such testing, dredged
material can be considered to be environmentally acceptable for ocean
dumping only under the following conditions:
    (1) The material is in compliance with the requirements of Sec.
227.6; and
    (2)(i) All major constituents of the liquid phase are in compliance
with the applicable marine water quality criteria after allowance for
initial mixing; or
    (ii) When the liquid phase contains major constituents not included
in the applicable marine water quality criteria, or there is reason to
suspect synergistic effects of certain contaminants, bioassays on the
liquid phase of the dredged material show that it can be discharged so
as not to exceed the limiting permissible concentration as defined in
paragraph (a) of Sec. 227.27; and
    (3) Bioassays on the suspended particulate and solid phases show
that it can be discharged so as not to exceed the limiting permissible
concentration as defined in paragraph (b) of Sec. 227.27.
    (d) For the purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, major
constituents to be analyzed in the liquid phase are those deemed
critical by the District Engineer, after evaluating and considering any
comments received from the Regional Administrator, and considering known
sources of discharges in the area.



                    Subpart C_Need for Ocean Dumping



Sec. 227.14  Criteria for evaluating the need for ocean dumping and
alternatives to ocean dumping.

    This subpart C states the basis on which an evaluation will be made
of the need for ocean dumping, and alternatives to ocean dumping. The
nature of these factors does not permit the promulgation of specific
quantitative criteria of each permit application. These factors will
therefore be evaluated if applicable for each proposed dumping on an
individual basis using the guidelines specified in this subpart C.



Sec. 227.15  Factors considered.

    The need for dumping will be determined by evaluation of the
following factors:
    (a) Degree of treatment useful and feasible for the waste to be
dumped,

[[Page 212]]

and whether or not the waste material has been or will be treated to
this degree before dumping;
    (b) Raw materials and manufacturing or other processes resulting in
the waste, and whether or not these materials or processes are essential
to the provision of the applicant's goods or services, or if other less
polluting materials or processes could be used;
    (c) The relative environmental risks, impact and cost for ocean
dumping as opposed to other feasible alternatives including but not
limited to:
    (1) Land fill;
    (2) Well injection;
    (3) Incineration;
    (4) Spread of material over open ground;
    (5) Recycling of material for reuse;
    (6) Additional biological, chemical, or physical treatment of
intermediate or final waste streams;
    (7) Storage.
    (d) Irreversible or irretrievable consequences of the use of
alternatives to ocean dumping.



Sec. 227.16  Basis for determination of need for ocean dumping.

    (a) A need for ocean dumping will be considered to have been
demonstrated when a thorough evaluation of the factors listed in Sec.
227.15 has been made, and the Administrator, Regional Administrator or
District Engineer, as the case may be, has determined that the following
conditions exist where applicable:
    (1) There are no practicable improvements which can be made in
process technology or in overall waste treatment to reduce the adverse
impacts of the waste on the total environment;
    (2) There are no practicable alternative locations and methods of
disposal or recycling available, including without limitation, storage
until treatment facilities are completed, which have less adverse
environmental impact or potential risk to other parts of the environment
than ocean dumping.
    (b) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, waste treatment
or improvements in processes and alternative methods of disposal are
practicable when they are available at reasonable incremental cost and
energy expenditures, which need not be competitive with the costs of
ocean dumping, taking into account the environmental benefits derived
from such activity, including the relative adverse environmental impacts
associated with the use of alternatives to ocean dumping.
    (c) The duration of permits issued under subchapter H and other
terms and conditions imposed in those permits shall be determined after
taking into account the factors set forth in this section.
Notwithstanding compliance with subparts B, D, and E of this part 227
permittees may, on the basis of the need for and alternatives to ocean
dumping, be required to terminate all ocean dumping by a specified date,
to phase out all ocean dumping over a specified period or periods, to
continue research and development of alternative methods of disposal and
make periodic reports of such research and development in order to
provide additional information for periodic review of the need for and
alternatives to ocean dumping, or to take such other action as the
Administrator, the Regional Administrator, or District Engineer, as the
case may be, determines to be necessary or appropriate.



 Subpart D_Impact of the Proposed Dumping on Esthetic, Recreational and
                             Economic Values



Sec. 227.17  Basis for determination.

    (a) The impact of dumping on esthetic, recreational and economic
values will be evaluated on an individual basis using the following
considerations:
    (1) Potential for affecting recreational use and values of ocean
waters, inshore waters, beaches, or shorelines;
    (2) Potential for affecting the recreational and commercial values
of living marine resources.
    (b) For all proposed dumping, full consideration will be given to
such nonquantifiable aspects of esthetic, recreational and economic
impact as:
    (1) Responsible public concern for the consequences of the proposed
dumping;

[[Page 213]]

    (2) Consequences of not authorizing the dumping including without
limitation, the impact on esthetic, recreational and economic values
with respect to the municipalities and industries involved.



Sec. 227.18  Factors considered.

    The assessment of the potential for impacts on esthetic,
recreational and economic values will be based on an evaluation of the
appropriate characteristics of the material to be dumped, allowing for
conservative rates of dilution, dispersion, and biochemical degradation
during movement of the materials from a disposal site to an area of
significant recreational or commercial value. The following specific
factors will be considered in making such an assessment:
    (a) Nature and extent of present and potential recreational and
commercial use of areas which might be affected by the proposed dumping;
    (b) Existing water quality, and nature and extent of disposal
activities, in the areas which might be affected by the proposed
dumping;
    (c) Applicable water quality standards;
    (d) Visible characteristics of the materials (e.g., color, suspended
particulates) which result in an unacceptable estetic nuisance in
recreational areas;
    (e) Presence in the material of pathogenic organisms which may cause
a public health hazard either directly or through contamination of
fisheries or shellfisheries;
    (f) Presence in the material of toxic chemical constituents released
in volumes which may affect humans directly;
    (g) Presence in the material of chemical constituents which may be
bioaccumulated or persistent and may have an adverse effect on humans
directly or through food chain interactions;
    (h) Presence in the material of any constituents which might
significantly affect living marine resources of recreational or
commercial value.



Sec. 227.19  Assessment of impact.

    An overall assessment of the proposed dumping and possible
alternative methods of disposal or recycling will be made based on the
effect on esthetic, recreational and economic values based on the
factors set forth in this subpart D, including where applicable,
enhancement of these values, and the results of the assessment will be
expressed, where possible, on a quantitative basis, such as percentage
of a resource lost, reduction in use days of recreational areas, or
dollars lost in commercial fishery profits or the profitability of other
commercial enterprises.



   Subpart E_Impact of the Proposed Dumping on Other Uses of the Ocean



Sec. 227.20  Basis for determination.

    (a) Based on current state of the art, consideration must be given
to any possible long-range effects of even the most innocuous substances
when dumped in the ocean on a continuing basis. Such a consideration is
made in evaluating the relationship of each proposed disposal activity
in relationship to its potential for long-range impact on other uses of
the ocean.
    (b) An evaluation will be made on an individual basis for each
proposed dumping of material of the potential for effects on uses of the
ocean for purposes other than material disposal. The factors to be
considered in this evaluation include those stated in subpart D, but the
evaluation of this subpart E will be based on the impact of the proposed
dumping on specific uses of the ocean rather than on overall esthetic,
recreational and economic values.



Sec. 227.21  Uses considered.

    An appraisal will be made of the nature and extent of existing and
potential uses of the disposal site itself and of any areas which might
reasonably be expected to be affected by the proposed dumping, and a
quantitative and qualitative evaluation made, where feasible, of the
impact of the proposed dumping on each use. The uses considered shall
include, but not be limited to:
    (a) Commercial fishing in open ocean areas;
    (b) Commercial fishing in coastal areas;
    (c) Commercial fishing in estuarine areas;

[[Page 214]]

    (d) Recreational fishing in open ocean areas;
    (e) Recreational fishing in coastal areas;
    (f) Recreational fishing in estuarine areas;
    (g) Recreational use of shorelines and beaches;
    (h) Commercial navigation;
    (i) Recreational navigation;
    (j) Actual or anticipated exploitation of living marine resources;
    (k) Actual or anticipated exploitation of non-living resources,
including without limitation, sand and gravel places and other mineral
deposits, oil and gas exploration and development and offshore marine
terminal or other structure development; and
    (l) Scientific research and study.



Sec. 227.22  Assessment of impact.

    The assessment of impact on other uses of the ocean will consider
both temporary and long-range effects within the state of the art, but
particular emphasis will be placed on any irreversible or irretrievable
commitment of resources that would result from the proposed dumping.

Subpart F [Reserved]



                          Subpart G_Definitions



Sec. 227.27  Limiting permissible con cen tra tion (LPC).

    (a) The limiting permissible concentration of the liquid phase of a
material is:
    (1) That concentration of a constituent which, after allowance for
initial mixing as provided in Sec. 227.29, does not exceed applicable
marine water quality criteria; or, when there are no applicable marine
water quality criteria,
    (2) That concentration of waste or dredged material in the receiving
water which, after allowance for initial mixing, as specified in Sec.
227.29, will not exceed a toxicity threshold defined as 0.01 of a
concentration shown to be acutely toxic to appropriate sensitive marine
organisms in a bioassay carried out in accordance with approved EPA
procedures.
    (3) When there is reasonable scientific evidence on a specific waste
material to justify the use of an application factor other than 0.01 as
specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, such alternative
application factor shall be used in calculating the LPC.
    (b) The limiting permissible concentration of the suspended
particulate and solid phases of a material means that concentration
which will not cause unreasonable acute or chronic toxicity or other
sublethal adverse effects based on bioassay results using appropriate
sensitive marine organisms in the case of the suspended particulate
phase, or appropriate sensitive benthic marine organisms in the case of
the solid phase; and which will not cause accumulation of toxic
materials in the human food chain. Suspended particulate phase
bioaccumulation testing is not required. These bioassays are to be
conducted in accordance with procedures approved by EPA, or, in the case
of dredged material, approved by EPA and the Corps of Engineers.
    (c) Appropriate sensitive marine organisms means at least one
species each representative of phytoplankton or zooplankton, crustacean
or mollusk, and fish species chosen from among the most sensitive
species documented in the scientific literature or accepted by EPA as
being reliable test organisms to determine the anticipated impact of the
wastes on the ecosystem at the disposal site. Bioassays, except on
phytoplankton or zooplankton, shall be run for a minimum of 96 hours
under temperature, salinity, and dissolved oxygen conditions
representing the extremes of environmental stress at the disposal site.
Bioassays on phytoplankton or zooplankton may be run for shorter periods
of time as appropriate for the organisms tested at the discretion of
EPA, or EPA and the Corps of Engineers, as the case may be.
    (d) Appropriate sensitive benthic marine organisms means two or more
species that together represent filter-feeding, deposit-feeding, and
burrowing characteristics. These organisms shall be chosen from among
the species that are most sensitive for each type they represent, and
that are documented in the scientific literature and accepted by EPA as
being reliable test organisms to

[[Page 215]]

determine the anticipated impact on the site.

[42 FR 2476, Jan. 11, 1977; 43 FR 1071, Jan. 6, 1978, as amended at 59
FR 26572, May 20, 1994; 59 FR 52652, Oct. 18, 1994; 61 FR 51203, Sept.
30, 1996; 65 FR 47325, Aug. 2, 2000; 73 FR 74987, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 227.28  Release zone.

    The release zone is the area swept out by the locus of points
constantly 100 meters from the perimeter of the conveyance engaged in
dumping activities, beginning at the first moment in which dumping is
scheduled to occur and ending at the last moment in which dumping is
scheduled to occur. No release zone shall exceed the total surface area
of the dumpsite.



Sec. 227.29  Initial mixing.

    (a) Initial mixing is defined to be that dispersion or diffusion of
liquid, suspended particulate, and solid phases of a waste which occurs
within four hours after dumping. The limiting permissible concentration
shall not be exceeded beyond the boundaries of the disposal site during
initial mixing, and shall not be exceeded at any point in the marine
environment after initial mixing. The maximum concentration of the
liquid, suspended particulate, and solid phases of a dumped material
after initial mixing shall be estimated by one of these methods, in
order of preference:
    (1) When field data on the proposed dumping are adequate to predict
initial dispersion and diffusion of the waste, these shall be used, if
necessary, in conjunction with an appropriate mathematical model
acceptable to EPA or the District Engineer, as appropriate.
    (2) When field data on the dispersion and diffusion of a waste of
characteristics similar to that proposed for discharge are available,
these shall be used in conjunction with an appropriate mathematical
model acceptable to EPA or the District Engineer, as appropriate.
    (3) When no field data are available, theoretical oceanic turbulent
diffusion relationships may be applied to known characteristics of the
waste and the disposal site.
    (b) When no other means of estimation are feasible.
    (1) The liquid and suspended particulate phases of the dumped waste
may be assumed to be evenly distributed after four hours over a column
of water bounded on the surface by the release zone and extending to the
ocean floor, thermocline, or halocline if one exists, or to a depth of
20 meters, whichever is shallower, and
    (2) The solid phase of a dumped waste may be assumed to settle
rapidly to the ocean bottom and to be distributed evenly over the ocean
bottom in an area equal to that of the release zone as defined in Sec.
227.28.
    (c) When there is reasonable scientific evidence to demonstrate that
other methods of estimating a reasonable allowance for initial mixing
are appropriate for a specific material, such methods may be used with
the concurrence of EPA after appropriate scientific review.



Sec. 227.30  High-level radioactive waste.

    High-level radioactive waste means the aqueous waste resulting from
the operation of the first cycle solvent extraction system, or
equivalent, and the concentrated waste from subsequent extraction
cycles, or equivalent, in a facility for reprocessing irradiated reactor
fuels or irradiated fuel from nuclear power reactors.



Sec. 227.31  Applicable marine water quality criteria.

    Applicable marine water quality criteria means the criteria given
for marine waters in the EPA publication ``Quality Criteria for Water''
as published in 1976 and amended by subsequent supplements or additions.



Sec. 227.32  Liquid, suspended particulate, and solid phases of a
material.

    (a) For the purposes of these regulations, the liquid phase of a
material, subject to the exclusions of paragraph (b) of this section, is
the supernatant remaining after one hour undisturbed settling, after
centrifugation and filtration through a 0.45 micron filter. The
suspended particulate phase is the supernatant as obtained above prior
to centrifugation and filtration. The solid phase includes all material
settling to the bottom in one hour. Settling shall

[[Page 216]]

be conducted according to procedures approved by EPA.
    (b) For dredged material, other material containing large
proportions of insoluble matter, materials which may interact with ocean
water to form insoluble matter or new toxic compounds, or materials
which may release toxic compounds upon deposition, the Administrator,
Regional Administrator, or the District Engineer, as the case may be,
may require that the separation of liquid, suspended particulate, and
solid phases of the material be performed upon a mixture of the waste
with ocean water rather than on the material itself. In such cases the
following procedures shall be used:
    (1) For dredged material, the liquid phase is considered to be the
centrifuged and 0.45 micron filtered supernatant remaining after one
hour undisturbed settling of the mixture resulting from a vigorous 30-
minute agitation of one part bottom sediment from the dredging site with
four parts water (vol/vol) collected from the dredging site or from the
disposal site, as appropriate for the type of dredging operation. The
suspended particulate phase is the supernatant as obtained above prior
to centrifugation and filtration. The solid phase is considered to be
all material settling to the bottom within one hour. Settling shall be
conducted by procedures approved by EPA and the Corps of Engineers.
    (2) For other materials, the proportion of ocean water used shall be
the minimum amount necessary to produce the anticipated effect (e.g.,
complete neutralization of an acid or alkaline waste) based on guidance
provided by EPA on particular cases, or in accordance with approved EPA
procedures. For such materials the liquid phase is the filtered and
centrifuged supernatant resulting from the mixture after 30 minutes of
vigorous shaking followed by undisturbed settling for one hour. The
suspended particulate phase is the supernatant as obtained above prior
to centrifugation and filtration. The solid phase is the insoluble
material settling to the bottom in that period.



PART 228_CRITERIA FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF DISPOSAL SITES FOR OCEAN
DUMPING--Table of Contents



Sec.
228.1 Applicability.
228.2 Definitions.
228.3 Disposal site management responsibilities.
228.4 Procedures for designation of sites.
228.5 General criteria for the selection of sites.
228.6 Specific criteria for site selection.
228.7 Regulation of disposal site use.
228.8 Limitations on times and rates of disposal.
228.9 Disposal site monitoring.
228.10 Evaluating disposal impact.
228.11 Modification in disposal site use.
228.12 [Reserved]
228.13 Guidelines for ocean disposal site baseline or trend assessment
          surveys under section 102 of the Act.
228.14 [Reserved]
228.15 Dumping sites designated on a final basis.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1412 and 1418.

    Source: 42 FR 2482, Jan. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 228.1  Applicability.

    The criteria of this part 228 are established pursuant to section
102 of the Act and apply to the evaluation of proposed ocean dumping
under title I of the Act. The criteria of this part 228 deal with the
evaluation of the proposed dumping of material in ocean waters in
relation to continuing requirements for effective management of ocean
disposal sites to prevent unreasonable degradation of the marine
environment from all wastes being dumped in the ocean. This part 228 is
applicable to dredged material disposal sites only as specified in
Sec. Sec. 228.4(e), 228.9, and 228.12.



Sec. 228.2  Definitions.

    (a) The term disposal site means a finally approved and precise
geographical area within which ocean dumping of wastes is permitted
under conditions specified in permits issued under sections 102 and 103
of the Act. Such sites are identified by boundaries established by
coordinates of latitude and longitude for each corner, or by coordinates
of latitude and longitude for

[[Page 217]]

the center point and a radius in nautical miles from that point.
Boundary coordinates shall be identified as precisely as is warranted by
the accuracy with which the site can be located with existing
navigational aids or by the implantation of transponders, buoys or other
means of marking the site.
    (b) The term baseline or trend assessment survey means the planned
sampling or measurement of parameters at set stations or in set areas in
and near disposal sites for a period of time sufficient to provide
synoptic data for determining water quality, benthic, or biological
conditions as a result of ocean disposal operations. The minimum
requirements for such surveys are given in Sec. 228.13.
    (c) The term disposal site evaluation study means the collection,
analysis, and interpretation of all pertinent information available
concerning an existing disposal site, including but not limited to, data
and information from trend assessment surveys, monitoring surveys,
special purpose surveys of other Federal agencies, public data archives,
and social and economic studies and records of affected areas.
    (d) The term disposal site designation study means the collection,
analysis and interpretation of all available pertinent data and
information on a proposed disposal site prior to use, including but not
limited to, that from baseline surveys, special purpose surveys of other
Federal agencies, public data archives, and social and economic studies
and records of areas which would be affected by use of the proposed
site.
    (e) The term management authority means the EPA organizational
entity assigned responsibility for implementing the management functions
identified in Sec. 228.3.
    (f) Statistical significance shall mean the statistical significance
determined by using appropriate standard techniques of multivariate
analysis with results interpreted at the 95 percent confidence level and
based on data relating species which are present in sufficient numbers
at control areas to permit a valid statistical comparison with the areas
being tested.
    (g) Valuable commercial and recreational species shall mean those
species for which catch statistics are compiled on a routine basis by
the Federal or State agency responsible for compiling such statistics
for the general geographical area impacted, or which are under current
study by such Federal or State agencies for potential development for
commercial or recreational use.
    (h) Normal ambient value means that concentration of a chemical
species reasonably anticipated to be present in the water column,
sediments, or biota in the absence of disposal activities at the
disposal site in question.

[42 FR 2482, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74987, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 228.3  Disposal site management responsibilities.

    (a) Management of a site consists of regulating times, rates, and
methods of disposal and quantities and types of materials disposed of;
developing and maintaining effective ambient monitoring programs for the
site; conducting disposal site evaluation and designation studies; and
recommending modifications in site use and/or designation (e.g.,
termination of use of the site for general use or for disposal of
specific wastes).
    (b) Each site, upon final designation, will be assigned to either an
EPA Regional office or to EPA Headquarters for management. These
designations will be consistent with the delegation of authority in
Sec. 220.4 of this chapter. The designated management authority is
fully responsible for all aspects of the management of sites within the
general requirements specified in Sec. 220.4 and this chapter. Specific
requirements for meeting the management responsibilities assigned to the
designated management authority for each site are outlined in Sec. Sec.
228.5 and 228.6.

[42 FR 2482, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 59 FR 61129, Nov. 29, 1994; 73
FR 74987, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 228.4  Procedures for designation of sites.

    (a) General Permits. Geographical areas or regions within which
materials may be dumped under a general permit will be published as part
of the promulgation of each general permit.
    (b) Special permits. Areas where ocean dumping is permitted subject
to the

[[Page 218]]

specific conditions of individual special permits, will be designated by
promulgation in this part 228, and such designation will be made based
on environmental studies of each site, regions adjacent to the site, and
on historical knowledge of the impact of waste disposal on areas similar
to such sites in physical, chemical, and biological characteristics. All
studies for the evaluation and potential selection of dumping sites will
be conducted in accordance with the requirements of Sec. Sec. 228.5 and
228.6. The Administrator may, from time to time, designate specific
locations for temporary use for disposal of small amounts of materials
under a special permit only without disposal site designation studies
when such materials satisfy the Criteria and the Administrator
determines that the quantities to be disposed of at such sites will not
result in significant impact on the environment. Such designations will
be done by promulgation in this part 228, and will be for a specified
period of time and for specified quantities of materials.
    (c) Emergency Permits. Dumping sites for materials disposed of under
an emergency permit will be specified by the Administrator as a permit
condition and will be based on an individual appraisal of the
characteristics of the waste and the safest means for its disposal.
    (d) Research Permits. Dumping sites for research permits will be
determined by the nature of the proposed study. Dumping sites will be
specified by the Administrator as a permit condition.
    (e) Dredged Material Permits. (1) Areas where ocean dumping of
dredged material is permitted subject to the specific conditions of
Dredged Material permits issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers will
be designated by EPA promulgation in this part 228, and such designation
will be made based on environmental studies of each site, regions
adjacent to the site, and on historical knowledge of the impact of
dredged material disposal on areas similar to such sites in physical,
chemical, and biological characteristics. All studies for the evaluation
and potential selection of dredged material disposal sites will be
conducted in accordance with the appropriate requirements of Sec. Sec.
228.5 and 228.6, except that:
    (i) Baseline or trend assessment requirements may be developed on a
case-by-case basis from the results of research, including that now in
progress by the Corps of Engineers.
    (ii) An environmental impact assessment for all sites within a
particular geographic area may be prepared based on complete disposal
site designation or evaluation studies on a typical site or sites in
that area. In such cases, sufficient studies to demonstrate the generic
similarity of all sites within such a geographic area will be conducted.
    (2) In those cases where a recommended disposal site has not been
designated by the Administrator, or where it is not feasible to utilize
a recommended disposal site that has been designated by the
Administrator, the District Engineer shall, in consultation with EPA,
select a site in accordance with the requirements of Sec. Sec. 228.5
and 228.6(a). Concurrence by EPA in permits issued for the use of such
site for the dumping of dredged material at the site will constitute EPA
approval of the use of the site for dredged material disposal only.
    (3) Sites designated for the ocean dumping of dredged material in
accordance with the procedures of paragraph (e) (1) or (2) of this
section shall be used only for the ocean dumping of dredged material
under permits issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.

[42 FR 2482, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74987, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 228.5  General criteria for the selection of sites.

    (a) The dumping of materials into the ocean will be permitted only
at sites or in areas selected to minimize the interference of disposal
activities with other activities in the marine environment, particularly
avoiding areas of existing fisheries or shellfisheries, and regions of
heavy commercial or recreational navigation.
    (b) Locations and boundaries of disposal sites will be so chosen
that temporary perturbations in water quality or other environmental
conditions during initial mixing caused by disposal operations anywhere
within the site

[[Page 219]]

can be expected to be reduced to normal ambient seawater levels or to
undetectable contaminant concentrations or effects before reaching any
beach, shoreline, marine sanctuary, or known geographically limited
fishery or shellfishery.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) The sizes of ocean disposal sites will be limited in order to
localize for identification and control any immediate adverse impacts
and permit the implementation of effective monitoring and surveilance
programs to prevent adverse long-range impacts. The size, configuration,
and location of any disposal site will be determined as a part of the
disposal site evaluation or designation study.
    (e) EPA will, wherever feasible, designate ocean dumping sites
beyond the edge of the continental shelf and other such sites that have
been historically used.

[42 FR 2482, Jan. 11, 1977, as amended at 73 FR 74987, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 228.6  Specific criteria for site selection.

    (a) In the selection of disposal sites, in addition to other
necessary or appropriate factors determined by the Administrator, the
following factors will be considered:
    (1) Geographical position, depth of water, bottom topography and
distance from coast;
    (2) Location in relation to breeding, spawning, nursery, feeding, or
passage areas of living resources in adult or juvenile phases;
    (3) Location in relation to beaches and other amenity areas;
    (4) Types and quantities of wastes proposed to be disposed of, and
proposed methods of release, including methods of packing the waste, if
any;
    (5) Feasibility of surveillance and monitoring;
    (6) Dispersal, horizontal transport and vertical mixing
characteristics of the area, including prevailing current direction and
velocity, if any;
    (7) Existence and effects of current and previous discharges and
dump ing in the area (including cumulative effects);
    (8) Interference with shipping, fishing, recreation, mineral
extraction, desalination, fish and shellfish culture, areas of special
scientific importance and other legitimate uses of the ocean;
    (9) The existing water quality and ecology of the site as determined
by available data or by trend assessment or baseline surveys;
    (10) Potentiality for the development or recruitment of nuisance
species in the disposal site;
    (11) Existence at or in close proximity to the site of any
significant natural or cultural features of historical importance.
    (b) The results of a disposal site evaluation and/or designation
study based on the criteria stated in paragraphs (b)(1) through (11) of
this section will be presented in support of the site designation
promulgation as an environmental assessment of the impact of the use of
the site for disposal, and will be used in the preparation of an
environmental impact statement for each site where such a statement is
required by EPA policy. By publication of a notice in accordance with
this part 228, an environmental impact statement, in draft form, will be
made available for public comment not later than the time of publication
of the site designation as proposed rulemaking, and a final EIS will be
made available at the time of final rulemaking.



Sec. 228.7  Regulation of disposal site use.

    Where necessary, disposal site use will be regulated by setting
limitations on times of dumping and rates of discharge, and establishing
a disposal site monitoring program.



Sec. 228.8  Limitations on times and rates of disposal.

    Limitations as to time for and rates of dumping may be stated as
part of the promulgation of site designation. The times and the
quantities of permitted material disposal will be regulated by the EPA
management authority so that the limits for the site as specified in the
site designation are not exceeded. This will be accomplished by the
denial of permits for the disposal of some materials, by the imposition
of appropriate conditions on other permits and, if necessary, the
designation of new disposal sites under the procedures of Sec. 228.4.
In no case may the

[[Page 220]]

total volume of material disposed of at any site under special permits
cause the concentration of the total materials or any constituent of any
of the materials being disposed of at the site to exceed limits
specified in the site designation.

[73 FR 74987, Dec. 10, 2008]



Sec. 228.9  Disposal site monitoring.

    (a) The monitoring program, if deemed necessary by the Regional
Administrator or the District Engineer, as appropriate, may include
baseline or trend assessment surveys by EPA, NOAA, other Federal
agencies, or contractors, special studies by permittees, and the
analysis and interpretation of data from remote or automatic sampling
and/or sensing devices. The primary purpose of the monitoring program is
to evaluate the impact of disposal on the marine environment by
referencing the monitoring results to a set of baseline conditions. When
disposal sites are being used on a continuing basis, such programs may
consist of the following components:
    (1) Trend assessment surveys conducted at intervals frequent enough
to assess the extent and trends of environmental impact. Until survey
data or other information are adequate to show that changes in frequency
or scope are necessary or desirable, trend assessment and baseline
surveys should generally conform to the applicable requirements of Sec.
228.13. These sur veys shall be the responsibility of the Federal
government.
    (2) Special studies conducted by the permittee to identify immediate
and short-term impacts of disposal operations.
    (b) These surveys may be supplemented, where feasible and useful, by
data collected from the use of automatic sampling buoys, satellites or
in situ platforms, and from experimental programs.
    (c) EPA will require the full participation of permittees, and
encourage the full participation of other Federal and State and local
agencies in the development and implementation of disposal site
monitoring programs. The monitoring and research programs presently
supported by permittees may be incorporated into the overall monitoring
program insofar as feasible.



Sec. 228.10  Evaluating disposal impact.

    (a) Impact of the disposal at each site designated under section 102
of the Act will be evaluated periodically and a report will be submitted
as appropriate as part of the Annual Report to Congress. Such reports
will be prepared by or under the direction of the EPA management
authority for a specific site and will be based on an evaluation of all
data available from baseline and trend assessment surveys, monitoring
surveys, and other data pertinent to conditions at and near a site.
    (b) The following types of effects, in addition to other necessary
or appropriate considerations, will be considered in determining to what
extent the marine environment has been impacted by materials disposed of
at an ocean disposal site:
    (1) Movement of materials into estuaries or marine sanctuaries, or
onto oceanfront beaches, or shorelines;
    (2) Movement of materials toward productive fishery or shellfishery
areas;
    (3) Absence from the disposal site of pollution-sensitive biota
characteristic of the general area;
    (4) Progressive, non-seasonal, changes in water quality or sediment
composition at the disposal site, when these changes are attributable to
materials disposed of at the site;
    (5) Progressive, non-seasonal, changes in composition or numbers of
pelagic, demersal, or benthic biota at or near the disposal site, when
these changes can be attributed to the effects of materials disposed of
at the site;
    (6) Accumulation of material constituents (including without
limitation, human pathogens) in marine biota at or near the site.
    (c) The determination of the overall severity of disposal at the
site on the marine environment, including without limitation, the
disposal site and adjacent areas, will be based on the evaluation of the
entire body of pertinent data using appropriate methods of data analysis
for the quantity and type of data available. Impacts will be categorized
according to the overall condition of the environment of the disposal

[[Page 221]]

site and adjacent areas based on the determination by the EPA management
authority assessing the nature and extent of the effects identified in
paragraph (b) of this section in addition to other necessary or
appropriate considerations. The following categories shall be used:
    (1) Impact Category I: The effects of activities at the disposal
site shall be categorized in Impact Category I when one or more of the
following conditions is present and can reasonably be attributed to
ocean dumping activities;
    (i) There is identifiable progressive movement or accumulation, in
detectable concentrations above normal ambient values, of any waste or
waste constituent from the disposal site within 12 nautical miles of any
shoreline, marine sanctuary designated under title III of the Act, or
critical area designated under section 102(c) of the Act; or
    (ii) The biota, sediments, or water column of the disposal site, or
of any area outside the disposal site where any waste or waste
constituent from the disposal site is present in detectable
concentrations above normal ambient values, are adversely affected by
the toxicity of such waste or waste constituent to the extent that there
are statistically significant decreases in the populations of valuable
commercial or recreational species, or of specific species of biota
essential to the propagation of such species, within the disposal site
and such other area as compared to populations of the same organisms in
comparable locations outside such site and area; or
    (iii) Solid waste material disposed of at the site has accumulated
at the site or in areas adjacent to it, to such an extent that major
uses of the site or of adjacent areas are significantly impaired and the
Federal or State agency responsible for regulating such uses certifies
that such significant impairment has occurred and states in its
certificate the basis for its determination of such impairment; or
    (iv) There are adverse effects on the taste or odor of valuable
commercial or recreational species as a result of disposal activities;
or
    (v) When any toxic waste, toxic waste constituent, or toxic
byproduct of waste interaction, is consistently identified in toxic
concentrations above normal ambient values outside the disposal site
more than 4 hours after disposal.
    (2) Impact Category II: The effects of activities at the disposal
site which are not categorized in Impact Category I shall be categorized
in Impact Category II.



Sec. 228.11  Modification in disposal site use.

    (a) Modifications in disposal site use which involve the withdrawal
of designated disposal sites from use or permanent changes in the total
specified quantities or types of wastes permitted to be discharged to a
specific disposal site will be made through promulgation of an amendment
to the disposal site designation set forth in this part 228 and will be
based on the results of the analyses of impact described in Sec. 228.10
or upon changed circumstances concerning use of the site.
    (b) Modifications in disposal site use promulgated pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section shall not automatically modify conditions
of any outstanding permit issued pursuant to this subchapter H, and
provided further that unless the EPA management authority for such site
modifies, revokes or suspends such permit or any of the terms or
conditions of such permit in accordance with the provisions of Sec.
232.2 based on the results of impact analyses as described in Sec.
228.10 or upon changed circumstances concerning use of the site, such
permit will remain in force until its expiration date.
    (c) When the EPA management authority determines that activities at
a disposal site have placed the site in Impact Category I, the
Administrator or the Regional Administrator, as the case may be, shall
place such limitations on the use of the site as are necessary to reduce
the impacts to acceptable levels.
    (d) The determination of the Administrator as to whether to
terminate or limit use of a disposal site will be based on the impact of
disposal at the site itself and on the Criteria.

[42 FR 2482, Jan. 11, 1977; 43 FR 1071, Jan. 6, 1978]

[[Page 222]]



Sec. 228.12  [Reserved]



Sec. 228.13  Guidelines for ocean disposal site baseline or trend
assessment surveys under section 102 of the Act.

    The purpose of a baseline or trend assessment survey is to determine
the physical, chemical, geological, and biological structure of a
proposed or existing disposal site at the time of the survey. A baseline
or trend assessment survey is to be regarded as a comprehensive synoptic
and representative picture of existing conditions; each such survey is
to be planned as part of a continual monitoring program through which
changes in conditions at a disposal site can be documented and assessed.
Surveys will be planned in coordination with the ongoing programs of
NOAA and other Federal, State, local, or private agencies with missions
in the marine environment. The field survey data collection phase of a
disposal site evaluation or designation study shall be planned and
conducted to obtain a body of information both representative of the
site at the time of study and obtained by techniques reproducible in
precision and accuracy in future studies. A full plan of study which
will provide a record of sampling, analytical, and data reduction
procedures must be developed, documented and approved by the EPA
management authority. Plans for all surveys which will produce
information to be used in the preparation of environmental impact
statements will be approved by the Administrator or his designee. This
plan of study also shall be incorporated as an appendix into a technical
report on the study, together with notations describing deviations from
the plan required in actual operations. Relative emphasis on individual
aspects of the environment at each site will depend on the type of
wastes disposed of at the site and the manner in which such wastes are
likely to affect the local environment, but no major feature of the
disposal site may be neglected. The observations made and the data
obtained are to be based on the information necessary to evaluate the
site for ocean dumping. The parameters measured will be those
indicative, either directly or indirectly, of the immediate and long-
term impact of pollutants on the environment at the disposal site and
adjacent land or water areas. An initial disposal site evaluation or
designation study should provide an immediate baseline appraisal of a
particular site, but it should also be regarded as the first of a series
of studies to be continued as long as the site is used for waste
disposal.
    (a) Timing. Baseline or trend assessment surveys will be conducted
with due regard for climatic and seasonal impact on stratification and
other conditions in the upper layers of the water column. Where a choice
of season is feasible, trend assessment surveys should be made during
those months when pollutant accumulation within disposal sites is likely
to be most severe, or when pollutant impact within disposal sites is
likely to be most noticeable.
    (1) Where disposal sites are near large riverine inflows to the
ocean, surveys will be done with due regard for the seasonal variation
in river flow. In some cases several surveys at various river flows may
be necessary before a site can be approved.
    (2) When initial surveys show that seasonal variation is not
significant and surveys at greater than seasonable intervals are
adequate for characterizing a site, resurveys shall be carried out in
climatic conditions as similar to those of the original surveys as
possible, particularly in depths less than 200 meters.
    (b) Duration. The actual duration of a field survey will depend upon
the size and depth of the site, weather conditions during the survey,
and the types of data to be collected. For example, for a survey of an
area of 100 square miles on the continental shelf, including an average
dump site and the region contiguous to it, an on-site operation would be
scheduled for completion within one week of weather suitable for on-site
operations. More on-site operating time may be scheduled for larger or
highly complex sites.
    (c) Numbers and locations of sampling stations. The numbers and
locations of sampling stations will depend in part on the local
bathymetry with minimum numbers of stations per site

[[Page 223]]

fixed as specified in the following sections. Where the bottom is smooth
or evenly sloping, stations for water column measurements and benthic
sampling and collections, other than trawls, shall be spaced throughout
the survey area in a manner planned to provide maximum coverage of both
the disposal site and contiguous control areas, considering known water
movement characteristics. Where there are major irregularities in the
bottom topography, such as canyons or gullies, or in the nature of the
bottom, sampling stations for sediments and benthic communities shall be
spaced to provide representative sampling of the major different
features.

Sampling shall be done within the dump site itself and in the contiguous
area. Sufficient control stations outside a disposal site shall be
occupied to characterize the control area environment at least as well
as the disposal site itself. Where there are known persistent currents,
sampling in contiguous areas shall include at least two stations
downcurrent of the dump site, and at least two stations upcurrent of the
site.
    (d) Measurements in the water column at and near the dump site--(1)
Water quality parameters measured. These shall include the major
indicators of water quality, particularly those likely to be affected by
the waste proposed to be dumped. Specifically included at all stations
are measurements of temperature, dissolved oxygen, salinity, suspended
solids, turbidity, total organic carbon, pH, inorganic nutrients, and
chlorophyll a.
    (i) At one station near the center of the disposal site, samples of
the water column shall be taken for the analysis of the following
parameters: Mercury, cadmium, copper, chromium, zinc, lead, arsenic,
selenium, vanadium, beryllium, nickel, pesticides, petroleum
hydrocarbons, and persistent organoha- logens. These samples shall be
preserved for subsequent analysis by or under the direct supervision of
EPA laboratories in accordance with the approved plan of study.
    (ii) These parameters are the basic requirements for all sites. For
the evaluation of any specific disposal site additional measurements may
be required, depending on the present or intended use of the site.
Additional parameters may be selected based on the materials likely to
be in wastes dumped at the site, and on parameters likely to be affected
by constituents of such wastes. Analysis for other constituents
characteristic of wastes discharged to a particular disposal site, or of
the impact of such wastes on water quality, will be included in
accordance with the approved plan of study.
    (2) Water quality sampling requirements. The number of samples
collected from the water column should be suf ficient to identify
representative changes throughout the water column such as to avoid
short-term impact due to disposal activities. The following key
locations should be considered in selecting water column depths for
sampling:
    (i) Surface, below interference from surface waves;
    (ii) Middle of the surface layer;
    (iii) Bottom of the surface layer;
    (iv) Middle of the thermocline or halocline, or both if present;
    (v) Near the top of the stable layer beneath a thermocline or
halocline;
    (vi) Near the middle of a stable layer;
    (vii) As near the bottom as feasible;
    (viii) Near the center of any zone showing pronounced biological
activity or lack thereof.

In very shallow waters where only a few of these would be pertinent, as
a minimum, surface, mid-depth and bottom samples shall be taken, with
samples at additional depths being added as indicated by local
conditions. At disposal sites far enough away from the influence of
major river inflows, ocean or coastal currents, or other features which
might cause local perturbations in water chemistry, a minimum of 5 water
chemistry stations should be occupied within the boundaries of a site.
Additional stations should be added when the area to be covered in the
survey is more than 20 square miles or when local perturbations in water
chemistry may be expected because of the presence of one of the features
mentioned above. In zones where such impacts are likely, stations shall
be distributed so that at least 3 stations are occupied in the
transition from one stable regime to another. Each water

[[Page 224]]

column chemistry station shall be replicated a minimum of 2 times during
a survey except in waters over 200 meters deep.
    (3) Water column biota. Sampling stations for the biota in the water
column shall be as near as feasible to stations used for water quality;
in addition at least two night-time stations in the disposal site and
contiguous area are required. At each station vertical or oblique tows
with appropriately-meshed nets shall be used to assess the
microzooplankton, the nekton, and the macrozooplankton, Towing times and
distances shall be sufficient to obtain representative samples of
organisms near water quality stations. Organisms shall be sorted and
identified to taxonomic levels necessary to identify dominant organisms,
sensitive or indicator organisms, and organism diversity. Tissue samples
of representative species shall be analyzed for pesticides, persistent
organohalogens, and heavy metals. Discrete water samples shall also be
used to quantitatively assess the phytoplankton at each station.

These requirements are the minimum necessary in all cases. Where there
are discontinuities present, such as thermoclines, haloclines,
convergences, or upwelling, additional tows shall be made in each water
mass as appropriate.
    (e) Measurements of the benthic region--(1) Bottom sampling. Samples
of the bottom shall be taken for both sediment composition and
structure, and to determine the nature and numbers of benthic biota.
    (i) At each station sampling may consist of core samples, grab
samples, dredge samples, trawls, and bottom photography or television,
where available and feasible, depending on the nature of the bottom and
the type of disposal site. Each type of sampling shall be replicated
sufficiently to obtain a representative set of samples. The minimum
numbers of replicates of successful samples at each continental shelf
station for each type of device mentioned above are as follows:

Cores.....................................  3.
Grabs.....................................  5.
Dredge....................................  3.
Trawl.....................................  20-min. tow.



Lesser numbers of replicates may be allowed in water deeper than 200
meters, at those sites where pollution impacts on the bottom are
unlikely in the judgment of the EPA management authority.
    (ii) Selection of bottom stations will be based to a large extent on
the bottom topography and hydrography as determined by the bathymetric
survey. On the continental shelf, where the bottom has no significant
discontinuities, a bottom station density of at least three times the
water column stations is recommended, depending on the type of site
being evaluated. Where there are significant differences in bottom
topography, additional stations shall be occupied near the discontinuity
and on each side of it. Beyond the continental shelf, lesser densities
may be used.
    (2) Bathymetric survey. Sufficient tracklines shall be run to
develop complete bottom coverage of bathymetry with reasonable assurance
of accurate coverage of bottom topography, with trackline direction and
spacing as close as available control allows. The site itself is to be
developed at the greatest density possible, with data to be collected to
a suitable distance about the site as is required to identify major
changes in bathymetry which might affect the site. Specifications for
each bathymetric survey will vary, depending on control, bottom
complexity, depths, equipment, and map scale required. In most cases, a
bathymetric map at a scale of 1:25,000 to 1:10,000 will be required,
with a minimum of 1-5 meter contour interval except in very flat areas.
When the foregoing bathymetric detail is available from recent surveys
of the disposal site, bathymetry during a baseline or trend assessment
survey may be limited to sonar profiles of bathymetry on transects
between sampling stations.
    (3) Nature of bottom. The size distribution of sediments, mineral
character and chemical quality of the bottom will be determined to a
depth appropriate for the type of bottom. The following parameters will
be measured at all stations: Particle size distribution, major mineral
constituents, texture, settling rate, and organic carbon.

[[Page 225]]

    (i) At several stations near the center of the disposal site,
samples of sediments shall be taken for the analysis of the following
parameters: Mercury, cadmium, copper, chromium, zinc, lead, arsenic,
selenium, vanadium, beryllium, nickel, pesticides, persistent
organohalogens, and petroleum hydrocarbons. These samples shall be
preserved for subsequent analysis by or under the direct supervision of
EPA laboratories in accordance with the approved plan of study.
    (ii) These parameters are the basic requirements for all sites. For
the evaluation of any specific disposal site additional measurements may
be required, depending on the present or intended use of the site.
Additional parameters may be selected based on the materials likely to
be in wastes dumped at the site, and on parameters likely to be affected
by constituents of such wastes. Such additional parameters will be
selected by the EPA management authority.
    (4) Benthic biota. This shall consist of a quantitative and
qualitative evaluation of benthic communities including macroinfauna and
macroepifauna, meiobenthos, and microbenthos, and should include an
appraisal, based on existing information, of the sensitivity of
indigenous species to the waste proposed to be discharged. Organisms,
shall be sorted, and identified to taxonomic levels necessary to
identify dominant organisms, sensitive or indicator organisms, and
organism diversity. Tissue samples of the following types of organisms
shall be analyzed for persistent organohalogens, pesticides, and heavy
metals:
    (i) A predominant species of demersal fish;
    (ii) The most abundant macro in faunal species; and
    (iii) A dominant epifaunal species, with particular preference for a
species of economic importance.
    (f) Other measurements--(1) Hydrodynamic features. The direction and
speed of water movement shall be characterized at levels appropriate for
the site and type of waste to be dumped. Where depths and climatic
conditions are great enough for a thermocline or halocline to exist, the
relationship of water movement to such a feature shall be characterized.
    (i) Current measurements. When current meters are used as the
primary source of hydrodynamic data, at least 4 current meter stations
with at least 3 meters at depths appropriate for the observed or
expected discontinuities in the water column should be operated for as
long as possible during the survey. Where feasible, current meters
should be deployed at the initiation of the survey and recovered after
its completion. Stations should be at least a mile apart, and should be
placed along the long axis of the dumping site. For dumping sites more
than 10 miles along the long axis, one current meter station every 5
miles should be operated. Where there are discontinuities in surface
layers, e.g., due to land runoff, stations should be operated in each
water mass.
    (ii) Water mass movement. Acceptable methods include: dye, drogues,
surface drifters, side scan sonar, bottom drifters, and bottom
photography or television. When such techniques are the primary source
of hydrodynamic data, coverage should be such that all significant
hydrodynamic features likely to affect waste movement are measured.
    (2) Sea state. Observations of sea state and of standard
meteorological parameters shall be made at 8-hour intervals.
    (3) Surface phenomena. Observations shall be made of oil slicks,
floating materials, and other visible evidence of pollution; and, where
possible, collections of floating materials shall be made.
    (g) Survey procedures and techniques. Techniques and procedures used
for sampling and analysis shall represent the state-of-the-art in
oceanographic survey and analytical practice. Survey plans shall specify
the methods to be used and will be subject to approval by EPA.
    (h) Quality assurance. The EPA management authority may require that
certain samples be submitted on a routine basis to EPA laboratories for
analysis as well as being analyzed by the surveyor, and that EPA
personnel participate in some field surveys.

[[Page 226]]



Sec. 228.14  [Reserved]



Sec. 228.15  Dumping sites designated on a final basis.

    (a)(1) The sites identified in this section are approved for dumping
the indicated materials. Designation of these sites was based on
environmental studies conducted in accordance with the provisions of
this part 228, and the sites listed in this section have been found to
meet the site designation criteria of Sec. Sec. 228.5 and 228.6.
    (2) Unless otherwise specifically noted, site management authority
for each site set forth in this section is delegated to the EPA Regional
office under which the site entry is listed.
    (3) Unless otherwise specifically noted, all ocean dumping site
coordinates are based upon the North American Datum of 1927.
    (b) Region I Final Dredged Material Sites.
    (1) Portland, Maine, Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 433336" N., 700242" W.; 433336" N., 700118"
W.; 433436" N., 700242" W.; 433436" N., 700118" W.
    (ii) Size: One square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: 50 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material.
    (2) Massachusetts Bay Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: Center coordinates (NAD 1983) 4225.1 north latitude,
7035.0 west latitude.
    (ii) Size: 2 nautical mile diameter.
    (iii) Depth: Average 90 meters.
    (iv) Exclusive Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
which meets the requirements of the MPRSA and its accompanying
regulations. Disposal-and-capping is prohibited at the MBDS until its
efficacy can be effectively demonstrated.
    (3) Rhode Island Sound Disposal Site (RISDS).
    (i) Location: Corner Coordinates (NAD 1983): 411421" N, 712329"
W; 411421" N, 712209" W; 411321" N, 712329" W; 411321" N,
712209" W.
    (ii) Size: One square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 115 to 128 feet (35 to 39 meters).
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material.
Disposal shall comply with conditions set forth in the most recent
approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan.
    (4) Central Long Island Sound Dredged Material Disposal Site (CLIS).
    (i) Location: Corner Coordinates (NAD 1983) 419.5 N., 7254.4 W.;
419.5 N., 7251.5 W.; 4108.4 N., 7254.4 W.; 4108.4 N., 7251.5
W.
    (ii) Size: A 1.1 by 2.2 nautical mile rectangular area, about 2.42
square nautical miles in size.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 56 to 77 feet (17 to 23.5 meters).
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use, except as provided in paragraph
(b)(4)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Restrictions: The designation in this paragraph (b)(4) sets
forth conditions for the use of Central Long Island Sound (CLIS) and
Western Long Island Sound (WLIS) Dredged Material Disposal Sites. These
conditions apply to all disposal subject to the MPRSA, namely all
federal projects and non-federal projects greater than 25,000 cubic
yards. All references to ``permittees'' shall be deemed to include the
Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) when it is authorizing its own dredged
material disposal from a USACE dredging project. The conditions for this
designation are as follows:
    (A) Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from Long Island
Sound and vicinity.
    (B) Disposal shall comply with conditions set forth in the most
recent approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan.
    (C) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(4)(vi)(D) and (E) of this
section, the disposal of dredged material at the CLIS and WLIS sites
pursuant to this designation shall not be allowed beginning eight (8)
years after July 5, 2005 unless a regional dredged material management
plan (DMMP) for Long Island Sound has been completed by the North
Atlantic Division of the USACE, in consultation with the State of New
York, State of Connecticut and EPA,

[[Page 227]]

with a goal of reducing or eliminating the disposal of dredged material
in Long Island Sound, and the EPA thereafter amends this site
designation to incorporate procedures and standards that are consistent
with those recommended in the DMMP. \1\ Completion of the DMMP means
finishing the items listed in the work plan (except for any ongoing
long-term studies), including the identification of alternatives to
open-water disposal, and the development of procedures and standards for
the use of practicable alternatives to open-water disposal. If the
completion of the DMMP does not occur within eight years of July 5, 2005
(plus any extensions under paragraphs (b)(4)(vi)(D) and (E) of this
section), use of the sites shall be prohibited. However, if the DMMP is
thereafter completed within one year, disposal of dredged material at
the sites may resume.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ If the EPA has acted in good faith to adopt substantially all
procedures and standards for the use of the sites and the use of
practicable alternatives to open-water disposal recommended in the DMMP,
termination of the use of the sites based on the EPA not adopting all
procedures and standards shall not occur unless a party first files a
petition with the EPA pursuant to item 7 setting forth in detail each
procedure or standard that the party believes the EPA must adopt in
order to be consistent with the DMMP, and the EPA has an opportunity to
act on the petition. Termination of the use of the sites shall not occur
if in response to a petition the EPA determines that it has adopted
substantially all procedures and standards for the use of the sites and
the use of practicable alternatives to open-water disposal recommended
in the DMMP, unless and until otherwise directed by a court. Termination
of the use of the sites shall not occur based on not adopting a DMMP
provision if the DMMP provision is not consistent with applicable law.
Termination of the use of the sites shall not occur based on the EPA not
meeting the 60 and 120 day rulemaking deadlines set forth in item 7, but
use of the sites shall be suspended if the EPA misses either deadline,
until the EPA issues a final rule. Termination of the use of the sites
shall not occur based on the EPA adopting procedures and standards which
are stricter than the recommendations of the DMMP.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (D) The EPA may extend the eight-year deadline in paragraph
(b)(4)(vi)(C) of this section for any reasonable period (on one or more
occasions) if it obtains the written agreement of the USACE, the State
of Connecticut (Department of Environmental Protection) and the State of
New York (Department of State).
    (E) The EPA may extend the eight-year deadline in paragraph
(b)(4)(vi)(C) of this section by up to one year (on one occasion only)
if it determines in writing that the parties participating in the
development of the DMMP have attempted in good faith to meet the
deadline, but that the deadline has not been met due to factors beyond
the parties' control (including funding). Such an extension may be in
addition to any extension(s) granted under paragraph (b)(4)(vi)(D) of
this section.
    (F) The EPA will conduct an annual review of progress in developing
the DMMP. If the EPA finds that the DMMP is being unreasonably delayed
by one or more parties, the EPA reserves the right to take the following
actions as appropriate: (1) Suspend use of the sites even prior to the
deadlines established in paragraphs (b)(4)(vi)(C) through (E) of this
section through an amended rulemaking or (2) Exercise through rulemaking
its statutory and regulatory authorities regarding designation of ocean
disposal sites.
    (G) Upon completion of the DMMP, disposal of dredged material at the
designated sites pursuant to the designation in this paragraph (b)(4)
shall be allowed only from permittees that comply with procedures and
standards consistent with the recommendations of the DMMP, and
consistent with applicable law, for the use of the sites and for the use
of practicable alternatives to open-water disposal, so as to reduce or
eliminate the disposal of dredged material in Long Island Sound. Upon
the completion of the DMMP, the EPA will within 60 days propose and
within 120 days (subject to consideration of public comments) issue a
legally binding amendment to the designation in this paragraph (b)(4)
describing all such procedures and standards and specifying that they
must be complied with as part of this designation. \2\ If any

[[Page 228]]

party (or the EPA on its own initiative) is not satisfied that the final
DMMP recommends sufficient procedures and standards to reduce or
eliminate disposal of dredged material in Long Island Sound to the
greatest extent practicable, or if any party is not satisfied with the
EPA's amendment adopting such procedures and standards, the party may
petition the EPA to do a rulemaking to amend the designation to
establish different or additional standards. The EPA will act on any
such petition within 120 days.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ The EPA must preserve its discretion, in response to public
comments, not to adopt such an amendment to this designation. The EPA
understands that the State of New York has reserved its rights to revive
its objection to this designation if the DMMP procedures and standards
are not adopted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (H) Disposal not subject to the restrictions in paragraphs
(b)(4)(vi)(C) through (G) or (b)(4)(vi)(I) of this section shall be
permitted only for materials resulting from currently authorized or
permitted dredging projects at Norwalk, Rye and New Rochelle. Such
disposal must meet all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
All phases of any of these project must be initiated within four (4)
years from the date of the designation, or the project will become
subject to paragraph (b)(4)(vi)(I) of this section.
    (I) Except for the projects covered by paragraph (b)(4)(vi)(H) of
this section and until completion of the DMMP, disposal of dredged
material at the designated sites pursuant to the designation in this
paragraph (b)(4) shall be allowed only if, after full consideration of
recommendations provided by an established Regional Dredging Team \3\
(RDT), the USACE finds (and the EPA does not object to such finding),
based on a fully documented analysis, that for a given dredging project:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ A Regional Dredging Team (RDT) comprised of regulatory and
coastal policy specialists from state and federal agencies will be
formed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (1) There are no practicable alternatives (as defined in 40 CFR
227.16(b)) to open-water disposal in Long Island Sound and that any
available practicable alternative to open-water disposal will be fully
utilized for the maximum volume of dredged material practicable;
    (2) Determinations relating to paragraph (b)(4)(vi)(I)(1) of this
section will recognize that any alternative to open-water disposal may
add additional costs. Disposal of dredged material at the designated
sites pursuant to this paragraph (b)(4) shall not be allowed if a
practicable alternative is available. Any project subject to this
restriction must be permitted or authorized prior to the completion of
the DMMP and completed within two years after the completion of the
DMMP.
    (J) Disposal shall be limited to dredged sediments that comply with
the Ocean Dumping Regulations.
    (K) Disposal of dredged material at the designated sites pursuant to
the designation in this paragraph (b)(4) shall not be allowed for any
materials subject to a waiver under 33 U.S.C. 1413(d) unless, for any
project where a waiver is sought, the New England or New York District
of the USACE provides notification, by certified mail at least thirty
(30) days before making the waiver request, to the Governors of the
states of Connecticut and New York and the North Atlantic Division of
the USACE that it will be requesting a waiver.
    (L) Transportation of dredged material to the sites shall only be
allowed when weather and sea conditions will not interfere with safe
transportation and will not create risk of spillage, leak or other loss
of dredged material in transit. No disposal trips shall be initiated
when the National Weather Service has issued a gale warning for local
waters during the time period necessary to complete dumping operations.
    (M) The parties participating in the DMMP will need to seek
additional funding in order to develop the DMMP. Nothing in the
designation in this paragraph (b)(4) or elsewhere guarantees that any
agency will be able to obtain funding for the DMMP. This designation
shall not be interpreted as or constitute a commitment that the United
States will obligate or expend funds in contravention of the Anti-
Deficiency Act, 31 U.S.C. 1341. Rather, the sole remedy for any failure
to meet the conditions specified in this paragraph (b)(4)(vi) shall be
the restriction of the authority to dispose of dredged material, as
provided in this paragraph (b)(4).

[[Page 229]]

    (N) Nothing in the designation in this paragraph (b)(4) or elsewhere
precludes the EPA from exercising its statutory authority to designate
other ocean disposal sites, not subject to the restrictions in paragraph
(b)(4)(vi), or taking any subsequent action to modify the site
designation in paragraph (b)(4), provided that the EPA makes any such
designation or takes such subsequent action through a separate
rulemaking in accordance with all applicable legal requirements. Nothing
in this designation shall be interpreted to restrict the EPA's
authorities under the MPRSA or the implementing regulations or to amend
the implementing regulations.
    (5) Western Long Island Sound Dredged Material Disposal Site (WLIS).
    (i) Location: Corner Coordinates (NAD 1983) 4100.1 N., 7329.8
W.; 4100.1 N., 7328.1 W.; 4058.9 N., 7329.8 W.; 4058.9 N.,
7328.1 W.
    (ii) Size: A 1.2 by 1.3 nautical mile rectangular area, about 1.56
square nautical miles in size.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 79 to 118 feet (24 to 36 meters).
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use except as provided in paragraph
(b)(5)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Restrictions: See 40 CFR 228.15(b)(4)(vi).
    (c) Region I Final Other Wastes Sites.
    (1) No final sites.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) Region II Final Dredged Material Sites.
    (1) Fire Island Inlet, Long Island, New York Dredged Material
Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 403649" N., 732350" W.; 403712" N., 732130"
W.; 403641" N., 732120" W.; 403610" N., 732340" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1.09 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 7 to 10 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Fire Island Inlet, Long Island, New York.
    (2) Jones Inlet, Long Island, New York Dredged Material Disposal
Site.
    (i) Location: 403432" N., 733914" W.; 403432" N., 733706"
W.; 403348" N., 733706" W.; 403348" N., 733914" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1.19 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 7 to 10 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Jones Island Inlet, Long Island, New York.
    (3) East Rockaway Inlet, Long Island NY Dredged Material Disposal
Site.
    (i) Location: 403436" N., 734900" W.; 403506" N., 734706"
W.; 403410" N., 73486" W.; 403412" N., 734717" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 0.81 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 6 to 9 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from East Rockaway Inlet, Long Island, New York.
    (4) Rockaway Inlet, Long Island, New York Dredged Material Disposal
Site.
    (i) Location: 403230" N., 735500" W.; 403230" N., 735400W";
403200" N., 735400" W.; 403200" N., 735500" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 0.38 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 8 to 11 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Rockaway Inlet, Long Island, New York.
    (5) Shark River, New Jersey Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 401248" N., 735945" W.; 401244" N., 735906"
W.; 401136" N., 735928" W.; 401142" N., 740012" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 0.6 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Approximately 12 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Shark River Inlet, New Jersey.

[[Page 230]]

    (6) Historical Area Remediation Site (HARS) Designation/Mud Dump
Site Termination.
    (i) Status of Former Mud Dump Site: The Mud Dump Site, designated as
an Impact Category I site on May 4, 1984, is terminated.
    (ii) Location: (A) The HARS (which includes the 2.2 square nautical
mile area of the former Mud Dump Site) is a 15.7 square nautical mile
area located approximately 3.5 nautical miles east of Highlands, New
Jersey and 7.7 nautical miles south of Rockaway, Long Island. The HARS
consists of a Primary Remediation Area (PRA), a Buffer Zone, and a No
Discharge Zone. The HARS is bounded by the following coordinates:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Point                         Latitude DMS                Longitude DMS                 Latitude DDM                Longitude DDM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A...................................  402539" N..................  735355" W..................  4025.65 N..................  7353.92 W.
M...................................  402539" N..................  734858" W..................  4025.65 N..................  7348.97" W.
P...................................  402119" N..................  734857" W..................  4021.32 N..................  7348.95 W.
R...................................  402119" N..................  735230" W..................  4021.32 N..................  7352.50 W.
S...................................  402152" N..................  735355" W..................  4021.87 N..................  7353.92 W.
V...................................  402152" N..................  735230" W..................  4021.87 N..................  7352.50 W.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DMS = Degrees, Minutes, Seconds.
DDM = Degrees, Decimal Minutes.

    (B) The PRA, is a 9.0 square nautical mile area to be remediated
with at least a 1 meter cap of the Material for Remediation. The PRA is
bounded by the following coordinates:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Point                         Latitude DMS                Longitude DMS                 Latitude DDM                Longitude DDM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B...................................  402523" N..................  735334" W..................  4025.38 N..................  7353.57 W.
D...................................  402522" N..................  735208" W..................  4025.37 N..................  7352.13 W.
F...................................  402313" N..................  735209" W..................  4023.22 N..................  7352.15" W.
G...................................  402313" N..................  735128" W..................  4023.22 N..................  7351.47 W.
H...................................  402241" N..................  735128" W..................  4022.68 N..................  7351.47 W.
I...................................  402241" N..................  735043" W..................  4022.68 N..................  7350.72 W.
L...................................  402522" N..................  735044" W..................  4025.37 N..................  7350.73 W.
N...................................  402522" N..................  734919" W..................  4025.37 N..................  7349.32 W.
O...................................  402135" N..................  734919" W..................  4021.58 N..................  7349.32 W.
Q...................................  402136" N..................  735208" W..................  4021.60 N..................  7352.13 W.
T...................................  402208" N..................  735208" W..................  4022.13 N..................  7352.13 W.
U...................................  402208" N..................  735334" W..................  4022.13 N..................  7353.57 W.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DMS = Degrees, Minutes, Seconds.
DDM = Degrees, Decimal Minutes.

    (iii) Size: 15.7 square nautical miles.
    (iv) Depth: Ranges from 12 to 42 meters.
    (v) Restrictions on Use:
    (A) The site will be managed so as to reduce impacts within the PRA
to acceptable levels in accordance with 40 CFR 228.11(c). Use of the
site will be restricted to dredged material suitable for use as the
Material for Remediation. This material shall be selected so as to
ensure it will not cause significant undesirable effects including
through bioaccumulation or unacceptable toxicity, in accordance with 40
CFR 227.6.
    (B) Placement of Material for Remediation will be limited to the
PRA. Placement of Material for Remediation within the PRA is not allowed
in a 0.27 nautical mile radius around the following coordinates due to
the presence of shipwrecks: 4025.30 W, 7352.80 N; 4025.27 W,
7352.13 N; 4025.07 W, 7350.05 N; 4022.46 W, 7353.27 N.
    (C) No placement of material may take place within the Buffer Zone,
although this zone may receive material that incidentally spreads out of
the PRA. The Buffer Zone is an approximately 5.7 square nautical mile
area (0.27 nautical mile wide band around the PRA), which is bounded by
the following coordinates:

[[Page 231]]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Point                         Latitude DMS                Longitude DMS                 Latitude DDM                Longitude DDM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A...................................  402539" N..................  735355" W..................  4025.65 N..................  7353.92 W.
B...................................  402523" N..................  735334" W..................  4025.38 N..................  7353.57 W.
C...................................  402539" N..................  735148" W..................  4025.65 N..................  7351.80 W.
D...................................  402522" N..................  735208" W..................  4025.37 N..................  7352.13 W.
E...................................  402348" N..................  735148" W..................  4023.80 N..................  7351.80 W.
F...................................  402313" N..................  735209" W..................  4023.22 N..................  7352.15 W.
G...................................  402313" N..................  735128" W..................  4023.22 N..................  7351.47 W.
H...................................  402241" N..................  735128" W..................  4022.68 N..................  7351.47 W.
I...................................  402241" N..................  735043" W..................  4022.68 N..................  7350.72 W.
J...................................  402348" N..................  735106" W..................  4023.80 N..................  7351.10 W.
K...................................  402539" N..................  735106" W..................  4025.65 N..................  7351.10 W.
L...................................  402522" N..................  735044" W..................  4025.37 N..................  7350.73 W.
M...................................  402539" N..................  734858" W..................  4025.65 N..................  7348.97 W.
N...................................  402522" N..................  734919" W..................  4025.37 N..................  7349.32 W.
O...................................  402135" N..................  734919" W..................  4021.58 N..................  7349.32 W.
P...................................  402119" N..................  734857" W..................  4021.32 N..................  7348.95 W.
Q...................................  402136" N..................  735208" W..................  4021.60 N..................  7352.13 W.
R...................................  402119" N..................  735230" W..................  4021.32 N..................  7352.50 W.
S...................................  402152" N..................  735355" W..................  4021.87 N..................  7353.92 W.
T...................................  402208" N..................  735208" W..................  4022.13 N..................  7352.13 W.
U...................................  402208" N..................  735334" W..................  4022.13 N..................  7353.57 W.
V...................................  402152" N..................  735230" W..................  4021.87 N..................  7352.50 W.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DMS = Degrees, Minutes, Seconds.
DDM = Degrees, Decimal Minutes.

    (D) No placement or incidental spread of the material is allowed
within the No Discharge Zone, an approximately 1.0 square nautical mile
area, bounded by the following coordinates:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Point                         Latitude DMS                Longitude DMS                 Latitude DDM                Longitude DDM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C...................................  402539" N..................  735148" W..................  4025.65 N..................  7351.80 W.
E...................................  402348" N..................  735148" W..................  4023.80 N..................  7351.80 W.
J...................................  402348" N..................  735106" W..................  4023.80 N..................  7351.10 W.
K...................................  402539" N..................  735106" W..................  4025.65 N..................  7351.10 W.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DMS = Degrees, Minutes, Seconds.
DDM = Degrees, Decimal Minutes.

    (E) HARS-specific Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) Tissue Criterion:
Total PCB bioaccumulation worm test results for dredged material
approved for placement at the HARS as Material for Remediation shall not
exceed the HARS-specific PCB tissue criterion of 113 ppb. This HARS-
specific PCB tissue criterion will be applied to the arithmetic mean
concentration reported for the analyses of the worm tissue replicates
exposed to the tested sediments, without the use of statistical
confidence limits.
    (vi) Period of Use: Continuing use until EPA determines that the PRA
has been sufficiently capped with at least 1 meter of the Material for
Remediation. At that time, EPA will undertake any necessary rulemaking
to de-designate the HARS.
    (7) Manasquan, New Jersey Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 400636" N., 740134" W.; 400619" N., 740139"
W.; 400618" N., 740153" W.; 400641" N., 740151" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 0.11 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Approximately 18 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Manasquan Inlet, New Jersey.
    (8) Absecon Inlet, NJ Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 392039" N., 741843" W.; 392030" N., 741825"
W.; 392003" N., 741843" W.; 392012" N., 741901" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 0.28 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Approximately 17 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.

[[Page 232]]

    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Absecon Inlet, New Jersey.
    (9) Cold Spring Inlet, NJ Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 385552" N., 745304" W.; 385537" N., 745255"
W.; 385523" N., 745327" W.; 385536" N., 745336" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 0.13 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Approximately 9 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Cold Spring Inlet, New Jersey.
    (10) San Juan Harbor, PR, Dredged Material Site.
    (i) Location: 183010" N., 660931" W.; 183010" N., 660829"
W.; 183110" N., 660829" W.; 183110" N., 660931" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.98 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 200 to 400 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Port of San Juan, Puerto Rico, and coastal areas within 20 miles of
said port entrance.
    (11) Arecibo Harbor, PR Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 183100" N., 664347" W.; 183100" N., 664245"
W.; 183000" N., 664245" W.; 183000" N., 664347" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 101 to 417 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Arecibo Harbor, PR.
    (12) Mayaguez Harbor, PR Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 181530" N., 671613" W.; 181530" N., 671511"
W.; 181430" N., 671511" W.; 181430" N., 671613" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 351 to 384 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Mayaguez Harbor, PR.
    (13) Ponce Harbor, PR Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 175400" N., 663743" W.; 175400" N., 663641"
W.; 175300" N., 663641" W.; 175300" N., 663743" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 329 to 457 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Ponce Harbor, PR.
    (14) Yabucoa Harbor, PR Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 180342" N., 654249" W.; 180342" N., 654147"
W.; 180242" N., 654147" W.; 180242" N., 654249" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 549 to 914 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Yabucoa Harbor, PR.
    (e) Region II Final Other Wastes Sites.
    (1) No final sites.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (f) Region III Final Dredged Material Sites.
    (1) Dam Neck, Virginia, Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 365124.1" N., 755441.4" W.; 365124.1" N.,
755302.9" W.; 365052.0" N., 755249.0" W.; 364627.4" N.,
755139.2" W.; 364627.5" N., 755419.0" W.; 365005.0" N.,
755419.0" W.
    (ii) Size: 8 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Averages 11 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged Material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the mouth of Chesapeake Bay.
    (2) Norfolk, VA, Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: Center point: Latitude--365900" N., Longitude--
753900" W.
    (ii) Size: Circular with a radius of 7.4 kilometers (4 nautical
miles).

[[Page 233]]

    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 13.1 to 26 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Site shall be limited to suitable dredged
material which passed the criteria for ocean dumping.
    (g) Region III Final Other Wastes Sites.
    (1) No final sites.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (h) Region IV Final Dredged Material Sites.
    (1) Morehead City, NC Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 343830" N., 76450" W.; 343830" N., 764142" W.;
343809" N., 76410" W.; 34360" N., 76410" W.; 34360" N.,
76450" W.
    (ii) Size: 8 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Average 12.0 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Morehead City Harbor, North Carolina area. All material disposed
must satisfy the requirements of the ocean dumping regulations.
    (2) Wilmington, NC Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 334930" N., 780306" W.; 334818" N., 780139"
W.; 334719" N., 780248" W.; 334830" N., 780416" W.
    (ii) Size: 2.3 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Averages 13 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to the dredged material
from Wilmington Harbor area.
    (3) Georgetown Harbor; Georgetown, South Carolina: Ocean Dredged
Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 331118" N., 790720" W.; 331118" N., 790523"
W.; 331038" N., 790524" W.; 331038" N., 790721" W.
    (ii) Size: 1 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: 6 to 11 meter range.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material from the greater Georgetown, South Carolina, area.
    (4) [Reserved]
    (5) Charleston, SC, Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 323806" N., 794157" W.; 324042" N., 794730"
W.; 323904" N., 794921" W.; 323628" N., 794348" W.
    (ii) Size: 11.8 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Averages 11 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material from the Charleston Harbor
deepening project.
    (v) Period of Use: Continued use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Charleston Harbor area. All dredged materials must be placed within
the box defined by the following four corner coordinates (NAD83):
32.65663 N, 79.75716 W; 32.64257 N, 79.72733 W; 32.61733 N,
79.74381 W; and 32.63142 N, 79.77367 W. Additionally, all disposals
shall be in accordance with all provisions of disposal placement as
specified by the Site Management Plan, which is periodically updated.
    (6) Savannah, GA Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 315553" N., 804420" W.; 315755" N., 804648"
W.; 315755" N., 804420" W.; 315553" N., 804648" W.
    (ii) Size: 4.26 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Averages 11.4 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Savannah Harbor area.
    (7) Brunswick Harbor, Brunswick, Georgia Ocean Dredged Material
Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 310235" N., 811740" W.; 310235" N., 811630"
W.; 310030" N., 811630" W.; 310030" N., 811742" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 2 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Average 9 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material from the greater Brunswick, Georgia, vicinity.
    (8) Fernandina Beach, FL Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 303300" N., 811652" W.; 303100" N., 811652"
W.; 303100" N., 811908" W.; 303300" N., 811908" W.
    (ii) Size: Four square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Average 16 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing Use.

[[Page 234]]

    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
which meets the criteria given in the Ocean Dumping Regulations in 40
CFR part 227.
    (9) Jacksonville, FL Dredged Material Site.
    (i) Location: 302130" N., 811834" W.; 302130" N., 811726"
W.; 302030" N., 811726" W.; 302030" N., 811834" W.
    (ii) Size: One square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 12 to 16 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Jacksonville, Florida, area.
    (10) Canaveral Harbor, FL, Dredged Material Dumpsite.
    (i) Location: 282015" N., 803111" W.; 281851" N., 802915"
W.; 281713" N., 803053" W.; 281836" N., 803245" W.
    Center coordinates: 281844" N., 803100" W. (NAD 27).
    (ii) Size: 4 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Range 47 to 55 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material from the greater Canaveral, Florida, vicinity.
    (11) Fort Pierce Harbor, FL, Fort Pierce, FL, Ocean Dredged material
Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 272800" N., 801233" W.; 272800" N., 801127"
W.; 272700" N., 801127" W.; and 272700" N., 801233" W.
    (ii) Size: 1 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Average range 40 to 54 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material from the greater Fort Pierce Harbor vicinity. All dredged
material consisting of greater than 10% fine grained material (grain
size of less than 0.047mm) by weight shall be limited to that part of
the site east of 801200" W. and south of 272720" N.
    (12) Pensacola Nearshore, FL Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 301724" N., 871830" W.; 301700" N., 871950"
W.; 301536" N., 871748" W.; 301515" N., 871918" W.
    (ii) Size: 2.48 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Averages 11 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged materials
which are shown to be predominantly sand (defined by a median grain size
greater than 0.125 mm and a composition of less than 10% fines) and meet
the Ocean Dumping Criteria.
    (13) Pensacola, Florida Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site, i.e.
the Pensacola (Offshore) Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 300850" N., 871930" W.; 300850" N., 871630"
W.; 300705"" N., 871630" W.; 300705" N., 871930" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 6 square statute miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 65 to 80 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal is restricted to predominantly fine-
grained dredged material from the greater Pensacola, Florida area that
meets the Ocean Dumping Criteria but is not suitable for beach
nourishment or disposal at the existing EPA designated Pensacola
(Nearshore) ODMDS (Sec. 228.15(h)(11)). The Pensacola (Nearshore) ODMDS
is restricted to suitable dredged material with a median grain size of
0.125 mm and a composition of <10% fines.
    (14) Mobile, Alabama Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 301000" N., 880742" W.; 301024" N., 880512"
W.; 300924" N., 880442" W.; 300830" N., 880512" W.; 300830"
N., 880812" W.
    (ii) Size: 4.8 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Average 14 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged materials
which meet the Ocean Dumping Criteria.
    (15) Pascagoula, MS, Ocean Dredged Material Dumpsite.
    (i) Location: 301206" N., 884430" W.;
    301142" N., 883324" W.; 300830" N., 883700" W.; and
300818" N., 884154" W.
    Center coordinates: 301009" N., 883912" W.
    (ii) Size: 18.5 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Average 46 feet, range 38-52 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.

[[Page 235]]

    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to suitable material
from the Mississippi Sound and vicinity.
    (16) Gulfport, Mississippi Dredged Material Disposal Site--Eastern
Site
    (i) Location: 301110" N., 885824" W.; 301112" N., 885730"
W.; 300736" N., 885424" W.; 300724" N., 885448" W.
    (ii) Size: 2.47 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 9.1 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to materials which meet
the Ocean Dumping Criteria.
    (17) Gulfport, MS Dredged Material Disposal Site--Western Site.
    (i) Location: 301200" N., 890030" W.; 301200" N., 885930"
W.; 301100" N., 890000" W.; 300700" N., 885630" W.; 300636"
N., 885700" W.; 301030" N., 890036" W.
    (ii) Size: 5.2 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 8.2 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Disposal shall be limited to dredged material which meets the
Ocean Dumping Criteria.
    (18) Tampa, Florida; Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site --------
Region IV.
    (i) Location: 273227" N.; 830602" W; 273227" N.; 830346" W.;
273027" N.; 830602" W.; 273027" N.; 830346" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 4 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Approximately 22 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material from the greater Tampa, Florida vicinity. Disposal shall comply
with conditions set forth in the most recent approved Site Management
and Monitoring Plan.
    (19) Miami, Florida; Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location: 254530" N.; 800354" W.; 254530" N.; 800250"
W.; 254430" N.; 800354" W.; 254430" N.; 800250" W.
    Center coordinates are 254500" N and 800322" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 130 to 240 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material from the greater Miami, Florida vicinity. Disposal shall comply
with conditions set forth in the most recent approved Site Management
and Monitoring Plan.
    (20) New Wilmington, NC; Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location:

3346 N...................................  7802.5 W.
3346 N...................................  7801 W.
3341 N...................................  7801 W.
3341 N...................................  7804 W.


    (ii) Size: Approximately 9.4 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 35-52 feet.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material from the greater Wilmington, North Carolina vicinity. Disposal
shall comply with conditions set forth in the most recent approved Site
Management and Monitoring Plan.
    (21) Palm Beach Harbor, FL Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location (NAD83): 264730" N., 795709" W.; 264730" N.,
795602" W.; 264630" N., 795709" W.; 264630" N., 795602" W.
Center coordinates are 264700" N and 795635" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 525 to 625 feet.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material. Disposal shall comply with conditions set forth in the most
recent approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan.
    (22) Port Everglades Harbor, FL Ocean Dredged Material Disposal
Site.
    (i) Location (NAD83): 260730" N., 800200" W.; 260730" N.,
800100" W.; 260630" N., 800200" W.; 260630" N., 800100" W.
Center coordinates are 260700" N and 800130" W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 640 to 705 feet.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.

[[Page 236]]

    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material. Disposal shall comply with conditions set forth in the most
recent approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan.
    (23) Port Royal, SC; Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site.
    (i) Location (NAD83): 3205.00 N., 8036.47 W.; 3205.00 N.,
8035.30 W.; 3204.00 N., 8035.30 W.; 3204.00 N., 8036.47 W.
    (ii) Size: Approximately 1.0 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Averages 36 feet.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to suitable dredged
material from the greater Port Royal, South Carolina, vicinity. Disposal
shall comply with conditions set forth in the most recent approved Site
Management and Monitoring Plan.
    (i) Region IV Final Other Wastes Sites.
    (1) No final sites.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (j) Region VI Final Dredged Material Sites.
    (1) Mississippi River Gulf Outlet, LA.
    (i) Location: 293235" N., 891238" W.; 292921" N., 890800"
W.; 292432" N., 885923" W.; 292428" N., 885939" W.; 292859"
N., 890819" W.; 293215" N., 891257" W.; thence to point of
beginning.
    (ii) Size: 6.03 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 20 to 40 feet.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from the vicinity of Mississippi River Gulf Outlet.
    (2) Southwest Pass--Mississippi River, LA.
    (i) Location: 285412" N., 892715" W.; 285412" N., 892600"
W.; 285100" N., 892715" W.; 285100" N., 892600" W.
    (ii) Size: 3.44 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 2.7 to 32.2 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from the vicinity of the Southwest Pass Channel.
    (3) Barataria Bay Waterway, LA.
    (i) Location: 291610" N., 895620" W.; 291419" N., 895316"
W.; 291400" N., 895336" W.; 291629" N., 895559" W.
    (ii) Size: 1.4 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 8-20 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the vicinity of Barataria Bay Waterway.
    (4) Houma Navigation Canal, Louisiana.
    (i) Location: 290522.3" N., 903443" W.; thence following a line
1000 feet west of the channel centerline to 290217.8" N., 903428.4"
W.; thence to 290212.6" N., 903527.8" W.; thence to 290530.8" N.,
903527.8" W.; thence to the point of beginning.
    (ii) Size: 2.08 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 6 to 30 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from the vicinity of Cat Island Pass, Louisiana.
    (5) Calcasieu, LA Dredged Material Site 1.
    (i) Location: 294539" N., 931936" W.; 294242" N., 931906"
W.; 294236" N., 931948" W.; 294442" N., 932012" W.; 294442"
N., 932024" W.; 294527" N., 932033" W.
    (ii) Size: 1.76 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 2 to 8 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the vicinity of the Calcasieu River and Pass Project.
    (6) Calcasieu, LA Dredged Material Site 2.
    (i) Location: 294431" N., 932043" W.; 293945" N., 931956"
W.; 293934" N., 932046" W.; 294425" N., 932133" W.
    (ii) Size: 3.53 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 2 to 11 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the vicinity of the Calcasieu River and Pass Project.
    (7) Calcasieu, LA Dredged Material Site 3.

[[Page 237]]

    (i) Location: 293750" N., 931937" W.; 293725" N., 931933"
W.; 293355" N., 931623" W.; 293349" N., 931625" W.; 293059"
N., 931351" W.; 292910" N., 931349" W.; 292905" N., 931423"
W.; 293049" N., 931425" W.; 293726" N., 932024" W.; 293744"
N., 932027" W.
    (ii) Size: 5.88 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 11 to 14 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the vicinity of the Calcasieu River and Pass Project.
    (8) Sabine-Neches, TX Dredged Material Site 1.
    (i) Location: 292803" N., 934114" W.; 292611" N., 934114"
W.; 292611" N., 934411" W.
    (ii) Size: 2.4 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 11-13 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Sabine-Neches area.
    (9) Sabine-Neches, TX Dredged Material Site 2.
    (i) Location: 293041" N., 934349" W.; 292842" N., 934133"
W.; 292842" N., 934449" W.; 293008" N., 934627" W.
    (ii) Size: 4.2 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 9-13 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Sabine-Neches area.
    (10) Sabine-Neches, TX Dredged Material Site 3.
    (i) Location: 293424" N., 934813" W.; 293247" N., 934616"
W.; 293206" N., 934629" W.; 293142" N., 934816" W.; 293259"
N., 934948" W.
    (ii) Size: 4.7 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 10 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Sabine-Neches area.
    (11) Sabine-Neches, TX, Dredged Material Site 4.
    (i) Location: 293809" N., 934923" W.; 293553" N., 934818"
W.; 293506" N., 935024" W.; 293637" N., 935109" W.; 293700"
N., 935006" W.; 293746" N., 935026" W.
    (ii) Size: 4.2 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 5-9 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Sabine-Neches area.
    (12) Galveston, TX Dredged Material Site.
    (i) Location: 291800" N., 943930" W; 291554" N., 943706" W.;
291424" N., 943842" W.; 291654" N., 944130" W.
    (ii) Size: 6.6 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 10 to 15.5 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Galveston, Texas area.
    (13) Freeport Harbor, TX, New Work (45 Foot Project).
    (i) Location: 2850"51" N., 951354" W.; 285144" N., 951449"
W.; 285015" N., 951640" W.; 284922" N., 951545" W.
    (ii) Size: 2.64 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 54 to 61 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Construction (new work) dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Indefinite period of time.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Freeport Harbor Entrance and Jetty Channels, Texas.
    (14) Freeport Harbor, TX, Maintenance (45 Foot Project).
    (i) Location: 285400" N., 951549" W.; 285328" N., 951516"
W.; 285200" N., 951659" W.; 285232" N., 951732" W.
    (ii) Size: 1.53 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 31 to 38 feet.
    (iv) Primary use: Maintenance dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Indefinite period of time.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Freeport Harbor Entrance and Jetty Channels, Texas.
    (15) Matagorda Ship Channel, TX.
    (i) Location: 282348" N., 961800" W.; 282321" N., 961831"
W.; 282243" N., 961752" W.; 282311" N., 961722" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.56 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 25-40 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged Material.

[[Page 238]]

    (v) Period of Use: Indefinite period of time.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Matagorda Ship Channel, Texas.
    (16) Homeport Project, Port Aransas, TX.
    (i) Location: 274742" N., 970012" W.; 274715" N., 965925"
W.; 274617" N., 970112" W.; 274549" N., 970025" W.
    (ii) Size: 1.4 square miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 45-55 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: 50 years.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the U.S. Navy Homeport Project, Corpus Christi/Ingleside, TX.
    (17) Corpus Christi Ship Channel, TX.
    (i) Location: 274910" N., 970109" W.; 274842" N., 970021"
W.; 274806" N., 970048" W.; 274833" N., 970136" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.63 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 35 to 50 feet.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Indefinite period of time.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from the Corpus Christi Ship Channel, Texas.
    (18) Port Mansfield, TX.
    (i) Location: 263424" N., 971515" W.; 263426" N., 971417"
W.; 263357" N., 971417" W.; 263355" N., 971515" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.42 Square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 35-50 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Indefinite period of time.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Port Mansfield Entrance Channel, Texas.
    (19) Brazos Island Harbor, TX.
    (i) Location: 260432" N., 970726" W.; 260432" N., 970630"
W.; 260402" N., 970630" W.; 260402" N., 970726" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.42 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 55 to 65 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Indefinite period of time.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Brazos Island Harbor Entrance Channel, Texas.
    (20) Brazos Island Harbor (42-Foot Project), TX.
    (i) Location: 260447" N., 970507" W.; 260516" N., 970504"
W.; 260510" N., 970406" W.; 260442" N., 970409" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.42 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 60-67 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Indefinite period of time.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to construction
material dredged from the Brazos Island Harbor Entrance Channel, Texas.
    (21) Atchafalaya River and Bayous Chene, Boeuf, and Black, LA
    (i) Location (NAD83): 9E2059.92" N, 91E2333.23" W, 29E2043.94" N,
91E2309.73" W, 29E0815.46" N, 91E3451.02" W, and 29E0759.43" N,
91E3427.51" W; thence to point of beginning.
    (ii) Size: 9.14 square miles.
    (iii) Depth: Average water depth of 16 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredge material.
    (v) Period of Use: Indefinite period of time.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the bar channel of the Atchafalaya River and Bayous Chene, Boeuf, and
Black, Louisiana.
    (22) Sabine-Neches, TX Dredged Material Site A.
    (i) Location (NAD83): 292447" N., 934329" W.; 292447" N.,
934108" W.; 292248" N., 934109" W.; 292249" N., 934329" W.;
thence to point of beginning.
    (ii) Size: approximately 5.3 square miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 44 to 46 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from the Sabine-Neches 13.2 mile Extension Channel that complies with
EPA's Ocean Dumping Regulations. Dredged material that does not meet the
criteria set forth in 40 CFR part 227 shall not be placed at the site.
Disposal operations shall be conducted in accordance with requirements
specified in a Site Management and Monitoring Plan developed by EPA and
USACE, to be reviewed periodically, at least every 10 years.
    (23) Sabine-Neches, TX Dredged Material Site B.
    (i) Location (NAD83): 292159" N., 934329" W.; 292159" N.,
934108" W.; 292000" N., 934109" W.; 292000" N.,

[[Page 239]]

934329" W.; thence to point of beginning.
    (ii) Size: approximately 5.3 square miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 44 to 46 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from the Sabine-Neches 13.2 mile Extension Channel that complies with
EPA's Ocean Dumping Regulations. Dredged material that does not meet the
criteria set forth in 40 CFR part 227 shall not be placed at the site.
Disposal operations shall be conducted in accordance with requirements
specified in a Site Management and Monitoring Plan developed by EPA and
USACE, to be reviewed periodically, at least every 10 years.
    (24) Sabine-Neches, TX Dredged Material Site C.
    (i) Location (NAD83): 291911" N., 934329" W.; 291911" N,
934109" W.; 291712" N., 934109" W.; 291712" N., 934329" W.;
thence to point of beginning.
    (ii) Size: approximately 5.3 square miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 44 to 46 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from the Sabine-Neches 13.2 mile Extension Channel that complies with
EPA's Ocean Dumping Regulations. Dredged material that does not meet the
criteria set forth in 40 CFR part 227 shall not be placed at the site.
Disposal operations shall be conducted in accordance with requirements
specified in a Site Management and Monitoring Plan developed by EPA and
USACE, to be reviewed periodically, at least every 10 years.
    (25) Sabine-Neches, TX Dredged Material Site D.
    (i) Location (NAD83): 291622" N., 934329" W.; 291622" N.,
934110" W.; 291424" N., 934110" W.; 291424" N., 934329" W.;
thence to point of beginning.
    (ii) Size: approximately 5.3 square miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 44 to 46 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from the Sabine-Neches 13.2 mile Extension Channel that complies with
EPA's Ocean Dumping Regulations. Dredged material that does not meet the
criteria set forth in 40 CFR part 227 shall not be placed at the site.
Disposal operations shall be conducted in accordance with requirements
specified in a Site Management and Monitoring Plan developed by EPA and
USACE, to be reviewed periodically, at least every 10 years.
    (26) Atchafalaya River and Bayous Chene, Boeuf, and Black, LA
(ODMDS-West)
    (i) Location (NAD83): 292206" N, 912738" W; 292030" N,
912513" W; 290916" N, 913512" W; 291052" N, 913733" W; thence
to point of beginning.
    (ii) Size: 48 square miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 4 to 23 feet.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from the Atchafalaya River Bar channel that complies with EPA's Ocean
Dumping Regulations. Dredged material that does not meet the criteria
set forth in 40 CFR part 227 shall not be placed at the site. Disposal
operations shall be conducted in accordance with requirements specified
in a Site Management and Monitoring Plan developed by EPA and USACE, to
be reviewed periodically, at least every 10 years.
    (k) Region VI Final Other Wastes Sites.
    (1) No final sites.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (l) Region IX Final Dredged Material Sites.
    (1) San Diego, CA (LA-5).
    (i) Location: Center coordinates of the site are: 3236.83 North
Latitude and 11720.67 West Latitude (North American Datum from 1927),
with a radius of 3,000 feet (910 meters).
    (ii) Size: 0.77 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 460 to 660 feet (145 to 200 meters).
    (iv) Primary Use: Ocean dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.

[[Page 240]]

    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged materials
that comply with EPA's Ocean Dumping Regulations and Corps Permitting
Regulations.
    (2) Los Angeles/Long Beach, CA (LA-2).
    (i) Location: 3337.10 North Latitude by 11817.40 West Longitude
(North American Datum from 1983), with a radius of 3,000 feet (910
meters).
    (ii) Size: 0.77 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 380 to 1060 feet (110 to 320 meters).
    (iv) Primary use: Ocean dredged material disposal.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use, subject to submission of a
revised Consistency Determination to the California Coastal Commission
after 5 years of site management and monitoring.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged sediments
that comply with EPA's Ocean Dumping Regulations.
    (3) San Francisco Deepwater Ocean Site (SF-DODS) Ocean Dredged
Material Disposal Site--Region IX.
    (i) Location: Center coordinates of the oval-shaped site are:
3739.0 North latitude by 12329.0 West longitude (North American
Datum from 1983), with length (north-south axis) and width (west-east
axis) dimensions of approximately 4 nautical miles (7.5 kilometers) and
2.5 nautical miles (4.5 kilometers), respectively.
    (ii) Size: 6.5 square nautical miles (22 square kilometers).
    (iii) Depth: 8,200 to 9,840 feet (2,500 to 3,000 meters).
    (iv) Use Restricted to Disposal of: Dredged materials.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use over 50 years from date of site
designation, subject to restrictions and provisions set forth below.
    (vi) Restrictions/provisions: The remainder of this Sec.
228.15(l)(3) (hereinafter referred to as ``this section'') constitutes
the required Site Management and Monitoring Plan (SMMP) for the SF-DODS.
This SMMP shall be supplemented by a Site Management and Monitoring Plan
Implementation Manual (SMMP Implementation Manual) containing more
detailed operational guidance. The SMMP Implementation Manual may be
periodically revised as necessary; proposed revisions to the SMMP
Implementation Manual shall be made following opportunity for public
review and comment. Adherence to the provisions of the most current SMMP
Implementation Manual, including mandatory permit conditions, site
monitoring activities, and any other condition(s) EPA or the Corps have
required as part of the project authorization or permit, is a
requirement for use of the SF-DODS. SF-DODS use shall be subject to the
following restrictions and provisions:
    (vii) Type and capacity of disposed materials. Site disposal
capacity is 4.8 million cubic yards of suitable dredged material per
year for the remaining period of site designation. This limit is based
on considerations in the regional Long Term Management Strategy for the
placement of dredged material within the San Francisco Bay region, and
on monitoring of site use since the SF-DODS was designated in 1994.
    (viii) Permit/project conditions. Paragraph (l)(3)(viii)(A) of this
section sets forth requirements for inclusion in permits to use the SF-
DODS, and in all Army Corps of Engineers federal project authorizations.
Paragraph (l)(3)(viii)(B) of this section describes additional project-
specific conditions that will be required of disposal permits and
operations as appropriate. Paragraph (l)(3)(viii)(C) of this section
describes how alternative permit conditions may be authorized by EPA and
the Corps of Engineers. All references to ``permittees'' shall be deemed
to include the Army Corps of Engineers when implementing a federal
dredging project.
    (A) Mandatory conditions. All permits or federal project
authorizations authorizing use of the SF-DODS shall include the
following conditions, unless approval for an alternative permit
condition is sought and granted pursuant to paragraph (l)(3)(viii)(C) of
this section:
    (1) Transportation of dredged material to the SF-DODS shall only be
allowed when weather and sea state conditions will not interfere with
safe transportation and will not create risk of spillage, leak or other
loss of dredged material in transit to the SF-

[[Page 241]]

DODS. No disposal trips shall be initiated when the National Weather
Service has issued a gale warning for local waters during the time
period necessary to complete dumping operations, or when wave heights
are 16 feet or greater. The permittee must consult the most current
version of the SMMP Implementation Manual for additional restrictions
and/or clarifications regarding other sea state parameters, including,
but not limited to wave period.
    (2) All vessels used for dredged material transportation and
disposal must be loaded to no more than 80 percent by volume of the
vessel. Before any disposal vessel departs for the SF-DODS, an
independent quality control inspector must certify in writing that the
vessel meets the conditions and requirements of a certification
checklist that contains all of the substantive elements found in the
example contained in the most current SMMP Implementation Manual. For
the purposes of paragraph (l)(3)(viii) of this section, ``independent''
means not an employee of the permittee or dredging contractor; however,
the Corps of Engineers may provide inspectors for Corps of Engineers
dredged material disposal projects.
    (3) Dredged material shall not be leaked or spilled from disposal
vessels during transit to the SF-DODS.
    (4) Disposal vessels in transit to and from the SF-DODS should
remain at least three nautical miles from the Farallon Islands whenever
possible. Closer approaches should occur only in situations where the
designated vessel traffic lane enters the area encompassed by the 3-mile
limit, and where safety may be compromised by staying outside of the 3-
mile limit. In no case may disposal vessels leave the designated vessel
traffic lane.
    (5) When dredged material is discharged within the SF-DODS, no
portion of the vessel from which the materials are to be released (e.g.,
hopper dredge or towed barge) can be further than 1,900 feet (600
meters) from the center of the target area at 3739 N, 12329 W.
    (6) No more than one disposal vessel may be present within the
permissible dumping target area referred to in paragraph
(l)(3)(viii)(A)(5) of this section at any time.
    (7) Disposal vessels shall use an appropriate navigation system
capable of indicating the position of the vessel carrying dredged
material (for example, a hopper dredged vessel or towed barge) with a
minimum accuracy and precision of 100 feet during all disposal
operations. The system must also indicate the opening and closing of the
doors of the vessel carrying the dredged material. If the positioning
system fails, all disposal operations must cease until the navigational
capabilities are restored. The back-up navigation system, with all the
capabilities listed in this condition, must be in place on the vessel
carrying the dredged material.
    (8) The permittee shall maintain daily records of the amount of
material dredged and loaded into barges for disposal, the times that
disposal vessel depart for, arrive at and return from the SF-DODS, the
exact locations and times of disposal, and the volumes of material
disposed at the SF-DODS during each vessel trip. The permittee shall
further record wind and sea state observations at intervals to be
established in the permit.
    (9) For each disposal vessel trip, the permittee shall maintain a
computer printout from a Global Positioning System or other acceptable
navigation system showing transit routes and disposal coordinates,
including the time and position of the disposal vessel when dumping was
commenced and completed.
    (10) An independent quality control inspector (as defined in
paragraph (l)(3)(viii)(A)(2)) of this section shall observe all dredging
and disposal operations. The inspector shall verify the information
required in paragraphs (l)(3)(viii)(A)(8) and (9) of this section. The
inspector shall promptly inform permittees of any inaccuracies or
discrepancies concerning this information and shall prepare summary
reports, which summarize all such inaccuracies and discrepancies, from
time to time as shall be specified in permits. Such summary reports
shall be sent by the permittee to the District Engineer and the Regional
Administrator within a

[[Page 242]]

time interval that shall be specified in the permit.
    (11) The permittee shall report any anticipated or actual permit
violations to the District Engineer and the Regional Administrator
within 24 hours of discovering such violation. If any anticipated or
actual permit violations occur within the Gulf of the Farallones or the
Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuaries, the permittee must also report
any such violation to the respective Sanctuary Manager within 24 hours.
In addition, the permittee shall prepare and submit reports, certified
accurate by the independent quality control inspector, on a frequency
that shall be specified in permits, to the District Engineer and the
Regional Administrator setting forth the information required by
Mandatory Conditions in paragraphs (l)(3)(viii)(A)(8) and (9) of this
section.
    (12) Permittees, and the Corps in its Civil Works projects, must
make arrangements for independent observers to be present on disposal
vessels for the purpose of conducting shipboard surveys of seabirds and
marine mammals. Observers shall employ standardized monitoring
protocols, as referenced in the most current SMMP Implementation Manual.
At a minimum, permittees shall ensure that independent observers are
present on at least one disposal trip during each calendar month that
disposal occurs, AND on average at least once every 25 vessel trips to
the SF-DODS.
    (13) At the completion of short-term dredging projects, at least
annually for ongoing projects, and at any other time or interval
requested by the District Engineer or Regional Administrator, permittees
shall prepare and submit to the District Engineer and Regional
Administrator a report that includes complete records of all dredging,
transport and disposal activities, such as navigation logs, disposal
coordinates, scow certification checklists, and other information
required by permit conditions. Electronic data submittals may be
required to conform to a format specified by the agencies. Permittees
shall include a report indicating whether any dredged material was
dredged outside the areas authorized for dredging or was dredged deeper
than authorized for dredging by their permits.
    (B) Project-specific conditions. Permits or federal project
authorizations authorizing use of the SF-DODS may include the following
conditions, if EPA determines these conditions are necessary to
facilitate safe use of the SF-DODS, the prevention of potential harm to
the environment or accurate monitoring of site use:
    (1) Permittees may be required to limit the speed of disposal
vessels in transit to the SF-DODS to a rate that is safe under the
circumstances and will prevent the spillage of dredged materials.
    (2) Permittees may be required to use automated data logging systems
for recording navigation and disposal coordinates and/or load levels
throughout disposal trips when such systems are feasible and represent
an improvement over manual recording methodologies.
    (3) Any other conditions that EPA or the Corps of Engineers
determine to be necessary or appropriate to facilitate compliance with
the requirements of the MPRSA and this section may be included in site
use permits.
    (C) Alternative permit/project conditions. Alternatives to the
permit conditions specified in paragraph (l)(3)(viii) of this section in
a permit or federal project authorization may be authorized if the
permittee demonstrates to the District Engineer and the Regional
Administrator that the alternative conditions are sufficient to
accomplish the specific intended purpose of the permit condition in
issue and further demonstrates that the waiver will not increase the
risk of harm to the environment, the health or safety of persons, nor
will impede monitoring of compliance with the MPRSA, regulations
promulgated under the MPRSA, or any permit issued under the MPRSA.
    (ix) Site monitoring. Data shall be collected in accordance with a
three-tiered site monitoring program which consists of three
interdependent types of monitoring for each tier: Physical, chemical and
biological. In addition, periodic confirmatory monitoring concerning
potential site contamination shall be performed. Specific guidance for
site monitoring tasks required by

[[Page 243]]

this paragraph shall be described in a Site Management and Monitoring
Implementation Manual (SMMP Implementation Manual) developed by EPA. The
SMMP Implementation Manual shall be reviewed periodically and any
necessary revisions to the Manual will be issued for public review under
an EPA Public Notice.
    (A) Tier 1 monitoring activities. Tier 1 monitoring activities shall
consist of the following:
    (1) Physical monitoring. Tier 1 Physical Monitoring shall consist of
a physical survey to map the area on the seafloor within and in the
vicinity of the disposal site where dredged material has been deposited
(the footprint). Such a survey shall use appropriate technology (for
example, sediment profile photography) to determine the areal extent and
thickness of the disposed dredged material, and to determine if any
dredged material has deposited outside of the disposal site boundary.
    (2) Chemical monitoring. Tier 1 Chemical Monitoring shall consist of
collecting, processing, and preserving boxcore samples of sediments so
that such sediments could be subjected to sediment chemistry analysis in
the appropriate tier. Samples shall be collected within the dredged
material footprint, outside of the dredged material footprint, and
outside of the disposal site boundaries. Samples within the footprint
shall be subjected to chemical analysis in annual Tier 1 activity.
Samples from outside of the footprint and outside of the disposal site
boundaries shall be archived and analyzed only when the criteria
requiring Tier 2 as specified in paragraph (l)(3)(x) of this section are
met. A sufficient number of samples shall be collected so that the
potential for adverse impacts due to elevated chemistry can be assessed
with an appropriate time-series or ordinal technique.
    (3) Biological monitoring. Tier 1 Biological Monitoring shall have
two components: Monitoring of pelagic communities and monitoring of
benthic communities.
    (i) Pelagic communities. Tier 1 Biological Monitoring shall include
regional surveys of seabirds, marine mammals and mid-water column fish
populations appropriate for evaluating how these populations might be
affected by disposal site use. A combination of annual regional and
periodic (random) shipboard surveys of seabirds and marine mammals will
be used. The regional survey designs for each category of biota shall be
similar to that used for the regional characterization studies
referenced in the Final Environmental Impact Statement for Designation
of a Deep Water Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Site off San Francisco,
California (August 1993) with appropriate realignments to accommodate
transects within and in the vicinity of the SF-DODS. The periodic
shipboard surveys shall be performed from vessels involved in dredged
material disposal operations at the SF-DODS as specified in permit
conditions imposed pursuant to paragraph (l)(3)(viii)(A)(12) of this
section. The minimum number of surveys must be sufficient to
characterize the disposal operations for each project, and, as
practicable, provide seasonal data for an assessment of the potential
for adverse impacts for the one-year period. An appropriate time-series
(ordinal), and community analysis shall be performed using data
collected during the current year and previous years.
    (ii) Benthic communities. Tier 1 Biological Monitoring shall include
collection and preservation of boxcore samples of benthic communities so
that such samples could be analyzed as a Tier 2 activity.
    (4) Annual reporting. The results of the annual Tier 1 studies shall
be compiled in an annual report which will be available for public
review.
    (B) Tier 2 monitoring activities. Tier 2 monitoring activities shall
consist of the following:
    (1) Physical monitoring. Tier 2 Physical Monitoring shall consist of
oceanographic studies conducted to validate and/or improve the models
used to predict the dispersion in the water column and deposition of
dredged material on the seafloor at the SF-DODS. The appropriate
physical oceanographic studies may include: The collection of additional
current meter data, deployment of sediment traps, and deployment of
surface and subsurface drifters.

[[Page 244]]

    (2) Chemical monitoring. Tier 2 Chemical Monitoring shall consist of
performing sediment chemistry analysis on samples collected and
preserved in Tier 1 from outside of the footprint and outside of the
disposal site boundaries.
    (3) Biological monitoring. Tier 2 Biological Monitoring shall
involve monitoring of pelagic communities and monitoring of benthic
communities.
    (i) Pelagic communities. Tier 2 Biological Monitoring for pelagic
communities shall include supplemental surveys of similar type to those
in Tier 1, or other surveys as appropriate.
    (ii) Benthic communities. Tier 2 Biological Monitoring for benthic
communities shall include a comparison of the benthic community within
the dredged material footprint to benthic communities in adjacent areas
outside of the dredged material footprint. An appropriate time-series
(ordinal) and community analysis shall be performed using data collected
during the current year and previous years to determine whether there
are adverse changes in the benthic populations outside of the disposal
site which may endanger the marine environment.
    (4) Annual reporting. The results of any required Tier 2 studies
shall be compiled in an annual report which will be available for public
review.
    (C) Tier 3 monitoring activities. Tier 3 monitoring activities shall
consist of the following:
    (1) Physical monitoring. Tier 3 physical monitoring shall consist of
advanced oceanographic studies to study the dispersion of dredged
material in the water column and the deposition of dredged material on
the seafloor in the vicinity of the SF-DODS. Such physical monitoring
may include additional, intensified studies involving the collection of
additional current meter data, deployment of sediment traps, and
deployment of surface and subsurface drifters. Such studies may include
additional sampling stations, greater frequency of sampling, more
advanced sampling methodologies or equipment, or other additional
increased study measures compared to similar studies conducted in Tier 1
or 2.
    (2) Chemical monitoring. Tier 3 Chemical Monitoring shall consist of
analysis of tissues of appropriate field-collected benthic and/or
epifaunal organisms to determine bioaccumulation of contaminants that
may be associated with dredged materials deposited at the SF-DODS.
Sampling and analysis shall be designed and implemented to determine
whether the SF-DODS is a source of adverse bioaccumulation in the
tissues of benthic species collected at or outside the SF-DODS, compared
to adjacent unimpacted areas, which may endanger the marine environment.
Appropriate sampling methodologies for these tests will be determined
and the appropriate analyses will involve the assessment of benthic body
burdens of contaminants and correlation with comparison of the benthic
communities inside and outside of the sediment footprint.
    (3) Biological monitoring. Tier 3 biological monitoring shall have
two components: monitoring of pelagic communities and monitoring of
benthic communities.
    (i) Pelagic communities. Tier 3 Biological Monitoring shall include
advanced studies of seabirds, marine mammals and mid-water column fish
to evaluate how these populations might be affected by disposal site
use. Such studies may include additional sampling stations, greater
frequency of sampling, more advanced sampling methodologies or
equipment, or other additional increased study measures compared to
similar studies conducted in Tier 1 or 2. Studies may include evaluation
of sub-lethal changes in the health of pelagic organisms, such as the
development of lesions, tumors, developmental abnormality, decreased
fecundity or other adverse sub-lethal effect.
    (ii) Benthic communities. Tier 3 Biological Monitoring shall include
advanced studies of benthic communities to evaluate how these
populations might be affected by disposal site use. Such studies may
include additional sampling stations, greater frequency of sampling,
more advanced sampling methodologies or equipment, or other additional
increased study measures compared to similar studies conducted in Tier
2. Studies may include evaluation of sub-lethal changes in the health

[[Page 245]]

of benthic organisms, such as the development of lesions, tumors,
developmental abnormality, decreased fecundity or other adverse sub-
lethal effect.
    (4) Reporting. The results of any required Tier 3 studies shall be
compiled in a report which will be available for public review.
    (D) Periodic confirmatory monitoring. At least once every three
years, the following confirmatory monitoring activities will be
conducted and results compiled in a report which will be available for
public review: Samples of sediments taken from the dredged material
footprint shall be subjected to bioassay testing using one or more
appropriate sensitive marine species consistent with applicable ocean
disposal testing guidance (``Green Book'' or related Regional
Implementation Agreements), as determined by the Regional Administrator,
to confirm whether contaminated sediments are being deposited at the SF-
DODS despite extensive pre-disposal testing. In addition, near-surface
arrays of appropriate filter-feeding organisms (such as mussels) shall
be deployed in at least three locations in and around the disposal site
for at least one month during active site use, to confirm whether
substantial bioaccumulation of contaminants may be associated with
exposure to suspended sediment plumes from multiple disposal events. One
array must be deployed outside the influence of any expected plumes to
serve as a baseline reference.
    (x) Site management actions. Once disposal operations at the site
begin, the three-tier monitoring program described in paragraphs
(l)(3)(ix) (A) through (C) of this section shall be implemented on an
annual basis, through December 31, 1998, independent of the actual
volumes disposed at the site. Thereafter, the Regional Administrator may
establish a minimum annual disposal volume (not to exceed 10 percent of
the designated site capacity at any time) below which this monitoring
program need not be fully implemented. The Regional Administrator shall
promptly review monitoring reports for the SF-DODS along with any other
information available to the Regional Administrator concerning site
monitoring activities. If the information gathered from monitoring at a
given monitoring tier is not sufficient for the Regional Administrator
to base reasonable conclusions as to whether disposal at the SF-DODS
might be endangering the marine ecosystem, then the Regional
Administrator shall require intensified monitoring at a higher tier. If
monitoring at a given tier establishes that disposal at the SF-DODS is
endangering the marine ecosystem, then the Regional Administrator shall
require modification, suspension or termination of site use.
    (A) Selection of site monitoring tiers--(1) Physical monitoring.
Physical monitoring shall remain limited to Tier 1 monitoring when Tier
1 monitoring establishes that no significant amount of dredged material
has been deposited or transported outside of the site boundaries. Tier 2
monitoring shall be employed when Tier 1 monitoring is insufficient to
conclude that a significant amount of dredged material as defined in
paragraph (l)(3)(x)(A)(4) of this section has not been deposited or
transported outside of the site boundaries.
    (2) Chemical monitoring. (i) Chemical monitoring shall remain
limited to Tier 1 Chemical Monitoring when the results of Physical
Monitoring indicate that a significant amount of dredged material as
defined in paragraph (l)(3)(x)(A)(4) of this section has not been
deposited or transported off-site, and Tier 1 Chemical Monitoring
establishes that dredged sediments deposited at the disposal site do not
contain levels of chemical contaminants that are significantly elevated
above the range of chemical contaminant levels in dredged sediments that
the Regional Administrator and the District Engineer found to be
suitable for disposal at the SF-DODS pursuant to 40 CFR part 227.
    (ii) Tier 2 monitoring shall be employed when the results of
Physical Monitoring indicate that a significant amount of dredged
material as defined in paragraph (l)(3)(x)(A)(4) of this section has
been deposited off-site, and Tier 1 Chemical Monitoring is insufficient
to establish that dredged sediments deposited at the disposal site do

[[Page 246]]

not contain levels of chemical contaminants that are significantly
elevated above the range of chemical contaminant levels in dredged
sediments that the Regional Administrator and the District Engineer
found to be suitable for disposal at the SF-DODS pursuant to 40 CFR part
227.
    The Regional Administrator may employ Tier 2 monitoring when
available evidence indicates that a significant amount of dredged
material as defined in paragraph (l)(3)(x)(A)(4) of this section has
been deposited near the SF-DODS site boundary.
    (iii) Tier 3 monitoring shall be employed within and outside the
dredged material footprint when Tier 2 Chemical Monitoring is
insufficient to establish that dredged sediments deposited at the
disposal site do not contain levels of chemical contaminants that are
significantly elevated above the range of chemical contaminant levels in
dredged sediments that the Regional Administrator and the District
Engineer found to be suitable for disposal at the SF-DODS pursuant to 40
CFR part 227.
    (3) Biological monitoring. (i) Pelagic communities. Biological
monitoring for pelagic communities shall remain limited to Tier 1
monitoring when Tier 1 monitoring establishes that disposal at the SF-
DODS has not endangered the monitored pelagic communities. When Tier 1
monitoring is insufficient to make reasonable conclusions whether
disposal at the site has endangered the monitored pelagic communities,
then Tier 2 monitoring of pelagic communities shall be employed. When
Tier 2 monitoring is insufficient to make reasonable conclusions whether
disposal at the site has endangered the monitored pelagic communities,
then Tier 3 monitoring of pelagic communities shall be employed.
    (ii) Benthic communities. Biological monitoring for benthic
communities shall remain limited to Tier 1 monitoring when physical
monitoring establishes that a significant amount of dredged material has
not been deposited outside of the site boundaries. If physical
monitoring indicates that a significant amount of dredged material has
been deposited or transported outside of the site boundaries, then Tier
2 analysis of benthic communities shall be performed. If Chemical
Monitoring establishes that there is significant bioaccumulation of
contaminants in organisms sampled from within or outside the dredged
material footprint, then Tier 3 Biological Monitoring of the disposal
site shall be employed. Tier 3 Biological Monitoring may replace Tier 3
Chemical Monitoring if observed biological effects are established as
surrogate indicators for bioaccumulation of chemical contaminants in
sampled organisms.
    (4) Definition of significant dredged material accumulation. For
purposes of this paragraph (l)(3)(x)(A) of this section, dredged
material accumulation on the ocean bottom to a thickness of five
centimeters shall be considered to be a significant amount of dredged
material. The Regional Administrator may determine that a lesser amount
of accumulation is significant if available evidence indicates that a
lesser amount of off-site accumulation could endanger marine resources.
    (B) Modification, suspension or termination of site use. (1) If the
results of site monitoring or other information indicate that any of the
following are occurring as a result of disposal at the SF-DODS, then the
Regional Administrator shall modify, suspend, or terminate site use
overall, or for individual projects as appropriate:
    (i) Exceedance of Federal marine water quality criteria within the
SF-DODS following initial mixing as defined in 40 CFR 227.29(a) or
beyond the site boundary at any time;
    (ii) Placement or movement of significant quantities of disposed
material outside of site boundaries near or toward significant
biological resource areas or marine sanctuaries;
    (iii) Endangerment of the marine environment related to potentially
significant adverse changes in the structure of the benthic community
outside the disposal site boundary;
    (iv) Endangerment to the health, welfare, or livelihood of persons
or to the environment related to potentially significant adverse
bioaccumulation in organisms collected from the disposal site or areas
adjacent to the site boundary compared to the reference site;

[[Page 247]]

    (v) Endangerment to the health, welfare, or livelihood of persons
related to potentially significant adverse impacts upon commercial or
recreational fisheries resources near the site; or
    (vi) Endangerment to the health, welfare, or livelihood of persons
or to the environment related to any other potentially significant
adverse environmental impacts.
    (2) The Regional Administrator shall modify site use, rather than
suspend or terminate site use, when site use modification will be
sufficient to eliminate the adverse environmental impacts referred to in
paragraphs (l)(3)(x)(B)(1) (i) or (ii) of this section or the
endangerment to human health, welfare or livelihood to the environment
referred to in paragraphs (l)(3)(x)(B)(1) (iii) through (vi) of this
section. Notwithstanding the provisions of any permit or federal project
authorization authorizing site use, the Regional Administrator shall
order, following opportunity for public comment, any of the following
modifications to site use that he or she deems necessary to eliminate
the adverse environmental effect or endangerment to human health,
welfare, or livelihood or to the environment:
    (i) Change or additional restrictions upon the permissible times,
rates and total volume of disposal of dredged material at the SF-DODS;
    (ii) Change or additional restrictions upon the method of disposal
or transportation of dredged materials for disposal; or
    (iii) Change or additional limitations upon the type or quality of
dredged materials according to chemical, physical, bioassay toxicity, or
bioaccumulation characteristics.
    (3) The Regional Administrator shall suspend site use when site use
suspension is both necessary and sufficient to eliminate any adverse
environmental effect or endangerment to human health, welfare, or
livelihood or to the environment referred to in paragraph
(l)(3)(x)(B)(1) of this section. Notwithstanding the provisions of any
permit or federal project authorization authorizing site use, the
Regional Administrator shall order, following opportunity for public
comment, site use suspension until an appropriate management action is
identified or for a time period that will eliminate the adverse
environmental effect or endangerment to human health, welfare, or
livelihood or to the environment.
    (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of any permit or federal project
authorization authorizing site use, the Regional Administrator shall
order, following opportunity for public comment, site use permanently
terminated if this is the only means for eliminating the adverse
environmental impacts referred to in paragraphs (l)(3)(x)(B)(1) (i) or
(ii) of this section or the endangerment to human health, welfare or
livelihood to the environment referred to in paragraphs (l)(3)(x)(B)(1)
(iii) through (vi) of this section.
    (4) Channel Bar Site, San Francisco, CA (SF-8).
    (i) Location: 374455" N., 1223718" W; 374545" N., 1223424"
W.; 374424" N., 1223706" W.; 374515" N., 1223412" W.
    (ii) Size: 4,572x914 meters.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 11 to 14.3 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to material from
required dredging operations at the entrance of the San Francisco main
ship channel which is composed primarily of sand having grain sizes
compatible with naturally occurring sediments at the disposal site and
containing approximately 5 percent of particles having grain sizes finer
than that normally attributed to very fine sand (.075 millimeters).
Other dredged materials meeting the requirements of 40 CFR 227.13 but
having smaller grain sizes may be dumped at this site only upon
completion of an appropriate case-by-case evaluation of the impact of
such material on the site which demonstrates that such impact will be
acceptable.
    (5) Hilo, HI.
    (i) Location: (center point): Latitude--194830" N.; Longitude--
1545830" W.
    (ii) Size: Circular with a radius of 920 meters.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 330 to 340 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.

[[Page 248]]

    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material.
    (6) Kahului, HI.
    (i) Location: (center point): Latitude--210442" N.; Longitude--
1562900" W.
    (ii) Size: Circular with a radius of 920 meters.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 345 to 365 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material.
    (7) South Oahu, HI.
    (i) Location: (center point): Latitude--211510" N.; Longitude--
1575650" W.
    (ii) Size: 2 kilometers wide and 2.6 kilometers long.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 400 to 475 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material.
    (8) Nawiliwili, HI.
    (i) Location: (centerpoint): Latitude--215500" N. Longitude--
1591700" W.
    (ii) Size: Circular with a radius of 920 meters.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 840 to 1,120 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material.
    (9) Port Allen, HI.
    (i) Location: (center point) Latitude--215000" N. Longitude--
1593500" W.
    (ii) Size: Circular with a radius of 920 meters.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 1,460 to 1,610 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material.
    (10) Humboldt Open Ocean Disposal Site (HOODS) Ocean Dredged
Material Disposal Site--Region IX.
    (i) Location: The coordinates of the corners of the square site are:
404825" North latitude (N) by 1241622" West longitude (W); 404903"
N by 1241722" W; 404738" N by 1241722" N; and 404817" N by
1241812" W (North American Datum from 1983).
    (ii) Size: 1 square nautical mile (3 square kilometers).
    (iii) Depth: Water depths within the area range between
approximately 160 to 180 feet (49 to 55 meters).
    (iv) Use Restricted to Disposal of: Dredged materials.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use over 50 years from date of site
designation, subject to restrictions and provisions set forth in
paragraph (l)(10)(vi) of this section.
    (vi) Restrictions/Provisions: Site management and monitoring
activities shall be implemented during the period of site use and in
accordance with the Site Management and Monitoring Plan (SMMP) for the
HOODS as incorporated in the Final EIS, and summarized in Section D of
this final rule. All disposal activities shall be terminated if
monitoring, as described in the SMMP, is not implemented. The SMMP may
be periodically revised as necessary; proposed substantive revisions to
the SMMP shall be made following opportunity for public review and
comment.
    (11) Newport Beach, CA, (LA-3) Ocean Dredged Material Disposal
Site--Region IX.
    (i) Location: Center coordinates of the circle-shaped site are:
333100" North Latitude by 1175330" West Longitude (North American
Datum from 1983), with a radius of 3,000 feet (915 meters).
    (ii) Size: 0.77 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 1,500 to 1,675 feet (460 to 510 meters).
    (iv) Use Restricted to Disposal of: Dredged materials.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged materials
that comply with EPA's Ocean Dumping Regulations.
    (12) Guam Deep Ocean Disposal Site (G-DODS)--Region IX.
    (i) Location: Center coordinates of the circle-shaped site are:
1335.500 North Latitude by 14428.733 East Longitude (North American
Datum from 1983), with an overall diameter of 3 nautical miles (5.6
kilometers).
    (ii) Size: 7.1 square nautical miles (24.3 square kilometers)
overall site.
    (iii) Depth: 8,790 feet (2,680 meters).
    (iv) Use Restricted to Disposal of: Suitable dredged materials.

[[Page 249]]

    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to a maximum of 1
million cubic yards (764,555 cubic meters) per calendar year of dredged
materials that comply with EPA's Ocean Dumping Regulations; disposal
operations shall be conducted in accordance with requirements specified
in a Site Management and Monitoring Plan developed by EPA and USACE, to
be reviewed at least every 10 years.
    (m) Region IX Final Other Wastes Sites.
    (1) Fish Processing Waste Disposal Site, American Samoa.
    (i) Location: 1424.00 South latitude by 17038.30 West longitude
(1.5 nautical mile radius).
    (ii) Size: 7.07 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 1,502 fathoms (2,746 meters or 9,012 feet).
    (iv) Primary Use: Disposal of fish processing wastes.
    (v) Period of Use: Continued use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dissolved air
flotation (DAF) sludge, presswater, and precooker water produced as a
result of fish processing operations at fish canneries generated in
American Samoa.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (n) Region X Final Dredged Material Sites.
    (1) Chetco, OR, Dredged Material Site.
    (i) Location: 420155" N., 1241637" W.; 420155" N., 1241613"
W.; 420137" N., 1241613" W.; and 420137" N., 1241637" W. (NAD83)
    (ii) Size: 0.09 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: 21 meters (average).
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for unconfined disposal from the Chetco
Estuary and River and adjacent areas.
    (2) Coos Bay, OR Dredged Material Site E.
    (i) Location: 432159" N., 1242245" W.;432148" N., 1242159"
W.; 432135" N., 1242205" W.; 432146" N., 1242251" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.13 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Averages 17 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material in
the Coos Bay area of type 1, as defined in the site designation final
EIS.
    (3) Coos Bay, OR Dredged Material Site F
    (i) Location: 432254.8887" N., 1241928.9905" W.; 432132.8735"
N., 1242037.7373" W.; 432251.4004" N., 1242332.4318" W.;
432358.4014" N., 1242235.4308" W. (NAD 83).
    (ii) Size: 4.45 kilometers long and 2.45 kilometers wide.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 6 to 51 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material determined to be suitable for
ocean disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing Use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for unconfined disposal; Disposal shall be
managed by the restrictions and requirements contained in the currently-
approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan (SMMP); Monitoring, as
specified in the SMMP, is required.
    (4) Coos Bay, OR Dredged Material Site H
    (i) Location: 432353" N., 1242248" W.; 432342" N., 1242301"
W.; 432416" N., 1242326" W.; 432405" N., 1242338" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.13 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Averages 55 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material in
the Coos Bay area of type 2 and 3, as defined in the site designation
final EIS.
    (5) Coquille River Entrance, OR.
    (i) Location: 430826" N., 1242644" W.; 43083" N., 1242608"
W.; 430813" N., 1242700" W.; 430750" N., 1242623" W.
    Centroid: 430808" N., 1242634" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.17 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 18.3 meters.
    (iv) Period of Use: Continuing use.
    (v) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material from
the Coquille Estuary and River and adjacent areas.
    (6) Rogue River, OR--Dredged Material Site
    (i) Location: 422415.40" N, 1242652.39" W; 422403.40" N,
1242639.39" W; 422339.40" N, 1242717.40" W; 422351.40" N,
1242730.40" W (NAD 83)

[[Page 250]]

    (ii) Size: Approximately 1.1 kilometers long and 0.4 kilometers wide
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from approximately 15 to 27 meters
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing Use
    (vi) Restrictions: (A) Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for ocean disposal according to 40 CFR 227.13,
from the Rogue River navigation channel and adjacent areas;
    (B) Disposal shall be managed by the restrictions and requirements
contained in the currently-approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan
(SMMP);
    (C) Monitoring, as specified in the SMMP, is required.
    (7) Umpqua River, OR--North and South Dredged Material Disposal
Sites.
    (i) North Umpqua River Site.
    (A) Location: 434123.09" N, 1241420.28" W; 434125.86" N,
1241254.61" W; 434043.62" N, 1241417.85" W; 434046.37" N,
1241252.74" W.
    (B) Size: Approximately 1.92 kilometers long and 1.22 kilometers
wide, with a drop zone which is defined as a 500-foot setback inscribed
within all sides of the site boundary, reducing the permissible disposal
area to a zone 5,300 feet long by 3,000 feet wide.
    (C) Depth: Ranges from approximately 9 to 37 meters.
    (D) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (E) Period of Use: Continuing Use.
    (F) Restrictions: (1) Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for ocean disposal according to 40 CFR 227.13,
from the Umpqua River navigation channel and adjacent areas;
    (2) Disposal shall be managed by the restrictions and requirements
contained in the currently-approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan
(SMMP);
    (3) Monitoring, as specified in the SMMP, is required.
    (ii) South Umpqua River Site.
    (A) Location: 433932.31" N, 1241435.60" W; 433935.23" N,
1241311.01" W; 433853.08" N, 1241432.94" W; 433855.82" N,
1241308.36" W.
    (B) Size: Approximately 1.92 kilometers long and 1.22 kilometers
wide, with a drop zone which is defined as a 500-foot setback inscribed
within all sides of the site boundary, reducing the permissible disposal
area to a zone 5,300 feet long by 3,000 feet wide.
    (C) Depth: Ranges from approximately 9 to 37 meters.
    (D) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (E) Period of Use: Continuing Use.
    (F) Restrictions: (1) Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for ocean disposal according to 40 CFR 227.13,
from the Umpqua River navigation channel and adjacent areas;
    (2) Disposal shall be managed by the restrictions and requirements
contained in the currently-approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan
(SMMP);
    (3) Monitoring, as specified in the SMMP, is required.
    (8) Mouth of the Columbia River, OR/WA Dredged Material Shallow
Water site.
    (i) Location: Overall Site Coordinates: 461531.64" N,
1240509.72" W; 461417.66" N, 1240714.54" W; 461502.87" N,
1240811.47" W; 461552.77" N, 1240542.92" W. Drop Zone:
461535.36" N, 1240515.55" W; 461431.07" N, 1240703.25" W;
461458.83" N, 1240736.89" W; 461542.38" N, 1240526.65" W (All
NAD 83)
    (ii) Size: 3.05 kilometers long and 0.32 to 1.10 kilometers wide or
1.4 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 14 to 23 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged Material determined to be suitable for
ocean disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing Use.
    (vi) Restriction: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for unconfined disposal; Site use shall be
consistent with the ability of the site to disperse disposed material
into the littoral zone.
    (9) Mouth of the Columbia River, OR/WA Dredged Material Deep Water
site.
    (i) Location: Overall Site Coordinates: 461103.03" N,
1241001.30" W; 461309.78" N, 1241239.67" W; 461040.88" N,
1241646.48" W; 460834.22" N, 1241408.07" W (which includes a
3,000-foot buffer); Site Placement Area: 461106.00" N, 1241105.99"
W; 461228.01" N, 1241248.48" W; 461037.96" N, 1241550.91" W;
460915.99" N, 1241408.40" W (All NAD, 83).

[[Page 251]]

    (ii) Size: 7.01 kilometers long by 5.18 kilometers wide or 10.5
square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 58 to 91 meters.
    (iv) Primary Use: Dredged material determined to be suitable for
ocean disposal.
    (v) Period of Use: Continuing Use or until placed material has
mounded to an average height of 40 feet within the placement area (see
restriction 4 below).
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for unconfined disposal; Site use shall be
consistent with the ability of the site to retain disposed material on-
site; Direct disposal of dredged material into the identified buffer
zone is prohibited; and The Corps and/or EPA shall undertake specific
re-evaluation of site capacity once the site is used and an average
mound height of 30 feet has accumulated throughout the placement area.
This evaluation will either confirm the original 40-foot height
restriction, or recommend a more technically appropriate one.
    (10) Grays Harbor Eight Mile Site.
    (i) Location: Circle with a 0.40 mile radius around a central
coordinate at 4657 N., 12420.06 W.
    (ii) Size: 0.5 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 42-49 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of Use: One time use over multiple years. Designation of
the site is anticipated within five years following completion of
disposal and monitoring activities.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from initial construction of the Grays Harbor navigation project. Post-
disposal monitoring will determine the need and extent of closure
requirements.
    (11) Grays Harbor Southwest Navigation Site.
    (i) Location: 4652.94 N., 12413.81 W; 4652.17 N., 12412.96
W.; 4651.15 N., 12414.19 W.; 4651.92 N., 12414.95 W.
    (ii) Size: 1.25 square nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: 30-37 meters (average).
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for unconfined disposal from Grays Harbor
estuary and adjacent areas. Additional discharge restrictions will be
contained in the EPA/Corps management plan for the site.
    (12) Nome, AK--East Site.
    (i) Location: 642954" N., 1652441" W.; 642945" N., 1652327"
W.; 642857" N., 1652329" W.; 642907" N., 1652425".
    (ii) Size: 0.37 square nautical mile.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 1 to 12 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Nome, Alaska, and adjacent areas. Use will be coordinated with the
City of Nome prior to dredging.
    (13) Nome, AK--West Site.
    (i) Location: 643004" N., 1652552" W.; 642918" N., 1652604"
W.; 642913" N., 1652522" W.; 642954" N., 1652445" W.
    (ii) Size: 0.30 nautical miles.
    (iii) Depth: Ranges from 1 to 11 meters.
    (iv) Primary use: Dredged material.
    (v) Period of use: Continuing use.
    (vi) Restrictions: Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
from Nome, Alaska, and adjacent areas. Use will be coordinated with the
City of Nome prior to dredging. Preference will be given to placing any
material in the inner third of the site to supplement littoral drift, as
needed.
    (14) Siuslaw River, OR--North and South Dredged Material Disposal
Sites.
    (i) North Siuslaw River Site.
(A) Location:

440131.03" N, 1241012.92" W,
440149.39" N, 1241002.85" W,
440131.97" N, 1240901.86" W,
440113.45" N, 1240911.41" W.

    (B) Size: Approximately 1.5 kilometers long and 0.6 kilometers wide.
    (C) Depth: Ranges from approximately 9 to 35 meters.
    (D) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (E) Period of Use: Continuing Use.
    (F) Restrictions: (1) Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for ocean disposal according to 40 CFR 227.13
from the Siuslaw River navigation channel and adjacent areas;
    (2) Disposal shall be managed by the restrictions and requirements
contained in the currently-approved Site

[[Page 252]]

Management and Monitoring Plan (SMMP);
    (3) Monitoring, as specified in the SMMP, is required.
    (ii) South Siuslaw River Site.
    (A) Location:

440046.72" N, 1241026.55" W,
440106.41" N, 1241024.45" W,
440104.12" N, 1240943.52" W,
440044.45" N, 1240945.63" W.

    (B) Size: Approximately 0.9 kilometers long and 0.6 kilometers wide.
    (C) Depth: Ranges from approximately 24 to 38 meters.
    (D) Primary Use: Dredged material.
    (E) Period of Use: Continuing Use.
    (F) Restrictions: (1) Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for ocean disposal according to 40 CFR 227.13,
from the Siuslaw River navigation channel and adjacent areas;
    (2) Disposal shall be managed by the restrictions and requirements
contained in the currently-approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan
(SMMP);
    (3) Monitoring, as specified in the SMMP, is required.
    (15) Yaquina Bay, OR--North and South Ocean Dredged Material
Disposal Sites
    (i) North Site.
    (A) Location (NAD 83): 443817.98" N, 1240725.95" W; 443812.86"
N, 1240631.10" W; 443714.33" N, 1240737.57" W; 443709.22" N,
1240642.73" W.
    (B) Size: Approximately 1.07 nautical miles long and 0.66 nautical
miles wide (0.71 square nautical miles); 597 acres (242 hectares)
    (C) Depth: Ranges from approximately 112 to 152 feet (34 to 46
meters)
    (D) Primary Use: Dredged material
    (E) Period of Use: Continuing use
    (F) Restrictions: (1) Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for ocean disposal according to 40 CFR 227.13
from the Yaquina Bay and River navigation channel and adjacent areas;
    (2) Disposal shall be managed by the restrictions and requirements
contained in the currently-approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan
(SMMP);
    (3) Monitoring, as specified in the SMMP, is required.
    (ii) South Site.
    (A) Location (NAD 83): 443604.50" N, 1240752.66" W; 443559.39"
N, 1240657.84" W; 443500.85" N, 1240804.27" W; 443455.75" N,
1240709.47" W.
    (B) Size: Approximately 1.07 nautical miles long and 0.66 nautical
miles wide (0.71 square nautical miles); 597 acres (242 hectares)
    (C) Depth: Ranges from approximately 112 to 152 feet (34 to 46
meters)
    (D) Primary Use: Dredged material
    (E) Period of Use: Continuing use
    (F) Restrictions: (1) Disposal shall be limited to dredged material
determined to be suitable for ocean disposal according to 40 CFR 227.13,
from the Yaquina Bay and River navigation channel and adjacent areas;
    (2) Disposal shall be managed by the restrictions and requirements
contained in the currently-approved Site Management and Monitoring Plan
(SMMP);
    (3) Monitoring, as specified in the SMMP, is required.
    (o) Region X Final Other Wastes Sites.
    (1) No final sites.
    (2) [Reserved]

[59 FR 61130, Nov. 29, 1994]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec.
228.15, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov.



PART 229_GENERAL PERMITS--Table of Contents



Sec.
229.1 Burial at sea.
229.2 Transport of target vessels.
229.3 Transportation and disposal of vessels.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1412 and 1418.

    Source: 42 FR 2489, Jan. 11, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 229.1  Burial at sea.

    (a) All persons subject to title I of the Act are hereby granted a
general permit to transport human remains from the United States and all
persons owning or operating a vessel or aircraft registered in the
United States or flying the United States flag and all departments,
agencies, or instrumentalities of the United States are hereby granted a
general permit to transport human remains from any location for

[[Page 253]]

the purpose of burial at sea and to bury such remains at sea subject to
the following conditions:
    (1) Except as herein otherwise provided, human remains shall be
prepared for burial at sea and shall be buried in accordance with
accepted practices and requirements as may be deemed appropriate and
desirable by the United States Navy, United States Coast Guard, or civil
authority charged with the responsibility for making such arrangements;
    (2) Burial at sea of human remains which are not cremated shall take
place no closer than 3 nautical miles from land and in water no less
than one hundred fathoms (six hundred feet) deep and in no less than
three hundred fathoms (eighteen hundred feet) from (i) 273000" to
310000" North Latitude off St. Augustine and Cape Canaveral, Florida;
(ii) 822000" to 840000" West Longitude off Dry Tortugas, Florida;
and (iii) 871500" to 895000" West Longitude off the Mississippi
River Delta, Louisiana, to Pensacola, Florida. All necessary measures
shall be taken to ensure that the remains sink to the bottom rapidly and
permanently; and
    (3) Cremated remains shall be buried in or on ocean waters without
regard to the depth limitations specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section provided that such burial shall take place no closer than 3
nautical miles from land.
    (b) For purposes of this section and Sec. Sec. 229.2 and 229.3,
land means that portion of the baseline from which the territorial sea
is measured, as provided for in the Convention on the Territorial Sea
and the Contiguous Zone, which is in closest proximity to the proposed
disposal site.
    (c) Flowers and wreaths consisting of materials which are readily de
com pos a ble in the marine environment may be disposed of under the
general permit set forth in this section at the site at which disposal
of human remains is authorized.
    (d) All burials conducted under this general permit shall be
reported within 30 days to the Regional Administrator of the Region from
which the vessel carrying the remains departed.



Sec. 229.2  Transport of target vessels.

    (a) The U.S. Navy is hereby granted a general permit to transport
vessels from the United States or from any other location for the
purpose of sinking such vessels in ocean waters in testing ordnance and
providing related data subject to the following conditions:
    (1) Such vessels may be sunk at times determined by the appropriate
Navy official;
    (2) Necessary measures shall be taken to insure that the vessel
sinks to the bottom rapidly and permanently, and that marine navigation
is not otherwise impaired by the sunk vessel;
    (3) All such vessel sinkings shall be conducted in water at least
1,000 fathoms (6,000 feet) deep and at least 50 nautical miles from
land, as defined in Sec. 229.1(b); and
    (4) Before sinking, appropriate measures shall be taken by qualified
personnel at a Navy or other certified facility to remove to the maximum
extent practicable all materials which may degrade the marine
environment, including without limitation (i) emptying of all fuel tanks
and fuel lines to the lowest point practicable, flushing of such tanks
and lines with water, and again emptying such tanks and lines to the
lowest point practicable so that such tanks and lines are essentially
free of petroleum, and (ii) removing from the hulls other pollutants and
all readily detachable material capable of creating debris or
contributing to chemical pollution.
    (b) An annual report will be made to the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency setting forth the name of each vessel
used as a target vessel, its approximate tonnage, and the location and
date of sinking.



Sec. 229.3  Transportation and disposal of vessels.

    (a) All persons subject to title I of the Act are hereby granted a
general permit to transport vessels from the United States, and all
departments, agencies, or instrumentalities of the United States are
hereby granted a general permit to transport vessels from any location
for the purpose of disposal in the ocean subject to the following
conditions:

[[Page 254]]

    (1) Except in emergency situations, as determined by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers and/or the U.S. Coast Guard, the person desiring to
dispose of a vessel under this general permit shall, no later than 1
month prior to the proposed disposal date, provide the following
information in writing to the EPA Regional Administrator for the Region
in which the proposed disposal will take place:
    (i) A statement detailing the need for the disposal of the vessel;
    (ii) Type and description of vessel to be disposed of and type of
cargo normally carried;
    (iii) Detailed description of the proposed disposal procedures;
    (iv) Information on the potential effect of the vessel disposal on
the marine environment; and
    (v) Documentation of an adequate evaluation of alternatives to ocean
disposal (i.e., scrap, salvage, and reclamation).
    (2) Transportation for the purpose of ocean disposal may be
accomplished under the supervision of the District Commander of the U.S.
Coast Guard or his designee.
    (3) Except in emergency situations, as determined by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers and/or the District Commander of the U.S. Coast
Guard, appropriate measures shall be taken, prior to disposal, by
qualified personnel to remove to the maximum extent practicable all
materials which may degrade the marine environment, including without
limitation (i) emptying of all fuel lines and fuel tanks to the lowest
point practicable, flushing of such lines and tanks with water, and
again emptying such lines and tanks to the lowest point practicable so
that such lines and tanks are essentially free of petroleum, and (ii)
removing from the hulls other pollutants and all readily detachable
material capable of creating debris or contributing to chemical
pollution.
    (4) Except in emergency situations, as determined by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers and/or the U.S. Coast Guard, the dumper shall, no
later than 10 days prior to the proposed disposal date, notify the EPA
Regional Administrator and the District Commander of the U.S. Coast
Guard that the vessel has been cleaned and is available for inspection;
the vessel may be transported for dumping only after EPA and the Coast
Guard agree that the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section
have been met.
    (5) Disposal of these vessels shall take place in a site designated
on current nautical charts for the disposal of wrecks or no closer than
22 kilometers (12 miles) from the nearest land and in water no less than
50 fathoms (300 feet) deep, and all necessary measures shall be taken to
insure that the vessels sink to the bottom rapidly and that marine
navigation is not otherwise impaired.
    (6) Disposal shall not take place in established shipping lanes
unless at a designated wreck site, nor in a designated marine sanctuary,
nor in a location where the hulk may present a hazard to commercial
trawling or national defense (see 33 CFR part 205).
    (7) Except in emergency situations, as determined by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers and/or the U.S. Coast Guard, disposal of these
vessels shall be performed during daylight hours only.
    (8) Except in emergency situations, as determined by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers and/or the District Commander of the U.S. Coast
Guard, the Captain-of-the-Port (COTP), U.S. Coast Guard, and the EPA
Regional Administrator shall be notified forty-eight (48) hours in
advance of the proposed disposal. In addition, the COTP and the EPA
Regional Administrator shall be notified by telephone at least twelve
(12) hours in advance of the vessel's departure from port with such
details as the proposed departure time and place, disposal site
location, estimated time of arrival on site, and the name and
communication capability of the towing vessel. Schedule changes are to
be reported to the COTP as rapidly as possible.
    (9) The National Ocean Survey, NOAA, 6010 Executive Blvd.,
Rockville, MD 20852, shall be notified in writing, within 1 week, of the
exact coordinates of the disposal site so that it may be marked on
appropriate charts.

[[Page 255]]



PART 230_SECTION 404(b)(1) GUIDELINES FOR SPECIFICATION OF DISPOSAL
SITES FOR DREDGED OR FILL MATERIAL--Table of Contents



                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
230.1 Purpose and policy.
230.2 Applicability.
230.3 Definitions.
230.4 Organization.
230.5 General procedures to be followed.
230.6 Adaptability.
230.7 General permits.

                Subpart B_Compliance With the Guidelines

230.10 Restrictions on discharge.
230.11 Factual determinations.
230.12 Findings of compliance or non-compliance with the restrictions on
          discharge.

Subpart C_Potential Impacts on Physical and Chemical Characteristics of
                          the Aquatic Ecosystem

230.20 Substrate.
230.21 Suspended particulates/turbidity.
230.22 Water.
230.23 Current patterns and water circulation.
230.24 Normal water fluctuations.
230.25 Salinity gradients.

Subpart D_Potential Impacts on Biological Characteristics of the Aquatic
                                Ecosystem

230.30 Threatened and endangered species.
230.31 Fish, crustaceans, mollusks, and other aquatic organisms in the
          food web.
230.32 Other wildlife.

          Subpart E_Potential Impacts on Special Aquatic Sites

230.40 Sanctuaries and refuges.
230.41 Wetlands.
230.42 Mud flats.
230.43 Vegetated shallows.
230.44 Coral reefs.
230.45 Riffle and pool complexes.

        Subpart F_Potential Effects on Human Use Characteristics

230.50 Municipal and private water supplies.
230.51 Recreational and commercial fisheries.
230.52 Water-related recreation.
230.53 Aesthetics.
230.54 Parks, national and historical monuments, national seashores,
          wilderness areas, research sites, and similar preserves.

                    Subpart G_Evaluation and Testing

230.60 General evaluation of dredged or fill material.
230.61 Chemical, biological, and physical evaluation and testing.

              Subpart H_Actions To Minimize Adverse Effects

230.70 Actions concerning the location of the discharge.
230.71 Actions concerning the material to be discharged.
230.72 Actions controlling the material after discharge.
230.73 Actions affecting the method of dispersion.
230.74 Actions related to technology.
230.75 Actions affecting plant and animal populations.
230.76 Actions affecting human use.
230.77 Other actions.

          Subpart I_Planning To Shorten Permit Processing Time

230.80 Advanced identification of disposal areas.

    Subpart J_Compensatory Mitigation for Losses of Aquatic Resources

230.91 Purpose and general considerations.
230.92 Definitions.
230.93 General compensatory mitigation requirements.
230.94 Planning and documentation.
230.95 Ecological performance standards.
230.96 Monitoring.
230.97 Management.
230.98 Mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs.

    Authority: Secs. 404(b) and 501(a) of the Clean Water Act of 1977
(33 U.S.C. 1344(b) and 1361(a)).

    Source: 45 FR 85344, Dec. 24, 1980, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 230.1  Purpose and policy.

    (a) The purpose of these Guidelines is to restore and maintain the
chemical, physical, and biological integrity of waters of the United
States through the control of discharges of dredged or fill material.
    (b) Congress has expressed a number of policies in the Clean Water
Act. These Guidelines are intended to be

[[Page 256]]

consistent with and to implement those policies.
    (c) Fundamental to these Guidelines is the precept that dredged or
fill material should not be discharged into the aquatic ecosystem,
unless it can be demonstrated that such a discharge will not have an
unacceptable adverse impact either individually or in combination with
known and/or probable impacts of other activities affecting the
ecosystems of concern.
    (d) From a national perspective, the degradation or destruction of
special aquatic sites, such as filling operations in wetlands, is
considered to be among the most severe environmental impacts covered by
these Guidelines. The guiding principle should be that degradation or
destruction of special sites may represent an irreversible loss of
valuable aquatic resources.



Sec. 230.2  Applicability.

    (a) These Guidelines have been developed by the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency in conjunction with the Secretary of the
Army acting through the Chief of Engineers under section 404(b)(1) of
the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1344). The Guidelines are applicable to
the specification of disposal sites for discharges of dredged or fill
material into waters of the United States. Sites may be specified
through:
    (1) The regulatory program of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers under
sections 404(a) and (e) of the Act (see 33 CFR Parts 320, 323 and 325);
    (2) The civil works program of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (see
33 CFR 209.145 and section 150 of Pub. L. 94-587, Water Resources
Development Act of 1976);
    (3) Permit programs of States approved by the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency in accordance with section 404(g) and
(h) of the Act (see 40 CFR parts 122, 123 and 124);
    (4) Statewide dredged or fill material regulatory programs with best
management practices approved under section 208(b)(4)(B) and (C) of the
Act (see 40 CFR 35.1560);
    (5) Federal construction projects which meet criteria specified in
section 404(r) of the Act.
    (b) These Guidelines will be applied in the review of proposed
discharges of dredged or fill material into navigable waters which lie
inside the baseline from which the territorial sea is measured, and the
discharge of fill material into the territorial sea, pursuant to the
procedures referred to in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section. The
discharge of dredged material into the territorial sea is governed by
the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of 1972, Pub. L.
92-532, and regulations and criteria issued pursuant thereto (40 CFR
parts 220 through 228).
    (c) Guidance on interpreting and implementing these Guidelines may
be prepared jointly by EPA and the Corps at the national or regional
level from time to time. No modifications to the basic application,
meaning, or intent of these Guidelines will be made without rulemaking
by the Administrator under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C.
551 et seq.).



Sec. 230.3  Definitions.

    For purposes of this part, the following terms shall have the
meanings indicated:
    (a) The term Act means the Clean Water Act (also known as the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act or FWPCA) Pub. L. 92-500, as amended
by Pub. L. 95-217, 33 U.S.C. 1251, et seq.
    (b) The term adjacent means bordering, contiguous, or neighboring.
Wetlands separated from other waters of the United States by man-made
dikes or barriers, natural river berms, beach dunes, and the like are
``adjacent wetlands.''
    (c) The terms aquatic environment and aquatic ecosystem mean waters
of the United States, including wetlands, that serve as habitat for
interrelated and interacting communities and populations of plants and
animals.
    (d) The term carrier of contaminant means dredged or fill material
that contains contaminants.
    (e) The term contaminant means a chemical or biological substance in
a form that can be incorporated into, onto or be ingested by and that
harms aquatic organisms, consumers of aquatic organisms, or users of the
aquatic environment, and includes but

[[Page 257]]

is not limited to the substances on the 307(a)(1) list of toxic
pollutants promulgated on January 31, 1978 (43 FR 4109).
    (f)-(g) [Reserved]
    (h) The term discharge point means the point within the disposal
site at which the dredged or fill material is released.
    (i) The term disposal site means that portion of the ``waters of the
United States'' where specific disposal activities are permitted and
consist of a bottom surface area and any overlying volume of water. In
the case of wetlands on which surface water is not present, the disposal
site consists of the wetland surface area.
    (j) [Reserved]
    (k) The term extraction site means the place from which the dredged
or fill material proposed for discharge is to be removed.
    (l) [Reserved]
    (m) The term mixing zone means a limited volume of water serving as
a zone of initial dilution in the immediate vicinity of a discharge
point where receiving water quality may not meet quality standards or
other requirements otherwise applicable to the receiving water. The
mixing zone should be considered as a place where wastes and water mix
and not as a place where effluents are treated.
    (n) The term permitting authority means the District Engineer of the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers or such other individual as may be
designated by the Secretary of the Army to issue or deny permits under
section 404 of the Act; or the State Director of a permit program
approved by EPA under section 404(g) and section 404(h) or his delegated
representative.
    (o) The term pollutant means dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator
residue, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge, munitions, chemical wastes,
biological materials, radioactive materials not covered by the Atomic
Energy Act, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar
dirt, and industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste discharged into
water. The legislative history of the Act reflects that ``radioactive
materials'' as included within the definition of ``pollutant'' in
section 502 of the Act means only radioactive materials which are not
encompassed in the definition of source, byproduct, or special nuclear
materials as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and
regulated under the Atomic Energy Act. Examples of radioactive materials
not covered by the Atomic Energy Act and, therefore, included within the
term ``pollutant'', are radium and accelerator produced isotopes. See
Train v. Colorado Public Interest Research Group, Inc., 426 U.S. 1
(1976).
    (p) The term pollution means the man-made or man-induced alteration
of the chemical, physical, biological or radiological integrity of an
aquatic ecosystem.
    (q) The term practicable means available and capable of being done
after taking into consideration cost, existing technology, and logistics
in light of overall project purposes.
    (q-1) Special aquatic sites means those sites identified in subpart
E. They are geographic areas, large or small, possessing special
ecological characteristics of productivity, habitat, wildlife
protection, or other important and easily disrupted ecological values.
These areas are generally recognized as significantly influencing or
positively contributing to the general overall environmental health or
vitality of the entire ecosystem of a region. (See Sec. 230.10(a)(3))
    (r) The term territorial sea means the belt of the sea measured from
the baseline as determined in accordance with the Convention on the
Territorial Sea and the Contiguous Zone and extending seaward a distance
of three miles.
    (s) The term waters of the United States means:
    (1) All waters which are currently used, or were used in the past,
or may be susceptible to use in interstate or foreign commerce,
including all waters which are subject to the ebb and flow of the tide;
    (2) All interstate waters including interstate wetlands;
    (3) All other waters such as intrastate lakes, rivers, streams
(including intermittent streams), mudflats, sandflats, wetlands,
sloughs, prairie potholes, wet meadows, playa lakes, or natural ponds,
the use, degradation or

[[Page 258]]

destruction of which could affect interstate or foreign commerce
including any such waters:
    (i) Which are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers
for recreational or other purposes; or
    (ii) From which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in
interstate or foreign commerce; or
    (iii) Which are used or could be used for industrial purposes by
industries in interstate commerce;
    (4) All impoundments of waters otherwise defined as waters of the
United States under this definition;
    (5) Tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs (s)(1) through
(4) of this section;
    (6) The territorial sea;
    (7) Wetlands adjacent to waters (other than waters that are
themselves wetlands) identified in paragraphs (s)(1) through (6) of this
section; waste treatment systems, including treatment ponds or lagoons
designed to meet the requirements of CWA (other than cooling ponds as
defined in 40 CFR 423.11(m) which also meet the criteria of this
definition) are not waters of the United States.

Waters of the United States do not include prior converted cropland.
Notwithstanding the determination of an area's status as prior converted
cropland by any other federal agency, for the purposes of the Clean
Water Act, the final authority regarding Clean Water Act jurisdiction
remains with EPA.
    (t) The term wetlands means those areas that are inundated or
saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration
sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a
prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil
conditions. Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, bogs and similar
areas.

[45 FR 85344, Dec. 24, 1980, as amended at 58 FR 45037, Aug. 25, 1993]



Sec. 230.4  Organization.

    The Guidelines are divided into eight subparts. Subpart A presents
those provisions of general applicability, such as purpose and
definitions. Subpart B establishes the four conditions which must be
satisfied in order to make a finding that a proposed discharge of
dredged or fill material complies with the Guidelines. Section 230.11 of
subpart B, sets forth factual determinations which are to be considered
in determining whether or not a proposed discharge satisfies the subpart
B conditions of compliance. Subpart C describes the physical and
chemical components of a site and provides guidance as to how proposed
discharges of dredged or fill material may affect these components.
Subparts D through F detail the special characteristics of particular
aquatic ecosystems in terms of their values, and the possible loss of
these values due to discharges of dredged or fill material. Subpart G
prescribes a number of physical, chemical, and biological evaluations
and testing procedures to be used in reaching the required factual
determinations. Subpart H details the means to prevent or mimimize
adverse effects. Subpart I concerns advanced identification of disposal
areas.



Sec. 230.5  General procedures to be followed.

    In evaluating whether a particular discharge site may be specified,
the permitting authority should use these Guidelines in the following
sequence:
    (a) In order to obtain an overview of the principal regulatory
provisions of the Guidelines, review the restrictions on discharge in
Sec. 230.10(a) through (d), the measures to mimimize adverse impact of
subpart H, and the required factual determinations of Sec. 230.11.
    (b) Determine if a General permit (Sec. 230.7) is applicable; if
so, the applicant needs merely to comply with its terms, and no further
action by the permitting authority is necessary. Special conditions for
evaluation of proposed General permits are contained in Sec. 230.7. If
the discharge is not covered by a General permit:
    (c) Examine practicable alternatives to the proposed discharge, that
is, not discharging into the waters of the U.S. or discharging into an
alternative aquatic site with potentially less damaging consequences
(Sec. 230.10(a)).
    (d) Delineate the candidate disposal site consistent with the
criteria and evaluations of Sec. 230.11(f).

[[Page 259]]

    (e) Evaluate the various physical and chemical components which
characterize the non-living environment of the candidate site, the
substrate and the water including its dynamic characteristics (subpart
C).
    (f) Identify and evaluate any special or critical characteristics of
the candidate disposal site, and surrounding areas which might be
affected by use of such site, related to their living communities or
human uses (subparts D, E, and F).
    (g) Review Factual Determinations in Sec. 230.11 to determine
whether the information in the project file is sufficient to provide the
documentation required by Sec. 230.11 or to perform the pre-testing
evaluation described in Sec. 230.60, or other information is necessary.
    (h) Evaluate the material to be discharged to determine the
possibility of chemical contamination or physical incompatibility of the
material to be discharged (Sec. 230.60).
    (i) If there is a reasonable probability of chemical contamination,
conduct the appropriate tests according to the section on Evaluation and
Testing (Sec. 230.61).
    (j) Identify appropriate and practicable changes to the project plan
to minimize the environmental impact of the discharge, based upon the
specialized methods of minimization of impacts in subpart H.
    (k) Make and document Factual Determinations in Sec. 230.11.
    (l) Make and document Findings of Compliance (Sec. 230.12) by
comparing Factual Determinations with the requirements for discharge of
Sec. 230.10.

This outline of the steps to follow in using the Guidelines is
simplified for purposes of illustration. The actual process followed may
be iterative, with the results of one step leading to a reexamination of
previous steps. The permitting authority must address all of the
relevant provisions of the Guidelines in reaching a Finding of
Compliance in an individual case.



Sec. 230.6  Adaptability.

    (a) The manner in which these Guidelines are used depends on the
physical, biological, and chemical nature of the proposed extraction
site, the material to be discharged, and the candidate disposal site,
including any other important components of the ecosystem being
evaluated. Documentation to demonstrate knowledge about the extraction
site, materials to be extracted, and the candidate disposal site is an
essential component of guideline application. These Guidelines allow
evaluation and documentation for a variety of activities, ranging from
those with large, complex impacts on the aquatic environment to those
for which the impact is likely to be innocuous. It is unlikely that the
Guidelines will apply in their entirety to any one activity, no matter
how complex. It is anticipated that substantial numbers of permit
applications will be for minor, routine activities that have little, if
any, potential for significant degradation of the aquatic environment.
It generally is not intended or expected that extensive testing,
evaluation or analysis will be needed to make findings of compliance in
such routine cases. Where the conditions for General permits are met,
and where numerous applications for similar activities are likely, the
use of General permits will eliminate repetitive evaluation and
documentation for individual discharges.
    (b) The Guidelines user, including the agency or agencies
responsible for implementing the Guidelines, must recognize the
different levels of effort that should be associated with varying
degrees of impact and require or prepare commensurate documentation. The
level of documentation should reflect the significance and complexity of
the discharge activity.
    (c) An essential part of the evaluation process involves making
determinations as to the relevance of any portion(s) of the Guidelines
and conducting further evaluation only as needed. However, where
portions of the Guidelines review procedure are ``short form''
evaluations, there still must be sufficient information (including
consideration of both individual and cumulative impacts) to support the
decision of whether to specify the site for disposal of dredged or fill
material and to support the decision to curtail or abbreviate the
evaluation process. The presumption against the discharge in Sec. 230.1
applies to this decision-making.

[[Page 260]]

    (d) In the case of activities covered by General permits or section
208(b)(4)(B) and (C) Best Management Practices, the analysis and
documentation required by the Guidelines will be performed at the time
of General permit issuance or section 208(b)(4)(B) and (C) Best
Management Practices promulgation and will not be repeated when
activities are conducted under a General permit or section 208(b)(4)(B)
and (C) Best Management Practices control. These Guidelines do not
require reporting or formal written communication at the time individual
activities are initiated under a General permit or section 208(b)(4)(B)
and (C) Best Management Practices. However, a particular General permit
may require appropriate reporting.



Sec. 230.7  General permits.

    (a) Conditions for the issuance of General permits. A General permit
for a category of activities involving the discharge of dredged or fill
material complies with the Guidelines if it meets the applicable
restrictions on the discharge in Sec. 230.10 and if the permitting
authority determines that:
    (1) The activities in such category are similar in nature and
similar in their impact upon water quality and the aquatic environment;
    (2) The activities in such category will have only minimal adverse
effects when performed separately; and
    (3) The activities in such category will have only minimal
cumulative adverse effects on water quality and the aquatic environment.
    (b) Evaluation process. To reach the determinations required in
paragraph (a) of this section, the permitting authority shall set forth
in writing an evaluation of the potential individual and cumulative
impacts of the category of activities to be regulated under the General
permit. While some of the information necessary for this evaluation can
be obtained from potential permittees and others through the proposal of
General permits for public review, the evaluation must be completed
before any General permit is issued, and the results must be published
with the final permit.
    (1) This evaluation shall be based upon consideration of the
prohibitions listed in Sec. 230.10(b) and the factors listed in Sec.
230.10(c), and shall include documented information supporting each
factual determination in Sec. 230.11 of the Guidelines (consideration
of alternatives in Sec. 230.10(a) are not directly applicable to
General permits);
    (2) The evaluation shall include a precise description of the
activities to be permitted under the General permit, explaining why they
are sufficiently similar in nature and in environmental impact to
warrant regulation under a single General permit based on subparts C
through F of the Guidelines. Allowable differences between activities
which will be regulated under the same General permit shall be
specified. Activities otherwise similar in nature may differ in
environmental impact due to their location in or near ecologically
sensitive areas, areas with unique chemical or physical characteristics,
areas containing concentrations of toxic substances, or areas regulated
for specific human uses or by specific land or water management plans
(e.g., areas regulated under an approved Coastal Zone Management Plan).
If there are specific geographic areas within the purview of a proposed
General permit (called a draft General permit under a State 404
program), which are more appropriately regulated by individual permit
due to the considerations cited in this paragraph, they shall be clearly
delineated in the evaluation and excluded from the permit. In addition,
the permitting authority may require an individual permit for any
proposed activity under a General permit where the nature or location of
the activity makes an individual permit more appropriate.
    (3) To predict cumulative effects, the evaluation shall include the
number of individual discharge activities likely to be regulated under a
General permit until its expiration, including repetitions of individual
discharge activities at a single location.



                Subpart B_Compliance With the Guidelines



Sec. 230.10  Restrictions on discharge.

    Note: Because other laws may apply to particular discharges and
because the Corps of Engineers or State 404 agency may have

[[Page 261]]

additional procedural and substantive requirements, a discharge
complying with the requirement of these Guidelines will not
automatically receive a permit.
    Although all requirements in Sec. 230.10 must be met, the
compliance evaluation procedures will vary to reflect the seriousness of
the potential for adverse impacts on the aquatic ecosystems posed by
specific dredged or fill material discharge activities.
    (a) Except as provided under section 404(b)(2), no discharge of
dredged or fill material shall be permitted if there is a practicable
alternative to the proposed discharge which would have less adverse
impact on the aquatic ecosystem, so long as the alternative does not
have other significant adverse environmental consequences.
    (1) For the purpose of this requirement, practicable alternatives
include, but are not limited to:
    (i) Activities which do not involve a discharge of dredged or fill
material into the waters of the United States or ocean waters;
    (ii) Discharges of dredged or fill material at other locations in
waters of the United States or ocean waters;
    (2) An alternative is practicable if it is available and capable of
being done after taking into consideration cost, existing technology,
and logistics in light of overall project purposes. If it is otherwise a
practicable alternative, an area not presently owned by the applicant
which could reasonably be obtained, utilized, expanded or managed in
order to fulfill the basic purpose of the proposed activity may be con
sidered.
    (3) Where the activity associated with a discharge which is proposed
for a special aquatic site (as defined in subpart E) does not require
access or proximity to or siting within the special aquatic site in
question to fulfill its basic purpose (i.e., is not ``water
dependent''), practicable alternatives that do not involve special
aquatic sites are presumed to be available, unless clearly demonstrated
otherwise. In addition, where a discharge is proposed for a special
aquatic site, all practicable alternatives to the proposed discharge
which do not involve a discharge into a special aquatic site are
presumed to have less adverse impact on the aquatic ecosystem, unless
clearly demonstrated otherwise.
    (4) For actions subject to NEPA, where the Corps of Engineers is the
permitting agency, the analysis of alternatives required for NEPA
environmental documents, including supplemental Corps NEPA documents,
will in most cases provide the information for the evaluation of
alternatives under these Guidelines. On occasion, these NEPA documents
may address a broader range of alternatives than required to be
considered under this paragraph or may not have considered the
alternatives in sufficient detail to respond to the requirements of
these Guidelines. In the latter case, it may be necessary to supplement
these NEPA documents with this additional information.
    (5) To the extent that practicable alternatives have been identified
and evaluated under a Coastal Zone Management program, a section 208
program, or other planning process, such evaluation shall be considered
by the permitting authority as part of the consideration of alternatives
under the Guidelines. Where such evaluation is less complete than that
contemplated under this subsection, it must be supplemented accordingly.
    (b) No discharge of dredged or fill material shall be permitted if
it:
    (1) Causes or contributes, after consideration of disposal site
dilution and dispersion, to violations of any applicable State water
quality standard;
    (2) Violates any applicable toxic effluent standard or prohibition
under section 307 of the Act;
    (3) Jeopardizes the continued existence of species listed as
endangered or threatened under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as
amended, or results in likelihood of the destruction or adverse
modification of a habitat which is determined by the Secretary of
Interior or Commerce, as appropriate, to be a critical habitat under the
Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended. If an exemption has been
granted by the Endangered Species Committee, the terms of such exemption
shall apply in lieu of this subparagraph;
    (4) Violates any requirement imposed by the Secretary of Commerce to
protect any marine sanctuary designated

[[Page 262]]

under title III of the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act
of 1972.
    (c) Except as provided under section 404(b)(2), no discharge of
dredged or fill material shall be permitted which will cause or
contribute to significant degradation of the waters of the United
States. Findings of significant degradation related to the proposed
discharge shall be based upon appropriate factual determinations,
evaluations, and tests required by subparts B and G, after consideration
of subparts C through F, with special emphasis on the persistence and
permanence of the effects outlined in those subparts. Under these
Guidelines, effects contributing to significant degradation considered
individually or collectively, include:
    (1) Significantly adverse effects of the discharge of pollutants on
human health or welfare, including but not limited to effects on
municipal water supplies, plankton, fish, shellfish, wildlife, and
special aquatic sites.
    (2) Significantly adverse effects of the discharge of pollutants on
life stages of aquatic life and other wildlife dependent on aquatic
ecosystems, including the transfer, concentration, and spread of
pollutants or their byproducts outside of the disposal site through
biological, physical, and chemical processes;
    (3) Significantly adverse effects of the discharge of pollutants on
aquatic ecosystem diversity, productivity, and stability. Such effects
may include, but are not limited to, loss of fish and wildlife habitat
or loss of the capacity of a wetland to assimilate nutrients, purify
water, or reduce wave energy; or
    (4) Significantly adverse effects of discharge of pollutants on
recreational, aesthetic, and economic values.
    (d) Except as provided under section 404(b)(2), no discharge of
dredged or fill material shall be permitted unless appropriate and
practicable steps have been taken which will minimize potential adverse
impacts of the discharge on the aquatic ecosystem. Subpart H identifies
such possible steps.



Sec. 230.11  Factual determinations.

    The permitting authority shall determine in writing the potential
short-term or long-term effects of a proposed discharge of dredged or
fill material on the physical, chemical, and biological components of
the aquatic environment in light of subparts C through F. Such factual
determinations shall be used in Sec. 230.12 in making findings of
compliance or non-compliance with the restrictions on discharge in Sec.
230.10. The evaluation and testing procedures described in Sec. 230.60
and Sec. 230.61 of subpart G shall be used as necessary to make, and
shall be described in, such determination. The determinations of effects
of each proposed discharge shall include the following:
    (a) Physical substrate determinations. Determine the nature and
degree of effect that the proposed discharge will have, individually and
cumulatively, on the characteristics of the substrate at the proposed
disposal site. Consideration shall be given to the similarity in
particle size, shape, and degree of compaction of the material proposed
for discharge and the material constituting the substrate at the
disposal site, and any potential changes in substrate elevation and
bottom contours, including changes outside of the disposal site which
may occur as a result of erosion, slumpage, or other movement of the
discharged material. The duration and physical extent of substrate
changes shall also be considered. The possible loss of environmental
values (Sec. 230.20) and actions to minimize impact (subpart H) shall
also be considered in making these determinations. Potential changes in
substrate elevation and bottom contours shall be predicted on the basis
of the proposed method, volume, location, and rate of discharge, as well
as on the individual and combined effects of current patterns, water
circulation, wind and wave action, and other physical factors that may
af fect the movement of the discharged material.
    (b) Water circulation, fluctuation, and salinity determinations.
Determine the nature and degree of effect that the proposed discharge
will have individually and cumulatively on water, current patterns,
circulation including downstream flows, and normal water fluctuation.
Consideration shall be given to water chemistry, salinity, clarity,
color, odor, taste, dissolved gas

[[Page 263]]

levels, temperature, nutrients, and eutrophication plus other
appropriate characteristics. Consideration shall also be given to the
potential diversion or obstruction of flow, alterations of bottom
contours, or other significant changes in the hydrologic regime.
Additional consideration of the possible loss of environmental values
(Sec. Sec. 230.23 through 230.25) and actions to minimize impacts
(subpart H), shall be used in making these determinations. Potential
significant effects on the current patterns, water circulation, normal
water fluctuation and salinity shall be evaluated on the basis of the
proposed method, volume, location, and rate of discharge.
    (c) Suspended particulate/turbidity determinations. Determine the
nature and degree of effect that the proposed discharge will have,
individually and cumulatively, in terms of potential changes in the
kinds and concentrations of suspended particulate/turbidity in the
vicinity of the disposal site. Consideration shall be given to the grain
size of the material proposed for discharge, the shape and size of the
plume of suspended particulates, the duration of the discharge and
resulting plume and whether or not the potential changes will cause
violations of applicable water quality standards. Consideration should
also be given to the possible loss of environmental values (Sec.
230.21) and to actions for minimizing impacts (subpart H). Consideration
shall include the proposed method, volume, location, and rate of
discharge, as well as the individual and combined effects of current
patterns, water circulation and fluctuations, wind and wave action, and
other physical factors on the movement of suspended par ticulates.
    (d) Contaminant determinations. Determine the degree to which the
material proposed for discharge will introduce, relocate, or increase
contaminants. This determination shall consider the material to be
discharged, the aquatic environment at the proposed disposal site, and
the availability of contaminants.
    (e) Aquatic ecosystem and organism determinations. Determine the
nature and degree of effect that the proposed discharge will have, both
individually and cumulatively, on the structure and function of the
aquatic ecosystem and organisms. Consideration shall be given to the
effect at the proposed disposal site of potential changes in substrate
characteristics and elevation, water or substrate chemistry, nutrients,
currents, circulation, fluctuation, and salinity, on the recolonization
and existence of indigenous aquatic organisms or communities. Possible
loss of environmental values (Sec. 230.31), and actions to minimize
impacts (subpart H) shall be examined. Tests as described in Sec.
230.61 (Evaluation and Testing), may be required to provide information
on the effect of the discharge material on communities or populations of
organisms expected to be exposed to it.
    (f) Proposed disposal site determinations. (1) Each disposal site
shall be specified through the application of these Guidelines. The
mixing zone shall be confined to the smallest practicable zone within
each specified disposal site that is consistent with the type of
dispersion determined to be appropriate by the application of these
Guidelines. In a few special cases under unique environmental
conditions, where there is adequate justification to show that
widespread dispersion by natural means will result in no significantly
adverse environmental effects, the discharged material may be intended
to be spread naturally in a very thin layer over a large area of the
substrate rather than be contained within the disposal site.
    (2) The permitting authority and the Regional Administrator shall
consider the following factors in determining the acceptability of a
proposed mixing zone:
    (i) Depth of water at the disposal site;
    (ii) Current velocity, direction, and variability at the disposal
site;
    (iii) Degree of turbulence;
    (iv) Stratification attributable to causes such as obstructions,
salinity or density profiles at the disposal site;
    (v) Discharge vessel speed and direction, if appropriate;
    (vi) Rate of discharge;
    (vii) Ambient concentration of constituents of interest;
    (viii) Dredged material characteristics, particularly concentrations
of

[[Page 264]]

constituents, amount of material, type of material (sand, silt, clay,
etc.) and settling velocities;
    (ix) Number of discharge actions per unit of time;
    (x) Other factors of the disposal site that affect the rates and
patterns of mixing.
    (g) Determination of cumulative effects on the aquatic ecosystem.
(1) Cumulative impacts are the changes in an aquatic ecosystem that are
attributable to the collective effect of a number of individual
discharges of dredged or fill material. Although the impact of a
particular discharge may constitute a minor change in itself, the
cumulative effect of numerous such piecemeal changes can result in a
major impairment of the water resources and interfere with the
productivity and water quality of existing aquatic ecosystems.
    (2) Cumulative effects attributable to the discharge of dredged or
fill material in waters of the United States should be predicted to the
extent reasonable and practical. The permitting authority shall collect
information and solicit information from other sources about the
cumulative impacts on the aquatic ecosystem. This information shall be
documented and considered during the decision-making process concerning
the evaluation of individual permit applications, the issuance of a
General permit, and monitoring and enforcement of existing permits.
    (h) Determination of secondary effects on the aquatic ecosystem. (1)
Secondary effects are effects on an aquatic ecosystem that are
associated with a discharge of dredged or fill materials, but do not
result from the actual placement of the dredged or fill material.
Information about secondary effects on aquatic ecosystems shall be
considered prior to the time final section 404 action is taken by
permitting authorities.
    (2) Some examples of secondary effects on an aquatic ecosystem are
fluctuating water levels in an impoundment and downstream associated
with the operation of a dam, septic tank leaching and surface runoff
from residential or commercial developments on fill, and leachate and
runoff from a sanitary landfill located in waters of the U.S. Activities
to be conducted on fast land created by the discharge of dredged or fill
material in waters of the United States may have secondary impacts
within those waters which should be considered in evaluating the impact
of creating those fast lands.



Sec. 230.12  Findings of compliance or non-compliance with the
restrictions on discharge.

    (a) On the basis of these Guidelines (subparts C through G) the
proposed disposal sites for the discharge of dredged or fill material
must be:
    (1) Specified as complying with the requirements of these
Guidelines; or
    (2) Specified as complying with the requirements of these Guidelines
with the inclusion of appropriate and practicable discharge conditions
(see subparts H and J) to minimize pollution or adverse effects to the
affected aquatic ecosystems; or
    (3) Specified as failing to comply with the requirements of these
Guidelines where:
    (i) There is a practicable alternative to the proposed discharge
that would have less adverse effect on the aquatic ecosystem, so long as
such alternative does not have other significant adverse environmental
consequences; or
    (ii) The proposed discharge will result in significant degradation
of the aquatic ecosystem under Sec. 230.10(b) or (c); or
    (iii) The proposed discharge does not include all appropriate and
practicable measures to minimize potential harm to the aquatic
ecosystem; or
    (iv) There does not exist sufficient information to make a
reasonable judgment as to whether the proposed discharge will comply
with these Guidelines.
    (b) Findings under this section shall be set forth in writing by the
permitting authority for each proposed discharge and made available to
the permit applicant. These findings shall include the factual
determinations required by Sec. 230.11, and a brief explanation of any
adaptation of these Guidelines to the activity under consideration. In
the case of a General permit, such findings shall be prepared at the
time of issuance of that permit

[[Page 265]]

rather than for each subsequent discharge under the authority of that
permit.



Subpart C_Potential Impacts on Physical and Chemical Characteristics of
                          the Aquatic Ecosystem

    Note: The effects described in this subpart should be considered in
making the factual determinations and the findings of compliance or non-
compliance in subpart B.

[45 FR 85344, Dec. 24, 1980, as amended at 73 FR 19687, Apr. 10, 2008]



Sec. 230.20  Substrate.

    (a) The substrate of the aquatic ecosystem underlies open waters of
the United States and constitutes the surface of wetlands. It consists
of organic and inorganic solid materials and includes water and other
liquids or gases that fill the spaces between solid particles.
    (b) Possible loss of environmental characteristics and values: The
discharge of dredged or fill material can result in varying degrees of
change in the complex physical, chemical, and biological characteristics
of the substrate. Discharges which alter substrate elevation or contours
can result in changes in water circulation, depth, current pattern,
water fluctuation and water temperature. Discharges may adversely affect
bottom-dwelling organisms at the site by smothering immobile forms or
forcing mobile forms to migrate. Benthic forms present prior to a
discharge are unlikely to recolonize on the discharged material if it is
very dissimilar from that of the discharge site. Erosion, slumping, or
lateral displacement of surrounding bottom of such deposits can
adversely affect areas of the substrate outside the perimeters of the
disposal site by changing or destroying habitat. The bulk and
composition of the discharged material and the location, method, and
timing of discharges may all influence the degree of impact on the
substrate.



Sec. 230.21  Suspended particulates/turbidity.

    (a) Suspended particulates in the aquatic ecosystem consist of fine-
grained mineral particles, usually smaller than silt, and organic
particles. Suspended particulates may enter water bodies as a result of
land runoff, flooding, vegetative and planktonic breakdown, resuspension
of bottom sediments, and man's activities including dredging and
filling. Particulates may remain suspended in the water column for
variable periods of time as a result of such factors as agitation of the
water mass, particulate specific gravity, particle shape, and physical
and chemical properties of particle surfaces.
    (b) Possible loss of environmental characteristics and values: The
discharge of dredged or fill material can result in greatly elevated
levels of suspended particulates in the water column for varying lengths
of time. These new levels may reduce light penetration and lower the
rate of photosynthesis and the primary productivity of an aquatic area
if they last long enough. Sight-dependent species may suffer reduced
feeding ability leading to limited growth and lowered resistance to
disease if high levels of suspended particulates persist. The biological
and the chemical content of the suspended material may react with the
dissolved oxygen in the water, which can result in oxygen depletion.
Toxic metals and organics, pathogens, and viruses absorbed or adsorbed
to fine-grained particulates in the material may become biologically
available to organisms either in the water column or on the substrate.
Significant increases in suspended particulate levels create turbid
plumes which are highly visible and aesthetically displeasing. The
extent and persistence of these adverse impacts caused by discharges
depend upon the relative increase in suspended particulates above the
amount occurring naturally, the duration of the higher levels, the
current patterns, water level, and fluctuations present when such
discharges occur, the volume, rate, and duration of the discharge,
particulate deposition, and the seasonal timing of the discharge.



Sec. 230.22  Water.

    (a) Water is the part of the aquatic ecosystem in which organic and
inorganic constituents are dissolved and suspended. It constitutes part
of the

[[Page 266]]

liquid phase and is contained by the substrate. Water forms part of a
dynamic aquatic life-supporting system. Water clarity, nutrients and
chemical content, physical and biological content, dissolved gas levels,
pH, and temperature contribute to its life-sustaining capabilities.
    (b) Possible loss of environmental characteristics and values: The
discharge of dredged or fill material can change the chemistry and the
physical characteristics of the receiving water at a disposal site
through the introduction of chemical constituents in suspended or
dissolved form. Changes in the clarity, color, odor, and taste of water
and the addition of contaminants can reduce or eliminate the suitability
of water bodies for populations of aquatic organisms, and for human
consumption, recreation, and aesthetics. The introduction of nutrients
or organic material to the water column as a result of the discharge can
lead to a high biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), which in turn can lead
to reduced dissolved oxygen, thereby potentially affecting the survival
of many aquatic organisms. Increases in nutrients can favor one group of
organisms such as algae to the detriment of other more desirable types
such as submerged aquatic vegetation, potentially causing adverse health
effects, objectionable tastes and odors, and other problems.



Sec. 230.23  Current patterns and water circulation.

    (a) Current patterns and water circulation are the physical
movements of water in the aquatic ecosystem. Currents and circulation
respond to natural forces as modified by basin shape and cover, physical
and chemical characteristics of water strata and masses, and energy
dissipating factors.
    (b) Possible loss of environmental characteristics and values: The
discharge of dredged or fill material can modify current patterns and
water circulation by obstructing flow, changing the direction or
velocity of water flow, changing the direction or velocity of water flow
and circulation, or otherwise changing the dimensions of a water body.
As a result, adverse changes can occur in: Location, structure, and
dynamics of aquatic communities; shoreline and substrate erosion and
depositIon rates; the deposition of suspended particulates; the rate and
extent of mixing of dissolved and suspended components of the water
body; and water stratification.



Sec. 230.24  Normal water fluctuations.

    (a) Normal water fluctuations in a natural aquatic system consist of
daily, seasonal, and annual tidal and flood fluctuations in water level.
Biological and physical components of such a system are either attuned
to or characterized by these periodic water fluctuations.
    (b) Possible loss of environmental characteristics and values: The
discharge of dredged or fill material can alter the normal water-level
fluctuation pattern of an area, resulting in prolonged periods of
inundation, exaggerated extremes of high and low water, or a static,
nonfluctuating water level. Such water level modifications may change
salinity patterns, alter erosion or sedimentation rates, aggravate water
temperature extremes, and upset the nutrient and dissolved oxygen
balance of the aquatic ecosystem. In addition, these modifications can
alter or destroy communities and populations of aquatic animals and
vegetation, induce populations of nuisance organisms, modify habitat,
reduce food supplies, restrict movement of aquatic fauna, destroy
spawning areas, and change adjacent, upstream, and downstream areas.



Sec. 230.25  Salinity gradients.

    (a) Salinity gradients form where salt water from the ocean meets
and mixes with fresh water from land.
    (b) Possible loss of environmental characteristics and values:
Obstructions which divert or restrict flow of either fresh or salt water
may change existing salinity gradients. For example, partial blocking of
the entrance to an estuary or river mouth that significantly restricts
the movement of the salt water into and out of that area can effectively
lower the volume of salt water available for mixing within that estuary.
The downstream migration of the salinity gradient can occur, displacing
the maximum sedimentation

[[Page 267]]

zone and requiring salinity-dependent aquatic biota to adjust to the new
conditions, move to new locations if possible, or perish. In the
freshwater zone, discharge operations in the upstream regions can have
equally adverse impacts. A significant reduction in the volume of fresh
water moving into an estuary below that which is considered normal can
affect the location and type of mixing thereby changing the
characteristic salinity patterns. The resulting changed circulation
pattern can cause the upstream migration of the salinity gradient
displacing the maximim sedimentation zone. This migration may affect
those organisms that are adapted to freshwater environments. It may also
affect municipal water supplies.
    Note: Possible actions to minimize adverse impacts regarding site
characteristics can be found in subpart H.



Subpart D_Potential Impacts on Biological Characteristics of the Aquatic
                                Ecosystem

    Note: The impacts described in this subpart should be considered in
making the factual determinations and the findings of compliance or non-
compliance in subpart B.



Sec. 230.30  Threatened and endangered species.

    (a) An endangered species is a plant or animal in danger of
extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range. A
threatened species is one in danger of becoming an endangered species in
the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its
range. Listings of threatened and endangered species as well as critical
habitats are maintained by some individual States and by the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service of the Department of the Interior (codified
annually at 50 CFR 17.11). The Department of Commerce has authority over
some threatened and endangered marine mammals, fish and reptiles.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The major potential impacts on
threatened or endangered species from the discharge of dredged or fill
material include:
    (1) Covering or otherwise directly killing species;
    (2) The impairment or destruction of habitat to which these species
are limited. Elements of the aquatic habitat which are particularly
crucial to the continued survival of some threatened or endangered
species include adequate good quality water, spawning and maturation
areas, nesting areas, protective cover, adequate and reliable food
supply, and resting areas for migratory species. Each of these elements
can be adversely affected by changes in either the normal water
conditions for clarity, chemical content, nutrient balance, dissolved
oxygen, pH, temperature, salinity, current patterns, circulation and
fluctuation, or the physical removal of habitat; and
    (3) Facilitating incompatible activities.
    (c) Where consultation with the Secretary of the Interior occurs
under section 7 of the Endangered Species Act, the conclusions of the
Secretary concerning the impact(s) of the discharge on threatened and
endangered species and their habitat shall be considered final.



Sec. 230.31  Fish, crustaceans, mollusks, and other aquatic organisms
in the food web.

    (a) Aquatic organisms in the food web include, but are not limited
to, finfish, crustaceans, mollusks, insects, annelids, planktonic
organisms, and the plants and animals on which they feed and depend upon
for their needs. All forms and life stages of an organism, throughout
its geographic range, are included in this category.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The discharge of dredged or fill
material can variously affect populations of fish, crustaceans, mollusks
and other food web organisms through the release of contaminants which
adversely affect adults, juveniles, larvae, or eggs, or result in the
establishment or proliferation of an undesirable competitive species of
plant or animal at the expense of the desired resident species.
Suspended particulates settling on attached or buried eggs can smother
the eggs by limiting or sealing off their exposure to oxygenated water.
Discharge of dredged and fill material may result in the debilitation or
death of sedentary organisms by smothering, exposure to chemical
contaminants in dissolved or suspended form, exposure to

[[Page 268]]

high levels of suspended particulates, reduction in food supply, or
alteration of the substrate upon which they are dependent. Mollusks are
particularly sensitive to the discharge of material during periods of
reproduction and growth and development due primarily to their limited
mobility. They can be rendered unfit for human consumption by tainting,
by production and accumulation of toxins, or by ingestion and retention
of pathogenic organisms, viruses, heavy metals or persistent synthetic
organic chemicals. The discharge of dredged or fill material can
redirect, delay, or stop the reproductive and feeding movements of some
species of fish and crustacea, thus preventing their aggregation in
accustomed places such as spawning or nursery grounds and potentially
leading to reduced populations. Reduction of detrital feeding species or
other representatives of lower trophic levels can impair the flow of
energy from primary consumers to higher trophic levels. The reduction or
potential elimination of food chain organism populations decreases the
overall productivity and nutrient export capability of the ecosystem.



Sec. 230.32  Other wildlife.

    (a) Wildlife associated with aquatic ecosystems are resident and
transient mammals, birds, reptiles, and amphibians.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The discharge of dredged or fill
material can result in the loss or change of breeding and nesting areas,
escape cover, travel corridors, and preferred food sources for resident
and transient wildlife species associated with the aquatic ecosystem.
These adverse impacts upon wildlife habitat may result from changes in
water levels, water flow and circulation, salinity, chemical content,
and substrate characteristics and elevation. Increased water turbidity
can adversely affect wildlife species which rely upon sight to feed, and
disrupt the respiration and feeding of certain aquatic wildlife and food
chain organisms. The availability of contaminants from the discharge of
dredged or fill material may lead to the bioaccumulation of such
contaminants in wildlife. Changes in such physical and chemical factors
of the environment may favor the introduction of undesirable plant and
animal species at the expense of resident species and communities. In
some aquatic environments lowering plant and animal species diversity
may disrupt the normal functions of the ecosystem and lead to reductions
in overall biological productivity.

    Note: Possible actions to minimize adverse impacts regarding
characteristics of biological components of the aquatic ecosystem can be
found in subpart H.



          Subpart E_Potential Impacts on Special Aquatic Sites

    Note: The impacts described in this subpart should be considered in
making the factual determinations and the findings of compliance or non-
compliance in subpart B. The definition of special aquatic sites is
found in Sec. 230.3(q-1).



Sec. 230.40  Sanctuaries and refuges.

    (a) Sanctuaries and refuges consist of areas designated under State
and Federal laws or local ordinances to be managed principally for the
preservation and use of fish and wildlife resources.
    (b) Possible loss of values: Sanctuaries and refuges may be affected
by discharges of dredged or fill material which will:
    (1) Disrupt the breeding, spawning, migratory movements or other
critical life requirements of resident or transient fish and wildlife
resources;
    (2) Create unplanned, easy and incompatible human access to remote
aquatic areas;
    (3) Create the need for frequent maintenance activity;
    (4) Result in the establishment of undesirable competitive species
of plants and animals;
    (5) Change the balance of water and land areas needed to provide
cover, food, and other fish and wildlife habitat requirements in a way
that modifies sanctuary or refuge management practices;
    (6) Result in any of the other adverse impacts discussed in subparts
C and D as they relate to a particular sanctuary or refuge.

[[Page 269]]



Sec. 230.41  Wetlands.

    (a)(1) Wetlands consist of areas that are inundated or saturated by
surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient to
support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of
vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.
    (2) Where wetlands are adjacent to open water, they generally
constitute the transition to upland. The margin between wetland and open
water can best be established by specialists familiar with the local
environment, particularly where emergent vegetation merges with
submerged vegetation over a broad area in such places as the lateral
margins of open water, headwaters, rainwater catch basins, and
groundwater seeps. The landward margin of wetlands also can best be
identified by specialists familiar with the local environment when
vegetation from the two regions merges over a broad area.
    (3) Wetland vegetation consists of plants that require saturated
soils to survive (obligate wetland plants) as well as plants, including
certain trees, that gain a competitive advantage over others because
they can tolerate prolonged wet soil conditions and their competitors
cannot. In addition to plant populations and communities, wetlands are
delimited by hydrological and physical characteristics of the
environment. These characteristics should be considered when information
about them is needed to supplement information available about
vegetation, or where wetland vegetation has been removed or is dormant.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The discharge of dredged or fill
material in wetlands is likely to damage or destroy habitat and
adversely affect the biological productivity of wetlands ecosystems by
smothering, by dewatering, by permanently flooding, or by altering
substrate elevation or periodicity of water movement. The addition of
dredged or fill material may destroy wetland vegetation or result in
advancement of succession to dry land species. It may reduce or
eliminate nutrient exchange by a reduction of the system's productivity,
or by altering current patterns and velocities. Disruption or
elimination of the wetland system can degrade water quality by
obstructing circulation patterns that flush large expanses of wetland
systems, by interfering with the filtration function of wetlands, or by
changing the aquifer recharge capability of a wetland. Discharges can
also change the wetland habitat value for fish and wildlife as discussed
in subpart D. When disruptions in flow and circulation patterns occur,
apparently minor loss of wetland acreage may result in major losses
through secondary impacts. Discharging fill material in wetlands as part
of municipal, industrial or recreational development may modify the
capacity of wetlands to retain and store floodwaters and to serve as a
buffer zone shielding upland areas from wave actions, storm damage and
erosion.



Sec. 230.42  Mud flats.

    (a) Mud flats are broad flat areas along the sea coast and in
coastal rivers to the head of tidal influence and in inland lakes,
ponds, and riverine systems. When mud flats are inundated, wind and wave
action may resuspend bottom sediments. Coastal mud flats are exposed at
extremely low tides and inundated at high tides with the water table at
or near the surface of the substrate. The substrate of mud flats
contains organic material and particles smaller in size than sand. They
are either unvegetated or vegetated only by algal mats.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The discharge of dredged or fill
material can cause changes in water circulation patterns which may
permanently flood or dewater the mud flat or disrupt periodic
inundation, resulting in an increase in the rate of erosion or
accretion. Such changes can deplete or eliminate mud flat biota,
foraging areas, and nursery areas. Changes in inundation patterns can
affect the chemical and biological exchange and decomposition process
occurring on the mud flat and change the deposition of suspended
material affecting the productivity of the area. Changes may reduce the
mud flat's capacity to dissipate storm surge runoff.

[[Page 270]]



Sec. 230.43  Vegetated shallows.

    (a) Vegetated shallows are permanently inundated areas that under
normal circumstances support communities of rooted aquatic vegetation,
such as turtle grass and eelgrass in estuarine or marine systems as well
as a number of freshwater species in rivers and lakes.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The discharge of dredged or fill
material can smother vegetation and benthic organisms. It may also
create unsuitable conditions for their continued vigor by: (1) Changing
water circulation patterns; (2) releasing nutrients that increase
undesirable algal populations; (3) releasing chemicals that adversely
affect plants and animals; (4) increasing turbidity levels, thereby
reducing light penetration and hence photosynthesis; and (5) changing
the capacity of a vegetated shallow to stabilize bottom materials and
decrease channel shoaling. The discharge of dredged or fill material may
reduce the value of vegetated shallows as nesting, spawning, nursery,
cover, and forage areas, as well as their value in protecting shorelines
from erosion and wave actions. It may also encourage the growth of
nuisance vegetation.



Sec. 230.44  Coral reefs.

    (a) Coral reefs consist of the skeletal deposit, usually of
calcareous or silicaceous materials, produced by the vital activities of
anthozoan polyps or other invertebrate organisms present in growing
portions of the reef.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The discharge of dredged or fill
material can adversely affect colonies of reef building organisms by
burying them, by releasing contaminants such as hydrocarbons into the
water column, by reducing light penetration through the water, and by
increasing the level of suspended particulates. Coral organisms are
extremely sensitive to even slight reductions in light penetration or
increases in suspended particulates. These adverse effects will cause a
loss of productive colonies which in turn provide habitat for many
species of highly specialized aquatic organisms.



Sec. 230.45  Riffle and pool complexes.

    (a) Steep gradient sections of streams are sometimes characterized
by riffle and pool complexes. Such stream sections are recognizable by
their hydraulic characteristics. The rapid movement of water over a
coarse substrate in riffles results in a rough flow, a turbulent
surface, and high dissolved oxygen levels in the water. Pools are deeper
areas associated with riffles. Pools are characterized by a slower
stream velocity, a steaming flow, a smooth surface, and a finer
substrate. Riffle and pool complexes are particularly valuable habitat
for fish and wildlife.
    (b) Possible loss of values: Discharge of dredged or fill material
can eliminate riffle and pool areas by displacement, hydrologic
modification, or sedimentation. Activities which affect riffle and pool
areas and especially riffle/pool ratios, may reduce the aeration and
filtration capabilities at the discharge site and downstream, may reduce
stream habitat diversity, and may retard repopulation of the disposal
site and downstream waters through sedimentation and the creation of
unsuitable habitat. The discharge of dredged or fill material which
alters stream hydrology may cause scouring or sedimentation of riffles
and pools. Sedimentation induced through hydrological modification or as
a direct result of the deposition of unconsolidated dredged or fill
material may clog riffle and pool areas, destroy habitats, and create
anaerobic conditions. Eliminating pools and meanders by the discharge of
dredged or fill material can reduce water holding capacity of streams
and cause rapid runoff from a watershed. Rapid runoff can deliver large
quantities of flood water in a short time to downstream areas resulting
in the destruction of natural habitat, high property loss, and the need
for further hydraulic modification.

    Note: Possible actions to minimize adverse impacts on site or
material characteristics can be found in subpart H.



        Subpart F_Potential Effects on Human Use Characteristics

    Note: The effects described in this subpart should be considered in
making the factual

[[Page 271]]

determinations and the findings of compliance or non-compliance in
subpart B.



Sec. 230.50  Municipal and private water supplies.

    (a) Municipal and private water supplies consist of surface water or
ground water which is directed to the intake of a municipal or private
water supply system.
    (b) Possible loss of values: Discharges can affect the quality of
water supplies with respect to color, taste, odor, chemical content and
suspended particulate concentration, in such a way as to reduce the
fitness of the water for consumption. Water can be rendered unpalatable
or unhealthy by the addition of suspended particulates, viruses and
pathogenic organisms, and dissolved materials. The expense of removing
such substances before the water is delivered for consumption can be
high. Discharges may also affect the quantity of water available for
municipal and private water supplies. In addition, certain commonly used
water treatment chemicals have the potential for combining with some
suspended or dissolved substances from dredged or fill material to form
other prod ucts that can have a toxic effect on con sumers.



Sec. 230.51  Recreational and commercial fisheries.

    (a) Recreational and commercial fisheries consist of harvestable
fish, crustaceans, shellfish, and other aquatic organisms used by man.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The discharge of dredged or fill
materials can affect the suitability of recreational and commercial
fishing grounds as habitat for populations of consumable aquatic
organisms. Discharges can result in the chemical contamination of
recreational or commercial fisheries. They may also interfere with the
reproductive success of recreational and commercially important aquatic
species through disruption of migration and spawning areas. The
introduction of pollutants at critical times in their life cycle may
directly reduce populations of commercially important aquatic organisms
or indirectly reduce them by reducing organisms upon which they depend
for food. Any of these impacts can be of short duration or prolonged,
depending upon the physical and chemical impacts of the discharge and
the biological availability of contaminants to aquatic organisms.



Sec. 230.52  Water-related recreation.

    (a) Water-related recreation encompasses activities undertaken for
amusement and relaxation. Activities encompass two broad categories of
use: consumptive, e.g., harvesting resources by hunting and fishing; and
non-comsumptive, e.g. canoeing and sight-seeing.
    (b) Possible loss of values: One of the more important direct
impacts of dredged or fill disposal is to impair or destroy the
resources which support recreation activities. The disposal of dredged
or fill material may adversely modify or destroy water use for
recreation by changing turbidity, suspended particulates, temperature,
dissolved oxygen, dissolved materials, toxic materials, pathogenic
organisms, quality of habitat, and the aesthetic qualities of sight,
taste, odor, and color.



Sec. 230.53  Aesthetics.

    (a) Aesthetics associated with the aquatic ecosystem consist of the
perception of beauty by one or a combination of the senses of sight,
hearing, touch, and smell. Aesthetics of aquatic ecosystems apply to the
quality of life enjoyed by the general public and property owners.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The discharge of dredged or fill
material can mar the beauty of natural aquatic ecosystems by degrading
water quality, creating distracting disposal sites, inducing
inappropriate development, encouraging unplanned and incompatible human
access, and by destroying vital elements that contribute to the
compositional harmony or unity, visual distinctiveness, or diversity of
an area. The discharge of dredged or fill material can adversely affect
the particular features, traits, or characteristics of an aquatic area
which make it valuable to property owners. Activities which degrade
water quality, disrupt natural substrate and vegetational
characteristics, deny access to or visibility of the resource, or result
in changes in odor, air quality, or noise

[[Page 272]]

levels may reduce the value of an aquatic area to private property
owners.



Sec. 230.54  Parks, national and historical monuments, national
seashores, wilderness areas, research sites, and similar preserves.

    (a) These preserves consist of areas designated under Federal and
State laws or local ordinances to be managed for their aesthetic,
educational, historical, recreational, or scientific value.
    (b) Possible loss of values: The discharge of dredged or fill
material into such areas may modify the aes thetic, educational,
historical, rec re a tional and/or scientific qualities there by
reducing or eliminating the uses for which such sites are set aside and
managed.

    Note: Possible actions to minimize adverse impacts regarding site or
material characteristics can be found in subpart H.



                    Subpart G_Evaluation and Testing



Sec. 230.60  General evaluation of dredged or fill material.

    The purpose of these evaluation procedures and the chemical and
biological testing sequence outlined in Sec. 230.61 is to provide
information to reach the determinations required by Sec. 230.11. Where
the results of prior evaluations, chemical and biological tests,
scientific research, and experience can provide information helpful in
making a determination, these should be used. Such prior results may
make new testing unnecessary. The information used shall be documented.
Where the same information applies to more than one determination, it
may be docu mented once and referenced in later deter minations.
    (a) If the evaluation under paragraph (b) indicates the dredged or
fill material is not a carrier of contaminants, then the required
determinations pertaining to the presence and effects of contaminants
can be made without testing. Dredged or fill material is most likely to
be free from chemical, biological, or other pollutants where it is
composed primarily of sand, gravel, or other naturally occurring inert
material. Dredged material so composed is generally found in areas of
high current or wave energy such as streams with large bed loads or
coastal areas with shifting bars and channels. However, when such
material is discolored or contains other indications that contaminants
may be present, further inquiry should be made.
    (b) The extraction site shall be examined in order to assess whether
it is sufficiently removed from sources of pollution to provide
reasonable assurance that the proposed discharge material is not a
carrier of contaminants. Factors to be considered include but are not
limited to:
    (1) Potential routes of contaminants or contaminated sediments to
the extraction site, based on hydrographic or other maps, aerial
photography, or other materials that show watercourses, surface relief,
proximity to tidal movement, private and public roads, location of
buildings, municipal and industrial areas, and agricultural or forest
lands.
    (2) Pertinent results from tests previously carried out on the
material at the extraction site, or carried out on similar material for
other permitted projects in the vicinity. Materials shall be considered
similar if the sources of contamination, the physical configuration of
the sites and the sediment composition of the materials are comparable,
in light of water circulation and stratification, sediment accumulation
and general sediment characteristics. Tests from other sites may be
relied on only if no changes have occurred at the extraction sites to
render the results irrelevant.
    (3) Any potential for significant introduction of persistent
pesticides from land runoff or percolation;
    (4) Any records of spills or disposal of petroleum products or
substances designated as hazardous under section 311 of the Clean Water
Act (See 40 CFR part 116);
    (5) Information in Federal, State and local records indicating
significant introduction of pollutants from industries, municipalities,
or other sources, including types and amounts of waste materials
discharged along the potential routes of contaminants to the extraction
site; and

[[Page 273]]

    (6) Any possibility of the presence of substantial natural deposits
of minerals or other substances which could be released to the aquatic
environment in harmful quantities by man-induced discharge activities.
    (c) To reach the determinations in Sec. 230.11 involving potential
effects of the discharge on the characteristics of the disposal site,
the narrative guidance in subparts C through F shall be used along with
the general evaluation procedure in Sec. 230.60 and, if necessary, the
chemical and biological testing sequence in Sec. 230.61. Where the
discharge site is adjacent to the extraction site and subject to the
same sources of contaminants, and materials at the two sites are
substantially similar, the fact that the material to be discharged may
be a carrier of contaminants is not likely to result in degradation of
the disposal site. In such circumstances, when dissolved material and
suspended particulates can be controlled to prevent carrying pollutants
to less contaminated areas, testing will not be required.
    (d) Even if the Sec. 230.60(b) evaluation (previous tests, the
presence of polluting industries and information about their discharge
or runoff into waters of the U.S., bioinventories, etc.) leads to the
conclusion that there is a high probability that the material proposed
for discharge is a carrier of contaminants, testing may not be necessary
if constraints are available to reduce contamination to acceptable
levels within the disposal site and to prevent contaminants from being
transported beyond the boundaries of the disposal site, if such
constraints are acceptable to the permitting authority and the Regional
Administrator, and if the potential discharger is willing and able to
implement such constraints. However, even if tests are not performed,
the permitting authority must still determine the probable impact of the
operation on the receiving aquatic ecosystem. Any decision not to test
must be explained in the determinations made under Sec. 230.11.



Sec. 230.61  Chemical, biological, and physical evaluation and testing.

    Note: The Agency is today proposing revised testing guidelines. The
evaluation and testing procedures in this section are based on the 1975
section 404(b)(1) interim final Guidelines and shall remain in effect
until the revised testing guidelines are published as final regulations.
    (a) No single test or approach can be applied in all cases to
evaluate the effects of proposed discharges of dredged or fill
materials. This section provides some guidance in determining which test
and/or evaluation procedures are appropriate in a given case. Interim
guidance to applicants concerning the applicability of specific
approaches or procedures will be furnished by the permitting authority.
    (b) Chemical-biological interactive effects. The principal concerns
of discharge of dredged or fill material that contain contaminants are
the potential effects on the water column and on communities of aquatic
organisms.
    (1) Evaluation of chemical-biological interactive effects. Dredged
or fill material may be excluded from the evaluation procedures
specified in paragraphs (b) (2) and (3) of this section if it is
determined, on the basis of the evaluation in Sec. 230.60, that the
likelihood of contamination by contaminants is acceptably low, unless
the permitting authority, after evaluating and considering any comments
received from the Regional Administrator, determines that these
procedures are necessary. The Regional Administrator may require, on a
case-by-case basis, testing approaches and procedures by stating what
additional information is needed through further analyses and how the
results of the analyses will be of value in evaluating potential
environmental effects.

If the General Evaluation indicates the presence of a sufficiently large
number of chemicals to render impractical the identification of all
contaminants by chemical testing, information may be obtained from
bioassays in lieu of chemical tests.
    (2) Water column effects. (i) Sediments normally contain
constituents that exist in various chemical forms and in various
concentrations in several locations within the sediment. An elutriate
test may be used to predict the effect on water quality due to release
of contaminants from the sediment to the water column. However, in the
case of fill material originating on land which

[[Page 274]]

may be a carrier of contaminants, a water leachate test is appropriate.
    (ii) Major constituents to be analyzed in the elutriate are those
deemed critical by the permitting authority, after evaluating and
considering any comments received from the Regional Administrator, and
considering results of the evaluation in Sec. 230.60. Elutriate
concentrations should be compared to concentrations of the same
constituents in water from the disposal site. Results should be
evaluated in light of the volume and rate of the intended discharge, the
type of discharge, the hydrodynamic regime at the disposal site, and
other information relevant to the impact on water quality. The
permitting authority should consider the mixing zone in evaluating water
column effects. The permitting authority may specify bioassays when such
procedures will be of value.
    (3) Effects on benthos. The permitting authority may use an
appropriate benthic bioassay (including bio ac cum u la tion tests) when
such procedures will be of value in assessing eco logical effects and in
establishing dis charge conditions.
    (c) Procedure for comparison of sites.
    (1) When an inventory of the total concentration of contaminants
would be of value in comparing sediment at the dredging site with
sediment at the disposal site, the permitting authority may require a
sediment chemical analysis. Markedly different concentrations of
contaminants between the excavation and disposal sites may aid in making
an environmental assessment of the proposed disposal operation. Such
differences should be interpreted in terms of the potential for harm as
supported by any pertinent scientific literature.
    (2) When an analysis of biological community structure will be of
value to assess the potential for adverse environmental impact at the
proposed disposal site, a comparison of the biological characteristics
between the excavation and disposal sites may be required by the
permitting authority. Biological indicator species may be useful in
evaluating the existing degree of stress at both sites. Sensitive
species representing community components colonizing various substrate
types within the sites should be identified as possible bioassay
organisms if tests for toxicity are required. Community structure
studies should be performed only when they will be of value in
determining discharge conditions. This is particularly applicable to
large quantities of dredged material known to contain adverse quantities
of toxic materials. Community studies should include benthic organisms
such as microbiota and harvestable shellfish and finfish. Abundance,
diversity, and distribution should be documented and correlated with
substrate type and other appropriate physical and chemical environmental
characteristics.
    (d) Physical tests and evaluation. The effect of a discharge of
dredged or fill material on physical substrate characteristics at the
disposal site, as well as on the water circulation, fluctuation,
salinity, and suspended particulates content there, is important in
making factual determinations in Sec. 230.11. Where information on such
effects is not otherwise available to make these factual determinations,
the permitting authority shall require appropriate physical tests and
evaluations as are justified and deemed necessary. Such tests may
include sieve tests, settleability tests, compaction tests, mixing zone
and suspended particulate plume determinations, and site assessments of
water flow, circulation, and salinity characteristics.



              Subpart H_Actions To Minimize Adverse Effects

    Note: There are many actions which can be undertaken in response to
Sec. 203.10(d) to minimize the adverse effects of discharges of dredged
or fill material. Some of these, grouped by type of activity, are listed
in this subpart. Additional criteria for compensation measures are
provided in subpart J of this part.



Sec. 230.70  Actions concerning the location of the discharge.

    The effects of the discharge can be minimized by the choice of the
disposal site. Some of the ways to accomplish this are by:
    (a) Locating and confining the discharge to minimize smothering of
organisms;

[[Page 275]]

    (b) Designing the discharge to avoid a disruption of periodic water
inundation patterns;
    (c) Selecting a disposal site that has been used previously for
dredged ma terial discharge;
    (d) Selecting a disposal site at which the substrate is composed of
material similar to that being discharged, such as discharging sand on
sand or mud on mud;
    (e) Selecting the disposal site, the discharge point, and the method
of discharge to minimize the extent of any plume;
    (f) Designing the discharge of dredged or fill material to minimize
or prevent the creation of standing bodies of water in areas of normally
fluctuating water levels, and minimize or prevent the drainage of areas
subject to such fluctuations.



Sec. 230.71  Actions concerning the material to be discharged.

    The effects of a discharge can be minimized by treatment of, or
limitations on the material itself, such as:
    (a) Disposal of dredged material in such a manner that
physiochemical conditions are maintained and the potency and
availability of pollutants are reduced.
    (b) Limiting the solid, liquid, and gaseous components of material
to be discharged at a particular site;
    (c) Adding treatment substances to the discharge material;
    (d) Utilizing chemical flocculants to enhance the deposition of
suspended particulates in diked disposal areas.



Sec. 230.72  Actions controlling the material after discharge.

    The effects of the dredged or fill material after discharge may be
controlled by:
    (a) Selecting discharge methods and disposal sites where the
potential for erosion, slumping or leaching of materials into the
surrounding aquatic ecosystem will be reduced. These sites or methods
include, but are not limited to:
    (1) Using containment levees, sediment basins, and cover crops to
reduce erosion;
    (2) Using lined containment areas to reduce leaching where leaching
of chemical constituents from the discharged material is expected to be
a problem;
    (b) Capping in-place contaminated material with clean material or
selectively discharging the most contaminated material first to be
capped with the remaining material;
    (c) Maintaining and containing discharged material properly to
prevent point and nonpoint sources of pollution;
    (d) Timing the discharge to minimize impact, for instance during
periods of unusual high water flows, wind, wave, and tidal actions.



Sec. 230.73  Actions affecting the method of dispersion.

    The effects of a discharge can be minimized by the manner in which
it is dispersed, such as:
    (a) Where environmentally desirable, distributing the dredged
material widely in a thin layer at the disposal site to maintain natural
substrate contours and elevation;
    (b) Orienting a dredged or fill material mound to minimize
undesirable obstruction to the water current or circulation pattern, and
utilizing natural bottom contours to minimize the size of the mound;
    (c) Using silt screens or other appropriate methods to confine
suspended particulate/turbidity to a small area where settling or
removal can occur;
    (d) Making use of currents and circulation patterns to mix, disperse
and dilute the discharge;
    (e) Minimizing water column turbidity by using a submerged diffuser
system. A similar effect can be accomplished by submerging pipeline
discharges or otherwise releasing materials near the bottom;
    (f) Selecting sites or managing discharges to confine and minimize
the release of suspended particulates to give decreased turbidity levels
and to maintain light penetration for organisms;
    (g) Setting limitations on the amount of material to be discharged
per unit of time or volume of receiving water.

[[Page 276]]



Sec. 230.74  Actions related to technology.

    Discharge technology should be adapted to the needs of each site. In
determining whether the discharge operation sufficiently minimizes
adverse environmental impacts, the applicant should consider:
    (a) Using appropriate equipment or machinery, including protective
devices, and the use of such equipment or machinery in activities
related to the discharge of dredged or fill material;
    (b) Employing appropriate maintenance and operation on equipment or
machinery, including adequate training, staffing, and working
procedures;
    (c) Using machinery and techniques that are especially designed to
reduce damage to wetlands. This may include machines equipped with
devices that scatter rather than mound excavated materials, machines
with specially designed wheels or tracks, and the use of mats under
heavy machines to reduce wetland surface compaction and rutting;
    (d) Designing access roads and channel spanning structures using
culverts, open channels, and diversions that will pass both low and high
water flows, accommodate fluctuating water levels, and maintain
circulation and faunal movement;
    (e) Employing appropriate machinery and methods of transport of the
material for discharge.



Sec. 230.75  Actions affecting plant and animal populations.

    Minimization of adverse effects on populations of plants and animals
can be achieved by:
    (a) Avoiding changes in water current and circulation patterns which
would interfere with the movement of animals;
    (b) Selecting sites or managing discharges to prevent or avoid
creating habitat conducive to the development of undesirable predators
or species which have a competitive edge ecologically over indigenous
plants or animals;
    (c) Avoiding sites having unique habitat or other value, including
habitat of threatened or endangered species;
    (d) Using planning and construction practices to institute habitat
development and restoration to produce a new or modified environmental
state of higher ecological value by displacement of some or all of the
existing environmental characteristics. Habitat development and
restoration techniques can be used to minimize adverse impacts and to
compensate for destroyed habitat. Additional criteria for compensation
measures are provided in subpart J of this part. Use techniques that
have been demonstrated to be effective in circumstances similar to those
under consideration wherever possible. Where proposed development and
restoration techniques have not yet advanced to the pilot demonstration
stage, initiate their use on a small scale to allow corrective action if
unanticipated adverse impacts occur;
    (e) Timing discharge to avoid spawning or migration seasons and
other biologically critical time periods;
    (f) Avoiding the destruction of remnant natural sites within areas
already affected by development.

[45 FR 85344, Dec. 24, 1980, as amended at 73 FR 19687, Apr. 10, 2008]



Sec. 230.76  Actions affecting human use.

    Minimization of adverse effects on human use potential may be
achieved by:
    (a) Selecting discharge sites and following discharge procedures to
prevent or minimize any potential damage to the aesthetically pleasing
features of the aquatic site (e.g. viewscapes), particularly with
respect to water quality;
    (b) Selecting disposal sites which are not valuable as natural
aquatic areas;
    (c) Timing the discharge to avoid the seasons or periods when human
recreational activity associated with the aquatic site is most
important;
    (d) Following discharge procedures which avoid or minimize the
disturbance of aesthetic features of an aquatic site or ecosystem;
    (e) Selecting sites that will not be detrimental or increase
incompatible human activity, or require the need for frequent dredge or
fill maintenance activity in remote fish and wildlife areas;
    (f) Locating the disposal site outside of the vicinity of a public
water supply intake.

[[Page 277]]



Sec. 230.77  Other actions.

    (a) In the case of fills, controlling runoff and other discharges
from activities to be conducted on the fill;
    (b) In the case of dams, designing water releases to accommodate the
needs of fish and wildlife;
    (c) In dredging projects funded by Federal agencies other than the
Corps of Engineers, maintain desired water quality of the return
discharge through agreement with the Federal funding authority on
scientifically defensible pollutant concentration levels in addition to
any applicable water quality standards;
    (d) When a significant ecological change in the aquatic environment
is proposed by the discharge of dredged or fill material, the permitting
authority should consider the ecosystem that will be lost as well as the
environmental benefits of the new system.



          Subpart I_Planning To Shorten Permit Processing Time



Sec. 230.80  Advanced identification of disposal areas.

    (a) Consistent with these Guidelines, EPA and the permitting
authority, on their own initiative or at the request of any other party
and after consultation with any affected State that is not the
permitting authority, may identify sites which will be considered as:
    (1) Possible future disposal sites, including existing disposal
sites and non-sensitive areas; or
    (2) Areas generally unsuitable for disposal site specification;
    (b) The identification of any area as a possible future disposal
site should not be deemed to constitute a permit for the discharge of
dredged or fill material within such area or a specification of a
disposal site. The identification of areas that generally will not be
available for disposal site specification should not be deemed as
prohibiting applications for permits to discharge dredged or fill
material in such areas. Either type of identification constitutes
information to facilitate individual or General permit application and
processing.
    (c) An appropriate public notice of the proposed identification of
such areas shall be issued;
    (d) To provide the basis for advanced identification of disposal
areas, and areas unsuitable for disposal, EPA and the permitting
authority shall consider the likelihood that use of the area in question
for dredged or fill material disposal will comply with these Guidelines.
To facilitate this analysis, EPA and the permitting authority should
review available water resources management data including data
available from the public, other Federal and State agencies, and
information from approved Coastal Zone Management programs and River
Basin Plans;
    (e) The permitting authority should maintain a public record of the
identified areas and a written statement of the basis for
identification.



    Subpart J_Compensatory Mitigation for Losses of Aquatic Resources

    Source: 73 FR 19687, Apr. 10, 2008, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 230.91  Purpose and general considerations.

    (a) Purpose. (1) The purpose of this subpart is to establish
standards and criteria for the use of all types of compensatory
mitigation, including on-site and off-site permittee-responsible
mitigation, mitigation banks, and in-lieu fee mitigation to offset
unavoidable impacts to waters of the United States authorized through
the issuance of permits by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps)
pursuant to section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1344). This
subpart implements section 314(b) of the 2004 National Defense
Authorization Act (Pub. L. 108-136), which directs that the standards
and criteria shall, to the maximum extent practicable, maximize
available credits and opportunities for mitigation, provide for regional
variations in wetland conditions, functions, and values, and apply
equivalent standards and criteria to each type of compensatory
mitigation. This subpart is intended to further

[[Page 278]]

clarify mitigation requirements established under the Corps and EPA
regulations at 33 CFR part 320 and this part, respectively.
    (2) This subpart has been jointly developed by the Secretary of the
Army, acting through the Chief of Engineers, and the Administrator of
the Environmental Protection Agency. From time to time guidance on
interpreting and implementing this subpart may be prepared jointly by
EPA and the Corps at the national or regional level. No modifications to
the basic application, meaning, or intent of this subpart will be made
without further joint rulemaking by the Secretary of the Army, acting
through the Chief of Engineers and the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency, pursuant to the Administrative
Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551 et seq.).
    (b) Applicability. This subpart does not alter the circumstances
under which compensatory mitigation is required or the definition of
``waters of the United States,'' which is provided at Sec. 230.3(s).
Use of resources as compensatory mitigation that are not otherwise
subject to regulation under section 404 of the Clean Water Act does not
in and of itself make them subject to such regulation.
    (c) Sequencing. (1) Nothing in this section affects the requirement
that all DA permits subject to section 404 of the Clean Water Act comply
with applicable provisions of this part.
    (2) Pursuant to these requirements, the district engineer will issue
an individual section 404 permit only upon a determination that the
proposed discharge complies with applicable provisions of 40 CFR part
230, including those which require the permit applicant to take all
appropriate and practicable steps to avoid and minimize adverse impacts
to waters of the United States. Practicable means available and capable
of being done after taking into consideration cost, existing technology,
and logistics in light of overall project purposes. Compensatory
mitigation for unavoidable impacts may be required to ensure that an
activity requiring a section 404 permit complies with the Section
404(b)(1) Guidelines.
    (3) Compensatory mitigation for unavoidable impacts may be required
to ensure that an activity requiring a section 404 permit complies with
the Section 404(b)(1) Guidelines. During the 404(b)(1) Guidelines
compliance analysis, the district engineer may determine that a DA
permit for the proposed activity cannot be issued because of the lack of
appropriate and practicable compensatory mitigation options.
    (d) Accounting for regional variations. Where appropriate, district
engineers shall account for regional characteristics of aquatic resource
types, functions and services when determining performance standards and
monitoring requirements for compensatory mitigation projects.
    (e) Relationship to other guidance documents. (1) This subpart
applies instead of the ``Federal Guidance for the Establishment, Use,
and Operation of Mitigation Banks,'' which was issued on November 28,
1995, the ``Federal Guidance on the Use of In-Lieu Fee Arrangements for
Compensatory Mitigation Under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act and
Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act,'' which was issued on November
7, 2000, and Regulatory Guidance Letter 02-02, ``Guidance on
Compensatory Mitigation Projects for Aquatic Resource Impacts Under the
Corps Regulatory Program Pursuant to Section 404 of the Clean Water Act
and Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899'' which was issued
on December 24, 2002. These guidance documents are no longer to be used
as compensatory mitigation policy in the Corps Regulatory Program.
    (2) In addition, this subpart also applies instead of the provisions
relating to the amount, type, and location of compensatory mitigation
projects, including the use of preservation, in the February 6, 1990,
Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) between the Department of the Army and the
Environmental Protection Agency on the Determination of Mitigation Under
the Clean Water Act Section 404(b)(1) Guidelines. All other provisions
of this MOA remain in effect.



Sec. 230.92  Definitions.

    For the purposes of this subpart, the following terms are defined:
    Adaptive management means the development of a management strategy

[[Page 279]]

that anticipates likely challenges associated with compensatory
mitigation projects and provides for the implementation of actions to
address those challenges, as well as unforeseen changes to those
projects. It requires consideration of the risk, uncertainty, and
dynamic nature of compensatory mitigation projects and guides
modification of those projects to optimize performance. It includes the
selection of appropriate measures that will ensure that the aquatic
resource functions are provided and involves analysis of monitoring
results to identify potential problems of a compensatory mitigation
project and the identification and implementation of measures to rectify
those problems.
    Advance credits means any credits of an approved in-lieu fee program
that are available for sale prior to being fulfilled in accordance with
an approved mitigation project plan. Advance credit sales require an
approved in-lieu fee program instrument that meets all applicable
requirements including a specific allocation of advance credits, by
service area where applicable. The instrument must also contain a
schedule for fulfillment of advance credit sales.
    Buffer means an upland, wetland, and/or riparian area that protects
and/or enhances aquatic resource functions associated with wetlands,
rivers, streams, lakes, marine, and estuarine systems from disturbances
associated with adjacent land uses.
    Compensatory mitigation means the restoration (re-establishment or
rehabilitation), establishment (creation), enhancement, and/or in
certain circumstances preservation of aquatic resources for the purposes
of offsetting unavoidable adverse impacts which remain after all
appropriate and practicable avoidance and minimization has been
achieved.
    Compensatory mitigation project means compensatory mitigation
implemented by the permittee as a requirement of a DA permit (i.e.,
permittee-responsible mitigation), or by a mitigation bank or an in-lieu
fee program.
    Condition means the relative ability of an aquatic resource to
support and maintain a community of organisms having a species
composition, diversity, and functional organization comparable to
reference aquatic resources in the region.
    Credit means a unit of measure (e.g., a functional or areal measure
or other suitable metric) representing the accrual or attainment of
aquatic functions at a compensatory mitigation site. The measure of
aquatic functions is based on the resources restored, established,
enhanced, or preserved.
    DA means Department of the Army.
    Days means calendar days.
    Debit means a unit of measure (e.g., a functional or areal measure
or other suitable metric) representing the loss of aquatic functions at
an impact or project site. The measure of aquatic functions is based on
the resources impacted by the authorized activity.
    Enhancement means the manipulation of the physical, chemical, or
biological characteristics of an aquatic resource to heighten,
intensify, or improve a specific aquatic resource function(s).
Enhancement results in the gain of selected aquatic resource
function(s), but may also lead to a decline in other aquatic resource
function(s). Enhancement does not result in a gain in aquatic resource
area.
    Establishment (creation) means the manipulation of the physical,
chemical, or biological characteristics present to develop an aquatic
resource that did not previously exist at an upland site. Establishment
results in a gain in aquatic resource area and functions.
    Fulfillment of advance credit sales of an in-lieu fee program means
application of credits released in accordance with a credit release
schedule in an approved mitigation project plan to satisfy the
mitigation requirements represented by the advance credits. Only after
any advance credit sales within a service area have been fulfilled
through the application of released credits from an in-lieu fee project
(in accordance with the credit release schedule for an approved
mitigation project plan), may additional released credits from that
project be sold or transferred to permittees. When advance credits are
fulfilled, an equal number of new advance credits is restored to the
program sponsor for sale or transfer to permit applicants.

[[Page 280]]

    Functional capacity means the degree to which an area of aquatic
resource performs a specific function.
    Functions means the physical, chemical, and biological processes
that occur in ecosystems.
    Impact means adverse effect.
    In-kind means a resource of a similar structural and functional type
to the impacted resource.
    In-lieu fee program means a program involving the restoration,
establishment, enhancement, and/or preservation of aquatic resources
through funds paid to a governmental or non-profit natural resources
management entity to satisfy compensatory mitigation requirements for DA
permits. Similar to a mitigation bank, an in-lieu fee program sells
compensatory mitigation credits to permittees whose obligation to
provide compensatory mitigation is then transferred to the in-lieu
program sponsor. However, the rules governing the operation and use of
in-lieu fee programs are somewhat different from the rules governing
operation and use of mitigation banks. The operation and use of an in-
lieu fee program are governed by an in-lieu fee program instrument.
    In-lieu fee program instrument means the legal document for the
establishment, operation, and use of an in-lieu fee program.
    Instrument means mitigation banking instrument or in-lieu fee
program instrument.
    Interagency Review Team (IRT) means an interagency group of federal,
tribal, state, and/or local regulatory and resource agency
representatives that reviews documentation for, and advises the district
engineer on, the establishment and management of a mitigation bank or an
in-lieu fee program.
    Mitigation bank means a site, or suite of sites, where resources
(e.g., wetlands, streams, riparian areas) are restored, established,
enhanced, and/or preserved for the purpose of providing compensatory
mitigation for impacts authorized by DA permits. In general, a
mitigation bank sells compensatory mitigation credits to permittees
whose obligation to provide compensatory mitigation is then transferred
to the mitigation bank sponsor. The operation and use of a mitigation
bank are governed by a mitigation banking instrument.
    Mitigation banking instrument means the legal document for the
establishment, operation, and use of a mitigation bank.
    Off-site means an area that is neither located on the same parcel of
land as the impact site, nor on a parcel of land contiguous to the
parcel containing the impact site.
    On-site means an area located on the same parcel of land as the
impact site, or on a parcel of land contiguous to the impact site.
    Out-of-kind means a resource of a different structural and
functional type from the impacted resource.
    Performance standards are observable or measurable physical
(including hydrological), chemical and/or biological attributes that are
used to determine if a compensatory mitigation project meets its
objectives.
    Permittee-responsible mitigation means an aquatic resource
restoration, establishment, enhancement, and/or preservation activity
undertaken by the permittee (or an authorized agent or contractor) to
provide compensatory mitigation for which the permittee retains full
responsibility.
    Preservation means the removal of a threat to, or preventing the
decline of, aquatic resources by an action in or near those aquatic
resources. This term includes activities commonly associated with the
protection and maintenance of aquatic resources through the
implementation of appropriate legal and physical mechanisms.
Preservation does not result in a gain of aquatic resource area or
functions.
    Re-establishment means the manipulation of the physical, chemical,
or biological characteristics of a site with the goal of returning
natural/historic functions to a former aquatic resource. Re-
establishment results in rebuilding a former aquatic resource and
results in a gain in aquatic resource area and functions.
    Reference aquatic resources are a set of aquatic resources that
represent the full range of variability exhibited by a regional class of
aquatic resources as a result of natural processes and anthropogenic
disturbances.

[[Page 281]]

    Rehabilitation means the manipulation of the physical, chemical, or
biological characteristics of a site with the goal of repairing natural/
historic functions to a degraded aquatic resource. Rehabilitation
results in a gain in aquatic resource function, but does not result in a
gain in aquatic resource area.
    Release of credits means a determination by the district engineer,
in consultation with the IRT, that credits associated with an approved
mitigation plan are available for sale or transfer, or in the case of an
in-lieu fee program, for fulfillment of advance credit sales. A
proportion of projected credits for a specific mitigation bank or in-
lieu fee project may be released upon approval of the mitigation plan,
with additional credits released as milestones specified in the credit
release schedule are achieved.
    Restoration means the manipulation of the physical, chemical, or
biological characteristics of a site with the goal of returning natural/
historic functions to a former or degraded aquatic resource. For the
purpose of tracking net gains in aquatic resource area, restoration is
divided into two categories: re-establishment and rehabilitation.
    Riparian areas are lands adjacent to streams, rivers, lakes, and
estuarine-marine shorelines. Riparian areas provide a variety of
ecological functions and services and help improve or maintain local
water quality.
    Service area means the geographic area within which impacts can be
mitigated at a specific mitigation bank or an in-lieu fee program, as
designated in its instrument.
    Services mean the benefits that human populations receive from
functions that occur in ecosystems.
    Sponsor means any public or private entity responsible for
establishing, and in most circumstances, operating a mitigation bank or
in-lieu fee program.
    Standard permit means a standard, individual permit issued under the
authority of section 404 of the Clean Water Act.
    Temporal loss is the time lag between the loss of aquatic resource
functions caused by the permitted impacts and the replacement of aquatic
resource functions at the compensatory mitigation site. Higher
compensation ratios may be required to compensate for temporal loss.
When the compensatory mitigation project is initiated prior to, or
concurrent with, the permitted impacts, the district engineer may
determine that compensation for temporal loss is not necessary, unless
the resource has a long development time.
    Watershed means a land area that drains to a common waterway, such
as a stream, lake, estuary, wetland, or ultimately the ocean.
    Watershed approach means an analytical process for making
compensatory mitigation decisions that support the sustainability or
improvement of aquatic resources in a watershed. It involves
consideration of watershed needs, and how locations and types of
compensatory mitigation projects address those needs. A landscape
perspective is used to identify the types and locations of compensatory
mitigation projects that will benefit the watershed and offset losses of
aquatic resource functions and services caused by activities authorized
by DA permits. The watershed approach may involve consideration of
landscape scale, historic and potential aquatic resource conditions,
past and projected aquatic resource impacts in the watershed, and
terrestrial connections between aquatic resources when determining
compensatory mitigation requirements for DA permits.
    Watershed plan means a plan developed by federal, tribal, state,
and/or local government agencies or appropriate non-governmental
organizations, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, for the
specific goal of aquatic resource restoration, establishment,
enhancement, and preservation. A watershed plan addresses aquatic
resource conditions in the watershed, multiple stakeholder interests,
and land uses. Watershed plans may also identify priority sites for
aquatic resource restoration and protection. Examples of watershed plans
include special area management plans, advance identification programs,
and wetland management plans.



Sec. 230.93  General compensatory mitigation requirements.

    (a) General considerations. (1) The fundamental objective of
compensatory

[[Page 282]]

mitigation is to offset environmental losses resulting from unavoidable
impacts to waters of the United States authorized by DA permits. The
district engineer must determine the compensatory mitigation to be
required in a DA permit, based on what is practicable and capable of
compensating for the aquatic resource functions that will be lost as a
result of the permitted activity. When evaluating compensatory
mitigation options, the district engineer will consider what would be
environmentally preferable. In making this determination, the district
engineer must assess the likelihood for ecological success and
sustainability, the location of the compensation site relative to the
impact site and their significance within the watershed, and the costs
of the compensatory mitigation project. In many cases, the
environmentally preferable compensatory mitigation may be provided
through mitigation banks or in-lieu fee programs because they usually
involve consolidating compensatory mitigation projects where
ecologically appropriate, consolidating resources, providing financial
planning and scientific expertise (which often is not practical for
permittee-responsible compensatory mitigation projects), reducing
temporal losses of functions, and reducing uncertainty over project
success. Compensatory mitigation requirements must be commensurate with
the amount and type of impact that is associated with a particular DA
permit. Permit applicants are responsible for proposing an appropriate
compensatory mitigation option to offset unavoidable impacts.
    (2) Compensatory mitigation may be performed using the methods of
restoration, enhancement, establishment, and in certain circumstances
preservation. Restoration should generally be the first option
considered because the likelihood of success is greater and the impacts
to potentially ecologically important uplands are reduced compared to
establishment, and the potential gains in terms of aquatic resource
functions are greater, compared to enhancement and preservation.
    (3) Compensatory mitigation projects may be sited on public or
private lands. Credits for compensatory mitigation projects on public
land must be based solely on aquatic resource functions provided by the
compensatory mitigation project, over and above those provided by public
programs already planned or in place. All compensatory mitigation
projects must comply with the standards in this part, if they are to be
used to provide compensatory mitigation for activities authorized by DA
permits, regardless of whether they are sited on public or private lands
and whether the sponsor is a governmental or private entity.
    (b) Type and location of compensatory mitigation. (1) When
considering options for successfully providing the required compensatory
mitigation, the district engineer shall consider the type and location
options in the order presented in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(6) of
this section. In general, the required compensatory mitigation should be
located within the same watershed as the impact site, and should be
located where it is most likely to successfully replace lost functions
and services, taking into account such watershed scale features as
aquatic habitat diversity, habitat connectivity, relationships to
hydrologic sources (including the availability of water rights), trends
in land use, ecological benefits, and compatibility with adjacent land
uses. When compensating for impacts to marine resources, the location of
the compensatory mitigation site should be chosen to replace lost
functions and services within the same marine ecological system (e.g.,
reef complex, littoral drift cell). Compensation for impacts to aquatic
resources in coastal watersheds (watersheds that include a tidal water
body) should also be located in a coastal watershed where practicable.
Compensatory mitigation projects should not be located where they will
increase risks to aviation by attracting wildlife to areas where
aircraft-wildlife strikes may occur (e.g., near airports).
    (2) Mitigation bank credits. When permitted impacts are located
within the service area of an approved mitigation bank, and the bank has
the appropriate number and resource type of credits available, the
permittee's compensatory mitigation requirements may be met by securing
those credits from the sponsor. Since an approved instrument

[[Page 283]]

(including an approved mitigation plan and appropriate real estate and
financial assurances) for a mitigation bank is required to be in place
before its credits can begin to be used to compensate for authorized
impacts, use of a mitigation bank can help reduce risk and uncertainty,
as well as temporal loss of resource functions and services. Mitigation
bank credits are not released for debiting until specific milestones
associated with the mitigation bank site's protection and development
are achieved, thus use of mitigation bank credits can also help reduce
risk that mitigation will not be fully successful. Mitigation banks
typically involve larger, more ecologically valuable parcels, and more
rigorous scientific and technical analysis, planning and implementation
than permittee-responsible mitigation. Also, development of a mitigation
bank requires site identification in advance, project-specific planning,
and significant investment of financial resources that is often not
practicable for many in-lieu fee programs. For these reasons, the
district engineer should give preference to the use of mitigation bank
credits when these considerations are applicable. However, these same
considerations may also be used to override this preference, where
appropriate, as, for example, where an in-lieu fee program has released
credits available from a specific approved in-lieu fee project, or a
permittee-responsible project will restore an outstanding resource based
on rigorous scientific and technical analysis.
    (3) In-lieu fee program credits. Where permitted impacts are located
within the service area of an approved in-lieu fee program, and the
sponsor has the appropriate number and resource type of credits
available, the permittee's compensatory mitigation requirements may be
met by securing those credits from the sponsor. Where permitted impacts
are not located in the service area of an approved mitigation bank, or
the approved mitigation bank does not have the appropriate number and
resource type of credits available to offset those impacts, in-lieu fee
mitigation, if available, is generally preferable to permittee-
responsible mitigation. In-lieu fee projects typically involve larger,
more ecologically valuable parcels, and more rigorous scientific and
technical analysis, planning and implementation than permittee-
responsible mitigation. They also devote significant resources to
identifying and addressing high-priority resource needs on a watershed
scale, as reflected in their compensation planning framework. For these
reasons, the district engineer should give preference to in-lieu fee
program credits over permittee-responsible mitigation, where these
considerations are applicable. However, as with the preference for
mitigation bank credits, these same considerations may be used to
override this preference where appropriate. Additionally, in cases where
permittee-responsible mitigation is likely to successfully meet
performance standards before advance credits secured from an in-lieu fee
program are fulfilled, the district engineer should also give
consideration to this factor in deciding between in-lieu fee mitigation
and permittee-responsible mitigation.
    (4) Permittee-responsible mitigation under a watershed approach.
Where permitted impacts are not in the service area of an approved
mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program that has the appropriate number
and resource type of credits available, permittee-responsible mitigation
is the only option. Where practicable and likely to be successful and
sustainable, the resource type and location for the required permittee-
responsible compensatory mitigation should be determined using the
principles of a watershed approach as outlined in paragraph (c) of this
section.
    (5) Permittee-responsible mitigation through on-site and in-kind
mitigation. In cases where a watershed approach is not practicable, the
district engineer should consider opportunities to offset anticipated
aquatic resource impacts by requiring on-site and in-kind compensatory
mitigation. The district engineer must also consider the practicability
of on-site compensatory mitigation and its compatibility with the
proposed project.
    (6) Permittee-responsible mitigation through off-site and/or out-of-
kind mitigation. If, after considering opportunities for on-site, in-
kind compensatory mitigation as provided in paragraph (b)(5)

[[Page 284]]

of this section, the district engineer determines that these
compensatory mitigation opportunities are not practicable, are unlikely
to compensate for the permitted impacts, or will be incompatible with
the proposed project, and an alternative, practicable off-site and/or
out-of-kind mitigation opportunity is identified that has a greater
likelihood of offsetting the permitted impacts or is environmentally
preferable to on-site or in-kind mitigation, the district engineer
should require that this alternative compensatory mitigation be
provided.
    (c) Watershed approach to compensatory mitigation. (1) The district
engineer must use a watershed approach to establish compensatory
mitigation requirements in DA permits to the extent appropriate and
practicable. Where a watershed plan is available, the district engineer
will determine whether the plan is appropriate for use in the watershed
approach for compensatory mitigation. In cases where the district
engineer determines that an appropriate watershed plan is available, the
watershed approach should be based on that plan. Where no such plan is
available, the watershed approach should be based on information
provided by the project sponsor or available from other sources. The
ultimate goal of a watershed approach is to maintain and improve the
quality and quantity of aquatic resources within watersheds through
strategic selection of compensatory mitigation sites.
    (2) Considerations. (i) A watershed approach to compensatory
mitigation considers the importance of landscape position and resource
type of compensatory mitigation projects for the sustainability of
aquatic resource functions within the watershed. Such an approach
considers how the types and locations of compensatory mitigation
projects will provide the desired aquatic resource functions, and will
continue to function over time in a changing landscape. It also
considers the habitat requirements of important species, habitat loss or
conversion trends, sources of watershed impairment, and current
development trends, as well as the requirements of other regulatory and
non-regulatory programs that affect the watershed, such as storm water
management or habitat conservation programs. It includes the protection
and maintenance of terrestrial resources, such as non-wetland riparian
areas and uplands, when those resources contribute to or improve the
overall ecological functioning of aquatic resources in the watershed.
Compensatory mitigation requirements determined through the watershed
approach should not focus exclusively on specific functions (e.g., water
quality or habitat for certain species), but should provide, where
practicable, the suite of functions typically provided by the affected
aquatic resource.
    (ii) Locational factors (e.g., hydrology, surrounding land use) are
important to the success of compensatory mitigation for impacted habitat
functions and may lead to siting of such mitigation away from the
project area. However, consideration should also be given to functions
and services (e.g., water quality, flood control, shoreline protection)
that will likely need to be addressed at or near the areas impacted by
the permitted impacts.
    (iii) A watershed approach may include on-site compensatory
mitigation, off-site compensatory mitigation (including mitigation banks
or in-lieu fee programs), or a combination of on-site and off-site
compensatory mitigation.
    (iv) A watershed approach to compensatory mitigation should include,
to the extent practicable, inventories of historic and existing aquatic
resources, including identification of degraded aquatic resources, and
identification of immediate and long-term aquatic resource needs within
watersheds that can be met through permittee-responsible mitigation
projects, mitigation banks, or in-lieu fee programs. Planning efforts
should identify and prioritize aquatic resource restoration,
establishment, and enhancement activities, and preservation of existing
aquatic resources that are important for maintaining or improving
ecological functions of the watershed. The identification and
prioritization of resource needs should be as specific as possible, to
enhance the usefulness of the approach in determining compensatory
mitigation requirements.
    (v) A watershed approach is not appropriate in areas where watershed

[[Page 285]]

boundaries do not exist, such as marine areas. In such cases, an
appropriate spatial scale should be used to replace lost functions and
services within the same ecological system (e.g., reef complex, littoral
drift cell).
    (3) Information Needs. (i) In the absence of a watershed plan
determined by the district engineer under paragraph (c)(1) of this
section to be appropriate for use in the watershed approach, the
district engineer will use a watershed approach based on analysis of
information regarding watershed conditions and needs, including
potential sites for aquatic resource restoration activities and
priorities for aquatic resource restoration and preservation. Such
information includes: Current trends in habitat loss or conversion;
cumulative impacts of past development activities, current development
trends, the presence and needs of sensitive species; site conditions
that favor or hinder the success of compensatory mitigation projects;
and chronic environmental problems such as flooding or poor water
quality.
    (ii) This information may be available from sources such as wetland
maps; soil surveys; U.S. Geological Survey topographic and hydrologic
maps; aerial photographs; information on rare, endangered and threatened
species and critical habitat; local ecological reports or studies; and
other information sources that could be used to identify locations for
suitable compensatory mitigation projects in the watershed.
    (iii) The level of information and analysis needed to support a
watershed approach must be commensurate with the scope and scale of the
proposed impacts requiring a DA permit, as well as the functions lost as
a result of those impacts.
    (4) Watershed Scale. The size of watershed addressed using a
watershed approach should not be larger than is appropriate to ensure
that the aquatic resources provided through compensation activities will
effectively compensate for adverse environmental impacts resulting from
activities authorized by DA permits. The district engineer should
consider relevant environmental factors and appropriate locally-
developed standards and criteria when determining the appropriate
watershed scale in guiding compensation activities.
    (d) Site selection. (1) The compensatory mitigation project site
must be ecologically suitable for providing the desired aquatic resource
functions. In determining the ecological suitability of the compensatory
mitigation project site, the district engineer must consider, to the
extent practicable, the following factors:
    (i) Hydrological conditions, soil characteristics, and other
physical and chemical characteristics;
    (ii) Watershed-scale features, such as aquatic habitat diversity,
habitat connectivity, and other landscape scale functions;
    (iii) The size and location of the compensatory mitigation site
relative to hydrologic sources (including the availability of water
rights) and other ecological features;
    (iv) Compatibility with adjacent land uses and watershed management
plans;
    (v) Reasonably foreseeable effects the compensatory mitigation
project will have on ecologically important aquatic or terrestrial
resources (e.g., shallow sub-tidal habitat, mature forests), cultural
sites, or habitat for federally- or state-listed threatened and
endangered species; and
    (vi) Other relevant factors including, but not limited to,
development trends, anticipated land use changes, habitat status and
trends, the relative locations of the impact and mitigation sites in the
stream network, local or regional goals for the restoration or
protection of particular habitat types or functions (e.g., re-
establishment of habitat corridors or habitat for species of concern),
water quality goals, floodplain management goals, and the relative
potential for chemical contamination of the aquatic resources.
    (2) District engineers may require on-site, off-site, or a
combination of on-site and off-site compensatory mitigation to replace
permitted losses of aquatic resource functions and services.
    (3) Applicants should propose compensation sites adjacent to
existing aquatic resources or where aquatic resources previously
existed.

[[Page 286]]

    (e) Mitigation type. (1) In general, in-kind mitigation is
preferable to out-of-kind mitigation because it is most likely to
compensate for the functions and services lost at the impact site. For
example, tidal wetland compensatory mitigation projects are most likely
to compensate for unavoidable impacts to tidal wetlands, while perennial
stream compensatory mitigation projects are most likely to compensate
for unavoidable impacts to perennial streams. Thus, except as provided
in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the required compensatory
mitigation shall be of a similar type to the affected aquatic resource.
    (2) If the district engineer determines, using the watershed
approach in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section that out-of-
kind compensatory mitigation will serve the aquatic resource needs of
the watershed, the district engineer may authorize the use of such out-
of-kind compensatory mitigation. The basis for authorization of out-of-
kind compensatory mitigation must be documented in the administrative
record for the permit action.
    (3) For difficult-to-replace resources (e.g., bogs, fens, springs,
streams, Atlantic white cedar swamps) if further avoidance and
minimization is not practicable, the required compensation should be
provided, if practicable, through in-kind rehabilitation, enhancement,
or preservation since there is greater certainty that these methods of
compensation will successfully offset permitted impacts.
    (f) Amount of compensatory mitigation. (1) If the district engineer
determines that compensatory mitigation is necessary to offset
unavoidable impacts to aquatic resources, the amount of required
compensatory mitigation must be, to the extent practicable, sufficient
to replace lost aquatic resource functions. In cases where appropriate
functional or condition assessment methods or other suitable metrics are
available, these methods should be used where practicable to determine
how much compensatory mitigation is required. If a functional or
condition assessment or other suitable metric is not used, a minimum
one-to-one acreage or linear foot compensation ratio must be used.
    (2) The district engineer must require a mitigation ratio greater
than one-to-one where necessary to account for the method of
compensatory mitigation (e.g., preservation), the likelihood of success,
differences between the functions lost at the impact site and the
functions expected to be produced by the compensatory mitigation
project, temporal losses of aquatic resource functions, the difficulty
of restoring or establishing the desired aquatic resource type and
functions, and/or the distance between the affected aquatic resource and
the compensation site. The rationale for the required replacement ratio
must be documented in the administrative record for the permit action.
    (3) If an in-lieu fee program will be used to provide the required
compensatory mitigation, and the appropriate number and resource type of
released credits are not available, the district engineer must require
sufficient compensation to account for the risk and uncertainty
associated with in-lieu fee projects that have not been implemented
before the permitted impacts have occurred.
    (g) Use of mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs. Mitigation
banks and in-lieu fee programs may be used to compensate for impacts to
aquatic resources authorized by general permits and individual permits,
including after-the-fact permits, in accordance with the preference
hierarchy in paragraph (b) of this section. Mitigation banks and in-lieu
fee programs may also be used to satisfy requirements arising out of an
enforcement action, such as supplemental environmental projects.
    (h) Preservation. (1) Preservation may be used to provide
compensatory mitigation for activities authorized by DA permits when all
the following criteria are met:
    (i) The resources to be preserved provide important physical,
chemical, or biological functions for the watershed;
    (ii) The resources to be preserved contribute significantly to the
ecological sustainability of the watershed. In determining the
contribution of those resources to the ecological sustainability of the
watershed, the district

[[Page 287]]

engineer must use appropriate quantitative assessment tools, where
available;
    (iii) Preservation is determined by the district engineer to be
appropriate and practicable;
    (iv) The resources are under threat of destruction or adverse
modifications; and
    (v) The preserved site will be permanently protected through an
appropriate real estate or other legal instrument (e.g., easement, title
transfer to state resource agency or land trust).
    (2) Where preservation is used to provide compensatory mitigation,
to the extent appropriate and practicable the preservation shall be done
in conjunction with aquatic resource restoration, establishment, and/or
enhancement activities. This requirement may be waived by the district
engineer where preservation has been identified as a high priority using
a watershed approach described in paragraph (c) of this section, but
compensation ratios shall be higher.
    (i) Buffers. District engineers may require the restoration,
establishment, enhancement, and preservation, as well as the
maintenance, of riparian areas and/or buffers around aquatic resources
where necessary to ensure the long-term viability of those resources.
Buffers may also provide habitat or corridors necessary for the
ecological functioning of aquatic resources. If buffers are required by
the district engineer as part of the compensatory mitigation project,
compensatory mitigation credit will be provided for those buffers.
    (j) Relationship to other federal, tribal, state, and local
programs. (1) Compensatory mitigation projects for DA permits may also
be used to satisfy the environmental requirements of other programs,
such as tribal, state, or local wetlands regulatory programs, other
federal programs such as the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act,
Corps civil works projects, and Department of Defense military
construction projects, consistent with the terms and requirements of
these programs and subject to the following considerations:
    (i) The compensatory mitigation project must include appropriate
compensation required by the DA permit for unavoidable impacts to
aquatic resources authorized by that permit.
    (ii) Under no circumstances may the same credits be used to provide
mitigation for more than one permitted activity. However, where
appropriate, compensatory mitigation projects, including mitigation
banks and in-lieu fee projects, may be designed to holistically address
requirements under multiple programs and authorities for the same
activity.
    (2) Except for projects undertaken by federal agencies, or where
federal funding is specifically authorized to provide compensatory
mitigation, federally-funded aquatic resource restoration or
conservation projects undertaken for purposes other than compensatory
mitigation, such as the Wetlands Reserve Program, Conservation Reserve
Program, and Partners for Wildlife Program activities, cannot be used
for the purpose of generating compensatory mitigation credits for
activities authorized by DA permits. However, compensatory mitigation
credits may be generated by activities undertaken in conjunction with,
but supplemental to, such programs in order to maximize the overall
ecological benefits of the restoration or conservation project.
    (3) Compensatory mitigation projects may also be used to provide
compensatory mitigation under the Endangered Species Act or for Habitat
Conservation Plans, as long as they comply with the requirements of
paragraph (j)(1) of this section.
    (k) Permit conditions. (1) The compensatory mitigation requirements
for a DA permit, including the amount and type of compensatory
mitigation, must be clearly stated in the special conditions of the
individual permit or general permit verification (see 33 CFR 325.4 and
330.6(a)). The special conditions must be enforceable.
    (2) For an individual permit that requires permittee-responsible
mitigation, the special conditions must:
    (i) Identify the party responsible for providing the compensatory
mitigation;
    (ii) Incorporate, by reference, the final mitigation plan approved
by the district engineer;

[[Page 288]]

    (iii) State the objectives, performance standards, and monitoring
required for the compensatory mitigation project, unless they are
provided in the approved final mitigation plan; and
    (iv) Describe any required financial assurances or long-term
management provisions for the compensatory mitigation project, unless
they are specified in the approved final mitigation plan.
    (3) For a general permit activity that requires permittee-
responsible compensatory mitigation, the special conditions must
describe the compensatory mitigation proposal, which may be either
conceptual or detailed. The general permit verification must also
include a special condition that states that the permittee cannot
commence work in waters of the United States until the district engineer
approves the final mitigation plan, unless the district engineer
determines that such a special condition is not practicable and not
necessary to ensure timely completion of the required compensatory
mitigation. To the extent appropriate and practicable, special
conditions of the general permit verification should also address the
requirements of paragraph (k)(2) of this section.
    (4) If a mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program is used to provide
the required compensatory mitigation, the special conditions must
indicate whether a mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program will be used,
and specify the number and resource type of credits the permittee is
required to secure. In the case of an individual permit, the special
condition must also identify the specific mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program that will be used. For general permit verifications, the special
conditions may either identify the specific mitigation bank or in-lieu
fee program, or state that the specific mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program used to provide the required compensatory mitigation must be
approved by the district engineer before the credits are secured.
    (l) Party responsible for compensatory mitigation. (1) For
permittee-responsible mitigation, the special conditions of the DA
permit must clearly indicate the party or parties responsible for the
implementation, performance, and long-term management of the
compensatory mitigation project.
    (2) For mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs, the instrument
must clearly indicate the party or parties responsible for the
implementation, performance, and long-term management of the
compensatory mitigation project(s). The instrument must also contain a
provision expressing the sponsor's agreement to assume responsibility
for a permittee's compensatory mitigation requirements, once that
permittee has secured the appropriate number and resource type of
credits from the sponsor and the district engineer has received the
documentation described in paragraph (l)(3) of this section.
    (3) If use of a mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program is approved
by the district engineer to provide part or all of the required
compensatory mitigation for a DA permit, the permittee retains
responsibility for providing the compensatory mitigation until the
appropriate number and resource type of credits have been secured from a
sponsor and the district engineer has received documentation that
confirms that the sponsor has accepted the responsibility for providing
the required compensatory mitigation. This documentation may consist of
a letter or form signed by the sponsor, with the permit number and a
statement indicating the number and resource type of credits that have
been secured from the sponsor. Copies of this documentation will be
retained in the administrative records for both the permit and the
instrument. If the sponsor fails to provide the required compensatory
mitigation, the district engineer may pursue measures against the
sponsor to ensure compliance.
    (m) Timing. Implementation of the compensatory mitigation project
shall be, to the maximum extent practicable, in advance of or concurrent
with the activity causing the authorized impacts. The district engineer
shall require, to the extent appropriate and practicable, additional
compensatory mitigation to offset temporal losses of aquatic functions
that will result from the permitted activity.

[[Page 289]]

    (n) Financial assurances. (1) The district engineer shall require
sufficient financial assurances to ensure a high level of confidence
that the compensatory mitigation project will be successfully completed,
in accordance with applicable performance standards. In cases where an
alternate mechanism is available to ensure a high level of confidence
that the compensatory mitigation will be provided and maintained (e.g.,
a formal, documented commitment from a government agency or public
authority) the district engineer may determine that financial assurances
are not necessary for that compensatory mitigation project.
    (2) The amount of the required financial assurances must be
determined by the district engineer, in consultation with the project
sponsor, and must be based on the size and complexity of the
compensatory mitigation project, the degree of completion of the project
at the time of project approval, the likelihood of success, the past
performance of the project sponsor, and any other factors the district
engineer deems appropriate. Financial assurances may be in the form of
performance bonds, escrow accounts, casualty insurance, letters of
credit, legislative appropriations for government sponsored projects, or
other appropriate instruments, subject to the approval of the district
engineer. The rationale for determining the amount of the required
financial assurances must be documented in the administrative record for
either the DA permit or the instrument. In determining the assurance
amount, the district engineer shall consider the cost of providing
replacement mitigation, including costs for land acquisition, planning
and engineering, legal fees, mobilization, construction, and monitoring.
    (3) If financial assurances are required, the DA permit must include
a special condition requiring the financial assurances to be in place
prior to commencing the permitted activity.
    (4) Financial assurances shall be phased out once the compensatory
mitigation project has been determined by the district engineer to be
successful in accordance with its performance standards. The DA permit
or instrument must clearly specify the conditions under which the
financial assurances are to be released to the permittee, sponsor, and/
or other financial assurance provider, including, as appropriate,
linkage to achievement of performance standards, adaptive management, or
compliance with special conditions.
    (5) A financial assurance must be in a form that ensures that the
district engineer will receive notification at least 120 days in advance
of any termination or revocation. For third-party assurance providers,
this may take the form of a contractual requirement for the assurance
provider to notify the district engineer at least 120 days before the
assurance is revoked or terminated.
    (6) Financial assurances shall be payable at the direction of the
district engineer to his designee or to a standby trust agreement. When
a standby trust is used (e.g., with performance bonds or letters of
credit) all amounts paid by the financial assurance provider shall be
deposited directly into the standby trust fund for distribution by the
trustee in accordance with the district engineer's instructions.
    (o) Compliance with applicable law. The compensatory mitigation
project must comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws.
The DA permit, mitigation banking instrument, or in-lieu fee program
instrument must not require participation by the Corps or any other
federal agency in project management, including receipt or management of
financial assurances or long-term financing mechanisms, except as
determined by the Corps or other agency to be consistent with its
statutory authority, mission, and priorities.



Sec. 230.94  Planning and documentation.

    (a) Pre-application consultations. Potential applicants for standard
permits are encouraged to participate in pre-application meetings with
the Corps and appropriate agencies to discuss potential mitigation
requirements and information needs.
    (b) Public review and comment. (1) For an activity that requires a
standard DA permit pursuant to section 404 of the Clean Water Act, the
public notice for the proposed activity must contain a

[[Page 290]]

statement explaining how impacts associated with the proposed activity
are to be avoided, minimized, and compensated for. This explanation
shall address, to the extent that such information is provided in the
mitigation statement required by 33 CFR 325.1(d)(7), the proposed
avoidance and minimization and the amount, type, and location of any
proposed compensatory mitigation, including any out-of-kind
compensation, or indicate an intention to use an approved mitigation
bank or in-lieu fee program. The level of detail provided in the public
notice must be commensurate with the scope and scale of the impacts. The
notice shall not include information that the district engineer and the
permittee believe should be kept confidential for business purposes,
such as the exact location of a proposed mitigation site that has not
yet been secured. The permittee must clearly identify any information
being claimed as confidential in the mitigation statement when
submitted. In such cases, the notice must still provide enough
information to enable the public to provide meaningful comment on the
proposed mitigation.
    (2) For individual permits, district engineers must consider any
timely comments and recommendations from other federal agencies; tribal,
state, or local governments; and the public.
    (3) For activities authorized by letters of permission or general
permits, the review and approval process for compensatory mitigation
proposals and plans must be conducted in accordance with the terms and
conditions of those permits and applicable regulations including the
applicable provisions of this part.
    (c) Mitigation plan. (1) Preparation and Approval. (i) For
individual permits, the permittee must prepare a draft mitigation plan
and submit it to the district engineer for review. After addressing any
comments provided by the district engineer, the permittee must prepare a
final mitigation plan, which must be approved by the district engineer
prior to issuing the individual permit. The approved final mitigation
plan must be incorporated into the individual permit by reference. The
final mitigation plan must include the items described in paragraphs
(c)(2) through (c)(14) of this section, but the level of detail of the
mitigation plan should be commensurate with the scale and scope of the
impacts. As an alternative, the district engineer may determine that it
would be more appropriate to address any of the items described in
paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(14) of this section as permit conditions,
instead of components of a compensatory mitigation plan. For permittees
who intend to fulfill their compensatory mitigation obligations by
securing credits from approved mitigation banks or in-lieu fee programs,
their mitigation plans need include only the items described in
paragraphs (c)(5) and (c)(6) of this section, and the name of the
specific mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program to be used.
    (ii) For general permits, if compensatory mitigation is required,
the district engineer may approve a conceptual or detailed compensatory
mitigation plan to meet required time frames for general permit
verifications, but a final mitigation plan incorporating the elements in
paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(14) of this section, at a level of detail
commensurate with the scale and scope of the impacts, must be approved
by the district engineer before the permittee commences work in waters
of the United States. As an alternative, the district engineer may
determine that it would be more appropriate to address any of the items
described in paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(14) of this section as permit
conditions, instead of components of a compensatory mitigation plan. For
permittees who intend to fulfill their compensatory mitigation
obligations by securing credits from approved mitigation banks or in-
lieu fee programs, their mitigation plans need include only the items
described in paragraphs (c)(5) and (c)(6) of this section, and either
the name of the specific mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program to be
used or a statement indicating that a mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program will be used (contingent upon approval by the district
engineer).
    (iii) Mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs must prepare a
mitigation plan including the items in paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(14)
of this section for

[[Page 291]]

each separate compensatory mitigation project site. For mitigation banks
and in-lieu fee programs, the preparation and approval process for
mitigation plans is described in Sec. 230.98.
    (2) Objectives. A description of the resource type(s) and amount(s)
that will be provided, the method of compensation (i.e., restoration,
establishment, enhancement, and/or preservation), and the manner in
which the resource functions of the compensatory mitigation project will
address the needs of the watershed, ecoregion, physiographic province,
or other geographic area of interest.
    (3) Site selection. A description of the factors considered during
the site selection process. This should include consideration of
watershed needs, on-site alternatives where applicable, and the
practicability of accomplishing ecologically self-sustaining aquatic
resource restoration, establishment, enhancement, and/or preservation at
the compensatory mitigation project site. (See Sec. 230.93(d).)
    (4) Site protection instrument. A description of the legal
arrangements and instrument, including site ownership, that will be used
to ensure the long-term protection of the compensatory mitigation
project site (see Sec. 230.97(a)).
    (5) Baseline information. A description of the ecological
characteristics of the proposed compensatory mitigation project site
and, in the case of an application for a DA permit, the impact site.
This may include descriptions of historic and existing plant
communities, historic and existing hydrology, soil conditions, a map
showing the locations of the impact and mitigation site(s) or the
geographic coordinates for those site(s), and other site characteristics
appropriate to the type of resource proposed as compensation. The
baseline information should also include a delineation of waters of the
United States on the proposed compensatory mitigation project site. A
prospective permittee planning to secure credits from an approved
mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program only needs to provide baseline
information about the impact site, not the mitigation bank or in-lieu
fee project site.
    (6) Determination of credits. A description of the number of credits
to be provided, including a brief explanation of the rationale for this
determination. (See Sec. 230.93(f).)
    (i) For permittee-responsible mitigation, this should include an
explanation of how the compensatory mitigation project will provide the
required compensation for unavoidable impacts to aquatic resources
resulting from the permitted activity.
    (ii) For permittees intending to secure credits from an approved
mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program, it should include the number and
resource type of credits to be secured and how these were determined.
    (7) Mitigation work plan. Detailed written specifications and work
descriptions for the compensatory mitigation project, including, but not
limited to, the geographic boundaries of the project; construction
methods, timing, and sequence; source(s) of water, including connections
to existing waters and uplands; methods for establishing the desired
plant community; plans to control invasive plant species; the proposed
grading plan, including elevations and slopes of the substrate; soil
management; and erosion control measures. For stream compensatory
mitigation projects, the mitigation work plan may also include other
relevant information, such as planform geometry, channel form (e.g.,
typical channel cross-sections), watershed size, design discharge, and
riparian area plantings.
    (8) Maintenance plan. A description and schedule of maintenance
requirements to ensure the continued viability of the resource once
initial construction is completed.
    (9) Performance standards. Ecologically-based standards that will be
used to determine whether the compensatory mitigation project is
achieving its objectives. (See Sec. 230.95.)
    (10) Monitoring requirements. A description of parameters to be
monitored in order to determine if the compensatory mitigation project
is on track to meet performance standards and if adaptive management is
needed. A schedule for monitoring and reporting on monitoring results to
the district engineer must be included. (See Sec. 230.96.)

[[Page 292]]

    (11) Long-term management plan. A description of how the
compensatory mitigation project will be managed after performance
standards have been achieved to ensure the long-term sustainability of
the resource, including long-term financing mechanisms and the party
responsible for long-term management. (See Sec. 230.97(d).)
    (12) Adaptive management plan. A management strategy to address
unforeseen changes in site conditions or other components of the
compensatory mitigation project, including the party or parties
responsible for implementing adaptive management measures. The adaptive
management plan will guide decisions for revising compensatory
mitigation plans and implementing measures to address both foreseeable
and unforeseen circumstances that adversely affect compensatory
mitigation success. (See Sec. 230.97(c).)
    (13) Financial assurances. A description of financial assurances
that will be provided and how they are sufficient to ensure a high level
of confidence that the compensatory mitigation project will be
successfully completed, in accordance with its performance standards
(see Sec. 230.93(n)).
    (14) Other information. The district engineer may require additional
information as necessary to determine the appropriateness, feasibility,
and practicability of the compensatory mitigation project.



Sec. 230.95  Ecological performance standards.

    (a) The approved mitigation plan must contain performance standards
that will be used to assess whether the project is achieving its
objectives. Performance standards should relate to the objectives of the
compensatory mitigation project, so that the project can be objectively
evaluated to determine if it is developing into the desired resource
type, providing the expected functions, and attaining any other
applicable metrics (e.g., acres).
    (b) Performance standards must be based on attributes that are
objective and verifiable. Ecological performance standards must be based
on the best available science that can be measured or assessed in a
practicable manner. Performance standards may be based on variables or
measures of functional capacity described in functional assessment
methodologies, measurements of hydrology or other aquatic resource
characteristics, and/or comparisons to reference aquatic resources of
similar type and landscape position. The use of reference aquatic
resources to establish performance standards will help ensure that those
performance standards are reasonably achievable, by reflecting the range
of variability exhibited by the regional class of aquatic resources as a
result of natural processes and anthropogenic disturbances. Performance
standards based on measurements of hydrology should take into
consideration the hydrologic variability exhibited by reference aquatic
resources, especially wetlands. Where practicable, performance standards
should take into account the expected stages of the aquatic resource
development process, in order to allow early identification of potential
problems and appropriate adaptive management.



Sec. 230.96  Monitoring.

    (a) General. (1) Monitoring the compensatory mitigation project site
is necessary to determine if the project is meeting its performance
standards, and to determine if measures are necessary to ensure that the
compensatory mitigation project is accomplishing its objectives. The
submission of monitoring reports to assess the development and condition
of the compensatory mitigation project is required, but the content and
level of detail for those monitoring reports must be commensurate with
the scale and scope of the compensatory mitigation project, as well as
the compensatory mitigation project type. The mitigation plan must
address the monitoring requirements for the compensatory mitigation
project, including the parameters to be monitored, the length of the
monitoring period, the party responsible for conducting the monitoring,
the frequency for submitting monitoring reports to the district
engineer, and the party responsible for submitting those monitoring
reports to the district engineer.
    (2) The district engineer may conduct site inspections on a regular
basis (e.g., annually) during the monitoring period

[[Page 293]]

to evaluate mitigation site performance.
    (b) Monitoring period. The mitigation plan must provide for a
monitoring period that is sufficient to demonstrate that the
compensatory mitigation project has met performance standards, but not
less than five years. A longer monitoring period must be required for
aquatic resources with slow development rates (e.g., forested wetlands,
bogs). Following project implementation, the district engineer may
reduce or waive the remaining monitoring requirements upon a
determination that the compensatory mitigation project has achieved its
performance standards. Conversely the district engineer may extend the
original monitoring period upon a determination that performance
standards have not been met or the compensatory mitigation project is
not on track to meet them. The district engineer may also revise
monitoring requirements when remediation and/or adaptive management is
required.
    (c) Monitoring reports. (1) The district engineer must determine the
information to be included in monitoring reports. This information must
be sufficient for the district engineer to determine how the
compensatory mitigation project is progressing towards meeting its
performance standards, and may include plans (such as as-built plans),
maps, and photographs to illustrate site conditions. Monitoring reports
may also include the results of functional, condition, or other
assessments used to provide quantitative or qualitative measures of the
functions provided by the compensatory mitigation project site.
    (2) The permittee or sponsor is responsible for submitting
monitoring reports in accordance with the special conditions of the DA
permit or the terms of the instrument. Failure to submit monitoring
reports in a timely manner may result in compliance action by the
district engineer.
    (3) Monitoring reports must be provided by the district engineer to
interested federal, tribal, state, and local resource agencies, and the
public, upon request.



Sec. 230.97  Management.

    (a) Site protection. (1) The aquatic habitats, riparian areas,
buffers, and uplands that comprise the overall compensatory mitigation
project must be provided long-term protection through real estate
instruments or other available mechanisms, as appropriate. Long-term
protection may be provided through real estate instruments such as
conservation easements held by entities such as federal, tribal, state,
or local resource agencies, non-profit conservation organizations, or
private land managers; the transfer of title to such entities; or by
restrictive covenants. For government property, long-term protection may
be provided through federal facility management plans or integrated
natural resources management plans. When approving a method for long-
term protection of non-government property other than transfer of title,
the district engineer shall consider relevant legal constraints on the
use of conservation easements and/or restrictive covenants in
determining whether such mechanisms provide sufficient site protection.
To provide sufficient site protection, a conservation easement or
restrictive covenant should, where practicable, establish in an
appropriate third party (e.g., governmental or non-profit resource
management agency) the right to enforce site protections and provide the
third party the resources necessary to monitor and enforce these site
protections.
    (2) The real estate instrument, management plan, or other mechanism
providing long-term protection of the compensatory mitigation site must,
to the extent appropriate and practicable, prohibit incompatible uses
(e.g., clear cutting or mineral extraction) that might otherwise
jeopardize the objectives of the compensatory mitigation project. Where
appropriate, multiple instruments recognizing compatible uses (e.g.,
fishing or grazing rights) may be used.
    (3) The real estate instrument, management plan, or other long-term
protection mechanism must contain a provision requiring 60-day advance
notification to the district engineer before any action is taken to void
or modify the instrument, management plan, or

[[Page 294]]

long-term protection mechanism, including transfer of title to, or
establishment of any other legal claims over, the compensatory
mitigation site.
    (4) For compensatory mitigation projects on public lands, where
Federal facility management plans or integrated natural resources
management plans are used to provide long-term protection, and changes
in statute, regulation, or agency needs or mission results in an
incompatible use on public lands originally set aside for compensatory
mitigation, the public agency authorizing the incompatible use is
responsible for providing alternative compensatory mitigation that is
acceptable to the district engineer for any loss in functions resulting
from the incompatible use.
    (5) A real estate instrument, management plan, or other long-term
protection mechanism used for site protection of permittee-responsible
mitigation must be approved by the district engineer in advance of, or
concurrent with, the activity causing the authorized impacts.
    (b) Sustainability. Compensatory mitigation projects shall be
designed, to the maximum extent practicable, to be self-sustaining once
performance standards have been achieved. This includes minimization of
active engineering features (e.g., pumps) and appropriate siting to
ensure that natural hydrology and landscape context will support long-
term sustainability. Where active long-term management and maintenance
are necessary to ensure long-term sustainability (e.g., prescribed
burning, invasive species control, maintenance of water control
structures, easement enforcement), the responsible party must provide
for such management and maintenance. This includes the provision of
long-term financing mechanisms where necessary. Where needed, the
acquisition and protection of water rights must be secured and
documented in the permit conditions or instrument.
    (c) Adaptive management. (1) If the compensatory mitigation project
cannot be constructed in accordance with the approved mitigation plans,
the permittee or sponsor must notify the district engineer. A
significant modification of the compensatory mitigation project requires
approval from the district engineer.
    (2) If monitoring or other information indicates that the
compensatory mitigation project is not progressing towards meeting its
performance standards as anticipated, the responsible party must notify
the district engineer as soon as possible. The district engineer will
evaluate and pursue measures to address deficiencies in the compensatory
mitigation project. The district engineer will consider whether the
compensatory mitigation project is providing ecological benefits
comparable to the original objectives of the compensatory mitigation
project.
    (3) The district engineer, in consultation with the responsible
party (and other federal, tribal, state, and local agencies, as
appropriate), will determine the appropriate measures. The measures may
include site modifications, design changes, revisions to maintenance
requirements, and revised monitoring requirements. The measures must be
designed to ensure that the modified compensatory mitigation project
provides aquatic resource functions comparable to those described in the
mitigation plan objectives.
    (4) Performance standards may be revised in accordance with adaptive
management to account for measures taken to address deficiencies in the
compensatory mitigation project. Performance standards may also be
revised to reflect changes in management strategies and objectives if
the new standards provide for ecological benefits that are comparable or
superior to the approved compensatory mitigation project. No other
revisions to performance standards will be allowed except in the case of
natural disasters.
    (d) Long-term management. (1) The permit conditions or instrument
must identify the party responsible for ownership and all long-term
management of the compensatory mitigation project. The permit conditions
or instrument may contain provisions allowing the permittee or sponsor
to transfer the long-term management responsibilities of the
compensatory mitigation project site to a land stewardship entity, such
as a public agency,

[[Page 295]]

non-governmental organization, or private land manager, after review and
approval by the district engineer. The land stewardship entity need not
be identified in the original permit or instrument, as long as the
future transfer of long-term management responsibility is approved by
the district engineer.
    (2) A long-term management plan should include a description of
long-term management needs, annual cost estimates for these needs, and
identify the funding mechanism that will be used to meet those needs.
    (3) Any provisions necessary for long-term financing must be
addressed in the original permit or instrument. The district engineer
may require provisions to address inflationary adjustments and other
contingencies, as appropriate. Appropriate long-term financing
mechanisms include non-wasting endowments, trusts, contractual
arrangements with future responsible parties, and other appropriate
financial instruments. In cases where the long-term management entity is
a public authority or government agency, that entity must provide a plan
for the long-term financing of the site.
    (4) For permittee-responsible mitigation, any long-term financing
mechanisms must be approved in advance of the activity causing the
authorized impacts.



Sec. 230.98  Mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs.

    (a) General considerations. (1) All mitigation banks and in-lieu fee
programs must have an approved instrument signed by the sponsor and the
district engineer prior to being used to provide compensatory mitigation
for DA permits.
    (2) To the maximum extent practicable, mitigation banks and in-lieu
fee project sites must be planned and designed to be self-sustaining
over time, but some active management and maintenance may be required to
ensure their long-term viability and sustainability. Examples of
acceptable management activities include maintaining fire dependent
habitat communities in the absence of natural fire and controlling
invasive exotic plant species.
    (3) All mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs must comply with
the standards in this part, if they are to be used to provide
compensatory mitigation for activities authorized by DA permits,
regardless of whether they are sited on public or private lands and
whether the sponsor is a governmental or private entity.
    (b) Interagency Review Team. (1) The district engineer will
establish an Interagency Review Team (IRT) to review documentation for
the establishment and management of mitigation banks and in-lieu fee
programs. The district engineer or his designated representative serves
as Chair of the IRT. In cases where a mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program is proposed to satisfy the requirements of another federal,
tribal, state, or local program, in addition to compensatory mitigation
requirements of DA permits, it may be appropriate for the administering
agency to serve as co-Chair of the IRT.
    (2) In addition to the Corps, representatives from the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, NOAA
Fisheries, the Natural Resources Conservation Service, and other federal
agencies, as appropriate, may participate in the IRT. The IRT may also
include representatives from tribal, state, and local regulatory and
resource agencies, where such agencies have authorities and/or mandates
directly affecting, or affected by, the establishment, operation, or use
of the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program. The district engineer
will seek to include all public agencies with a substantive interest in
the establishment of the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program on the
IRT, but retains final authority over its composition.
    (3) The primary role of the IRT is to facilitate the establishment
of mitigation banks or in-lieu fee programs through the development of
mitigation banking or in-lieu fee program instruments. The IRT will
review the prospectus, instrument, and other appropriate documents and
provide comments to the district engineer. The district engineer and the
IRT should use a watershed approach to the extent practicable in
reviewing proposed mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs.

[[Page 296]]

Members of the IRT may also sign the instrument, if they so choose. By
signing the instrument, the IRT members indicate their agreement with
the terms of the instrument. As an alternative, a member of the IRT may
submit a letter expressing concurrence with the instrument. The IRT will
also advise the district engineer in assessing monitoring reports,
recommending remedial or adaptive management measures, approving credit
releases, and approving modifications to an instrument. In order to
ensure timely processing of instruments and other documentation,
comments from IRT members must be received by the district engineer
within the time limits specified in this section. Comments received
after these deadlines will only be considered at the discretion of the
district engineer to the extent that doing so does not jeopardize the
deadlines for district engineer action.
    (4) The district engineer will give full consideration to any timely
comments and advice of the IRT. The district engineer alone retains
final authority for approval of the instrument in cases where the
mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program is used to satisfy compensatory
mitigation requirements of DA permits.
    (5) MOAs with other agencies. The district engineer and members of
the IRT may enter into a memorandum of agreement (MOA) with any other
federal, state or local government agency to perform all or some of the
IRT review functions described in this section. Such MOAs must include
provisions for appropriate federal oversight of the review process. The
district engineer retains sole authority for final approval of
instruments and other documentation required under this section.
    (c) Compensation planning framework for in-lieu fee programs. (1)
The approved instrument for an in-lieu fee program must include a
compensation planning framework that will be used to select, secure, and
implement aquatic resource restoration, establishment, enhancement, and/
or preservation activities. The compensation planning framework must
support a watershed approach to compensatory mitigation. All specific
projects used to provide compensation for DA permits must be consistent
with the approved compensation planning framework. Modifications to the
framework must be approved as a significant modification to the
instrument by the district engineer, after consultation with the IRT.
    (2) The compensation planning framework must contain the following
elements:
    (i) The geographic service area(s), including a watershed-based
rationale for the delineation of each service area;
    (ii) A description of the threats to aquatic resources in the
service area(s), including how the in-lieu fee program will help offset
impacts resulting from those threats;
    (iii) An analysis of historic aquatic resource loss in the service
area(s);
    (iv) An analysis of current aquatic resource conditions in the
service area(s), supported by an appropriate level of field
documentation;
    (v) A statement of aquatic resource goals and objectives for each
service area, including a description of the general amounts, types and
locations of aquatic resources the program will seek to provide;
    (vi) A prioritization strategy for selecting and implementing
compensatory mitigation activities;
    (vii) An explanation of how any preservation objectives identified
in paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section and addressed in the
prioritization strategy in paragraph (c)(2)(vi) satisfy the criteria for
use of preservation in Sec. 230.93(h);
    (viii) A description of any public and private stakeholder
involvement in plan development and implementation, including, where
appropriate, coordination with federal, state, tribal and local aquatic
resource management and regulatory authorities;
    (ix) A description of the long-term protection and management
strategies for activities conducted by the in-lieu fee program sponsor;
    (x) A strategy for periodic evaluation and reporting on the progress
of the program in achieving the goals and objectives in paragraph
(c)(2)(v) of this section, including a process for revising the planning
framework as necessary; and

[[Page 297]]

    (xi) Any other information deemed necessary for effective
compensation planning by the district engineer.
    (3) The level of detail necessary for the compensation planning
framework is at the discretion of the district engineer, and will take
into account the characteristics of the service area(s) and the scope of
the program. As part of the in-lieu fee program instrument, the
compensation planning framework will be reviewed by the IRT, and will be
a major factor in the district engineer's decision on whether to approve
the instrument.
    (d) Review process. (1) The sponsor is responsible for preparing all
documentation associated with establishment of the mitigation bank or
in-lieu fee program, including the prospectus, instrument, and other
appropriate documents, such as mitigation plans for a mitigation bank.
The prospectus provides an overview of the proposed mitigation bank or
in-lieu fee program and serves as the basis for public and initial IRT
comment. For a mitigation bank, the mitigation plan, as described in
Sec. 230.94(c), provides detailed plans and specifications for the
mitigation bank site. For in-lieu fee programs, mitigation plans will be
prepared as in-lieu fee project sites are identified after the
instrument has been approved and the in-lieu fee program becomes
operational. The instrument provides the authorization for the
mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program to provide credits to be used as
compensatory mitigation for DA permits.
    (2) Prospectus. The prospectus must provide a summary of the
information regarding the proposed mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program, at a sufficient level of detail to support informed public and
IRT comment. The review process begins when the sponsor submits a
complete prospectus to the district engineer. For modifications of
approved instruments, submittal of a new prospectus is not required;
instead, the sponsor must submit a written request for an instrument
modification accompanied by appropriate documentation. The district
engineer must notify the sponsor within 30 days whether or not a
submitted prospectus is complete. A complete prospectus includes the
following information:
    (i) The objectives of the proposed mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program.
    (ii) How the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program will be
established and operated.
    (iii) The proposed service area.
    (iv) The general need for and technical feasibility of the proposed
mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program.
    (v) The proposed ownership arrangements and long-term management
strategy for the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee project sites.
    (vi) The qualifications of the sponsor to successfully complete the
type(s) of mitigation project(s) proposed, including information
describing any past such activities by the sponsor.
    (vii) For a proposed mitigation bank, the prospectus must also
address:
    (A) The ecological suitability of the site to achieve the objectives
of the proposed mitigation bank, including the physical, chemical, and
biological characteristics of the bank site and how that site will
support the planned types of aquatic resources and functions; and
    (B) Assurance of sufficient water rights to support the long-term
sustainability of the mitigation bank.
    (viii) For a proposed in-lieu fee program, the prospectus must also
include:
    (A) The compensation planning framework (see paragraph (c) of this
section); and
    (B) A description of the in-lieu fee program account required by
paragraph (i) of this section.
    (3) Preliminary review of prospectus. Prior to submitting a
prospectus, the sponsor may elect to submit a draft prospectus to the
district engineer for comment and consultation. The district engineer
will provide copies of the draft prospectus to the IRT and will provide
comments back to the sponsor within 30 days. Any comments from IRT
members will also be forwarded to the sponsor. This preliminary review
is optional but is strongly recommended. It is intended to identify
potential issues early so that the sponsor may attempt to address those
issues prior to the start of the formal review process.

[[Page 298]]

    (4) Public review and comment. Within 30 days of receipt of a
complete prospectus or an instrument modification request that will be
processed in accordance with paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the
district engineer will provide public notice of the proposed mitigation
bank or in-lieu fee program, in accordance with the public notice
procedures at 33 CFR 325.3. The public notice must, at a minimum,
include a summary of the prospectus and indicate that the full
prospectus is available to the public for review upon request. For
modifications of approved instruments, the public notice must instead
summarize, and make available to the public upon request, whatever
documentation is appropriate for the modification (e.g., a new or
revised mitigation plan). The comment period for public notice will be
30 days, unless the district engineer determines that a longer comment
period is appropriate. The district engineer will notify the sponsor if
the comment period is extended beyond 30 days, including an explanation
of why the longer comment period is necessary. Copies of all comments
received in response to the public notice must be distributed to the
other IRT members and to the sponsor within 15 days of the close of the
public comment period. The district engineer and IRT members may also
provide comments to the sponsor at this time, and copies of any such
comments will also be distributed to all IRT members. If the
construction of a mitigation bank or an in-lieu fee program project
requires a DA permit, the public notice requirement may be satisfied
through the public notice provisions of the permit processing
procedures, provided all of the relevant information is provided.
    (5) Initial evaluation. (i) After the end of the comment period, the
district engineer will review the comments received in response to the
public notice, and make a written initial evaluation as to the potential
of the proposed mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program to provide
compensatory mitigation for activities authorized by DA permits. This
initial evaluation letter must be provided to the sponsor within 30 days
of the end of the public notice comment period.
    (ii) If the district engineer determines that the proposed
mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program has potential for providing
appropriate compensatory mitigation for activities authorized by DA
permits, the initial evaluation letter will inform the sponsor that he/
she may proceed with preparation of the draft instrument (see paragraph
(d)(6) of this section).
    (iii) If the district engineer determines that the proposed
mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program does not have potential for
providing appropriate compensatory mitigation for DA permits, the
initial evaluation letter must discuss the reasons for that
determination. The sponsor may revise the prospectus to address the
district engineer's concerns, and submit the revised prospectus to the
district engineer. If the sponsor submits a revised prospectus, a
revised public notice will be issued in accordance with paragraph (d)(4)
of this section.
    (iv) This initial evaluation procedure does not apply to proposed
modifications of approved instruments.
    (6) Draft instrument. (i) After considering comments from the
district engineer, the IRT, and the public, if the sponsor chooses to
proceed with establishment of the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program, he must prepare a draft instrument and submit it to the
district engineer. In the case of an instrument modification, the
sponsor must prepare a draft amendment (e.g., a specific instrument
provision, a new or modified mitigation plan), and submit it to the
district engineer. The district engineer must notify the sponsor within
30 days of receipt, whether the draft instrument or amendment is
complete. If the draft instrument or amendment is incomplete, the
district engineer will request from the sponsor the information
necessary to make the draft instrument or amendment complete. Once any
additional information is submitted, the district engineer must notify
the sponsor as soon as he determines that the draft instrument or
amendment is complete. The draft instrument must be based on the
prospectus and must describe in detail the physical and legal
characteristics of

[[Page 299]]

the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program and how it will be
established and operated.
    (ii) For mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs, the draft
instrument must include the following information:
    (A) A description of the proposed geographic service area of the
mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program. The service area is the
watershed, ecoregion, physiographic province, and/or other geographic
area within which the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program is
authorized to provide compensatory mitigation required by DA permits.
The service area must be appropriately sized to ensure that the aquatic
resources provided will effectively compensate for adverse environmental
impacts across the entire service area. For example, in urban areas, a
U.S. Geological Survey 8-digit hydrologic unit code (HUC) watershed or a
smaller watershed may be an appropriate service area. In rural areas,
several contiguous 8-digit HUCs or a 6-digit HUC watershed may be an
appropriate service area. Delineation of the service area must also
consider any locally-developed standards and criteria that may be
applicable. The economic viability of the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program may also be considered in determining the size of the service
area. The basis for the proposed service area must be documented in the
instrument. An in-lieu fee program or umbrella mitigation banking
instrument may have multiple service areas governed by its instrument
(e.g., each watershed within a State or Corps district may be a separate
service area under the instrument); however, all impacts and
compensatory mitigation must be accounted for by service area;
    (B) Accounting procedures;
    (C) A provision stating that legal responsibility for providing the
compensatory mitigation lies with the sponsor once a permittee secures
credits from the sponsor;
    (D) Default and closure provisions;
    (E) Reporting protocols; and
    (F) Any other information deemed necessary by the district engineer.
    (iii) For a mitigation bank, a complete draft instrument must
include the following additional information:
    (A) Mitigation plans that include all applicable items listed in
Sec. 230.94(c)(2) through (14); and
    (B) A credit release schedule, which is tied to achievement of
specific milestones. All credit releases must be approved by the
district engineer, in consultation with the IRT, based on a
determination that required milestones have been achieved. The district
engineer, in consultation with the IRT, may modify the credit release
schedule, including reducing the number of available credits or
suspending credit sales or transfers altogether, where necessary to
ensure that all credits sales or transfers remain tied to compensatory
mitigation projects with a high likelihood of meeting performance
standards;
    (iv) For an in-lieu fee program, a complete draft instrument must
include the following additional information:
    (A) The compensation planning framework (see paragraph (c) of this
section);
    (B) Specification of the initial allocation of advance credits (see
paragraph (n) of this section) and a draft fee schedule for these
credits, by service area, including an explanation of the basis for the
allocation and draft fee schedule;
    (C) A methodology for determining future project-specific credits
and fees; and
    (D) A description of the in-lieu fee program account required by
paragraph (i) of this section.
    (7) IRT review. Upon receipt of notification by the district
engineer that the draft instrument or amendment is complete, the sponsor
must provide the district engineer with a sufficient number of copies of
the draft instrument or amendment to distribute to the IRT members. The
district engineer will promptly distribute copies of the draft
instrument or amendment to the IRT members for a 30 day comment period.
The 30-day comment period begins 5 days after the district engineer
distributes the copies of the draft instrument or amendment to the IRT.
Following the comment period, the district engineer will discuss any
comments with the appropriate agencies and with the sponsor. The
district engineer will seek

[[Page 300]]

to resolve issues using a consensus based approach, to the extent
practicable, while still meeting the decision-making time frames
specified in this section. Within 90 days of receipt of the complete
draft instrument or amendment by the IRT members, the district engineer
must notify the sponsor of the status of the IRT review. Specifically,
the district engineer must indicate to the sponsor if the draft
instrument or amendment is generally acceptable and what changes, if
any, are needed. If there are significant unresolved concerns that may
lead to a formal objection from one or more IRT members to the final
instrument or amendment, the district engineer will indicate the nature
of those concerns.
    (8) Final instrument. The sponsor must submit a final instrument to
the district engineer for approval, with supporting documentation that
explains how the final instrument addresses the comments provided by the
IRT. For modifications of approved instruments, the sponsor must submit
a final amendment to the district engineer for approval, with supporting
documentation that explains how the final amendment addresses the
comments provided by the IRT. The final instrument or amendment must be
provided directly by the sponsor to all members of the IRT. Within 30
days of receipt of the final instrument or amendment, the district
engineer will notify the IRT members whether or not he intends to
approve the instrument or amendment. If no IRT member objects, by
initiating the dispute resolution process in paragraph (e) of this
section within 45 days of receipt of the final instrument or amendment,
the district engineer will notify the sponsor of his final decision and,
if the instrument or amendment is approved, arrange for it to be signed
by the appropriate parties. If any IRT member initiates the dispute
resolution process, the district engineer will notify the sponsor.
Following conclusion of the dispute resolution process, the district
engineer will notify the sponsor of his final decision, and if the
instrument or amendment is approved, arrange for it to be signed by the
appropriate parties. For mitigation banks, the final instrument must
contain the information items listed in paragraphs (d)(6)(ii), and (iii)
of this section. For in-lieu fee programs, the final instrument must
contain the information items listed in paragraphs (d)(6)(ii) and (iv)
of this section. For the modification of an approved instrument, the
amendment must contain appropriate information, as determined by the
district engineer. The final instrument or amendment must be made
available to the public upon request.
    (e) Dispute resolution process. (1) Within 15 days of receipt of the
district engineer's notification of intent to approve an instrument or
amendment, the Regional Administrator of the U.S. EPA, the Regional
Director of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the Regional Director of
the National Marine Fisheries Service, and/or other senior officials of
agencies represented on the IRT may notify the district engineer and
other IRT members by letter if they object to the approval of the
proposed final instrument or amendment. This letter must include an
explanation of the basis for the objection and, where feasible, offer
recommendations for resolving the objections. If the district engineer
does not receive any objections within this time period, he may proceed
to final action on the instrument or amendment.
    (2) The district engineer must respond to the objection within 30
days of receipt of the letter. The district engineer's response may
indicate an intent to disapprove the instrument or amendment as a result
of the objection, an intent to approve the instrument or amendment
despite the objection, or may provide a modified instrument or amendment
that attempts to address the objection. The district engineer's response
must be provided to all IRT members.
    (3) Within 15 days of receipt of the district engineer's response,
if the Regional Administrator or Regional Director is not satisfied with
the response he may forward the issue to the Assistant Administrator for
Water of the U.S. EPA, the Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife and
Parks of the U.S. FWS, or the Undersecretary for Oceans and Atmosphere
of NOAA, as appropriate, for review and must notify the district
engineer by letter via electronic mail or facsimile machine (with

[[Page 301]]

copies to all IRT members) that the issue has been forwarded for
Headquarters review. This step is available only to the IRT members
representing these three federal agencies, however, other IRT members
who do not agree with the district engineer's final decision do not have
to sign the instrument or amendment or recognize the mitigation bank or
in-lieu fee program for purposes of their own programs and authorities.
If an IRT member other than the one filing the original objection has a
new objection based on the district engineer's response, he may use the
first step in this procedure (paragraph (e)(1) of this section) to
provide that objection to the district engineer.
    (4) If the issue has not been forwarded to the objecting agency's
Headquarters, then the district engineer may proceed with final action
on the instrument or amendment. If the issue has been forwarded to the
objecting agency's Headquarters, the district engineer must hold in
abeyance the final action on the instrument or amendment, pending
Headquarters level review described below.
    (5) Within 20 days from the date of the letter requesting
Headquarters level review, the Assistant Administrator for Water, the
Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife and Parks, or the
Undersecretary for Oceans and Atmosphere must either notify the
Assistant Secretary of the Army (Civil Works) (ASA(CW)) that further
review will not be requested, or request that the ASA(CW) review the
final instrument or amendment.
    (6) Within 30 days of receipt of the letter from the objecting
agency's Headquarters request for ASA(CW)'s review of the final
instrument, the ASA(CW), through the Director of Civil Works, must
review the draft instrument or amendment and advise the district
engineer on how to proceed with final action on that instrument or
amendment. The ASA(CW) must immediately notify the Assistant
Administrator for Water, the Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife
and Parks, and/or the Undersecretary for Oceans and Atmosphere of the
final decision.
    (7) In cases where the dispute resolution procedure is used, the
district engineer must notify the sponsor of his final decision within
150 days of receipt of the final instrument or amendment.
    (f) Extension of deadlines. (1) The deadlines in paragraphs (d) and
(e) of this section may be extended by the district engineer at his sole
discretion in cases where:
    (i) Compliance with other applicable laws, such as consultation
under section 7 of the Endangered Species Act or section 106 of the
National Historic Preservation Act, is required;
    (ii) It is necessary to conduct government-to-government
consultation with Indian tribes;
    (iii) Timely submittal of information necessary for the review of
the proposed mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program or the proposed
modification of an approved instrument is not accomplished by the
sponsor; or
    (iv) Information that is essential to the district engineer's
decision cannot be reasonably obtained within the specified time frame.
    (2) In such cases, the district engineer must promptly notify the
sponsor in writing of the extension and the reason for it. Such
extensions shall be for the minimum time necessary to resolve the issue
necessitating the extension.
    (g) Modification of instruments. (1) Approval of an amendment to an
approved instrument. Modification of an approved instrument, including
the addition and approval of umbrella mitigation bank sites or in-lieu
fee project sites or expansions of previously approved mitigation bank
or in-lieu fee project sites, must follow the appropriate procedures in
paragraph (d) of this section, unless the district engineer determines
that the streamlined review process described in paragraph (g)(2) of
this section is warranted.
    (2) Streamlined review process. The streamlined modification review
process may be used for the following modifications of instruments:
changes reflecting adaptive management of the mitigation bank or in-lieu
fee program, credit releases, changes in credit releases and credit
release schedules, and changes that the district engineer determines are
not significant. If the district engineer determines that the

[[Page 302]]

streamlined review process is warranted, he must notify the IRT members
and the sponsor of this determination and provide them with copies of
the proposed modification. IRT members and the sponsor have 30 days to
notify the district engineer if they have concerns with the proposed
modification. If IRT members or the sponsor notify the district engineer
of such concerns, the district engineer shall attempt to resolve those
concerns. Within 60 days of providing the proposed modification to the
IRT, the district engineer must notify the IRT members of his intent to
approve or disapprove the proposed modification. If no IRT member
objects, by initiating the dispute resolution process in paragraph (e)
of this section, within 15 days of receipt of this notification, the
district engineer will notify the sponsor of his final decision and, if
the modification is approved, arrange for it to be signed by the
appropriate parties. If any IRT member initiates the dispute resolution
process, the district engineer will so notify the sponsor. Following
conclusion of the dispute resolution process, the district engineer will
notify the sponsor of his final decision, and if the modification is
approved, arrange for it to be signed by the appropriate parties.
    (h) Umbrella mitigation banking instruments. A single mitigation
banking instrument may provide for future authorization of additional
mitigation bank sites. As additional sites are selected, they must be
included in the mitigation banking instrument as modifications, using
the procedures in paragraph (g)(1) of this section. Credit withdrawal
from the additional bank sites shall be consistent with paragraph (m) of
this section.
    (i) In-lieu fee program account. (1) The in-lieu fee program sponsor
must establish a program account after the instrument is approved by the
district engineer, prior to accepting any fees from permittees. If the
sponsor accepts funds from entities other than permittees, those funds
must be kept in separate accounts. The program account must be
established at a financial institution that is a member of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation. All interests and earnings accruing to
the program account must remain in that account for use by the in-lieu
fee program for the purposes of providing compensatory mitigation for DA
permits. The program account may only be used for the selection, design,
acquisition, implementation, and management of in-lieu fee compensatory
mitigation projects, except for a small percentage (as determined by the
district engineer in consultation with the IRT and specified in the
instrument) that can be used for administrative costs.
    (2) The sponsor must submit proposed in-lieu fee projects to the
district engineer for funding approval. Disbursements from the program
account may only be made upon receipt of written authorization from the
district engineer, after the district engineer has consulted with the
IRT. The terms of the program account must specify that the district
engineer has the authority to direct those funds to alternative
compensatory mitigation projects in cases where the sponsor does not
provide compensatory mitigation in accordance with the time frame
specified in paragraph (n)(4) of this section.
    (3) The sponsor must provide annual reports to the district engineer
and the IRT. The annual reports must include the following information:
    (i) All income received, disbursements, and interest earned by the
program account;
    (ii) A list of all permits for which in-lieu fee program funds were
accepted. This list shall include: the Corps permit number (or the state
permit number if there is no corresponding Corps permit number, in cases
of state programmatic general permits or other regional general
permits), the service area in which the authorized impacts are located,
the amount of authorized impacts, the amount of required compensatory
mitigation, the amount paid to the in-lieu fee program, and the date the
funds were received from the permittee;
    (iii) A description of in-lieu fee program expenditures from the
account, such as the costs of land acquisition, planning, construction,
monitoring, maintenance, contingencies, adaptive management, and
administration;

[[Page 303]]

    (iv) The balance of advance credits and released credits at the end
of the report period for each service area; and
    (v) Any other information required by the district engineer.
    (4) The district engineer may audit the records pertaining to the
program account. All books, accounts, reports, files, and other records
relating to the in-lieu fee program account shall be available at
reasonable times for inspection and audit by the district engineer.
    (j) In-lieu fee project approval. (1) As in-lieu fee project sites
are identified and secured, the sponsor must submit mitigation plans to
the district engineer that include all applicable items listed in Sec.
230.94(c)(2) through (14). The mitigation plan must also include a
credit release schedule consistent with paragraph (o)(8) of this section
that is tied to achievement of specific performance standards. The
review and approval of in-lieu fee projects will be conducted in
accordance with the procedures in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, as
modifications of the in-lieu fee program instrument. This includes
compensatory mitigation projects conducted by another party on behalf of
the sponsor through requests for proposals and awarding of contracts.
    (2) If a DA permit is required for an in-lieu fee project, the
permit should not be issued until all relevant provisions of the
mitigation plan have been substantively determined, to ensure that the
DA permit accurately reflects all relevant provisions of the approved
mitigation plan, such as performance standards.
    (k) Coordination of mitigation banking instruments and DA permit
issuance. In cases where initial establishment of the mitigation bank,
or the development of a new project site under an umbrella banking
instrument, involves activities requiring DA authorization, the permit
should not be issued until all relevant provisions of the mitigation
plan have been substantively determined. This is to ensure that the DA
permit accurately reflects all relevant provisions of the final
instrument, such as performance standards.
    (l) Project implementation. (1) The sponsor must have an approved
instrument prior to collecting funds from permittees to satisfy
compensatory mitigation requirements for DA permits.
    (2) Authorization to sell credits to satisfy compensatory mitigation
requirements in DA permits is contingent on compliance with all of the
terms of the instrument. This includes constructing a mitigation bank or
in-lieu fee project in accordance with the mitigation plan approved by
the district engineer and incorporated by reference in the instrument.
If the aquatic resource restoration, establishment, enhancement, and/or
preservation activities cannot be implemented in accordance with the
approved mitigation plan, the district engineer must consult with the
sponsor and the IRT to consider modifications to the instrument,
including adaptive management, revisions to the credit release schedule,
and alternatives for providing compensatory mitigation to satisfy any
credits that have already been sold.
    (3) An in-lieu fee program sponsor is responsible for the
implementation, long-term management, and any required remediation of
the restoration, establishment, enhancement, and/or preservation
activities, even though those activities may be conducted by other
parties through requests for proposals or other contracting mechanisms.
    (m) Credit withdrawal from mitigation banks. The mitigation banking
instrument may allow for an initial debiting of a percentage of the
total credits projected at mitigation bank maturity, provided the
following conditions are satisfied: the mitigation banking instrument
and mitigation plan have been approved, the mitigation bank site has
been secured, appropriate financial assurances have been established,
and any other requirements determined to be necessary by the district
engineer have been fulfilled. The mitigation banking instrument must
provide a schedule for additional credit releases as appropriate
milestones are achieved (see paragraph (o)(8) of this section).
Implementation of the approved mitigation plan shall be initiated no
later than the first full growing season after the date of the first
credit transaction.

[[Page 304]]

    (n) Advance credits for in-lieu fee programs. (1) The in-lieu fee
program instrument may make a limited number of advance credits
available to permittees when the instrument is approved. The number of
advance credits will be determined by the district engineer, in
consultation with the IRT, and will be specified for each service area
in the instrument. The number of advance credits will be based on the
following considerations:
    (i) The compensation planning framework;
    (ii) The sponsor's past performance for implementing aquatic
resource restoration, establishment, enhancement, and/or preservation
activities in the proposed service area or other areas; and
    (iii) The projected financing necessary to begin planning and
implementation of in-lieu fee projects.
    (2) To determine the appropriate number of advance credits for a
particular service area, the district engineer may require the sponsor
to provide confidential supporting information that will not be made
available to the general public. Examples of confidential supporting
information may include prospective in-lieu fee project sites.
    (3) As released credits are produced by in-lieu fee projects, they
must be used to fulfill any advance credits that have already been
provided within the project service area before any remaining released
credits can be sold or transferred to permittees. Once previously
provided advance credits have been fulfilled, an equal number of advance
credits is re-allocated to the sponsor for sale or transfer to fulfill
new mitigation requirements, consistent with the terms of the
instrument. The number of advance credits available to the sponsor at
any given time to sell or transfer to permittees in a given service area
is equal to the number of advance credits specified in the instrument,
minus any that have already been provided but not yet fulfilled.
    (4) Land acquisition and initial physical and biological
improvements must be completed by the third full growing season after
the first advance credit in that service area is secured by a permittee,
unless the district engineer determines that more or less time is needed
to plan and implement an in-lieu fee project. If the district engineer
determines that there is a compensatory mitigation deficit in a specific
service area by the third growing season after the first advance credit
in that service area is sold, and determines that it would not be in the
public interest to allow the sponsor additional time to plan and
implement an in-lieu fee project, the district engineer must direct the
sponsor to disburse funds from the in-lieu fee program account to
provide alternative compensatory mitigation to fulfill those
compensation obligations.
    (5) The sponsor is responsible for complying with the terms of the
in-lieu fee program instrument. If the district engineer determines, as
a result of review of annual reports on the operation of the in-lieu fee
program (see paragraphs (p)(2) and (q)(1) of this section), that it is
not performing in compliance with its instrument, the district engineer
will take appropriate action, which may include suspension of credit
sales, to ensure compliance with the in-lieu fee program instrument (see
paragraph (o)(10) of this section). Permittees that secured credits from
the in-lieu fee program are not responsible for in-lieu fee program
compliance.
    (o) Determining credits. (1) Units of measure. The principal units
for credits and debits are acres, linear feet, functional assessment
units, or other suitable metrics of particular resource types.
Functional assessment units or other suitable metrics may be linked to
acres or linear feet.
    (2) Assessment. Where practicable, an appropriate assessment method
(e.g., hydrogeomorphic approach to wetlands functional assessment, index
of biological integrity) or other suitable metric must be used to assess
and describe the aquatic resource types that will be restored,
established, enhanced and/or preserved by the mitigation bank or in-lieu
fee project.
    (3) Credit production. The number of credits must reflect the
difference between pre- and post-compensatory mitigation project site
conditions, as

[[Page 305]]

determined by a functional or condition assessment or other suitable
metric.
    (4) Credit value. Once a credit is debited (sold or transferred to a
permittee), its value cannot change.
    (5) Credit costs. (i) The cost of compensatory mitigation credits
provided by a mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program is determined by
the sponsor.
    (ii) For in-lieu fee programs, the cost per unit of credit must
include the expected costs associated with the restoration,
establishment, enhancement, and/or preservation of aquatic resources in
that service area. These costs must be based on full cost accounting,
and include, as appropriate, expenses such as land acquisition, project
planning and design, construction, plant materials, labor, legal fees,
monitoring, and remediation or adaptive management activities, as well
as administration of the in-lieu fee program. The cost per unit credit
must also take into account contingency costs appropriate to the stage
of project planning, including uncertainties in construction and real
estate expenses. The cost per unit of credit must also take into account
the resources necessary for the long-term management and protection of
the in-lieu fee project. In addition, the cost per unit credit must
include financial assurances that are necessary to ensure successful
completion of in-lieu fee projects.
    (6) Credits provided by preservation. These credits should be
specified as acres, linear feet, or other suitable metrics of
preservation of a particular resource type. In determining the
compensatory mitigation requirements for DA permits using mitigation
banks or in-lieu fee programs, the district engineer should apply a
higher mitigation ratio if the requirements are to be met through the
use of preservation credits. In determining this higher ratio, the
district engineer must consider the relative importance of both the
impacted and the preserved aquatic resources in sustaining watershed
functions.
    (7) Credits provided by riparian areas, buffers, and uplands. These
credits should be specified as acres, linear feet, or other suitable
metrics of riparian area, buffer, and uplands respectively. Non-aquatic
resources can only be used as compensatory mitigation for impacts to
aquatic resources authorized by DA permits when those resources are
essential to maintaining the ecological viability of adjoining aquatic
resources. In determining the compensatory mitigation requirements for
DA permits using mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs, the district
engineer may authorize the use of riparian area, buffer, and/or upland
credits if he determines that these areas are essential to sustaining
aquatic resource functions in the watershed and are the most appropriate
compensation for the authorized impacts.
    (8) Credit release schedule. (i) General considerations. Release of
credits must be tied to performance based milestones (e.g.,
construction, planting, establishment of specified plant and animal
communities). The credit release schedule should reserve a significant
share of the total credits for release only after full achievement of
ecological performance standards. When determining the credit release
schedule, factors to be considered may include, but are not limited to:
The method of providing compensatory mitigation credits (e.g.,
restoration), the likelihood of success, the nature and amount of work
needed to generate the credits, and the aquatic resource type(s) and
function(s) to be provided by the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
project. The district engineer will determine the credit release
schedule, including the share to be released only after full achievement
of performance standards, after consulting with the IRT. Once released,
credits may only be used to satisfy compensatory mitigation requirements
of a DA permit if the use of credits for a specific permit has been
approved by the district engineer.
    (ii) For single-site mitigation banks, the terms of the credit
release schedule must be specified in the mitigation banking instrument.
The credit release schedule may provide for an initial debiting of a
limited number of credits once the instrument is approved and other
appropriate milestones are achieved (see paragraph (m) of this section).
    (iii) For in-lieu fee projects and umbrella mitigation bank sites,
the terms

[[Page 306]]

of the credit release schedule must be specified in the approved
mitigation plan. When an in-lieu fee project or umbrella mitigation bank
site is implemented and is achieving the performance-based milestones
specified in the credit release schedule, credits are generated in
accordance with the credit release schedule for the approved mitigation
plan. If the in-lieu fee project or umbrella mitigation bank site does
not achieve those performance-based milestones, the district engineer
may modify the credit release schedule, including reducing the number of
credits.
    (9) Credit release approval. Credit releases for mitigation banks
and in-lieu fee projects must be approved by the district engineer. In
order for credits to be released, the sponsor must submit documentation
to the district engineer demonstrating that the appropriate milestones
for credit release have been achieved and requesting the release. The
district engineer will provide copies of this documentation to the IRT
members for review. IRT members must provide any comments to the
district engineer within 15 days of receiving this documentation.
However, if the district engineer determines that a site visit is
necessary, IRT members must provide any comments to the district
engineer within 15 days of the site visit. The district engineer must
schedule the site visit so that it occurs as soon as it is practicable,
but the site visit may be delayed by seasonal considerations that affect
the ability of the district engineer and the IRT to assess whether the
applicable credit release milestones have been achieved. After full
consideration of any comments received, the district engineer will
determine whether the milestones have been achieved and the credits can
be released. The district engineer shall make a decision within 30 days
of the end of that comment period, and notify the sponsor and the IRT.
    (10) Suspension and termination. If the district engineer determines
that the mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program is not meeting
performance standards or complying with the terms of the instrument,
appropriate action will be taken. Such actions may include, but are not
limited to, suspending credit sales, adaptive management, decreasing
available credits, utilizing financial assurances, and terminating the
instrument.
    (p) Accounting procedures. (1) For mitigation banks, the instrument
must contain a provision requiring the sponsor to establish and maintain
a ledger to account for all credit transactions. Each time an approved
credit transaction occurs, the sponsor must notify the district
engineer.
    (2) For in-lieu fee programs, the instrument must contain a
provision requiring the sponsor to establish and maintain an annual
report ledger in accordance with paragraph (i)(3) of this section, as
well as individual ledgers that track the production of released credits
for each in-lieu fee project.
    (q) Reporting. (1) Ledger account. The sponsor must compile an
annual ledger report showing the beginning and ending balance of
available credits and permitted impacts for each resource type, all
additions and subtractions of credits, and any other changes in credit
availability (e.g., additional credits released, credit sales
suspended). The ledger report must be submitted to the district
engineer, who will distribute copies to the IRT members. The ledger
report is part of the administrative record for the mitigation bank or
in-lieu fee program. The district engineer will make the ledger report
available to the public upon request.
    (2) Monitoring reports. The sponsor is responsible for monitoring
the mitigation bank site or the in-lieu fee project site in accordance
with the approved monitoring requirements to determine the level of
success and identify problems requiring remedial action or adaptive
management measures. Monitoring must be conducted in accordance with the
requirements in Sec. 230.96, and at time intervals appropriate for the
particular project type and until such time that the district engineer,
in consultation with the IRT, has determined that the performance
standards have been attained. The instrument must include requirements
for periodic monitoring reports to be submitted to the district
engineer, who will provide copies to other IRT members.
    (3) Financial assurance and long-term management funding report. The
district engineer may require the sponsor to

[[Page 307]]

provide an annual report showing beginning and ending balances,
including deposits into and any withdrawals from, the accounts providing
funds for financial assurances and long-term management activities. The
report should also include information on the amount of required
financial assurances and the status of those assurances, including their
potential expiration.
    (r) Use of credits. Except as provided below, all activities
authorized by DA permits are eligible, at the discretion of the district
engineer, to use mitigation banks or in-lieu fee programs to fulfill
compensatory mitigation requirements for DA permits. The district
engineer will determine the number and type(s) of credits required to
compensate for the authorized impacts. Permit applicants may propose to
use a particular mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program to provide the
required compensatory mitigation. In such cases, the sponsor must
provide the permit applicant with a statement of credit availability.
The district engineer must review the permit applicant's compensatory
mitigation proposal, and notify the applicant of his determination
regarding the acceptability of using that mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program.
    (s) IRT concerns with use of credits. If, in the view of a member of
the IRT, an issued permit or series of issued permits raises concerns
about how credits from a particular mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program are being used to satisfy compensatory mitigation requirements
(including concerns about whether credit use is consistent with the
terms of the instrument), the IRT member may notify the district
engineer in writing of the concern. The district engineer shall promptly
consult with the IRT to address the concern. Resolution of the concern
is at the discretion of the district engineer, consistent with
applicable statutes, regulations, and policies regarding compensatory
mitigation requirements for DA permits. Nothing in this section limits
the authorities designated to IRT agencies under existing statutes or
regulations.
    (t) Site protection. (1) For mitigation bank sites, real estate
instruments, management plans, or other long-term mechanisms used for
site protection must be finalized before any credits can be released.
    (2) For in-lieu fee project sites, real estate instruments,
management plans, or other long-term protection mechanisms used for site
protection must be finalized before advance credits can become released
credits.
    (u) Long-term management. (1) The legal mechanisms and the party
responsible for the long-term management and the protection of the
mitigation bank site must be documented in the instrument or, in the
case of umbrella mitigation banking instruments and in-lieu fee
programs, the approved mitigation plans. The responsible party should
make adequate provisions for the operation, maintenance, and long-term
management of the compensatory mitigation project site. The long-term
management plan should include a description of long-term management
needs and identify the funding mechanism that will be used to meet those
needs.
    (2) The instrument may contain provisions for the sponsor to
transfer long-term management responsibilities to a land stewardship
entity, such as a public agency, non-governmental organization, or
private land manager.
    (3) The instrument or approved mitigation plan must address the
financial arrangements and timing of any necessary transfer of long-term
management funds to the steward.
    (4) Where needed, the acquisition and protection of water rights
should be secured and documented in the instrument or, in the case of
umbrella mitigation banking instruments and in-lieu fee programs, the
approved mitigation site plan.
    (v) Grandfathering of existing instruments. (1) Mitigation banking
instruments. All mitigation banking instruments approved on or after
July 9, 2008 must meet the requirements of this part. Mitigation banks
approved prior to July 9, 2008 may continue to operate under the terms
of their existing instruments. However, any modification to such a
mitigation banking instrument on or after July 9, 2008, including
authorization of additional sites under

[[Page 308]]

an umbrella mitigation banking instrument, expansion of an existing
site, or addition of a different type of resource credits (e.g., stream
credits to a wetland bank) must be consistent with the terms of this
part.
    (2) In-lieu fee program instruments. All in-lieu fee program
instruments approved on or after July 9, 2008 must meet the requirements
of this part. In-lieu fee programs operating under instruments approved
prior to July 9, 2008 may continue to operate under those instruments
for two years after the effective date of this rule, after which time
they must meet the requirements of this part, unless the district
engineer determines that circumstances warrant an extension of up to
three additional years. The district engineer must consult with the IRT
before approving such extensions. Any revisions made to the in-lieu-fee
program instrument on or after July 9, 2008 must be consistent with the
terms of this part. Any approved project for which construction was
completed under the terms of a previously approved instrument may
continue to operate indefinitely under those terms if the district
engineer determines that the project is providing appropriate mitigation
substantially consistent with the terms of this part.



PART 231_SECTION 404(c) PROCEDURES--Table of Contents



Sec.
231.1 Purpose and scope.
231.2 Definitions.
231.3 Procedures for proposed determinations.
231.4 Public comments and hearings.
231.5 Recommended determination.
231.6 Administrator's final determinations.
231.7 Emergency procedure.
231.8 Extension of time.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1344(c).

    Source: 44 FR 58082, Oct. 9, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 231.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a) The Regulations of this part include the procedures to be
followed by the Environmental Protection agency in prohibiting or
withdrawing the specification, or denying, restricting, or withdrawing
the use for specification, of any defined area as a disposal site for
dredged or fill material pursuant to section 404(c) of the Clean Water
Act (``CWA''), 33 U.S.C. 1344(c). The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers or a
state with a 404 program which has been approved under section 404(h)
may grant permits specifying disposal sites for dredged or fill material
by determining that the section 404(b)(1) Guidelines (40 CFR Part 230)
allow specification of a particular site to receive dredged or fill
material. The Corps may also grant permits by determining that the
discharge of dredged or fill material is necessary under the economic
impact provision of section 404(b)(2). Under section 404(c), the
Administrator may exercise a veto over the specification by the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers or by a state of a site for the discharge of
dredged or fill material. The Administrator may also prohibit the
specification of a site under section 404(c) with regard to any existing
or potential disposal site before a permit application has been
submitted to or approved by the Corps or a state. The Administrator is
authorized to prohibit or otherwise restrict a site whenever he
determines that the discharge of dredged or fill material is having or
will have an ``unacceptable adverse effect'' on municipal water
supplies, shellfish beds and fishery areas (including spawning and
breeding areas), wildlife, or recreational areas. In making this
determination, the Administrator will take into account all information
available to him, including any written determination of compliance with
the section 404(b)(1) Guidelines made in 40 CFR part 230, and will
consult with the Chief of Engineers or with the state.
    (b) These regulations establish procedures for the following steps:
    (1) The Regional Administrator's proposed determinations to prohibit
or withdraw the specification of a defined area as a disposal site, or
to deny, restrict or withdraw the use of any defined area for the
discharge of any particular dredged or fill material;
    (2) The Regional Administrator's recommendation to the Administrator
for determination as to the specification of a defined area as a
disposal site.
    (3) The Administrator's final determination to affirm, modify or
rescind

[[Page 309]]

the recommended determination after consultation with the Chief of
Engineers or with the state.
    (c) Applicability: The regulations set forth in this part are
applicable whenever the Administrator is considering whether the
specification of any defined area as a disposal site should be
prohibited, denied, restricted, or withdrawn. These regulations apply to
all existing, proposed or potential disposal sites for discharges of
dredged or fill material into waters of the United States, as defined in
40 CFR 230.2.



Sec. 231.2  Definitions.

    For the purposes of this part, the definitions of terms in 40 CFR
230.2 shall apply. In addition, the term:
    (a) Withdraw specification means to remove from designation any area
already specified as a disposal site by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
or by a state which has assumed the section 404 program, or any portion
of such area.
    (b) Prohibit specification means to prevent the designation of an
area as a present or future disposal site.
    (c) Deny or restrict the use of any defined area for specification
is to deny or restrict the use of any area for the present or future
discharge of any dredged or fill material.
    (d) Person means an individual, corporation, partnership,
association, Federal agency, state, municipality, or commission, or
political subdivision of a state, or any interstate body.
    (e) Unacceptable adverse effect means impact on an aquatic or
wetland ecosystem which is likely to result in significant degradation
of municipal water supplies (including surface or ground water) or
significant loss of or damage to fisheries, shellfishing, or wildlife
habitat or recreation areas. In evaluating the unacceptability of such
impacts, consideration should be given to the relevant portions of the
section 404(b)(1) guidelines (40 CFR part 230).
    (f) State means any state agency administering a 404 program which
has been approved under section 404(h).



Sec. 231.3  Procedures for proposed determinations.

    (a) If the Regional Administrator has reason to believe after
evaluating the information available to him, including any record
developed under the section 404 referral process specified in 33 CFR
323.5(b), that an ``unacceptable adverse effect'' could result from the
specification or use for specification of a defined area for the
disposal of dredged or fill material, he may initiate the following
actions:
    (1) The Regional Administrator will notify the District Engineer or
the state, if the site is covered by an approved state program, the
owner of record of the site, and the applicant, if any, in writing that
the Regional Administrator intends to issue a public notice of a
proposed determination to prohibit or withdraw the specification, or to
deny, restrict or withdraw the use for specification, whichever the case
may be, of any defined area as a disposal site.
    (2) If within 15 days of receipt of the Regional Administrator's
notice under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, it has not been
demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Regional Administrator that no
unacceptable adverse effect(s) will occur or the District Engineer or
state does not notify the Regional Administrator of his intent to take
corrective action to prevent an unacceptable adverse effect satisfactory
to the Regional Administrator, the Regional Administrator shall publish
notice of a proposed determination in accordance with the procedures of
this section. Where the Regional Administrator has notified the District
Engineer under paragraph (a)(1) of this section that he is considering
exercising section 404(c) authority with respect to a particular
disposal site for which a permit application is pending but for which no
permit has been issued, the District Engineer, in accordance with 33 CFR
325.8, shall not issue the permit until final action is taken under this
part.

    Comment: In cases involving a proposed disposal site for which a
permit application is pending, it is anticipated that the procedures of
the section 404 referral process will normally be exhausted prior to any
final decision of whether to initiate a 404(c) proceeding.

    (b) Public notice of every proposed determination and notice of all
public hearings shall be given by the Regional

[[Page 310]]

Administrator. Every public notice shall contain, at a minimum:
    (1) An announcement that the Regional Administrator has proposed a
determination to prohibit or withdraw specification, or to deny,
restrict, or withdraw the use for specification, of an area as a
disposal site, including a summary of the facts on which the proposed
determination is based;
    (2) The location of the existing, proposed or potential disposal
site, and a summary of its characteristics;
    (3) A summary of information concerning the nature of the proposed
discharge, where applicable;
    (4) The identity of the permit applicant, if any;
    (5) A brief description of the right to, and procedures for
requesting, a public hearing; and
    (6) The address and telephone number of the office where interested
persons may obtain additional information, including copies of the
proposed determination; and
    (7) Such additional statements, representations, or information as
the Regional Administrator considers necessary or proper.
    (c) In addition to the information required under paragraph (b) of
this section, public notice of a public hearing held under Sec. 231.4
shall contain the following information:
    (1) Reference to the date of public notice of the proposed
determination;
    (2) Date, time and place of the hearing; and
    (3) A brief description of the nature and purpose of the hearing
including the applicable rules and procedures.
    (d) The following procedures for giving public notice of the
proposed determination or of a public hearing shall be followed:
    (1) Publication at least once in a daily or weekly newspaper of
general circulation in the area in which the defined area is located. In
addition the Regional Administrator may (i) post a copy of the notice at
the principal office of the municipality in which the defined area is
located, or if the defined area is not located near a sizeable
community, at the principal office of the political subdivision (State,
county or local, whichever is appropriate) with general jurisdiction
over the area in which the disposal site is located, and (ii) post a
copy of the notice at the United States Post Office serving that area.
    (2) A copy of the notice shall be mailed to the owner of record of
the site, to the permit applicant or permit holder, if any, to the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, National Marine Fisheries Service and any
other interested Federal and State water pollution control and resource
agencies, and to any person who has filed a written request with the
Regional Administrator to receive copies of notices relating to section
404(c) determinations;
    (3) A copy of the notice shall be mailed to the appropriate District
and Division Engineer(s) and state;
    (4) The notice will also be published in the Federal Register.



Sec. 231.4  Public comments and hearings.

    (a) The Regional Administrator shall provide a comment period of not
less than 30 or more than 60 days following the date of public notice of
the proposed determination. During this period any interested persons
may submit written comments on the proposed determination. Comments
should be directed to whether the proposed determination should become
the final determination and corrective action that could be taken to
reduce the adverse impact of the discharge. All such comments shall be
considered by the Regional Administrator or his designee in preparing
his recommended determination in Sec. 231.5.
    (b) Where the Regional Administrator finds a significant degree of
public interest in a proposed determination or that it would be
otherwise in the public interest to hold a hearing, or if an affected
landowner or permit applicant or holder requests a hearing, he or his
designee shall hold a public hearing. Public notice of that hearing
shall be given as specified in Sec. 231.3(c). No hearing may be held
prior to 21 days after the date of the public notice. The hearing may be
scheduled either by the Regional Administrator at his own initiative, or
in response to a request received during the comment period provided for
in paragraph (a) of this section. If no public hearing is held the
Regional Administrator shall notify

[[Page 311]]

any persons who requested a hearing of the reasons for that decision.
Where practicable, hearings shall be conducted in the vicinity of the
affected site.
    (c) Hearings held under this section shall be conducted by the
Regional Administrator, or his designee, in an orderly and expeditious
manner. A record of the proceeding shall be made by either tape
recording or verbatim transcript.
    (d) Any person may appear at the hearing and submit oral or written
statements and data and may be represented by counsel or other
authorized representative. Any person may present written statements for
the hearing file prior to the time the hearing file is closed to public
submissions, and may present proposed findings and recommendations. The
Regional Administrator or his designee shall afford the participants an
opportunity for rebuttal.
    (e) The Regional Administrator, or his designee, shall have
discretion to establish reasonable limits on the nature, amount or form
of presentation of documentary material and oral presentations. No cross
examination of any hearing participant shall be permitted, although the
Regional Administrator, or his designee, may make appropriate inquiries
of any such participant.
    (f) The Regional Administrator or his designee shall allow a
reasonable time not to exceed 15 days after the close of the public
hearing for submission of written comments. After such time has expired,
unless such period is extended by the Regional Administrator or his
designee for good cause, the hearing file shall be closed to additional
public written comments.
    (g) No later than the time a public notice of proposed determination
is issued, a Record Clerk shall be designated with responsibility for
maintaining the administrative record identified in Sec. 231.5(e).
Copying of any documents in the record shall be permitted under
appropriate arrangements to prevent their loss. The charge for such
copies shall be in accordance with the written schedule contained in
part 2 of this chapter.



Sec. 231.5  Recommended determination.

    (a) The Regional Administrator or his designee shall, within 30 days
after the conclusion of the public hearing (but not before the end of
the comment period), or, if no hearing is held, within 15 days after the
expiration of the comment period on the public notice of the proposed
determination, either withdraw the proposed determination or prepare a
recommended determination to prohibit or withdraw specification, or to
deny, restrict, or withdraw the use for specification, of the disposal
site because the discharge of dredged or fill material at such site
would be likely to have an unacceptable ad verse effect.
    (b) Where a recommended determination is prepared, the Regional
Administrator or his designee shall promptly forward the recommended
determination and administrative record to the Administrator for review,
with a copy of the recommended determination to the Assistant
Administrator for Water and Waste Management.
    (c) Where the Regional Administrator, or his designee, decides to
withdraw the proposed determination, he shall promptly notify the
Administrator by mail, with a copy to the Assistant Administrator for
Water and Waste Management, who shall have 10 days from receipt of such
notice to notify the Regional Administrator of his intent to review such
withdrawal. Copies of the notification shall be sent to all persons who
commented on the proposed determination or participated at the hearing.
Such persons may submit timely written recommendations concerning
review.
    (1) If the Administrator does not notify him, the Regional
Administrator shall give notice at the withdrawal of the proposed
determination as provided in Sec. 231.3(d). Such notice shall
constitute final agency action.
    (2) If the Administrator does decide to review, the Regional
Administrator or his designee shall forward the administrative record to
the Administrator for a final determination under Sec. 231.6. Where
there is review of a withdrawal of proposed determination or review of a
recommended determination under Sec. 231.6, final agency action

[[Page 312]]

does not occur until the Administrator makes a final determination.
    (d) Any recommended determination under paragraph (b) of this
section shall include the following:
    (1) A summary of the unacceptable adverse effects that could occur
from use of the disposal site for the proposed discharge;
    (2) Recommendations regarding a final determination to prohibit,
deny, restrict, or withdraw, which shall confirm or modify the proposed
determination, with a statement of reasons.
    (e) The administrative record shall consist of the following:
    (1) A copy of the proposed deter mination, public notice, written
com ments on the public notice and written submissions in the hearing
file;
    (2) A transcript or recording of the public hearing, where a hearing
was held;
    (3) The recommended determination;
    (4) Where possible a copy of the record of the Corps or the state
pertaining to the site in question;
    (5) Any other information considered by the Regional Administrator
or his designee.



Sec. 231.6  Administrator's final determinations.

    After reviewing the recommendations of the Regional Administrator or
his designee, the Administrator shall within 30 days of receipt of the
recommendations and administrative record initiate consultation with the
Chief of Engineers, the owner of record, and, where applicable, the
State and the applicant, if any. They shall have 15 days to notify the
Administrator of their intent to take corrective action to prevent an
unacceptable adverse effect(s), satisfactory to the Administrator.
Within 60 days of receipt of the recommendations and record, the
Administrator shall make a final determination affirming, modifying, or
rescinding the recommended determination. The final determination shall
describe the satisfactory corrective action, if any, make findings, and
state the reasons for the final determination. Notice of such final
determination shall be published as provided in Sec. 231.3, and shall
be given to all persons who participated in the public hearing. Notice
of the Administrator's final determination shall also be published in
the Federal Register. For purposes of judicial review, a final
determination constitutes final agency action under section 404(c) of
the Act.



Sec. 231.7  Emergency procedure.

    Where a permit has already been issued, and the Administrator has
reason to believe that a discharge under the permit presents an imminent
danger of irreparable harm to municipal water supplies, shellfish beds
and fishery areas (including spawning and breeding areas) wildlife, or
recreational areas, and that the public health, interest, or safety
requires, the Administrator may ask the Chief of Engineers to suspend
the permit under 33 CFR 325.7, or the state, pending completion of
proceedings under Part 231. The Administrator may also take appropriate
action as authorized under section 504 of the Clean Water Act. If a
permit is suspended, the Administrator and Regional Administrator (or
his designee) may, where appropriate, shorten the times allowed by these
regulations to take particular actions.



Sec. 231.8  Extension of time.

    The Administrator or the Regional Administrator may, upon a showing
of good cause, extend the time requirements in these regulations. Notice
of any such extension shall be published in the Federal Register and, as
appropriate, through other forms of notice.



PART 232_404 PROGRAM DEFINITIONS; EXEMPT ACTIVITIES NOT REQUIRING 404
PERMITS--Table of Contents



Sec.
232.1 Purpose and scope of this part.
232.2 Definitions.
232.3 Activities not requiring permits.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1344.

    Source: 53 FR 20773, June 6, 1988, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 232.1  Purpose and scope of this part.

    Part 232 contains definitions applicable to the section 404 program
for discharges of dredged or fill material.

[[Page 313]]

These definitions apply to both the federally operated program and State
administered programs after program approval. This part also describes
those activities which are exempted from regulation. Regulations
prescribing the substantive environmental criteria for issuance of
section 404 permits appear at 40 CFR part 230. Regulations establishing
procedures to be followed by the EPA in denying or restricting a
disposal site appear at 40 CFR part 231. Regulations containing the
procedures and policies used by the Corps in administering the 404
program appear at 33 CFR parts 320-330. Regulations specifying the
procedures EPA will follow, and the criteria EPA will apply in
approving, monitoring, and withdrawing approval of section 404 State
programs appear at 40 CFR part 233.



Sec. 232.2  Definitions.

    Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency or an authorized representative.
    Application means a form for applying for a permit to discharge
dredged or fill material into waters of the United States.
    Approved program means a State program which has been approved by
the Regional Administrator under part 233 of this chapter or which is
deemed approved under section 404(h)(3), 33 U.S.C. 1344(h)(3).
    Best management practices (BMPs) means schedules of activities,
prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other management
practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of waters of the United
States from discharges of dredged or fill material. BMPs include
methods, measures, practices, or design and performance standards which
facilitate compliance with the section 404(b)(1) Guidelines (40 CFR part
230), effluent limitations or prohibitions under section 307(a), and
applicable water quality standards.
    Discharge of dredged material. (1) Except as provided below in
paragraph (2), the term discharge of dredged material means any addition
of dredged material into, including redeposit of dredged material other
than incidental fallback within, the waters of the United States. The
term includes, but is not limited to, the following:
    (i) The addition of dredged material to a specified discharge site
located in waters of the United States;
    (ii) The runoff or overflow, associated with a dredging operation,
from a contained land or water disposal area; and
    (iii) Any addition, including redeposit other than incidental
fallback, of dredged material, including excavated material, into waters
of the United States which is incidental to any activity, including
mechanized landclearing, ditching, channelization, or other excavation.
    (2) The term discharge of dredged material does not include the
following:
    (i) Discharges of pollutants into waters of the United States
resulting from the onshore subsequent processing of dredged material
that is extracted for any commercial use (other than fill). These
discharges are subject to section 402 of the Clean Water Act even though
the extraction and deposit of such material may require a permit from
the Corps or applicable state.
    (ii) Activities that involve only the cutting or removing of
vegetation above the ground (e.g., mowing, rotary cutting, and
chainsawing) where the activity neither substantially disturbs the root
system nor involves mechanized pushing, dragging, or other similar
activities that redeposit excavated soil material.
    (iii) Incidental fallback.
    (3) Section 404 authorization is not required for the following:
    (i) Any incidental addition, including redeposit, of dredged
material associated with any activity that does not have or would not
have the effect of destroying or degrading an area of waters of the U.S.
as defined in paragraphs (4) and (5) of this definition; however, this
exception does not apply to any person preparing to undertake mechanized
landclearing, ditching, channelization and other excavation activity in
a water of the United States, which would result in a redeposit of
dredged material, unless the person demonstrates to the satisfaction of
the Corps, or EPA as appropriate, prior to commencing the activity
involving the discharge, that the activity would not

[[Page 314]]

have the effect of destroying or degrading any area of waters of the
United States, as defined in paragraphs (4) and (5) of this definition.
The person proposing to undertake mechanized landclearing, ditching,
channelization or other excavation activity bears the burden of
demonstrating that such activity would not destroy or degrade any area
of waters of the United States.
    (ii) Incidental movement of dredged material occurring during normal
dredging operations, defined as dredging for navigation in navigable
waters of the United States, as that term is defined in 33 CFR part 329,
with proper authorization from the Congress or the Corps pursuant to 33
CFR part 322; however, this exception is not applicable to dredging
activities in wetlands, as that term is defined at Sec. 232.2(r) of
this chapter.
    (iii) Certain discharges, such as those associated with normal
farming, silviculture, and ranching activities, are not prohibited by or
otherwise subject to regulation under Section 404. See 40 CFR 232.3 for
discharges that do not require permits.
    (4) For purposes of this section, an activity associated with a
discharge of dredged material destroys an area of waters of the United
States if it alters the area in such a way that it would no longer be a
water of the United States.

    Note: Unauthorized discharges into waters of the United States do
not eliminate Clean Water Act jurisdiction, even where such unauthorized
discharges have the effect of destroying waters of the United States.

    (5) For purposes of this section, an activity associated with a
discharge of dredged material degrades an area of waters of the United
States if it has more than a de minimis (i.e., inconsequential) effect
on the area by causing an identifiable individual or cumulative adverse
effect on any aquatic function.
    Discharge of fill material. (1) The term discharge of fill material
means the addition of fill material into waters of the United States.
The term generally includes, without limitation, the following
activities: Placement of fill that is necessary for the construction of
any structure or infrastructure in a water of the United States; the
building of any structure, infrastructure, or impoundment requiring
rock, sand, dirt, or other material for its construction; site-
development fills for recreational, industrial, commercial, residential,
or other uses; causeways or road fills; dams and dikes; artificial
islands; property protection and/or reclamation devices such as riprap,
groins, seawalls, breakwaters, and revetments; beach nourishment;
levees; fill for structures such as sewage treatment facilities, intake
and outfall pipes associated with power plants and subaqueous utility
lines; placement of fill material for construction or maintenance of any
liner, berm, or other infrastructure associated with solid waste
landfills; placement of overburden, slurry, or tailings or similar
mining-related materials;'' after the words ``utility lines; and
artificial reefs.
    (2) In addition, placement of pilings in waters of the United States
constitutes a discharge of fill material and requires a Section 404
permit when such placement has or would have the effect of a discharge
of fill material. Examples of such activities that have the effect of a
discharge of fill material include, but are not limited to, the
following: Projects where the pilings are so closely spaced that
sedimentation rates would be increased; projects in which the pilings
themselves effectively would replace the bottom of a waterbody; projects
involving the placement of pilings that would reduce the reach or impair
the flow or circulation of waters of the United States; and projects
involving the placement of pilings which would result in the adverse
alteration or elimination of aquatic functions.
    (i) Placement of pilings in waters of the United States that does
not have or would not have the effect of a discharge of fill material
shall not require a Section 404 permit. Placement of pilings for linear
projects, such as bridges, elevated walkways, and powerline structures,
generally does not have the effect of a discharge of fill material.
Furthermore, placement of pilings in waters of the United States for
piers, wharves, and an individual house on stilts generally does not
have the effect of a discharge of fill material. All pilings, however,
placed in the

[[Page 315]]

navigable waters of the United States, as that term is defined in 33 CFR
part 329, require authorization under section 10 of the Rivers and
Harbors Act of 1899 (see 33 CFR part 322).
    (ii) [Reserved]
    Dredged material means material that is excavated or dredged from
waters of the United States.
    Effluent means dredged material or fill material, including return
flow from confined sites.
    Federal Indian reservation means all land within the limits of any
Indian reservation under the jurisdiction of the United States
Government, notwithstanding the issuance of any patent, and including
rights-of-way running through the reservation.
    Fill material. (1) Except as specified in paragraph (3) of this
definition, the term fill material means material placed in waters of
the United States where the material has the effect of:
    (i) Replacing any portion of a water of the United States with dry
land; or
    (ii) Changing the bottom elevation of any portion of a water of the
United States.
    (2) Examples of such fill material include, but are not limited to:
rock, sand, soil, clay, plastics, construction debris, wood chips,
overburden from mining or other excavation activities, and materials
used to create any structure or infrastructure in the waters of the
United States.
    (3) The term fill material does not include trash or garbage.
    General permit means a permit authorizing a category of discharges
of dredged or fill material under the Act. General permits are permits
for categories of discharge which are similar in nature, will cause only
minimal adverse environmental effects when performed separately, and
will have only minimal cumulative adverse effect on the environment.
    Indian Tribe means any Indian Tribe, band, group, or community
recognized by the Secretary of the Interior and exercising governmental
authority over a Federal Indian reservation.
    Owner or operator means the owner or operator of any activity
subject to regulation under the 404 program.
    Permit means a written authorization issued by an approved State to
implement the requirements of part 233, or by the Corps under 33 CFR
parts 320-330. When used in these regulations, ``permit'' includes
``general permit'' as well as individual permit.
    Person means an individual, association, partnership, corporation,
municipality, State or Federal agency, or an agent or employee thereof.
    Regional Administrator means the Regional Administrator of the
appropriate Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency or
the authorized representative of the Regional Administrator.
    Secretary means the Secretary of the Army acting through the Chief
of Engineers.
    State means any of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Guam,
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Trust Territory of the
Pacific Islands, or an Indian Tribe as defined in this part, which meet
the requirements of Sec. 233.60.
    State regulated waters means those waters of the United States in
which the Corps suspends the issuance of section 404 permits upon
approval of a State's section 404 permit program by the Administrator
under section 404(h). The program cannot be transferred for those waters
which are presently used, or are susceptible to use in their natural
condition or by reasonable improvement as a means to transport
interstate or foreign commerce shoreward to their ordinary high water
mark, including all waters which are subject to the ebb and flow of the
tide shoreward to the high tide line, including wetlands adjacent
thereto. All other waters of the United States in a State with an
approved program shall be under jurisdiction of the State program, and
shall be identified in the program description as required by part 233.
    Waters of the United States means:
    All waters which are currently used, were used in the past, or may
be susceptible to us in interstate or foreign commerce, including all
waters which are subject to the ebb and flow of the tide.
    All interstate waters including interstate wetlands.

[[Page 316]]

    All other waters, such as intrastate lakes, rivers, streams
(including intermittent streams), mudflats, sandflats, wetlands,
sloughs, prairie potholes, wet meadows, playa lakes, or natural ponds,
the use, degradation, or destruction of which would or could affect
interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters:
    Which are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers for
recreational or other purposes; or
    From which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in
interstate or foreign commerce; or
    Which are used or could be used for industrial purposes by
industries in interstate commerce.
    All impoundments of waters otherwise defined as waters of the United
States under this definition;
    Tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs (g)(1)-(4) of this
section;
    The territorial sea; and
    Wetlands adjacent to waters (other than waters that are themselves
wetlands) identified in paragraphs (q)(1)-(6) of this section.
    Waste treatment systems, including treatment ponds or lagoons
designed to meet the requirements of the Act (other than cooling ponds
as defined in 40 CFR 123.11(m) which also meet the criteria of this
definition) are not waters of the United States.
    Waters of the United States do not include prior converted cropland.
Notwithstanding the determination of an area's status as prior converted
cropland by any other federal agency, for the purposes of the Clean
Water Act, the final authority regarding Clean Water Act jurisdiction
remains with EPA.
    Wetlands means those areas that are inundated or saturated by
surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient to
support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of
vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.
Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas.

[53 FR 20773, June 6, 1988, as amended at 58 FR 8182, Feb. 11, 1993; 58
FR 45037, Aug. 25, 1993; 64 FR 25123, May 10, 1999; 66 FR 4575, Jan. 17,
2001; 67 FR 31142, May 9, 2002; 73 FR 79645, Dec. 30, 2008]



Sec. 232.3  Activities not requiring permits.

    Except as specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, any
discharge of dredged or fill material that may result from any of the
activities described in paragraph (c) of this section is not prohibited
by or otherwise subject to regulation under this part.
    (a) If any discharge of dredged or fill material resulting from the
activities listed in paragraph (c) of this section contains any toxic
pollutant listed under section 307 of the Act, such discharge shall be
subject to any applicable toxic effluent standard or prohibition, and
shall require a section 404 permit.
    (b) Any discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the
United States incidental to any of the activities identified in
paragraph (c) of this section must have a permit if it is part of an
activity whose purpose is to convert an area of the waters of the United
States into a use to which it was not previously subject, where the flow
or circulation of waters of the United States may be impaired or the
reach of such waters reduced. Where the proposed discharge will result
in significant discernable alterations to flow or circulation, the
presumption is that flow or circulation may be impaired by such
alteration.

    Note: For example, a permit will be required for the conversion of a
cypress swamp to some other use or the conversion of a wetland from
silvicultural to agricultural use when there is a discharge of dredged
or fill material into waters of the United States in conjunction with
constuction of dikes, drainage ditches or other works or structures used
to effect such conversion. A conversion of section 404 wetland to a non-
wetland is a change in use of an area of waters of the U.S. A discharge
which elevates the bottom of waters of the United States without
converting it to dry land does not thereby reduce the reach of, but may
alter the flow or circulation of, waters of the United States.

    (c) The following activities are exempt from section 404 permit
requirements, except as specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section:
    (1)(i) Normal farming, silviculture and ranching activities such as
plowing, seeding, cultivating, minor drainage, and harvesting for the
production of food, fiber, and forest products, or

[[Page 317]]

upland soil and water conservation practices, as defined in paragraph
(d) of this section.
    (ii)(A) To fall under this exemption, the activities specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be part of an established (i.e.,
ongong) farming, silviculture, or ranching operation, and must be in
accordance with definitions in paragraph (d) of this section. Activities
on areas lying fallow as part of a conventional rotational cycle are
part of an established operation.
    (B) Activities which bring an area into farming, silviculture or
ranching use are not part of an established operation. An operation
ceases to be established when the area in which it was conducted has
been converted to another use or has lain idle so long that
modifications to the hydrological regime are necessary to resume
operation. If an activity takes place outside the waters of the United
States, or if it does not involve a discharge, it does not need a
section 404 permit whether or not it was part of an es tab lished
farming, silviculture or ranching operation.
    (2) Maintenance, including emergency reconstruction of recently
damaged parts, of currently serviceable structures such as dikes, dams,
levees, groins, riprap, breakwaters, cause ways, bridge abutments or
approaches, and transportation structures. Maintenance does not include
any modification that changes the character, scope, or size of the
original fill design. Emergency reconstruction must occur within a
reasonable period of time after damage occurs in order to qualify for
this exemption.
    (3) Construction or maintenance of farm or stock ponds or irrigation
ditches or the maintenance (but not construction) of drainage ditches.
Discharge associated with siphons, pumps, headgates, wingwalls, wiers,
diversion structures, and such other facilities as are appurtenant and
functionally related to irrigation ditches are included in this
exemption.
    (4) Construction of temporary sedimentation basins on a construction
site which does not include placement of fill material into waters of
the United States. The term ``construction site'' refers to any site
involving the erection of buildings, roads, and other discrete
structures and the installation of support facilities necessary for
construction and utilization of such structures. The term also includes
any other land areas which involve land-disturbing excavation
activities, including quarrying or other mining activities, where an
increase in the runoff of sediment is controlled through the use of
temporary sedimentation basins.
    (5) Any activity with respect to which a State has an approved
program under section 208(b)(4) of the Act which meets the requirements
of section 208(b)(4)(B) and (C).
    (6) Construction or maintenance of farm roads, forest roads, or
temporary roads for moving mining equipment, where such roads are
constructed and maintained in accordance with best management practices
(BMPs) to assure that flow and circulation patterns and chemical and
biological characteristics of waters of the United States are not
impaired, that the reach of the waters of the United States is not
reduced, and that any adverse effect on the aquatic environment will be
otherwise minimized. The BMPs which must be applied to satisfy this
provision include the following baseline provisions:
    (i) Permanent roads (for farming or forestry activities), temporary
access roads (for mining, forestry, or farm purposes) and skid trails
(for logging) in waters of the United States shall be held to the
minimum feasible number, width, and total length consistent with the
purpose of specific farming, silvicultural or mining operations, and
local topographic and climatic conditions;
    (ii) All roads, temporary or permanent, shall be located
sufficiently far from streams or other water bodies (except for portions
of such roads which must cross water bodies) to minimize discharges of
dredged or fill material into waters of the United States;
    (iii) The road fill shall be bridged, culverted, or otherwise
designed to prevent the restriction of expected flood flows;
    (iv) The fill shall be properly stabilized and maintained to prevent
erosion during and following construction;
    (v) Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United
States

[[Page 318]]

to construct a road fill shall be made in a manner that minimizes the
encroachment of trucks, tractors, bulldozers, or other heavy equipment
within the waters of the United States (including adjacent wetlands)
that lie outside the lateral boundaries of the fill itself;
    (vi) In designing, constructing, and maintaining roads, vegetative
disturbance in the waters of the United States shall be kept to a
minimum;
    (vii) The design, construction and maintenance of the road crossing
shall not disrupt the migration or other movement of those species of
aquatic life inhabiting the water body;
    (viii) Borrow material shall be taken from upland sources whenever
feasible;
    (ix) The discharge shall not take, or jeopardize the continued
existence of, a threatened or endangered species as defined under the
Endangered Species Act, or adversely modify or destroy the critical
habitat of such species;
    (x) Discharges into breeding and nesting areas for migratory
waterfowl, spawning areas, and wetlands shall be avoided if practical
alternatives exist;
    (xi) The discharge shall not be located in the proximity of a public
water supply intake;
    (xii) The discharge shall not occur in areas of concentrated
shellfish production;
    (xiii) The discharge shall not occur in a component of the National
Wild and Scenic River System;
    (xiv) The discharge of material shall consist of suitable material
free from toxic pollutants in toxic amounts; and
    (xv) All temporary fills shall be removed in their entirety and the
area restored to its original elevation.
    (d) For purpose of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, cultivating,
harvesting, minor drainage, plowing, and seeding are defined as follows:
    (1) Cultivating means physical methods of soil treatment employed
within established farming, ranching and silviculture lands on farm,
ranch, or forest crops to aid and improve their growth, quality, or
yield.
    (2) Harvesting means physical measures employed directly upon farm,
forest, or ranch crops within established agricultural and silvicultural
lands to bring about their removal from farm, forest, or ranch land, but
does not include the construction of farm, forest, or ranch roads.
    (3)(i) Minor drainage means:
    (A) The discharge of dredged or fill material incidental to
connecting upland drainage facilities to waters of the United States,
adequate to effect the removal of excess soil moisture from upland
croplands. Construction and maintenance of upland (dryland) facilities,
such as ditching and tiling, incidental to the planting, cultivating,
protecting, or harvesting of crops, involve no discharge of dredged or
fill material into waters of the United States, and as such never
require a section 404 permit;
    (B) The discharge of dredged or fill material for the purpose of
installing ditching or other water control facilities incidental to
planting, cultivating, protecting, or harvesting of rice, cranberries or
other wetland crop species, where these activities and the discharge
occur in waters of the United States which are in established use for
such agricultural and silvicultural wetland crop production;
    (C) The discharge of dredged or fill material for the purpose of
manipulating the water levels of, or regulating the flow or distribution
of water within, existing impoundments which have been constructed in
accordance with applicable requirements of the Act, and which are in
established use for the production or rice, cranberries, or other
wetland crop species.

    Note: The provisions of paragraphs (d)(3)(i) (B) and (C) of this
section apply to areas that are in established use exclusively for
wetland crop production as well as areas in established use for
conventional wetland/non-wetland crop rotation (e.g., the rotations of
rice and soybeans) where such rotation results in the cyclical or
intermittent temporary dewatering of such areas.

    (D) The discharge of dredged or fill material incidental to the
emergency removal of sandbars, gravel bars, or other similar blockages
which are formed during flood flows or other events, where such
blockages close or constrict previously existing drain age ways and, if
not promptly removed, would result in damage to or loss of existing
crops or would impair or prevent the plowing, seeding, harvesting or
cultivating of crops on land in established

[[Page 319]]

use for crop production. Such removal does not include enlarging or
extending the dimensions of, or changing the bottom elevations of, the
affected drainageway as it existed prior to the formation of the
blockage. Removal must be accomplished within one year after such
blockages are discovered in order to be eligible for exemption.
    (ii) Minor drainage in waters of the United States is limited to
drainage within areas that are part of an established farming or
silviculture operation. It does not include drainage associated with the
immediate or gradual conversion of a wetland to a non-wetland (e.g.,
wetland species to upland species not typically adequate to life in
saturated soil conditions), or conversion from one wetland use to
another (for example, silviculture to farming).

In addition, minor drainage does not include the construction of any
canal, ditch, dike or other waterway or structure which drains or
otherwise significantly modifies a stream, lake, swamp, bog or any other
wetland or aquatic area constituting waters of the United States. Any
discharge of dredged or fill material into the waters of the United
States incidental to the construction of any such structure or waterway
requires a permit.
    (4) Plowing means all forms of primary tillage, including moldboard,
chisel, or wide-blade plowing, discing, harrowing, and similar physical
means used on farm, forest or ranch land for the breaking up, cutting,
turning over, or stirring of soil to prepare it for the planting of
crops. Plowing does not include the redistribution of soil, rock, sand,
or other surficial materials in a manner which changes any area of the
waters of the United States to dryland. For example, the redistribution
of surface materials by blading, grading, or other means to fill in
wetland areas is not plowing. Rock crushing activities which result in
the loss of natural drainage characteristics, the reduction of water
storage and recharge capabilities, or the overburden of natural water
filtration capacities do not constitute plowing. Plowing, as described
above, will never involve a discharge of dredged or fill material.
    (5) Seeding means the sowing of seed and placement of seedlings to
produce farm, ranch, or forest crops and includes the placement of soil
beds for seeds or seedlings on established farm and forest lands.
    (e) Federal projects which qualify under the criteria contained in
section 404(r) of the Act are exempt from section 404 permit
requirements, but may be subject to other State or Federal requirements.



PART 233_404 STATE PROGRAM REGULATIONS--Table of Contents



                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
233.1 Purpose and scope.
233.2 Definitions.
233.3 Confidentiality of information.
233.4 Conflict of interest.

                       Subpart B_Program Approval

233.10 Elements of a program submission.
233.11 Program description.
233.12 Attorney General's statement.
233.13 Memorandum of Agreement with Regional Administrator.
233.14 Memorandum of Agreement with the Secretary.
233.15 Procedures for approving State programs.
233.16 Procedures for revision of State programs.

                      Subpart C_Permit Requirements

233.20 Prohibitions.
233.21 General permits.
233.22 Emergency permits.
233.23 Permit conditions.

                       Subpart D_Program Operation

233.30 Application for a permit.
233.31 Coordination requirements.
233.32 Public notice.
233.33 Public hearing.
233.34 Making a decision on the permit application.
233.35 Issuance and effective date of permit.
233.36 Modification, suspension or revocation of permits.
233.37 Signatures on permit applications and reports.
233.38 Continuation of expiring permits.
233.39 Electronic reporting.

             Subpart E_Compliance Evaluation and Enforcement

233.40 Requirements for compliance evaluation programs.
233.41 Requirements for enforcement authority.

[[Page 320]]

                       Subpart F_Federal Oversight

233.50 Review of and objection to State permits.
233.51 Waiver of review.
233.52 Program reporting.
233.53 Withdrawal of program approval.

                    Subpart G_Eligible Indian Tribes

233.60 Requirements for eligibility.
233.61 Determination of Tribal eligibility.
233.62 Procedures for processing an Indian Tribe's application.

                    Subpart H_Approved State Programs

233.70 Michigan.
233.71 New Jersey.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.

    Source: 53 FR 20776, June 1, 1988, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 233.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a) This part specifies the procedures EPA will follow, and the
criteria EPA will apply, in approving, reviewing, and withdrawing
approval of State programs under section 404 of the Act.
    (b) Except as provided in Sec. 232.3, a State program must regulate
all discharges of dredged or fill material into waters regulated by the
State under section 404(g)-(1). Partial State programs are not
approvable under section 404. A State's decision not to assume existing
Corps' general permits does not constitute a partial program. The
discharges previously authorized by general permit will be regulated by
State individual permits. However, in many cases, States other than
Indian Tribes will lack authority to regulate activities on Indian
lands. This lack of authority does not impair that State's ability to
obtain full program approval in accordance with this part, i.e.,
inability of a State which is not an Indian Tribe to regulate activities
on Indian lands does not constitute a partial program. The Secretary of
the Army acting through the Corps of Engineers will continue to
administer the program on Indian lands if a State which is not an Indian
Tribe does not seek and have authority to regulate activities on Indian
lands.
    (c) Nothing in this part precludes a State from adopting or
enforcing requirements which are more stringent or from operating a
program with greater scope, than required under this part. Where an
approved State program has a greater scope than required by Federal law,
the additional coverage is not part of the Federally approved program
and is not subject to Federal oversight or enforcement.

    Note: State assumption of the section 404 program is limited to
certain waters, as provided in section 404(g)(1). The Federal program
operated by the Corps of Engineers continues to apply to the remaining
waters in the State even after program approval. However, this does not
restrict States from regulating discharges of dredged or fill material
into those waters over which the Secretary retains section 404
jurisdiction.

    (d) Any approved State Program shall, at all times, be conducted in
accordance with the requirements of the Act and of this part. While
States may impose more stringent requirements, they may not impose any
less stringent requirements for any purpose.

[53 FR 20776, June 1, 1988, as amended at 58 FR 8183, Feb. 11, 1993]



Sec. 233.2  Definitions.

    The definitions in parts 230 and 232 as well as the following
definitions apply to this part.
    Act means the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.).
    Corps means the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
    Federal Indian reservation means all land within the limits of any
Indian reservation under the jurisdiction of the United States
Government, notwithstanding the issuance of any patent, and including
rights-of-way running through the reservation.
    FWS means the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
    Indian Tribe means any Indian Tribe, band, group, or community
recognized by the Secretary of the Interior and exercising governmental
authority over a Federal Indian reservation.
    Interstate agency means an agency of two or more States established
by or under an agreement or compact approved by the Congress, or any
other agency of two or more States having substantial powers or duties
pertaining to the control of pollution.

[[Page 321]]

    NMFS means the National Marine Fisheries Service.
    State means any of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Guam,
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Trust Territory of the
Pacific Islands, or an Indian Tribe, as defined in this part, which meet
the requirements of Sec. 233.60. For purposes of this part, the word
State also includes any interstate agency requesting program approval or
administering an approved program.
    State Director (Director) means the chief administrative officer of
any State or interstate agency operating an approved program, or the
delegated representative of the Director. If responsibility is divided
among two or more State or interstate agencies, Director means the chief
administrative officer of the State or interstate agency authorized to
perform the particular procedure or function to which reference is made.
    State 404 program or State program means a State program which has
been approved by EPA under section 404 of the Act to regulate the
discharge of dredged or fill material into certain waters as defined in
Sec. 232.2(p).

[53 FR 20776, June 1, 1988, as amended at 58 FR 8183, Feb. 11, 1993]



Sec. 233.3  Confidentiality of information.

    (a) Any information submitted to EPA pursuant to these regulations
may be claimed as confidential by the submitter at the time of submittal
and a final determination as to that claim will be made in accordance
with the procedures of 40 CFR part 2 and paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) Any information submitted to the Director may be claimed as
confidential in accordance with State law, subject to paragraphs (a) and
(c) of this section.
    (c) Claims of confidentiality for the following information will be
denied:
    (1) The name and address of any permit applicant or permittee,
    (2) Effluent data,
    (3) Permit application, and
    (4) Issued permit.



Sec. 233.4  Conflict of interest.

    Any public officer or employee who has a direct personal or
pecuniary interest in any matter that is subject to decision by the
agency shall make known such interest in the official records of the
agency and shall refrain from participating in any manner in such
decision.



                       Subpart B_Program Approval



Sec. 233.10  Elements of a program submission.

    Any State that seeks to administer a 404 program under this part
shall submit to the Regional Administrator at least three copies of the
following:
    (a) A letter from the Governor of the State requesting program
approval.
    (b) A complete program description, as set forth in Sec. 233.11.
    (c) An Attorney General's statement, as set forth in Sec. 233.12.
    (d) A Memorandum of Agreement with the Regional Administrator, as
set forth in Sec. 233.13.
    (e) A Memorandum of Agreement with the Secretary, as set forth in
Sec. 233.14.
    (f) Copies of all applicable State statutes and regulations,
including those governing applicable State administrative procedures.



Sec. 233.11  Program description.

    The program description as required under Sec. 233.10 shall
include:
    (a) A description of the scope and structure of the State's program.
The description should include extent of State's jurisdiction, scope of
activities regulated, anticipated coordination, scope of permit
exemptions if any, and permit review criteria;
    (b) A description of the State's permitting, administrative,
judicial review, and other applicable procedures;
    (c) A description of the basic organization and structure of the
State agency (agencies) which will have responsibility for administering
the program. If more than one State agency is responsible for the
administration of the program, the description shall address the
responsibilities of each agency and how the agencies intend to
coordinate administration and evaluation of the program;

[[Page 322]]

    (d) A description of the funding and manpower which will be
available for program administration;
    (e) An estimate of the anticipated workload, e.g., number of
discharges.
    (f) Copies of permit application forms, permit forms, and reporting
forms;
    (g) A description of the State's compliance evaluation and
enforcement programs, including a description of how the State will
coordinate its enforcement strategy with that of the Corps and EPA;
    (h) A description of the waters of the United States within a State
over which the State assumes jurisdiction under the approved program; a
description of the waters of the United States within a State over which
the Secretary retains jurisdiction subsequent to program approval; and a
comparison of the State and Federal definitions of wetlands.

    Note: States should obtain from the Secretary an identification of
those waters of the U.S. within the State over which the Corps retains
authority under section 404(g) of the Act.

    (i) A description of the specific best management practices proposed
to be used to satisfy the exemption provisions of section 404(f)(1)(E)
of the Act for construction or maintenance of farm roads, forest roads,
or temporary roads for moving mining equipment.



Sec. 233.12  Attorney General's statement.

    (a) Any State that seeks to administer a program under this part
shall submit a statement from the State Attorney General (or the
attorney for those State or interstate agencies which have independence
legal counsel), that the laws and regulations of the State, or an
interstate compact, provide adequate authority to carry out the program
and meet the applicable requirements of this part. This statement shall
cite specific statutes and administrative regulations which are lawfully
adopted at the time the statement is signed and which shall be fully
effective by the time the program is approved, and, where appropriate,
judicial decisions which demonstrate adequate authority. The attorney
signing the statement required by this section must have authority to
represent the State agency in court on all matters pertaining to the
State program.
    (b) If a State seeks approval of a program covering activities on
Indian lands, the statement shall contain an analysis of the State's
authority over such activities.
    (c) The State Attorney General's statement shall contain a legal
analysis of the effect of State law regarding the prohibition on taking
private property without just compensation on the successful
implementation of the State's program.
    (d) In those States where more than one agency has responsibility
for administering the State program, the statement must include
certification that each agency has full authority to administer the
program within its category of jurisdiction and that the State, as a
whole, has full authority to administer a complete State section 404
program.



Sec. 233.13  Memorandum of Agreement with Regional Administrator.

    (a) Any State that seeks to administer a program under this part
shall submit a Memorandum of Agreement executed by the Director and the
Regional Administrator. The Memorandum of Agreement shall become
effective upon approval of the State program. When more than one agency
within a State has responsibility for administering the State program,
Directors of each of the responsible State agencies shall be parties to
the Memorandum of Agreement.
    (b) The Memorandum of Agreement shall set out the State and Federal
responsibilities for program administration and enforcement. These shall
include, but not be limited to:
    (1) Provisions specifying classes and categories of permit
applications for which EPA will waive Federal review (as specified in
Sec. 233.51).
    (2) Provisions specifying the frequency and content of reports,
documents and other information which the State may be required to
submit to EPA in addition to the annual report, as well as a provision
establishing the submission date for the annual report. The State shall
also allow EPA routinely to review State records, reports

[[Page 323]]

and files relevant to the administration and enforcement of the approved
program.
    (3) Provisions addressing EPA and State roles and coordination with
respect to compliance monitoring and enforcement activities.
    (4) Provisions addressing modification of the Memorandum of
Agreement.



Sec. 233.14  Memorandum of Agreement with the Secretary.

    (a) Before a State program is approved under this part, the Director
shall enter into a Memorandum of Agreement with the Secretary. When more
than one agency within a State has responsibility for administering the
State program, Directors of each of the responsible agencies shall be
parties of the Memorandum of Agreement.
    (b) The Memorandum of Agreement shall include:
    (1) A description of waters of the United States within the State
over which the Secretary retains jurisdiction, as identified by the
Secretary.
    (2) Procedures whereby the Secretary will, upon program approval,
transfer to the State pending 404 permit applications for discharges in
State regulated waters and other relevant information not already in the
possession of the Director.

    Note: Where a State permit program includes coverage of those
traditionally navigable waters in which only the Secretary may issue
section 404 permits, the State is encouraged to establish in this MOA
procedures for joint processing of Federal and State permits, including
joint public notices and public hearings.

    (3) An identification of all general permits issued by the Secretary
the terms and conditions of which the State intends to administer and
enforce upon receiving approval of its program, and a plan for
transferring responsibility for these general permits to the State,
including procedures for the prompt transmission from the Secretary to
the Director of relevant information not already in the possession of
the Director, including support files for permit issuance, compliance
reports and records of enforcement actions.



Sec. 233.15  Procedures for approving State programs.

    (a) The 120 day statutory review period shall commence on the date
of receipt of a complete State program submission as set out in Sec.
233.10 of this part. EPA shall determine whether the submission is
complete within 30 days of receipt of the submission and shall notify
the State of its determination. If EPA finds that a State's submission
is incomplete, the statutory review period shall not begin until all the
necessary information is received by EPA.
    (b) If EPA determines the State significantly changes its submission
during the review period, the statutory review period shall begin again
upon the receipt of a revised submission.
    (c) The State and EPA may extend the statutory review period by
agreement.
    (d) Within 10 days of receipt of a complete State section 404
program submission, the Regional Administrator shall provide copies of
the State's submission to the Corps, FWS, and NMFS (both Headquarters
and appropriate Regional organizations.)
    (e) After determining that a State program submission is complete,
the Regional Administrator shall publish notice of the State's
application in the Federal Register and in enough of the largest
newspapers in the State to attract statewide attention. The Regional
Administrator shall also mail notice to persons known to be interested
in such matters. Existing State, EPA, Corps, FWS, and NMFS mailing lists
shall be used as a basis for this mailing. However, failure to mail all
such notices shall not be grounds for invalidating approval (or
disapproval) of an otherwise acceptable (or unacceptable) program. This
notice shall:
    (1) Provide for a comment period of not less than 45 days during
which interested members of the public may express their views on the
State program.
    (2) Provide for a public hearing within the State to be held not
less than 30 days after notice of hearing is published in the Federal
Register;
    (3) Indicate where and when the State's submission may be reviewed
by the public;

[[Page 324]]

    (4) Indicate whom an interested member of the public with questions
should contact; and
    (5) Briefly outline the fundamental aspects of the State's proposed
program and the process for EPA review and decision.
    (f) Within 90 days of EPA's receipt of a complete program
submission, the Corps, FWS, and NMFS shall submit to EPA any comments on
the State's program.
    (g) Within 120 days of receipt of a complete program submission
(unless an extension is agreed to by the State), the Regional
Administrator shall approve or disapprove the program based on whether
the State's program fulfills the requirements of this part and the Act,
taking into consideration all comments received. The Regional
Administrator shall prepare a responsiveness summary of significant
comments received and his response to these comments. The Regional
Administrator shall respond individually to comments received from the
Corps, FWS, and NMFS.
    (h) If the Regional Administrator approves the State's section 404
program, he shall notify the State and the Secretary of the decision and
publish notice in the Federal Register. Transfer of the program to the
State shall not be considered effective until such notice appears in the
Federal Register. The Secretary shall suspend the issuance by the Corps
of section 404 permits in State regulated waters on such effective date.
    (i) If the Regional Administrator disapproves the State's program
based on the State not meeting the requirements of the Act and this
part, the Regional Administrator shall notify the State of the reasons
for the disapproval and of any revisions or modifications to the State's
program which are necessary to obtain approval. If the State resubmits a
program submission remedying the identified problem areas, the approval
procedure and statutory review period shall begin upon receipt of the
revised submission.



Sec. 233.16  Procedures for revision of State programs.

    (a) The State shall keep the Regional Administrator fully informed
of any proposed or actual changes to the State's statutory or regulatory
authority or any other modifications which are significant to
administration of the program.
    (b) Any approved program which requires revision because of a
modification to this part or to any other applicable Federal statute or
regulation shall be revised within one year of the date of promulgation
of such regulation, except that if a State must amend or enact a statute
in order to make the required revision, the revision shall take place
within two years.
    (c) States with approved programs shall notify the Regional
Administrator whenever they propose to transfer all or part of any
program from the approved State agency to any other State agency. The
new agency is not authorized to administer the program until approved by
the Regional Administrator under paragraph (d) of this section.
    (d) Approval of revision of a State program shall be accomplished as
follows:
    (1) The Director shall submit a modified program description or
other documents which the Regional Administrator determines to be
necessary to evaluate whether the program complies with the requirements
of the Act and this part.
    (2) Notice of approval of program changes which are not substantial
revisions may be given by letter from the Regional Administrator to the
Governor or his designee.
    (3) Whenever the Regional Administrator determines that the proposed
revision is substantial, he shall publish and circulate notice to those
persons known to be interested in such matters, provide opportunity for
a public hearing, and consult with the Corps, FWS, and NMFS. The
Regional Administrator shall approve or disapprove program revisions
based on whether the program fulfills the requirements of the Act and
this part, and shall publish notice of his decision in the Federal
Register. For purposes of this paragraph, substantial revisions include,
but are not limited to, revisions that affect the area of jurisdiction,
scope of activities regulated, criteria

[[Page 325]]

for review of permits, public participation, or enforcement capability.
    (4) Substantial program changes shall become effective upon approval
by the Regional Administrator and publication of notice in the Federal
Register.
    (e) Whenever the Regional Administrator has reason to believe that
circumstances have changed with respect to a State's program, he may
request and the State shall provide a supplemental Attorney General's
statement, program description, or such other documents or information
as are necessary to evaluate the program's compliance with the
requirements of the Act and this part.



                      Subpart C_Permit Requirements



Sec. 233.20  Prohibitions.

    No permit shall be issued by the Director in the following
circumstances:
    (a) When permit does not comply with the requirements of the Act or
regulations thereunder, including the section 404(b)(1) Guidelines (part
230 of this chapter).
    (b) When the Regional Administrator has objected to issuance of the
permit under Sec. 233.50 and the objection has not been resolved.
    (c) When the proposed discharges would be in an area which has been
prohibited, withdrawn, or denied as a disposal site by the Administrator
under section 404(c) of the Act, or when the discharge would fail to
comply with a restriction imposed thereunder.
    (d) If the Secretary determines, after consultation with the
Secretary of the Department in which the Coast Guard is operating, that
anchorage and navigation of any of the navigable waters would be
substantially impaired.



Sec. 233.21  General permits.

    (a) Under section 404(h)(5) of the Act, States may, after program
approval, administer and enforce general permits previously issued by
the Secretary in State regulated waters.

    Note: If States intend to assume existing general permits, they must
be able to ensure compliance with existing permit conditions an any
reporting monitoring, or prenotification requirements.

    (b) The Director may issue a general permit for categories of
similar activities if he determines that the regulated activities will
cause only minimal adverse environmental effects when performed
separately and will have only minimal cumulative adverse effects on the
environment. Any general permit issued shall be in compliance with the
section 404(b)(1) Guidelines.
    (c) In addition to the conditions specified in Sec. 233.23, each
general permit shall contain:
    (1) A specific description of the type(s) of activities which are
authorized, including limitations for any single operation. The
description shall be detailed enough to ensure that the requirements of
paragraph (b) of this section are met. (This paragraph super cedes Sec.
233.23(c)(1) for general permits.)
    (2) A precise description of the geographic area to which the
general permit applies, including limitations on the type(s) of water
where operations may be conducted sufficient to ensure that the
requirements of paragraph (b) of this section are met.
    (d) Predischarge notification or other reporting requirements may be
required by the Director on a permit-by-permit basis as appropriate to
ensure that the general permit will comply with the requirement (section
404(e) of the Act) that the regulated activities will cause only minimal
adverse environmental effects when performed separately and will have
only minimal cumulative adverse effects on the environment.
    (e) The Director may, without revoking the general permit, require
any person authorized under a general permit to apply for an individual
permit. This discretionary authority will be based on concerns for the
aquatic environment including compliance with paragraph (b) of this
section and the 404(b)(1) Guidelines (40 CFR part 230.)
    (1) This provision in no way affects the legality of activities
undertaken pursuant to the general permit prior to notification by the
Director of such requirement.

[[Page 326]]

    (2) Once the Director notifies the discharger of his decision to
exercise discretionary authority to require an individual permit, the
discharger's activity is no longer authorized by the general permit.



Sec. 233.22  Emergency permits.

    (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the Director
may issue a temporary emergency permit for a discharge of dredged or
fill material if unacceptable harm to life or severe loss of physical
property is likely to occur before a permit could be issued or modified
under procedures normally required.
    (b) Emergency permits shall incorporate, to the extent possible and
not inconsistent with the emergency situation, all applicable
requirements of Sec. 233.23.
    (1) Any emergency permit shall be limited to the duration of time
(typically no more than 90 days) required to complete the authorized
emergency action.
    (2) The emergency permit shall have a condition requiring
appropriate restoration of the site.
    (c) The emergency permit may be terminated at any time without
process (Sec. 233.36) if the Director determines that termination is
necessary to protect human health or the environment.
    (d) The Director shall consult in an expeditious manner, such as by
telephone, with the Regional Administrator, the Corps, FWS, and NMFS
about issuance of an emergency permit.
    (e) The emergency permit may be oral or written. If oral, it must be
followed within 5 days by a written emergency permit. A copy of the
written permit shall be sent to the Regional Administrator.
    (f) Notice of the emergency permit shall be published and public
comments solicited in accordance with Sec. 233.32 as soon as possible
but no later than 10 days after the issuance date.



Sec. 233.23  Permit conditions.

    (a) For each permit the Director shall establish conditions which
assure compliance with all applicable statutory and regulatory
requirements, including the 404(b)(1) Guidelines, applicable section 303
water quality standards, and applicable section 307 effluent standards
and prohibitions.
    (b) Section 404 permits shall be effective for a fixed term not to
exceed 5 years.
    (c) Each 404 permit shall include conditions meeting or implementing
the following requirements:
    (1) A specific identification and complete description of the
authorized activity including name and address of permittee, location
and purpose of discharge, type and quantity of material to be
discharged. (This subsection is not applicable to general permits).
    (2) Only the activities specifically described in the permit are
authorized.
    (3) The permittee shall comply with all conditions of the permit
even if that requires halting or reducing the permitted activity to
maintain compliance. Any permit violation constitutes a violation of the
Act as well as of State statute and/or regulation.
    (4) The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or
prevent any discharge in violation of this permit.
    (5) The permittee shall inform the Director of any expected or known
actual noncompliance.
    (6) The permittee shall provide such information to the Director, as
the Director requests, to determine compliance status, or whether cause
exists for permit modification, revocation or termination.
    (7) Monitoring, reporting and recordkeeping requirements as needed
to safeguard the aquatic environment. (Such requirements will be
determined on a case-by-case basis, but at a minimum shall include
monitoring and reporting of any expected leachates, reporting of
noncompliance, planned changes or transfer of the permit.)
    (8) Inspection and entry. The permittee shall allow the Director, or
his authorized representative, upon presentation of proper
identification, at reasonable times to:
    (i) Enter upon the permittee's premises where a regulated activity
is located or where records must be kept under the conditions of the
permit,
    (ii) Have access to and copy any records that must be kept under the
conditions of the permit,

[[Page 327]]

    (iii) Inspect operations regulated or required under the permit, and
    (iv) Sample or monitor, for the purposes of assuring permit
compliance or as otherwise authorized by the Act, any substances or
parameters at any location.
    (9) Conditions assuring that the discharge will be conducted in a
manner which minimizes adverse impacts upon the physical, chemical and
biological integrity of the waters of the United States, such as
requirements for restoration or mitigation.



                       Subpart D_Program Operation



Sec. 233.30  Application for a permit.

    (a) Except when an activity is authorized by a general permit issued
pursuant to Sec. 233.21 or is exempt from the requirements to obtain a
permit under Sec. 232.3, any person who proposes to discharge dredged
or fill material into State regulated waters shall complete, sign and
submit a permit application to the Director. Persons proposing to
discharge dredged or fill material under the authorization of a general
permit must comply with any reporting requirements of the general
permit.
    (b) A complete application shall include:
    (1) Name, address, telephone number of the applicant and name(s) and
address(es) of adjoining property owners.
    (2) A complete description of the proposed activity including
necessary drawings, sketches or plans sufficient for public notice (the
applicant is not generally expected to submit detailed engineering plans
and specifications); the location, purpose and intended use of the
proposed activity; scheduling of the activity; the location and
dimensions of adjacent structures; and a list of authorizations required
by other Federal, interstate, State or local agencies for the work,
including all approvals received or denials already made.
    (3) The application must include a description of the type,
composition, source and quantity of the material to be discharged, the
method of discharge, and the site and plans for disposal of the dredged
or fill material.
    (4) A certification that all information contained in the
application is true and accurate and acknowledging awareness of
penalties for submitting false information.
    (5) All activities which the applicant plans to undertake which are
reasonably related to the same project should be included in the same
permit application.
    (c) In addition to the information indicated in Sec. 233.30(b), the
applicant will be required to furnish such additional information as the
Director deems appropriate to assist in the evaluation of the
application. Such additional information may include environmental data
and information on alternate methods and sites as may be necessary for
the preparation of the required environmental documentation.
    (d) The level of detail shall be reasonably commensurate with the
type and size of discharge, proximity to critical areas, likelihood of
long-lived toxic chemical substances, and potential level of
environmental degradation.

    Note: EPA encourages States to provide permit applicants guidance
regarding the level of detail of information and documentation required
under this subsection. This guidance can be provided either through the
application form or on an individual basis. EPA also encourages the
State to maintain a program to inform potential applicants for permits
of the requirements of the State program and of the steps required to
obtain permits for activities in State regulated waters.



Sec. 233.31  Coordination requirements.

    (a) If a proposed discharge may affect the biological, chemical, or
physical integrity of the waters of any State(s) other than the State in
which the discharge occurs, the Director shall provide an opportunity
for such State(s) to submit written comments within the public comment
period and to suggest permit conditions. If these recommendations are
not accepted by the Director, he shall notify the affected State and the
Regional Administrator prior to permit issuance in writing of his
failure to accept these recommendations, together with his reasons for
so doing. The Regional Administrator shall then have the time provided
for in Sec. 233.50(d) to comment

[[Page 328]]

upon, object to, or make recommendations.
    (b) State section 404 permits shall be coordinated with Federal and
Federal-State water related planning and review processes.



Sec. 233.32  Public notice.

    (a) Applicability.
    (1) The Director shall give public notice of the following actions:
    (i) Receipt of a permit application.
    (ii) Preparation of a draft general permit.
    (iii) Consideration of a major modification to an issued permit.
    (iv) Scheduling of a public hearing.
    (v) Issuance of an emergency permit.
    (2) Public notices may describe more than one permit or action.
    (b) Timing.
    (1) The public notice shall provide a reasonable period of time,
normally at least 30 days, within which interested parties may express
their views concerning the permit application.
    (2) Public notice of a public hearing shall be given at least 30
days before the hearing.
    (3) The Regional Administrator may approve a program with shorter
public notice timing if the Regional Administrator determines that
sufficient public notice is provided for.
    (c) The Director shall give public notice by each of the following
methods:
    (1) By mailing a copy of the notice to the following persons (any
person otherwise entitled to receive notice under this paragraph may
waive his rights to receive notice for any classes or categories of
permits):
    (i) The applicant.
    (ii) Any agency with jurisdiction over the activity or the disposal
site, whether or not the agency issues a permit.
    (iii) Owners of property adjoining the property where the regulated
activity will occur.
    (iv) All persons who have specifically requested copies of public
notices. (The Director may update the mailing list from time to time by
requesting written indication of continued interest from those listed.
The Director may delete from the list the name of any person who fails
to respond to such a request.)
    (v) Any State whose waters may be affected by the proposed
discharge.
    (2) In addition, by providing notice in at least one other way (such
as advertisement in a newspaper of sufficient circulation) reasonably
calculated to cover the area affected by the activity.
    (d) All public notices shall contain at least the following
information:
    (1) The name and address of the applicant and, if different, the
address or location of the activity(ies) regulated by the permit.
    (2) The name, address, and telephone number of a person to contact
for further information.
    (3) A brief description of the comment procedures and procedures to
request a public hearing, including deadlines.
    (4) A brief description of the proposed activity, its purpose and
intended use, so as to provide sufficient information concerning the
nature of the activity to generate meaningful comments, including a
description of the type of structures, if any, to be erected on fills,
and a description of the type, composition and quantity of materials to
be discharged.
    (5) A plan and elevation drawing showing the general and specific
site location and character of all proposed activities, including the
size relationship of the proposed structures to the size of the impacted
waterway and depth of water in the area.
    (6) A paragraph describing the various evaluation factors, including
the 404(b)(1) Guidelines or State-equivalent criteria, on which
decisions are based.
    (7) Any other information which would significantly assist
interested parties in evaluating the likely impact of the proposed
activity.
    (e) Notice of public hearing shall also contain the following
information:
    (1) Time, date, and place of hearing.
    (2) Reference to the date of any previous public notices relating to
the permit.
    (3) Brief description of the nature and purpose of the hearing.



Sec. 233.33  Public hearing.

    (a) Any interested person may request a public hearing during the
public comment period as specified in Sec. 233.32. Requests shall be in
writing

[[Page 329]]

and shall state the nature of the issues proposed to be raised at the
hearing.
    (b) The Director shall hold a public hearing whenever he determines
there is a significant degree of public interest in a permit application
or a draft general permit. He may also hold a hearing, at his
discretion, whenever he determines a hearing may be useful to a decision
on the permit application.
    (c) At a hearing, any person may submit oral or written statements
or data concerning the permit application or draft general permit. The
public comment period shall automatically be extended to the close of
any public hearing under this section. The presiding officer may also
extend the comment period at the hearing.
    (d) All public hearings shall be reported verbatim. Copies of the
record of proceedings may be purchased by any person from the Director
or the reporter of such hearing. A copy of the transcript (or if none is
prepared, a tape of the proceedings) shall be made available for public
inspection at an appropriate State office.



Sec. 233.34  Making a decision on the permit application.

    (a) The Director will review all ap plications for compliance with
the 404(b)(1) Guidelines and/or equivalent State environmental criteria
as well as any other applicable State laws or regulations.
    (b) The Director shall consider all comments received in response to
the public notice, and public hearing if a hearing is held. All
comments, as well as the record of any public hearing, shall be made
part of the official record on the application.
    (c) After the Director has completed his review of the application
and consideration of comments, the Director will determine, in
accordance with the record and all applicable regulations, whether or
not the permit should be issued. No permit shall be issued by the
Director under the circumstances described in Sec. 233.20. The Director
shall prepare a written determination on each application outlining his
decision and rationale for his decision. The determination shall be
dated, signed and included in the official record prior to final action
on the application. The official record shall be open to the public.



Sec. 233.35  Issuance and effective date of permit.

    (a) If the Regional Administrator comments on a permit application
or draft general permit under Sec. 233.50, the Director shall follow
the procedures specified in that section in issuing the permit.
    (b) If the Regional Administrator does not comment on a permit
application or draft general permit, the Director shall make a final
permit decision after the close of the public comment period and shall
notify the applicant.
    (1) If the decision is to issue a permit, the permit becomes
effective when it is signed by the Director and the applicant.
    (2) If the decision is to deny the permit, the Director will notify
the applicant in writing of the reason(s) for denial.



Sec. 233.36  Modification, suspension or revocation of permits.

    (a) General. The Director may reevaluate the circumstances and
conditions of a permit either on his own motion or at the request of the
permittee or of a third party and initiate action to modify, suspend, or
revoke a permit if he determines that sufficient cause exists. Among the
factors to be considered are:
    (1) Permittee's noncompliance with any of the terms or conditions of
the permit;
    (2) Permittee's failure in the application or during the permit
issuance process to disclose fully all relevant facts or the permittee's
misrepresentation of any relevant facts at the time;
    (3) Information that activities authorized by a general permit are
having more than minimal individual or cumulative adverse effect on the
environment, or that the permitted activities are more appropriately
regulated by individual permits;
    (4) Circumstances relating to the authorized activity have changed
since the permit was issued and justify changed permit conditions or
temporary or permanent cessation of any discharge controlled by the
permit;

[[Page 330]]

    (5) Any significant information relating to the activity authorized
by the permit if such information was not available at the time the
permit was issued and would have justified the imposition of different
permit conditions or denial at the time of issuance;
    (6) Revisions to applicable statutory or regulatory authority,
including toxic effluent standards or prohibitions or water quality
standards.
    (b) Limitations. Permit modifications shall be in compliance with
Sec. 233.20.
    (c) Procedures. (1) The Director shall develop procedures to modify,
suspend or revoke permits if he determines cause exists for such action
(Sec. 233.36(a)). Such procedures shall provide opportunity for public
comment (Sec. 233.32), coordination with the Federal review agencies
(Sec. 233.50), and opportunity for public hearing (Sec. 233.33)
following notification of the permittee. When permit modification is
proposed, only the conditions subject to modification need be reopened.
    (2) Minor modification of permits. The Director may, upon the
consent of the permittee, use abbreviated procedures to modify a permit
to make the following corrections or allowance for changes in the
permitted activity:
    (i) Correct typographical errors;
    (ii) Require more frequent monitoring or reporting by permittee;
    (iii) Allow for a change in ownership or operational control of a
project or activity where the Director determines that no other change
in the permit is necessary, provided that a written agreement containing
a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage, and
liability between the current and new permittees has been submitted to
the Director;
    (iv) Provide for minor modification of project plans that do not
significantly change the character, scope, and/or purpose of the project
or result in significant change in environmental impact;
    (v) Extend the term of a permit, so long as the modification does
not extend the term of the permit beyond 5 years from its original
effective date and does not result in any increase in the amount of
dredged or fill material allowed to be discharged.



Sec. 233.37  Signatures on permit applications and reports.

    The application and any required reports must be signed by the
person who desires to undertake the proposed activity or by that
person's duly authorized agent if accompanied by a statement by that
person designating the agent. In either case, the signature of the
applicant or the agent will be understood to be an affirmation that he
possesses or represents the person who possesses the requisite property
interest to undertake the activity proposed in the application.



Sec. 233.38  Continuation of expiring permits.

    A Corps 404 permit does not continue in force beyond its expiration
date under Federal law if, at that time, a State is the permitting
authority. States authorized to administer the 404 Program may continue
Corps or State-issued permits until the effective date of the new
permits, if State law allows. Otherwise, the discharge is being
conducted without a permit from the time of expiration of the old permit
to the effective date of a new State-issued permit, if any.



Sec. 233.39  Electronic reporting.

    States that choose to receive electronic documents must satisfy the
requirements of 40 CFR Part 3--(Electronic reporting) in their state
program.

[70 FR 59888, Oct. 13, 2005]



             Subpart E_Compliance Evaluation and Enforcement



Sec. 233.40  Requirements for compliance evaluation programs.

    (a) In order to abate violations of the permit program, the State
shall maintain a program designed to identify persons subject to
regulation who have failed to obtain a permit or to comply with permit
conditions.
    (b) The Director and State officers engaged in compliance
evaluation, upon presentation of proper identification, shall have
authority to enter any site or premises subject to regulation or in
which records relevant to program operation are kept in order to

[[Page 331]]

copy any records, inspect, monitor or otherwise investigate compliance
with the State program.
    (c) The State program shall provide for inspections to be conducted,
samples to be taken and other information to be gathered in a manner
that will produce evidence admissible in an enforcement proceeding.
    (d) The State shall maintain a program for receiving and ensuring
proper consideration of information submitted by the public about
violations.



Sec. 233.41  Requirements for enforcement authority.

    (a) Any State agency administering a program shall have authority:
    (1) To restrain immediately and effectively any person from engaging
in any unauthorized activity;
    (2) To sue to enjoin any threatened or continuing violation of any
program requirement;
    (3) To assess or sue to recover civil penalties and to seek criminal
remedies, as follows:
    (i) The agency shall have the authority to assess or recover civil
penalties for discharges of dredged or fill material without a required
permit or in violation of any section 404 permit condition in an amount
of at least $5,000 per day of such violation.
    (ii) The agency shall have the authority to seek criminal fines
against any person who willfully or with criminal negligence discharges
dredged or fill material without a required permit or violates any
permit condition issued under section 404 in the amount of at least
$10,000 per day of such violation.
    (iii) The agency shall have the authority to seek criminal fines
against any person who knowingly makes false statements, representation,
or certification in any application, record, report, plan, or other
document filed or required to be maintained under the Act, these
regulations or the approved State program, or who falsifies, tampers
with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method
required to be maintained under the permit, in an amount of at least
$5,000 for each instance of violation.
    (b)(1) The approved maximum civil penalty or criminal fine shall be
assessable for each violation and, if the violation is continuous, shall
be assessable in that maximum amount for each day of violation.
    (2) The burden of proof and degree of knowledge or intent required
under State law for establishing violations under paragraph (a)(3) of
this section, shall be no greater than the burden of proof or degree of
knowledge or intent EPA must bear when it brings an action under the
Act.
    (c) The civil penalty assessed, sought, or agreed upon by the
Director under paragraph (a)(3) of this section shall be appropriate to
the violation.

    Note: To the extent that State judgments or settlements provide
penalties in amounts which EPA believes to be substantially inadequate
in comparison to the amounts which EPA would require under similar
facts, EPA may, when authorized by section 309 of the Act, commence
separate action for penalties.

    (d)(1) The Regional Administrator may approve a State program where
the State lacks authority to recover penalties of the levels required
under paragraphs (a)(3)(i)-(iii) of this section only if the Regional
Administrator determines, after evaluating a record of at least one year
for an alternative enforcement program, that the State has an alternate,
demonstrably effective method of ensuring compliance which has both
punitive and deterrence effects.
    (2) States whose programs were approved via waiver of monetary
penalties shall keep the Regional Administrator informed of all
enforcement actions taken under any alternative method approved pursuant
to paragraph (d)(1) of this section. The manner of reporting will be
established in the Memorandum of Agreement with the Regional
Administrator (Sec. 233.13).
    (e) Any State administering a program shall provide for public
participation in the State enforcement process by providing either:
    (1) Authority which allows intervention of right in any civil or
administrative action to obtain remedies specified in paragraph (a)(3)
of this section by any citizen having an interest which is or may be
adversely affected, or
    (2) Assurance that the State agency or enforcement authority will:

[[Page 332]]

    (i) Investigate and provide written responses to all citizen
complaints submitted pursuant to State procedures;
    (ii) Not oppose intervention by any citizen when permissive
intervention may be authorized by statute, rule, or regulation; and
    (iii) Publish notice of and provide at least 30 days for public
comment on any proposed settlement of a State enforcement action.
    (f) Provision for Tribal criminal enforcement authority. To the
extent that an Indian Tribe does not assert or is precluded from
asserting criminal enforcement authority (Sec. 233.41(a)(3) (ii) and
(iii)), the Federal government will continue to exercise primary
criminal enforcement responsibility. The Tribe, with the EPA Region and
Corps District(s) with jurisdiction, shall develop a system where the
Tribal agency will refer such a violation to the Regional Administrator
or the District Engineer(s), as agreed to by the parties, in an
appropriate and timely manner. This agreement shall be incorporated into
joint or separate Memorandum of Agreement with the EPA Region and the
Corps District(s), as appropriate.

[53 FR 20776, June 1, 1988, as amended at 58 FR 8183, Feb. 11, 1993]



                       Subpart F_Federal Oversight



Sec. 233.50  Review of and objection to State permits.

    (a) The Director shall promptly transmit to the Regional
Administrator:
    (1) A copy of the public notice for any complete permit applications
received by the Director, except those for which permit review has been
waived under Sec. 233.51. The State shall supply the Regional
Administrator with copies of public notices for permit applications for
which permit review has been waived whenever requested by EPA.
    (2) A copy of a draft general permit whenever the State intends to
issue a general permit.
    (3) Notice of every significant action taken by the State agency
related to the consideration of any permit application except those for
which Federal review has been waived or draft general permit.
    (4) A copy of every issued permit.
    (5) A copy of the Director's re sponse to another State's comments/
recommendations, if the Director does not accept these recommendations
(Sec. 233.32(a)).
    (b) Unless review has been waived under Sec. 233.51, the Regional
Administrator shall provide a copy of each public notice, each draft
general permit, and other information needed for review of the
application to the Corps, FWS, and NMFS, within 10 days of receipt.
These agencies shall notify the Regional Administrator within 15 days of
their receipt if they wish to comment on the public notice or draft
general permit. Such agencies should submit their evaluation and
comments to the Regional Administrator within 50 days of such receipt.
The final decision to comment, object or to require permit conditions
shall be made by the Regional Administrator. (These times may be
shortened by mutual agreement of the affected Federal agencies and the
State.)
    (c) If the information provided is inadequate to determine whether
the permit application or draft general permit meets the requirements of
the Act, these regulations, and the 404(b)(1) Guidelines, the Regional
Administrator may, within 30 days of receipt, request the Director to
transmit to the Regional Administrator the complete record of the permit
proceedings before the State, or any portions of the record, or other
information, including a supplemental application, that the Regional
Administrator determines necessary for review.
    (d) If the Regional Administrator intends to comment upon, object
to, or make recommendations with respect to a permit application, draft
general permit, or the Director's failure to accept the recommendations
of an affected State submitted pursuant to Sec. 233.31(a), he shall
notify the Director of his intent within 30 days of receipt. If the
Director has been so notified, the permit shall not be issued until
after the receipt of such comments or 90 days of the Regional
Administrator's receipt of the public notice, draft general permit or
Director's response (Sec. 233.31(a)), whichever comes first. The
Regional Administrator may notify the Director within 30 days of receipt
that there is

[[Page 333]]

no comment but that he reserves the right to object within 90 days of
receipt, based on any new information brought out by the public during
the comment period or at a hearing.
    (e) If the Regional Administrator has given notice to the Director
under paragraph (d) of this section, he shall submit to the Director,
within 90 days of receipt of the public notice, draft general permit, or
Director's response (Sec. 233.31(a)), a written statement of his
comments, objections, or recommendations; the reasons for the comments,
objections, or recommendations; and the actions that must be taken by
the Director in order to eliminate any objections. Any such objection
shall be based on the Regional Administrator's determination that the
proposed permit is (1) the subject of an interstate dispute under Sec.
233.31(a) and/or (2) outside requirements of the Act, these regulations,
or the 404(b)(1) Guidelines. The Regional Administrator shall make
available upon request a copy of any comment, objection, or recom
mendation on a permit application or draft general permit to the permit
applicant or to the public.
    (f) When the Director has received an EPA objection or requirement
for a permit condition to a permit application or draft general permit
under this section, he shall not issue the permit unless he has taken
the steps required by the Regional Administrator to eliminate the
objection.
    (g) Within 90 days of receipt by the Director of an objection or
requirement for a permit condition by the Regional Administrator, the
State or any interested person may request that the Regional
Administrator hold a public hearing on the objection or requirement. The
Regional Administrator shall conduct a public hearing whenever requested
by the State proposing to issue the permit, or if warranted by
significant public interest based on requests received.
    (h) If a public hearing is held under paragraph (g) of this section,
the Regional Administrator shall, following that hearing, reaffirm,
modify or withdraw the objection or requirement for a permit condition,
and notify the Director of this decision.
    (1) If the Regional Administrator withdraws his objection or
requirement for a permit condition, the Director may issue the permit.
    (2) If the Regional Administrator does not withdraw the objection or
requirement for a permit condition, the Director must issue a permit
revised to satisfy the Regional Administrator's objection or requirement
for a permit condition or notify EPA of its intent to deny the permit
within 30 days of receipt of the Regional Administrator's notification.
    (i) If no public hearing is held under paragraph (g) of this
section, the Director within 90 days of receipt of the objection or
requirement for a permit condition shall either issue the permit revised
to satisfy EPA's objections or notify EPA of its intent to deny the
permit.
    (j) In the event that the Director neither satisfies EPA's
objections or requirement for a permit condition nor denies the permit,
the Secretary shall process the permit application.

[53 FR 20776, June 1, 1988; 53 FR 41649, Oct. 24, 1988]



Sec. 233.51  Waiver of review.

    (a) The MOA with the Regional Administrator shall specify the
categories of discharge for which EPA will waive Federal review of State
permit applications. After program approval, the MOA may be modified to
reflect any additions or deletions of categories of discharge for which
EPA will waive review. The Regional Administrator shall consult with the
Corps, FWS, and NMFS prior to specifying or modifying such categories.
    (b) With the following exceptions, any category of discharge is
eligible for consideration for waiver:
    (1) Draft general permits;
    (2) Discharges with reasonable potential for affecting endangered or
threatened species as determined by FWS;
    (3) Discharges with reasonable potential for adverse impacts on
waters of another State;
    (4) Discharges known or suspected to contain toxic pollutants in
toxic amounts (section 101(a)(3) of the Act) or hazardous substances in
reportable quantities (section 311 of the Act);

[[Page 334]]

    (5) Discharges located in proximity of a public water supply intake;
    (6) Discharges within critical areas established under State or
Federal law, including but not limited to National and State parks, fish
and wildlife sanctuaries and refuges, National and historical monuments,
wilderness areas and preserves, sites identified or proposed under the
National Historic Preservation Act, and components of the National Wild
and Scenic Rivers System.
    (c) The Regional Administrator retains the right to terminate a
waiver as to future permit actions at any time by sending the Director
written notice of termination.



Sec. 233.52  Program reporting.

    (a) The starting date for the annual period to be covered by reports
shall be established in the Memorandum of Agreement with the Regional
Administrator (Sec. 233.13.)
    (b) The Director shall submit to the Regional Administrator within
90 days after completion of the annual period, a draft annual report
evaluating the State's administration of its program identifying
problems the State has encountered in the administration of its program
and recommendations for resolving these problems. Items that shall be
addressed in the annual report include an assessment of the cumulative
impacts of the State's permit program on the integrity of the State
regulated waters; identification of areas of particular concern and/or
interest within the State; the number and nature of individual and
general permits issued, modified, and denied; number of violations
identified and number and nature of enforcement actions taken; number of
suspected unauthorized activities reported and nature of action taken;
an estimate of extent of activities regulated by general permits; and
the number of permit applications received but not yet processed.
    (c) The State shall make the draft annual report available for
public inspection.
    (d) Within 60 days of receipt of the draft annual report, the
Regional Administrator will complete review of the draft report and
transmit comments, questions, and/or requests for additional evaluation
and/or information to the Director.
    (e) Within 30 days of receipt of the Regional Administrator's
comments, the Director will finalize the annual report, incorporating
and/or responding to the Regional Administrator's comments, and transmit
the final report to the Regional Administrator.
    (f) Upon acceptance of the annual report, the Regional Administrator
shall publish notice of availability of the final annual report.



Sec. 233.53  Withdrawal of program approval.

    (a) A State with a program approved under this part may voluntarily
transfer program responsibilities required by Federal law to the
Secretary by taking the following actions, or in such other manner as
may be agreed upon with the Administrator.
    (1) The State shall give the Administrator and the Secretary 180
days notice of the proposed transfer. The State shall also submit a plan
for the orderly transfer of all relevant program information not in the
possession of the Secretary (such as permits, permit files, reports,
permit applications) which are necessary for the Secretary to administer
the program.
    (2) Within 60 days of receiving the notice and transfer plan, the
Administrator and the Secretary shall evaluate the State's transfer plan
and shall identify for the State any additional information needed by
the Federal government for program administration.
    (3) At least 30 days before the transfer is to occur the
Administrator shall publish notice of transfer in the Federal Register
and in a sufficient number of the largest newspapers in the State to
provide statewide coverage, and shall mail notice to all permit holders,
permit applicants, other regulated persons and other interested persons
on appropriate EPA, Corps and State mailing lists.
    (b) The Administrator may withdraw program approval when a State
program no longer complies with the requirements of this part, and the
State fails to take corrective action. Such circumstances include the
following:

[[Page 335]]

    (1) When the State's legal authority no longer meets the
requirements of this part, including:
    (i) Failure of the State to promulgate or enact new authorities when
necessary; or
    (ii) Action by a State legislature or court striking down or
limiting State authorities.
    (2) When the operation of the State program fails to comply with the
requirements of this part, including:
    (i) Failure to exercise control over activities required to be
regulated under this part, including failure to issue permits;
    (ii) Issuance of permits which do not conform to the requirements of
this part; or
    (iii) Failure to comply with the public participation requirements
of this part.
    (3) When the State's enforcement program fails to comply with the
requirements of this part, including:
    (i) Failure to act on violations of permits or other program
requirements;
    (ii) Failure to seek adequate enforcement penalties or to collect
administrative fines when imposed, or to implement alternative
enforcement methods approved by the Administrator; or
    (iii) Failure to inspect and monitor activities subject to
regulation.
    (4) When the State program fails to comply with the terms of the
Memorandum of Agreement required under Sec. 233.13.
    (c) The following procedures apply when the Administrator orders the
commencement of proceedings to determine whether to withdraw approval of
a State program:
    (1) Order. The Administrator may order the commencement of
withdrawal proceedings on the Administrator's initiative or in response
to a petition from an interested person alleging failure of the State to
comply with the requirements of this part as set forth in subsection (b)
of this section. The Administrator shall respond in writing to any
petition to commence withdrawal proceedings. He may conduct an informal
review of the allegations in the petition to determine whether cause
exists to commence proceedings under this paragraph. The Administrator's
order commencing proceedings under this paragraph shall fix a time and
place for the commencement of the hearing, shall specify the allegations
against the State which are to be considered at the hearing, and shall
be published in the Federal Register. Within 30 days after publication
of the Administrator's order in the Federal Register, the State shall
admit or deny these allegations in a written answer. The party seeking
withdrawal of the State's program shall have the burden of coming
forward with the evidence in a hearing under this paragraph.
    (2) Definitions. For purposes of this paragraph the definition of
Administrative Law Judge, Hearing Clerk, and Presiding Officer in 40 CFR
22.03 apply in addition to the following:
    (i) Party means the petitioner, the State, the Agency, and any other
person whose request to participate as a party is granted.
    (ii) Person means the Agency, the State and any individual or
organization having an interest in the subject matter of the
proceedings.
    (iii) Petitioner means any person whose petition for commencement of
withdrawal proceedings has been granted by the Administrator.
    (3) Procedures. (i) The following provisions of 40 CFR Part 22
[Consolidated Rules of Practice] are applicable to proceedings under
this paragraph:
    (A) Section 22.02--(use of number/gender);
    (B) Section 22.04--(authorities of Presiding Officer);
    (C) Section 22.06--(filing/service of rulings and orders);
    (D) Section 22.09--(examination of filed documents);
    (E) Section 22.19 (a), (b) and (c)--(prehearing conference);
    (F) Section 22.22--(evidence);
    (G) Section 22.23--(objections/offers of proof);
    (H) Section 22.25--(filing the transcript; and
    (I) Section 22.26--(findings/conclusions).
    (ii) The following provisions are also applicable:
    (A) Computation and extension of time.
    (1) Computation. In computing any period of time prescribed or
allowed in

[[Page 336]]

these rules of practice, except as otherwise provided, the day of the
event from which the designated period begins to run shall not be
included. Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal legal holidays shall be
included. When a stated time expires on a Saturday, Sunday or Federal
legal holiday, the stated time period shall be extended to include the
next business day.
    (2) Extensions of time. The Administrator, Regional Administrator,
or Presiding Officer, as appropriate, may grant an extension of time for
the filing of any pleading, document, or motion (i) upon timely motion
of a party to the proceeding, for good cause shown and after
consideration of prejudice to other parties, or (ii) upon his own
motion. Such a motion by a party may only be made after notice to all
other parties, unless the movant can show good cause why serving notice
is impracticable. The motion shall be filed in advance of the date on
which the pleading, document or motion is due to be filed, unless the
failure of a party to make timely motion for extension of time was the
result of excusable neglect.
    (3) The time for commencement of the hearing shall not be extended
beyond the date set in the Administrator's order without approval of the
Administrator.
    (B) Ex parte discussion of proceeding. At no time after the issuance
of the order commencing proceedings shall the Administrator, the
Regional Administrator, the Regional Judicial Officer, the Presiding
Officer, or any other person who is likely to advise these officials in
the decisions on the case, discuss ex parte the merits of the proceeding
with any interested person outside the Agency, with any Agency staff
member who performs a prosecutorial or investigative function in such
proceeding or a factually related proceeding, or with any representative
of such person. Any ex parte memorandum or other communication addressed
to the Administrator, the Regional Administrator, the Regional Judicial
Officer, or the Presiding Officer during the pendency of the proceeding
and relating to the merits thereof, by or on behalf of any party shall
be regarded as argument made in the proceeding and shall be served upon
all other parties. The other parties shall be given an opportunity to
reply to such memorandum or communication.
    (C) Intervention--(1) Motion. A motion for leave to intervene in any
proceeding conducted under these rules of practice must set forth the
grounds for the proposed intervention, the position and interest of the
movant and the likely impact that intervention will have on the
expeditious progress of the proceeding. Any person already a party to
the proceeding may file an answer to a motion to intervene, making
specific reference to the factors set forth in the foregoing sentence
and paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(C)(3) of this section, within ten (10) days
after service of the motion for leave to intervene.
    (2) However, motions to intervene must be filed within 15 days from
the date the notice of the Administrator's order is published in the
Federal Register.
    (3) Disposition. Leave to intervene may be granted only if the
movant demonstrates that (i) his presence in the proceeding would not
unduly prolong or otherwise prejudice the adjudication of the rights of
the original parties; (ii) the movant will be adversely affected by a
final order; and (iii) the interests of the movant are not being
adequately represented by the original parties. The intervenor shall
become a full party to the proceeding upon the granting of leave to
intervene.
    (4) Amicus curiae. Persons not parties to the proceeding who wish to
file briefs may so move. The motion shall identify the interest of the
applicant and shall state the reasons why the proposed amicus brief is
desirable. If the motion is granted, the Presiding Officer or
Administrator shall issue an order setting the time for filing such
brief. An amicus curiae is eligible to participate in any briefing after
his motion is granted, and shall be served with all briefs, reply
briefs, motions, and orders relating to issues to be briefed.
    (D) Motions--(1) General. All motions, except those made orally on
the record during a hearing, shall (i) be in writing; (ii) state the
grounds therefore with particularity; (iii) set forth the relief or

[[Page 337]]

order sought; and (iv) be accompanied by any affidavit, certificate,
other evidence, or legal memorandum relied upon. Such motions shall be
served as provided by paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
    (2) Response to motions. A party's response to any written motion
must be filed within ten (10) days after service of such motion, unless
additional time is allowed for such response. The response shall be
accompanied by any affidavit, certificate, other evidence, or legal
memorandum relied upon. If no response is filed within the designated
period, the parties may be deemed to have waived any objection to the
granting of the motion. The Presiding Officer, Regional Administrator,
or Administrator, as appropriate, may set a shorter time for response,
or make such other orders concerning the disposition of motions as they
deem appropriate.
    (3) Decision. The Administrator shall rule on all motions filed or
made after service of the recommended decision upon the parties. The
Presiding Officer shall rule on all other motions. Oral argument on
motions will be permitted where the Presiding Officer, Regional
Administrator, or the Administrator considers it necessary or desirable.
    (4) Record of proceedings. (i) The hearing shall be either
stenographically reported verbatim or tape recorded, and thereupon
transcribed by an official reporter designated by the Presiding Officer;
    (ii) All orders issued by the Presiding Officer, transcripts of
testimony, written statements of position, stipulations, exhibits,
motions, briefs, and other written material of any kind submitted in the
hearing shall be a part of the record and shall be available for
inspection or copying in the Office of the Hearing Clerk, upon payment
of costs. Inquiries may be made at the Office of the Administrative Law
Judges, Hearing Clerk, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC
20460;
    (iii) Upon notice to all parties the Presiding Officer may authorize
corrections to the transcript which involve matters of substance;
    (iv) An original and two (2) copies of all written submissions to
the hearing shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk;
    (v) A copy of each such submission shall be served by the person
making the submission upon the Presiding Officer and each party of
record. Service under this paragraph shall take place by mail or
personal delivery;
    (vi) Every submission shall be accompanied by acknowledgement of
service by the person served or proof of service in the form of a
statement of the date, time, and manner of service and the names of the
persons served, certified by the person who made service; and
    (vii) The Hearing Clerk shall maintain and furnish to any person
upon request, a list containing the name, service address, and telephone
number of all parties and their attorneys or duly authorized
representatives.
    (5) Participation by a person not a party. A person who is not a
party may, in the discretion of the Presiding Officer, be permitted to
make a limited appearance by making an oral or written statement of his/
her position on the issues within such limits and on such conditions as
may be fixed by the Presiding Officer, but he/she may not otherwise
participate in the proceeding.
    (6) Rights of parties. (i) All parties to the proceeding may:
    (A) Appear by counsel or other representative in all hearing and
prehearing proceedings;
    (B) Agree to stipulations of facts which shall be made a part of the
record.
    (7) Recommended decision. (i) Within 30 days after the filing of
proposed findings and conclusions and reply briefs, the Presiding
Officer shall evaluate the record before him/her, the proposed findings
and conclusions and any briefs filed by the parties, and shall prepare a
recommended decision, and shall certify the entire record, including the
recommended decision, to the Administrator.
    (ii) Copies of the recommended decision shall be served upon all
parties.
    (iii) Within 20 days after the certification and filing of the
record and recommended decision, all parties may file with the
Administrator exceptions to the recommended decision and a supporting
brief.
    (8) Decision by Administrator. (i) Within 60 days after
certification of the

[[Page 338]]

record and filing of the Presiding Officer's recommended decision, the
Administrator shall review the record before him and issue his own
decision.
    (ii) If the Administrator concludes that the State has administered
the program in conformity with the Act and this part, his decision shall
constitute ``final agency action'' within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 704.
    (iii) If the Administrator concludes that the State has not
administered the program in conformity with the Act and regulations, he
shall list the deficiencies in the program and provide the State a
reasonable time, not to exceed 90 days, to take such appropriate
corrective action as the Administrator determines necessary.
    (iv) Within the time prescribed by the Administrator the State shall
take such appropriate corrective action as required by the Administrator
and shall file with the Administrator and all parties a statement
certified by the State Director that appropriate corrective action has
been taken.
    (v) The Administrator may require a further showing in addition to
the certified statement that corrective action has been taken.
    (vi) If the state fails to take appropriate corrective action and
file a certified statement thereof within the time prescribed by the
Administrator, the Administrator shall issue a supplementary order
withdrawing approval of the State program. If the State takes
appropriate corrective action, the Administrator shall issue a
supplementary order stating that approval of authority is not withdrawn.
    (vii) The Administrator's supplementary order shall constitute final
Agency action within the meaning of 5 U.S. 704.
    (d) Withdrawal of authorization under this section and the Act does
not relieve any person from complying with the requirements of State
law, nor does it affect the validity of actions taken by the State prior
to withdrawal.

[53 FR 20776, June 1, 1988, as amended at 57 FR 5346, Feb. 13, 1992]



                    Subpart G_Eligible Indian Tribes

    Source: 58 FR 8183, Feb. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 233.60  Requirements for eligibility.

    Section 518(e) of the CWA, 33 U.S.C. 1378(e), authorizes the
Administrator to treat an Indian Tribe as eligible to apply for the 404
permit program under section 404(g)(1) if it meets the following
criteria:
    (a) The Indian Tribe is recognized by the Secretary of the Interior.
    (b) The Indian Tribe has a governing body carrying out substantial
governmental duties and powers.
    (c) The functions to be exercised by the Indian Tribe pertain to the
management and protection of water resources which are held by an Indian
Tribe, held by the Untied States in trust for the Indians, held by a
member of an Indian Tribe if such property interest is subject to a
trust restriction an alienation, or otherwise within the borders of the
Indian reservation.
    (d) The Indian Tribe is reasonably expected to be capable, in the
Administrator's judgment, of carrying out the functions to be exercised,
in a manner consistent with the terms and purposes of the Act and
applicable regulations, of an effective section 404 dredge and fill
permit program.

[58 FR 8183, Feb. 11, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 64345, Dec. 14, 1994]



Sec. 233.61  Determination of Tribal eligibility.

    An Indian Tribe may apply to the Regional Administrator for a
determination that it meets the statutory criteria which authorize EPA
to treat the Tribe in a manner similar to that in which it treats a
State, for purposes of the section 404 program. The application shall be
concise and describe how the Indian Tribe will meet each of the
requirements of Sec. 233.60. The application should include the
following information:
    (a) A statement that the Tribe is recognized by the Secretary of the
Interior.
    (b) A descriptive statement demonstrating that the Tribal governing

[[Page 339]]

body is currently carrying out substantial governmental duties and
powers over a defined area. This Statement should:
    (1) Describe the form of the Tribal government.
    (2) Describe the types of governmental functions currently performed
by the Tribal governing body, such as, but not limited to, the exercise
of police powers affecting (or relating to) the health, safety, and
welfare of the affected population; taxation; and the exercise of the
power of eminent domain; and
    (3) Identify the source of the Tribal government's authority to
carry out the governmental functions currently being performed.
    (c)(1) A map or legal description of the area over which the Indian
Tribe asserts regulatory authority pursuant to section 518(e)(2) of the
CWA and Sec. 233.60(c);
    (2) A statement by the Tribal Attorney General (or equivalent
official) which describes the basis for the Tribe's assertion under
section 518(e)(2) (including the nature or subject matter of the
asserted regulatory authority) which may include a copy of documents
such as Tribal constitutions, by-laws, charters, executive orders,
codes, ordinances, and/or resolutions which support the Tribe's
assertion of authority;
    (d) A narrative statement describing the capability of the Indian
Tribe to administer an effective 404 permit program. The Statement may
include:
    (1) A description of the Indian Tribe's previous management
experience which may include the administration of programs and services
authorized by the Indian Self Determination & Education Act (25 U.S.C.
450 et seq.), The Indian Mineral Development Act (25 U.S.C. 2101 et
seq.), or the Indian Sanitation Facility Construction Activity Act (42
U.S.C. 2004a).
    (2) A list of existing environmental or public health programs
administered by the Tribal governing body, and a copy of related Tribal
laws, regulations, and policies;
    (3) A description of the entity (or entities) which exercise the
executive, legislative, and judicial functions of the Tribal government.
    (4) A description of the existing, or proposed, agency of the Indian
Tribe which will assume primary responsibility for establishing and
administering a section 404 dredge and fill permit program or plan which
proposes how the Tribe will acquire additional administrative and
technical expertise. The plan must address how the Tribe will obtain the
funds to acquire the administrative and technical expertise.
    (5) A description of the technical and administrative abilities of
the staff to administer and manage an effective, environmentally sound
404 dredge and fill permit program.
    (e) The Administrator may, at his discretion, request further
documentation necessary to support a Tribal application.
    (f) If the Administrator has previously determined that a Tribe has
met the requirements for eligibility or for ``treatment as a State'' for
programs authorized under the Safe Drinking Water Act or the Clean Water
Act, then that Tribe need only provide additional information unique to
the particular statute or program for which the Tribe is seeking
additional authorization.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
2040-0140)

[58 FR 8183, Feb. 11, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 64345, Dec. 14, 1994]



Sec. 233.62  Procedures for processing an Indian Tribe's application.

    (a) The Regional Administrator shall process an application of an
Indian Tribe submitted pursuant to Sec. 233.61 in a timely manner. He
shall promptly notify the Indian Tribe of receipt of the application.
    (b) The Regional Administrator shall follow the procedures described
in Sec. 233.15 in processing a Tribe's request to assume the 404 dredge
and fill permit program.

[58 FR 8183, Feb. 11, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 64346, Dec. 14, 1994]

[[Page 340]]



                    Subpart H_Approved State Programs



Sec. 233.70  Michigan.

    The applicable regulatory program for discharges of dredged or fill
material into waters of the United States in Michigan that are not
presently used, or susceptible for use in their natural condition or by
reasonable improvement as a means to transport interstate or foreign
commerce shoreward to the ordinary high water mark, including wetlands
adjacent thereto, except those on Indian lands, is the program
administered by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, approved
by EPA, pursuant to section 404 of the CWA. Notice of this approval was
published in the Federal Register on October 2, 1984; the effective date
of this program is October 16, 1984. This program consists of the
following elements, as submitted to EPA in the State's program
application.
    (a) Incorporation by reference. The requirements set forth in the
State statutes and regulations cited in this paragraph are hereby
incorporated by reference and made a part of the applicable 404 Program
under the CWA for the State of Michigan. This incorporation by reference
was approved by the Director of the Federal Register on October 16,
1984.
    (1) The Great Lakes Submerged Lands Act, MCL 322.701 et seq.,
reprinted in Michigan 1983 Natural Resources Law.
    (2) The Water Resources Commission Act, MCL 323.1 et seq., reprinted
in Michigan 1983 Natural Resources Law.
    (3) The Goemaere-Anderson Wetland Protection Act, MCL 281.701 et
seq., reprinted in Michigan 1983 Natural Resources Law.
    (4) The Inland Lakes and Stream Act, MCL 281.951 et seq., reprinted
in Michigan 1983 Natural Resources Law.
    (5) The Michigan Administrative Procedures Act of 1969, MCL 24-201
et seq.
    (6) An act concerning the Erection of Dams, MCL 281.131 et seq.,
reprinted in Michigan 1983 Natural Resources Law.
    (7) R 281.811 through R 281.819 inclusive, R 281.821, R 281.823, R
281.824, R 281.832 through R 281.839 inclusive, and R 281.841 through R
281.845 inclusive of the Michigan Administrative Code (1979 ed., 1982
supp.).
    (b) Other Laws. The following statutes and regulations, although not
incorporated by reference, also are part of the approved State-
administered program:
    (1) Administrative Procedures Act, MCLA 24.201 et seq.
    (2) Freedom of Information Act, MCLA 15.231 et seq.
    (3) Open Meetings Act, MCLA 15.261 et seq.
    (4) Michigan Environmental Protection Act, MCLA 691.1201 et seq.
    (c) Memoranda of Agreement. (1) The Memorandum of Agreement between
EPA Region V and the Michigan Department of Natural resources, signed by
the EPA Region V Administrator on December 9, 1983.
    (2) The Memorandum of Agreement between the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers and the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, signed by
the Commander, North Central Division, on March 27, 1984.
    (d) Statement of Legal Authority. (1) ``Attorney General
Certification section 404/State of Michigan'', signed by Attorney
General of Michigan, as submitted with the request for approval of ``The
State of Michigan 404 Program'', October 26, 1983.
    (e) The Program description and any other materials submitted as
part of the original application or supplements thereto.

(33 U.S.C. 13344, CWA 404)

[49 FR 38948, Oct. 2, 1984. Redesignated at 53 FR 20776, June 6, 1988.
Redesignated at 58 FR 8183, Feb. 11, 1993]



Sec. 233.71  New Jersey.

    The applicable regulatory program for discharges of dredged or fill
material into waters of the United States in New Jersey that are not
presently used, or susceptible for use in their natural condition or by
reasonable improvement as a means to transport interstate or foreign
commerce shoreward to the ordinary high water mark, including wetlands
adjacent thereto, except those on Indian lands, is the program
administered by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection
and Energy, approved by EPA, pursuant to section 404 of the CWA.

[[Page 341]]

The program becomes effective March 2, 1994. This program consists of
the following elements, as submitted to EPA in the State's program
application:
    (a) Incorporation by reference. The requirements set forth in the
State statutes and regulations cited in paragraph (b) of this section
are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of the applicable
404 Program under the CWA for the State of New Jersey, for incorporation
by reference by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Material is incorporated as it exists at 1
p.m. on March 2, 1994 and notice of any change in the material will be
published in the Federal Register.
    (b) Copies of materials incorporated by reference may be inspected
at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--
federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. Copies of materials
incorporated by reference may be obtained or inspected at the EPA UST
Docket, located at 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, First Floor ,
Arlington, VA 22202 (telephone number: 703-603-9231), or send mail to
Mail Code 5305G, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460, and
at the Library of the Region 2 Regional Office, Federal Office Building,
26 Federal Plaza, New York, NY 10278.
    (1) New Jersey Statutory Requirements Applicable to the Freshwater
Wetlands Program, 1994.
    (2) New Jersey Regulatory Requirements Applicable to the Freshwater
Wetlands Program, 1994.
    (c) Other laws. The following statutes and regulations, although not
incorporated by reference, also are part of the approved State-
administered program:
    (1) Administrative Procedure Act, N.J.S.A. 52:14B-1 et seq.
    (2) New Jersey Uniform Administrative Procedure Rules, N.J.A.C. 1:1-
1.1 et seq.
    (3) Open Public Meetings Act, N.J.S.A. 10:4-6 et seq.
    (4) Examination and Copies of Public Records, N.J.S.A. 47:1A-1 et
seq.
    (5) Environmental Rights Act, N.J.S.A. 2A:35A-1 et seq.
    (6) Department of Environmental Protection (and Energy), N.J.S.A.
13:1D-1 et seq.
    (7) Water Pollution Control Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10A-1 et seq.
    (d) Memoranda of agreement. The following memoranda of agreement,
although not incorporated by reference also are part of the approved
State administered program:
    (1) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region II and the New
Jersey Department of Environmental Protection and Energy, signed by the
EPA Region II Acting Regional Administrator on June 15, 1993.
    (2) The Memorandum of Agreement between the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers and the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection and
Energy, signed by the Division Engineer on March 4, 1993.
    (3) The Memorandum of Agreement between EPA Region II, the New
Jersey Department of Environmental Protection and Energy, and the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, signed by all parties on December 22, 1993.
    (e) Statement of legal authority. The following documents, although
not incorporated by reference, also are part of the approved State
administered program:
    (1) Attorney General's Statement, signed by the Attorney General of
New Jersey, as submitted with the request for approval of The State of
New Jersey's 404 Program.
    (2) The program description and any other materials submitted as
part of the original application or supplements thereto.

[59 FR 9933, Mar. 2, 1994, as amended at 65 FR 47325, Aug. 2, 2000; 69
FR 18801, Apr. 9, 2004]



PART 238_DEGRADABLE PLASTIC RING CARRIERS--Table of Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
238.10 Purpose and applicability.
238.20 Definitions.

                          Subpart B_Requirement

238.30 Requirement.

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6914b-1.

[[Page 342]]


    Source: 59 FR 9870, Mar. 1, 1994, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 238.10  Purpose and applicability.

    The purpose of this part is to require that plastic ring carriers be
made of degradable materials as described in Sec. Sec. 238.20 and
238.30. The requirements of this part apply to all processors and
importers of plastic ring carriers in the United States as defined in
Sec. 238.20.



Sec. 238.20  Definitions.

    For the purpose of this part:
    Percent elongation at break means the percent increase in length of
the plastic material caused by a tensile load. Percent elongation at
break shall be calculated by dividing the extension at the moment of
rupture of the specimen by the initial gage length of the specimen and
multiplying by 100.
    Processor means the persons or entities that produce ring carriers
ready for use as beverage carriers.
    Ring carrier means any plastic ring carrier device that contains at
least one hole greater than 1\3/4\ inches in diameter which is made,
used, or designed for the purpose of packaging, transporting, or
carrying multipackaged cans or bottles.



                          Subpart B_Requirement



Sec. 238.30  Requirement.

    (a) No processor or person shall manufacture or import, in bulk,
ring carriers intended for use in the United States unless they are
designed and manufactured so that the ring carriers degrade to the point
of 5 percent elongation at break, when tested in accordance with ASTM D-
3826-91, ``Standard Practice for Determining Degradation End Point in
Degradable Polyolefins Using a Tensile Test'', after the ring carrier is
exposed to, either:
    (1) 250 light-hours of UV in accordance with ASTM D-5208-91,''
Standard Practice for Operating Fluorescent Ultraviolet (UV) and
Condensation Apparatus for Exposure of Photodegradable Plastics'', using
cycle A; or
    (2) 35 days, during June and July, to marine conditions in a
location below the latitude 26 degrees North, in continental United
States waters.
    (b) The incorporation by reference of ASTM D-3826-91, ``Standard
Practice for Determining Degradation End Point in Degradable Polyolefins
Using a Tensile Test'', and ASTM D-5208-91, ``Standard Practice for
Operating Fluorescent Ultraviolet (UV) and Condensation Apparatus for
Exposure of Photodegradable Plastics,'' was approved by the director of
the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part
51. Copies are available from the American Society of Testing and
Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Copies may be
inspected at the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Docket
Information Center, (5305), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Headquarters, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460 or at
the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information
on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go
to: http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--federal--
regulations/ibr--locations.html. These materials are incorporated as
they exist on the date of the approval and notice of any change in these
materials will be published in the Federal Register.

[59 FR 9870, Mar. 1, 1994, as amended at 65 FR 47325, Aug. 2, 2000; 69
FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004]


                        SUBCHAPTER I_SOLID WASTES



[[Page 343]]



PART 239_REQUIREMENTS FOR STATE PERMIT PROGRAM DETERMINATION OF
ADEQUACY--Table of Contents



                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
239.1 Purpose.
239.2 Scope and definitions.

                   Subpart B_State Program Application

239.3 Components of program application.
239.4 Narrative description of state permit program.
239.5 State legal certification.

           Subpart C_Requirements for Adequate Permit Programs

239.6 Permitting requirements.
239.7 Requirements for compliance monitoring authority.
239.8 Requirements for enforcement authority.
239.9 Intervention in civil enforcement proceedings.

               Subpart D_Adequacy Determination Procedures

239.10 Criteria and procedures for making adequacy determinations.
239.11 Approval procedures for partial approval.
239.12 Modifications of state programs.
239.13 Criteria and procedures for withdrawal of determination of
          adequacy.

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6912, 6945.

    Source: 63 FR 57040, Oct. 23, 1998, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 239.1  Purpose.

    This part specifies the requirements that state permit programs must
meet to be determined adequate by the EPA under section 4005(c)(1)(C) of
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA or the Act) and the
procedures EPA will follow in determining the adequacy of state Subtitle
D permit programs or other systems of prior approval and conditions
required to be adopted and implemented by states under RCRA section
4005(c)(1)(B).



Sec. 239.2  Scope and definitions.

    (a) Scope. (1) Nothing in this part precludes a state from adopting
or enforcing requirements that are more stringent or more extensive than
those required under this part or from operating a permit program or
other system of prior approval and conditions with more stringent
requirements or a broader scope of coverage than that required under
this part.
    (2) All states which develop and implement a Subtitle D permit
program must submit an application for an adequacy determination for
purposes of this part. Except as provided in Sec. 239.12, state
Subtitle D permit programs which received full approval prior to
November 23, 1998 need not submit new applications for approval under
this part. Similarly, except as provided in Sec. 239.12, states that
received partial approval of their Subtitle D permit programs prior to
November 23, 1998 need not reapply under this part for approval for
those program elements EPA has already determined to be adequate.
    (3) If EPA determines that a state Subtitle D permit program is
inadequate, EPA will have the authority to enforce the Subtitle D
federal revised criteria on the RCRA section 4010(c) regulated
facilities under the state's jurisdiction.
    (b) Definitions. (1) For purposes of this part:
    Administrator means the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency or any authorized representative.
    Approved permit program or approved program means a state Subtitle D
permit program or other system of prior approval and conditions required
under section 4005(c)(1)(B) of RCRA that has been determined to be
adequate by EPA under this part.
    Approved state means a state whose Subtitle D permit program or
other system of prior approval and conditions required under section
4005(c)(1)(B) of RCRA has been determined to be adequate by EPA under
this part.

[[Page 344]]

    Guidance means policy memorandum, an application for approval under
this Part, or other technical or policy documents that supplement state
laws and regulations. These documents provide direction with regard to
how state agencies should interpret their permit program requirements
and must be consistent with state laws and regulations.
    Implementing agency means the state and/or local agency(ies)
responsible for carrying out an approved state permit program.
    Lead state agency means the state agency which has the legal
authority and oversight responsibilities to implement the permit program
or other system of prior approval and conditions to ensure that
facilities regulated under section 4010(c) of Subtitle D of RCRA comply
with the requirements of the approved state permit program and/or has
been designated as lead agency.
    Permit or prior approval and conditions means any authorization,
license, or equivalent control document issued under the authority of
the state regulating the location, design, operation, ground-water
monitoring, closure, post-closure care, corrective action, and financial
assurance of Subtitle D regulated facilities.
    Permit documents means permit applications, draft and final permits,
or other documents that include applicable design and management
conditions in accordance with the Subtitle D federal revised criteria,
found at 40 CFR part 257, subpart B and 40 CFR part 258, and the
technical and administrative information used to explain the basis of
permit conditions.
    Regional Administrator means any one of the ten Regional
Administrators of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or any
authorized representative.
    State Director means the chief administrative officer of the lead
state agency responsible for implementing the state permit program for
Subtitle D regulated facilities.
    State program or permit program means all the authorities,
activities, and procedures that comprise the state's system of prior
approval and conditions for regulating the location, design, operation,
ground-water monitoring, closure, post-closure care, corrective action,
and financial assurance of Subtitle D regulated facilities.
    Subtitle D regulated facilities means all solid waste disposal
facilities subject to the revised criteria promulgated by EPA under the
authority of RCRA Section 4010(c).
    (c) The definitions in 40 CFR part 257, subpart B and 40 CFR part
258 apply to all subparts of this part.



                   Subpart B_State Program Application



Sec. 239.3  Components of program application.

    Any state that seeks a determination of adequacy under this part
must submit an application to the Regional Administrator in the
appropriate EPA Region. The application must identify the scope of the
program for which the state is seeking approval (i.e., which class of
Subtitle D regulated facilities are covered by the application). The
application also must demonstrate that the state's authorities and
procedures are adequate to ensure compliance with the relevant Subtitle
D federal revised criteria and that its permit program is uniformly
applicable to all the relevant Subtitle D regulated facilities within
the state's jurisdiction. The application must contain the following
parts:
    (a) A transmittal letter, signed by the State Director, requesting
program approval. If more than one state agency has implementation
responsibilities, the transmittal letter must designate a lead agency
and be jointly signed by all state agencies with implementation
responsibilities or by the State Governor;
    (b) A narrative description of the state permit program in
accordance with Sec. 239.4;
    (c) A legal certification in accordance with Sec. 239.5;
    (d) Copies of all applicable state statutes, regulations, and
guidance.



Sec. 239.4  Narrative description of state permit program.

    The description of a state's program must include:
    (a) An explanation of the jurisdiction and responsibilities of all
state agencies and local agencies implementing

[[Page 345]]

the permit program and description of the coordination and communication
responsibilities of the lead state agency to facilitate communications
between EPA and the state if more than one state agency has
implementation responsibilities;
    (b) An explanation of how the state will ensure that existing and
new facilities are permitted or otherwise approved and in compliance
with the relevant Subtitle D federal revised criteria;
    (c) A demonstration that the state meets the requirements in
Sec. Sec. 239.6, 239.7, 239.8, and 239.9;
    (d) The number of facilities within the state's jurisdiction that
received waste on or after the following dates:
    (1) For municipal solid waste landfill units, October 9, 1991.
    (2) For non-municipal, non-hazardous waste disposal units that
receive CESQG hazardous waste, January 1, 1998.
    (e) A discussion of staff resources available to carry out and
enforce the relevant state permit program.
    (f) A description of the state's public participation procedures as
specified in Sec. 239.6(a) through (c).



Sec. 239.5  State legal certification.

    (a) A state must submit a written certification from the state
Attorney General that the laws, regulations, and any applicable guidance
cited in the application are enacted at the time the certification is
signed and are fully effective when the state permit program is
approved. This certification may be signed by the independent legal
counsel for the state rather than the Attorney General, provided that
such counsel has full authority to independently represent the lead
state agency in court on all matters pertaining to the state program.
    (b) If guidance is to be used to supplement statutes and
regulations, the state legal certification must discuss that the state
has the authority to use guidance to develop enforceable permits which
will ensure compliance with relevant standards issued pursuant to RCRA
section 4010(c) and that the guidance was duly issued in accordance with
state law.
    (c) If any laws, regulations, or guidance are not enacted or fully
effective when the legal certification is signed, the certification
should specify what portion(s) of laws, regulations, or guidance are not
yet enacted or fully effective and when they are expected to be enacted
or fully effective.
    The Agency may make a tentative determination of adequacy using this
legal certification. The state must submit a revised legal certification
meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and, if
appropriate, paragraph (b) of this section along with all the applicable
fully enacted and effective statutes, regulations, or guidance, prior to
the Agency making a final determination of adequacy. If the statutes,
regulations or guidance originally submitted under Sec. 239.3(d) and
certified to under this section are modified in a significant way, the
Regional Administrator will publish a new tentative determination to
ensure adequate public participation.



           Subpart C_Requirements for Adequate Permit Programs



Sec. 239.6  Permitting requirements.

    (a) State law must require that:
    (1) Documents for permit determinations are made available for
public review and comment; and
    (2) Final determinations on permit applications are made known to
the public.
    (b) The state shall have procedures that ensure that public comments
on permit determinations are considered.
    (c) The state must fully describe its public participation
procedures for permit issuance and post-permit actions in the narrative
description required under Sec. 239.4 and include a copy of these
procedures in its permit program application.
    (d) The state shall have the authority to collect all information
necessary to issue permits that are adequate to ensure compliance with
the relevant 40 CFR part 257, subpart B or 40 CFR part 258 federal
revised criteria.
    (e) For municipal solid waste landfill units, state law must require
that:
    (1) Prior to construction and operation, all new municipal solid
waste

[[Page 346]]

landfill units shall have a permit incorporating the conditions
identified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section;
    (2) All existing municipal solid waste landfill units shall have a
permit incorporating the conditions identified in paragraph (e)(3) of
this section by the deadlines identified in 40 CFR 258.1;
    (3) The state shall have the authority to impose requirements for
municipal solid waste landfill units adequate to ensure compliance with
40 CFR part 258. These requirements shall include:
    (i) General standards which achieve compliance with 40 CFR part 258,
subpart A;
    (ii) Location restrictions for municipal solid waste landfill units
which achieve compliance with 40 CFR part 258, subpart B;
    (iii) Operating criteria for municipal solid waste landfill units
which achieve compliance with 40 CFR part 258, subpart C;
    (iv) Design criteria for municipal solid waste landfill units which
achieve compliance with 40 CFR part 258, subpart D;
    (v) Ground-water monitoring and corrective action standards for
municipal solid waste landfill units which achieve compliance with 40
CFR part 258, subpart E;
    (vi) Closure and post-closure care standards for municipal solid
waste landfill units which achieve compliance with 40 CFR part 258,
subpart F; and
    (vii) Financial assurance standards for municipal solid waste
landfill units which achieve compliance with 40 CFR part 258, subpart G.
    (f) For non-municipal, non-hazardous waste disposal units that
receive CESQG waste, state law must require that:
    (1) Prior to construction and operation, all new non-municipal, non-
hazardous waste disposal units that receive CESQG hazardous waste shall
have a permit incorporating the conditions identified in paragraph
(f)(3) of this section;
    (2) All existing non-municipal, non-hazardous waste disposal units
that receive CESQG hazardous waste shall have a permit incorporating the
conditions identified in paragraph (f)(3) of this section by the
deadlines identified in 40 CFR 257.5;
    (3) The state shall have the authority to impose requirements for
non-municipal, non-hazardous waste disposal units that receive CESQG
hazardous waste adequate to ensure compliance with 40 CFR part 257,
subpart B. These requirements shall include:
    (i) General standards which achieve compliance with 40 CFR part 257,
subpart B (Sec. 257.5);
    (ii) Location restrictions for non-municipal, non-hazardous waste
disposal units which achieve compliance with 40 CFR 257.7 through
257.13;
    (iii) Ground-water monitoring and corrective action standards for
non-municipal, non-hazardous waste disposal units which achieve
compliance with 40 CFR 257.21 through 257.28; and,
    (iv) Recordkeeping for non-municipal, non-hazardous waste disposal
units which achieves compliance with 40 CFR 257.30.



Sec. 239.7  Requirements for compliance monitoring authority.

    (a) The state must have the authority to:
    (1) Obtain any and all information necessary, including records and
reports, from an owner or operator of a Subtitle D regulated facility,
to determine whether the owner or operator is in compliance with the
state requirements;
    (2) Conduct monitoring or testing to ensure that owners and
operators are in compliance with the state requirements; and
    (3) Enter any site or premise subject to the permit program or in
which records relevant to the operation of Subtitle D regulated
facilities or activities are kept.
    (b) A state must demonstrate that its compliance monitoring program
provides for inspections adequate to determine compliance with the
approved state permit program.
    (c) A state must demonstrate that its compliance monitoring program
provides mechanisms or processes to:
    (1) Verify the accuracy of information submitted by owners or
operators of Subtitle D regulated facilities;
    (2) Verify the adequacy of methods (including sampling) used by
owners or

[[Page 347]]

operators in developing that information;
    (3) Produce evidence admissible in an enforcement proceeding; and
    (4) Receive and ensure proper consideration of information submitted
by the public.



Sec. 239.8  Requirements for enforcement authority.

    Any state seeking approval must have the authority to impose the
following remedies for violation of state program requirements:
    (a) To restrain immediately and effectively any person by
administrative or court order or by suit in a court of competent
jurisdiction from engaging in any activity which may endanger or cause
damage to human health or the environment.
    (b) To sue in a court of competent jurisdiction to enjoin any
threatened or continuing activity which violates any statute,
regulation, order, or permit which is part of or issued pursuant to the
state program.
    (c) To sue in a court of competent jurisdiction to recover civil
penalties for violations of a statute or regulation which is part of the
state program or of an order or permit which is issued pursuant to the
state program.



Sec. 239.9  Intervention in civil enforcement proceedings.

    Any state seeking approval must provide for intervention in the
state civil enforcement process by providing either:
    (a) Authority that allows intervention, as a right, in any civil
action to obtain remedies specified in Sec. 239.8 by any citizen having
an interest that is or may be adversely affected; or,
    (b) Assurance by the appropriate state agency that:
    (1) It will provide notice and opportunity for public involvement in
all proposed settlements of civil enforcement actions (except where
immediate action is necessary to adequately protect human health and the
environment); and,
    (2) It will investigate and provide responses to citizen complaints
about violations; and,
    (3) It will not oppose citizen intervention when permissive
intervention is allowed by statute, rule, or regulation.



               Subpart D_Adequacy Determination Procedures



Sec. 239.10  Criteria and procedures for making adequacy determinations.

    (a) The State Director seeking an adequacy determination must submit
to the appropriate Regional Administrator an application in accordance
with Sec. 239.3.
    (b) Within 30 days of receipt of a state program application, the
Regional Administrator will review the application and notify the state
whether its application is administratively complete in accordance with
the application components required in Sec. 239.3. The 180-day review
period for final determination of adequacy, described in paragraph (d)
of this section, begins when the Regional Administrator deems a state
application to be administratively complete.
    (c) After receipt and review of a complete application, the Regional
Administrator will make a tentative determination on the adequacy of the
state program. The Regional Administrator shall publish the tentative
determination on the adequacy of the state program in the Federal
Register. Notice of the tentative determination must:
    (1) Specify the Regional Administrator's tentative determination;
    (2) Afford the public at least 30 days after the notice to comment
on the state application and the Regional Administrator's tentative
determination;
    (3) Include a specific statement of the areas of concern, if the
Regional Administrator indicates the state program may not be adequate;
    (4) Note the availability for inspection by the public of the state
permit program application; and
    (5) Indicate that a public hearing will be held by EPA if sufficient
public interest is expressed during the comment period. The Regional
Administrator may determine when such a hearing is necessary to clarify
issues involved in the tentative adequacy determination. If held, the
public hearing will be scheduled at least 45 days from public

[[Page 348]]

notice of such hearing. The public comment period may be continued after
the hearing at the discretion of the Regional Administrator.
    (d) Within 180 days of determining that a state program application
is administratively complete, the Regional Administrator will make a
final determination of adequacy after review and consideration of all
public comments, unless the Regional Administrator, after consultation
with the State Director, agrees to extend the review period. The
Regional Administrator will give notice of the final determination in
the Federal Register. The document must include a statement of the
reasons for the determination and a response to significant comments
received.
    (e) For all states that do not submit an application, the
Administrator or Regional Administrator may issue a final determination
of inadequacy in the Federal Register declaring those state permit
programs inadequate to ensure compliance with the relevant Subtitle D
federal revised criteria. Such states may apply later for a
determination of adequacy.



Sec. 239.11  Approval procedures for partial approval.

    (a) EPA may partially approve state permit programs that do not meet
all of the requirements in Sec. 239.6(e)(3) (i.e., do not incorporate
all of the relevant Subtitle D federal revised criteria). Such permit
programs may be partially approved if:
    (1) The appropriate Regional Administrator determines that the
state's permit program largely meets the technical requirements of Sec.
239.6 and meets all other requirements of this part;
    (2) Changes to a specific part(s) of the state permit program are
required in order for the state program to fully meet the requirements
of Sec. 239.6; and
    (3) Provisions not included in the partially approved portions of
the state permit program are clearly identifiable and separable subsets
of the relevant Subtitle D federal revised criteria.
    (b) A state applying for partial approval must include in its
application a schedule to revise the necessary laws, regulations, and/or
guidance to obtain full approval within two years of final approval of
the partial permit program. The Regional Administrator and the State
Director must agree to the schedule.
    (c) The application for partial approval must fully meet the
requirements of subparts B and C of this part.
    (d) States with partially approved permit programs are only approved
for those relevant provisions of the Subtitle D criteria included in the
partial approval.
    (e) Any partial approval adequacy determination made by the Regional
Administrator pursuant to this section and Sec. 239.10 shall expire two
years from the effective date of the final partial program adequacy
determination unless the Regional Administrator grants an extension.
States seeking an extension must submit a request to the appropriate
Regional Administrator, must provide good cause for missing the
deadline, and must supply a new schedule to revise necessary laws,
regulations, and/or guidance to obtain full approval. The appropriate
Regional Administrator will decide if there is good cause and if the new
schedule is realistic. If the Regional Administrator extends the
expiration date, the Region will publish a document in the Federal
Register along with the new expiration date. A state with partial
approval shall submit an amended application meeting all of the
requirements of this part and have that application approved by the two-
year deadline or the amended date set by the Regional Administrator.
    (f) The Regional Administrator will follow the adequacy
determination procedures in Sec. 239.10 for all initial applications
for partial program approval and follow the adequacy determination
procedures in Sec. 239.12(f) for any amendments for approval for
unapproved sections of the relevant Subtitle D federal revised criteria.



Sec. 239.12  Modifications of state programs.

    (a) Approved state permit programs may be modified for various
reasons, such as changes in federal or state statutory or regulatory
authority.
    (b) If the federal statutory or regulatory authorities that have
significant

[[Page 349]]

implications for state permit programs change, approved states may be
required to revise their permit programs. These changes may necessitate
submission of a revised application. Such a change at the federal level
and resultant state requirements would be made known to the states
either in a Federal Register document containing the change or through
the appropriate EPA Regional Office.
    (c) States that modify their programs must notify the Regional
Administrator of the modifications. Program modifications include
changes in state statutory or regulatory authority or relevant guidance
or shifting of responsibility for the state program within the lead
agency or to a new or different state agency or agencies. Changes to the
state's permit program, as described in its application which may result
in the program becoming inadequate, must be reported to the Regional
Administrator. In addition, changes to a state's basic statutory or
regulatory authority or guidance which were not part of the state's
initial application, but may have a significant impact on the adequacy
of the state's permit program, also must be reported to the Regional
Administrator.
    (d) States must notify the appropriate Regional Administrator of all
permit program modifications required in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
section within a time-frame agreed to by the State Director and the
Regional Administrator.
    (e) The Regional Administrator will review the modifications and
determine whether the State Director must submit a revised application.
If a revised application is necessary, the Regional Administrator will
inform the State Director in writing that a revised application is
necessary, specifying the required revisions and establishing a schedule
for submission of the revised application.
    (f) For all revised municipal solid waste landfill permit program
applications, and for all amended applications in the case of partially
approved programs, the state must submit to the appropriate Regional
Administrator an amended application that addresses those portions of
its program that have changed or are being amended. For such revised
programs, as well as for those from states seeking EPA approval of
permit programs for state regulation of non-municipal, non-hazardous
waste disposal units which receive conditionally exempt small quantity
generator hazardous waste, the Regional Administrator will make an
adequacy determination using the criteria found in Sec. 239.10.
    (g) For revised applications that do not incorporate permit programs
for additional classifications of Subtitle D regulated facilities and
for all amended applications in the case of partially approved programs,
the appropriate Regional Administrator shall provide for public
participation using the procedures outlined in Sec. 239.10 or, at the
Regional Administrator's discretion, using the following procedures.
    (1) The Regional Administrator will publish an adequacy
determination in the Federal Register summarizing the Agency's decision
and the portion(s) of the state permit program affected and providing an
opportunity to comment for a period of at least 60 days.
    (2) The adequacy determination will become effective 60 days
following publication, if no adverse comments are received. If EPA
receives comments opposing its adequacy determination, the Regional
Administrator will review these comments and publish another Federal
Register document responding to public comments and either affirming or
revising the initial decision.



Sec. 239.13  Criteria and procedures for withdrawal of determination of
adequacy.

    (a) The Regional Administrator may initiate withdrawal of a
determination of adequacy when the Regional Administrator has reason to
believe that:
    (1) A state no longer has an adequate permit program; or
    (2) The state no longer has adequate authority to administer and
enforce an approved program in accordance with this part.
    (b) Upon receipt of substantive information sufficient to indicate
that a state program may no longer be adequate, the Regional
Administrator

[[Page 350]]

shall inform the state in writing of the information.
    (c) If, within 45 days of the state's receipt of the information in
paragraph (b) of this section, the state demonstrates to the
satisfaction of the Regional Administrator that the state program is
adequate (i.e., in compliance with this part), the Regional
Administrator shall take no further action toward withdrawal of the
determination of adequacy and shall so notify the state and any
person(s) who submitted information regarding the adequacy of the
state's program and authorities.
    (d) If the State Director does not demonstrate the state's
compliance with this part to the satisfaction of the Regional
Administrator, the Regional Administrator shall list the deficiencies in
the program and negotiate with the state a reasonable time for the state
to complete such action to correct deficiencies as the Regional
Administrator determines necessary. If these negotiations reach an
impasse, the Regional Administrator shall establish a time period within
which the state must correct any program deficiencies and inform the
State Director of the time period in writing.
    (e) Within the schedule negotiated by the Regional Administrator and
the State Director, or set by the Regional Administrator, the state
shall take appropriate action to correct deficiencies and shall file
with the Regional Administrator a statement certified by the State
Director describing the steps taken to correct the deficiencies.
    (f) If the state takes appropriate action to correct deficiencies,
the Regional Administrator shall take no further action toward
withdrawal of determination of adequacy and shall so notify the state
and any person(s) who submitted information regarding the adequacy of
the state's permit program. If the state has not demonstrated its
compliance with this part to the satisfaction of the Regional
Administrator, the Regional Administrator shall inform the State
Director and may initiate withdrawal of all or part of the determination
of state program adequacy.
    (g) The Regional Administrator shall initiate withdrawal of
determination of adequacy by publishing the tentative withdrawal of
determination of adequacy of the state program in the Federal Register.
Notice of the tentative determination must:
    (1) Afford the public at least 60 days after the notice to comment
on the Regional Administrator's tentative determination;
    (2) Include a specific statement of the Regional Administrator's
areas of concern and reason to believe the state program may no longer
be adequate; and
    (3) Indicate that a public hearing will be held by EPA if sufficient
public interest is expressed during the comment period or when the
Regional Administrator determines that such a hearing might clarify
issues involved in the tentative withdrawal determination.
    (h) If the Regional Administrator finds, after the public hearing
(if any) and review and consideration of all public comments, that the
state is in compliance with this part, the withdrawal proceedings shall
be terminated and the decision shall be published in the Federal
Register. The document must include a statement of the reasons for this
determination and a response to significant comments received. If the
Regional Administrator finds that the state program is not in compliance
with this Part by the date prescribed by the Regional Administrator or
any extension approved by the Regional Administrator, a final notice of
inadequacy shall be published in the Federal Register declaring the
state permit program inadequate to ensure compliance with the relevant
Subtitle D federal revised criteria. The document will include a
statement of the reasons for this determination and response to
significant comments received.
    (i) States may seek a determination of adequacy at any time after a
determination of inadequacy.

[63 FR 57040, Oct. 23, 1999, as amended at 64 FR 4315, Jan. 28, 1999]

[[Page 351]]



PART 240_GUIDELINES FOR THE THERMAL PROCESSING OF SOLID WASTES--Table of
Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
240.100 Scope.
240.101 Definitions.

            Subpart B_Requirements and Recommended Procedures

240.200 Solid wastes accepted.
240.200-1 Requirement.
240.200-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.200-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.201 Solid wastes excluded.
240.201-1 Requirement.
240.201-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.201-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.202 Site selection.
240.202-1 Requirement.
240.202-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.202-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.203 General design.
240.203-1 Requirement.
240.203-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.203-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.204 Water quality.
240.204-1 Requirement.
240.204-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.204-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.205 Air quality.
240.205-1 Requirement.
240.205-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.205-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.206 Vectors.
240.206-1 Requirement.
240.206-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.206-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.207 Aesthetics.
240.207-1 Requirement.
240.207-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.207-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.208 Residue.
240.208-1 Requirement.
240.208-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.208-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.209 Safety.
240.209-1 Requirement.
240.209-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.209-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.210 General operations.
240.210-1 Requirement.
240.210-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.210-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.211 Records.
240.211-1 Requirement.
240.211-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
240.211-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.

Appendix to Part 240--Recommended Bibliography

    Authority: Sec. 209(a), Solid Waste Disposal Act of 1965 (Pub. L.
89-272); as amended by the Resource Recovery Act of 1970 (Pub. L. 91-
512).

    Source: 39 FR 29329, Aug. 14, 1974, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 240.100  Scope.

    (a) The prescribed guidelines are applicable to thermal processing
facilities designed to process or which are processing 50 tons or more
per day of municipal-type solid wastes. The application of this capacity
criterion will be interpreted to mean any facility designed to process
or actually processing 50/24 tons or more per hour. However, the
guidelines do not apply to hazardous, agricultural, and mining wastes
because of the lack of sufficient information upon which to base
recommended procedures.
    (b) The requirement sections contained herein delineate minimum
levels of performance required of any solid waste thermal processing
operation. The recommended procedures sections are presented to suggest
preferred methods by which the objectives of the requirements can be
realized. The recommended procedures are based on the practice of
incineration at large facilities (50 tons per day or more) processing
municipal solid waste. If techniques other than the recommended
procedures are used or wastes other than municipal wastes are processed,
it is the obligation of the facility's owner and operator to demonstrate
to the responsible agency in advance by means of engineering
calculations, pilot plant data, etc., that the techniques employed will
satisfy the requirements.
    (c) Thermal processing residue must be disposed of in an
environmentally acceptable manner. Where a land disposal facility is
employed, it must be in accordance with the Environmental

[[Page 352]]

Protection Agency's Guidelines for the Land Disposal of Solid Wastes for
both residues from the thermal processing operation and those non-
hazardous wastes which cannot be thermally processed for reasons of
health, safety, or technological limitation.
    (d) Pursuant to section 211 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as
amended, these guidelines are mandatory for Federal agencies. In
addition, they are recommended to State, interstate, regional, and local
government agencies for use in their activities.
    (e) The guidelines are intended to apply equally to all solid waste
generated by Federal agencies, regardless of whether processed or
disposed of on or off Federal property; and solid waste generated by
non-Federal entities, but processed or disposed of on Federal property.
However, in the case of many Federal facilities such as Post Offices,
military recruiting stations, and other offices, local community solid
waste processing and disposal facilities are utilized, and processing
and disposal is not within the management control of the Federal agency.
Thus, implementation of the guidelines can be expected only in those
situations where the Federal agency is able to exercise direct
management control over the processing and disposal operations. However,
every effort must be made by the responsible agency, where offsite
facilities are utilized, to attain processing and disposal facilities
that are in compliance with the guidelines. Where non-Federal generated
solid waste is processed and disposed of on Federal land and/or
facilities, those facilities and/or sites must be in compliance with
these guidelines. Determination of compliance to meet the requirements
of the guidelines rests with the responsible agency, and they have the
authority to determine how such compliance may occur.



Sec. 240.101  Definitions.

    As used in these guidelines:
    (a) Air: Overfire air means air, under control as to quantity and
direction, introduced above or beyond a fuel bed by induced or forced
draft. ``Underfire air'' means any forced or induced air, under control
as to quantity and direction, that is supplied from beneath and which
passes through the solid wastes fuel bed.
    (b) Bottom ash means the solid material that remains on a hearth or
falls off the grate after thermal processing is complete.
    (c) Combustibles means materials that can be ignited at a specific
temperature in the presence of air to release heat energy.
    (d) Design capacity means the weight of solid waste of a specified
gross calorific value that a thermal processing facility is designed to
process in 24 hours of continuous operation; usually expressed in tons
per day.
    (e) Discharge means water-borne pollutants released to a receiving
stream directly or indirectly or to a sewerage system.
    (f) Emission means gas-borne pollutants released to the atmosphere.
    (g) Facility means all thermal processing equipment, buildings, and
grounds at a specific site.
    (h) Fly ash means suspended particles, charred paper, dust, soot,
and other partially oxidized matter carried in the products of
combustion.
    (i) Free moisture means liquid that will drain freely by gravity
from solid materials.
    (j) Furnace means the chambers of the combustion train where drying,
ignition, and combustion of waste material and evolved gases occur.
    (k) Grate siftings means the materials that fall from the solid
waste fuel bed through the grate openings.
    (l) Gross calorific value means heat liberated when waste is burned
completely and the products of combustion are cooled to the initial
temperature of the waste. Usually expressed in British thermal units per
pound.
    (m) Hazardous waste means any waste or combination of wastes which
pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or living
organisms because such wastes are nondegradable or persistent in nature
or because they can be biologically magnified, or because they can be
lethal, or because they may otherwise cause or tend to cause detrimental
cumulative effects.
    (n) Incineration means the controlled process which combustible
solid, liquid, or gaseous wastes are burned and changed into
noncombustible gases.

[[Page 353]]

    (o) Incinerator means a facility consisting of one or more furnaces
in which wastes are burned.
    (p) Infectious waste means: (1) Equipment, instruments, utensils,
and fomites of a disposable nature from the rooms of patients who are
suspected to have or have been diagnosed as having a communicable
disease and must, therefore, be isolated as required by public health
agencies; (2) laboratory wastes such as pathological specimens (e.g.,
all tissues, specimens of blood elements, excreta, and secretions
obtained from patients or laboratory animals) and disposable fomites
(any substance that may harbor or trans mit pathogenic organisms)
attendant thereto; (3) surgical operating room pathologic specimens and
disposable fomites attendant thereto and similar disposable materials
from outpatient areas and emergency rooms.
    (q) Municipal solid wastes means normally, residential and
commercial solid wastes generated within a community.
    (r) Open burning means burning of solid wastes in the open, such as
in an open dump.
    (s) Open dump means a land disposal site at which solid wastes are
disposed of in a manner that does not protect the environment, are
susceptible to open burning, and are exposed to the elements, vectors,
and scavengers.
    (t) Plans means reports and drawings, including a narrative
operating description, prepared to describe the facility and its
proposed operation.
    (u) Residue means all the solids that remain after completion of
thermal processing, including bottom ash, fly ash, and grate siftings.
    (v) Responsible agency means the organizational element that has the
legal duty to ensure that owners, operators, or users of facilities
comply with these guidelines.
    (w) Sanitary landfill means a land disposal site employing an
engineered method of disposing of solid wastes on land in a manner that
minimizes environmental hazards by spreading the solid wastes in thin
layers, compacting the solid wastes to the smallest practical volume,
and applying and compacting cover material at the end of each operating
day.
    (x) Sludge means the accumulated semiliquid suspension of settled
solids deposited from wastewaters or other fluids in tanks or basins. It
does not include solids or dissolved material in domestic sewage or
other significant pollutants in water resources, such as silt, dissolved
or suspended solids in industrial wastewater effluents, dissolved
materials in irrigation return flows or other common water pollutants.
    (y) Solid wastes means garbage, refuse, sludges, and other discarded
solid materials resulting from industrial and commercial operations and
from community activities. It does not include solids or dissolved
material in domestic sewage or other significant pollutants in water
resources, such as silt, dissolved or suspended solids in industrial
wastewater effluents, dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or
other common water pollutants.
    (z) Special wastes means nonhazardous solid wastes requiring
handling other than that normally used for municipal solid waste.
    (aa) Thermal processing means processing of waste material by means
of heat.
    (bb) Vector means a carrier, usually an arthropod, that is capable
of transmitting a pathogen from one organism to another.



            Subpart B_Requirements and Recommended Procedures



Sec. 240.200  Solid wastes accepted.



Sec. 240.200-1  Requirement.

    In consultation with the responsible agencies, the owner/operator
shall determine what wastes shall be accepted and shall identify any
special handling required. In general, only wastes for which the
facility has been specifically designed shall be accepted; however,
other wastes may be accepted if it has been demonstrated to the
responsible agency that they can be satisfactorily processed within the
design capability of the facility or after appropriate facility
modifications.



Sec. 240.200-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) In addition to the residential and commercial wastes normally
processed

[[Page 354]]

at municipal-scale incinerators, certain special wastes might be
considered for processing. These include: Certain bulky wastes (e.g.,
combustible demolition and construction debris, tree stumps, large
timbers, furniture, and major appliances), digested and dewatered
sludges from waste water treatment facilities, raw sewage sludges, and
septic tank pumpings.
    (b) If the facility is designed to handle special wastes, special
areas should be provided where appropriate for storage while they await
processing.



Sec. 240.200-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Storage areas for special wastes should be clearly marked.
    (b) Facility personnel should be thoroughly trained in any unusual
handling required by acceptance of Special Wastes.



Sec. 240.201  Solid wastes excluded.



Sec. 240.201-1  Requirement.

    Using information provided to them by the waste generator/owner, the
responsible agency and the facility owner/operator shall jointly
determine specific wastes to be excluded and shall identify them in the
plans. The generator/owner of excluded wastes shall consult with the
responsible agency in determining an alternative method of disposal for
excluded wastes. The criteria used in considering whether a waste is
unacceptable shall include the facility's capabilities, alternative
methods available, the chemical and biological characteristics of the
waste, environmental and health effects, and the safety of personnel.
Disposal of pesticides and pesticide containers shall be consistent with
the Federal Environmental Pesticides Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-
516) and recommended procedures promulgated thereunder.



Sec. 240.201-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Provision for storing, handling, and removing hazardous or
excluded wastes inadvertently left at the facility should be considered
in design.
    (b) Examples of wastes which should be considered for exclusion from
the facility include: Hazardous wastes, very large carcasses, automobile
bodies, dewatered sludges from water treatment plants, and industrial
process wastes.



Sec. 240.201-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Regular users of the facility should be given a list of excluded
materials. The list should also be displayed prominently at the facility
entrance. If a regular user persists in making unacceptable deliveries,
he should be barred from the installation and reported to the
responsible agency.
    (b) The operating plan should specify the procedures and precautions
to be taken if unacceptable wastes are delivered to the facility or are
improperly left there. Operating personnel should be thoroughly trained
in such pro cedures.



Sec. 240.202  Site selection.



Sec. 240.202-1  Requirement.

    Site selection and utilization shall be consistent with public
health and welfare, and air and water quality standards and adaptable to
appropriate land-use plans.



Sec. 240.202-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Whenever possible, thermal processing facilities should be
located in areas zoned for industrial use and having adequate utilities
to serve the facility.
    (b) The site should be accessible by permanent roads leading from
the public road system.
    (c) Environmental factors, climatological conditions, and
socioeconomic factors should be given full consideration as selection
criteria.



Sec. 240.202-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    Not applicable.



Sec. 240.203  General design.



Sec. 240.203-1  Requirement.

    A plan for the design of new facilities or modifications to existing
facilities shall be prepared or approved by a professional engineer. A
list of major considerations and the rationale for the

[[Page 355]]

decision on each consideration shall be approved by the responsible
agency prior to authorization for construction. This information shall
remain available for review.



Sec. 240.203-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) The types, amounts (by weight and volume), and characteristics
of all solid wastes expected to be processed should be determined by
survey and analysis. The gross calorific value of the solid wastes to be
processed should be determined to serve as a basis for design.
    (b) Resource recovery in the form of heat utilization or direct
recovery of materials should be considered in the design.
    (c) The facility should be designed to be compatible with the
surrounding area, easy to maintain, and consistent with the land use of
the area.
    (d) Employee convenience facilities and plant maintenance facilities
should be provided. Adequate lighting should be provided throughout the
facility.
    (e) The corrosive and erosive action of once-through and
recirculated process waters should be controlled either by treating them
or by using materials capable of withstanding the adverse effects of the
waters.
    (f) Facility design capacity should consider such items as waste
quantity and characteristics, variations in waste generation, equipment
downtime, and availability of alternate storage, processing, or disposal
capability.
    (g) Facility systems and subsystems should be designed to assure
standby capability in the event of breakdown. Provision for standby
water and power should also be considered.
    (h) Instrumentation should be provided to determine such factors as:
The weight of incoming and outgoing materials (the same scale system may
be used for both); total combustion airflow rates; underfire and
overfire airflows and the quantitative distribution of each; selected
temperatures and pressures in the furnace, along gas passages, in the
particulate collection device, and in the stack; electrical power and
water consumption of critical units; and rate of operation. The smoke
density, the concentration of carbon monoxide, or the concentration of
hydrocarbons in the stack gases should be monitored. Measurement of the
pH should be considered for effluent waters. Continuously recording
instrumentation should be used as much as possible.
    (i) Audible signals should be provided to alert operating personnel
of critical operating unit malfunctions.
    (j) Sampling capability should be designed into the facility so that
each process stream can be sampled, and the utilities required to do so
should be close at hand. The sampling sites should be so designed that
personnel can sample safely without interfering with normal plant
operations.
    (k) A laboratory should be included in the design, or provision
should be made for laboratory analyses to be performed by an outside
source acceptable to the responsible agency.



Sec. 240.203-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    Not applicable.



Sec. 240.204  Water quality.



Sec. 240.204-1  Requirement.

    All waters discharged from the facility shall be sufficiently
treated to meet the most stringent of applicable water quality
standards, established in accordance with or effective under the
provisions of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.



Sec. 240.204-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Effluent waters should not be discharged indiscriminately.
Consideration should be given to onsite treatment of process and waste
waters before discharge.
    (b) Recirculation of process waters should be considered.



Sec. 240.204-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) When monitoring instrumentation indicates excessive discharge
contamination, appropriate adjustments should be made to lower the
concentrations to acceptable levels.

[[Page 356]]

    (b) In the event of an accidental spill, the local regulatory agency
should be notified immediately.



Sec. 240.205  Air quality.



Sec. 240.205-1  Requirement.

    Emissions shall not exceed applicable existing emission standards
established by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (as published in
parts 52, 60, 61 and 76 of this chapter) under the authority of the
Clean Air Act, as amended, or State or local emission standards
effective under that Act, if the latter are more stringent.



Sec. 240.205-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) These requirements should be met by using appropriate air
pollution control technology.
    (b) All emissions, including dust from vents, should be controlled.



Sec. 240.205-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    When monitoring instrumentation indicates excessive emissions,
appropriate adjustments should be made to lower the emission to
acceptable levels.



Sec. 240.206  Vectors.



Sec. 240.206-1  Requirement.

    Conditions shall be maintained that are unfavorable for the
harboring, feeding, and breeding of vectors.



Sec. 240.206-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    Thermal processing facilities should be designed for ease of
cleaning. Areas favorable for breeding of vectors should be avoided.



Sec. 240.206-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) A housekeeping schedule should be established and maintained. As
a minimum the schedule should provide for cleaning the tipping and
residue areas as spillages occur, emptying the solid waste storage area
at least weekly, and routinely cleaning the remainder of the facility.
    (b) Solid waste and residue should not be allowed to accumulate at
the facility for more than one week.



Sec. 240.207  Aesthetics.



Sec. 240.207-1  Requirement.

    The incinerator facility shall be designed and operated at all times
in an aesthetically acceptable manner.



Sec. 240.207-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    The facility should be designed so that it is physically attractive.
The tipping, residue discharge, and waste salvage areas should be
screened from public view, and the grounds should be landscaped.



Sec. 240.207-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) A routine housekeeping and litter removal schedule should be
established and implemented so that the facility regularly presents a
neat and clean appearance.
    (b) Solid wastes that cannot be processed by the facility should be
removed from the facility at least weekly. Open burning or open dumping
of this material should be prohibited.



Sec. 240.208  Residue.



Sec. 240.208-1  Requirement.

    Residue and other solid waste products resulting from a thermal
process shall be disposed of in an environmentally acceptable manner.
Where land disposal is employed, practices must be in conformance with
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Guidelines for the Land
Disposal of Solid Wastes. Unwanted residue materials remaining after the
recovery operation shall be disposed of in a manner which protects the
environment. Where land disposal is employed, practices must be in
conformance with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Guidelines
for the Land Disposal of Solid Wastes.



Sec. 240.208-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    Thermal processing facilities should be so designed as to allow for
removal from the site of residue or other solids

[[Page 357]]

in a manner that protects the environment.



Sec. 240.208-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) The furnace operator should visually observe the quality of the
bottom ash at least twice per shift and record in the operating log the
estimated percentage of unburned combustibles.
    (b) If residue or fly ash is collected in a wet condition, it should
be drained of free moisture. Transportation of residue and fly ash
should be by means that prevent the loads from shifting, falling,
leaking, or blowing from the container.



Sec. 240.209  Safety.



Sec. 240.209-1  Requirement.

    Incinerators shall be designed, operated, and maintained in a manner
to protect the health and safety of personnel associated with the
operation of the facility. Pertinent provisions of the Occupational
Safety and Health Act of 1970 (Pub. L. 91-596) and regulations
promulgated thereunder shall apply.



Sec. 240.209-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Attention should be given to the safety of operators and
vehicles through the provision of safety devices.
    (b) Fire control equipment should be provided.
    (c) Methods and/or equipment for removal of an injured person from
the storage pit should be available.



Sec. 240.209-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Detailed procedures should be developed for operation during
such emergency situations as power failure, air or water supply failure,
equipment breakdowns, and fire. These procedures should be posted in
prominent locations, implemented by the staff as required, and upgraded
and revised periodically.
    (b) Approved respirators or self-contained breathing apparatus
should be available at convenient locations. Their use should be
reviewed periodically with facility personnel. Information on this type
equipment can be obtained from the Appalachian Laboratory for
Occupational Respiratory Disease, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, Morgantown, W. Va.
    (c) Training in first aid practices and emergency procedures should
be given all personnel.
    (d) Personal safety devices such as hard hats, gloves, safety
glasses, and footwear should be provided for facility employees.
    (e) If a regular user or employee persistently poses a safety hazard
he should be barred from the facility and reported to the responsible
agency.



Sec. 240.210  General operations.



Sec. 240.210-1  Requirement.

    The thermal processing facility shall be operated and maintained in
a manner that assures it will meet the design requirements. An
operations manual describing the various tasks to be performed,
operating procedures, and safety precautions for various areas of the
facility shall be developed and shall be readily available for reference
by plant personnel.



Sec. 240.210-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    Not applicable.



Sec. 240.210-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) The facility supervisor should be experienced in the operation
of the type of facility designed or, in the case of an innovated design,
be adequately trained by responsible personnel in the operation of the
facility.
    (b) Alternate and standby disposal and operating procedures should
be established for implementation during emergencies, air pollution
episodes, and shutdown periods.
    (c) Upon completion of facility construction, provision should be
made for instruction of the staff in proper operation and maintenance
procedures.
    (d) A routine maintenance schedule should be established and
followed.
    (e) As-built engineering drawings of the facility should be provided
at the conclusion of construction of the facility. These should be
updated to show modifications by the owner as changes

[[Page 358]]

are made and should be readily available. A schematic showing the
relationships of the various subsystems should also be available.
    (f) Key operational procedures should be prominently posted.
    (g) Equipment manuals, catalogs, spare parts lists, and spare parts
should be readily available at the facility.
    (h) Training opportunities for facility operating personnel should
be provided.



Sec. 240.211  Records.



Sec. 240.211-1  Requirement.

    The owner/operator of the thermal processing facility shall provide
records and monitoring data as required by the responsible agency.



Sec. 240.211-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    Continuously recording instrumentation should be used as much as
possible.



Sec. 240.211-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Extensive monitoring and recordkeeping should be practiced
during the first 12 to 18 months of operation of a new or renovated
facility, during periods of high air pollution, and during periods of
upset conditions at the facility.
    (b) During other periods of more normal operation of the facility,
less extensive monitoring and record keeping may be practiced if
approved by the responsible agency.
    (c) Operating records should be kept in a daily log and should
include as a minimum:
    (1) The total weight and volume (truck capacities may be used for
volume determination) of solid waste received during each shift,
including the number of loads received, the ownership or specific
identity of delivery vehicles, the source and nature of the solid wastes
accepted.
    (2) Furnace and combustion chamber temperatures recorded at least
every 60 minutes and as changes are made, including explanations for
prolonged, abnormally high and low temperatures.
    (3) Rate of operation, such as grate speed.
    (4) Overfire and underfire air volumes and pressure and distribution
recorded at least every 60 minutes and as changes are made.
    (5) Weights of bottom ash, grate siftings, and fly ash, individually
or combined, recorded at intervals appropriate to normal facility
operation.
    (6) Estimated percentages of unburned material in the bottom ash.
    (7) Water used on each shift for bottom ash quenching and scrubber
operation. Representative samples of process waters should be collected
and analyzed as recommended by the responsible agency.
    (8) Power produced and utilized each shift. If steam is produced,
quality, production totals and consumption rates should be recorded.
    (9) Auxiliary fuel used each shift.
    (10) Gross calorific value of daily representative samples of bottom
ash, grate siftings, and fly ash. (Sampling time should be varied so
that all shifts are monitored on a weekly basis.)
    (11) Emission measurements and laboratory analyses required by the
responsible agency.
    (12) Complete records of monitoring instruments.
    (13) Problems encountered and methods of solution.
    (d) An annual report should be prepared which includes at least the
following information:
    (1) Minimum, average, and maximum daily volume and weight of waste
received and processed, summarized on a monthly basis.
    (2) A summary of the laboratory analyses including at least monthly
averages.
    (3) Number and qualifications of personnel in each job category;
total manhours per week; number of State certified or licensed
personnel; staffing deficiencies; and serious injuries, their cause and
preventive measures instituted.
    (4) An identification and brief discussion of major operational
problems and solutions.
    (5) Adequacy of operation and performance with regard to
environmental requirements, the general level of housekeeping and
maintenance, testing and reporting proficiency, and recommendations for
corrective actions.

[[Page 359]]

    (6) A copy of all significant correspondence, reports, inspection
reports, and any other communications from enforcement agencies.
    (e) Methodology for evaluating the facility's performance should be
developed. Evaluation procedures recommended by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency should be used whenever possible (see bibliography).



           Sec. Appendix to Part 240--Recommended Bibliography

    1. The Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended; Title II of Pub. L. 89-
272, 89th Cong., S. 306, Oct. 20, 1965; Pub. L. 91-512, 91st Cong., H.R.
11833, Oct. 26, 1970. Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1971.
14 p. Reprinted 1972.
    2. Seven incinerators; evaluation, discussions, and authors'
closure. [Washington, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1971. 40 p.]
(Includes discussions and authors' closure for ``An evaluation of seven
incinerators'' by W. C. Achinger and L. E. Daniels.)
    3. DeMarco, J., D. J. Keller, J. Leckman, and J. L. Newton.
Municipal-scale incinerator design and operation. Public Health Service
Publication No. 2012. Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1973.
98 p.
    4. Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970; Pub. L. 91-596, 91st
Cong., S. 2193, Dec. 29, 1970. Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, 1972.
    5. Control techniques for particulate air pollutants. Publication
AP-51. U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, National Air
Pollution Control Administration, 1969.
    6. Zausner, E. R. An accounting system for incinerator operations.
Public Health Service Publication No. 2032. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1970. 17 p.
    7. Achinger, W. C., and J. J. Giar, Testing manual for solid waste
incinerators. [Cincinnati], U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1973.
[372 p., loose-leaf.] [Open-file report, restricted distribution.]
    8. Nader, J. S., W. Carter, and F. Jaye. Performance Specifications
for Stationary Source Monitoring Systems. NTIS PB. 230 934/AS (1974).



PART 241_SOLID WASTES USED AS FUELS OR INGREDIENTS IN COMBUSTION
UNITS--Table of Contents



                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
241.1 Purpose.
241.2 Definitions.

 Subpart B_Identification of Non-Hazardous Secondary Materials That Are
   Solid Wastes When Used as Fuels or Ingredients in Combustion Units

241.3 Standards and procedures for identification of non-hazardous
          secondary materials that are solid wastes when used as fuels
          or ingredients in combustion units.
241.4 Non-Waste Determinations for Specific Non-Hazardous Secondary
          Materials When Used as a Fuel.

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6903, 6912, 7429.

    Source: 76 FR 15549, Mar. 21, 2011, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 241.1  Purpose.

    This part identifies the requirements and procedures for the
identification of solid wastes used as fuels or ingredients in
combustion units under section 1004 of the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act and section 129 of the Clean Air Act.



Sec. 241.2  Definitions.

    For the purposes of this subpart:
    Clean cellulosic biomass means those residuals that are akin to
traditional cellulosic biomass, including, but not limited to:
Agricultural and forest-derived biomass (e.g., green wood, forest
thinnings, clean and unadulterated bark, sawdust, trim, tree harvesting
residuals from logging and sawmill materials, hogged fuel, wood pellets,
untreated wood pallets); urban wood (e.g., tree trimmings, stumps, and
related forest-derived biomass from urban settings); corn stover and
other biomass crops used specifically for the production of cellulosic
biofuels (e.g., energy cane, other fast growing grasses, byproducts of
ethanol natural fermentation processes); bagasse and other crop residues
(e.g., peanut shells, vines, orchard trees, hulls, seeds, spent grains,
cotton byproducts, corn and peanut production residues, rice milling and
grain elevator operation residues); wood collected from forest fire
clearance activities, trees and clean wood found in disaster debris,
clean biomass from land clearing operations, and clean construction and
demolition wood. These fuels are not secondary

[[Page 360]]

materials or solid wastes unless discarded. Clean biomass is biomass
that does not contain contaminants at concentrations not normally
associated with virgin biomass materials.
    Contaminants means all pollutants listed in Clean Air Act sections
112(b) or 129(a)(4), with the following three modifications:
    (1) The definition includes the elements chlorine, fluorine,
nitrogen, and sulfur in cases where non-hazardous secondary materials
are burned as a fuel and combustion will result in the formation of
hydrogen chloride (HCl), hydrogen fluoride (HF), nitrogen oxides
(NOX), or sulfur dioxide (SO2). Chlorine,
fluorine, nitrogen, and sulfur are not included in the definition in
cases where non-hazardous secondary materials are used as an ingredient
and not as a fuel.
    (2) The definition does not include the following pollutants that
are either unlikely to be found in non-hazardous secondary materials and
products made from such materials or are adequately measured by other
parts of this definition: hydrogen chloride (HCl), chlorine gas
(Cl2), hydrogen fluoride (HF), nitrogen oxides
(NOX), sulfur dioxide (SO2), fine mineral fibers,
particulate matter, coke oven emissions, opacity, diazomethane, white
phosphorus, and titanium tetrachloride.
    (3) The definition does not include m-cresol, o-cresol, p-cresol, m-
xylene, o-xylene, and p-xylene as individual contaminants distinct from
the grouped pollutants total cresols and total xylenes.
    Contained means the non-hazardous secondary material is stored in a
manner that adequately prevents releases or other hazards to human
health and the environment considering the nature and toxicity of the
non-hazardous secondary material.
    Control means the power to direct the policies of the facility,
whether by the ownership of stock, voting rights, or otherwise, except
that contractors who operate facilities on behalf of a different person
as defined in this section shall not be deemed to ``control'' such
facilities.
    Established tire collection program means a comprehensive collection
system or contractual arrangement that ensures scrap tires are not
discarded and are handled as valuable commodities through arrival at the
combustion facility. This can include tires that were not abandoned and
were received from the general public at collection program events.
    Generating facility means all contiguous property owned, leased, or
otherwise controlled by the non-hazardous secondary material generator.
    Ingredient means a non-hazardous secondary material that is a
component in a compound, process or product.
    Non-hazardous secondary material means a secondary material that,
when discarded, would not be identified as a hazardous waste under Part
261 of this chapter.
    Person is defined as an individual, trust, firm, joint stock
company, Federal agency, corporation (including government corporation),
partnership, association, State, municipality, commission, political
subdivision of a state, or any interstate body.
    Processing means any operations that transform discarded non-
hazardous secondary material into a non-waste fuel or non-waste
ingredient product. Processing includes, but is not limited to,
operations necessary to: Remove or destroy contaminants; significantly
improve the fuel characteristics of the material, e.g., sizing or drying
the material in combination with other operations; chemically improve
the as-fired energy content; or improve the ingredient characteristics.
Minimal operations that result only in modifying the size of the
material by shredding do not constitute processing for purposes of this
definition.
    Resinated wood means wood products (containing binders and
adhesives) produced by primary and secondary wood products
manufacturing. Resinated wood includes residues from the manufacture and
use of resinated wood, including materials such as board trim, sander
dust, panel trim, and off-specification resinated wood products that do
not meet a manufacturing quality or standard.
    Secondary material means any material that is not the primary
product of

[[Page 361]]

a manufacturing or commercial process, and can include post-consumer
material, off-specification commercial chemical products or
manufacturing chemical intermediates, post-industrial material, and
scrap.
    Solid waste means the term solid waste as defined in 40 CFR 258.2.
    Traditional fuels means materials that are produced as fuels and are
unused products that have not been discarded and therefore, are not
solid wastes, including: (1) Fuels that have been historically managed
as valuable fuel products rather than being managed as waste materials,
including fossil fuels (e.g., coal, oil and natural gas), their
derivatives (e.g., petroleum coke, bituminous coke, coal tar oil,
refinery gas, synthetic fuel, heavy recycle, asphalts, blast furnace
gas, recovered gaseous butane, and coke oven gas) and cellulosic biomass
(virgin wood); and (2) alternative fuels developed from virgin materials
that can now be used as fuel products, including used oil which meets
the specifications outlined in 40 CFR 279.11, currently mined coal
refuse that previously had not been usable as coal, and clean cellulosic
biomass. These fuels are not secondary materials or solid wastes unless
discarded.
    Within control of the generator means that the non-hazardous
secondary material is generated and burned in combustion units at the
generating facility; or that such material is generated and burned in
combustion units at different facilities, provided the facility
combusting the non-hazardous secondary material is controlled by the
generator; or both the generating facility and the facility combusting
the non-hazardous secondary material are under the control of the same
person as defined in this section.

[76 FR 15549, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 9211, Feb. 7, 2013]



 Subpart B_Identification of Non-Hazardous Secondary Materials That Are
   Solid Wastes When Used as Fuels or Ingredients in Combustion Units



Sec. 241.3  Standards and procedures for identification of
non-hazardous secondary materials that are solid wastes when used as

fuels or ingredients in combustion units.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section or in Sec.
241.4(a) of this subpart, non-hazardous secondary materials that are
combusted are solid wastes, unless a petition is submitted to, and a
determination granted by, the EPA pursuant to paragraph (c) of this
section. The criteria to be addressed in the petition, as well as the
process for making the non-waste determination, are specified in
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) The following non-hazardous secondary materials are not solid
wastes when combusted:
    (1) Non-hazardous secondary materials used as a fuel in a combustion
unit that remain within the control of the generator and that meet the
legitimacy criteria specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (2) The following non-hazardous secondary materials that have not
been discarded and meet the legitimacy criteria specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section when used in a combustion unit (by the generator
or outside the control of the generator):
    (i) [Reserved]
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (3) Non-hazardous secondary materials used as an ingredient in a
combustion unit that meet the legitimacy criteria specified in paragraph
(d)(2) of this section.
    (4) Fuel or ingredient products that are used in a combustion unit,
and are produced from the processing of discarded non-hazardous
secondary materials and that meet the legitimacy criteria specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, with respect to fuels, and paragraph
(d)(2) of this section, with respect to ingredients. The legitimacy
criteria apply after the non-hazardous secondary material is processed
to produce a fuel or ingredient product.

[[Page 362]]

Until the discarded non-hazardous secondary material is processed to
produce a non-waste fuel or ingredient, the discarded non-hazardous
secondary material is considered a solid waste and would be subject to
all appropriate federal, state, and local requirements.
    (c) The Regional Administrator may grant a non-waste determination
that a non-hazardous secondary material that is used as a fuel, which is
not managed within the control of the generator, is not discarded and is
not a solid waste when combusted. This responsibility may be retained by
the Assistant Administrator for the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
Response if combustors are located in multiple EPA Regions and the
petitioner requests that the Assistant Administrator process the non-
waste determination petition. If multiple combustion units are located
in one EPA Region, the application must be submitted to the Regional
Administrator for that Region. The criteria and process for making such
non-waste determinations includes the following:
    (1) Submittal of an application to the Regional Administrator for
the EPA Region where the facility or facilities are located or the
Assistant Administrator for the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
Response for a determination that the non-hazardous secondary material,
even though it has been transferred to a third party, has not been
discarded and is indistinguishable in all relevant aspects from a fuel
product. The determination will be based on whether the non-hazardous
secondary material that has been discarded is a legitimate fuel as
specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section and on the following
criteria:
    (i) Whether market participants treat the non-hazardous secondary
material as a product rather than as a solid waste;
    (ii) Whether the chemical and physical identity of the non-hazardous
secondary material is comparable to commercial fuels;
    (iii) Whether the non-hazardous secondary material will be used in a
reasonable time frame given the state of the market;
    (iv) Whether the constituents in the non-hazardous secondary
material are released to the air, water or land from the point of
generation to the point just prior to combustion of the secondary
material at levels comparable to what would otherwise be released from
traditional fuels; and
    (v) Other relevant factors.
    (2) The Regional Administrator or Assistant Administrator for the
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response will evaluate the
application pursuant to the following procedures:
    (i) The applicant must submit an application for the non-waste
determination addressing the legitimacy criteria in paragraph (d)(1) of
this section and the relevant criteria in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through
(v) of this section. In addition, the applicant must also show that the
non-hazardous secondary material has not been discarded in the first
instance.
    (ii) The Regional Administrator or Assistant Administrator for the
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response will evaluate the
application and issue a draft notice tentatively granting or denying the
application. Notification of this tentative decision will be published
in a newspaper advertisement or radio broadcast in the locality where
the facility combusting the non-hazardous secondary material is located,
and be made available on the EPA's Web site.
    (iii) The Regional Administrator or the Assistant Administrator for
the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response will accept public
comments on the tentative decision for 30 days, and may also hold a
public hearing upon request or at his discretion. The Regional
Administrator or the Assistant Administrator for the Office of Solid
Waste and Emergency Response will issue a final decision after receipt
of comments and after a hearing (if any). If a determination is made
that the non-hazardous secondary material is a non-waste fuel, it will
be retroactive and apply on the date the petition was submitted.
    (iv) If a change occurs that affects how a non-hazardous secondary
material meets the relevant criteria contained in this paragraph after a
formal non-waste determination has been granted, the applicant must re-
apply to

[[Page 363]]

the Regional Administrator or the Assistant Administrator for the Office
of Solid Waste and Emergency Response for a formal determination that
the non-hazardous secondary material continues to meet the relevant
criteria and, thus, is not a solid waste.
    (d) Legitimacy criteria for non-hazardous secondary materials.
    (1) Legitimacy criteria for non-hazardous secondary materials used
as a fuel in combustion units include the following:
    (i) The non-hazardous secondary material must be managed as a
valuable commodity based on the following factors:
    (A) The storage of the non-hazardous secondary material prior to use
must not exceed reasonable time frames;
    (B) Where there is an analogous fuel, the non-hazardous secondary
material must be managed in a manner consistent with the analogous fuel
or otherwise be adequately contained to prevent releases to the
environment;
    (C) If there is no analogous fuel, the non-hazardous secondary
material must be adequately contained so as to prevent releases to the
environment;
    (ii) The non-hazardous secondary material must have a meaningful
heating value and be used as a fuel in a combustion unit that recovers
energy.
    (iii) The non-hazardous secondary material must contain contaminants
or groups of contaminants at levels comparable in concentration to or
lower than those in traditional fuel(s) which the combustion unit is
designed to burn. In determining which traditional fuel(s) a unit is
designed to burn, persons may choose a traditional fuel that can be or
is burned in the particular type of boiler, whether or not the
combustion unit is permitted to burn that traditional fuel. In comparing
contaminants between traditional fuel(s) and a non-hazardous secondary
material, persons can use data for traditional fuel contaminant levels
compiled from national surveys, as well as contaminant level data from
the specific traditional fuel being replaced. To account for natural
variability in contaminant levels, persons can use the full range of
traditional fuel contaminant levels, provided such comparisons also
consider variability in non-hazardous secondary material contaminant
levels. Such comparisons are to be based on a direct comparison of the
contaminant levels in both the non-hazardous secondary material and
traditional fuel(s) prior to combustion.
    (2) Legitimacy criteria for non-hazardous secondary materials used
as an ingredient in combustion units include the following:
    (i) The non-hazardous secondary material must be managed as a
valuable commodity based on the following factors:
    (A) The storage of the non-hazardous secondary material prior to use
must not exceed reasonable time frames;
    (B) Where there is an analogous ingredient, the non-hazardous
secondary material must be managed in a manner consistent with the
analogous ingredient or otherwise be adequately contained to prevent
releases to the environment;
    (C) If there is no analogous ingredient, the non-hazardous secondary
material must be adequately contained to prevent releases to the
environment;
    (ii) The non-hazardous secondary material must provide a useful
contribution to the production or manufacturing process. The non-
hazardous secondary material provides a useful contribution if it
contributes a valuable ingredient to the product or intermediate or is
an effective substitute for a commercial product.
    (iii) The non-hazardous secondary material must be used to produce a
valuable product or intermediate. The product or intermediate is
valuable if:
    (A) The non-hazardous secondary material is sold to a third party,
or
    (B) The non-hazardous secondary material is used as an effective
substitute for a commercial product or as an ingredient or intermediate
in an industrial process.
    (iv) The non-hazardous secondary material must result in products
that contain contaminants at levels that are comparable in concentration
to or lower than those found in traditional products that are
manufactured without the non-hazardous secondary material.

[76 FR 15549, Mar. 21, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 9212, Feb. 7, 2013]

[[Page 364]]



Sec. 241.4  Non-Waste Determinations for Specific Non-Hazardous
Secondary Materials When Used as a Fuel.

    (a) The following non-hazardous secondary materials are not solid
wastes when used as a fuel in a combustion unit:
    (1) Scrap tires that are not discarded and are managed under the
oversight of established tire collection programs, including tires
removed from vehicles and off-specification tires.
    (2) Resinated wood.
    (3) Coal refuse that has been recovered from legacy piles and
processed in the same manner as currently-generated coal refuse.
    (4) Dewatered pulp and paper sludges that are not discarded and are
generated and burned on-site by pulp and paper mills that burn a
significant portion of such materials where such dewatered residuals are
managed in a manner that preserves the meaningful heating value of the
materials.
    (b) Any person may submit a rulemaking petition to the Administrator
to identify additional non-hazardous secondary materials to be listed in
paragraph (a) of this section. Contents and procedures for the submittal
of the petitions include the following:
    (1) Each petition must be submitted to the Administrator by
certified mail and must include:
    (i) The petitioner's name and address;
    (ii) A statement of the petitioner's interest in the proposed
action;
    (iii) A description of the proposed action, including (where
appropriate) suggested regulatory language; and
    (iv) A statement of the need and justification for the proposed
action, including any supporting tests, studies, or other information.
Where the non-hazardous secondary material does not meet the legitimacy
criteria, the applicant must explain why such non-hazardous secondary
material should be considered a non-waste fuel, balancing the legitimacy
criteria with other relevant factors.
    (2) The Administrator will make a tentative decision to grant or
deny a petition and will publish notice of such tentative decision,
either in the form of an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking, a
proposed rule, or a tentative determination to deny the petition, in the
Federal Register for written public comment.
    (3) Upon the written request of any interested person, the
Administrator may, at its discretion, hold an informal public hearing to
consider oral comments on the tentative decision. A person requesting a
hearing must state the issues to be raised and explain why written
comments would not suffice to communicate the person's views. The
Administrator may in any case decide on its own motion to hold an
informal public hearing.
    (4) After evaluating all public comments the Administrator will make
a final decision by publishing in the Federal Register a regulatory
amendment or a denial of the petition.
    (5) The Administrator will grant or deny a petition based on the
weight of evidence showing the following:
    (i) The non-hazardous secondary material has not been discarded in
the first instance and is legitimately used as a fuel in a combustion
unit, or if discarded, has been sufficiently processed into a material
that is legitimately used as a fuel.
    (ii) Where any one of the legitimacy criteria in Sec. 241.3(d)(1)
is not met, that the use of the non-hazardous secondary material is
integrally tied to the industrial production process, that the non-
hazardous secondary material is functionally the same as the comparable
traditional fuel, or other relevant factors as appropriate.

[78 FR 9213, Feb. 7, 2013]



PART 243_GUIDELINES FOR THE STORAGE AND COLLECTION OF RESIDENTIAL,
COMMERCIAL, AND INSTITUTIONAL SOLID WASTE--Table of Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
243.100 Scope.
243.101 Definitions.

            Subpart B_Requirements and Recommended Procedures

243.200 Storage.
243.200-1 Requirement.
243.200-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
243.201 Safety.
243.201-1 Requirement.

[[Page 365]]

243.201-2 Recommended procedures: Operations.
243.202 Collection equipment.
243.202-1 Requirement.
243.202-2 Recommended procedures: Design.
243.202-3 Recommended procedures: Operations.
243.203 Collection frequency.
243.203-1 Requirement.
243.203-2 Recommended procedures: Operations.
243.204 Collection management.
243.204-1 Requirement.
243.204-2 Recommended procedures: Operations.

Appendix to Part 243--Recommended Bibliography

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6907(a)(3), 6912(a)(1), and 6944(a).

    Source: 41 FR 6769, Feb. 13, 1976, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 243.100  Scope.

    (a) These guidelines are promulgated in partial fulfillment of
section 209(a) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended (Pub. L. 89-
272).
    (b) The guidelines apply to the collection of residential,
commercial, and institutional solid wastes and street wastes. Explicitly
excluded are mining, agricultural, and industrial solid wastes;
hazardous wastes; sludges; construction and demolition wastes; and
infectious wastes.
    (c) The ``Requirement'' sections contained herein delineate minimum
levels of performance required of solid waste collection operations.
Under section 211 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, and
Executive Order 12088, the ``Requirement'' sections of these guidelines
are mandatory for Federal agencies. In addition, they are recommended to
State, interstate, regional, and local governments for use in their
activities.
    (d) The ``Recommended procedures'' sections are presented to suggest
additional actions or preferred methods by which the objectives of the
requirements can be realized. The ``Recommended procedures'' are not
mandatory for Federal agencies.
    (e) The guidelines apply equally to Federal agencies generating
solid waste whether the solid waste is actually collected by a Federally
operated or non-Federally operated collection system, except in the case
of isolated Federal facilities such as post offices, military recruiting
stations, and other offices where local community solid waste collection
systems are utilized, which are not within the managerial control of the
Federal agency.
    (f) The guidelines shall be implemented in those situations where
the Federal agency is able to exercise direct managerial control over
the collection system through operation of the system or by contracting
for collection service. Where non-Federal collection systems are
utilized, service contracts should require conformance with the
guidelines requirements unless service meeting such requirements is not
reasonably available. It is left to the head of the responsible agency
to decide how the requirements of the guidelines will be met.
    (g) The Environmental Protection Agency will give technical
assistance and other guidance to Federal agencies when requested to do
so under section 3(D)1 of Executive Order 12088.
    (h) Within 1 year after the final promulgation of these guidelines,
Federal agencies shall decide what actions shall be taken to adopt the
requirements of these guidelines and shall, within 60 days of this
decision, submit to the Administrator a schedule of such actions.
    (i) Federal agencies that decide not to adopt the requirements
contained herein, for whatever reason, shall make available to the
Administrator a report of the analysis and rationale used in making that
decision. The Administrator shall publish notice of availability of this
report in the Federal Register. EPA considers the following reasons to
be valid for purposes of non-compliance: costs so high as to render
compliance economically impracticable, and the technical inhibitions to
compliance specifically described in the guidelines.
    (1) The following points are to be covered in the report.
    (i) A description of the proposed or on-going practices which will
not be in compliance with these guidelines. This statement should
identify all agency

[[Page 366]]

facilities which will be affected by noncompliance including a brief
description of how such facilities will be affected.
    (ii) A description of the alternative actions considered with
emphasis on those alternatives which, if taken, would be in compliance
with these guidelines.
    (iii) The rationale for the action chosen by the agency including
technical data and policy considerations used in arriving at this
decision.

In covering these points, agencies should make every effort to present
the information succinctly in a form easily understood, but in
sufficient detail so that the Administrator and the public may
understand the factors influencing the decision not to adopt the
requirements of these guidelines.
    (2) The report shall be submitted to the Administrator as soon as
possible after a final agency decision has been made not to adopt the
requirements of these guidelines, but in no case later than 60 days
after the final decision. The Administrator will indicate to the agency
his concurrence/nonconcurrence with the agency's decision, including his
reasons.
    (3) Implementation of actions not in compliance with these
guidelines shall be deferred, where feasible, in order to give the
Administrator time to receive, analyze, and seek clarification of the
required report.
    (4) It is recommended that where the report on non-compliance
concerns an action for which an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) is
required by the National Environmental Policy Act, that the report be
circulated simultaneously with the EIS, since much of the information to
satisfy the requirements of the report will be useful in the preparation
of the EIS.

[41 FR 6769, Feb. 13, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 70606, Dec. 17, 1999]



Sec. 243.101  Definitions.

    As used in these guidelines:
    (a) Alley collection means the collection of solid waste from
containers placed adjacent to or in an alley.
    (b) Agricultural solid waste means the solid waste that is generated
by the rearing of animals, and the producing and harvesting of crops or
trees.
    (c) Bulky waste means large items of solid waste such as household
appliances, furniture, large auto parts, trees, branches, stumps, and
other oversize wastes whose large size precludes or complicates their
handling by normal solid wastes collection, processing, or disposal
methods.
    (d) Carryout collection means collection of solid waste from a
storage area proximate to the dwelling unit(s) or establishment.
    (e) Collection means the act of removing solid waste (or materials
which have been separated for the purpose of recycling) from a central
storage point.
    (f) Collection frequency means the number of times collection is
provided in a given period of time.
    (g) Commercial solid waste means all types of solid wastes generated
by stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses, and other non-manufacturing
activities, excluding residential and industrial wastes.
    (h) Compactor collection vehicle means a vehicle with an enclosed
body containing mechanical devices that convey solid waste into the main
compartment of the body and compress it into a smaller volume of greater
density.
    (i) Construction and demolition waste means the waste building
materials, packaging, and rubble resulting from construction,
remodeling, repair, and demolition operations on pavements, houses,
commercial buildings, and other structures.
    (j) Curb collection means collection of solid waste placed adjacent
to a street.
    (k) Federal facility means any building, installation, structure,
land, or public work owned by or leased to the Federal Government. Ships
at sea, aircraft in the air, land forces on maneuvers, and other mobile
facilities are not considered ``Federal facilities'' for the purpose of
these guidelines. United States Government installations located on
foreign soil or on land outside the jurisdiction of the United States
Government are not considered ``Federal facilities'' for the purpose of
these guidelines.
    (l) Food waste means the organic residues generated by the handling,
storage, sale, preparation, cooking, and serving of foods, commonly
called garbage.

[[Page 367]]

    (m) Generation means the act or process of producing solid waste.
    (n) Hazardous waste means a waste or combination of wastes of a
solid, liquid, contained gaseous, or semisolid form which may cause, or
contribute to, an increase in mortality or an increase in serious
irreversible, or incapacitating reversible illness, taking into account
the toxicity of such waste, its persistence and degradability in nature,
its potential for accumulation or concentration in tissue, and other
factors that may otherwise cause or contribute to adverse acute or
chronic effects on the health of persons or other organisms.
    (o) Industrial solid waste means the solid waste generated by
industrial processes and manufacturing.
    (p) Infectious waste means: (1) Equipment, instruments, utensils,
and formites of a disposable nature from the rooms of patients who are
suspected to have or have been diagnosed as having a communicable
disease and must, therefore, be isolated as required by public health
agencies; (2) laboratory wastes, such as pathological specimens (e.g.,
all tissues, specimens of blood elements, excreta, and secretions
obtained from patients or laboratory animals) and disposable fomites
(any substance that may harbor or transmit pathogenic organisms)
attendant thereto; (3) surgical operating room pathologic specimens and
disposable fomites attendant thereto, and similar disposable materials
from outpatient areas and emergency rooms.
    (q) Institutional solid waste means solid wastes generated by
educational, health care, correctional, and other institutional
facilities.
    (r) Mining wastes means residues which result from the extraction of
raw materials from the earth.
    (s) Residential solid waste means the wastes generated by the normal
activities of households, including, but not limited to, food wastes,
rubbish, ashes, and bulky wastes.
    (t) Responsible agency means the organizational element that has the
legal duty to ensure compliance with these guidelines.
    (u) Rubbish means a general term for solid waste, excluding food
wastes and ashes, taken from residences, commercial establishments, and
institutions.
    (v) Satellite vehicle means a small collection vehicle that
transfers its load into a larger vehicle operating in conjunction with
it.
    (w) Scavenging means the uncontrolled and unauthorized removal of
materials at any point in the solid waste management system.
    (x) Sludge means the accumulated semiliquid suspension of settled
solids deposited from wastewaters or other fluids in tanks or basins. It
does not include solids or dissolved material in domestic sewage or
other significant pollutants in water resources, such as silt, dissolved
materials in irrigation return flows or other common water pollutants.
    (y) Solid waste means garbage, refuse, sludges, and other discarded
solid materials, including solid waste materials resulting from
industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations, and from community
activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in
domestic sewage or other significant pollutants in water resources, such
as silt, dissolved or suspended solids in industrial wastewater
effluents, dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or other
common water pollutants. Unless specifically noted otherwise, the term
``solid waste'' as used in these guidelines shall not include mining,
agricultural, and industrial solid wastes; hazardous wastes; sludges;
construction and demolition wastes; and infectious wastes.
    (z) Stationary compactor means a powered machine which is designed
to compact solid waste or recyclable materials, and which remains
stationary when in operation.
    (aa) Storage means the interim containment of solid waste after
generation and prior to collection for ultimate recovery or disposal.
    (bb) Solid waste storage container means a receptacle used for the
temporary storage of solid waste while awaiting collection.
    (cc) Street wastes means materials picked up by manual or mechanical
sweepings of alleys, streets, and sidewalks; wastes from public waste
receptacles; and material removed from catch basins.

[[Page 368]]

    (dd) Transfer station means a site at which solid wastes are
concentrated for transport to a processing facility or land disposal
site. A transfer station may be fixed or mobile.
    (ee) Vector means a carrier that is capable of transmitting a
pathogen from one organism to another.



            Subpart B_Requirements and Recommended Procedures



Sec. 243.200  Storage.



Sec. 243.200-1  Requirement.

    (a) All solid wastes (or materials which have been separated for the
purpose of recycling) shall be stored in such a manner that they do not
constitute a fire, health, or safety hazard or provide food or harborage
for vectors, and shall be contained or bundled so as not to result in
spillage. All solid waste containing food wastes shall be securely
stored in covered or closed containers which are nonabsorbent,
leakproof, durable, easily cleanable (if reusable), and designed for
safe handling. Containers shall be of an adequate size and in sufficient
numbers to contain all food wastes, rubbish, and ashes that a residence
or other establishment generates in the period of time between
collections. Containers shall be maintained in a clean condition so that
they do not constitute a nuisance, and to retard the harborage, feeding,
and breeding of vectors. When serviced, storage containers should be
emptied completely of all solid waste.
    (b) Storage of bulky wastes shall include, but is not limited to,
removing all doors from large household appliances and covering the
item(s) to reduce the problems of an attractive nuisance, and the
accumulation of solid waste and water in and around the bulky items.
    (c) Reusable waste containers which are emptied manually shall not
exceed 75 pounds (34.05 kg) when filled, and shall be capable of being
serviced without the collector coming into physical contact with the
solid waste.
    (d) In the design of all buildings or other facilities which are
constructed, modified, or leased after the effective date of these
guidelines, there shall be provisions for storage in accordance with
these guidelines which will accommodate the volume of solid waste
anticipated, which may be easily cleaned and maintained, and which will
allow for efficient, safe collection.
    (e) Waste containers used for the storage of solid waste (or
materials which have been separated for recycling) must meet the
standards established by the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) for waste containers as follows: Waste Containers--Safety
Requirements, 1994, American National Standards Institute, ANSI Z245.30-
1994; and Waste Containers--Compatibility Dimensions, 1996, American
National Standards Institute, ANSI Z245.60-1996.
    (1) The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation
by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
    (2) You may obtain a copy from American National Standards
Institute, 11 W. 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036. You may inspect a copy
at the Environmental Protection Agency's RCRA Information Center, 1235
Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA or at the National Archives and
Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of
this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://
www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--
locations.html.

[41 FR 6769, Feb. 13, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 70606, Dec. 17, 1999; 69
FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004]



Sec. 243.200-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Reusable waste containers should be constructed of corrosion
resistant metal or other material which will not absorb water, grease,
or oil. The containers should be leakproof, including sides, seams, and
bottoms, and be durable enough to withstand anticipated usage without
rusting, cracking, or deforming in a manner that would impair
serviceability. The interior of the container should be smooth without
interior projections or rough seams which would make it difficult to
clean or interfere with its emptying. The exterior of the container
should be safe for

[[Page 369]]

handling with no cracks, holes, or jagged edges. Containers should be
stored on a firm, level, well-drained surface which is large enough to
accommodate all of the containers and which is maintained in a clean,
spillage-free condition.
    (1) Reusable waste containers which are emptied manually should have
a capacity of no more than 35 gallons (132.51) in volume, unless they
are mounted on casters and can be serviced by being rolled to the
collection vehicle and tilted for emptying. The containers should be
constructed with rounded edges and tapered sides with the larger
diameter at the top of the container to facilitate discharge of the
solid waste by gravity. Containers should have two handles or bails
located directly opposite one another on the sides of the container.
Containers should have covers which are tight-fitting to resist the
intrusion of water and vectors, and should be equipped with a suitable
handle. Containers should be designed so that they cannot be tipped over
easily.
    (2) Reusable waste containers which are emptied mechanically should
be designed or equipped to prevent spillage or leakage during on-site
storage, collection, or transport. The container should be easily
cleanable and designed to allow easy access for depositing the waste and
removing it by gravity or by mechanical means. The containers should be
easily accessible to the collection vehicle in an area which can safely
accommodate the dimensions and weight of the vehicle.
    (b) Single-use plastic and paper bags should meet the National
Sanitation Foundation Standard No. 31 for polyethylene refuse bags and
Standard No. 32 for paper refuse bags, respectively. However, such bags
do not need to have been certified by the National Sanitation
Foundation. Single-use bags containing food wastes should be stored
within the confines of a building or container between collection
periods.



Sec. 243.201  Safety.



Sec. 243.201-1  Requirement.

    Collection systems shall be operated in such a manner as to protect
the health and safety of personnel associated with the operation.



Sec. 243.201-2  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) All solid waste collection personnel should receive instructions
and training in safe container and waste handling techniques, and in the
proper operation of collection equipment, such as those presented in
Operation Responsible: Safe Refuse Collection.
    (b) Personal protective equipment such as gloves, safety glasses,
respirators, and footwear should be used by collection employees, as
appropriate. This equipment should meet the applicable provisions of the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards for Subpart I--
Personal Protective Equipment (29 CFR 1910.132 through 1910.137).
    (c) Scavenging should be prohibited at all times to avoid injury and
to prevent interference with collection operations.
    (d) When conducting carryout collection, a leakproof and puncture-
proof carrying container should be used to minimize the potential for
physical contact between the collector and the solid waste or the
liquids which may derive from it.



Sec. 243.202  Collection equipment.



Sec. 243.202-1  Requirement.

    (a) All vehicles used for the collection and transportation of solid
waste (or materials which have been separated for the purpose of
recycling) which are considered to be operating in interstate or foreign
commerce shall meet all applicable standards established by the Federal
Government, including, but not limited to, Motor Carrier Safety
Standards (49 CFR parts 390 through 396) and Noise Emission Standards
for Motor Carriers Engaged in Interstate Commerce (40 CFR part 202).
Federally owned collection vehicles shall be operated in compliance with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (49 CFR parts 500 through 580).
    (b) All vehicles used for the collection and transportation of solid
waste (or materials which have been separated for the purpose of
recycling) shall be enclosed or adequate provisions

[[Page 370]]

shall be made for suitable cover, so that while in transit there can be
no spillage.
    (c) The equipment used in the compaction, collection, and
transportation of solid waste (or materials which have been separated
for the purpose of recycling) shall be constructed, operated, and
maintained in such a manner as to minimize health and safety hazards to
solid waste management personnel and the public. This equipment shall be
maintained in good condition and kept clean to prevent the propagation
or attraction of vectors and the creation of nuisances.
    (d) Collection equipment used for the collection, storage, and
transportation of solid waste (or materials which have been separated
for recycling) must meet the standards established by the American
National Standards Institute as follows: Mobile Refuse Collection and
Compaction Equipment--Safety Requirements, 1992, American National
Standards Institute, ANSI Z245.1-1992; and Stationary Compactors--Safety
Requirements, 1997, American National Standards Institute, ANSI Z245.2-
1997.
    (1) The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation
by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
    (2) You may obtain a copy from American National Standards
Institute, 11 W. 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036. You may inspect a copy
at the Environmental Protection Agency's RCRA Information Center, 1235
Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA or at the National Archives and
Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of
this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://
www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--
locations.html.

In the procurement of new collection equipment before the effective
dates of ANSI Z245.1, equipment which meets the standards shall be
obtained if available.

[41 FR 6769, Feb. 13, 1976, as amended at 64 FR 70606, Dec. 17, 1999; 69
FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004]



Sec. 243.202-2  Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Whenever possible, enclosed, metal, leak-resistant compactor
vehicles should be used for the collection of solid wastes.
    (b) Safety devices, including, but not limited to, the following
should be provided on all collection vehicles:
    (1) Exterior rear-view mirrors.
    (2) Back-up lights.
    (3) Four-way emergency flashers.
    (4) Easily accessible first aid equipment.
    (5) Easily accessible fire extinguisher.
    (6) Audible reverse warning device.
    (c) If crew members ride outside the cab of the collection vehicle
for short trips the vehicle should be equipped with handholds and
platforms big enough to safeguard against slipping.
    (d) Vehicle size should take into consideration: Local weight and
height limits for all roads over which the vehicle will travel; turning
radius; and loading height in the unloading position to insure overhead
clearance in transfer stations, service buildings, incinerators, or
other facilities.
    (e) Engines which conserve fuel and minimize pollution should be
used in collection vehicles to reduce fuel consumption and air
pollution.



Sec. 243.202-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Collection vehicles should be maintained and serviced according
to manufacturers' recommendations, and receive periodic vehicle safety
checks, including, but not limited to, inspection of brakes, windshield
wipers, taillights, backup lights, audible reverse warning devices,
tires, and hydraulic systems. Any irregularities should be repaired
before the vehicle is used. Vehicles should also be cleaned thoroughly
at least once a week.
    (b) Solid waste should not be allowed to remain in collection
vehicles over 24 hours and should only be left in a vehicle overnight
when this practice does not constitute a fire, health, or safety hazard.

[[Page 371]]



Sec. 243.203  Collection frequency.



Sec. 243.203-1  Requirement.

    Solid wastes (or materials which have been separated for the purpose
of recycling) shall be collected with frequency sufficient to inhibit
the propagation or attraction of vectors and the creation of nuisances.
Solid wastes which contain food wastes shall be collected at a minimum
of once during each week. Bulky wastes shall be collected at a minimum
of once every 3 months.



Sec. 243.203-2  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) The minimum collection frequency consistent with public health
and safety should be adopted to minimize collection costs and fuel
consumption. In establishing collection frequencies, generation rates,
waste composition, and storage capacity should be taken into
consideration.
    (b) When solid wastes are separated at the point of storage into
various categories for the purpose of resource recovery, a collection
frequency should be designated for each waste category.



Sec. 243.204  Collection management.



Sec. 243.204-1  Requirement.

    The collection of solid wastes (or materials which have been
separated for the purpose of recycling) shall be conducted in a safe,
efficient manner, strictly obeying all applicable traffic and other
laws. The collection vehicle operator shall be responsible for
immediately cleaning up all spillage caused by his operations, for
protecting private and public property from damage resulting from his
operations, and for creating no undue disturbance of the peace and quiet
in residential areas in and through which he operates.



Sec. 243.204-2  Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Records should be maintained detailing all costs (capital,
operating, and maintenance) associated with the collection system. These
records should be used for scheduling maintenance and replacement, for
budgeting, and for system evaluation and comparison.
    (b) The collection system should be reviewed on a regular schedule
to assure that environmentally adequate, economical, and efficient
service is maintained.
    (c) Solid waste collection systems should be operated in a manner
designed to minimize fuel consumption, including, but not limited to,
the following procedures.
    (1) Collection vehicle routes should be designed to minimize driving
distances and delays.
    (2) Collection vehicles should receive regular tuneups, tires should
be maintained at recommended pressures, and compaction equipment should
be serviced regularly to achieve the most efficient compaction.
    (3) Compactor trucks should be used to reduce the number of trips to
the disposal site.
    (4) When the distance or travel time from collection routes to
disposal sites is great, transfer stations should be used when cost
effective.
    (5) Residential solid waste containers which are serviced manually
should be placed at the curb or alley for collection.
    (6) For commercial wastes which do not contain food wastes, storage
capacity should be increased in lieu of more frequent collection.



           Sec. Appendix to Part 243--Recommended Bibliography

    1. American National Standard Z245.1. Safety standard for refuse
collection equipment. New York. The American National Standards
Institute.
    2. Decision-Makers guide in solid waste management. Environmental
Protection Publication SW-127. Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, 1974.
    3. Grupenhoff, B. L., and K. A. Shuster. Paper and plastic solid
waste sacks; a summary of available information; a Division of Technical
Operations open-file report (TO 18.1.03.1). [Cincinnati], U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1971. 17 p. [Restricted distribution].
    4. Hegdahl, T. A., Solid waste transfer stations; a state-of-the-art
report on systems incorporating highway transportation, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1972, 160 p. (Distributed by National
Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia, as PB 213 511).
    5. National Sanitation Foundation standard no. 31 for polyethylene
refuse bags. Ann

[[Page 372]]

Arbor, The National Sanitation Foundation, May 22, 1970. 6 p.
    6. National Sanitation Foundation standard no. 32 for paper refuse
sacks. Ann Arbor, The National Sanitation Foundation, Nov. 13, 1970. 6
p.
    7. National Sanitation Foundation standard no. 13 for refuse
compactors and compactor systems. Ann Arbor, The National Sanitation
Foundation, March 1973. 12 p.
    8. Operation responsible (a safety training manual for S.W.
Collection): Safe refuse collection: instructor's manual with slides,
training manual with slides, and 16 mm film. Available from the National
Audiovisual Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC
20409.
    9. Ralph Stone and Company, Inc. The use of bags for solid waste
storage and collection. Environmental Protection Publication SW-42d.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1972. 264 p. (Distributed by
National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia, as PB 212
590).
    10. Shuster, K. A., and D. A. Schur. Heuristic routing for solid
waste collection vehicles. Environmental Protection Publication SW-113.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1974. 45 p.
    11. Shuster, K. (Office of Solid Waste Management Programs.)
Analysis of fuel consumption for solid waste management. Unpublished
data, January 1974.
    12. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Pesticides and pesticides
containers; regulations for acceptance and recommended procedures for
disposal and storage. Federal Register, 39 (85): 15235-15241, May 1,
1974.
    13. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Pesticides and pesticides
containers; proposed regulations for prohibition of certain acts
regarding disposal and storage. Federal Register, 39 (200): 36847-36950,
October 15, 1974.



PART 246_SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES--Table of
Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
246.100 Scope.
246.101 Definitions.

            Subpart B_Requirements and Recommended Procedures

246.200 High-grade paper recovery.
246.200-1 Requirements.
246.200-2 Recommended procedures: High-grade paper recovery from smaller
          offices.
246.200-3 Recommended procedures: Market study.
246.200-4 Recommended procedures: Levels of separation.
246.200-5 Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and collection.
246.200-6 Recommended procedures: Storage.
246.200-7 Recommended procedures: Transportation.
246.200-8 Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.
246.200-9 Recommended procedures: Contracts.
246.200-10 Recommended procedures: Public information and education.
246.201 Residential materials recovery.
246.201-1 Requirement.
246.201-2 Recommended procedures: Newsprint recovery from smaller
          residential facilities.
246.201-3 Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper
          separation.
246.201-4 Recommended procedures: Market study.
246.201-5 Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and collection.
246.201-6 Recommended procedures: Transportation to market.
246.201-7 Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.
246.201-8 Recommended procedures: Contracts.
246.201-9 Recommended procedures: Public information and education.
246.202 Corrugated container recovery.
246.202-1 Requirement.
246.202-2 Recommended procedures: Corrugated container recovery from
          smaller commercial facilities.
246.202-3 Recommended procedures: Market study.
246.202-4 Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and storage.
246.202-5 Recommended procedures: Transportation.
246.202-6 Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.
246.202-7 Recommended procedures: Establishment of purchase contract.
246.203 Reevaluation.

Appendix to Part 246--Recommended Bibliography

    Authority: Secs. 1008 and 6004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as
amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as
amended (42 U.S.C. 6907, 6964).

    Source: 41 FR 16952, Apr. 23, 1976, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 246.100  Scope.

    (a) These guidelines are applicable to the source separation of
residential, commercial, and institutional solid

[[Page 373]]

wastes. Explicitly excluded are mining, agricultural, and industrial
solid wastes; hazardous wastes; sludges; construction and demolition
wastes; infectious wastes; classified waste.
    (b) The ``Requirement'' sections contained herein delineate minimum
actions for Federal agencies for the recovery of resources from solid
waste through source separation. Pursuant to section 211 of the Solid
Waste Disposal Act, as amended, and Executive Order 11752 section 4(a),
the ``Requirement'' sections of these guidelines are mandatory for all
Federal agencies that generate solid waste. In addition, they are
recommended to State, interstate, regional, and local governments for
use in their activities.
    (c) The ``Recommended Procedures'' sections are presented to suggest
actions or preferred methods by which the objectives of the requirements
can be realized. The ``Recommended Procedures'' are not mandatory for
Federal agencies.
    (d) The Environmental Protection Agency will render technical
assistance in the form of sample cost analysis formats, sample bid
specifications, implementation guidance documents and other guidance to
Federal agencies when requested to do so, pursuant to section 3(d)1 of
Executive Order 11752.
    (e) Within one year after the effective date of these guidelines,
agencies shall make a final determination as to what actions shall be
taken to adopt the requirements of these guidelines and shall, within
two months of such determination, submit to the Administrator a schedule
of such actions.
    (f) Federal agencies that make the determination not to source
separate as described in Sec. Sec. 246.200-1, 246.201-1, and 246.202-1,
for whatever reason, shall make available to the Administrator the
analysis and rationale used in making that determination. The
Administrator shall publish notice of the availability of this report to
the general public in the Federal Register. The following are considered
to be valid reasons for not source separating under individual facts and
circumstances: inability to sell the recovered materials due to lack of
market, and costs so unreasonably high as to render source separation
for materials recovery economically impracticable.
    (1) The following points are to be covered in the report:
    (i) A description of alternative actions considered with emphasis on
those alternatives which involve source separation for materials
recovery.
    (ii) A description of ongoing actions which will be continued and
new actions taken or proposed. This statement should identify all agency
facilities which will be affected by these actions including a brief
description of how such facilities will be affected.
    (iii) An analysis in support of the action chosen by the agency
including technical data, market studies, and policy considerations used
in arriving at such a determination.

In covering the points above, agencies should make every effort to
present information succinctly in a form easily understood, but in
sufficient detail so that the factors influencing the decision not to
source separate for materials recovery are clear.
    (2) The above report shall be submitted to the Administrator as soon
as possible after a final agency determination has been made not to
adopt the requirements of these guidelines, but in no case later than
sixty days after such final determination. The Administrator will
indicate to the agency his concurrence/nonconcurrence with the agency's
decision, including his reason therefor.
    (3) Implementation of actions that would preclude source separation
for materials recovery shall be deferred, for sixty days where feasible,
in order to give the Administrator an opportunity to receive, analyze
and seek clarification of the above required report.
    (4) It is recommended that where the report required by Sec.
246.100(f) concerns an action for which an Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS) is required by the National Environmental Policy Act,
that the report be circulated together with the EIS.
    (g) The report required under Sec. 246.100(e) and (f) shall be made
on

[[Page 374]]

forms to be prescribed by the Administrator by notice in the Federal
Register.

[41 FR 16952, Apr. 23, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 36603, Aug. 20, 1982]



Sec. 246.101  Definitions.

    As used in these guidelines:
    (a) Agricultural solid waste means the solid waste that is generated
by the rearing of animals, and the producing and harvesting of crops or
trees.
    (b) Baler means a machine used to compress solid wastes, primary
materials, or recoverable materials, with or without binding, to a
density or from which will support handling and transportation as a
material unit rather than requiring a disposable or reuseable container.
This specifically excludes briquetters and stationary compaction
equipment which is used to compact materials into disposable or
reuseable containers.
    (c) Bulk container means a large container that can either be pulled
or lifted mechanically onto a service vehicle or emptied mechanically
into a service vehicle.
    (d) Classified Waste means waste material that has been given
security classification in accordance with 50 U.S.C. 401 and Executive
Order 11652.
    (e) Collection means the act of removing solid waste (or materials
which have been separated for the purpose of recycling) from a central
storage point.
    (f) Commercial establishment means stores, offices, restaurants,
warehouses and other non-manufacturing activities.
    (g) Commercial solid waste means all types of solid wastes generated
by stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses and other non-manufacturing
activities, and non-processing wastes such as office and packing wastes
generated at industrial facilities.
    (h) Construction and demolition waste means the waste building
materials, packaging, and rubble resulting from construction,
remodeling, repair, and demolition operations on pavements, houses,
commercial buildings and other structures.
    (i) Compartmentalized vehicle means a collection vehicle which has
two or more compartments for placement of solid wastes or recyclable
materials. The compartments may be within the main truck body or on the
outside of that body as in the form of metal racks.
    (j) Corrugated container waste means discarded corrugated boxes.
    (k) Corrugated box means a container for goods which is composed of
an inner fluting of material (corrugating medium) and one or two outer
liners of material (linerboard).
    (l) Federal facility means any building, installation, structure,
land, or public work owned by or leased to the Federal Government. Ships
at sea, aircraft in the air, land forces on maneuvers, and other mobile
facilities are not considered Federal facilities for the purpose of
these guidelines. United States Government installations located on
foreign soil or on land outside the jurisdiction of the United States
Government are not considered Federal facilities for the purpose of
these guidelines.
    (m) Food waste means the organic residues generated by the handling,
storage, sale, preparation, cooking, and serving of foods; commonly
called garbage.
    (n) Generation means the act or process of producing solid waste.
    (o) High-grade paper means letterhead, dry copy papers,
miscellaneous business forms, stationery, typing paper, tablet sheets,
and computer printout paper and cards, commonly sold as ``white
ledger,'' ``computer printout'' and ``tab card'' grade by the wastepaper
industry.
    (p) Industrial solid waste means the solid waste generated by
industrial processes and manufacturing.
    (q) Infectious waste means: (1) Equipment, instruments, utensils,
and fomites (any substance that may harbor or transmit pathogenic
organisms) of a disposable nature from the rooms of patients who are
suspected to have or have been diagnosed as having a communicable
disease and must, therefore, be isolated as required by public health
agencies; (2) laboratory wastes, such as pathological specimens (e.g.
all tissues, specimens of blood elements, excreta, and secretions
obtained from patients or laboratory animals) and disposable fomites
attendant thereto; (3) surgical operating room pathologic

[[Page 375]]

specimens and disposable fomites attendant thereto and similar
disposable materials from outpatient areas and emergency rooms.
    (r) Institutional solid waste means solid wastes generated by
educational, health care, correctional and other institutional
facilities.
    (s) Mining wastes means residues which result from the extraction of
raw materials from the earth.
    (t) Post-consumer waste (PCW) means a material or product that has
served its intended use and has been discarded for disposal or recovery
after passing through the hands of a final consumer.
    (u) Recoverable resources means materials that still have useful
physical, chemical, or biological properties after serving their
original purpose and can, therefore, be reused or recycled for the same
or other purposes.
    (v) Recovery means the process of obtaining materials or energy
resources from solid waste.
    (w) Recycled material means a material that is used in place of a
primary, raw or virgin material in manufacturing a product.
    (x) Recycling means the process by which recovered materials are
transformed into new products.
    (y) Residential solid waste means the wastes generated by the normal
activities of households, including but not limited to, food wastes,
rubbish, ashes, and bulky wastes.
    (z) Separate collection means collecting recyclable materials which
have been separated at the point of generation and keeping those
materials separate from other collected solid waste in separate
compartments of a single collection vehicle or through the use of
separate collection vehicles.
    (aa) Sludge means the accumulated semiliquid suspension of settled
solids deposited from wastewaters or other fluids in tanks or basins. It
does not include solid or dissolved material in domestic sewage or other
significant pollutants in water resources, such as silt, dissolved
material in irrigation return flows or other common water pollutants.
    (bb) Solid waste means garbage, refuse, sludge, and other discarded
solid materials, including solid waste materials resulting from
industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations, and from community
activities, but does not include solids or dissolved materials in
domestic sewage or other significant pollutants in water resources, such
as silt, dissolved or suspended solids in industrial wastewater
effluents, dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or other
common water pollutants. Unless specifically noted otherwise, the term
``solid waste'' as used in these guidelines shall not include mining,
agricultural, and industrial solid wastes; hazardous wastes; sludges;
construction and demolition wastes; and infectious wastes.
    (cc) Source separation means the setting aside of recyclable
materials at their point of generation by the generator.
    (dd) Specification means a clear and accurate description of the
technical requirements for materials, products or services, identifying
the minimum requirements for quality and construction of materials and
equipment necessary for an acceptable product. In general,
specifications are in the form of written descriptions, drawings,
prints, commercial designations, industry standards, and other
descriptive references.
    (ee) Stationary compactor means a powered machine which is designed
to compact solid waste or recyclable materials, and which remains
stationary when in operation.
    (ff) Storage means the interim containment of solid waste after
generation and prior to collection for ultimate recovery or disposal.
    (gg) Virgin material means a raw material used in manufacturing that
has been mined or harvested and has not as yet become a product.



            Subpart B_Requirements and Recommended Procedures



Sec. 246.200  High-grade paper recovery.



Sec. 246.200-1  Requirements.

    High-grade paper generated by office facilities of over 100 office
workers shall be separated at the source of generation, separately
collected, and sold for the purpose of recycling.

[[Page 376]]



Sec. 246.200-2  Recommended procedures: High-grade paper recovery from
smaller offices.

    The recovery of high-grade paper generated by office facilities of
less than 100 office workers should be investigated in conformance with
the following recommended procedures and implemented where feasible.



Sec. 246.200-3  Recommended procedures: Market study.

    An investigation of markets should be made by the organization
responsible for the sale of recyclable materials in each Federal agency
and should include at a minimum:
    (a) Identifying potential purchasers of the recovered paper through
standard market research techniques;
    (b) Directly contacting buyers, and determining the buyers' quality
specifications, the exact types of paper to be recycled, potential
transportation agreements and any minimum quantity criteria; and
    (c) Determining the price that the buyer will pay for the recovered
paper and the willingness of the buyer to sign a contract for purchase
of the paper at a guaranteed minimum price.



Sec. 246.200-4  Recommended procedures: Levels of separation.

    A two-level separation is recommended for most facilities. This
separation should consist of (a) high-grade wastepaper and (b) all other
waste. Facilities that produce large enough quantities of waste computer
paper and cards to make their separation into a separate category cost
effective may choose to implement three levels of separation: (1)
Computer papers, (2) other high-grade papers, (3) all other wastes.



Sec. 246.200-5  Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and
collection.

    (a) Systems designed to recover high grades of office paper at the
source of generation, i.e., the desk, are the desktop system, the two-
wastebasket system, and the office centralized container system.
    (b) With the desk-top system, recyclable paper is placed by the
generator in a container on his desk, while other waste is placed in a
wastebasket. With the two-wastebasket system, recyclable paper is placed
by the generator in one desk-side wastebasket, and all other waste is
placed in another. In the centralized container system, large containers
for the collection of recyclables are placed in centralized locations
within the office areas of the building. Nonrecyclable waste is placed
in desk-side wastebaskets.
    (c) The recommended system is the desk-top system because it is
designed to maximize recovery of high value material in an economically
feasible manner. While the two-wastebasket system and centralized
container system have been implemented with success in isolated
instances, data indicate that, on the whole, these systems have
experienced high levels of contamination, low levels of participation,
and low revenues. The desk-top system has been designed to minimize
these problems.
    (d) The precise method of separation and collection used to
implement the desk-top system will depend upon such things as the
physical layout of the individual facility, the ease of collection, and
the projected cost effectiveness of using various methods. The
recommended desk-top system is carried out in the following manner:
    (1) Workers are to deposit high-grade paper into a desk-top tray or
other small desk-top holder to be supplied by the agency. This holder
should be designed in such a way as to prevent it holding contaminants,
such as food or beverage containers.
    (2) At the office worker's convenience or when the tray is filled,
the worker carries the paper to a conveniently located bulk container
within the office area. This large container should be located in an
area the worker frequents in the normal course of business.
    (3) In locations where computer cards and printouts are to be
collected separately, the receptacle for these wastes should be near the
computer terminal or in some other logical, centrally located place.
    (4) Collection of the high-grade paper from the bulk containers in
the office area should be performed by the janitorial or general
maintenance service.

[[Page 377]]


The number of locations and the frequency of collection of these
containers will be determined by office size and maintenance staff
capacity.
    (e) Mixed paper and some high-grade office papers have also been
recovered for recycling by hand-picking in an individual building's
trash room or at a centralized facility serving several buildings. With
these hand-picking systems, recyclable waste is not separated at the
source of generation, but is mixed with other waste in the usual manner
and removed to a centralized location where recyclable paper is picked
out of the mixed waste by hand. Facilities may choose to use this method
of high-grade paper recovery if it is shown by analysis to be
economically preferable to source separation.



Sec. 246.200-6  Recommended procedures: Storage.

    Among the alternatives for paper storage are on-site bailing, the
use of stationary compactors, or storage in corrugated boxes or normal
waste containers. Stored paper should be protected from fire, inclement
weather, theft, and vandalism.



Sec. 246.200-7  Recommended procedures: Transportation.

    Transportation to market may be supplied by the facility, by a
private hauler, or by the purchaser. Collection of the recyclable paper
should be on a regular, established schedule.



Sec. 246.200-8  Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.

    After potential markets have been located (but prior to initiation
of formal bidding procedures), preliminary determinations of various
separation methods, storage, and transportation costs have been made,
and estimated tonnages of both recoverable high-grade paper and residual
solid waste have been established, an analysis should be conducted which
compares the costs of the present waste collection and disposal system
with the proposed segregated systems. At a minimum, the study should
include all capital, operating and overhead costs and take into account
credits for revenue from paper sales and savings from diverting recycled
materials from disposal. Potential costs to upgrade collection and
disposal practices to comply with EPA's Guidelines for the Storage and
Collection of Residential, Commercial and Institutional Solid Wastes (40
CFR part 243) and Thermal Processing and Land Disposal Guidelines (40
CFR parts 240 and 241) should be included in the analysis. In
formulating a separation system and evaluating its costs, every effort
should be made to use janitorial and waste collection resources
efficiently. This cost analysis should enable the facility to determine
the most cost effective method of implementing the requirement of this
part.



Sec. 246.200-9  Recommended procedures: Contracts.

    Formal bids should be requested for purchase of the recovered
materials, such bids being solicited in conformance with bidding
procedures established for the responsible agency. Contracts should
include the buyer's quality specifications, quantity and transportation
agreements, a guarantee that the material will be accepted for one year
or more, and a guaranteed minimum purchase price.



Sec. 246.200-10  Recommended procedures: Public information and
education.

    A well-organized and well-executed public information and education
program explaining the justification, goals, methods and level of
separation should be conducted to inform and motivate office personnel
and secure their cooperation in separating their waste. This public
information and education program should precede the program and
continue on a regular basis for its duration.



Sec. 246.201  Residential materials recovery.



Sec. 246.201-1  Requirement.

    Separation of used newspapers at the source of residential
generation in conjunction with separate collection shall be carried out
at all facilities in which more than 500 families reside, and the
newspapers shall be sold for the purpose of recycling.

[[Page 378]]



Sec. 246.201-2  Recommended procedures: Newsprint recovery from smaller
residential facilities.

    The recovery of newsprint generated by residential facilities of
less than 500 families should be investigated in conformance with the
following recom mended procedures and imple mented where feasible.



Sec. 246.201-3  Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper
separation.

    In areas where markets are available, it is recommended that glass,
cans, and mixed paper be separated at the source of generation and
separately collected for the purpose of recycling.



Sec. 246.201-4  Recommended procedures: Market study.

    An investigation of markets should be made for each material by the
organization responsible for sale of recyclable materials in each agency
and should include at a minimum:
    (a) Identifying potential purchasers of the recovered material
through standard market research techniques.
    (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality
specifications, potential transportation agreements and any minimum
quantity criteria.
    (c) Determining the prices that the buyer will pay for the recovered
material and the willingness of the buyer to sign a contract for the
purchase of the material at guaranteed minimum prices.



Sec. 246.201-5  Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and
collection.

    Following separation within the home, any of the following methods
of collection may be used:
    (a) Materials may be placed at the curbside by the resident and may
be collected from each household using separate trucks or
compartmentalized vehicles.
    (b) For multi-family dwellings, separated materials may be placed in
bulk containers located outside of the building and collected by trucks
dispatched to collect recyclables.
    (c) Collection stations may be set up at convenient locations to
which residents bring recyclables. These stations should provide
separate bulk containers for each item to be recycled. The size and type
of container will depend on the volume and type of material collected,
the method of transportation to be used in hauling the materials to
market and the frequency of removal.



Sec. 246.201-6  Recommended procedures: Transportation to market.

    Transportation to market may be supplied by the facility or the
community generating the waste, by a private hauler, or by the
purchaser.



Sec. 246.201-7  Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.

    After potential markets have been located (but prior to initiation
of formal bidding procedures), preliminary determinations of various
separation methods, storage and transportation costs have been made, and
estimated tonnages of both recoverable materials and residual solid
waste have been established, an analysis should be conducted which
compares the costs of the present waste collection and disposal system
with the proposed segregated systems. At a minimum this study should
include all capital, operating and overhead costs and take into account
credits for revenue from paper sales and savings from diverting recycled
materials from disposal. Potential costs to upgrade collection and
disposal practices to comply with EPA's Guidelines for the Storage and
Collection of Residential, Commercial and Institutional Solid Wastes (40
CFR part 243) and Thermal Processing and Land Disposal Guidelines (40
CFR parts 240 and 241) should be included in the analysis. In
formulating a separate collection system and evaluating its costs, every
effort should be made to use idle equipment and underutilized collection
manpower to reduce separate collection costs. This cost analysis should
enable the facility to determine the most cost effective method if
implementing the requirements of this part.



Sec. 246.201-8  Recommended procedures: Contracts.

    Formal bids should be requested for purchase of the recovered
materials,

[[Page 379]]

such bids being solicited in conformance with bidding procedures
established for the responsible jurisdiction. Contracts should include
the buyer's quality specifications, quantity and transportation
agreements, a guarantee that the material will be accepted for one year
or more and a guaranteed minimum purchase price.



Sec. 246.201-9  Recommended procedures: Public information and
education.

    A well organized and well executed public information and education
program explaining the justification, goals, methods and level of
separation should be conducted to inform and motivate householders and
to secure their cooperation in separating their waste. This public
information and education program should precede the program and
continue on a regular basis for its duration.



Sec. 246.202  Corrugated container recovery.



Sec. 246.202-1  Requirement.

    Any commercial establishment generating 10 or more tons of waste
corrugated containers per month shall separately collect and sell this
material for the purpose of recycling.



Sec. 246.202-2  Recommended procedures: Corrugated container recovery
from smaller commercial facilities.

    The recovery of corrugated containers from commercial facilities
generating less than 10 tons per month should be investigated in
conformance with the following recommended procedures and implemented
where feasible.



Sec. 246.202-3  Recommended procedures: Market study.

    An investigation of markets should be made by the organization
responsible for sale of recyclable material in each Federal agency and
should include at a minimum:
    (a) Identifying potential purchasers of the recovered corrugated
through standard market research techniques.
    (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality
specifications, potential transportation agreements and any minimum
quantity criteria.
    (c) Determining the price that the buyer will pay for the recovered
corrugated and the willingness of the buyer to sign a contract for
purchase of the paper at a guaranteed minimum price.



Sec. 246.202-4  Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and
storage.

    The method selected will depend upon such variables as the physical
layout of the individual generating facility, the rate at which the
corrugated accumulates, the storage capacity of the facility, and the
projected cost-effectiveness of using the various methods. All of the
following suggested modes of separation and storage presuppose that the
corrugated boxes will be accumulated at a central location in the
facility after their contents are removed and that the boxes are
flattened.
    (a) Balers of various sizes: Corrugated boxes are placed in balers
and compacted into bales. These bales may be stored inside or outside of
the facility. The bales should be protected from fire, inclement
weather, theft, and vandalism.
    (b) Stationary compactors or bulk containers: Corrugated boxes are
placed in a stationary compactor or bulk containers outside of the
facility. The containers should be protected from fire, inclement
weather, theft and vandalism.



Sec. 246.202-5  Recommended procedures: Transportation.

    Transportation to market may be supplied by either the facility, a
private hauler or the purchaser. In facilities to which goods are
delivered from a central warehouse, corrugated may be backhauled by
delivery trucks to the central facility and baled there for delivery to
a user.



Sec. 246.202-6  Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.

    After potential markets have been identified (but prior to
initiation of formal bidding), preliminary determinations of various
separation methods, storage and transportation costs have been made, and
estimated tonnages of both recoverable material and

[[Page 380]]

residual solid waste have been established, an analysis should be
conducted which compares the costs of the present waste collection and
disposal system with the proposed segregated systems. At a minimum, the
study should include all capital, operating and overhead costs and take
into account credits for revenue from paper sales and savings from
diverting recycled materials from disposal. Potential costs to upgrade
collection and disposal practices to comply with EPA's Guidelines for
the Storage and Collection of Residential, Commercial and Institutional
Solid Wastes (40 CFR part 243) and Thermal Processing and Land Disposal
Guidelines (40 CFR parts 240 and 241) should be included in the
analysis. This cost analysis should enable the facility to determine the
most cost effective method of implementing these guidelines.



Sec. 246.202-7  Recommended procedures: Establishment of purchase
contract.

    Formal bids should be requested for purchase of the recovered
materials, such bids being solicited in con formance with bidding
procedures established for the responsible agency. Contracts should
include the buyer's quality specifications, transportation agreements, a
guarantee that the material will be accepted for one year or more and a
guaranteed minimum purchase price.



Sec. 246.203  Reevaluation.



           Sec. Appendix to Part 246--Recommended Bibliography

Belknap, M. Paper recycling: a business perspective. Subcommittee on
Solid Waste, New York Chamber of Commerce Publication, September 1972.
Dane, S. The national buyer's guide to recycled paper. Environmental
Educators, Inc. Publication. Washington, 1973. 208 p.
Davis, R. H., and P. Hansen. A new look at the economics of separate
refuse collection. SCS Engineers, Inc. report. Long Beach, California,
April 1974. 22 p.
Hansen, P. Residential paper recovery--a municipal implementation guide.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-155. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1975. 26 p.
Hansen, P. Solid waste recycling projects--a national directory.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-45. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1973. 284 p.
Lingle, S. A. Paper recycling in the United States. Washington, U.S.
Environmental Protection Publication, August 1974. 22 p.
Lingle, S. A. Separating paper at the waste source for recycling.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-128. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1974. 16 p.
Office of Solid Waste Management Programs. Third report to Congress;
resource recovery and waste reduction. Environmental Protection
Publication SW-161. Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1975.
96 p.
Paper Stock Conservation Committee. Wastepaper recycling. American Paper
Institute, Inc. Publication. New York, New York. 12 p.
SCS Engineers, Inc. Analysis of source separate collection of recyclable
solid waste collection center studies. Environmental Protection
Publication SW-95c.2. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1974. 70 p.
(Distributed by National Technical Information Service, Springfield,
Virginia, as PB-239 776.)
SCS Engineers, Inc. Analysis of source separate collection of recyclable
solid waste; office buildings. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1976. (To be distributed by National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, Virginia.)
SCS Engineers, Inc. Analysis of source separate collection of recyclable
solid waste; separate collection studies. Environmental Protection
Publication SW-95c.i. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1974. 157 p.
(Distributed by National Technical Information Service, Springfield,
Virginia, as PB-239 775.)
Smith, F. L. An analysis of wastepaper exports. Washington, U.S.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-132, 1974. 17 p.



PART 247_COMPREHENSIVE PROCUREMENT GUIDELINE FOR PRODUCTS CONTAINING
RECOVERED MATERIALS--Table of Contents



                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
247.1 Purpose and scope.
247.2 Applicability.
247.3 Definitions.
247.4 Contracting officer requirements.
247.5 Specifications.
247.6 Affirmative procurement programs.
247.7 Effective date.

                       Subpart B_Item Designations

247.10 Paper and paper products.
247.11 Vehicular products.
247.12 Construction products.

[[Page 381]]

247.13 Transportation products.
247.14 Park and recreation products.
247.15 Landscaping products.
247.16 Non-paper office products.
247.17 Miscellaneous products.

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6912(a) and 6962; EO 13423, 72 FR 3919, 3 CFR,
1998 Comp., p. 210.

    Source: 60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 247.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a) The purpose of this guideline is to assist procuring agencies in
complying with the requirements of section 6002 of the Solid Waste
Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
of 1976 (RCRA), as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6962, and Executive Order 12873,
as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in subpart B of
this part.
    (b) This guideline designates items that are or can be made with
recovered materials and whose procurement by procuring agencies will
carry out the objectives of section 6002 of RCRA. EPA's recommended
practices with respect to the procurement of specific designated items
are found in the companion Recovered Materials Advisory Notice(s).
    (c) EPA believes that adherence to the recommendations in the
Recovered Materials Advisory Notice(s) constitutes compliance with RCRA
section 6002. However, procuring agencies may adopt other types of
procurement programs consistent with RCRA section 6002.



Sec. 247.2  Applicability.

    (a)(1) This guideline applies to all procuring agencies and to all
procurement actions involving items designated by EPA in this part,
where the procuring agency purchases $10,000 or more worth of one of
these items during the course of a fiscal year, or where the cost of
such items or of functionally equivalent items purchased during the
preceding fiscal year was $10,000 or more.
    (2) This guideline applies to Federal agencies, to State and local
agencies using appropriated Federal funds to procure designated items,
and to persons contracting with any such agencies with respect to work
performed under such contracts. Federal procuring agencies should note
that the requirements of RCRA section 6002 apply to them whether or not
appropriated Federal funds are used for procurement of designated items.
    (3) The $10,000 threshold applies to procuring agencies as a whole
rather than to agency subgroups such as regional offices or subagencies
of a larger department or agency.
    (b) The term procurement actions includes:
    (1) Purchases made directly by a procuring agency and purchases made
directly by any person (e.g., a contractor) in support of work being
performed for a procuring agency, and
    (2) Any purchases of designated items made ``indirectly'' by a
procuring agency, as in the case of procurements resulting from grants,
loans, funds, and similar forms of disbursements of monies.
    (c)(1) This guideline does not apply to purchases of designated
items which are unrelated to or incidental to Federal funding, i.e., not
the direct result of a contract or agreement with, or a grant, loan, or
funds disbursement to, a procuring agency.
    (2) This guideline also does not apply to purchases made by private
party recipients (e.g., individuals, non-profit organizations) of
Federal funds pursuant to grants, loans, cooperative agreements, and
other funds disbursements.
    (d) RCRA section 6002(c)(1) requires procuring agencies to procure
designated items composed of the highest percentage of recovered
materials practicable, consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level
of competition, considering such guidelines. Procuring agencies may
decide not to procure such items if they are not reasonably available in
a reasonable period of time; fail to meet reasonable performance
standards; or are only available at an unreasonable price.

[60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 60973, Nov. 13, 1997]



Sec. 247.3  Definitions.

    As used in this procurement guideline and the related Recovered
Materials Advisory Notice(s):

[[Page 382]]

    Act or RCRA means the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C 6901 et
seq;
    Awards and plaques refers to free-standing statues and boardlike
products generally used as wall-hangings.
    Bike racks are free-standing or anchored units that provide a method
for cyclists to secure their bicycles safely.
    Blanket insulation means relatively flat and flexible insulation in
coherent sheet form, furnished in units of substantial area. Batt
insulation is included in this term;
    Blasting grit is a type of industrial abrasive used to shape, cut,
sharpen, polish, or finish surfaces and materials.
    Board insulation means semi-rigid insulation preformed into
rectangular units having a degree of suppleness, particularly related to
their geometrical dimensions;
    Building insulation means a material, primarily designed to resist
heat flow, which is installed between the conditioned volume of a
building and adjacent unconditioned volumes or the outside. This term
includes but is not limited to insulation products such as blanket,
board, spray-in-place, and loose-fill that are used as ceiling, floor,
foundation, and wall insulation;
    Carpet cushion, also known as carpet underlay, is padding placed
beneath carpet to reduce carpet wear caused by foot traffic or furniture
indentation, enhance comfort, and prolong appearance.
    Cellulose fiber loose-fill means a basic material of recycled wood-
based cellulosic fiber made from selected paper, paperboard stock, or
ground wood stock, excluding contaminated materials which may reasonably
be expected to be retained in the finished product, with suitable
chemicals introduced to provide properties such as flame resistance,
processing and handling characteristics. The basic cellulosic material
may be processed into a form suitable for installation by pneumatic or
pouring methods;
    Cenospheres, a naturally-occurring waste component of coal fly ash,
are very small, inert, lightweight, hollow, ``glass'' spheres composed
of silica and alumina and filled with air or other gases.
    Channelizers means highly visible barrels or drums that can be
positioned to direct traffic through detours;
    Compost is a thermophilic converted product with high humus content.
Compost can be used as a soil amendment and can also be used to prevent
or remediate pollutants in soil, air, and storm water run-off.
    Delineator means a highly visible pavement marker that can be
positioned to direct traffic or define boundaries;
    Engine lubricating oils means petroleum-based oils used for reducing
friction in engine parts;
    Federal agency means any department, agency, or other
instrumentality of the Federal government; any independent agency or
establishment of the Federal government including any government
corporation; and the Government Printing Office;
    Fertilizer made from recovered organic materials is a single or
blended substance, made from organic matter such as plant and animal by-
products, manure-based or biosolid products, and rock and mineral
powders, that contains one or more recognized plant nutrient(s) and is
used primarily for its plant nutrient content and is designed for use or
claimed to have value in promoting plant growth.
    Fiberglass insulation means insulation which is composed principally
of glass fibers, with or without binders;
    Flexible delineator means a highly visible marker that can be
positioned to direct traffic or define boundaries and that will flex if
struck by a vehicle to prevent damage to the vehicle or the delineator;
    Flowable fill is a low strength material that is mixed to a wet,
flowable slurry and used as an economical fill or backfill material in
place of concrete, compacted soils, or sand.
    Foam-in-place insulation is rigid cellular foam produced by
catalyzed chemical reactions that hardens at the site of the work. The
term includes spray-applied and injected applications such as spray-in-
place foam and pour-in-place;
    Garden hose means a flexible tubing that conducts water to a
specific location;

[[Page 383]]

    Gear oils means petroleum-based oils used for lubricating machinery
gears;
    Hydraulic fluids means petroleum-based hydraulic fluids;
    Hydraulic mulch means a mulch that is a cellulose-based (paper or
wood) protective covering that is mixed with water and applied through
mechanical spraying in order to aid the germination of seeds and to
prevent soil erosion;
    Hydroseeding means the process of spraying seeds mixed with water
through a mechanical sprayer (hydroseeder). Hydraulic mulch, fertilizer,
a tacking agent, or a wetting agent can also be added to the water/seed
mix for enhanced performance;
    Industrial drums are cylindrical containers used for shipping and
storing liquid or solid materials.
    Laminated paperboard means board made from one or more plies of
kraft paper bonded together, with or without facers, that is used for
decorative, structural, or insulating purposes;
    Latex paint means a water-based decorative or protective covering
having a latex binder;
    Lawn edging means a barrier used between lawns and landscaped areas
or garden beds to prevent grass roots or weeds from spreading to the
landscaped areas;
    Loose-fill insulation means insulation in granular, nodular,
fibrous, powdery, or similar form, designed to be installed by pouring,
blowing or hand placement;
    Manual-grade strapping refers to straps of material used with
transport packaging to hold products in place on pallets or in other
methods of commercial, bulk shipment. Strapping can also prevent
tampering and pilferage during shipping.
    Mats are temporary or semipermanent protective floor coverings used
for numerous applications, including home and office carpet protection,
car and truck floor board protection, traction on slippery surfaces,
cushion from floor hardness, and reduction of injury risk during
athletic events.
    Mineral fiber insulation means insulation (rock wool or fiberglass)
which is composed principally of fibers manufactured from rock, slag or
glass, with or without binders;
    Modular threshold ramps are ramps used to modify existing door
thresholds and other small rises to remove access barriers created by
differentials in landing levels.
    Nonpressure pipe is pipe used to drain waste and wastewater, to vent
gases, and to channel cable and conduit in various applications.
    Office furniture is furniture typically used in offices, including
seating, desks, storage units, file cabinets, tables, and systems
furniture (or ``cubicles'').
    Pallet means a portable platform for storing or moving cargo or
freight;
    Paper means one of two broad subdivisions of paper products, the
other being paperboard. Paper is generally lighter in basis weight,
thinner, and more flexible than paperboard. Sheets 0.012 inch or less in
thickness are generally classified as paper. Its primary uses are for
printing, writing, wrapping, and sanitary purposes. However, in this
guideline, the term paper is also used as a generic term that includes
both paper and paperboard.
    Paper product means any item manufactured from paper or paperboard.
The term paper product is used in this guideline to distinguish such
items as boxes, doilies, and paper towels from printing and writing
papers.
    Park benches and picnic tables are recreational furniture found in
parks, outdoor recreational facilities, and the grounds of office
buildings and other facilities.
    Parking stop means a barrier used to mark parking spaces and keep
parked vehicles from rolling beyond a designated parking area;
    Perlite composite board means insulation board composed of expanded
perlite and fibers formed into rigid, flat, rectangular units with a
suitable sizing material incorporated in the product. It may have on one
or both surfaces a facing or coating to prevent excessive hot bitumen
strike-in during roofing installation;
    Person means an individual, trust, firm, joint stock company,
corporation (including a government corporation), partnership,
association, Federal agency, State, municipality, commission,

[[Page 384]]

political subdivision of a State, or any interstate body;
    Phenolic insulation means insulation made with phenolic plastics
which are plastics based on resins made by the condensation of phenols,
such as phenol or cresol, with aldehydes;
    Plastic fencing means a barrier with an open-weave pattern that can
be used to control drifting snow or sand by restricting the force of
wind and to provide a warning or barrier in construction and other
areas;
    Plastic lumber landscaping timbers and posts are used to enhance the
appearance of and control erosion in parks, highways, housing
developments, urban plazas, zoos, and the exteriors of office buildings,
military facilities, schools, and other public use areas.
    Playground equipment includes many components, like slides, merry-
go-rounds, hand rails, etc., and is found in parks, schools, child care
facilities, institutions, multiple family dwellings, restaurants, resort
and recreational developments, and other public use areas.
    Polyisocyanurate insulation means insulation produced principally by
the polymerization of polymeric polyisocyanates, usually in the presence
of polyhydroxyl compounds with the addition of cell stabilizers, blowing
agents, and appropriate catalyst to produce a polyisocyanurate chemical
structure;
    Polystyrene insulation means an organic foam composed principally of
polymerized styrene resin processed to form a homogenous rigid mass of
cells;
    Polyurethane insulation means insulation composed principally of the
catalyzed reaction product of polyisocyanates and polyhydroxyl
compounds, processed usually with a blowing agent to form a rigid foam
having a predominantly closed cell structure;
    Postconsumer material means a material or finished product that has
served its intended use and has been diverted or recovered from waste
destined for disposal, having completed its life as a consumer item.
Postconsumer material is a part of the broader category of recovered
materials.
    Postconsumer recovered paper means:
    (1) Paper, paperboard and fibrous wastes from retail stores, office
buildings, homes and so forth, after they have passed through their end-
usage as a consumer item including: Used corrugated boxes; old
newspapers; old magazines; mixed waste paper; tabulating cards and used
cordage; and
    (2) All paper, paperboard and fibrous wastes that enter and are
collected from municipal solid waste;
    Practicable means capable of being used consistent with: Performance
in accordance with applicable specifications, availability at a
reasonable price, availability within a reasonable period of time, and
maintenance of a satisfactory level of competition;
    Printer ribbon means a nylon fabric designed to hold ink and used in
dot matrix and other types of impact printers;
    Procurement item means any device, good, substance, material,
product, or other item, whether real or personal property, which is the
subject of any purchase, barter, or other exchange made to procure such
item;
    Procuring agency means any Federal agency, or any State agency or
agency of a political subdivision of a State, which is using
appropriated Federal funds for such procurement, or any person
contracting with any such agency with respect to work performed under
such contract;
    Purchasing means the act of and the function of responsibility for
the acquisition of equipment, materials, supplies, and services,
including: Buying, determining the need, selecting the supplier,
arriving at a fair and reasonable price and terms and conditions,
preparing the contract or purchase order, and follow-up;
    Railroad grade crossing surfaces are materials placed between
railroad tracks, and between the track and the road at highway and
street railroad crossings, to enhance automobile and pedestrian safety.
    Rebuilt vehicular parts are vehicular parts that have been
remanufactured, reusing parts in their original form.
    Recovered materials means waste materials and byproducts which have
been recovered or diverted from solid waste, but such term does not
include those materials and byproducts generated from, and commonly
reused within, an original manufacturing process;

[[Page 385]]

    Recovered materials, for purposes of purchasing paper and paper
products, means waste material and byproducts that have been recovered
or diverted from solid waste, but such term does not include those
materials and byproducts generated from, and commonly reused within, an
original manufacturing process. In the case of paper and paper products,
the term recovered materials includes:
    (1) Postconsumer materials such as--
    (i) Paper, paperboard, and fibrous wastes from retail stores, office
buildings, homes, and so forth, after they have passed through their
end-usage as a consumer item, including: Used corrugated boxes; old
newspapers; old magazines; mixed waste paper; tabulating cards; and used
cordage; and
    (ii) All paper, paperboard, and fibrous wastes that enter and are
collected from municipal solid waste, and
    (2) Manufacturing, forest residues, and other wastes such as--
    (i) Dry paper and paperboard waste generated after completion of the
papermaking process (that is, those manufacturing operations up to and
including the cutting and trimming of the paper machine reel in smaller
rolls of rough sheets) including: Envelope cuttings, bindery trimmings,
and other paper and paperboard waste, resulting from printing, cutting,
forming, and other converting operations; bag, box, and carton
manufacturing wastes; and butt rolls, mill wrappers, and rejected unused
stock; and
    (ii) Finished paper and paperboard from obsolete inventories of
paper and paperboard manufacturers, merchants, wholesalers, dealers,
printers, converters, or others;
    (iii) Fibrous byproducts of harvesting, manufacturing, extractive,
or wood-cutting processes, flax, straw, linters, bagasse, slash, and
other forest residues;
    (iv) Wastes generated by the conversion of goods made from fibrous
material (that is, waste rope from cordage manufacture, textile mill
waste, and cuttings); and
    (v) Fibers recovered from waste water which otherwise would enter
the waste stream.
    Re-refined oils means used oils from which the physical and chemical
contaminants acquired through previous use have been removed through a
refining process;
    Restroom divider/partition means a barrier used to provide privacy
in public restroom facilities;
    Retread tire means a worn automobile, truck, or other motor vehicle
tire whose tread has been replaced;
    Rock wool insulation means insulation which is composed principally
from fibers manufactured from slag or natural rock, with or without
binders;
    Roofing materials are materials used to construct a protective cover
over a structure to shield its interior from the natural elements.
    Shower divider/partition means a water-proof barrier used to provide
privacy in public shower facilities;
    Signage (including sign posts and supports) is used for
identification and directional purposes for public roads and highways,
and inside and outside office buildings, museums, parks, and other
public places.
    Silica fume is a waste byproduct of alloyed metal production.
    Soaker hose means a perforated flexible tubing that is used to
deliver gentle irrigation to plants;
    Sorbents (i.e., absorbents and adsorbents) are materials used to
retain liquids and gases in a diverse number of environmental,
industrial, agricultural, medical, and scientific applications.
Absorbents incorporate a substance while adsorbents gather substances on
their surfaces.
    Specification means a description of the technical requirements for
a material, product, or service that includes the criteria for
determining whether these requirements are met. In general,
specifications are in the form of written commercial designations,
industry standards, and other descriptive references;
    Spray-in-place insulation means insulation material that is sprayed
onto a surface or into cavities and includes cellulose fiber spray-on as
well as plastic rigid foam products;
    Spray-in-place foam is rigid cellular polyurethane or
polyisocyanurate foam produced by catalyzed chemical reactions that
hardens at the site of the work. The term includes spray-applied and
injected applications;

[[Page 386]]

    State means any of the several states, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa,
and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands;
    Structural fiberboard means a fibrous-felted, homogenous panel made
from lignocellulosic fibers (usually wood, cane, or paper) and having a
density of less than 31 lbs/ft\3\ but more than 10 lbs/ft\3\. It is
characterized by an integral bond which is produced by interfelting of
the fibers, but which has not been consolidated under heat or pressure
as a separate stage of manufacture;
    Tire means the following types of tires: Passenger car tires, light-
and heavy-duty truck tires, high-speed industrial tires, bus tires, and
special service tires (including military, agricultural, off-the-road,
and slow-speed industrial);

[60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 60973, Nov. 13, 1997; 65
FR 3080, Jan. 19, 2000; 69 FR 24038, Apr. 30, 2004; 72 FR 52488, Sept.
14, 2007]



Sec. 247.4  Contracting officer requirements.

    Within one year after the effective date of each item designation,
contracting officers shall require that vendors:
    (a) Certify that the percentage of recovered materials to be used in
the performance of the contract will be at least the amount required by
applicable specifications or other contractual requirements, and
    (b) Estimate the percentage of total material utilized for the
performance of the contract which is recovered materials.



Sec. 247.5  Specifications.

    (a) RCRA section 6002(d)(1) required Federal agencies that have the
responsibility for drafting or reviewing specifications for procurement
items procured by Federal agencies to revise their specifications by May
8, 1986, to eliminate any exclusion of recovered materials and any
requirement that items be manufactured from virgin materials.
    (b) RCRA section 6002(d)(2) requires that within one year after the
publication date of each item designation by the EPA, each procuring
agency must assure that its specifications for these items require the
use of recovered materials to the maximum extent possible without
jeopardizing the intended end use of these items.



Sec. 247.6  Affirmative procurement programs.

    RCRA section 6002(i) provides that each procuring agency which
purchases items designated by EPA must establish an affirmative
procurement program, containing the four elements listed below, for
procuring such items containing recovered materials to the maximum
extent practicable:
    (a) Preference program for purchasing the designated items;
    (b) Promotion program;
    (c) Procedures for obtaining estimates and certifications of
recovered materials content and for verifying the estimates and
certifications; and
    (d) Annual review and monitoring of the effectiveness of the
program.



Sec. 247.7  Effective date.

    Within one year after the date of publication of any item
designation, procuring agencies which purchase that designated item must
comply with the following requirements of RCRA: affirmative procurement
of the designated item (6002(c)(1) and (i)), specifications revision
(6002(d)(2)), vendor certification and estimation of recovered materials
content of the item (6002(c)(3) and (i)(2)(C)), and verification of
vendor estimates and certifications (6002(i)(2)C)).



                       Subpart B_Item Designations



Sec. 247.10  Paper and paper products.

    Paper and paper products, excluding building and construction paper
grades.



Sec. 247.11  Vehicular products.

    (a) Lubricating oils containing re-refined oil, including engine
lubricating oils, hydraulic fluids, and gear oils, excluding marine and
aviation oils.
    (b) Tires, excluding airplane tires.
    (c) Reclaimed engine coolants, excluding coolants used in non-
vehicular applications.

[[Page 387]]

    (d) Rebuilt vehicular parts.

[60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 24038, Apr. 30, 2004]



Sec. 247.12  Construction products.

    (a) Building insulation products, including the following items:
    (1) Loose-fill insulation, including but not limited to cellulose
fiber, mineral fibers (fiberglass and rock wool), vermiculite, and
perlite;
    (2) Blanket and batt insulation, including but not limited to
mineral fibers (fiberglass and rock wool);
    (3) Board (sheathing, roof decking, wall panel) insulation,
including but not limited to structural fiberboard and laminated
paperboard products, perlite composite board, polyurethane,
polyisocyanurate, polystyrene, phenolics, and composites; and
    (4) Spray-in-place insulation, including but not limited to foam-in-
place polyurethane and polyisocyanurate, and spray-on cellulose.
    (b) Structural fiberboard and laminated paperboard products for
applications other than building insulation, including building board,
sheathing, shingle backer, sound deadening board, roof insulating board,
insulating wallboard, acoustical and non-acoustical ceiling tile,
acoustical and non-acoustical lay-in panels, floor underlayments, and
roof overlay (coverboard).
    (c) Cement and concrete, including concrete products such as pipe
and block containing:
    (1) Coal fly ash;
    (2) Ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBF);
    (3) Cenospheres; or
    (4) Silica fume from silicon and ferrosilicon metal production.
    (d) Carpet made from polyester fiber made from recovered materials
for use in moderate-wear applications such as single-family housing and
similar wear applications.
    (e) Floor tiles and patio blocks containing recovered rubber or
plastic.
    (f) Shower and restroom dividers/partitions containing recovered
plastic or steel.
    (g)(1) Consolidated latex paint used for covering graffiti; and
    (2) Reprocessed latex paint used for interior and exterior
architectural applications such as wallboard, ceilings, and trim; gutter
boards; and concrete, stucco, masonry, wood, and metal surfaces.
    (h) Carpet cushion made from bonded polyurethane, jute, synthetic
fibers, or rubber containing recovered materials.
    (i) Flowable fill containing coal fly ash and/or ferrous foundry
sands.
    (j) Railroad grade crossing surfaces made from cement and concrete
containing fly ash, recovered rubber, recovered steel, recovered wood,
or recovered plastic.
    (k) Modular threshold ramps containing recovered steel, rubber, or
aluminum.
    (l) Nonpressure pipe containing recovered steel, plastic, or cement.
    (m) Roofing materials containing recovered steel, aluminum, fiber,
rubber, plastic or plastic composites, or cement.

[60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 60974, Nov. 13, 1997; 65
FR 3081, Jan. 19, 2000; 69 FR 24038, Apr. 30, 2004]



Sec. 247.13  Transportation products.

    (a) Traffic barricades and traffic cones used in controlling or
restricting vehicular traffic.
    (b) Parking stops made from concrete or containing recovered plastic
or rubber.
    (c) Channelizers containing recovered plastic or rubber.
    (d) Delineators containing recovered plastic, rubber, or steel.
    (e) Flexible delineators containing recovered plastic.

[60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 60974, Nov. 13, 1997]



Sec. 247.14  Park and recreation products.

    (a) Playground surfaces and running tracks containing recovered
rubber or plastic.
    (b) Plastic fencing containing recovered plastic for use in
controlling snow or sand drifting and as a warning/safety barrier in
construction or other applications.
    (c) Park benches and picnic tables containing recovered steel,
aluminum, plastic, or concrete.

[[Page 388]]

    (d) Playground equipment containing recovered plastic, steel, or
aluminum.

[60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 60974, Nov. 13, 1997; 65
FR 3081, Jan. 19, 2000]



Sec. 247.15  Landscaping products.

    (a) Hydraulic mulch products containing recovered paper or recovered
wood used for hydroseeding and as an over-spray for straw mulch in
landscaping, erosion control, and soil reclamation.
    (b) Compost made from recovered organic materials.
    (c) Garden and soaker hoses containing recovered plastic or rubber.
    (d) Lawn and garden edging containing recovered plastic or rubber.
    (e) Plastic lumber landscaping timbers and posts containing
recovered materials.
    (f) Fertilizer made from recovered organic materials.

[60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 60974, Nov. 13, 1997; 65
FR 3081, Jan. 19, 2000; 72 FR 52488, Sept. 14, 2007]



Sec. 247.16  Non-paper office products.

    (a) Office recycling containers and office waste receptacles.
    (b) Plastic desktop accessories.
    (c) Toner cartridges.
    (d) Plastic-covered binders containing recovered plastic; chipboard
and pressboard binders containing recovered paper; and solid plastic
binders containing recovered plastic.
    (e) Plastic trash bags.
    (f) Printer ribbons.
    (g) Plastic envelopes.
    (h) Plastic clipboards containing recovered plastic.
    (i) Plastic file folders containing recovered plastic.
    (j) Plastic clip portfolios containing recovered plastic.
    (k) Plastic presentation folders containing recovered plastic.
    (1) Office furniture containing recovered steel, aluminum, wood,
agricultural fiber, or plastic.

[60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 60974, Nov. 13, 1997; 65
FR 3081, Jan. 19, 2000; 69 FR 24038, Apr. 30, 2004]



Sec. 247.17  Miscellaneous products.

    (a) Pallets containing recovered wood, plastic, or paperboard.
    (b) Sorbents containing recovered materials for use in oil and
solvent clean-ups and as animal bedding.
    (c) Industrial drums containing recovered steel, plastic, or paper.
    (d) Awards and plaques containing recovered glass, wood, paper, or
plastic.
    (e) Mats containing recovered rubber and/or plastic.
    (f)(1) Non-road signs containing recovered plastic or aluminum and
road signs containing recovered aluminum.
    (2) Sign supports and posts containing recovered plastic or steel.
    (g) Manual-grade strapping containing recovered steel or plastic.
    (h) Bike racks containing recovered steel or plastic.
    (i) Blasting grit containing recovered steel, coal and metal slag,
bottom ash, glass, plastic, fused alumina oxide, or walnut shells.

[62 FR 60974, Nov. 13, 1997, as amended at 65 FR 3081, Jan. 19, 2000; 69
FR 24038, Apr. 30, 2004]



PART 254_PRIOR NOTICE OF CITIZEN SUITS--Table of Contents



Sec.
254.1 Purpose.
254.2 Service of notice.
254.3 Contents of notice.

    Authority: Sec. 7002, Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2825 (42 U.S.C.
6972).

    Source: 42 FR 56114, Oct. 21, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 254.1  Purpose.

    Section 7002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, authorizes suit by any
person to enforce the Act. These suits may be brought where there is
alleged to be a violation by any person (including (a) the United
States, and (b) any other governmental instrumentality or agency, to the
extent permitted by the eleventh amendment to the Constitution) of any
permit, standard, regulation, condition, requirement, or order which has
become effective under the Act, or a failure of the Administrator to
perform any act or duty under the Act,

[[Page 389]]

which is not discretionary with the Administrator. These actions are to
be filed in accordance with the rules of the district court in which the
action is instituted. The purpose of this part is to prescribe
procedures governing the notice requirements of subsections (b) and (c)
of section 7002 as a prerequisite to the commencement of such actions.



Sec. 254.2  Service of notice.

    (a) Notice of intent to file suit under subsection 7002(a)(1) of the
Act shall be served upon an alleged violator of any permit, standard,
regulation, condition, requirement, or order which has become effective
under this Act in the following manner:
    (1) If the alleged violator is a private individual or corporation,
service of notice shall be accomplished by registered mail, return
receipt requested, addressed to, or by personal service upon, the owner
or site manager of the building, plant, installation, or facility
alleged to be in violation. A copy of the notice shall be mailed to the
Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Regional
Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency for the region in
which the violation is alleged to have occurred, and the chief
administrative officer of the solid waste management agency for the
State in which the violation is alleged to have occurred. If the alleged
violator is a corporation, a copy of the notice shall also be mailed to
the registered agent, if any, of that corporation in the State in which
such violation is alleged to have occurred.
    (2) If the alleged violator is a State or local agency, service of
notice shall be accomplished by registered mail, return receipt
requested, addressed to, or by personal service upon, the head of that
agency. A copy of the notice shall be mailed to the chief administrator
of the solid waste management agency for the State in which the
violation is alleged to have occurred, the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency, and the Regional Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency for the region in which the violation is
alleged to have occurred.
    (3) If the alleged violator is a Federal agency, service of notice
shall be accomplished by registered mail, return receipt requested,
addressed to, or by personal service upon, the head of the agency. A
copy of the notice shall be mailed to the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency, the Regional Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency for the region in which the violation is
alleged to have occurred, the Attorney General of the United States, and
the chief administrative officer of the solid waste management agency
for the State in which the violation is alleged to have occurred.
    (b) Service of notice of intent to file suit under subsection
7002(a)(2) of the Act shall be accomplished by registered mail, return
receipt requested, addressed to, or by personal service upon, the
Administrator, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460. A
copy of the notice shall be mailed to the Attorney General of the United
States.
    (c) Notice given in accordance with the provisions of this part
shall be considered to have been served on the date of receipt. If
service was acomplished by mail, the date of receipt will be considered
to be the date noted on the return receipt card.



Sec. 254.3  Contents of notice.

    (a) Violation of permit, standard, regulation, condition,
requirement, or order. Notice regarding an alleged violation of a
permit, standard, regulation, condition, requirement, or order which has
become effective under this Act shall include sufficient information to
permit the recipient to identify the specific permit, standard,
regulation, condition, requirement, or order which has allegedly been
violated, the activity alleged to constitute a violation, the person or
persons responsible for the alleged violation, the date or dates of the
violation, and the full name, address, and telephone number of the
person giving notice.
    (b) Failure to act. Notice regarding an alleged failure of the
Administrator to perform an act or duty which is not discretionary under
the Act shall identify the provisions of the Act which require such act
or create such duty, shall describe with reasonable specificity the
action taken or not taken by

[[Page 390]]

the Administrator which is claimed to constitute a failure to perform
the act or duty, and shall state the full name, address, and telephone
number of the person giving the notice.
    (c) Identification of counsel. The notice shall state the name,
address, and telephone number of the legal counsel, if any, representing
the person giving the notice.



PART 255_IDENTIFICATION OF REGIONS AND AGENCIES FOR SOLID WASTE
MANAGEMENT--Table of Contents



                      Subpart A_General Provisions

Sec.
255.1 Scope and purpose.
255.2 Definitions.

         Subpart B_Criteria for Identifying Regions and Agencies

255.10 Criteria for identifying regions.
255.11 Criteria for identifying agencies.

        Subpart C_Procedures for Identifying Regions and Agencies

255.20 Preliminary identification of regions.
255.21 Local consultation on boundaries.
255.22 Establishing regional boundaries.
255.23 Joint identification of agencies.
255.24 Procedure for identifying interstate regions.
255.25 Public participation.

 Subpart D_Responsibilities of Identified Agencies and Relationship to
                             Other Programs

255.30 Responsibilities established.
255.31 Integration with other acts.
255.32 Coordination with other programs.
255.33 Inclusion of Federal facilities and Native American Reservations.

          Subpart E_Submission and Revision of Identifications

255.40 Notification of status.
255.41 Procedure for revision.

    Authority: Sec. 2002(a)(1), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C.
6912(a)(1)). Also issued under sec. 4006(b), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat.
2795 (42 U.S.C. 6946(b)).

    Source: 42 FR 24927, May 16, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A_General Provisions



Sec. 255.1  Scope and purpose.

    (a) These guidelines are applicable to policies, procedures, and
criteria for the identification of those areas which have common solid
waste management problems and which are appropriate units for planning
regional solid waste management services pursuant to section 4002(a) of
the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act of 1976 (the Act). The guidelines also define and guide
the identification of which functions will be carried out by which
agencies pursuant to section 4006 of the Act.
    (b) The purposes of these guidelines are to (1) provide useful
criteria for selecting the regions and agencies to be identified
pursuant to section 4006 of the Act and (2) provide guidance for
conducting the process which will result in formal identification of
those regions and agencies.
    (c) Identifications made pursuant to these guidelines should be
consistent with State solid waste management plans and strategies. A
State strategy establishes: Goals for prevention of adverse effects on
the environment resulting from improper solid waste disposal including
protection of surface and ground water quality, air quality and the
land; priorities among waste types; priorities among disposal practices;
and the roles of existing agencies with responsibilities in solid waste
management. The identification process should cover all waste types
(residential and commercial solid waste, hazardous wastes, industrial
sludges and pretreatment residues, municipal sewage sludge, air
pollution control residue, septage, mining and agricultural waste, other
industrial waste, and solid waste from community activities), all
disposal practices (impoundments, pits, ponds, lagoons, landfills,
dumps, land-spreading, and industrial leaching fields) and all
technological approaches (conservation, recovery, incineration,
disposal).

(Also sec. 4002(a), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6942))

[[Page 391]]



Sec. 255.2  Definitions.

    The Act contains an extensive list of definitions in section 1004
which are applicable here. There are further definitions of terms in 40
CFR part 29 of this chapter which apply unless the context herein
requires otherwise.

[42 FR 24927, May 16, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29302, June 24, 1983]



         Subpart B_Criteria for Identifying Regions and Agencies



Sec. 255.10  Criteria for identifying regions.

    The following criteria are to assist in identifying regions pursuant
to section 4006(a) of the Act.
    (a) Geographic areas which have a history of cooperating to solve
problems in environmental or other related matters should be considered.
    (1) Regions encompassing existing regional, including countywide,
systems or institutions, including those of the private sector, should
be evaluated. Changes in their boundaries may be needed for economic
viability or other reasons in keeping with the State plan.
    (2) Boundary selection which would require the creation of new
agencies should be considered only where necessary. The relationship
among established agencies should be considered. Where institutional
gaps or inadequacies are found, regions should be identified keeping in
mind which agencies would be able to fill those needs.
    (b) The size and location of regions should permit resource recovery
and conservation in accordance with the objectives in section 4001 of
the Act.
    (1) A region's size and configuration should be considered, weighing
transportation costs against economies of scale.
    (2) Left-over regions having inadequate resources or volumes of
waste should be avoided.
    (3) Location should be considered relative to available
transportation and to markets for recovered resources.
    (c) The volume of wastes within a region will influence the
technology choices for recovery and disposal, determine economies of
scale, and affect marketability of resources recovered. A region should
include sufficient volume of waste to support the goals and objectives
of the State plan, including materials or energy recovery as
appropriate.
    (d) Waste type should be considered since it also affects management
options. Industrial or hazardous waste streams may warrant special
consideration or special boundaries.
    (e) The effect of geologic and hydrologic conditions, such as soil
suitability, land availability, natural barriers (rivers and mountains),
the quantity and availability of water resources, and the susceptibility
of ground water to contamination should be considered. Aquifer
protection in accordance with State water quality management plans and
policies could influence boundary selection.
    (f) Coordination with ongoing planning for other purposes may be an
influence in selecting boundaries.
    (1) The local and regional planning process should be integrated
into the State planning process.
    (2) Use of a common data base should be encouraged among
transportation, land use, and other planning areas.
    (3) To the extent practicable, coterminous planning regions should
be encouraged, and larger regions should be multiples of whole smaller
regions.
    (4) Coordination should be provided with those agencies designated
for water quality management planning under section 208 of the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act, with underground injection control agencies
designated in accordance with the Safe Drinking Water Act, and with air
quality planning agencies designated under the Clean Air Act.

(Sec. 4002(a), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6942))



Sec. 255.11  Criteria for identifying agencies.

    The following criteria are intended to assist in the process of
agency selection pursuant to section 4006(b) of the Act. They may also
be useful in pointing out needed improvements in the qualifications of
the selected agencies.
    (a) Existing agencies with demonstrated satisfactory ability to
plan, manage, or operate solid waste management services should be
considered

[[Page 392]]

for planning and implementation responsibilities. Agencies which have
completed planning that resulted in successful implementation of solid
waste management facilities or services should be given priority
consideration for future planning responsibilities when they otherwise
meet these criteria.
    (b) An agency to be identified as responsible for conducting
regional solid waste management planning should:
    (1) Be a representative organization composed of, or whose
membership is composed of, individuals at least a majority of whom are
elected officials of local governments or their designees having
jurisdiction in the planning region.
    (2) Have planning jurisdiction in the entire planning region.
    (3) Be capable of having the planning process fully underway within
1 year after identification.
    (4) Have established procedures for adoption, review, and revision
of plans and resolution of major issues, including procedures for public
participation in the planning process.
    (5) Have appropriate experience and skills to perform all of its
assigned responsibilities, including expertise for the particular waste
type, processing or disposal technology, and functional area. (Attention
is directed to OMB Circular No. A-95, paragraph 1.e., part IV of
Attachment A which encourages the designation of established substate
district comprehensive planning agencies as the agencies to carry out
areawide planning assisted or required under any Federal program).
    (c) In identifying agencies for solid waste management planning and
implementation under section 4006 of the Act, the State should review
the solid waste activities being conducted by water quality management
planning agencies designated under section 208 of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act. Where feasible, identification of such agencies
should be considered in the joint identification processes of subpart C
of this part. There should be a formal means of coordination established
with the State water quality management agencies.
    (d) Planning objectives will influence agency selection.
Distinctions may be made between policy planning and facility planning
and between planning a single solid waste management system and
comprehensive planning which addresses trade-offs among various media.
    (e) For coordinating planning and implementation under the State
plan, as required in section 4003(1)(c), consideration should be given
to identifying one agency for both functions. Where separate planning
and implementation agencies are selected, there should be some means to
ensure implementation, such as State legislation or an interagency
agreement that all constituent jurisdictions will abide by the plan.
Furthermore, strong coordination should be established between the
planning agency and the implementing agency. During the planning period,
the implementation agency should have continual access to plan
development processes. There should be an administrative procedure to
resolve conflicts between planners and implementers.
    (f) The agency responsible for carrying out the regional plan should
be constituted with authority to implement the plan in its constituent
jurisdictions.
    (g) The need for a reliable volume of waste to supply disposal or
recovery facilities should be addressed. The Agency providing such
facilities whose member jurisdictions could choose whether or not to
utilize the facility should analyze that need and consider methods such
as franchising or public utility controls to assure an adequate supply.



        Subpart C_Procedures for Identifying Regions and Agencies

    Note: The following procedures are provided to assist in
establishing consultation and joint identification processes to be used
for identifying regions and agencies pursuant to section 4006. Any
process which meets the substantive intent of these guidelines may be
submitted to the EPA Regional Administrator for purposes of determining
grant eligibility under section 4007, especially if such process has
been mandated or funded by State legislation.

[[Page 393]]



Sec. 255.20  Preliminary identification of regions.

    Preliminary identification of regions should be made by the Governor
or his representative after consultation with regional and areawide
planning agencies, water quality and solid waste management planning
agencies, cities, and counties and other appropriate units of general
purpose local government. The Governor should notify the concerned
agencies of his recommendations concerning boundaries. Where the
regional identification has already been established by State
legislation or other method in keeping with these guidelines, this
notification need only request comments on the existing arrangement.

[42 FR 24927, May 16, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29303, June 24, 1983]



Sec. 255.21  Local consultation on boundaries.

    Any chief executive of a general purpose government within the State
may comment on the Governor's recommendation concerning the boundaries.
    (a) The purposes of these comments are to assure that the experience
of local agencies is used to fullest advantage in boundary decisions,
that incompatible institutional arrangements are not forced, and that
significant local considerations are not overlooked.
    (b) When the objectives of the Act concerning local consultation can
be met by an equivalent or existing process established under State
administrative procedures acts or other State procedural guidance, the
Governor may request that the EPA accept that process in fulfillment of
the grant eligibility criteria under section 4007 of the Act.



Sec. 255.22  Establishing regional boundaries.

    Under section 4006(a) of the Act the formal means for identifying
regional boundaries are to be regulations promulgated by the Governor.
Where the identification of areas has already been made by State
legislation or other means which have legal stature equivalent to the
required regulations, and where notification and consultation have
occurred pursuant to Sec. Sec. 255.20 and 255.21 of this part, such
legislation may be used in lieu of those regulations. Where substantial
disagreement persists between the Governor and local officials, normal
State administrative and judicial appeals procedures are available to
resolve such conflict.



Sec. 255.23  Joint identification of agencies.

    (a) The Governor should designate a lead agency to manage the
identification process. That agency should review established
notification procedures to determine that at least all general purpose
local governments within the State, all units of regional governance,
all existing solid waste and water quality management planning agencies,
and all areawide agencies and the state process under Executive Order
12372 will be notified. If necessary, a supplemental distribution list
should be prepared. Consideration should be given to addressing
individual offices within those agencies.
    (b) The Governor should, by correspondence or State notification
procedures, notify the agencies on the distribution list (paragraph (a)
of this section) of the purpose and schedule of the joint identification
process. This may be coincident with the notification in Sec. 255.20.
    (c) The Governor, an appropriate legislative committee, and
appropriate local elected officials may submit nominations of agencies
and functions to the lead agency appointed by the Governor. This lead
agency should make such nominations public.
    (d) Chief executives of agencies on the distribution list may
comment by letter on the nominations.
    (e) If a disagreement exists which cannot be settled by
correspondence or a meeting with the Governor's representative, a public
hearing should be held and all elected officials of local general
purpose governments within the region should be invited. The purpose of
this meeting will be for the local officials to reach a consensus
regarding the agency(ies) to be formally identified.
    (f) When a consensus is reached among local elected officials a
formal

[[Page 394]]

agreement should be made in conformance with State administrative
procedures. It should be binding until revised in accordance with this
subpart.
    (g) When the local consensus is in agreement with the State opinion,
the State should confirm that agreed arrangement, formally establishing
the duties and responsibilities of the identified agencies by
legislative resolution or executive order.
    (h) In the event that a consensus cannot be reached before 270 days
after promulgation of regulations pursuant to Sec. 255.22 the Governor
should designate a State agency to develop and implement the plan for
the concerned region.

[42 FR 24927, May 16, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29303, June 24, 1983]



Sec. 255.24  Procedure for identifying interstate regions.

    If the Governor's recommendation, the local consensus, or a
neighboring Governor's recommendation is that an interstate region be
identified, the procedures described in this subpart should be extended
to include notification and comment of all concerned officials in the
entire recommended region.
    (a) Section 4006(c) of the Act establishes specific procedures for
the conduct of interstate identification processes.
    (b) Recommendations, nominations, and comments resulting from
processes described in Sec. Sec. 255.20 and 255.21 that concern
interstate regions should be brought to the attention of the appropriate
EPA Regional Administrator.
    (c) The Governor should evaluate the use of interstate metropolitan
area (Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area) boundaries for planning
and management purposes, and consider nominating such areas where
appropriate.

(Also sec. 4006(c), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6946(c)))



Sec. 255.25  Public participation.

    Public participation in the process of identifying regions and
agencies should be provided for, encouraged, and assisted by the State
and local officials.



 Subpart D_Responsibilities of Identified Agencies and Relationship to
                             Other Programs



Sec. 255.30  Responsibilities established.

    The following duties and responsibilities should be assigned for all
appropriate areas pursuant to section 4006.
    (a) Disposal of municipal solid waste should be an identified
responsibility throughout the State. In the event that no local or
regional agency is held responsible for disposal for a region, a State
agency should be identified and held accountable.
    (b) Where the State plan identifies municipal sewage sludge
disposal, hazardous waste disposal or other functions needing attention
in a region, an agency should be identified as being responsible for
that function in that region.
    (c) These responsibilities may be assigned with the intent that
private industry be the actual purveyor of service.



Sec. 255.31  Integration with other acts.

    The Governor shall integrate the provisions of these guidelines for
purposes of administration and enforcement, and should avoid duplication
to the maximum extent practicable, with the appropriate regional
identification provisions of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq.),
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.), the
Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300f et seq.), the Toxic Substances
Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.), the Marine Protection, Research
and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.) and other
appropriate Acts of Congress.

(Sec. 1006(b), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6905(b)))



Sec. 255.32  Coordination with other programs.

    The region and agency identification criteria (Sec. 255.11) specify
review of solid waste activities being conducted by water quality
management planning agencies, underground injection control agencies,
and air quality management agencies. There should be a formal means of
coordination established between any agencies established under

[[Page 395]]

section 4006 which are not identical with these agencies. Coordination
should be established so that permittees under the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
will be consulted concerning disposal of residual sludges.



Sec. 255.33  Inclusion of Federal facilities and Native American
Reservations.

    Major Federal facilities and Native American Reservations should be
treated for the purposes of these guidelines as though they are
incorporated municipalities, and the facility director or administrator
should be considered the same as a locally elected official.

(Sec. 6001, Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6961))



          Subpart E_Submission and Revision of Identifications



Sec. 255.40  Notification of status.

    This subpart describes procedures which may ultimately be required
by EPA when it publishes regulations governing application and
eligibility for grants under section 4007. Under these regulations the
appropriate EPA Regional Administrator will consider the identifications
made under section 4006 as one of the conditions of grant eligibility.
    The Regional Administrator may accept, in State grant applications,
notification of the status of these identifications to ensure that
premature decisions on State plan development will not be forced by the
timing of the identifications specified in the Act. Procedures are
outlined here to advise the States of what EPA expects to require in
such notification.
    (a) The notification should specify those regional boundaries and
agencies which are uncontested at the time of submission, and specify a
schedule of hearings and determinations of subsequent identification of
regions and agencies as consensus is reached.
    (b) The appropriate level of detail and the timing of the
identifications to be made should be established for each planning
region after agreement between the State and the appropriate EPA
Regional Administrator. The timing should depend upon how well the State
plan is developed, the environmental and economic decisions to be made,
and the existing management approaches to their resolution.
    (c) The notification should list the major known interested agencies
and private operators within each planning region and describe how they
will be included in the process. Where appropriate, it should include an
expression of their interest and a definition of the extent and limits
of their role in solid waste management planning.
    (d) The notification should provide a schedule for phasing of plan
development with the identification of agencies to carry out those
plans, showing the projected maturation of management agencies and the
milestones for those agencies in taking over the plan implementation
process.
    (e) This notification should include establishment of State agencies
where regional planning and implementation agencies have not been
identified within 270 days of the Governor's promulgation of regulations
identifying regional boundaries.

(See sec. 4006(b)(2))



Sec. 255.41  Procedure for revision.

    The procedure for revising regional identifications or agency
responsibilities should be specified by the notification.
    (a) The State should review and, if appropriate, revise or modify
the identification of regions and the responsibilities of local and
regional agencies at intervals of less than 3 years. Review and
modification should include, but not be limited to, the following areas:
    (1) Whether new regions should be identified, or whether present
boundaries should be modified.
    (2) Whether responsibilities of an agency should be expanded or
reduced due to changes in the needs for solid waste functions in the
region.
    (b) Revisions or adjustments to the State plan may require minor
boundary or agency changes from time to time. The appropriate EPA
Regional Administrator should be notified of such revisions by the State
solid waste agency.

[[Page 396]]

    (c) Major revisions or adjustments in agencies or boundaries should
be made in consultation with local officials and be subject to the same
procedures used in the original identification process. Notification of
such revisions should be submitted with State plan updates.



PART 256_GUIDELINES FOR DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF STATE SOLID
WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANS--Table of Contents



          Subpart A_Purpose, General Requirements, Definitions

Sec.
256.01 Purpose and scope of the guidelines.
256.02 Scope of the State solid waste management plan.
256.03 State plan submission, adoption, and revision.
256.04 State plan approval, financial assistance.
256.05 Annual work program.
256.06 Definitions.

  Subpart B_Identification of Responsibilities; Distribution of Funding

256.10 Requirements.
256.11 Recommendations.

                 Subpart C_Solid Waste Disposal Programs

256.20 Requirements for State legal authority.
256.21 Requirements for State regulatory powers.
256.22 Recommendations for State regulatory powers.
256.23 Requirements for closing or upgrading open dumps.
256.24 Recommendations for closing or upgrading open dumps.
256.25 Recommendation for inactive facilities.
256.26 Requirement for schedules leading to compliance with the
          prohibition of open dumping.
256.27 Recommendation for schedules leading to compliance with the
          prohibition of open dumping.

     Subpart D_Resource Conservation and Resource Recovery Programs

256.30 Requirements.
256.31 Recommendations for developing and implementing resource
          conservation and recovery programs.

             Subpart E_Facility Planning and Implementation

256.40 Requirements.
256.41 Recommendations for assessing the need for facilities.
256.42 Recommendations for assuring facility development.

               Subpart F_Coordination With Other Programs

256.50 Requirements.

                     Subpart G_Public Participation

256.60 Requirements for public participation in State and substate
          plans.
256.61 Requirements for public participation in the annual State work
          program.
256.62 Requirements for public participation in State regulatory
          development.
256.63 Requirements for public participation in the permitting of
          facilities.
256.64 Requirements for public participation in the open dump inventory.
256.65 Recommendations for public participation.

    Authority: Sec. 4002(b), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2813(b) (42 U.S.C.
6942(b)).

    Source: 44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, unless otherwise noted.

    Editorial Note: For approval of State solid waste management plans
see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of
this volume.



          Subpart A_Purpose, General Requirements, Definitions



Sec. 256.01  Purpose and scope of the guidelines.

    (a) The purpose of these guidelines is to assist in the development
and implementation of State solid waste management plans, in accordance
with section 4002(b) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. 6942(b)) (the
``Act''). These guidelines contain methods for achieving the objectives
of environmentally sound management and disposal of solid and hazardous
waste, resource conservation, and maximum utilization of valuable
resources.
    (b) These guidelines address the minimum requirements for approval
of State plans as set forth in section 4003 of the Act. These are:

[[Page 397]]

    (1) The plan shall identify, in accordance with section 4006(b), (i)
the responsibilities of State, local, and regional authorities in the
implementation of the State plan, (ii) the distribution of Federal funds
to the authorities responsible for development and implementation of the
State plan, and (iii) the means for coordinating regional planning and
implementation under the State plan.
    (2) The plan shall, in accordance with section 4005(c), prohibit the
establishment of new open dumps within the State, and contain
requirements that all solid waste (including solid waste originating in
other States, but not including hazardous waste) shall be (i) utilized
for resource recovery or (ii) disposed of in sanitary landfills (within
the meaning of section 4004(a)) or otherwise disposed of in an
environmentally sound manner.
    (3) The plan shall provide for the closing or upgrading of all
existing open dumps within the State pursuant to the requirements of
section 4005.
    (4) The plan shall provide for the establishment of such State
regulatory powers as may be necessary to implement the plan.
    (5) The plan shall provide that no local government within the State
shall be prohibited under State or local law from entering into long-
term contracts for the supply of solid waste to resource recovery
facilities.
    (6) The plan shall provide for resource conservation or recovery and
for the disposal of solid waste in sanitary landfills or for any
combination of practices so as may be necessary to use or dispose of
such waste in a manner that is environmentally sound.
    (c) These guidelines address the requirement of section 4005(c) that
a State plan:

    Shall establish, for any entity which demonstrates that it has
considered other public or private alternatives for solid waste
management to comply with the prohibition on open dumping and is unable
to utilize such alternatives to so comply, a timetable or schedule of
compliance for such practice or disposal of solid waste which specifies
a schedule of remedial measures, including an enforceable sequence of
actions or operations leading to compliance with the prohibition on open
dumping of solid waste within a reasonable time (not to exceed five
years from the date of publication of the inventory).



Sec. 256.02  Scope of the State solid waste management plan.

    (a)(1) The State plan shall address all solid waste in the State
that poses potential adverse effects on health or the environment or
provides opportunity for resource conservation or resource recovery. The
plan shall consider:
    (i) Hazardous wastes;
    (ii) Residential, commercial and institutional solid waste;
    (iii) Wastewater treatment sludge;
    (iv) Pollution control residuals;
    (v) Industrial wastes;
    (vi) Mining wastes;
    (vii) Agricultural wastes;
    (viii) Water treatment sludge; and
    (ix) Septic tank pumpings.
    (2) The State plan shall consider the following aspects of solid
waste management:
    (i) Resource conservation;
    (ii) Source separation;
    (iii) Collection;
    (iv) Transportation;
    (v) Storage;
    (vi) Transfer;
    (vii) Processing (including resource recovery);
    (viii) Treatment; and
    (ix) Disposal.
    (b) The State Plan shall establish and justify priorities and timing
for actions. These priorities shall be based on the current level of
solid waste management planning and implementation within the State, the
extent of the solid waste management problem, the health, environmental
and economic impacts of the problem, and the resources and management
approaches available.
    (c) The State plan shall set forth an orderly and manageable process
for achieving the objectives of the Act and meeting the requirements of
these quidelines. This process shall describe as specifically as
possible the activities to be undertaken, including detailed schedules
and milestones.
    (d) The State plan shall cover a minimum of a five year time period
from the date submitted to EPA for approval.
    (e) The State plan shall identify existing State legal authority for
solid waste management and shall identify

[[Page 398]]

modifications to regulations necessary to meet the requirements of these
guidelines.



Sec. 256.03  State plan submission, adoption, and revision.

    (a) To be considered for approval, the State plan shall be submitted
to EPA within a reasonable time after final promulgation of these
guidelines.
    (b) Prior to submission to EPA, the plan shall be adopted by the
State pursuant to State administrative procedures.
    (c) The plan shall be developed in accord with public participation
procedures required by Subpart G of this part.
    (d) The plan shall contain procedures for revision. The State plan
shall be revised by the State, after notice and public hearings, when
the Administrator, by regulation, or the State determines, that:
    (1) The State plan is not in compliance with the requirements of
these guidelines;
    (2) Information has become available which demonstrates the
inadequacy of the plan; or
    (3) Such revision is otherwise necessary.
    (e) The State plan shall be reviewed by the State and, where
necessary, revised and readopted not less frequently than every three
years.
    (f) States which are developing a complete State plan may submit the
portion of the plan designed to satisfy the requirements of Sec. 256.26
prior to submission of the complete plan.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47051, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.04  State plan approval, financial assistance.

    (a) The Administrator shall, within six months after a State plan
has been submitted for approval, approve or disapprove the plan. The
Administrator shall approve a plan if he determines that:
    (1) It meets the requirements of these guidelines which address
sections 4003(1), (2), (3), and (5), and
    (2) It contains provisions for revision pursuant to Sec. 256.03.
    (b) The Administrator shall review approved plans from time to time,
and if he determines that revisions or corrections are necessary to
bring such plan into compliance with all of the requirements of these
guidelines, including the requirements which address sections 4003(4)
and (6) and any new or revised requirement established by amendment to
this part, he shall notify the State and provide an opportunity for such
revisions and corrections and for an appeal and public hearing. If the
plan continues to remain out of compliance, he shall withdraw his
approval of such plan.
    (c) Such withdrawal of approval shall cease to be effective upon the
Administrator's determination that the State plan complies with the
requirements of these guidelines.
    (d) The Administrator shall approve a State application for
financial assistance under subtitle D of the Act, and make grants to
such State, if the Administrator determines that the State plan
continues to be eligible for approval and is being implemented by the
State.
    (e) Upon withdrawal of approval of a State plan, the Administrator
shall withhold Federal financial and technical assistance under subtitle
D (other than such technical assistance as may be necessary to assist in
obtaining reinstatement of approval) until such time as approval is
reinstated. (Procedures for termination of financial assistance and for
settlement of disputes are contained in 40 CFR part 30, appendix A,
articles 7 and 8.)
    (f) If a State submits to EPA the portion of the plan by which
entities may, pursuant to Sec. 256.26, obtain timetables or schedules
of compliance for complying with the open dumping prohibition, the
Administrator shall approve such portion of the plan if he determines
that:
    (1) The portion submitted satisfies the requirements of Sec.
256.26;
    (2) The State has the general legal authority to issue and enforce
compliance schedules; and
    (3) The remainder of the plan is being developed in conformity with
these guidelines and will be completed within a reasonable period of
time.

In giving partial plan approval, the Administrator shall specify in
writing the timetable for completion of the final

[[Page 399]]

plan as required in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47051, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.05  Annual work program.

    (a) The annual work program submitted for financial assistance under
section 4008(a)(1) and described in the grant regulations (40 CFR part
35) shall be reviewed by the Administrator in order to determine whether
the State plan is being implemented by the State.
    (b) The Administrator and the State shall agree on the contents of
the annual work program. The Administrator will consider State
initiatives and priorities, in light of the goals of the Act, in
determining annual work programs for each State. The annual work program
represents a State's obligation incurred by acceptance of financial
assistance.
    (c) Annual guidance for the development of State work programs will
be issued by EPA. While this guidance will establish annual national
priorities, flexibility will be provided in order to accommodate
differing State priorities.
    (d) The following documents developed under the State plan shall be
included by reference in the annual work program:
    (1) Substate solid waste management plans,
    (2) Plans for the development of facilities and services, including
hazardous waste management facilities and services, and
    (3) Evidence of actions or steps taken to close or upgrade open
dumps.
    (e) The annual work program shall allocate the distribution of
Federal funds to agencies responsible for the development and
implementation of the State plan.



Sec. 256.06  Definitions.

    Terms not defined below have the meanings assigned them by section
1004 of the Act.
    The Act means the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.).
    Criteria means the ``Criteria for Classification of Solid Waste
Disposal Facilities'', 40 CFR Part 257, promulgated under section
4004(a) of the Act.
    Facility refers to any resource recovery system or component
thereof, any system, program or facility for resource conservation, and
any facility for collection, source separation, storage, transportation,
transfer, processing, treatment or disposal of solid waste, including
hazardous waste, whether such facility is associated with facilities
generating such wastes or not.
    Implementation means putting the plan into practice by carrying out
planned activities, including compliance and enforcement activities, or
ensuring such activities are carried out.
    Inactive facility means a facility which no longer receives solid
waste.
    Inventory of open dumps means the inventory required under section
4005(b) and is defined as the list published by EPA of those disposal
facilities which do not meet the criteria.
    Operator includes facility owners and operators.
    A permit is an entitlement to commence and continue operation of a
facility as long as both procedural and performance standards are met.
The term ``permit'' includes any functional equivalent such as a
registration or license.
    Planning includes identifying problems, defining objectives,
collecting information, analyzing alternatives and determining necessary
activities and courses of action.
    Provide for in the phrase ``the plan shall (should) provide for''
means explain, establish or set forth steps or courses of action.
    The term shall denotes requirements for the development and
implementation of the State plan.
    The term should denotes recommendations for the development and
implementation of the State plan.
    Substate refers to any public regional, local, county, municipal, or
intermunicipal agency, or regional or local public (including
interstate) solid or hazardous waste management authority, or other
public agency below the State level.

[[Page 400]]



  Subpart B_Identification of Responsibilities; Distribution of Funding



Sec. 256.10  Requirements.

    (a) In accordance with sections 4003(1) and 4006 and the interim
guidelines for identification of regions and agencies for solid waste
management (40 CFR part 255), the State plan shall provide for:
    (1) The identification of the responsibilities of State and substate
(regional, local and interstate) authorities in the development and
implementation of the State plan;
    (2) The means of distribution of Federal funds to the authorities
responsible for development and implementation of the State plan; and
    (3) The means for coordinating substate planning and implementation.
    (b) Responsibilities shall be identified for the classification of
disposal facilities for the inventory of open dumps.
    (c) Responsibilities shall be identified for development and
implementation of the State regulatory program described in subpart C of
this part.
    (d) Responsibilities shall be identified for the development and
implementation of the State resource conservation and resource recovery
program described in subpart D of this part.
    (e) State, substate and private sector responsibilities shall be
identified for the planning and implementation of solid and hazardous
waste management facilities and services.
    (f) Financial assistance under sections 4008(a) (1) and (2) shall be
allocated by the State to State and substate authorities carrying out
development and implementation of the State plan. Such allocation shall
be based on the responsibilities of the respective parties as determined
under section 4006(b).



Sec. 256.11  Recommendations.

    (a) Responsibilities should be identified for each of the solid
waste types listed in Sec. 256.02(a)(1).
    (b) Responsibilities should be identified for each of the aspects of
solid waste management listed in Sec. 256.02(a)(2).
    (c) Responsibilities should be identified for planning and
designating ground water use with respect to design and operation of
solid waste disposal facilities.
    (d) Responsibilities should be identified for the development and
implementation of the authorized State hazardous waste management
program under subtitle C of the Act.
    (e) The State plan should include a schedule and procedure for the
continuing review, reassessment and reassignment of responsibilities.



                 Subpart C_Solid Waste Disposal Programs



Sec. 256.20  Requirements for State legal authority.

    In order to comply with sections 4003 (2) and (3), the State plan
shall assure that the State has adequate legal authority to prohibit the
establishment of new open dumps and to close or upgrade existing open
dumps. The prohibition of the establishment of new open dumps shall take
effect no later than six months after the date of promulgation of the
criteria or on the date of approval of the State plan, whichever is
later.



Sec. 256.21  Requirements for State regulatory powers.

    In order to comply with section 4003(4), the State plan shall
provide for the establishment of State regulatory powers. These powers:
    (a) Shall be adequate to enforce solid waste disposal standards
which are equivalent to or more stringent than the criteria for
classification of solid waste disposal facilities (40 CFR part 257).
Such authority shall be as definitive as possible and clearly establish
the means for compliance.
    (b) Shall include surveillance capabilities necessary to detect
adverse environmental effects from solid waste disposal facilities. Such
capabilities shall include access for inspection and monitoring by
regulatory officials and the authority to establish operator monitoring
and reporting requirements.
    (c) Shall make use of a permit program which ensures that the
establishment of new open dumps is prohibited.

[[Page 401]]

    (d) Shall have administrative and judicial enforcement capabilities,
including enforceable orders, fines or other administrative procedures,
as necessary to ensure compliance.



Sec. 256.22  Recommendations for State regulatory powers.

    In order to assist compliance with section 4003(4), the following
are recommendations for State regulatory powers as may be necessary to
prohibit new open dumps and close or upgrade all existing open dumps.
    (a) Solid waste disposal standards:
    (1) Should be based on the health and environmental impacts of
disposal facilities.
    (2) Should specify design and operational standards.
    (3) Should take into account the climatic, geologic, and other
relevant characteristics of the State.
    (b) Surveillance systems should establish monitoring requirements
for facilities.
    (1) Every facility should be evaluated for potential adverse health
and environmental effects. Based on this evaluation, instrumentation,
sampling, monitoring, and inspection requirements should be established.
    (2) Every facility which produces leachate in quantities and
concentrations that could contaminate ground water in an aquifer should
be required to monitor to detect and predict contamination.
    (3) Inspectors should be trained and provided detailed instructions
for checking on the procedures and conditions that are specified in the
engineering plan and site permit. Provisions should be made to ensure
chain of custody for evidence.
    (c) Facility assessment and prescription of remedial measures should
be carried out by adequately trained or experienced professional staff,
including engineers and geologists.
    (d) The State permit system should provide the administrative
control to prohibit the establishment of new open dumps and to assist in
meeting the requirement that all wastes be used or disposed in an
environmentally sound manner.
    (1) Permitting procedures for new facilities should require
applicants to demonstrate that the facility will comply with the
criteria.
    (2) The permit system should specify, for the facility operator, the
location, design, construction, operational, monitoring, reporting,
completion and maintenance requirements.
    (3) Permit procedures should include provisions to ensure that
future use of the property on which the facility is located is
compatible with that property's use as a solid waste disposal facility.
These procedures should include identification of future land use or the
inclusion of a stipulation in the property deed which notifies future
purchasers of precautions necessitated by the use of the property as a
solid waste disposal facility.
    (4) Permits should only be issued to facilities that are consistent
with the State plan, or with substate plans developed under the State
plan.
    (e) The enforcement system should be designed to include both
administrative procedures and judicial remedies to enforce the
compliance schedules and closure procedures for open dumps.
    (1) Permits, surveillance, and enforcement system capabilities
should be designed for supporting court action.
    (2) Detection capabilities and penalties for false reporting should
be provided for.



Sec. 256.23  Requirements for closing or upgrading open dumps.

    In meeting the requirement of section 4003(3) for closing or
upgrading open dumps:
    (a) The State plan shall provide for the classification of existing
solid waste disposal facilities according to the criteria. This
classification shall be submitted to EPA, and facilities classified as
open dumps shall be published in the inventory of open dumps.
    (b) The State plan shall provide for an orderly time-phasing of the
disposal facility classifications described in paragraph (a) of this
section. The determination of priorities for the classification of
disposal facilities shall be based upon:
    (1) The potential health and environmental impact of the solid waste
disposal facility;

[[Page 402]]

    (2) The availability of State regulatory and enforcement powers; and
    (3) The availability of Federal and State resources for this
purpose.
    (c) For each facility classified as an open dump the State shall
take steps to close or upgrade the facility. Evidence of that action
shall be incorporated by reference into the annual work program and be
made publicly available. When the State's actions concerning open dumps
are modified, the changes shall be referenced in subsequent annual work
programs.
    (d) In providing for the closure of open dumps the State shall take
steps necessary to eliminate health hazards and minimize potential
health hazards. These steps shall include requirements for long-term
monitoring or contingency plans where necessary.



Sec. 256.24  Recommendations for closing or upgrading open dumps.

    (a) All sources of information available to the State should be used
to aid in the classification of facilities. Records of previous
inspections and monitoring, as well as new inspections and new
monitoring, should be considered.
    (b) The steps to close or upgrade open dumps established under Sec.
256.23(c) should be coordinated with the facility needs assessment
described in Sec. 256.41.
    (c) A determination should be made of the feasibility of resource
recovery or resource conservation to reduce the solid waste volume
entering a facility classified as an open dump; and feasible measures to
achieve that reduction should be implemented.
    (d) At the time of classification of existing solid waste disposal
facilities pursuant to Sec. 256.23, the State should consider
developing appropriate timetables or schedules by which any responsible
party can be brought into compliance with the open dumping prohibition
pursuant to Sec. Sec. 256.26 and 256.27.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47051, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.25  Recommendation for inactive facilities.

    Inactive facilities that continue to produce adverse health or
environmental effects should be evaluated according to the criteria. The
State plan should provide for measures to ensure that adverse health or
environmental effects from inactive facilities are minimized or
eliminated. Such measures may include actions by disposal facility
owners and operators, notification of the general public, adjacent
residents and other affected parties and notification of agencies
responsible for public health and safety.



Sec. 256.26  Requirement for schedules leading to compliance with
the prohibition of open dumping.

    In implementing the section 4005(c) prohibition on open dumping, the
State plan shall provide that any entity which demonstrates that it has
considered other public or private alternatives to comply with the
prohibition on open dumping and is unable to utilize such alternatives
to so comply, may obtain a timetable or schedule for compliance which
specifies a schedule of remedial measures, and an enforceable sequence
of actions, leading to compliance within a reasonable time (not to
exceed 5 years from the date of publication of the inventory).



Sec. 256.27  Recommendation for schedules leading to compliance with
the prohibition of open dumping.

    In reviewing applications for compliance schedules under Sec.
256.26, the State should consider the availability of processing and
disposal facilities, the likelihood of environmental damage from
disposal at available facilities, the existence of State or substate
requirements (including other compliance schedules) applicable to
available facilities, cost constraints, existing contractual agreements
and other pertinent factors.



     Subpart D_Resource Conservation and Resource Recovery Programs



Sec. 256.30  Requirements.

    (a) In order to comply with sections 4003(2) and (6) as they pertain
to resource conservation and recovery, the State plan shall provide for
a policy and strategy for encouragement of resource recovery and
conservation activities.

[[Page 403]]

    (b) In order to comply with section 4003(5), the State plan shall
provide that no local government within the State is prohibited under
State or local law from entering into long-term contracts for the supply
of solid waste to resource recovery facilities.



Sec. 256.31  Recommendations for developing and implementing resource
conservation and recovery programs.

    (a) In order to encourage resource recovery and conservation, the
State plan should provide for technical assistance, training,
information development and dissemination, financial support programs,
market studies and market development programs.
    (b) In order to comply with the requirement of Sec. 256.30(b)
regarding long-term contract prohibitions, the State plan should provide
for:
    (1) Review of existing State and local laws and regulations
pertinent to contracting for resource recovery services or facilities.
    (2) Reporting of all laws and regulations found to be in violation
of this requirement to the executive officer of the administrative
agency responsible for the statute.
    (3) Development of an administrative order or a revised law or
regulation or any other preliminary step for the removal or amending of
a law or regulation in violation of this requirement.
    (4) Development of a strategy for the consideration of the
legislature to prohibit and/or remove from State or local law provisions
in violation of this requirement.
    (c) The State plan should aid and encourage State procurement of
products containing recovered materials in accord with section 6002 of
the Act. To assist this effort, the State plan should provide for:
    (1) The development of a policy statement encouraging the
procurement of recovered materials, wherever feasible;
    (2) The identification of the key purchasing agencies of the State,
along with potential uses of recovered materials by these agencies; and,
    (3) The development of a plan of action to promote the use of
recovered materials through executive order, legislative initiative, or
other action that the State deems necessary.
    (d) In order to encourage resource recovery and conservation, the
State plan should provide for the elimination, to the extent possible,
of restrictions on the purchase of goods or services, especially
negotiated procurements, for resource recovery facilities. This should
include:
    (1) Review of existing State and local laws pertinent to the
procurement of equipment and services for the design, construction and
operation of resource recovery facilities;
    (2) Listing of all laws that limit the ability of localities to
negotiate for the procurement of the design, construction, or operation
of resource recovery facilities;
    (3) Development of administrative orders or legislation or other
action that would eliminate these restrictions; and
    (4) Development of a strategy and plan of action for the
consideration of the legislature for execution of administrative orders
or other action that would eliminate these restrictions.
    (e) The State plan should encourage the development of resource
recovery and resource conservation facilities and practices as the
preferred means of solid waste management whenever technically and
economically feasible. The State plan should provide for the following
activities:
    (1) The composition of wastes should be analyzed with particular
emphasis on recovery potential for material and energy, including fuel
value, percentages of recoverable industrial wastes, grades of
wastepaper, glass, and non-ferrous and ferrous metals.
    (2) Available and potential markets for recovered materials and
energy should be identified, including markets for recoverable
industrial wastes; wastepapers; ferrous and non-ferrous metals; glass;
solid, liquid, or gaseous fuels; sludges; and tires. The following
should be evaluated: location and transportation requirements, materials
and energy specifications of user industries, minimum quantity
requirements, pricing mechanisms and long-term contract availability.
    (3) Resource recovery feasibility studies should be conducted in
regions of the State in which uses or markets

[[Page 404]]

for recovered materials or energy are identified. These studies should
review various technological approaches, environmental considerations,
institutional and financial constraints, and economic feasibility.
    (4) Source separation, recycling and resource conservation should be
utilized whenever technically and economically feasible.
    (5) Mixed waste processing facilities for the recovery of energy and
materials should be utilized whenever technically and economically
feasible.
    (6) Source separation, resource conservation and mixed waste
processing capacity should be combined to achieve the most effective
resource conservation and economic balance.



             Subpart E_Facility Planning and Implementation



Sec. 256.40  Requirements.

    In order to comply with section 4003(6), the State plan shall
provide for adequate resource conservation, recovery, storage, treatment
and disposal facilities and practices necessary to use or dispose of
solid and hazardous waste in an environmentally sound manner.



Sec. 256.41  Recommendations for assessing the need for facilities.

    (a) In meeting the requirement for adequate resource conservation,
recovery, storage, treatment and disposal facilities and practices, the
State plan should provide for an assessment of the adequacy of existing
facilities and practices and the need for new or expanded facilities and
practices.
    (1) The needs assessment should be based on current and projected
waste generation rates and on the capacities of presently operating and
planned facilities.
    (2) Existing and planned resource conservation and recovery
practices and their impact on facility needs should be assessed.
    (3) Current and projected movement of solid and hazardous waste
across State and local boundaries should be assessed.
    (4) Special handling needs should be determined for all solid waste
categories.
    (5) Impact on facility capacities due to predictable changes in
waste quantities and characteristics should be estimated.
    (6) Environmental, economic, and other constraints on continued
operation of facilities should be assessed.
    (7) Diversion of wastes due to closure of open dumps should be
anticipated.
    (8) Facilities and practices planned or provided for by the private
sector should be assessed.
    (b) The State plan should provide for the identification of areas
which require new capacity development, based on the needs assessment.



Sec. 256.42  Recommendations for assuring facility development.

    (a) The State plan should address facility planning and acquisition
for all areas which are determined to have insufficient recovery,
storage, treatment and disposal capacity in the assessment of facility
needs.
    (b) Where facilities and practices are found to be inadequate, the
State plan should provide for the necessary facilities and practices to
be developed by responsible State and substate agencies or by the
private sector.
    (c) For all areas found to have five or fewer years of capacity
remaining, the State plan should provide for:
    (1) The development of estimates of waste generation by type and
characteristic,
    (2) The evaluation and selection of resource recovery, conservation
or disposal methods,
    (3) Selection of sites for facilities, and
    (4) Development of schedules of implementation.
    (d) The State plan should encourage private sector initiatives in
order to meet the identified facility needs.
    (e) In any area having fewer than 2 years of projected capacity, the
State plan should provide for the State to take action such as acquiring
facilities or causing facilities to be acquired.
    (f) The State plan should provide for the initiation and development
of environmentally sound facilities as soon as practicable to replace
all open dumps.
    (g) The State plan should provide for the State, in cooperation with
substate agencies, to establish procedures for

[[Page 405]]

choosing which facilities will get priority for technical or financial
assistance or other emphasis. Highest priority should be given to
facilities developed to replace or upgrade open dumps.
    (h) The State plan should provide for substate cooperation and
policies for free and unrestricted movement of solid and hazardous waste
across State and local boundaries.



               Subpart F_Coordination With Other Programs



Sec. 256.50  Requirements.

    Section 4003(1) requires the State solid waste management plan to
idenifty means for coordinating regional planning and implementation
under the State plan. Section 1006 requires the Administrator to
integrate all provisions of this Act (including approval of State plans)
with other Acts that grant regulatory authority to the Administrator in
order to prevent duplication of administrative and enforcement efforts.
In order to meet these requirements:
    (a) The State solid waste management plan shall be developed in
coordination with Federal, State, and substate programs for air quality,
water quality, water supply, waste water treatment, pesticides, ocean
protection, toxic substances control, noise control, and radiation
control.
    (b) The State plan shall provide for coordination with programs
under section 208 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1288).
In identifying agencies for solid waste management planning and
implementation, the State shall review the solid waste management
activities being conducted by water quality planning and management
agencies designated under section 208 of the Clean Water Act. Where
feasible, identification of such agencies should be considered during
the identification of responsibilities under subpart B of this part.
Where solid waste management and water quality agencies are separate
entities, necessary coordination procedures shall be established.
    (c) The State plan shall provide for coordination with the National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) established under section
402 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1342). The issuance of
State facility permits and actions taken to close or upgrade open dumps
shall be timed, where practicable, to coordinate closely with the
issuance of a new or revised NPDES permit for such facility.
    (d) The State plan shall provide for coordination with activities
for municipal sewage sludge disposal and utilization conducted under the
authority of section 405 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C.
1345), and with the program for construction grants for publicly owned
treatment works under section 201 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33
U.S.C. 1281).
    (e) The State plan shall provide for coordination with State
pretreatment activities under section 307 of the Clean Water Act, as
amended (33 U.S.C. 1317).
    (f) The State plan shall provide for coordination with agencies
conducting assessments of the impact of surface impoundments on
underground sources of drinking water under the authority of section
1442(a)(8)(C) of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300j-1).
    (g) The State plan shall provide for coordination with State
underground injection control programs (40 CFR Parts 122, 123, 124, and
146) carried out under the authority of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42
U.S.C. 300f et seq.) and with the designation of sole source aquifers
under section 1424 of that Act.
    (h) The State plan shall provide for coordination with State
implementation plans developed under the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401
et seq.; incineration and open burning limitations; and, State
implementation plan requirements impacting resource recovery systems).
    (i) The State plan shall provide for coordination with the Army
Corps of Engineers permit program (or authorized State program) under
section 404 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1344) for
dredge and fill activities in waters of the United States.
    (j) The State plan shall provide for coordination with the Office of
Endangered Species, Department of the Interior, to ensure that solid
waste management activities, especially the

[[Page 406]]

siting of disposal facilities, do not jeopardize the continued existence
of an endangered or threated species nor result in the destruction or
adverse modification of a critical habitat.
    (k) The State plan shall provide for coordination, where
practicable, with programs under:
    (1) The Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.;
disposal of chemical substances and mixtures).
    (2) The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C.
1362 et seq.; disposal and storage of pesticides and pesticide
containers).
    (3) The Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act (33 U.S.C.
1420 et seq.; disposal in ocean waters).
    (l) The State plan shall provide for coordination, where
practicable, with programs of other Federal agencies, including:
    (1) Department of the Interior.
    (i) Fish and Wildlife Service (wetlands),
    (ii) Bureau of Mines and Office of Surface Mining (mining waste
disposal and use of sludge in reclamation),
    (iii) U.S. Geological Survey (wetlands, floodplains, ground water);
    (2) Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (coastal zone management plans);
    (3) Water Resources Council (flood plains, surface and ground
waters);
    (4) Department of Agriculture, including Soil Conservation Service
(land spreading solid waste on food chain croplands);
    (5) Federal Aviation Administration (locating disposal facilities on
or near airport property);
    (6) Department of Housing and Urban Development (701 comprehensive
planning program, flood plains mapping);
    (7) Department of Defense (development and implementation of State
and substate plans with regard to resource recovery and solid waste
disposal programs at various installations);
    (8) Department of Energy (State energy conservation plans under the
Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6321)); and
    (9) Other programs.
    (m) The State plan shall provide for coordination, where
practicable, with solid waste management plans in neighboring States and
with plans for Indian reservations in the State.



                     Subpart G_Public Participation



Sec. 256.60  Requirements for public participation in State and
substate plans.

    (a) State and substate planning agencies shall:
    (1) Maintain a current list of agencies, organizations, and
individuals affected by or interested in the plan, which shall include
any parties that request to be on the list, the owner or operator of
each facility classified as an open dump and any other parties which the
State determines to be affected by or interested in the plan;
    (2) Provide depositories of relevant information in one or more
convenient locations; and
    (3) Prepare a responsiveness summary, in accord with 40 CFR 25.8,
where required by this subpart or by an approved public participation
work plan, which describes matters on which the public was consulted,
summarizes the public's views, and sets forth the agency's response to
the public input.
    (b) State and substate planning agencies shall provide information
and consult with the public on plan development and implementation.
Provision of information and consultation shall occur both early in the
planning process (including the preparation and distribution of a
summary of the proposed plan) and on major policy decisions made during
the course of plan development, revision and implementation. To meet
this requirement, planning agencies shall:
    (1) Publicize information in news media having broad audiences in
the geographic area;
    (2) Place information in depositories maintained under paragraph
(a)(2) of this section;
    (3) Send information directly to agencies, organizations and
individuals on the list maintained under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section; and
    (4) Prepare and make available to the public a responsiveness
summary in accord with 40 CFR 25.8.
    (c) State and substate planning agencies shall conduct public
hearings (and

[[Page 407]]

public meetings, where the agency determines there is sufficient
interest) in accord with 40 CFR 25.5 and 25.6. The purpose of the
hearings and meetings is to solicit reactions and recommendations from
interested or affected parties and to explain major issues within the
proposed plan. Following the public hearings, a responsiveness summary
shall be prepared and made available to the public in accord with 40 CFR
25.8.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47051, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.61  Requirements for public participation in the annual State
work program.

    (a) A public participation work plan in accord with 40 CFR 25.11
shall be included in the annual State work program.
    (b) The State shall consult with the public in the development of
the annual work program. One month prior to submission of the draft work
program to the Regional Administrator, as required by 40 CFR part 35,
the draft work program shall be made available to the public at the
State information depositories maintained under Sec. 256.60(a)(2). The
public shall be notified of the availability of the draft work program,
and a public meeting shall be held if the planning agency determines
there is sufficient interest.
    (c) The State shall comply with the requirements of Office of
Management and Budget Circular No. A-95.
    (d) Copies of the final work program shall be placed in the State
information depositories maintained under Sec. 256.60(a)(2).



Sec. 256.62  Requirements for public participation in State regulatory
development.

    (a) The State shall conduct public hearings (and public meetings
where the State determines there is sufficient interest) on State
legislation and regulations, in accord with the State administrative
procedures act, to solicit reactions and recommendations. Following the
public hearings, a responsiveness summary shall be prepared and made
available to the public in accord with 40 CFR 25.8.
    (b) In advance of the hearings and meetings required by paragraph
(a) of this section, the State shall prepare a fact sheet on proposed
regulations or legislation, mail the fact sheet to agencies,
organizations and individuals on the list maintained under Sec.
256.60(a)(1) and place the fact sheet in the State information
depositories maintained under Sec. 256.60(a)(2).



Sec. 256.63  Requirements for public participation in the permitting of
facilities.

    (a) Before approving a permit application (or renewal of a permit)
for a resource recovery or solid waste disposal facility the State shall
hold a public hearing to solicit public reaction and recommendations on
the proposed permit application if the State determines there is a
significant degree of public interest in the proposed permit.
    (b) This hearing shall be held in accord with 40 CFR 25.5.



Sec. 256.64  Requirements for public participation in the open dump
inventory.

    (a) The State shall provide an opportunity for public participation
prior to submission of any classification of a facility as an open dump
to the Federal Government. The State shall accomplish this by providing
notice as specified in Sec. 256.64(b) or by using other State
administrative procedures which provide equivalent public participation.
    (b) The State may satisfy the requirement of Sec. 256.64(a) by
providing written notice of the availability of the results of its
classifications to all parties on the list required under Sec.
256.60(a)(1) at least 30 days before initial submission of these
classifications to the Federal Government. For those parties on the list
required under Sec. 256.60(a)(1) who are owners or operators of
facilities classified as open dumps, such notice shall indicate that the
facility has been so classified.

[46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.65  Recommendations for public participation.

    (a) State and substate planning agencies should establish an
advisory group, or utilize an existing group, to provide recommendations
on major

[[Page 408]]

policy and program decisions. The advisory group's membership should
reflect a balanced viewpoint in accord with 40 CFR 25.7(c).
    (b) State and substate planning agencies should develop public
education programs designed to encourage informed public participation
in the development and implementation of solid waste management plans.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979. Redesignated and amended at 46 FR 47052,
Sept. 23, 1981]



PART 257_CRITERIA FOR CLASSIFICATION OF SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITIES
AND PRACTICES--Table of Contents



    Subpart A_Classification of Solid Waste Disposal Facilities and
                                Practices

Sec.
257.1 Scope and purpose.
257.2 Definitions.
257.3 Criteria for classification of solid waste disposal facilities and
          practices.
257.3-1 Floodplains.
257.3-2 Endangered species.
257.3-3 Surface water.
257.3-4 Ground water.
257.3-5 Application to land used for the production of food-chain crops
          (interim final).
257.3-6 Disease.
257.3-7 Air.
257.3-8 Safety.
257.4 Effective date.

  Subpart B_Disposal Standards for the Receipt of Conditionally Exempt
 Small Quantity Generator (CESQG) Wastes at Non-Municipal Non-Hazardous
                          Waste Disposal Units

257.5 Disposal standards for owners/operators of non-municipal non-
          hazardous waste disposal units that receive Conditionally
          Exempt Small Quantity Generator (CESQG) waste.

                          Location Restrictions

257.7 [Reserved]
257.8 Floodplains.
257.9 Wetlands.
257.10-257.12 [Reserved]
257.13 Deadline for making demonstrations.

              Ground-Water Monitoring and Corrective Action

257.21 Applicability.
257.22 Ground-water monitoring systems.
257.23 Ground-water sampling and analysis requirements.
257.24 Detection monitoring program.
257.25 Assessment monitoring program.
257.26 Assessment of corrective measures.
257.27 Selection of remedy.
257.28 Implementation of the corrective action program.
257.29 [Reserved]

                       Recordkeeping Requirements

257.30 Recordkeeping requirements.

Appendix I to Part 257--Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)
Appendix II to Part 257

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6907(a)(3), 6912(a)(1), 6944(a), and 6949a(c);
33 U.S.C. 1345(d) and (e).

    Source: 44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



    Subpart A_Classification of Solid Waste Disposal Facilities and
                                Practices



Sec. 257.1  Scope and purpose.

    (a) Unless otherwise provided, the criteria in Sec. Sec. 257.1
through 257.4 are adopted for determining which solid waste disposal
facilities and practices pose a reasonable probability of adverse
effects on health or the environment under sections 1008(a)(3) and
4004(a) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (The Act). Unless
otherwise provided, the criteria in Sec. Sec. 257.5 through 257.30 are
adopted for purposes of ensuring that non-municipal non-hazardous waste
disposal units that receive conditionally exempt small quantity
geterator (CESQG) waste do not present risks to human health and the
environment taking into account the practicable capability of such units
in accordance with section 4010(c) of the Act.
    (1) Facilities failing to satisfy either the criteria in Sec. Sec.
257.1 through 257.4 or Sec. Sec. 257.5 through 257.30 are considered
open dumps, which are prohibited under section 4005 of the Act.
    (2) Practices failing to satisfy either the criteria in Sec. Sec.
257.1 through 257.4 or Sec. Sec. 257.5 through 257.30 constitute open
dumping, which is prohibited under sction 4005 of the Act.
    (b) These criteria also provide guidelines for the disposal of
sewage sludge on the land when the sewage sludge is not used or disposed
through a practice regulated in 40 CFR part 503.

[[Page 409]]

    (c) These criteria apply to all solid waste disposal facilities and
practices with the following exceptions:
    (1) The criteria do not apply to agricultural wastes, including
manures and crop residues, returned to the soil as fertilizers or soil
conditioners.
    (2) The criteria do not apply to overburden resulting from mining
operations intended for return to the mine site.
    (3) The criteria do not apply to the land application of domestic
sewage or treated domestic sewage.
    (4) The criteria do not apply to the location and operation of
septic tanks. The criteria do, however, apply to the disposal of septic
tank pumpings.
    (5) The criteria do not apply to solid or dissolved materials in
irrigation return flows.
    (6) The criteria do not apply to industrial discharges which are
point sources subject to permits under section 402 of the Clean Water
Act, as amended.
    (7) The criteria do not apply to source, special nuclear or
byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act, as amended (68
Stat. 923).
    (8) The criteria do not apply to hazardous waste disposal facilities
which are subject to regulation under subtitle C of the Act.
    (9) The criteria do not apply to disposal of solid waste by
underground well injection subject to the regulations (40 CFR part 146)
for the Underground Injection Control Program (UICP) under the Safe
Drinking Water Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 3007 et seq.
    (10) The criteria of this part do not apply to municipal solid waste
landfill units, which are subject to the revised criteria contained in
part 258 of this chapter.
    (11) The criteria do not apply to the use or disposal sewage sludge
on the land when the sewage sludge is used or disposed in accordance
with 40 CFR part 503.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981;
56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 58 FR 9385, Feb. 19, 1993; 61 FR 34269, July
1, 1996]



Sec. 257.2  Definitions.

    The definitions set forth in section 1004 of the Act apply to this
part. Special definitions of general concern to this part are provided
below, and definitions especially pertinent to particular sections of
this part are provided in those sections.
    Construction and demolition (C&D) landfill means a solid waste
disposal facility subject to the requirements of subparts A or B of this
part that receives construction and demolition waste and does not
receive hazardous waste (defined in Sec. 261.3 of this chapter) or
industrial solid waste (defined in Sec. 258.2 of this chapter). Only a
C&D landfill that meets the requirements of subpart B of this part may
receive conditionally exempt small quantity generator waste (defined in
Sec. 261.5 of this chapter). A C&D landfill typically receives any one
or more of the following types of solid wastes: roadwork material,
excavated material, demolition waste, construction/renovation waste, and
site clearance waste.
    Disposal means the discharge, deposit, injection, dumping, spilling,
leaking, or placing of any solid waste or hazardous waste into or on any
land or water so that such solid waste or hazardous waste or any
constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air
or discharged into any waters, including ground waters.
    Domestic septage is either liquid or solid material removed from a
septic tank, cesspool, portable toilet, Type III marine sanitation
device, or similar treatment works that receives only domestic sewage.
Domestic septage does not include liquid or solid material removed from
a septic tank, cesspool, or similar treatment works that receives either
commercial wastewater or industrial wastewater and does not include
grease removed from a grease trap at a restaurant.
    Facility means all contiguous land and structures, other
appurtenances, and improvements on the land used for the disposal of
solid waste.
    Land application unit means an area where wastes are applied onto or
incorporated into the soil surface (excluding manure spreading
operations) for agricultural purposes or for treatment and disposal.
    Landfill means an area of land or an excavation in which wastes are
placed

[[Page 410]]

for permanent disposal, and that is not a land application unit, surface
impoundment, injection well, or waste pile.
    Leachate means liquid that has passed through or emerged from solid
waste and contains soluble, suspended or miscible materials removed from
such wastes.
    Municipal solid waste landfill (MSWLF) unit means a discrete area of
land or an excavation that receives household waste, and that is not a
land application unit, surface impoundment, injection well, or waste
pile, as those terms are defined in this section. A MSWLF unit also may
receive other types of RCRA Subtitle D wastes, such as commercial solid
waste, nonhazardous sludge, and industrial solid waste. Such a landfill
may be publicly or privately owned. A MSWLF unit may be a new MSWLF
unit, an existing MSWLF unit or a lateral expansion. A construction and
demolition landfill that receives residential lead-based paint waste and
does not receive any other household waste is not a MSWLF unit.
    Open dump means a facility for the disposal of solid waste which
does not comply with this part.
    Practice means the act of disposal of solid waste.
    Residential lead-based paint waste means waste containing lead-based
paint, which is generated as a result of activities such as abatement,
rehabilitation, renovation and remodeling in homes and other residences.
The term residential lead-based paint waste includes, but is not limited
to, lead-based paint debris, chips, dust, and sludges.
    Sanitary landfill means a facility for the disposal of solid waste
which complies with this part.
    Sewage sludge means solid, semi-solid, or liquid residue generated
during the treatment of domestic sewage in a treatment works. Sewage
sludge includes, but is not limited to, domestic septage; scum or solids
removed in primary, secondary, or advanced wastewater treatment
processes; and a material derived from sewage sludge. Sewage sludge does
not include ash generated during the firing of sewage sludge in a sewage
sludge incinerator or grit and screenings generated during preliminary
treatment of domestic sewage in a treatment works.
    Sludge means any solid, semisolid, or liquid waste generated from a
municipal, commercial, or industrial wastewater treatment plant, water
supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility or any other
such waste having similar characteristics and effect.
    Solid waste means any garbage, refuse, sludge from a waste treatment
plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility
and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semisolid, or
contained gaseous material resulting from industrial, commercial,
mining, and agricultural operations, and from community activities, but
does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, or
solid or dissolved material in irrigation return flows or industrial
discharges which are point sources subject to permits under section 402
of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (86 Stat. 880),
or source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 923).
    State means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa,
and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
    Surface impoundment or impoundment means a facility or part of a
facility that is a natural topographic depression, human-made
excavation, or diked area formed primarily of earthen materials
(although it may be lined with human-made materials), that is designed
to hold an accumulation of liquid wastes or wastes containing free
liquids and that is not an injection well. Examples of surface
impoundments are holding storage, settling, and aeration pits, ponds,
and lagoons.
    Waste pile or pile means any noncontainerized accumulation of solid,
nonflowing waste that is used for treatment or storage.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 58910, Oct. 12, 1979; 56 FR 51016,
Oct. 9, 1991; 58 FR 9385, Feb. 19, 1993; 68 FR 36495, June 18, 2003]

[[Page 411]]



Sec. 257.3  Criteria for classification of solid waste disposal
facilities and practices.

    Solid waste disposal facilities or practices which violate any of
the following criteria pose a reasonable probability of adverse effects
on health or the environment:



Sec. 257.3-1  Floodplains.

    (a) Facilities or practices in floodplains shall not restrict the
flow of the base flood, reduce the temporary water storage capacity of
the floodplain, or result in washout of solid waste, so as to pose a
hazard to human life, wildlife, or land or water resources.
    (b) As used in this section:
    (1) Based flood means a flood that has a 1 percent or greater chance
of recurring in any year or a flood of a magnitude equalled or exceeded
once in 100 years on the average over a significantly long period.
    (2) Floodplain means the lowland and relatively flat areas adjoining
inland and coastal waters, including flood-prone areas of offshore
islands, which are inundated by the base flood.
    (3) Washout means the carrying away of solid waste by waters of the
base flood.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 54708, Sept. 21, 1979]



Sec. 257.3-2  Endangered species.

    (a) Facilities or practices shall not cause or contribute to the
taking of any endangered or threatened species of plants, fish, or
wildlife.
    (b) The facility or practice shall not result in the destruction or
adverse modification of the critical habitat of endangered or threatened
species as identified in 50 CFR part 17.
    (c) As used in this section:
    (1) Endangered or threatened species means any species listed as
such pursuant to section 4 of the Endangered Species Act.
    (2) Destruction or adverse modification means a direct or indirect
alteration of critical habitat which appreciably diminishes the
likelihood of the survival and recovery of threatened or endangered
species using that habitat.
    (3) Taking means harassing, harming, pursuing, hunting, wounding,
killing, trapping, capturing, or collecting or attempting to engage in
such conduct.



Sec. 257.3-3  Surface water.

    (a) For purposes of section 4004(a) of the Act, a facility shall not
cause a discharge of pollutants into waters of the United States that is
in violation of the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) under section 402 of the Clean Water Act, as
amended.
    (b) For purposes of section 4004(a) of the Act, a facility shall not
cause a discharge of dredged material or fill material to waters of the
United States that is in violation of the requirements under section 404
of the Clean Water Act, as amended.
    (c) A facility or practice shall not cause non-point source
pollution of waters of the United States that violates applicable legal
requirements implementing an areawide or Statewide water quality
management plan that has been approved by the Administrator under
section 208 of the Clean Water Act, as amended.
    (d) Definitions of the terms Discharge of dredged material, Point
source, Pollutant, Waters of the United States, and Wetlands can be
found in the Clean Water Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., and
implementing regulations, specifically 33 CFR part 323 (42 FR 37122,
July 19, 1977).

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 257.3-4  Ground water.

    (a) A facility or practice shall not contaminate an underground
drinking water source beyond the solid waste boundary or beyond an
alternative boundary specified in accordance with paragraph (b) of this
section.
    (b)(1) For purposes of section 1008(a)(3) of the Act or section
405(d) of the CWA, a party charged with open dumping or a violation of
section 405(e) with respect to sewage sludge that is not used or
disposed through a practice regulated in 40 CFR part 503 may demonstrate
that compliance should be determined at an alternative boundary in lieu
of the solid waste boundary. The court shall establish an alternative
boundary only if it finds that such a

[[Page 412]]

change would not result in contamination of ground water which may be
needed or used for human consumption. This finding shall be based on
analysis and consideration of all of the following factors that are
relevant:
    (i) The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and
surrounding land, including any natural attenuation and dilution
characteristics of the aquifer;
    (ii) The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the
leachate;
    (iii) The quantity, quality, and direction of flow of ground water
underlying the facility;
    (iv) The proximity and withdrawal rates of ground-water users;
    (v) The availability of alternative drinking water supplies;
    (vi) The existing quality of the ground water, including other
sources of contamination and their cumulative impacts on the ground
water;
    (vii) Public health, safety, and welfare effects.
    (2) For purposes of sections 4004(a) and 1008(a)(3), the State may
establish an alternative boundary for a facility to be used in lieu of
the solid waste boundary only if it finds that such a change would not
result in the contamination of ground water which may be needed or used
for human consumption. Such a finding shall be based on an analysis and
consideration of all of the factors identified in paragraph (b)(1) of
this section that are relevant.
    (c) As used in this section:
    (1) Aquifer means a geologic formation, group of formations, or
portion of a formation capable of yielding usable quantities of ground
water to wells or springs.
    (2) Contaminate means introduce a substance that would cause:
    (i) The concentration of that substance in the ground water to
exceed the maximum contaminant level specified in appendix I, or
    (ii) An increase in the concentration of that substance in the
ground water where the existing concentration of that substance exceeds
the maximum contaminant level specified in appendix I.
    (3) Ground water means water below the land surface in the zone of
saturation.
    (4) Underground drinking water source means:
    (i) An aquifer supplying drinking water for human consumption, or
    (ii) An aquifer in which the ground water contains less than 10,000
mg/1 total dissolved solids.
    (5) Solid waste boundary means the outermost perimeter of the solid
waste (projected in the horizontal plane) as it would exist at
completion of the disposal activity.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981;
58 FR 9386, Feb. 19, 1993]



Sec. 257.3-5  Application to land used for the production of food-chain
crops (interim final).

    (a) Cadmium. A facility or practice concerning application of solid
waste to within one meter (three feet) of the surface of land used for
the production of food-chain crops shall not exist or occur, unless in
compliance with all requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) (i) through (iii)
of this section or all requirements of paragraphs (a)(2) (i) through
(iv) of this section.
    (1)(i) The pH of the solid waste and soil mixture is 6.5 or greater
at the time of each solid waste application, except for solid waste
containing cadmium at concentrations of 2 mg/kg (dry weight) or less.
    (ii) The annual application of cadmium from solid waste does not
exceed 0.5 kilograms per hectare (kg/ha) on land used for production of
tobacco, leafy vegetables or root crops grown for human consumption. For
other food-chain crops, the annual cadmium application rate does not
exceed:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Annual Cd
                                                             application
                        Time period                           rate (kg/
                                                                 ha)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Present to June 30, 1984...................................          2.0
July 1, 1984 to December 31, 1986..........................         1.25
Beginning January 1, 1987..................................          0.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) The cumulative application of cadmium from solid waste does
not exceed the levels in either paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(A) or (B) of this
section.
    (A)

[[Page 413]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Maximum cumulative
                                                    application (kg/ha)
                                                 -----------------------
    Soil cation exchange capacity (meq/100g)      Background  Background
                                                    soil pH     soil pH
                                                   less than   more than
                                                      6.5         6.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 5.....................................           5           5
5 to 15.........................................           5          10
More than 15....................................           5          20
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (B) For soils with a background pH of less than 6.5, the cumulative
cadmium application rate does not exceed the levels below: Provided,
That the pH of the solid waste and soil mixture is adjusted to and
maintained at 6.5 or greater whenever food-chain crops are grown.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Maximum
                                                              cumulative
          Soil cation exchange capacity (meq/100g)           application
                                                               (kg/ha)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 5................................................            5
5 to 15....................................................           10
More than 15...............................................           20
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2)(i) The only food-chain crop produced is animal feed.
    (ii) The pH of the solid waste and soil mixture is 6.5 or greater at
the time of solid waste application or at the time the crop is planted,
whichever occurs later, and this pH level is maintained whenever food-
chain crops are grown.
    (iii) There is a facility operating plan which demonstrates how the
animal feed will be distributed to preclude ingestion by humans. The
facility operating plan describes the measures to be taken to safeguard
against possible health hazards from cadmium entering the food chain,
which may result from alternative land uses.
    (iv) Future property owners are notified by a stipulation in the
land record or property deed which states that the property has received
solid waste at high cadmium application rates and that food-chain crops
should not be grown, due to a possible health hazard.
    (b) Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs). Solid waste containing
concentrations of PCBs equal to or greater than 10 mg/kg (dry weight) is
incorporated into the soil when applied to land used for producing
animal feed, including pasture crops for animals raised for milk.
Incorporation of the solid waste into the soil is not required if it is
assured that the PCB content is less than 0.2 mg/kg (actual weight) in
animal feed or less than 1.5 mg/kg (fat basis) in milk.
    (c) As used in this section:
    (1) Animal feed means any crop grown for consumption by animals,
such as pasture crops, forage, and grain.
    (2) Background soil pH means the pH of the soil prior to the
addition of substances that alter the hydrogen ion concentration.
    (3) Cation exchange capacity means the sum of exchangeable cations a
soil can absorb expressed in milli-equivalents per 100 grams of soil as
determined by sampling the soil to the depth of cultivation or solid
waste placement, whichever is greater, and analyzing by the summation
method for distinctly acid soils or the sodium acetate method for
neutral, calcareous or saline soils (``Methods of Soil Analysis,
Agronomy Monograph No. 9.'' C. A. Black, ed., American Society of
Agronomy, Madison, Wisconsin. pp 891-901, 1965).
    (4) Food-chain crops means tobacco, crops grown for human
consumption, and animal feed for animals whose products are consumed by
humans.
    (5) Incorporated into the soil means the injection of solid waste
beneath the surface of the soil or the mixing of solid waste with the
surface soil.
    (6) Pasture crops means crops such as legumes, grasses, grain
stubble and stover which are consumed by animals while grazing.
    (7) pH means the logarithm of the reciprocal of hydrogen ion
concentration.
    (8) Root crops means plants whose edible parts are grown below the
surface of the soil.
    (9) Soil pH is the value obtained by sampling the soil to the depth
of cultivation or solid waste placement, whichever is greater, and
analyzing by the electrometric method. (``Methods of Soil Analysis,
Agronomy Monograph No. 9,'' C.A. Black, ed., American Society of
Agronomy, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 914-926, 1965.)

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 54708, Sept. 21, 1979]



Sec. 257.3-6  Disease.

    (a) Disease Vectors. The facility or practice shall not exist or
occur unless the on-site population of disease vectors is minimized
through the periodic

[[Page 414]]

application of cover material or other techniques as appropriate so as
to protect public health.
    (b) Sewage sludge and septic tank pumpings (Interim Final). A
facility or practice involving disposal of sewage sludge or septic tank
pumpings shall not exist or occur unless in compliance with paragraphs
(b) (1), (2) or (3) of this section.
    (1) Sewage sludge that is applied to the land surface or is
incorporated into the soil is treated by a Process to Significantly
Reduce Pathogens prior to application or incorporation. Public access to
the facility is controlled for at least 12 months, and grazing by
animals whose products are consumed by humans is prevented for at least
one month. Processes to Significantly Reduce Pathogens are listed in
appendix II, section A. (These provisions do not apply to sewage sludge
disposed of by a trenching or burial operation.)
    (2) Septic tank pumpings that are applied to the land surface or
incorporated into the soil are treated by a Process to Significantly
Reduce Pathogens (as listed in appendix II, section A), prior to
application or incorporation, unless public access to the facility is
controlled for at least 12 months and unless grazing by animals whose
products are consumed by humans is prevented for at least one month.
(These provisions do not apply to septic tank pumpings disposed of by a
trenching or burial operation.)
    (3) Sewage sludge or septic tank pumpings that are applied to the
land surface or are incorporated into the soil are treated by a Process
to Further Reduce Pathogens, prior to application or incorporation, if
crops for direct human consumption are grown within 18 months subsequent
to application or incorporation. Such treatment is not required if there
is no contact between the solid waste and the edible portion of the
crop; however, in this case the solid waste is treated by a Process to
Significantly Reduce Pathogens, prior to application; public access to
the facility is controlled for at least 12 months; and grazing by
animals whose products are consumed by humans is prevented for at least
one month. If crops for direct human consumption are not grown within 18
months of application or incorporation, the requirements of paragraphs
(b) (1) and (2) of this section apply. Processes to Further Reduce
Pathogens are listed in appendix II, section B.
    (c) As used in this section:
    (1) Crops for direct human consumption means crops that are consumed
by humans without processing to minimize pathogens prior to distribution
to the consumer.
    (2) Disease vector means rodents, flies, and mosquitoes capable of
transmitting disease to humans.
    (3) Incorporated into the soil means the injection of solid waste
beneath the surface of the soil or the mixing of solid waste with the
surface soil.
    (4) Periodic application of cover material means the application and
compaction of soil or other suitable material over disposed solid waste
at the end of each operating day or at such frequencies and in such a
manner as to reduce the risk of fire and to impede vectors access to the
waste.
    (5) Trenching or burial operation means the placement of sewage
sludge or septic tank pumpings in a trench or other natural or man-made
depression and the covering with soil or other suitable material at the
end of each operating day such that the wastes do not migrate to the
surface.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 54708, Sept. 21, 1979]



Sec. 257.3-7  Air.

    (a) The facility or practice shall not engage in open burning of
residential, commercial, institutional or industrial solid waste. This
requirement does not apply to infrequent burning of agricultural wastes
in the field, silvicultural wastes for forest management purposes, land-
clearing debris, diseased trees, debris from emergency clean-up
operations, and ordnance.
    (b) For purposes of section 4004(a) of the Act, the facility shall
not violate applicable requirements developed under a State
Implementation Plan (SIP) approved or promulgated by the Administrator
pursuant to section 110 of the Clean Air Act, as amended.
    (c) As used in this section ``open burning'' means the combustion of

[[Page 415]]

solid waste without (1) control of combustion air to maintain adequate
temperature for efficient combustion, (2) containment of the combustion
reaction in an enclosed device to provide sufficient residence time and
mixing for complete combustion, and (3) control of the emission of the
combustion products.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 54708, Sept. 21, 1979, as amended at
46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 257.3-8  Safety.

    (a) Explosive gases. The concentration of explosive gases generated
by the facility or practice shall not exceed:
    (1) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the lower explosive limit for the
gases in facility structures (excluding gas control or recovery system
components); and
    (2) The lower explosive limit for the gases at the property
boundary.
    (b) Fires. A facility or practice shall not pose a hazard to the
safety of persons or property from fires. This may be accomplished
through compliance with Sec. 257.3-7 and through the periodic
application of cover material or other techniques as appropriate.
    (c) Bird hazards to aircraft. A facility or practice disposing of
putrescible wastes that may attract birds and which occurs within 10,000
feet (3,048 meters) of any airport runway used by turbojet aircraft or
within 5,000 feet (1,524 meters) of any airport runway used by only
piston-type aircraft shall not pose a bird hazard to aircraft.
    (d) Access. A facility or practice shall not allow uncontrolled
public access so as to expose the public to potential health and safety
hazards at the disposal site.
    (e) As used in this section:
    (1) Airport means public-use airport open to the public without
prior permission and without restrictions within the physical capacities
of available facilities.
    (2) Bird hazard means an increase in the likelihood of bird/aircraft
collisions that may cause damage to the aircraft or injury to its
occupants.
    (3) Explosive gas means methane (CH4).
    (4) Facility structures means any buildings and sheds or utility or
drainage lines on the facility.
    (5) Lower explosive limit means the lowest percent by volume of a
mixture of explosive gases which will propagate a flame in air at 25 C
and atmospheric pressure.
    (6) Periodic application of cover material means the application and
compaction of soil or other suitable material over disposed solid waste
at the end of each operating day or at such frequencies and in such a
manner as to reduce the risk of fire and to impede disease vectors'
access to the waste.
    (7) Putrescible wastes means solid waste which contains organic
matter capable of being decomposed by microorganisms and of such a
character and proportion as to be capable of attracting or providing
food for birds.



Sec. 257.4  Effective date.

    These criteria become effective October 15, 1979.



  Subpart B_Disposal Standards for the Receipt of Conditionally Exempt
 Small Quantity Generator (CESQG) Wastes at Non-Municipal Non-Hazardous
                          Waste Disposal Units

    Source: 61 FR 34269, July 1, 1996, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 257.5  Disposal standards for owners/operators of non-municipal
non-hazardous waste disposal units that receive Conditionally Exempt

Small Quantity Generator (CESQG) waste.

    (a) Applicability. (1) The requirements in this section apply to
owners/operators of any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit
that receives CESQG hazardous waste, as defined in 40 CFR 261.5. Non-
municipal non-hazardous waste disposal units that meet the requirements
of this section may receive CESQG wastes. Any owner/operator of a non-
municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that receives CESQG
hazardous waste continues to be subject to the requirements in
Sec. Sec. 257.3-2, 257.3-3, 257.3-5, 257.3-6, 257.3-7, and 257.3-8 (a),
(b), and (d).
    (2) Any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that is
receiving

[[Page 416]]

CESQG hazardous waste as of January 1, 1998, must be in compliance with
the requirements in Sec. Sec. 257.7 through 257.13 and Sec. 257.30 by
January 1, 1998, and the requirements in Sec. Sec. 257.21 through
257.28 by July 1, 1998.
    (3) Any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that does
not meet the requirements in this section may not receive CESQG wastes.
    (4) Any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that is not
receiving CESQG Hazardous waste as of January 1, 1998, continues to be
subject to the requirements in Sec. Sec. 257.1 through 257.4.
    (5) Any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that first
receives CESQG hazardous waste after January 1, 1998, must be in
compliance with Sec. Sec. 257.7 through 257.30 prior to the receipt of
CESQG hazardous waste.
    (b) Definitions.
    Active life means the period of operation beginning with the initial
receipt of solid waste and ending at the final receipt of solid waste.
    Existing unit means any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal
unit that is receiving CESQG hazardous waste as of January 1, 1998.
    Facility means all contiguous land and structures, other
appurtenances, and improvements on the land used for the disposal of
non-municipal non-hazardous waste.
    Lateral expansion means a horizontal expansion of the waste
boundaries of an existing non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal
unit.
    New unit means any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit
that has not received CESQG hazardous waste prior to January 1, 1998.
    State means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa,
and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
    State Director means the chief administrative officer of the lead
state agency responsible for implementing the state permit program for
40 CFR part 257, subpart B and 40 CFR part 258 regulated facilities.
    Uppermost aquifer means the geologic formation nearest the natural
ground surface that is an aquifer, as well as, lower aquifers that are
hydraulically interconnected with this aquifer within the facility's
property boundary.
    Waste management unit boundary means a vertical surface located at
the hydraulically downgradient limit of the unit. This vertical surface
extends down into the uppermost aquifer.

[61 FR 34269, July 1, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 57044, Oct. 23, 1998]

                          Location Restrictions



Sec. 257.7  [Reserved]



Sec. 257.8  Floodplains.

    (a) Owners or operators of new units, existing units, and lateral
expansions located in 100-year floodplains must demonstrate that the
unit will not restrict the flow of the 100-year flood, reduce the
temporary water storage capacity of the floodplain, or result in washout
of solid waste so as to pose a hazard to human health and the
environment. The owner or operator must place the demonstration in the
operating record and notify the State Director that it has been placed
in the operating record.
    (b) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Floodplain means the lowland and relatively flat areas adjoining
inland and coastal waters, including flood-prone areas of offshore
islands, that are inundated by the 100-year flood.
    (2) 100-year flood means a flood that has a 1-percent or greater
chance of recurring in any given year or a flood of a magnitude equalled
or exceeded once in 100 years on the average over a significantly long
period.
    (3) Washout means the carrying away of solid waste by waters of the
base flood.



Sec. 257.9  Wetlands.

    (a) Owners or operators of new units and lateral expansions shall
not locate such units in wetlands, unless the owner or operator can make
the following demonstrations to the Director of an approved State:
    (1) Where applicable under section 404 of the Clean Water Act or
applicable State wetlands laws, the presumption that a practicable
alternative to the proposed landfill is available which

[[Page 417]]

does not involved wetlands is clearly rebutted:
    (2) The construction and operation of the unit will not:
    (i) Cause or contribute to violations of any applicable State water
quality standard;
    (ii) Violate any applicable toxic effluent standard or prohibition
under Section 307 of the Clean Water Act;
    (iii) Jeopardize the continued existence of endangered or threatened
species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of a
critical habitat, protected under the Endangered Species Act of 1973;
and
    (iv) Violate any requirement under the Marine Protection, Research,
and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 for the protection of a marine sanctuary;
    (3) The unit will not cause or contribute to significant degradation
of wetlands. The owner/operator must demonstrate the integrity of the
unit and its ability to protect ecological resources by addressing the
following factors:
    (i) Erosion, stability, and migration potential of native wetland
soils, muds and deposits used to support the unit;
    (ii) Erosion, stability, and migration potential of dredged and fill
materials used to support the unit;
    (iii) The volume and chemical nature of the waste managed in the
unit;
    (iv) Impacts on fish, wildlife, and other aquatic resources and
their habitat from release of the waste;
    (v) The potential effects of catastrophic release of waste to the
wetland and the resulting impacts on the environment; and
    (vi) Any additional factors, as necessary, to demonstrate that
ecological resources in the wetland are sufficiently protected.
    (4) To the extent required under section 404 of the Clean Water Act
or applicable State wetlands laws, steps have been taken to attempt to
achieve no net loss of wetlands (as defined by acreage and function) by
first avoiding impacts to wetlands to the maximum extent practicable as
required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, then minimizing
unavoidable impacts to the maximum extent practicable, and finally
offsetting remaining unavoidable wetland impacts through all appropriate
and practicable compensatory mitigation actions (e.g., restoration of
existing degraded wetlands or creation of man-made wetlands); and
    (5) Sufficient information is available to make a reasonable
determination with respect to these demonstrations.
    (b) For purposes of this section, wetlands means those areas that
are defined in 40 CFR 232.2(r).



Sec. Sec. 257.10-257.12  [Reserved]



Sec. 257.13  Deadline for making demonstrations.

    Existing units that cannot make the demonstration specified in Sec.
257.8(a) pertaining to floodplains by January 1, 1998, must not accept
CESQG hazardous waste for disposal.

              Ground-Water Monitoring and Corrective Action



Sec. 257.21  Applicability.

    (a) The requirements in this section apply to units identified in
Sec. 257.5(a), except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Ground-water monitoring requirements under Sec. Sec. 257.22
through 257.25 may be suspended by the Director of an approved State for
a unit identified in Sec. 257.5(a) if the owner or operator can
demonstrate that there is no potential for migration of hazardous
constituents from that unit to the uppermost aquifer during the active
life of the unit plus 30 years. This demonstration must be certified by
a qualified ground-water scientist and approved by the Director of an
approved State, and must be based upon:
    (1) Site-specific field collected measurements, sampling, and
analysis of physical, chemical, and biological processes affecting
contaminant fate and transport; and
    (2) Contaminant fate and transport predictions that maximize
contaminant migration and consider impacts on human health and
environment.
    (c) Owners and operators of facilities identified in Sec. 257.5(a)
must comply with the ground-water monitoring requirements of this
section according to the following schedule unless an alternative
schedule is specified under paragraph (d) of this section:

[[Page 418]]

    (1) Existing units and lateral expansions must be in compliance with
the ground-water monitoring requirements specified in Sec. Sec. 257.22
through 257.25 by July 1, 1998.
    (2) New units identified in Sec. 257.5(a) must be in compliance
with the ground-water monitoring requirements specified in Sec. Sec.
257.22 through 257.25 before waste can be placed in the unit.
    (d) The Director of an approved State may specify an alternative
schedule for the owners or operators of existing units and lateral
expansions to comply with the ground-water monitoring requirements
specified in Sec. Sec. 257.22 through 257.25. This schedule must ensure
that 50 percent of all existing units are in compliance by July 1, 1998,
and all existing units are in compliance by July 1, 1999. In setting the
compliance schedule, the Director of an approved State must consider
potential risks posed by the unit to human health and the environment.
The following factors should be considered in determining potential
risk:
    (1) Proximity of human and environmental receptors;
    (2) Design of the unit;
    (3) Age of the unit;
    (4) The size of the unit; and
    (5) Resource value of the underlying aquifer, including:
    (i) Current and future uses;
    (ii) Proximity and withdrawal rate of users; and
    (iii) Ground-water quality and quantity.
    (e) Once established at a unit, ground-water monitoring shall be
conducted throughout the active life plus 30 years. The Director of an
approved State may decrease the 30 year period if the owner/operator
demonstrates that a shorter period of time is adequate to protect human
health and the environment and the Director approves the demonstration.
    (f) For the purposes of this section, a qualified ground-water
scientist is a scientist or engineer who has received a baccalaureate or
post-graduate degree in the natural sciences or engineering and has
sufficient training and experience in ground-water hydrology and related
fields as may be demonstrated by State registration, professional
Certifications, or completion of accredited university programs that
enable that individual to make sound professional judgments regarding
ground-water monitoring, contaminant fate and transport, and corrective-
action.
    (g) The Director of an approved State may establish alternative
schedules for demonstrating compliance with Sec. 257.22(d)(2),
pertaining to notification of placement of certification in operating
record; Sec. 257.24(c)(1), pertaining to notification that
statistically significant increase (SSI) notice is in operating record;
Sec. 257.24(c) (2) and (3), pertaining to an assessment monitoring
program; Sec. 257.25(b), pertaining to sampling and analyzing appendix
II of part 258 constituents; Sec. 257.25(d)(1), pertaining to placement
of notice (appendix II of 40 CFR part 258 constituents detected) in
record and notification of notice in record; Sec. 257.25(d)(2),
pertaining to sampling for appendix I and II of 40 CFR part 258; Sec.
257.25(g), pertaining to notification (and placement of notice in
record) of SSI above ground-water protection standard; Sec. Sec.
257.25(g)(1)(iv) and 257.26(a), pertaining to assessment of corrective
measures; Sec. 257.27(a), pertaining to selection of remedy and
notification of placement in record; Sec. 257.28(c)(4), pertaining to
notification of placement in record (alternative corrective action
measures); and Sec. 257.28(f), pertaining to notification of placement
in record (certification of remedy completed).
    (h) Directors of approved States can use the flexibility in
paragraph (i) of this section for any non-municipal non-hazardous waste
disposal unit that receives CESQG waste, if the non-municipal non-
hazardous waste disposal unit:
    (1) Disposes of less than 20 tons of non-municipal waste daily,
based on an annual average; and
    (2) Has no evidence of ground-water contamination; and either
    (3) Serves a community that experiences an annual interruption of at
least three consecutive months of surface transportation that prevents
access to a regional waste management facility; or
    (4) Serves a community that has no practicable waste management
alternative and the non-municipal solid waste disposal facility is
located in an

[[Page 419]]

area that annually receives less than or equal to 25 inches of
precipitation.
    (5) Owners/operators of any non-municipal non-hazardous waste
disposal unit that meets the criteria in paragraph (h) of this section
must place in the operating record information demonstrating this.
    (i) Directors of approved States may allow any non-municipal non-
hazardous waste disposal unit meeting the criteria in paragraph (h) of
this section to:
    (1) Use alternatives to the ground-water monitoring system
prescribed in Sec. Sec. 257.22 through 257.25 so long as the
alternatives will detect and, if necessary, assess the nature or extent
of contamination from the non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal
unit on a site-specific basis; or establish and use, on a site-specific
basis, an alternative list of indicator parameters for some or all of
the constituents listed in appendix I (Appendix I of 40 CFR part 258.
Alternative indicator parameters approved by the Director of an approved
State under this section must ensure detection of contamination from the
non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit.
    (2) If contamination is detected through the use of any alternative
to the ground-water monitoring system prescribed in Sec. Sec. 257.22
through 257.25, the non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit
owner or operator must perform expanded monitoring to determine whether
the detected contamination is an actual release from the non-municipal
solid waste disposal unit and, if so, to determine the nature and extent
of the contamination. The Director of the approved State shall establish
a schedule for the non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit owner
or operator to submit results from expanded monitoring in a manner that
ensures protection of human health and the environment.
    (i) If expanded monitoring indicates that contamination from the
non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit has reached the
saturated zone, the owner or operator must install ground-water
monitoring wells and sample these wells in accordance with Sec. Sec.
257.22 through 257.25.
    (ii) If expanded monitoring indicates that contamination from the
non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit is present in the
unsaturated zone or on the surface, the Director of an approved State
shall establish a schedule for the owner or operator to submit a
description of any necessary corrective measures. The schedule shall
ensure corrective measures, where necessary, are undertaken in a timely
manner that protects human health and the environment. The proposed
corrective measures are subject to revision and approval by the Director
of the approved State. The owner or operator must implement the
corrective measures according to a schedule established by the Director
of the approved State.
    (3) When considering whether to allow alternatives to a ground-water
monitoring system prescribed in Sec. Sec. 257.22 through 257.25,
including alternative indicator parameters, the Director of an approved
State shall consider at least the following factors:
    (i) The geological and hydrogeological characteristics of the site;
    (ii) The impact of manmade and natural features on the effectiveness
of an alternative technology;
    (iii) Climatic factors that may influence the selection, use, and
reliability of alternative ground-water monitoring procedures; and
    (iv) The effectiveness of indicator parameters in detecting a
release.
    (4) The Director of an approved State can require an owner or
operator to comply with the requirements of Sec. Sec. 257.22 through
257.25, where it is determined by the Director that using alternatives
to ground-water monitoring approved under this paragraph are inadequate
to detect contamination and, if necessary, to assess the nature and
extent of contamination.



Sec. 257.22  Ground-water monitoring systems.

    (a) A ground-water monitoring system must be installed that consists
of a sufficient number of wells, installed at appropriate locations and
depths, to yield ground-water samples from the uppermost aquifer (as
defined in Sec. 257.5(b)) that:

[[Page 420]]

    (1) Represent the quality of background ground water that has not
been affected by leakage from a unit. A determination of background
quality may include sampling of wells that are not hydraulically
upgradient of the waste management area where:
    (i) Hydrogeologic conditions do not allow the owner or operator to
determine what wells are hydraulically upgradient; or
    (ii) Sampling at other wells will provide an indication of
background ground-water quality that is as representative or more
representative than that provided by the upgradient wells; and
    (2) Represent the quality of ground water passing the relevant point
of compliance specified by the Director of an approved State or at the
waste management unit boundary in an unapproved State. The downgradient
monitoring system must be installed at the relevant point of compliance
specified by the Director of an approved State or at the waste
management unit boundary in an unapproved State that ensures detection
of ground-water contamination in the uppermost aquifer. The relevant
point of compliance specified by the Director of an approved State shall
be no more than 150 meters from the waste management unit boundary and
shall be located on land owned by the owner of the facility. In
determining the relevant point of compliance the State Director shall
consider at least the following factors: the hydrogeologic
characteristics of the unit and surrounding land, the volume and
physical and chemical characteristics of the leachate, the quantity,
quality and direction of flow of ground water, the proximity and
withdrawal rate of the ground-water users, the availability of
alternative drinking water supplies, the existing quality of the ground
water, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative
impacts on the ground water, and whether the ground water is currently
used or reasonably expected to be used for drinking water, public
health, safety, and welfare effects, and practicable capability of the
owner or operator. When physical obstacles preclude installation of
ground-water monitoring wells at the relevant point of compliance at
existing units, the down-gradient monitoring system may be installed at
the closest practicable distance hydraulically down-gradient from the
relevant point of compliance specified by the Director of an approved
State that ensures detection of groundwater contamination in the
uppermost aquifer.
    (b) The Director of an approved State may approve a multi-unit
ground-water monitoring system instead of separate ground-water
monitoring systems for each unit when the facility has several units,
provided the multi-unit ground-water monitoring system meets the
requirement of Sec. 257.22(a) and will be as protective of human health
and the environment as individual monitoring systems for each unit,
based on the following factors:
    (1) Number, spacing, and orientation of the units;
    (2) Hydrogeologic setting;
    (3) Site history;
    (4) Engineering design of the units; and
    (5) Type of waste accepted at the units.
    (c) Monitoring wells must be cased in a manner that maintains the
integrity of the monitoring well bore hole. This casing must be screened
or perforated and packed with gravel or sand, where necessary, to enable
collection of ground-water samples. The annular space (i.e., the space
between the bore hole and well casing) above the sampling depth must be
sealed to prevent contamination of samples and the ground water.
    (1) The owner or operator must notify the State Director that the
design, installation, development, and decommission of any monitoring
wells, piezometers and other measurement, sampling, and analytical
devices documentation has been placed in the operating record; and
    (2) The monitoring wells, piezometers, and other measurement,
sampling, and analytical devices must be operated and maintained so that
they perform to design specifications throughout the life of the
monitoring program.
    (d) The number, spacing, and depths of monitoring systems shall be:

[[Page 421]]

    (1) Determined based upon site-specific technical information that
must include thorough characterization of:
    (i) Aquifer thickness, ground-water flow rate, ground-water flow
direction including seasonal and temporal fluctuations in ground-water
flow; and
    (ii) Saturated and unsaturated geologic units and fill materials
overlying the uppermost aquifer, materials comprising the uppermost
aquifer, and materials comprising the confining unit defining the lower
boundary of the uppermost aquifer; including, but not limited to:
thicknesses, stratigraphy, lithology, hydraulic conductivities,
porosities and effective porosities.
    (2) Certified by a qualified ground-water scientist or approved by
the Director of an approved State. Within 14 days of this certification,
the owner or operator must notify the State Director that the
certification has been placed in the operating record.



Sec. 257.23  Ground-water sampling and analysis requirements.

    (a) The ground-water monitoring program must include consistent
sampling and analysis procedures that are designed to ensure monitoring
results that provide an accurate representation of ground-water quality
at the background and downgradient wells installed in compliance with
Sec. 257.22(a). The owner or operator must notify the State Director
that the sampling and analysis program documentation has been placed in
the operating record and the program must include procedures and
techniques for:
    (1) Sample collection;
    (2) Sample preservation and shipment;
    (3) Analytical procedures;
    (4) Chain of custody control; and
    (5) Quality assurance and quality control.
    (b) The ground-water monitoring program must include sampling and
analytical methods that are appropriate for ground-water sampling and
that accurately measure hazardous constituents and other monitoring
parameters in ground-water samples. Ground-water samples shall not be
field-filtered prior to laboratory analysis.
    (c) The sampling procedures and frequency must be protective of
human health and the environment.
    (d) Ground-water elevations must be measured in each well
immediately prior to purging, each time ground water is sampled. The
owner or operator must determine the rate and direction of ground-water
flow each time ground water is sampled. Ground-water elevations in wells
which monitor the same waste management area must be measured within a
period of time short enough to avoid temporal variations in ground-water
flow which could preclude accurate determination of ground-water flow
rate and direction.
    (e) The owner or operator must establish background ground-water
quality in a hydraulically upgradient or background well(s) for each of
the monitoring parameters or constituents required in the particular
ground-water monitoring program that applies to the unit, as determined
under Sec. 257.24(a), or Sec. 257.25(a). Background ground-water
quality may be established at wells that are not located hydraulically
upgradient from the unit if it meets the requirements of Sec.
257.22(a)(1).
    (f) The number of samples collected to establish ground-water
quality data must be consistent with the appropriate statistical
procedures determined pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section. The
sampling procedures shall be those specified under Sec. 257.24(b) for
detection monitoring, Sec. 257.25 (b) and (d) for assessment
monitoring, and Sec. 257.26(b) for corrective action.
    (g) The owner or operator must specify in the operating record one
of the following statistical methods to be used in evaluating ground-
water monitoring data for each hazardous constituent. The statistical
test chosen shall be conducted separately for each hazardous constituent
in each well.
    (1) A parametric analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by multiple
comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of
contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the
contrasts between each compliance well's mean and the background mean
levels for each constituent.
    (2) An analysis of variance (ANOVA) based on ranks followed by
multiple

[[Page 422]]

comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of
contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the
contrasts between each compliance well's median and the background
median levels for each constituent.
    (3) A tolerance or prediction interval procedure in which an
interval for each constituent is established from the distribution of
the background data, and the level of each constituent in each
compliance well is compared to the upper tolerance or prediction limit.
    (4) A control chart approach that gives control limits for each
constituent.
    (5) Another statistical test method that meets the performance
standards of paragraph (h) of this section. The owner or operator must
place a justification for this alternative in the operating record and
notify the State Director of the use of this alternative test. The
justification must demonstrate that the alternative method meets the
performance standards of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (h) Any statistical method chosen under paragraph (g) of this
section shall comply with the following performance standards, as
appropriate:
    (1) The statistical method used to evaluate ground-water monitoring
data shall be appropriate for the distribution of chemical parameters or
hazardous constituents. If the distribution of the chemical parameters
or hazardous constituents is shown by the owner or operator to be
inappropriate for a normal theory test, then the data should be
transformed or a distribution-free theory test should be used. If the
distributions for the constituents differ, more than one statistical
method may be needed.
    (2) If an individual well comparison procedure is used to compare an
individual compliance well constituent concentration with background
constituent concentrations or a ground-water protection standard, the
test shall be done at a Type I error level no less than 0.01 for each
testing period. If a multiple comparisons procedure is used, the Type I
experiment wise error rate for each testing period shall be no less than
0.05; however, the Type I error of no less than 0.01 for individual well
comparisons must be maintained. This performance standard does not apply
to tolerance intervals, prediction intervals, or control charts.
    (3) If a control chart approach is used to evaluate ground-water
monitoring data, the specific type of control chart and its associated
parameter values shall be protective of human health and the
environment. The parameters shall be determined after considering the
number of samples in the background data base, the data distribution,
and the range of the concentration values for each constituent of
concern.
    (4) If a tolerance interval or a predictional interval is used to
evaluate ground-water monitoring data, the levels of confidence and, for
tolerance intervals, the percentage of the population that the interval
must contain, shall be protective of human health and the environment.
These parameters shall be determined after considering the number of
samples in the background data base, the data distribution, and the
range of the concentration values for each constituent of concern.
    (5) The statistical method shall account for data below the limit of
detection with one or more statistical procedures that are protective of
human health and the environment. Any practical quantitation limit (pql)
that is used in the statistical method shall be the lowest concentration
level that can be reliably achieved within specified limits of precision
and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions that are
available to the facility.
    (6) If necessary, the statistical method shall include procedures to
control or correct for seasonal and spatial variability as well as
temporal correlation in the data.
    (i) The owner or operator must determine whether or not there is a
statistically significant increase over background values for each
parameter or constituent required in the particular ground-water
monitoring program that applies to the unit, as determined under
Sec. Sec. 257.24(a) or 257.25(a).
    (1) In determining whether a statistically significant increase has
occurred, the owner or operator must compare the ground-water quality of

[[Page 423]]

each parameter or constituent at each monitoring well designated
pursuant to Sec. 257.22(a)(2) to the background value of that
constituent, according to the statistical procedures and performance
standards specified under paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section.
    (2) Within a reasonable period of time after completing sampling and
analysis, the owner or operator must determine whether there has been a
statistically significant increase over background at each monitoring
well.



Sec. 257.24  Detection monitoring program.

    (a) Detection monitoring is required at facilities identified in
Sec. 257.5(a) at all ground-water monitoring wells defined under
Sec. Sec. 257.22 (a)(1) and (a)(2). At a minimum, a detection
monitoring program must include the monitoring for the constituents
listed in appendix I of 40 CFR part 258.
    (1) The Director of an approved State may delete any of the appendix
I (Appendix I of 40 CFR part 258) monitoring parameters for a unit if it
can be shown that the removed constituents are not reasonably expected
to be contained in or derived from the waste contained in the unit.
    (2) The Director of an approved State may establish an alternative
list of indicator parameters for a unit, in lieu of some or all of the
constituents in appendix I to 40 CFR part 258, if the alternative
parameters provide a reliable indication of releases from the unit to
the ground water. In determining alternative parameters, the Director
shall consider the following factors:
    (i) The types, quantities, and concentrations of constituents in
waste managed at the unit;
    (ii) The mobility, stability, and persistence of waste constituents
or their reaction products in the unsaturated zone beneath the unit;
    (iii) The detectability of indicator parameters, waste constituents,
and reaction products in the ground water; and
    (iv) The concentration or values and coefficients of variation of
monitoring parameters or constituents in the groundwater background.
    (b) The monitoring frequency for all constituents listed in appendix
I to 40 CFR part 258, or in the alternative list approved in accordance
with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall be at least semiannual
during the active life of the unit plus 30 years. A minimum of four
independent samples from each well (background and downgradient) must be
collected and analyzed for the appendix I (Appendix I of 40 CFR part
258) constituents, or the alternative list approved in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, during the first semiannual sampling
event. At least one sample from each well (background and downgradient)
must be collected and analyzed during subsequent semiannual sampling
events. The Director of an approved State may specify an appropriate
alternative frequency for repeated sampling and analysis for appendix I
(Appendix I of 40 CFR part 258) constituents, or the alternative list
approved in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, during the
active life plus 30 years. The alternative frequency during the active
life shall be no less than annual. The alternative frequency shall be
based on consideration of the following factors:
    (1) Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (2) Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (3) Ground-water flow rates;
    (4) Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the unit and
downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel); and
    (5) Resource value of the aquifer.
    (c) If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to Sec.
257.23(g), that there is a statistically significant increase over
background for one or more of the constituents listed in appendix I to
40 CFR part 258, or in the alternative list approved in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, at any monitoring well at the boundary
specified under Sec. 257.22(a)(2), the owner or operator:
    (1) Must, within 14 days of this finding, place a notice in the
operating record indicating which constituents have shown statistically
significant changes from background levels, and notify the State
Director that this notice was placed in the operating record; and

[[Page 424]]

    (2) Must establish an assessment monitoring program meeting the
requirements of Sec. 257.25 within 90 days except as provided for in
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (3) The owner/operator may demonstrate that a source other than the
unit caused the contamination or that the statistically significant
increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis, statistical
evaluation, or natural variation in ground-water quality. A report
documenting this demonstration must be certified by a qualified ground-
water scientist or approved by the Director of an approved State and be
placed in the operating record. If a successful demonstration is made
and documented, the owner or operator may continue detection monitoring
as specified in this section. If, after 90 days, a successful
demonstration is not made, the owner or operator must initiate an
assessment monitoring program as required in Sec. 257.25.



Sec. 257.25  Assessment monitoring program.

    (a) Assessment monitoring is required whenever a statistically
significant increase over background has been detected for one or more
of the constituents listed in appendix I of 40 CFR part 258 or in the
alternative list approved in accordance with Sec. 257.24(a)(2).
    (b) Within 90 days of triggering an assessment monitoring program,
and annually thereafter, the owner or operator must sample and analyze
the ground water for all constituents identified in appendix II of 40
CFR part 258. A minimum of one sample from each downgradient well must
be collected and analyzed during each sampling event. For any
constituent detected in the downgradient wells as the result of the
complete appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) analysis, a
minimum of four independent samples from each well (background and
downgradient) must be collected and analyzed to establish background for
the new constituents. The Director of an approved State may specify an
appropriate subset of wells to be sampled and analyzed for appendix II
(Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) constituents during assessment
monitoring. The Director of an approved State may delete any of the
appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) monitoring parameters for a
unit if it can be shown that the removed constituents are not reasonably
expected to be in or derived from the waste contained in the unit.
    (c) The Director of an approved State may specify an appropriate
alternate frequency for repeated sampling and analysis for the full set
of appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) constituents, or the
alternative list approved in accordance with paragraph (b) of this
section, during the active life plus 30 years considering the following
factors:
    (1) Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (2) Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (3) Ground-water flow rates;
    (4) Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the unit and
downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel);
    (5) Resource value of the aquifer; and
    (6) Nature (fate and transport) of any constituents detected in
response to this section.
    (d) After obtaining the results from the initial or subsequent
sampling events required in paragraph (b) of this section, the owner or
operator must:
    (1) Within 14 days, place a notice in the operating record
identifying the appendix II (appendix II of 40 CFR part 258)
constituents that have been detected and notify the State Director that
this notice has been placed in the operating record;
    (2) Within 90 days, and on at least a semiannual basis thereafter,
resample all wells specified by Sec. 257.22(a) to this section, conduct
analyses for all constituents in appendix I (Appendix I of 40 CFR part
258) to this part or in the alternative list approved in accordance with
Sec. 257.24(a)(2), and for those constituents in appendix II to 40 CFR
part 258 that are detected in response to paragraph (b) of this section,
and record their concentrations in the facility operating record. At
least one sample from each well (background and downgradient) must be
collected and analyzed during these sampling events. The Director of an
approved State may

[[Page 425]]

specify an alternative monitoring frequency during the active life plus
30 years for the constituents referred to in this paragraph. The
alternative frequency for appendix I (appendix I of 40 CFR part 258)
constituents, or the alternative list approved in accordance with Sec.
257.24(a)(2), during the active life shall be no less than annual. The
alternative frequency shall be based on consideration of the factors
specified in paragraph (c) of this section;
    (3) Establish background concentrations for any constituents
detected pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (d)(2) of this section; and
    (4) Establish ground-water protection standards for all constituents
detected pursuant to paragraph (b) or (d) of this section. The ground-
water protection standards shall be established in accordance with
paragraphs (h) or (i) of this section.
    (e) If the concentrations of all appendix II (appendix II of 40 CFR
part 258) constituents are shown to be at or below background values,
using the statistical procedures in Sec. 257.23(g), for two consecutive
sampling events, the owner or operator must notify the State Director of
this finding and may return to detection monitoring.
    (f) If the concentrations of any appendix II (appendix II of part
258) constituents are above background values, but all concentrations
are below the ground-water protection standard established under
paragraphs (h) or (i) of this section, using the statistical procedures
in Sec. 257.23(g), the owner or operator must continue assessment
monitoring in accordance with this section.
    (g) If one or more appendix II (appendix II of CFR part 258)
constituents are detected at statistically significant levels above the
ground-water protection standard established under paragraphs (h) or (i)
of this section in any sampling event, the owner or operator must,
within 14 days of this finding, place a notice in the operating record
identifying the appendix II (appendix II of 40 CFR part 258)
constituents that have exceeded the ground-water protection standard and
notify the State Director and all appropriate local government officials
that the notice has been placed in the operating record. The owner or
operator also:
    (1)(i) Must characterize the nature and extent of the release by
installing additional monitoring wells as necessary;
    (ii) Must install at least one additional monitoring well at the
facility boundary in the direction of contaminant migration and sample
this well in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section;
    (iii) Must notify all persons who own the land or reside on the land
that directly overlies any part of the plume of contamination if
contaminants have migrated off-site if indicated by sampling of wells in
accordance paragraph (g)(1) of this section; and
    (iv) Must initiate an assessment of corrective measures as required
by Sec. 257.26 within 90 days; or
    (2) May demonstrate that a source other than the non-municipal non-
hazardous waste disposal unit caused the contamination, or that the
statistically significant increase resulted from error in sampling,
analysis, statistical evaluation, or natural variation in ground-water
quality. A report documenting this demonstration must be certified by a
qualified ground-water scientist or approved by the Director of an
approved State and placed in the operating record. If a successful
demonstration is made the owner or operator must continue monitoring in
accordance with the assessment monitoring program pursuant to this Sec.
257.25, and may return to detection monitoring if the appendix II
(appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) constituents are at or below background
as specified in paragraph (e) of this section. Until a successful
demonstration is made, the owner or operator must comply with Sec.
257.25(g) including initiating an assessment of corrective measures.
    (h) The owner or operator must establish a ground-water protection
standard for each appendix II (appendix II of 40 CFR part 258)
constituent detected in the ground-water. The ground-water protection
standard shall be:
    (1) For constituents for which a maximum contaminant level (MCL) has
been promulgated under section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Water Act
(codified) under 40 CFR part 141, the MCL for that constituent;

[[Page 426]]

    (2) For constituents for which MCLs have not been promulgated, the
background concentration for the constituent established from wells in
accordance with Sec. 257.22(a)(1); or
    (3) For constituents for which the background level is higher than
the MCL identified under subparagraph (h)(1) of this section or health
based levels identified under paragraph (i)(1) of this section, the
background concentration.
    (i) The Director of an approved State may establish an alternative
ground-water protection standard for constituents for which MCLs have
not been established. These ground-water protection standards shall be
appropriate health based levels that satisfy the following criteria:
    (1) The level is derived in a manner consistent with Agency
guidelines for assessing the health risks of environmental pollutants
(51 FR 33992, 34006, 34014, 34028, September 24, 1986);
    (2) The level is based on scientifically valid studies conducted in
accordance with the Toxic Substances Control Act Good Laboratory
Practice Standards (40 CFR part 792) or equivalent;
    (3) For carcinogens, the level represents a concentration associated
with an excess lifetime cancer risk level (due to continuous lifetime
exposure) within the 1x10-4 to 1x10-6 range; and
    (4) For systemic toxicants, the level represents a concentration to
which the human population (including sensitive subgroups) could be
exposed to on a daily basis that is likely to be without appreciable
risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime. For purposes of this
subpart, systemic toxicants include toxic chemicals that cause effects
other than cancer or mutation.
    (j) In establishing ground-water protection standards under
paragraph (i) of this section, the Director of an approved State may
consider the following:
    (1) Multiple contaminants in the ground water;
    (2) Exposure threats to sensitive environmental receptors; and
    (3) Other site-specific exposure or potential exposure to ground
water.



Sec. 257.26  Assessment of corrective measures.

    (a) Within 90 days of finding that any of the constituents listed in
appendix II (appendix II of 40 CFR Part 258) have been detected at a
statistically significant level exceeding the ground-water protection
standards defined under Sec. 257.25 (h) or (i), the owner or operator
must initiate an assessment of corrective measures. Such an assessment
must be completed within a reasonable period of time.
    (b) The owner or operator must continue to monitor in accordance
with the assessment monitoring program as specified in Sec. 257.25.
    (c) The assessment shall include an analysis of the effectiveness of
potential corrective measures in meeting all of the requirements and
objectives of the remedy as described under Sec. 257.27, addressing at
least the following:
    (1) The performance, reliability, ease of implementation, and
potential impacts of appropriate potential remedies, including safety
impacts, cross-media impacts, and control of exposure to any residual
contamination;
    (2) The time required to begin and complete the remedy;
    (3) The costs of remedy implementation; and
    (4) The institutional requirements such as State or local permit
requirements or other environmental or public health requirements that
may substantially affect implementation of the remedy(s).
    (d) The owner or operator must discuss the results of the corrective
measures assessment, prior to the selection of remedy, in a public
meeting with interested and affected parties.



Sec. 257.27  Selection of remedy.

    (a) Based on the results of the corrective measures assessment
conducted under Sec. 257.26, the owner or operator must select a remedy
that, at a minimum, meets the standards listed in paragraph (b) of this
section. The owner or operator must notify the State Director, within 14
days of selecting a remedy, that a report describing the selected remedy
has been placed in the operating record and how it meets the standards
in paragraph (b) of this section.

[[Page 427]]

    (b) Remedies must:
    (1) Be protective of human health and the environment;
    (2) Attain the ground-water protection standard as specified
pursuant to Sec. Sec. 257.25 (h) or (i);
    (3) Control the source(s) of releases so as to reduce or eliminate,
to the maximum extent practicable, further releases of appendix II
(appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) constituents into the environment that
may pose a threat to human health or the environment; and
    (4) Comply with standards for management of wastes as specified in
Sec. 257.28(d).
    (c) In selecting a remedy that meets the standards of Sec.
257.27(b), the owner or operator shall consider the following evaluation
factors:
    (1) The long- and short-term effectiveness and protectiveness of the
potential remedy(s), along with the degree of certainty that the remedy
will prove successful based on consideration of the following:
    (i) Magnitude of reduction of existing risks;
    (ii) Magnitude of residual risks in terms of likelihood of further
releases due to waste remaining following implementation of a remedy;
    (iii) The type and degree of long-term management required,
including monitoring, operation, and maintenance;
    (iv) Short-term risks that might be posed to the community, workers,
or the environment during implementation of such a remedy, including
potential threats to human health and the environment associated with
excavation, transportation, and re-disposal or containment;
    (v) Time until full protection is achieved;
    (vi) Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors to
remaining wastes, considering the potential threat to human health and
the environment associated with excavation, transportation, re-disposal,
or containment;
    (vii) Long-term reliability of the engineering and institutional
controls; and
    (viii) Potential need for replacement of the remedy.
    (2) The effectiveness of the remedy in controlling the source to
reduce further releases based on consideration of the following factors:
    (i) The extent to which containment practices will reduce further
releases;
    (ii) The extent to which treatment technologies may be used.
    (3) The ease or difficulty of implementing a potential remedy(s)
based on consideration of the following types of factors:
    (i) Degree of difficulty associated with constructing the
technology;
    (ii) Expected operational reliability of the technologies;
    (iii) Need to coordinate with and obtain necessary approvals and
permits from other agencies;
    (iv) Availability of necessary equipment and specialists; and
    (v) Available capacity and location of needed treatment, storage,
and disposal services.
    (4) Practicable capability of the owner or operator, including a
consideration of the technical and economic capability.
    (5) The degree to which community concerns are addressed by a
potential remedy(s).
    (d) The owner or operator shall specify as part of the selected
remedy a schedule(s) for initiating and completing remedial activities.
Such a schedule must require the initiation of remedial activities
within a reasonable period of time taking into consideration the factors
set forth in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(8) of this section. The owner
or operator must consider the following factors in determining the
schedule of remedial activities:
    (1) Extent and nature of contamination;
    (2) Practical capabilities of remedial technologies in achieving
compliance with ground-water protection standards established under
Sec. Sec. 257.25 (g) or (h) and other objectives of the remedy;
    (3) Availability of treatment or disposal capacity for wastes
managed during implementation of the remedy;
    (4) Desirability of utilizing technologies that are not currently
available, but which may offer significant advantages over already
available technologies in terms of effectiveness, reliability, safety,
or ability to achieve remedial objectives;

[[Page 428]]

    (5) Potential risks to human health and the environment from
exposure to contamination prior to completion of the remedy;
    (6) Resource value of the aquifer including:
    (i) Current and future uses;
    (ii) Proximity and withdrawal rate of users;
    (iii) Ground-water quantity and quality;
    (iv) The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and
physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituent;
    (v) The hydrogeologic characteristic of the unit and surrounding
land;
    (vi) Ground-water removal and treatment costs; and
    (vii) The cost and availability of alternative water supplies.
    (7) Practicable capability of the owner or operator.
    (8) Other relevant factors.
    (e) The Director of an approved State may determine that remediation
of a release of an appendix II (appendix II of 40 CFR part 258)
constituent from the unit is not necessary if the owner or operator
demonstrates to the Director of the approved state that:
    (1) The ground-water is additionally contaminated by substances that
have originated from a source other than the unit and those substances
are present in concentrations such that cleanup of the release from the
unit would provide no significant reduction in risk to actual or
potential receptors; or
    (2) The constituent(s) is present in ground water that:
    (i) Is not currently or reasonably expected to be a source of
drinking water; and
    (ii) Is not hydraulically connected with waters to which the
hazardous constituents are migrating or are likely to migrate in a
concentration(s) that would exceed the ground-water protection standards
established under Sec. 257.25 (h) or (i); or
    (3) Remediation of the release(s) is technically impracticable; or
    (4) Remediation results in unacceptable cross-media impacts.
    (f) A determination by the Director of an approved State pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this section shall not affect the authority of the
State to require the owner or operator to undertake source control
measures or other measures that may be necessary to eliminate or
minimize further releases to the ground-water, to prevent exposure to
the ground-water, or to remediate the ground-water to concentrations
that are technically practicable and significantly reduce threats to
human health or the environment.



Sec. 257.28  Implementation of the corrective action program.

    (a) Based on the schedule established under Sec. 257.27(d) for
initiation and completion of remedial activities the owner/operator
must:
    (1) Establish and implement a corrective action ground-water
monitoring program that:
    (i) At a minimum, meets the requirements of an assessment monitoring
program under Sec. 257.25;
    (ii) Indicates the effectiveness of the corrective action remedy;
and
    (iii) Demonstrates compliance with ground-water protection standard
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) Implement the corrective action remedy selected under Sec.
257.27; and
    (3) Take any interim measures necessary to ensure the protection of
human health and the environment. Interim measures should, to the
greatest extent practicable, be consistent with the objectives of and
contribute to the performance of any remedy that may be required
pursuant to Sec. 257.27. The following factors must be considered by an
owner or operator in determining whether interim measures are necessary:
    (i) Time required to develop and implement a final remedy;
    (ii) Actual or potential exposure of nearby populations or
environmental receptors to hazardous constituents;
    (iii) Actual or potential contamination of drinking water supplies
or sensitive ecosystems;
    (iv) Further degradation of the ground-water that may occur if
remedial action is not initiated expeditiously;
    (v) Weather conditions that may cause hazardous constituents to
migrate or be released;

[[Page 429]]

    (vi) Risks of fire or explosion, or potential for exposure to
hazardous constituents as a result of an accident or failure of a
container or handling system; and
    (vii) Other situations that may pose threats to human health and the
environment.
    (b) An owner or operator may determine, based on information
developed after implementation of the remedy has begun or other
information, that compliance with requirements of Sec. 257.27(b) are
not being achieved through the remedy selected. In such cases, the owner
or operator must implement other methods or techniques that could
practicably achieve compliance with the requirements, unless the owner
or operator makes the determination under Sec. 257.28(c).
    (c) If the owner or operator determines that compliance with
requirements under Sec. 257.27(b) cannot be practically achieved with
any currently available methods, the owner or operator must:
    (1) Obtain certification of a qualified ground-water scientist or
approval by the Director of an approved State that compliance with
requirements under Sec. 257.27(b) cannot be practically achieved with
any currently available methods;
    (2) Implement alternate measures to control exposure of humans or
the environment to residual contamination, as necessary to protect human
health and the environment; and
    (3) Implement alternate measures for control of the sources of
contamination, or for removal or decontamination of equipment, units,
devices, or structures that are:
    (i) Technically practicable; and
    (ii) Consistent with the overall objective of the remedy.
    (4) Notify the State Director within 14 days that a report
justifying the alternative measures prior to implementing the
alternative measures has been placed in the operating record.
    (d) All solid wastes that are managed pursuant to a remedy required
under Sec. 257.27, or an interim measure required under Sec.
257.28(a)(3), shall be managed in a manner:
    (1) That is protective of human health and the environment; and
    (2) That complies with applicable RCRA requirements.
    (e) Remedies selected pursuant to Sec. 257.27 shall be considered
complete when:
    (1) The owner or operator complies with the ground-water protection
standards established under Sec. Sec. 257.25 (h) or (i) at all points
within the plume of contamination that lie beyond the ground-water
monitoring well system established under Sec. 257.22(a).
    (2) Compliance with the ground-water protection standards
established under Sec. Sec. 257.25 (h) or (i) has been achieved by
demonstrating that concentrations of appendix II (appendix II of Part
258) constituents have not exceeded the ground-water protection
standard(s) for a period of three consecutive years using the
statistical procedures and performance standards in Sec. 257.23 (g) and
(h). The Director of an approved State may specify an alternative length
of time during which the owner or operator must demonstrate that
concentrations of appendix II (appendix II of 40 CFR part 258)
constituents have not exceeded the ground-water protection standard(s)
taking into consideration:
    (i) Extent and concentration of the release(s);
    (ii) Behavior characteristics of the hazardous constituents in the
ground-water;
    (iii) Accuracy of monitoring or modeling techniques, including any
seasonal, meteorological, or other environmental variabilities that may
affect the accuracy; and
    (iv) Characteristics of the ground-water.
    (3) All actions required to complete the remedy have been satisfied.
    (f) Upon completion of the remedy, the owner or operator must notify
the State Director within 14 days that a certification that the remedy
has been completed in compliance with the requirements of Sec.
257.28(e) has been placed in the operating record. The certification
must be signed by the owner or operator and by a qualified ground-water
scientist or approved by the Director of an approved State.

[[Page 430]]



Sec. 257.29  [Reserved]

                       Recordkeeping Requirements



Sec. 257.30  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) The owner/operator of a non-municipal non-hazardous waste
disposal unit must record and retain near the facility in an operating
record or in an alternative location approved by the Director of an
approved State the following information as it becomes available:
    (1) Any location restriction demonstration required under Sec. Sec.
257.7 through 257.12; and
    (2) Any demonstration, certification, finding, monitoring, testing,
or analytical data required in Sec. Sec. 257.21 through 257.28.
    (b) The owner/operator must notify the State Director when the
documents from paragraph (a) of this section have been placed or added
to the operating record, and all information contained in the operating
record must be furnished upon request to the State Director or be made
available at all reasonable times for inspection by the State Director.
    (c) The Director of an approved State can set alternative schedules
for recordkeeping and notification requirements as specified in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, except for the notification
requirements in Sec. 257.25(g)(1)(iii).
    (d) The Director of an approved state program may receive electronic
documents only if the state program includes the requirements of 40 CFR
Part 3--(Electronic reporting).

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended at 70 FR 59888, Oct. 13, 2005]



     Sec. Appendix I to Part 257--Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)

  Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) Promulgated Under the Safe Drinking
                                Water Act
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                MCL (mg/
                     Chemical                         CAS No.      l)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arsenic...........................................   7440-38-2   0.05
Barium............................................   7440-39-3   1.0
Benzene...........................................    71-343-2   0.005
Cadmium...........................................   7440-43-9   0.01
Carbon tetrachloride..............................     56-23-5   0.005
Chromium (hexavalent).............................   7440-47-3   0.05
2,4-Dichlorophenoxy acetic acid...................     94-75-7   0.1
1,4-Dichlorobenzene...............................    106-46-7   0.075
1,2-Dichloroethane................................    107-06-2   0.005
1,1-Dichloroethylene..............................     75-35-4   0.007
Endrin............................................     75-20-8   0.0002
Fluoride..........................................           7   4.0
Lindane...........................................     58-89-9   0.004
Lead..............................................   7439-92-1   0.05
Mercury...........................................   7439-97-6   0.002
Methoxychlor......................................     72-43-5   0.1
Nitrate...........................................  ..........  10.0
Selenium..........................................   7782-49-2   0.01
Silver............................................   7440-22-4   0.05
Toxaphene.........................................   8001-35-2   0.005
1,1,1-Trichloroethane.............................     71-55-6   0.2
Trichloroethylene.................................     79-01-6   0.005
2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy acetic acid................     93-76-5   0.01
Vinyl chloride....................................     75-01-4   0.002
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991]



                      Sec. Appendix II to Part 257

             A. Processes To Significantly Reduce Pathogens

    Aerobic digestion: The process is conducted by agitating sludge with
air or oxygen to maintain aerobic conditions at residence times ranging
from 60 days at 15 C to 40 days at 20 C, with a volatile solids
reduction of at least 38 percent.
    Air Drying: Liquid sludge is allowed to drain and/or dry on under-
drained sand beds, or paved or unpaved basins in which the sludge is at
a depth of nine inches. A minimum of three months is needed, two months
of which temperatures average on a daily basis above 0 C.
    Anaerobic digestion: The process is conducted in the absence of air
at residence times ranging from 60 days at 20 C to 15 days at 35 to 55
C, with a volatile solids reduction of at least 38 percent.
    Composting: Using the within-vessel, static aerated pile or windrow
composting methods, the solid waste is maintained at minimum operating
conditions of 40 C for 5 days. For four hours during this period the
temperature exceeds 55 C.
    Lime Stabilization: Sufficient lime is added to produce a pH of 12
after 2 hours of contact.
    Other methods: Other methods or operating conditions may be
acceptable if pathogens and vector attraction of the waste (volatile
solids) are reduced to an extent equivalent to the reduction achieved by
any of the above methods.

                B. Processes To Further Reduce Pathogens

    Composting: Using the within-vessel composting method, the solid
waste is maintained at operating conditions of 55 C or

[[Page 431]]

greater for three days. Using the static aerated pile composting method,
the solid waste is maintained at operating conditions of 55 C or
greater for three days. Using the windrow composting method, the solid
waste attains a temperature of 55 C or greater for at least 15 days
during the composting period. Also, during the high temperature period,
there will be a minimum of five turnings of the windrow.
    Heat drying: Dewatered sludge cake is dried by direct or indirect
contact with hot gases, and moisture content is reduced to 10 percent or
lower. Sludge particles reach temperatures well in excess of 80 C, or
the wet bulb temperature of the gas stream in contact with the sludge at
the point where it leaves the dryer is in excess of 80 C.
    Heat treatment: Liquid sludge is heated to temperatures of 180 C
for 30 minutes.
    Thermophilic Aerobic Digestion: Liquid sludge is agitated with air
or oxygen to maintain aerobic conditions at residence times of 10 days
at 55-60 C, with a volatile solids reduction of at least 38 percent.
    Other methods: Other methods or operating conditions may be
acceptable if pathogens and vector attraction of the waste (volatile
solids) are reduced to an extent equivalent to the reduction achieved by
any of the above methods.
    Any of the processes listed below, if added to the processes
described in Section A above, further reduce pathogens. Because the
processes listed below, on their own, do not reduce the attraction of
disease vectors, they are only add-on in nature.
    Beta ray irradiation: Sludge is irradiated with beta rays from an
accelerator at dosages of at least 1.0 megarad at room temperature (ca.
20 C).
    Gamma ray irradiation: Sludge is irradiated with gamma rays from
certain isotopes, such as \60\ Cobalt and \137\ Cesium, at dosages of at
least 1.0 megarad at room temperature (ca. 20 C).
    Pasteurization: Sludge is maintained for at least 30 minutes at a
minimum temperature of 70 C.
    Other methods: Other methods or operating conditions may be
acceptable if pathogens are reduced to an extent equivalent to the
reduction achieved by any of the above add-on methods.



PART 258_CRITERIA FOR MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE LANDFILLS--Table of Contents



                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
258.1 Purpose, scope, and applicability.
258.2 Definitions.
258.3 Consideration of other Federal laws.
258.4 Research, development, and demonstration permits.
258.5-258.9 [Reserved]

                     Subpart B_Location Restrictions

258.10 Airport safety.
258.11 Floodplains.
258.12 Wetlands.
258.13 Fault areas.
258.14 Seismic impact zones.
258.15 Unstable areas.
258.16 Closure of existing municipal solid waste landfill units.
258.17-258.19 [Reserved]

                      Subpart C_Operating Criteria

258.20 Procedures for excluding the receipt of hazardous waste.
258.21 Cover material requirements.
258.22 Disease vector control.
258.23 Explosive gases control.
258.24 Air criteria.
258.25 Access requirements.
258.26 Run-on/run-off control systems.
258.27 Surface water requirements.
258.28 Liquids restrictions.
258.29 Recordkeeping requirements.
258.30-258.39 [Reserved]

                        Subpart D_Design Criteria

258.40 Design criteria.
258.41 Project XL Bioreactor Landfill Projects.
258.42 Approval of site-specific flexibility requests in Indian country.
258.43-258.49 [Reserved]

         Subpart E_Ground-Water Monitoring and Corrective Action

258.50 Applicability.
258.51 Ground-water monitoring systems.
258.52 [Reserved]
258.53 Ground-water sampling and analysis requirements.
258.54 Detection monitoring program.
258.55 Assessment monitoring program.
258.56 Assessment of corrective measures.
258.57 Selection of remedy.
258.58 Implementation of the corrective action program.
258.59 [Reserved]

                 Subpart F_Closure and Post-Closure Care

258.60 Closure criteria.
258.61 Post-closure care requirements.
258.62 Approval of site-specific flexibility requests in Indian country.
258.63-258.69 [Reserved]

                 Subpart G_Financial Assurance Criteria

258.70 Applicability and effective date.
258.71 Financial assurance for closure.
258.72 Financial assurance for post-closure care.

[[Page 432]]

258.73 Financial assurance for corrective action.
258.74 Allowable mechanisms.
258.75 Discounting.

Appendix I to Part 258--Constituents for Detection Monitoring
Appendix II to Part 258--List of Hazardous Inorganic and Organic
          Constituents

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1345(d) and (e); 42 U.S.C. 6902(a), 6907,
6912(a), 6944, 6945(c) and 6949a(c), 6981(a).

    Source: 56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 258.1  Purpose, scope, and applicability.

    (a) The purpose of this part is to establish minimum national
criteria under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA or the
Act), as amended, for all municipal solid waste landfill (MSWLF) units
and under the Clean Water Act, as amended, for municipal solid waste
landfills that are used to dispose of sewage sludge. These minimum
national criteria ensure the protection of human health and the
environment.
    (b) These Criteria apply to owners and operators of new MSWLF units,
existing MSWLF units, and lateral expansions, except as otherwise
specifically provided in this part; all other solid waste disposal
facilities and practices that are not regulated under subtitle C of RCRA
are subject to the criteria contained in part 257 of this chapter.
    (c) These Criteria do not apply to municipal solid waste landfill
units that do not receive waste after October 9, 1991.
    (d)(1) MSWLF units that meet the conditions of Sec. 258.1(e)(2) and
receive waste after October 9, 1991 but stop receiving waste before
April 9, 1994, are exempt from all the requirements of this part 258,
except the final cover requirement specified in Sec. 258.60(a). The
final cover must be installed by October 9, 1994. Owners or operators of
MSWLF units described in this paragraph that fail to complete cover
installation by October 9, 1994 will be subject to all the requirements
of this part 258, unless otherwise specified.
    (2) MSWLF units that meet the conditions of Sec. 258.1(e)(3) and
receive waste after October 9, 1991 but stop receiving waste before the
date designated by the state pursuant to Sec. 258.1(e)(3), are exempt
from all the requirements of this part 258, except the final cover
requirement specified in Sec. 258.60(a). The final cover must be
installed within one year after the date designated by the state
pursuant to Sec. 258.1(e)(3). Owners or operators of MSWLF units
described in this paragraph that fail to complete cover installation
within one year after the date designated by the state pursuant to Sec.
258.1(e)(3) will be subject to all the requirements of this part 258,
unless otherwise specified.
    (3) MSWLF units that meet the conditions of paragraph (f)(1) of this
section and receive waste after October 9, 1991 but stop receiving waste
before October 9, 1997, are exempt from all the requirements of this
part 258, except the final cover requirement specified in Sec.
258.60(a). The final cover must be installed by October 9, 1998. Owners
or operators of MSWLF units described in this paragraph that fail to
complete cover installation by October 9, 1998 will be subject to all
the requirements of this part 258, unless otherwise specified.
    (4) MSWLF units that do not meet the conditions of Sec. 258.1
(e)(2), (e)(3), or (f) and receive waste after October 9, 1991 but stop
receiving waste before October 9, 1993, are exempt from all the
requirements this part 258, except the final cover requirement specified
in Sec. 258.60(a). The final cover must be installed by October 9,
1994. Owners or operators of MSWLF units described in this paragraph
that fail to complete cover installation by October 9, 1994 will be
subject to all the requirements of this part 258, unless otherwise
specified.
    (e)(1) The compliance date for all requirements of this part 258,
unless otherwise specified, is October 9, 1993 for all MSWLF units that
receive waste on or after October 9, 1993, except those units that
qualify for an extension under (e)(2), (3), or (4) of this section.
    (2) The compliance date for all requirements of this part 258,
unless otherwise specified, is April 9, 1994 for an

[[Page 433]]

existing MSWLF unit or a lateral expansion of an existing MSWLF unit
that meets the following conditions:
    (i) The MSWLF unit disposed of 100 tons per day or less of solid
waste during a representative period prior to October 9, 1993;
    (ii) The unit does not dispose of more than an average of 100 TPD of
solid waste each month between October 9, 1993 and April 9, 1994;
    (iii) The MSWLF unit is located in a state that has submitted an
application for permit program approval to EPA by October 9, 1993, is
located in the state of Iowa, or is located on Indian Lands or Indian
Country; and
    (iv) The MSWLF unit is not on the National Priorities List (NPL) as
found in appendix B to 40 CFR part 300.
    (3) The compliance date for all requirements of this part 258,
unless otherwise specified, for an existing MSWLF unit or lateral
expansion of an existing MSWLF unit receiving flood-related waste from
federally-designated areas within the major disasters declared for the
states of Iowa, Illinois, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Missouri, Nebraska,
Kansas, North Dakota, and South Dakota by the President during the
summer of 1993 pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq., shall be designated
by the state in which the MSWLF unit is located in accordance with the
following:
    (i) The MSWLF unit may continue to accept waste up to April 9, 1994
without being subject to part 258, if the state in which the MSWLF unit
is located determines that the MSWLF unit is needed to receive flood-
related waste from a federally-designated disaster area as specified in
(e)(3) of this section.
    (ii) The MSWLF unit that receives an extension under paragraph
(e)(3)(i) of this section may continue to accept waste up to an
additional six months beyond April 9, 1994 without being subject to part
258, if the state in which the MSWLF unit is located determines that the
MSWLF unit is needed to receive flood-related waste from a federally-
designated disaster area specified in (e)(3) of this section.
    (iii) In no case shall a MSWLF unit receiving an extension under
paragraph (e)(3) (i) or (ii) of this section accept waste beyond October
9, 1994 without being subject to part 258.
    (4) For a MSWLF unit that meets the conditions for the exemption in
paragraph (f)(1) of this section, the compliance date for all applicable
requirements of part 258, unless otherwise specified, is October 9,
1997.
    (f)(1) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units,
and lateral expansions that dispose of less than twenty (20) tons of
municipal solid waste daily, based on an annual average, are exempt from
subparts D and E of this part, so long as there is no evidence of
ground-water contamination from the MSWLF unit, and the MSWLF unit
serves:
    (i) A community that experiences an annual interruption of at least
three consecutive months of surface transportation that prevents access
to a regional waste management facility, or
    (ii) A community that has no practicable waste management
alternative and the landfill unit is located in an area that annually
receives less than or equal to 25 inches of precipitation.
    (2) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units,
and lateral expansions that meet the criteria in paragraph (f)(1)(i) or
(f)(1)(ii) of this section must place in the operating record
information demonstrating this.
    (3) If the owner or operator of a new MSWLF unit, existing MSWLF
unit, or lateral expansion has knowledge of ground-water contamination
resulting from the unit that has asserted the exemption in paragraph
(f)(1)(i) or (f)(1)(ii) of this section, the owner or operator must
notify the state Director of such contamination and, thereafter, comply
with subparts D and E of this part.
    (g) Municipal solid waste landfill units failing to satisfy these
criteria are considered open dumps for purposes of State solid waste
management planning under RCRA.
    (h) Municipal solid waste landfill units failing to satisfy these
criteria constitute open dumps, which are prohibited under section 4005
of RCRA.
    (i) Municipal solid waste landfill units containing sewage sludge
and failing to satisfy these Criteria violate

[[Page 434]]

sections 309 and 405(e) of the Clean Water Act.
    (j) Subpart G of this part is effective April 9, 1995, except for
MSWLF units meeting the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this
section, in which case the effective date of subpart G is October 9,
1995.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 51546, Oct. 1, 1993; 60
FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995; 61 FR 50413, Sept. 25, 1996]



Sec. 258.2  Definitions.

    Unless otherwise noted, all terms contained in this part are defined
by their plain meaning. This section contains definitions for terms that
appear throughout this part; additional definitions appear in the
specific sections to which they apply.
    Active life means the period of operation beginning with the initial
receipt of solid waste and ending at completion of closure activities in
accordance with Sec. 258.60 of this part.
    Active portion means that part of a facility or unit that has
received or is receiving wastes and that has not been closed in
accordance with Sec. 258.60 of this part.
    Aquifer means a geological formation, group of formations, or porton
of a formation capable of yielding significant quantities of ground
water to wells or springs.
    Commercial solid waste means all types of solid waste generated by
stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses, and other nonmanufacturing
activities, excluding residential and industrial wastes.
    Construction and demolition (C&D) landfill means a solid waste
disposal facility subject to the requirements in part 257, subparts A or
B of this chapter that receives construction and demolition waste and
does not receive hazardous waste (defined in Sec. 261.3 of this
chapter) or industrial solid waste (defined in Sec. 258.2 of this
chapter). Only a C&D landfill that meets the requirements of 40 CFR part
257, subpart B may receive conditionally exempt small quantity generator
waste (defined in Sec. 261.5 of this chapter). A C&D landfill typically
receives any one or more of the following types of solid wastes:
roadwork material, excavated material, demolition waste, construction/
renovation waste, and site clearance waste.
    Director of an Approved State means the chief administrative officer
of a state agency responsible for implementing the state permit program
that is deemed to be adequate by EPA under regulations published
pursuant to sections 2002 and 4005 of RCRA.
    Existing MSWLF unit means any municipal solid waste landfill unit
that is receiving solid waste as of the appropriate dates specified in
Sec. 258.1(e). Waste placement in existing units must be consistent
with past operating practices or modified practices to ensure good
management.
    Facility means all contiguous land and structures, other
appurtenances, and improvements on the land used for the disposal of
solid waste.
    Ground water means water below the land surface in a zone of
saturation.
    Household waste means any solid waste (including garbage, trash, and
sanitary waste in septic tanks) derived from households (including
single and multiple residences, hotels and motels, bunkhouses, ranger
stations, crew quarters, campgrounds, picnic grounds, and day-use
recreation areas).
    Indian lands or Indian country means:
    (1) All land within the limits of any Indian reservation under the
jurisdiction of the United States Government, notwithstanding the
issuance of any patent, and including rights-of-way running throughout
the reservation;
    (2) All dependent Indian communities within the borders of the
United States whether within the original or subsequently acquired
territory thereof, and whether within or without the limits of the
State; and
    (3) All Indian allotments, the Indian titles to which have not been
extinguished, including rights of way running through the same.
    Indian Tribe or Tribe means any Indian tribe, band, nation, or
community recognized by the Secretary of the Interior and exercising
substantial governmental duties and powers on Indian lands.
    Industrial solid waste means solid waste generated by manufacturing
or industrial processes that is not a hazardous waste regulated under
subtitle C of RCRA. Such waste may include,

[[Page 435]]

but is not limited to, waste resulting from the following manufacturing
processes: Electric power generation; fertilizer/agricultural chemicals;
food and related products/by-products; inorganic chemicals; iron and
steel manufacturing; leather and leather products; nonferrous metals
manufacturing/foundries; organic chemicals; plastics and resins
manufacturing; pulp and paper industry; rubber and miscellaneous plastic
products; stone, glass, clay, and concrete products; textile
manufacturing; transportation equipment; and water treatment. This term
does not include mining waste or oil and gas waste.
    Lateral expansion means a horizontal expansion of the waste
boundaries of an existing MSWLF unit.
    Leachate means a liquid that has passed through or emerged from
solid waste and contains soluble, suspended, or miscible materials
removed from such waste.
    Municipal solid waste landfill (MSWLF) unit means a discrete area of
land or an excavation that receives household waste, and that is not a
land application unit, surface impoundment, injection well, or waste
pile, as those terms are defined under Sec. 257.2 of this chapter. A
MSWLF unit also may receive other types of RCRA Subtitle D wastes, such
as commercial solid waste, nonhazardous sludge, conditionally exempt
small quantity generator waste and industrial solid waste. Such a
landfill may be publicly or privately owned. A MSWLF unit may be a new
MSWLF unit, an existing MSWLF unit or a lateral expansion. A
construction and demolition landfill that receives residential lead-
based paint waste and does not receive any other household waste is not
a MSWLF unit.
    New MSWLF unit means any municipal solid waste landfill unit that
has not received waste prior to October 9, 1993, or prior to October 9,
1997 if the MSWLF unit meets the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1).
    Open burning means the combustion of solid waste without:
    (1) Control of combustion air to maintain adequate temperature for
efficient combustion,
    (2) Containment of the combustion reaction in an enclosed device to
provide sufficient residence time and mixing for complete combustion,
and
    (3) Control of the emission of the combustion products.
    Operator means the person(s) responsible for the overall operation
of a facility or part of a facility.
    Owner means the person(s) who owns a facility or part of a facility.
    Residential lead-based paint waste means waste containing lead-based
paint, which is generated as a result of activities such as abatement,
rehabilitation, renovation and remodeling in homes and other residences.
The term residential lead-based paint waste includes, but is not limited
to, lead-based paint debris, chips, dust, and sludges.
    Run-off means any rainwater, leachate, or other liquid that drains
over land from any part of a facility.
    Run-on means any rainwater, leachate, or other liquid that drains
over land onto any part of a facility.
    Saturated zone means that part of the earth's crust in which all
voids are filled with water.
    Sludge means any solid, semi-solid, or liquid waste generated from a
municipal, commercial, or industrial wastewater treatment plant, water
supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility exclusive of
the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant.
    Solid waste means any garbage, or refuse, sludge from a wastewater
treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control
facility and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semi-
solid, or contained gaseous material resulting from industrial,
commercial, mining, and agricultural operations, and from community
activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in
domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return
flows or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to permit
under 33 U.S.C. 1342, or source, special nuclear, or by-product material
as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 923).
    State means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American

[[Page 436]]

Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
    State Director means the chief administrative officer of the lead
state agency responsible for implementing the state permit program for
40 CFR part 257, subpart B and 40 CFR part 258 regulated facilities.
    Uppermost aquifer means the geologic formation nearest the natural
ground surface that is an aquifer, as well as, lower aquifers that are
hydraulically interconnected with this aquifer within the facility's
property boundary.
    Waste management unit boundary means a vertical surface located at
the hydraulically downgradient limit of the unit. This vertical surface
extends down into the uppermost aquifer.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28627, June 26, 1992, as amended at 58
FR 51547, Oct. 1, 1993; 60 FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995; 63 FR 57044, Oct. 23,
1998; 68 FR 36495, June 18, 2003]



Sec. 258.3  Consideration of other Federal laws.

    The owner or operator of a municipal solid waste landfill unit must
comply with any other applicable Federal rules, laws, regulations, or
other requirements.



Sec. 258.4  Research, development, and demonstration permits.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, the
Director of an approved State may issue a research, development, and
demonstration permit for a new MSWLF unit, existing MSWLF unit, or
lateral expansion, for which the owner or operator proposes to utilize
innovative and new methods which vary from either or both of the
following criteria provided that the MSWLF unit has a leachate
collection system designed and constructed to maintain less than a 30-cm
depth of leachate on the liner:
    (1) The run-on control systems in Sec. 258.26(a)(1); and
    (2) The liquids restrictions in Sec. 258.28(a).
    (b) The Director of an approved State may issue a research,
development, and demonstration permit for a new MSWLF unit, existing
MSWLF unit, or lateral expansion, for which the owner or operator
proposes to utilize innovative and new methods which vary from the final
cover criteria of Sec. 258.60(a)(1), (a)(2) and (b)(1), provided the
MSWLF unit owner/operator demonstrates that the infiltration of liquid
through the alternative cover system will not cause contamination of
groundwater or surface water, or cause leachate depth on the liner to
exceed 30-cm.
    (c) Any permit issued under this section must include such terms and
conditions at least as protective as the criteria for municipal solid
waste landfills to assure protection of human health and the
environment. Such permits shall:
    (1) Provide for the construction and operation of such facilities as
necessary, for not longer than three years, unless renewed as provided
in paragraph (e) of this section;
    (2) Provide that the MSWLF unit must receive only those types and
quantities of municipal solid waste and non-hazardous wastes which the
State Director deems appropriate for the purposes of determining the
efficacy and performance capabilities of the technology or process;
    (3) Include such requirements as necessary to protect human health
and the environment, including such requirements as necessary for
testing and providing information to the State Director with respect to
the operation of the facility;
    (4) Require the owner or operator of a MSWLF unit permitted under
this section to submit an annual report to the State Director showing
whether and to what extent the site is progressing in attaining project
goals. The report will also include a summary of all monitoring and
testing results, as well as any other operating information specified by
the State Director in the permit; and
    (5) Require compliance with all criteria in this part, except as
permitted under this section.
    (d) The Director of an approved State may order an immediate
termination of all operations at the facility allowed under this section
or other corrective measures at any time the State Director determines
that the overall goals of the project are not being attained, including
protection of human health or the environment.

[[Page 437]]

    (e) Any permit issued under this section shall not exceed three
years and each renewal of a permit may not exceed three years.
    (1) The total term for a permit for a project including renewals may
not exceed twelve years; and
    (2) During permit renewal, the applicant shall provide a detailed
assessment of the project showing the status with respect to achieving
project goals, a list of problems and status with respect to problem
resolutions, and other any other requirements that the Director
determines necessary for permit renewal.
    (f) Small MSWLF units. (1) An owner or operator of a MSWLF unit
operating under an exemption set forth in Sec. 258.1(f)(1) is not
eligible for any variance from Sec. Sec. 258.26(a)(1) and 258.28(a) of
the operating criteria in subpart C of this part.
    (2) An owner or operator of a MSWLF unit that disposes of 20 tons of
municipal solid waste per day or less, based on an annual average, is
not eligible for a variance from Sec. 258.60 (b)(1),except in
accordance with Sec. 258.60(b)(3).

[69 FR 13255, Mar. 22, 2004]



Sec. Sec. 258.5-258.9  [Reserved]



                     Subpart B_Location Restrictions



Sec. 258.10  Airport safety.

    (a) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units,
and lateral expansions that are located within 10,000 feet (3,048
meters) of any airport runway end used by turbojet aircraft or within
5,000 feet (1,524 meters) of any airport runway end used by only piston-
type aircraft must demonstrate that the units are designed and operated
so that the MSWLF unit does not pose a bird hazard to aircraft.
    (b) Owners or operators proposing to site new MSWLF units and
lateral expansions within a five-mile radius of any airport runway end
used by turbojet or piston-type aircraft must notify the affected
airport and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
    (c) The owner or operator must place the demonstration in paragraph
(a) of this section in the operating record and notify the State
Director that it has been placed in the operating record.
    (d) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Airport means public-use airport open to the public without
prior permission and without restrictions within the physical capacities
of available facilities.
    (2) Bird hazard means an increase in the likelihood of bird/aircraft
collisions that may cause damage to the aircraft or injury to its
occupants.

    Note to Sec. 258.10: A prohibition on locating a new MSWLF near
certain airports was enacted in Section 503 of the Wendell H. Ford
Aviation Investment and Reform Act for the 21st Century (Ford Act), Pub.
L. 106-181 (49 U.S.C. 44718 note). Section 503 prohibits the
``construction or establishment'' of new MSWLFs after April 5, 2000
within six miles of certain smaller public airports. The Federal
Aviation Administration (FAA) administers the Ford Act and has issued
guidance in FAA Advisory Circular 150/5200-34, dated August 26, 2000.
For further information, please contact the FAA.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 68 FR 59335, Oct. 15, 2003]



Sec. 258.11  Floodplains.

    (a) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units,
and lateral expansions located in 100-year floodplains must demonstrate
that the unit will not restrict the flow of the 100-year flood, reduce
the temporary water storage capacity of the floodplain, or result in
washout of solid waste so as to pose a hazard to human health and the
environment. The owner or operator must place the demonstration in the
operating record and notify the State Director that it has been placed
in the operating record.
    (b) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Floodplain means the lowland and relatively flat areas adjoining
inland and coastal waters, including flood-prone areas of offshore
islands, that are inundated by the 100-year flood.
    (2) 100-year flood means a flood that has a 1-percent or greater
chance of recurring in any given year or a flood of a magnitude equalled
or exceeded once in 100 years on the average over a significantly long
period.
    (3) Washout means the carrying away of solid waste by waters of the
base flood.

[[Page 438]]



Sec. 258.12  Wetlands.

    (a) New MSWLF units and lateral expansions shall not be located in
wetlands, unless the owner or operator can make the following
demonstrations to the Director of an approved State:
    (1) Where applicable under section 404 of the Clean Water Act or
applicable State wetlands laws, the presumption that practicable
alternative to the proposed landfill is available which does not involve
wetlands is clearly rebutted;
    (2) The construction and operation of the MSWLF unit will not:
    (i) Cause or contribute to violations of any applicable State water
quality standard,
    (ii) Violate any applicable toxic effluent standard or prohibition
under Section 307 of the Clean Water Act,
    (iii) Jeopardize the continued existence of endangered or threatened
species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of a
critical habitat, protected under the Endangered Species Act of 1973,
and
    (iv) Violate any requirement under the Marine Protection, Research,
and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 for the protection of a marine sanctuary;
    (3) The MSWLF unit will not cause or contribute to significant
degradation of wetlands. The owner or operator must demonstrate the
integrity of the MSWLF unit and its ability to protect ecological
resources by addressing the following factors:
    (i) Erosion, stability, and migration potential of native wetland
soils, muds and deposits used to support the MSWLF unit;
    (ii) Erosion, stability, and migration potential of dredged and fill
materials used to support the MSWLF unit;
    (iii) The volume and chemical nature of the waste managed in the
MSWLF unit;
    (iv) Impacts on fish, wildlife, and other aquatic resources and
their habitat from release of the solid waste;
    (v) The potential effects of catastrophic release of waste to the
wetland and the resulting impacts on the environment; and
    (vi) Any additional factors, as necessary, to demonstrate that
ecological resources in the wetland are sufficiently protected.
    (4) To the extent required under section 404 of the Clean Water Act
or applicable State wetlands laws, steps have been taken to attempt to
achieve no net loss of wetlands (as defined by acreage and function) by
first avoiding impacts to wetlands to the maximum extent practicable as
required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, then minimizing
unavoidable impacts to the maximum extent practicable, and finally
offsetting remaining unavoidable wetland impacts through all appropriate
and practicable compensatory mitigation actions (e.g., restoration of
existing degraded wetlands or creation of man-made wetlands); and
    (5) Sufficient information is available to make a reasonable
determination with respect to these demonstrations.
    (b) For purposes of this section, wetlands means those areas that
are defined in 40 CFR 232.2(r).



Sec. 258.13  Fault areas.

    (a) New MSWLF units and lateral expansions shall not be located
within 200 feet (60 meters) of a fault that has had displacement in
Holocene time unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director
of an approved State that an alternative setback distance of less than
200 feet (60 meters) will prevent damage to the structural integrity of
the MSWLF unit and will be protective of human health and the
environment.
    (b) For the purposes of this section:
    (1) Fault means a fracture or a zone of fractures in any material
along which strata on one side have been displaced with respect to that
on the other side.
    (2) Displacement means the relative movement of any two sides of a
fault measured in any direction.
    (3) Holocene means the most recent epoch of the Quaternary period,
extending from the end of the Pleistocene Epoch to the present.



Sec. 258.14  Seismic impact zones.

    (a) New MSWLF units and lateral expansions shall not be located in
seismic impact zones, unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the
Director of an approved State/Tribe that all containment structures,
including liners,

[[Page 439]]

leachate collection systems, and surface water control systems, are
designed to resist the maximum horizontal acceleration in lithified
earth material for the site. The owner or operator must place the
demonstration in the operating record and notify the State Director that
it has been placed in the operating record.
    (b) For the purposes of this section:
    (1) Seismic impact zone means an area with a ten percent or greater
probability that the maximum horizontal acceleration in lithified earth
material, expressed as a percentage of the earth's gravitational pull
(g), will exceed 0.10g in 250 years.
    (2) Maximum horizontal acceleration in lithified earth material
means the maximum expected horizontal acceleration depicted on a seismic
hazard map, with a 90 percent or greater probability that the
acceleration will not be exceeded in 250 years, or the maximum expected
horizontal acceleration based on a site-specific seismic risk
assessment.
    (3) Lithified earth material means all rock, including all naturally
occurring and naturally formed aggregates or masses of minerals or small
particles of older rock that formed by crystallization of magma or by
induration of loose sediments. This term does not include man-made
materials, such as fill, concrete, and asphalt, or unconsolidated earth
materials, soil, or regolith lying at or near the earth surface.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28627, June 26, 1992]



Sec. 258.15  Unstable areas.

    (a) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units,
and lateral expansions located in an unstable area must demonstrate that
engineering measures have been incorporated into the MSWLF unit's design
to ensure that the integrity of the structural components of the MSWLF
unit will not be disrupted. The owner or operator must place the
demonstration in the operating record and notify the State Director that
it has been placed in the operating record. The owner or operator must
consider the following factors, at a minimum, when determining whether
an area is unstable:
    (1) On-site or local soil conditions that may result in significant
differential settling;
    (2) On-site or local geologic or geomorphologic features; and
    (3) On-site or local human-made features or events (both surface and
subsurface).
    (b) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Unstable area means a location that is susceptible to natural or
human-induced events or forces capable of impairing the integrity of
some or all of the landfill structural components responsible for
preventing releases from a landfill. Unstable areas can include poor
foundation conditions, areas susceptible to mass movements, and Karst
terranes.
    (2) Structural components means liners, leachate collection systems,
final covers, run-on/run-off systems, and any other component used in
the construction and operation of the MSWLF that is necessary for
protection of human health and the environment.
    (3) Poor foundation conditions means those areas where features
exist which indicate that a natural or man-induced event may result in
inadequate foundation support for the structural components of an MSWLF
unit.
    (4) Areas susceptible to mass movement means those areas of
influence (i.e., areas characterized as having an active or substantial
possibility of mass movement) where the movement of earth material at,
beneath, or adjacent to the MSWLF unit, because of natural or man-
induced events, results in the downslope transport of soil and rock
material by means of gravitational influence. Areas of mass movement
include, but are not limited to, landslides, avalanches, debris slides
and flows, soil fluction, block sliding, and rock fall.
    (5) Karst terranes means areas where karst topography, with its
characteristic surface and subterranean features, is developed as the
result of dissolution of limestone, dolomite, or other soluble rock.
Characteristic physiographic features present in karst terranes include,
but are not limited to, sinkholes, sinking streams, caves, large
springs, and blind valleys.

[[Page 440]]



Sec. 258.16  Closure of existing municipal solid waste landfill units.

    (a) Existing MSWLF units that cannot make the demonstration
specified in Sec. 258.10(a), pertaining to airports, Sec. 258.11(a),
pertaining to floodplains, or Sec. 258.15(a), pertaining to unstable
areas, must close by October 9, 1996, in accordance with Sec. 258.60 of
this part and conduct post-closure activities in accordance with Sec.
258.61 of this part.
    (b) The deadline for closure required by paragraph (a) of this
section may be extended up to two years if the owner or operator
demonstrates to the Director of an approved State that:
    (1) There is no available alternative disposal capacity;
    (2) There is no immediate threat to human health and the
environment.

    Note to subpart B: Owners or operators of MSWLFs should be aware
that a State in which their landfill is located or is to be located, may
have adopted a state wellhead protection program in accordance with
section 1428 of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Such state wellhead
protection programs may impose additional requirements on owners or
operators of MSWLFs than those set forth in this part.



Sec. Sec. 258.17-258.19  [Reserved]



                      Subpart C_Operating Criteria



Sec. 258.20  Procedures for excluding the receipt of hazardous waste.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must implement a program
at the facility for detecting and preventing the disposal of regulated
hazardous wastes as defined in part 261 of this chapter and
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) wastes as defined in part 761 of this
chapter. This program must include, at a minimum:
    (1) Random inspections of incoming loads unless the owner or
operator takes other steps to ensure that incoming loads do not contain
regulated hazardous wastes or PCB wastes;
    (2) Records of any inspections;
    (3) Training of facility personnel to recognize regulated hazardous
waste and PCB wastes; and
    (4) Notification of State Director of authorized States under
Subtitle C of RCRA or the EPA Regional Administrator if in an
unauthorized State if a regulated hazardous waste or PCB waste is
discovered at the facility.
    (b) For purposes of this section, regulated hazardous waste means a
solid waste that is a hazardous waste, as defined in 40 CFR 261.3, that
is not excluded from regulation as a hazardous waste under 40 CFR
261.4(b) or was not generated by a conditionally exempt small quantity
generator as defined in Sec. 261.5 of this chapter.



Sec. 258.21  Cover material requirements.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the owners
or operators of all MSWLF units must cover disposed solid waste with six
inches of earthen material at the end of each operating day, or at more
frequent intervals if necessary, to control disease vectors, fires,
odors, blowing litter, and scavenging.
    (b) Alternative materials of an alternative thickness (other than at
least six inches of earthen material) may be approved by the Director of
an approved State if the owner or operator demonstrates that the
alternative material and thickness control disease vectors, fires,
odors, blowing litter, and scavenging without presenting a threat to
human health and the environment.
    (c) The Director of an approved State may grant a temporary waiver
from the requirement of paragraph (a) and (b) of this section if the
owner or operator demonstrates that there are extreme seasonal climatic
conditions that make meeting such requirements impractical.
    (d) The Director of an Approved State may establish alternative
frequencies for cover requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section, after public review and comment, for any owners or operators of
MSWLFs that dispose of 20 tons of municipal solid waste per day or less,
based on an annual average. Any alternative requirements established
under this paragraph must:
    (1) Consider the unique characteristics of small communities;
    (2) Take into account climatic and hydrogeologic conditions; and
    (3) Be protective of human health and the environment.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 62 FR 40713, July 29, 1997]

[[Page 441]]



Sec. 258.22  Disease vector control.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must prevent or control
on-site populations of disease vectors using techniques appropriate for
the protection of human health and the environment.
    (b) For purposes of this section, disease vectors means any rodents,
flies, mosquitoes, or other animals, including insects, capable of
transmitting disease to humans.



Sec. 258.23  Explosive gases control.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must ensure that:
    (1) The concentration of methane gas generated by the facility does
not exceed 25 percent of the lower explosive limit for methane in
facility structures (excluding gas control or recovery system
components); and
    (2) The concentration of methane gas does not exceed the lower
explosive limit for methane at the facility property boundary.
    (b) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must implement a routine
methane monitoring program to ensure that the standards of paragraph (a)
of this section are met.
    (1) The type and frequency of monitoring must be determined based on
the following factors:
    (i) Soil conditions;
    (ii) The hydrogeologic conditions surrounding the facility;
    (iii) The hydraulic conditions surrounding the facility; and
    (iv) The location of facility structures and property boundaries.
    (2) The minimum frequency of monitoring shall be quarterly.
    (c) If methane gas levels exceeding the limits specified in
paragraph (a) of this section are detected, the owner or operator must:
    (1) Immediately take all necessary steps to ensure protection of
human health and notify the State Director;
    (2) Within seven days of detection, place in the operating record
the methane gas levels detected and a description of the steps taken to
protect human health; and
    (3) Within 60 days of detection, implement a remediation plan for
the methane gas releases, place a copy of the plan in the operating
record, and notify the State Director that the plan has been
implemented. The plan shall describe the nature and extent of the
problem and the proposed remedy.
    (4) The Director of an approved State may establish alternative
schedules for demonstrating compliance with paragraphs (c) (2) and (3)
of this section.
    (d) For purposes of this section, lower explosive limit means the
lowest percent by volume of a mixture of explosive gases in air that
will propagate a flame at 25 C and atmospheric pressure.
    (e) The Director of an approved State may establish alternative
frequencies for the monitoring requirement of paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, after public review and comment, for any owners or operators of
MSWLFs that dispose of 20 tons of municipal solid waste per day or less,
based on an annual average. Any alternative monitoring frequencies
established under this paragraph must:
    (1) Consider the unique characteristics of small communities;
    (2) Take into account climatic and hydrogeologic conditions; and
    (3) Be protective of human health and the environment.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 62 FR 40713, July 29, 1997]



Sec. 258.24  Air criteria.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLFs must ensure that the units not
violate any applicable requirements developed under a State
Implementation Plan (SIP) approved or promulgated by the Administrator
pursuant to section 110 of the Clean Air Act, as amended.
    (b) Open burning of solid waste, except for the infrequent burning
of agricultural wastes, silvicultural wastes, landclearing debris,
diseased trees, or debris from emergency cleanup operations, is
prohibited at all MSWLF units.



Sec. 258.25  Access requirements.

    Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must control public access
and prevent unauthorized vehicular traffic and illegal dumping of wastes
by using artificial barriers, natural barriers, or both, as appropriate
to protect human health and the environment.

[[Page 442]]



Sec. 258.26  Run-on/run-off control systems.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must design, construct,
and maintain:
    (1) A run-on control system to prevent flow onto the active portion
of the landfill during the peak discharge from a 25-year storm;
    (2) A run-off control system from the active portion of the landfill
to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-
hour, 25-year storm.
    (b) Run-off from the active portion of the landfill unit must be
handled in accordance with Sec. 258.27(a) of this part.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28627, June 26, 1992]



Sec. 258.27  Surface water requirements.

    MSWLF units shall not:
    (a) Cause a discharge of pollutants into waters of the United
States, including wetlands, that violates any requirements of the Clean
Water Act, including, but not limited to, the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) requirements, pursuant to section
402.
    (b) Cause the discharge of a nonpoint source of pollution to waters
of the United States, including wetlands, that violates any requirement
of an area-wide or State-wide water quality management plan that has
been approved under section 208 or 319 of the Clean Water Act, as
amended.



Sec. 258.28  Liquids restrictions.

    (a) Bulk or noncontainerized liquid waste may not be placed in MSWLF
units unless:
    (1) The waste is household waste other than septic waste;
    (2) The waste is leachate or gas condensate derived from the MSWLF
unit and the MSWLF unit, whether it is a new or existing MSWLF, or
lateral expansion, is designed with a composite liner and leachate
collection system as described in Sec. 258.40(a)(2) of this part. The
owner or operator must place the demonstration in the operating record
and notify the State Director that it has been placed in the operating
record; or
    (3) The MSWLF unit is a Project XL MSWLF and meets the applicable
requirements of Sec. 258.41. The owner or operator must place
documentation of the landfill design in the operating record and notify
the State Director that it has been placed in the operating record.
    (b) Containers holding liquid waste may not be placed in a MSWLF
unit unless:
    (1) The container is a small container similar in size to that
normally found in household waste;
    (2) The container is designed to hold liquids for use other than
storage; or
    (3) The waste is household waste.
    (c) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Liquid waste means any waste material that is determined to
contain ``free liquids'' as defined by Method 9095B (Paint Filter
Liquids Test), included in ``Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste,
Physical/Chemical Methods'' (EPA Publication SW-846) which is
incorporated by reference. A suffix of ``B'' in the method number
indicates revision two (the method has been revised twice). Method 9095B
is dated November 2004. This incorporation by reference was approved by
the Director of the Federal Register pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
CFR part 51. This material is incorporated as it exists on the date of
approval and a notice of any change in this material will be published
in the Federal Register. A copy may be inspected at the Library, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW. (3403T),
Washington, DC 20460, [email protected]; or at the National Archives and
Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of
this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://
www.archives.gov/federal--register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--
locations.html.
    (2) Gas condensate means the liquid generated as a result of gas
recovery process(es) at the MSWLF unit.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 66 FR 42449, Aug. 13, 2001; 70
FR 34555, June 14, 2005]



Sec. 258.29  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of a MSWLF unit must record and retain
near the facility in an operating record or in an alternative location
approved by the Director of an approved State

[[Page 443]]

the following information as it becomes available:
    (1) Any location restriction demonstration required under subpart B
of this part;
    (2) Inspection records, training procedures, and notification
procedures required in Sec. 258.20 of this part;
    (3) Gas monitoring results from monitoring and any remediation plans
required by Sec. 258.23 of this part;
    (4) Any MSWLF unit design documentation for placement of leachate or
gas condensate in a MSWLF unit as required under Sec. 258.28(a)(2) of
this part;
    (5) Any demonstration, certification, finding, monitoring, testing,
or analytical data required by subpart E of this part;
    (6) Closure and post-closure care plans and any monitoring, testing,
or analytical data as required by Sec. Sec. 258.60 and 258.61 of this
part; and
    (7) Any cost estimates and financial assurance documentation
required by subpart G of this part.
    (8) Any information demonstrating compliance with small community
exemption as required by Sec. 258.1(f)(2).
    (b) The owner/operator must notify the State Director when the
documents from paragraph (a) of this section have been placed or added
to the operating record, and all information contained in the operating
record must be furnished upon request to the State Director or be made
available at all reasonable times for inspection by the State Director.
    (c) The Director of an approved State can set alternative schedules
for recordkeeping and notification requirements as specified in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, except for the notification
requirements in Sec. 258.10(b) and Sec. 258.55(g)(1)(iii).
    (d) The Director of an approved state program may receive electronic
documents only if the state program includes the requirements of 40 CFR
Part 3--(Electronic reporting).

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 70 FR 59888, Oct. 13, 2005]



Sec. Sec. 258.30-258.39  [Reserved]



                        Subpart D_Design Criteria



Sec. 258.40  Design criteria.

    (a) New MSWLF units and lateral expansions shall be constructed:
    (1) In accordance with a design approved by the Director of an
approved State or as specified in Sec. 258.40(e) for unapproved States.
The design must ensure that the concentration values listed in Table 1
of this section will not be exceeded in the uppermost aquifer at the
relevant point of compliance, as specified by the Director of an
approved State under paragraph (d) of this section, or
    (2) With a composite liner, as defined in paragraph (b) of this
section and a leachate collection system that is designed and
constructed to maintain less than a 30-cm depth of leachate over the
liner.
    (b) For purposes of this section, composite liner means a system
consisting of two components; the upper component must consist of a
minimum 30-mil flexible membrane liner (FML), and the lower component
must consist of at least a two-foot layer of compacted soil with a
hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1x10-7 cm/sec. FML
components consisting of high density polyethylene (HDPE) shall be at
least 60-mil thick. The FML component must be installed in direct and
uniform contact with the compacted soil com ponent.
    (c) When approving a design that complies with paragraph (a)(1) of
this section, the Director of an approved State shall consider at least
the following factors:
    (1) The hydrogeologic characteristics of the facility and
surrounding land;
    (2) The climatic factors of the area; and
    (3) The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the
leachate.
    (d) The relevant point of compliance specified by the Director of an
approved State shall be no more than 150 meters from the waste
management unit boundary and shall be located on land owned by the owner
of the

[[Page 444]]

MSWLF unit. In determining the relevant point of compliance State
Director shall consider at least the following factors:
    (1) The hydrogeologic characteristics of the facility and
surrounding land;
    (2) The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the
leachate;
    (3) The quantity, quality, and direction, of flow of ground water;
    (4) The proximity and withdrawal rate of the ground-water users;
    (5) The availability of alternative drinking water supplies;
    (6) The existing quality of the ground water, including other
sources of contamination and their cumulative impacts on the ground
water, and whether the ground water is currently used or reasonably
expected to be used for drinking water;
    (7) Public health, safety, and welfare effects; and
    (8) Practicable capability of the owner or operator.
    (e) If EPA does not promulgate a rule establishing the procedures
and requirements for State compliance with RCRA section 4005(c)(1)(B) by
October 9, 1993, owners and operators in unapproved States may utilize a
design meeting the performance standard in Sec. 258.40(a)(1) if the
following conditions are met:
    (1) The State determines the design meets the performance standard
in Sec. 258.40(a)(1);
    (2) The State petitions EPA to review its determination; and
    (3) EPA approves the State determination or does not disapprove the
determination within 30 days.

    Note to subpart D: 40 CFR part 239 is reserved to establish the
procedures and requirements for State compliance with RCRA section
4005(c)(1)(B).

                                 Table 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                MCL (mg/
                           Chemical                                l)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arsenic.......................................................   0.05
Barium........................................................   1.0
Benzene.......................................................   0.005
Cadmium.......................................................   0.01
Carbon tetrachloride..........................................   0.005
Chromium (hexavalent).........................................   0.05
2,4-Dichlorophenoxy acetic acid...............................   0.1
1,4-Dichlorobenzene...........................................   0.075
1,2-Dichloroethane............................................   0.005
1,1-Dichloroethylene..........................................   0.007
Endrin........................................................   0.0002
Fluoride......................................................   4
Lindane.......................................................   0.004
Lead..........................................................   0.05
Mercury.......................................................   0.002
Methoxychlor..................................................   0.1
Nitrate.......................................................  10
Selenium......................................................   0.01
Silver........................................................   0.05
Toxaphene.....................................................   0.005
1,1,1-Trichloromethane........................................   0.2
Trichloroethylene.............................................   0.005
2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy acetic acid............................   0.01
Vinyl Chloride................................................   0.002
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Sec. 258.41  Project XL Bioreactor Landfill Projects.

    (a) Buncombe County, North Carolina Project XL Bioreactor Landfill
Requirements. Paragraph (a) of this section applies to Cells 1, 2, 3, 4,
and 5 of the Buncombe County Solid Waste Management Facility located in
the County of Buncombe, North Carolina, owned and operated by the
Buncombe County Solid Waste Authority, or its successors. This paragraph
(a) will also apply to Cells 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10, provided that the EPA
Regional Administrator for Region 4 and the State Director determine
that the pilot project in Cells 3, 4, and 5 is performing as expected
and that the pilot project has not exhibited detrimental environmental
results.
    (1) The Buncombe County Solid Waste Authority is allowed to place
liquid waste in the Buncombe County Solid Waste Management Facility,
provided that the provisions of paragraphs (a)(2) through (9) of this
section are met.
    (2) The only liquid waste allowed under this section is leachate or
gas condensate derived from the MSWLF, which may be supplemented with
water from the French Broad River. The owner or operator shall control
any liquids to the landfill to assure that the average moisture content
of the landfill does not exceed 50% by weight. Liquid addition and
recirculation is allowed only to the extent that the integrity of the
landfill including its liner system is maintained, as determined by the
State Director.
    (3) The MSWLF unit shall be designed and constructed with a liner
and

[[Page 445]]

leachate collection system as described in Sec. 258.40(a)(2) or
paragraphs (a)(4) and (5) of this section. The owner or operator must
place documentation of the landfill design in the operating record and
notify the State Director that it has been placed in operating record;
    (4) Cells 3-10 shall be constructed with a liner system consisting
of the components described in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (v) of this
section, or an equivalent or superior liner system as determined by the
State Director:
    (i) A lower component consisting of at least 18 inches of compacted
soil with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1x10-5 cm/
sec., and
    (ii) An upper component consisting of a minimum 30-millimeter
(``mil'') flexible membrane liner (FML) or 60-mil if High Density
Polyethylene (``HDPE'') is used, and
    (iii) A geosynthetic clay liner (GCL) overlaying and in direct
contact with the 18 inches of compacted soil in paragraph (a)(4) of this
section and having the following properties:
    (A) The GCL shall be formulated and manufactured from polypropylene
geotextiles and high swelling containment resistant sodium bentonite.
The bentonite-geotextile liner shall be manufactured using a minimum of
one pound per square foot as determined using the Standard Test Method
for Measuring Mass per Unit Area of Geotextiles, ASTM D-5261-92
(reapproved in 1996). The high swelling sodium montmorillonite clay
shall be at 12% moisture content as determined by the Standard Test
Method for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil
and Rock by Mass, ASTM D2216-98. The Director of the Federal Register
approves this incorporation by reference with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR
part 51. These methods are available from The American Society for
Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA
19428-2959. These methods may be inspected at EPA's docket office
located at Crystal Gateway, 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, First Floor,
Arlington, Virginia, or at the National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/
federal--register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html.
    (B) The encapsulating geotextile shall be polypropylene and shall
have a minimum weight of 6 oz./square yard.
    (iv) The upper component shall be installed in direct and uniform
contact with an overlaying soil cushioning component.
    (v) Underlying the above liner system, there shall also be installed
a leak detection system consisting of a 60-mil HDPE liner placed on a
prepared subgrade.
    (A) A 4 inch capped pipe will drain liquid collected in the sump out
beyond the footprint of the landfill cell.
    (B) Water collected on the leak detection liner shall be monitored
at least semi-annually as directed by the State Director to determine
whether any leachate escaped the liner system.
    (5) Cells 3-10 shall be designed and constructed with a leachate
collection system to maintain less than 30 centimeters depth of leachate
is present at the sump location. The leachate collection system shall
include a continuous monitoring system to monitor depth of leachate.
    (6) The owner/operator shall keep the Federally Enforceable State
Operating Permit (FESOP) issued by the Western North Carolina Air
Quality Agency for the Buncombe County Solid Waste Management Facility
in effect, and shall comply with the provisions of the FESOP, during the
entire period of leachate recirculation and the post closure period. The
FESOP was issued on November 13, 2000 and contains the air quality
requirements for the Buncombe County Landfill XL project.
    (7) Monitoring and reporting requirements. The owner or operator of
the Buncombe County Solid Waste Management Facility shall monitor for
the parameters listed in paragraphs (a)(7)(i) through (xiii) of this
section and submit an annual report on the XL project to the EPA
Regional Administrator for Region 4 and the State Director. The first
report is due coincident with the October 2001 report to the state. The
report should state what progress has been made toward the superior
environmental performance and other commitments as stated in the

[[Page 446]]

Final Project Agreement. The report shall include, at a minimum, the
following data:
    (i) Amount of landfill gas generated;
    (ii) Percent capture of landfill gas, if known;
    (iii) Quality of the landfill gas, amount and type of liquids
applied to the landfill;
    (iv) Method of liquids application to the landfill;
    (v) Quantity of waste placed in the landfill;
    (vi) Quantity and quality of leachate collected;
    (vii) Quantity of leachate recirculated back into the landfill;
    (viii) Information on the pretreatment of waste applied to the
landfill;
    (ix) Data collected on landfill temperature and moisture content;
    (x) Data on the leachate pressure (head) on the liner;
    (xi) Observations, information, and studies made on the physical
stability of the MSWLF units that are developed during the project term,
if any.
    (xii) The above data may be summarized, and, at a minimum shall
contain, the minimum, maximum, median, and average data points as well
as the frequency of monitoring as applicable.
    (xiii) The method and frequency of monitoring shall be specified by
the State Director.
    (8) Termination and withdrawal. (i) Paragraph (a) of this section
will terminate August 22, 2026, unless a subsequent rulemaking is issued
or terminated earlier pursuant to paragraph (a)(8)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) In the event of noncompliance with paragraph (a) of this
section, EPA may terminate the authority under paragraph (a) of this
section and the authority to add liquid wastes to all or part of cells
3-10 under Sec. 258.28(a)(3). The EPA Regional Administrator will
provide written notice of intent to terminate to the Buncombe County
Solid Waste Authority with a copy to the State Director. The notice will
state EPA's intent to terminate under the rules and will include a brief
statement of EPA's reasons for its action. The termination will take
effect 60 days from the date of the notice, unless the EPA Regional
Administrator for Region 4 issues a written notice rescinding the
termination.
    (9) Compliance requirements in the event of termination or
withdrawal. The Buncombe County Solid Waste Management Facility will be
subject to all regulatory provisions applicable to MSWLFs upon
termination of authority under this section. In the event of early
termination of this section, the EPA Regional Administrator for Region 4
may provide an interim period of compliance to allow Buncombe County a
reasonable period of time for transition following cessation of liquids
addition.
    (b) This section applies solely to Module D of the Yolo County
Central Landfill owned and operated by the County of Yolo, California,
or its successors. It allows the Yolo County Central Landfill to add
bulk or noncontainerized liquid wastes to Module D under the following
conditions:
    (1) Module D shall be designed and constructed with a composite
liner as defined in Sec. 258.40(b) and a leachate collection system
that functions and continuously monitors to ensure that less than 30
centimeters depth of leachate is maintained over the liner.
    (2) The owner or operator of the Yolo County Central Landfill must
ensure that the concentration values listed in Table 1 of Sec. 258.40
are not exceeded in the uppermost aquifer at the relevant point of
compliance for the landfill as specified by the State Director under
Sec. 258.40(d).
    (3) The owner or operator of the Yolo County Central Landfill shall
demonstrate that the addition of any liquids to Module D does not result
in an increased leakage rate, and does not result in liner slippage, or
otherwise compromise the integrity of the landfill and its liner system,
as determined by the State Director.
    (4) The owner or operator of the Yolo County Central Landfill must
ensure that Module D is operated in such a manner so as to prevent any
landfill fires from occurring.
    (5) The owner or operator of the Yolo County Central Landfill shall
submit an annual report to the EPA Regional Administrator and the State
Director. The first report is due within 18

[[Page 447]]

months after August 13, 2001. The report shall state what progress the
Project is making towards the superior environmental performance as
stated in the Final Project Agreement. The data in paragraphs (b)(5)(i)
through (xvi) of this section may be summarized, but, at a minimum,
shall contain the minimum, maximum, median, and average data points as
well as the frequency of monitoring, as applicable. These reporting
provisions shall remain in effect for as long as the owner or operator
of the Yolo County Central Landfill continues to add liquid waste to
Module D. Additional monitoring, record keeping and reporting
requirements related to landfill gas will be contained in a permit
executed by the local air quality management district pursuant to the
Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. Application of this site-specific
rule to the Yolo County Central Landfill is conditioned upon the
issuance of such permit. The annual report will include, at a minimum,
the following data:
    (i) Amount of landfill gas generated;
    (ii) Percent capture of landfill gas;
    (iii) Quality of the landfill gas;
    (iv) Amount and type of liquids applied to the landfill;
    (v) Method of liquids application to the landfill;
    (vi) Quantity of waste placed in the landfill;
    (vii) Quantity and quality of leachate collected, including at least
the following parameters, monitored, at a minimum, on an annual basis:
    (A) pH;
    (B) Conductivity;
    (C) Dissolved oxygen;
    (D) Dissolved solids;
    (E) Biochemical oxygen demand;
    (F) Chemical oxygen demand;
    (G) Organic carbon;
    (H) Nutrients, (including ammonia [``NH3''], total
kjeldahl nitrogen [``TKN''], and total phosphorus [``TP'']);
    (I) Common ions;
    (J) Heavy metals;
    (K) Organic priority pollutants; and
    (L) Flow rate;
    (viii) Quantity of leachate recirculated back into the landfill;
    (ix) Information on the pretreatment of solid and liquid waste
applied to the landfill;
    (x) Landfill temperature;
    (xi) Landfill moisture content;
    (xii) Data on the leachate pressure (head) on the liner;
    (xiii) The amount of aeration of the waste;
    (xiv) Data on landfill settlement;
    (xv) Any information on the performance of the landfill cover; and
    (xvi) Observations, information, or studies made on the physical
stability of the landfill.
    (6) This section will remain in effect until August 13, 2006. By
August 13, 2006, Yolo County Central Landfill shall return to compliance
with the regulatory requirements which would have been in effect absent
the flexibility provided through this Project XL site-specific rule.
This section applies to Phase I of Module D. This section also will
apply to any phase of Module D beyond Phase I only if a second Final
Project Agreement that describes the additional phase has been signed by
representatives of EPA Region 9, Yolo County, and the State of
California. Phase I of Module D is defined as the operation of twelve
acres of the twenty acre Module D.
    (c) Virginia Landfills XL Project Requirements. Paragraph (c) of
this section applies solely to two Virginia landfills operated by the
Waste Management, Inc. or its successors: The Maplewood Recycling and
Waste Disposal Facility, located in Amelia County, Virginia (``Maplewood
Landfill''); and the King George County Landfill and Recycling Facility,
located in King George County, Virginia (``King George Landfill'')
collectively hereinafter, ``the VA Project XL Landfills or landfill.''
The VA Project XL Landfills are allowed to add non-hazardous bulk or
non-containerized liquids including, leachate, storm water and truck
wash water, hereinafter, ``liquid or liquids'', to Cell 3 of the King
George Landfill (hereinafter ``Cell 3'') and Phases 1 and 2 of the
Maplewood Landfill (hereinafter ``Phases 1 and 2'') under the following
conditions:
    (1) The operator of the landfill shall maintain the liners
underlying Cell 3

[[Page 448]]

and Phases 1 and 2, which were designed and constructed with an
alternative liner as defined in Sec. 258.40(a)(1) in accord with their
current installed design in order to maintain the integrity of the liner
system and keep it and the leachate collection system in good operating
order. The operator of the landfill shall ensure that the addition of
any liquids does not result in an increased leakage rate, and does not
result in liner slippage, or otherwise compromise the integrity of the
landfill and its liner system, as determined by the State Director. In
addition, the leachate collection system shall be operated, monitored
and maintained to ensure that less than 30 cm depth of leachate is
maintained over the liner.
    (2) The operator of the landfill shall ensure that the concentration
values listed in Table 1 of Sec. 258.40 are not exceeded in the
uppermost aquifer at the relevant point of compliance for the landfill,
as specified by the State Director, under Sec. 258.40(d).
    (3) The operator of the landfill shall monitor and report whether
surface seeps are occurring and determine whether they are attributable
to operation of the liquid application system. EPA and VADEQ shall be
notified in the semi-annual report of the occurrence of any seeps.
    (4) The operator of the landfill shall determine on a monthly basis
the leachate quality in test and control areas with and without liquid
addition. The operator of the landfill shall collect monthly samples of
the landfill leachate and analyze them for the following parameters: pH,
Conductivity, Dissolved Oxygen, Dissolved Solids, Biochemical Oxygen
Demand, Chemical Oxygen Demand, Organic Carbon, Nutrients (ammonia,
total kjeldahl nitrogen, total phosphorus), Common Ions, Heavy Metals
and Organic Priority Pollutants.
    (5) The operator of the landfill shall determine on a semi-annual
basis the total quantity of leachate collected in test and control
areas; the total quantity of liquids applied in the test areas and
determination of any changes in this quantity over time; the total
quantity of leachate in on-site storage structures and any leachate
taken for offsite disposal.
    (6) Prior to the addition of any liquid to the landfill, the
operator of the landfill shall perform an initial characterization of
the liquid and notify EPA and VADEQ of the liquid proposed to be added.
The parameters for the initial characterization of liquids shall be the
same as the monthly parameters for the landfill leachate specified in
paragraph (c)(4) of this section. The operator shall annually test all
liquids added to the landfill and compare these results to the initial
characterization.
    (7) The operator of the landfill shall ensure that Cell 3 and Phases
1 and 2 are operated in such a manner so as to prevent any landfill
fires from occurring. The operator of the landfill shall monitor the gas
temperature at well heads, at a minimum, on a monthly basis.
    (8) The operator of the landfill shall perform an annual surface
topographic survey to determine the rate of the settlement of the waste
in the test and control areas.
    (9) The operator of the landfill shall monitor and record the
frequency of odor complaints during and after liquid application events.
EPA and VADEQ shall be notified of the occurrence of any odor complaints
in the semi-annual report.
    (10) The operator of the landfill shall collect representative
samples of the landfill waste in the test areas on an annual basis and
analyze the samples for the following solid waste stabilization and
decomposition parameters: Moisture Content, Biochemical Methane
Potential, Cellulose, Lignin, Hemi-cellulose, Volatile Solids and pH.
    (11) The operator of the landfill shall report to the EPA Regional
Administrator and the State Director on the information described in
paragraphs (c)(1) through (10) of this section on a semi-annual basis.
The first report is due within 6 months after the effective date of this
section. These reporting provisions shall remain in effect for the
duration of the project term.
    (12) Additional monitoring, record keeping and reporting
requirements related to landfill gas will be contained in a Federally
Enforceable State Operating Permit (``FESOP'') for the VA Project XL
Landfills issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et

[[Page 449]]

seq. Application of this site-specific rule to the VA Project XL
Landfills is conditioned upon the issuance of such a FESOP.
    (13) This section applies until July 18, 2012. By July 18, 2012, the
VA Project XL Landfills must return to compliance with the regulatory
requirements which would have been in effect absent the flexibility
provided through this section. If EPA Region 3's Regional Administrator,
the Commonwealth of Virginia and Waste Management agree to an amendment
of the project term, the parties must enter into an amended or new Final
Project Agreement for any such amendment.
    (14) The authority provided by this section may be terminated before
the end of the 10 year period in the event of noncompliance with the
requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, the determination by the
EPA Region 3's Regional Administrator that the project has failed to
achieve the expected level of environmental performance, or the
promulgation of generally applicable requirements that would apply to
all landfills that meet or exceed the performance standard set forth in
Sec. 258.40(a)(1). In the event of early termination EPA in
consultation with the Commonwealth of Virginia will determine an interim
compliance period to provide sufficient time for the operator to return
the landfills to compliance with the regulatory requirements which would
have been in effect absent the authority provided by this section. The
interim compliance period shall not exceed six months.

[66 FR 42449, Aug. 13, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 44069, Aug. 22, 2001;
67 FR 47319, July 18, 2002; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004]



Sec. 258.42  Approval of site-specific flexibility requests in Indian
country.

    (a) Salt River Pima-Maricopa Indian Community (SRPMIC), Salt River
Landfill Research, Development, and Demonstration Project Requirements.
Paragraph (a) of this section applies to the Salt River Landfill, a
municipal solid waste landfill owned and operated by the SPRMIC on the
SRPMIC's reservation in Arizona, which includes waste disposal areas
identified as ``Phases I-VI.'' The application submitted by SRPMIC,
``Research, Development, and Demonstration Permit Application Salt River
Landfill,'' dated September 24, 2007 and amended on April 8, 2008 is
hereby incorporated by reference. The Director of the Federal Register
approves this incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may inspect or obtain a copy at the
Environmental Protection Agency Region IX, 75 Hawthorne Street, San
Francisco, CA, or by calling the Docket Facility at (415) 947-4406, or
go to http://www.regulations.gov, Docket ID No. EPA-R09-RCRA-2008-0354.
You may also inspect a copy at the National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For information on the availability at NARA, call
(202) 741-6030 or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/
code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html. The facility owner
and/or operator may operate the facility in accordance with this
application, including the following activities more generally described
as follows:
    (1) The owner and/or operator may install a geosynthetic clay liner
as an alternative bottom liner system in Phase VI.
    (2) The owner and/or operator may operate Phase VI as a bioreactor
by recirculating leachate and landfill gas condensate, and by adding
storm water and groundwater, to the below grade portions of Phase VI.
    (3) The owner and/or operator may increase the moisture content of
the waste mass in Phases IIIB and IVA by recirculating leachate and
landfill gas condensate, and by adding storm water and groundwater, to
the below grade portions of Phases IIIB and IVA.
    (4) The owner and/or operator shall maintain less than a 30-cm depth
of leachate on the liner.
    (5) The owner and/or operator shall submit reports to the Director
of the Waste Management Division at EPA Region 9 as specified in
``Research, Development, and Demonstration Permit Application Salt River
Landfill,'' dated September 24, 2007 and amended on April 8, 2008
including an annual report showing whether and to what extent the site
is progressing in attaining project goals. The annual report will

[[Page 450]]

also include a summary of all monitoring and testing results, as
specified in the application.
    (6) The owner and/or operator may not operate the facility pursuant
to the authority granted by this section if there is any deviation from
the terms, conditions, and requirements of this section unless the
operation of the facility will continue to conform to the standards set
forth in Sec. 258.4 of this chapter and the owner and/or operator has
obtained the prior written approval of the Director of the Waste
Management Division at EPA Region 9 or his or her designee to implement
corrective measures or otherwise operate the facility subject to such
deviation. The Director of the Waste Management Division or designee
shall provide an opportunity for the public to comment on any
significant deviation prior to providing his or her written approval of
the deviation.
    (7) Paragraphs (a)(2), (3), (5), (6) and (9) of this section will
terminate 36 months after date of publication in the Federal Register
unless the Director of the Waste Management Division at EPA Region 9 or
his or her designee renews this authority in writing. Any such renewal
may extend the authority granted under paragraphs (a)(2), (3), (5), (6)
and (9) of this section for up to an additional three years, and
multiple renewals (up to a total of 12 years) may be provided. The
Director of the Waste Management Division or designee shall provide an
opportunity for the public to comment on any renewal request prior to
providing his or her written approval or disapproval of such request.
    (8) In no event will the provisions of paragraphs (a)(2), (3), (5),
(6) or (9) of this section remain in effect after 12 years after date of
publication in the Federal Register. Upon termination of paragraphs
(a)(2), (3), (5), (6) and (9) of this section, and except with respect
to paragraphs (a)(1) and (4) of this section, the owner and/or operator
shall return to compliance with the regulatory requirements which would
have been in effect absent the flexibility provided through this site-
specific rule.
    (9) In seeking any renewal of the authority granted under or other
requirements of paragraphs (a)(2), (3), (5) and (6) of this section, the
owner and/or operator shall provide a detailed assessment of the project
showing the status with respect to achieving project goals, a list of
problems and status with respect to problem resolutions, and any other
requirements that the Director of the Waste Management Division at EPA
Region 9 or his or her designee has determined are necessary for the
approval of any renewal and has communicated in writing to the owner and
operator.
    (10) The owner and/or operator's authority to operate the landfill
in accordance with paragraphs (a)(2), (3), (5), (6) and (9) of this
section shall terminate if the Director of the Waste Management Division
at EPA Region 9 or his or her designee determines that the overall goals
of the project are not being attained, including protection of human
health or the environment. Any such determination shall be communicated
in writing to the owner and operator.
    (b) [Reserved]

[74 FR 11680, Mar. 19, 2009]



Sec. Sec. 258.43-258.49  [Reserved]



         Subpart E_Ground-Water Monitoring and Corrective Action



Sec. 258.50  Applicability.

    (a) The requirements in this part apply to MSWLF units, except as
provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Ground-water monitoring requirements under Sec. 258.51 through
Sec. 258.55 of this part may be suspended by the Director of an
approved State for a MSWLF unit if the owner or operator can demonstrate
that there is no potential for migration of hazardous constituents from
that MSWLF unit to the uppermost aquifer (as defined in Sec. 258.2)
during the active life of the unit and the post-closure care period.
This demonstration must be certified by a qualified ground-water
scientist and approved by the Director of an approved State, and must be
based upon:
    (1) Site-specific field collected measurements, sampling, and
analysis of physical, chemical, and biological processes affecting
contaminant fate and transport, and

[[Page 451]]

    (2) Contaminant fate and transport predictions that maximize
contaminant migration and consider impacts on human health and
environment.
    (c) Owners and operators of MSWLF units, except those meeting the
conditions of Sec. 258.1(f), must comply with the ground-water
monitoring requirements of this part according to the following schedule
unless an alternative schedule is specified under paragraph (d) of this
section:
    (1) Existing MSWLF units and lateral expansions less than one mile
from a drinking water intake (surface or subsurface) must be in
compliance with the ground-water monitoring requirements specified in
Sec. Sec. 258.51-258.55 by October 9, 1994;
    (2) Existing MSWLF units and lateral expansions greater than one
mile but less than two miles from a drinking water intake (surface or
subsurface) must be in compliance with the ground-water monitoring
requirements specified in Sec. Sec. 258.51-258.55 by October 9, 1995;
    (3) Existing MSWLF units and lateral expansions greater than two
miles from a drinking water intake (surface or subsurface) must be in
compliance with the ground-water monitoring requirements specified in
Sec. Sec. 258.51-258.55 by October 9, 1996.
    (4) New MSWLF units must be in compliance with the ground-water
monitoring requirements specified in Sec. Sec. 258.51-258.55 before
waste can be placed in the unit.
    (d) The Director of an approved State may specify an alternative
schedule for the owners or operators of existing MSWLF units and lateral
expansions to comply with the ground-water monitoring requirements
specified in Sec. Sec. 258.51-258.55. This schedule must ensure that 50
percent of all existing MSWLF units are in compliance by October 9, 1994
and all existing MSWLF units are in compliance by October 9, 1996. In
setting the compliance schedule, the Director of an approved State must
consider potential risks posed by the unit to human health and the
environment. The following factors should be considered in determining
potential risk:
    (1) Proximity of human and environmental receptors;
    (2) Design of the MSWLF unit;
    (3) Age of the MSWLF unit;
    (4) The size of the MSWLF unit; and
    (5) Types and quantities of wastes disposed including sewage sludge;
and
    (6) Resource value of the underlying aquifer, including:
    (i) Current and future uses;
    (ii) Proximity and withdrawal rate of users; and
    (iii) Ground-water quality and quantity.
    (e) Owners and operators of all MSWLF units that meet the conditions
of Sec. 258.1(f)(1) must comply with all applicable ground-water
monitoring requirements of this part by October 9, 1997.
    (f) Once established at a MSWLF unit, ground-water monitoring shall
be conducted throughout the active life and post-closure care period of
that MSWLF unit as specified in Sec. 258.61.
    (g) For the purposes of this subpart, a qualified ground-water
scientist is a scientist or engineer who has received a baccalaureate or
post-graduate degree in the natural sciences or engineering and has
sufficient training and experience in groundwater hydrology and related
fields as may be demonstrated by State registration, professional
Certifications, or completion of accredited university programs that
enable that individual to make sound professional judgements regarding
ground-water monitoring, contaminant fate and transport, and corrective-
action.
    (h) The Director of an approved State may establish alternative
schedules for demonstrating compliance with Sec. 258.51(d)(2),
pertaining to noti fi ca tion of placement of certification in operating
record; Sec. 258.54(c)(1), per tain ing to notification that
statistically significant increase (SSI) notice is in operating record;
Sec. 258.54(c) (2) and (3), pertaining to an assessment monitoring
program; Sec. 258.55(b), pertaining to sampling and analyzing appendix
II constituents; Sec. 258.55(d)(1), pertaining to placement of notice
(appendix II constituents detected) in record and notification of notice
in record; Sec. 258.55(d)(2), pertaining to sampling for appendix I and
II to this part; Sec. 258.55(g), pertaining to notification (and
placement of notice in record) of SSI above ground-water protection
standard;

[[Page 452]]

Sec. Sec. 258.55(g)(1)(iv) and 258.56(a), pertaining to assessment of
corrective measures; Sec. 258.57(a), pertaining to selection of remedy
and notification of placement in record; Sec. 258.58(c)(4), pertaining
to notification of placement in record (alternative corrective action
measures); and Sec. 258.58(f), pertaining to notification of placement
in record (certification of remedy completed).

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28628, June 26, 1992, as amended at 58
FR 51547, Oct. 1, 1993; 60 FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995]



Sec. 258.51  Ground-water monitoring systems.

    (a) A ground-water monitoring system must be installed that consists
of a sufficient number of wells, installed at appropriate locations and
depths, to yield ground-water samples from the uppermost aquifer (as
defined in Sec. 258.2) that:
    (1) Represent the quality of background ground water that has not
been affected by leakage from a unit. A determination of background
quality may include sampling of wells that are not hydraulically
upgradient of the waste management area where:
    (i) Hydrogeologic conditions do not allow the owner or operator to
determine what wells are hydraulically upgradient; or
    (ii) Sampling at other wells will provide an indication of
background ground-water quality that is as representative or more
representative than that provided by the upgradient wells; and
    (2) Represent the quality of ground water passing the relevant point
of compliance specified by Director of an approved State under Sec.
258.40(d) or at the waste management unit boundary in unapproved States.
The down gradient monitoring system must be installed at the relevant
point of compliance specified by the Director of an approved State under
Sec. 258.40(d) or at the waste management unit boundary in unapproved
States that ensures detection of ground-water contamination in the
uppermost aquifer. When physical obstacles preclude installation of
ground-water monitoring wells at the relevant point of compliance at
existing units, the down-gradient monitoring system may be installed at
the closest practicable distance hydraulically down-gradient from the
relevant point of compliance specified by the Director of an approved
State under Sec. 258.40 that ensure detection of groundwater
contamination in the uppermost aquifer.
    (b) The Director of an approved State may approve a multiunit
ground-water monitoring system instead of separate ground-water
monitoring systems for each MSWLF unit when the facility has several
units, provided the multi-unit ground-water monitoring system meets the
requirement of Sec. 258.51(a) and will be as protective of human health
and the environment as individual monitoring systems for each MSWLF
unit, based on the following factors:
    (1) Number, spacing, and orientation of the MSWLF units;
    (2) Hydrogeologic setting;
    (3) Site history;
    (4) Engineering design of the MSWLF units, and
    (5) Type of waste accepted at the MSWLF units.
    (c) Monitoring wells must be cased in a manner that maintains the
integrity of the monitoring well bore hole. This casing must be screened
or perforated and packed with gravel or sand, where necessary, to enable
collection of ground-water samples. The annular space (i.e., the space
between the bore hole and well casing) above the sampling depth must be
sealed to prevent contamination of samples and the ground water.
    (1) The owner or operator must notify the State Director that the
design, installation, development, and decommission of any monitoring
wells, piezo meters and other measurement, sampling, and analytical
devices documentation has been placed in the operating record; and
    (2) The monitoring wells, piezometers, and other measurement,
sampling, and analytical devices must be operated and maintained so that
they perform to design specifications throughout the life of the
monitoring program.
    (d) The number, spacing, and depths of monitoring systems shall be:
    (1) Determined based upon site-specific technical information that
must include thorough characterization of:

[[Page 453]]

    (i) Aquifer thickness, ground-water flow rate, ground-water flow
direction including seasonal and temporal fluctuations in ground-water
flow; and
    (ii) Saturated and unsaturated geologic units and fill materials
overlying the uppermost aquifer, materials comprising the uppermost
aquifer, and materials comprising the confining unit defining the lower
boundary of the uppermost aquifer; including, but not limited to:
Thicknesses, stratigraphy, lithology, hydraulic conductivities,
porosities and effective porosities.
    (2) Certified by a qualified ground-water scientist or approved by
the Director of an approved State. Within 14 days of this certification,
the owner or operator must notify the State Director that the
certification has been placed in the operating record.



Sec. 258.52  [Reserved]



Sec. 258.53  Ground-water sampling and analysis requirements.

    (a) The ground-water monitoring program must include consistent
sampling and analysis procedures that are designed to ensure monitoring
results that provide an accurate representation of ground-water quality
at the background and downgradient wells installed in compliance with
Sec. 258.51(a) of this part. The owner or operator must notify the
State Director that the sampling and analysis program documentation has
been placed in the operating record and the program must include
procedures and techniques for:
    (1) Sample collection;
    (2) Sample preservation and shipment;
    (3) Analytical procedures;
    (4) Chain of custody control; and
    (5) Quality assurance and quality control.
    (b) The ground-water monitoring program must include sampling and
analytical methods that are appropriate for ground-water sampling and
that accurately measure hazardous constituents and other monitoring
parameters in ground-water samples. Ground-water samples shall not be
field-filtered prior to laboratory analysis.
    (c) The sampling procedures and frequency must be protective of
human health and the environment.
    (d) Ground-water elevations must be measured in each well
immediately prior to purging, each time ground water is sampled. The
owner or operator must determine the rate and direction of ground-water
flow each time ground water is sampled. Ground-water elevations in wells
which monitor the same waste management area must be measured within a
period of time short enough to avoid temporal variations in ground-water
flow which could preclude accurate determination of ground-water flow
rate and direction.
    (e) The owner or operator must establish background ground-water
quality in a hydraulically upgradient or background well(s) for each of
the monitoring parameters or constituents required in the particular
ground-water monitoring program that applies to the MSWLF unit, as
determined under Sec. 258.54(a) or Sec. 258.55(a) of this part.
Background ground-water quality may be established at wells that are not
located hydraulically upgradient from the MSWLF unit if it meets the
requirements of Sec. 258.51(a)(1).
    (f) The number of samples collected to establish ground-water
quality data must be consistent with the appropriate statistical
procedures determined pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section. The
sampling procedures shall be those specified under Sec. 258.54(b) for
detection monitoring, Sec. 258.55 (b) and (d) for assessment
monitoring, and Sec. 258.56(b) of corrective action.
    (g) The owner or operator must specify in the operating record one
of the following statistical methods to be used in evaluating ground-
water monitoring data for each hazardous constituent. The statistical
test chosen shall be conducted separately for each hazardous constituent
in each well.
    (1) A parametric analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by multiple
comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of
contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the
contrasts between each compliance well's mean and the background mean
levels for each constituent.
    (2) An analysis of variance (ANOVA) based on ranks followed by
multiple

[[Page 454]]

comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of
contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the
contrasts between each compliance well's median and the background
median levels for each constituent.
    (3) A tolerance or prediction interval procedure in which an
interval for each constituent is established from the distribution of
the background data, and the level of each constituent in each
compliance well is compared to the upper tolerance or prediction limit.
    (4) A control chart approach that gives control limits for each
constituent.
    (5) Another statistical test method that meets the performance
standards of Sec. 258.53(h). The owner or operator must place a
justification for this alternative in the operating record and notify
the State Director of the use of this alternative test. The
justification must demonstrate that the alternative method meets the
performance standards of Sec. 258.53(h).
    (h) Any statistical method chosen under Sec. 258.53(g) shall comply
with the following performance standards, as appropriate:
    (1) The statistical method used to evaluate ground-water monitoring
data shall be appropriate for the distribution of chemical parameters or
hazardous constituents. If the distribution of the chemical parameters
or hazardous constituents is shown by the owner or operator to be
inappropriate for a normal theory test, then the data should be
transformed or a distribution-free theory test should be used. If the
distributions for the constituents differ, more than one statistical
method may be needed.
    (2) If an individual well comparison procedure is used to compare an
individual compliance well constituent concentration with background
constituent concentrations or a ground-water protection standard, the
test shall be done at a Type I error level no less than 0.01 for each
testing period. If a multiple comparisons procedure is used, the Type I
experiment wise error rate for each testing period shall be no less than
0.05; however, the Type I error of no less than 0.01 for individual well
comparisons must be maintained. This performance standard does not apply
to tolerance intervals, prediction intervals, or control charts.
    (3) If a control chart approach is used to evaluate ground-water
monitoring data, the specific type of control chart and its associated
parameter values shall be protective of human health and the
environment. The parameters shall be determined after considering the
number of samples in the background data base, the data distribution,
and the range of the concentration values for each constituent of
concern.
    (4) If a tolerance interval or a predictional interval is used to
evaluate ground-water monitoring data, the levels of confidence and, for
tolerance intervals, the percentage of the population that the interval
must contain, shall be protective of human health and the environment.
These parameters shall be determined after considering the number of
samples in the background data base, the data distribution, and the
range of the concentration values for each constituent of concern.
    (5) The statistical method shall account for data below the limit of
detection with one or more statistical procedures that are protective of
human health and the environment. Any practical quantitation limit (pql)
that is used in the statistical method shall be the lowest concentration
level that can be reliably achieved within specified limits of precision
and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions that are
available to the facility.
    (6) If necessary, the statistical method shall include procedures to
control or correct for seasonal and spatial variability as well as
temporal correlation in the data.
    (i) The owner or operator must determine whether or not there is a
statistically significant increase over background values for each
parameter or constituent required in the particular ground-water
monitoring program that applies to the MSWLF unit, as determined under
Sec. Sec. 258.54(a) or 258.55(a) of this part.
    (1) In determining whether a statistically significant increase has
occurred, the owner or operator must compare the ground-water quality of

[[Page 455]]

each parameter or constituent at each monitoring well designated
pursuant to Sec. 258.51(a)(2) to the background value of that
constituent, according to the statistical procedures and performance
standards specified under paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section.
    (2) Within a reasonable period of time after completing sampling and
analysis, the owner or operator must determine whether there has been a
statistically significant increase over background at each monitoring
well.



Sec. 258.54  Detection monitoring program.

    (a) Detection monitoring is required at MSWLF units at all ground-
water monitoring wells defined under Sec. Sec. 258.51 (a)(1) and (a)(2)
of this part. At a minimum, a detection monitoring program must include
the monitoring for the constituents listed in appendix I to this part.
    (1) The Director of an approved State may delete any of the appendix
I monitoring parameters for a MSWLF unit if it can be shown that the
removed constituents are not reasonably expected to be in or derived
from the waste contained in the unit.
    (2) The Director of an approved State may establish an alternative
list of inorganic indicator parameters for a MSWLF unit, in lieu of some
or all of the heavy metals (constituents 1-15 in appendix I to this
part), if the alternative parameters provide a reliable indication of
inorganic releases from the MSWLF unit to the ground water. In
determining alternative parameters, the Director shall consider the
following factors:
    (i) The types, quantities, and concentrations of constituents in
wastes managed at the MSWLF unit;
    (ii) The mobility, stability, and persistence of waste constituents
or their reaction products in the unsaturated zone beneath the MSWLF
unit;
    (iii) The detectability of indicator parameters, waste constituents,
and reaction products in the ground water; and
    (iv) The concentration or values and coefficients of variation of
monitoring parameters or constituents in the groundwater background.
    (b) The monitoring frequency for all constituents listed in appendix
I to thispart, or in the alternative list approved in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall be at least semiannual during
the active life of the facility (including closure) and the post-closure
period. A minimum of four independent samples from each well (background
and downgradient) must be collected and analyzed for the appendix I
constituents, or the alternative list approved in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, during the first semiannual sampling
event. At least one sample from each well (background and downgradient)
must be collected and analyzed during subsequent semiannual sampling
events. The Director of an approved State may specify an appropriate
alternative frequency for repeated sampling and analysis for appendix I
constituents, or the alternative list approved in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, during the active life (including
closure) and the post-closure care period. The alternative frequency
during the active life (including closure) shall be no less than annual.
The alternative frequency shall be based on consideration of the
following factors:
    (1) Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (2) Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (3) Ground-water flow rates;
    (4) Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the MSWLF unit and
downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel); and
    (5) Resource value of the aquifer.
    (c) If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to Sec. 258.53(g)
of this part, that there is a statistically significant increase over
background for one or more of the constituents listed in appendix I to
this part or in the alternative list approved in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, at any monitoring well at the boundary
specified under Sec. 258.51(a)(2), the owner or operator:
    (1) Must, within 14 days of this finding, place a notice in the
operating record indicating which constituents have shown statistically
significant changes from background levels, and

[[Page 456]]

notify the State director that this notice was placed in the operating
record; and
    (2) Must establish an assessment monitoring program meeting the
requirements of Sec. 258.55 of this part within 90 days except as
provided for in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (3) The owner/operator may demonstrate that a source other than a
MSWLF unit caused the contamination or that the statistically
significant increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis,
statistical evaluation, or natural variation in ground-water quality. A
report documenting this demonstration must be certified by a qualified
ground-water scientist or approved by the Director of an approved State
and be placed in the operating record. If a successful demonstration is
made and documented, the owner or operator may continue detection
monitoring as specified in this section. If, after 90 days, a successful
demonstration is not made, the owner or operator must initiate an
assessment monitoring program as required in Sec. 258.55.



Sec. 258.55  Assessment monitoring program.

    (a) Assessment monitoring is required whenever a statistically
significant increase over background has been detected for one or more
of the constituents listed in the appendix I to this part or in the
alternative list approved in accordance with Sec. 258.54(a)(2).
    (b) Within 90 days of triggering an assessment monitoring program,
and annually thereafter, the owner or operator must sample and analyze
the ground water for all constituents identified in appendix II to this
part. A minimum of one sample from each downgradient well must be
collected and analyzed during each sampling event. For any constituent
detected in the downgradient wells as a result of the complete appendix
II analysis, a minimum of four independent samples from each well
(background and downgradient) must be collected and analyzed to
establish background for the constituents. The Director of an approved
State may specify an appropriate subset of wells to be sampled and
analyzed for appendix II constituents during assessment monitoring. The
Director of an approved State may delete any of the appendix II
monitoring parameters for a MSWLF unit if it can be shown that the
removed constituents are not reasonably expected to be in or derived
from the waste contained in the unit.
    (c) The Director of an approved State may specify an appropriate
alternate frequency for repeated sampling and analysis for the full set
of appendix II constituents required by Sec. 258.55(b) of this part,
during the active life (including closure) and post-closure care of the
unit considering the following factors:
    (1) Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (2) Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (3) Ground-water flow rates;
    (4) Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the MSWLF unit and
downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel);
    (5) Resource value of the aquifer; and
    (6) Nature (fate and transport) of any constituents detected in
response to this section.
    (d) After obtaining the results from the initial or subsequent
sampling events required in paragraph (b) of this section, the owner or
operator must:
    (1) Within 14 days, place a notice in the operating record
identifying the appendix II constituents that have been detected and
notify the State Director that this notice has been placed in the
operating record;
    (2) Within 90 days, and on at least a semiannual basis thereafter,
resample all wells specified by Sec. 258.51(a), conduct analyses for
all constituents in appendix I to this part or in the alternative list
approved in accordance with Sec. 258.54(a)(2), and for those
constituents in appendix II to this part that are detected in response
to paragraph (b) of this section, and record their concentrations in the
facility operating record. At least one sample from each well
(background and downgradient) must be collected and analyzed during
these sampling events. The Director of an approved State may specify an
alternative monitoring frequency during the active life (including
closure) and the post-closure period for the constituents referred to in
this paragraph.

[[Page 457]]

The alternative frequency for appendix I constituents, or the
alternative list approved in accordance with Sec. 258.54(a)(2), during
the active life (including closure) shall be no less than annual. The
alternative frequency shall be based on consideration of the factors
specified in paragraph (c) of this section;
    (3) Establish background concentrations for any constituents
detected pursuant to paragraph (b) or (d)(2) of this section; and
    (4) Establish ground-water protection standards for all constituents
detected pursuant to paragraph (b) or (d) of this section. The ground-
water protection standards shall be established in accordance with
paragraphs (h) or (i) of this section.
    (e) If the concentrations of all appendix II constituents are shown
to be at or below background values, using the statistical procedures in
Sec. 258.53(g), for two consecutive sampling events, the owner or
operator must notify the State Director of this finding and may return
to detection monitoring.
    (f) If the concentrations of any appendix II constituents are above
background values, but all concentrations are below the ground-water
protection standard established under paragraphs (h) or (i) of this
section, using the statistical procedures in Sec. 258.53(g), the owner
or operator must continue assessment monitoring in accordance with this
section.
    (g) If one or more appendix II constituents are detected at
statistically significant levels above the ground-water protection
standard established under paragraphs (h) or (i) of this section in any
sampling event, the owner or operator must, within 14 days of this
finding, place a notice in the operating record identifying the appendix
II constituents that have exceeded the ground-water protection standard
and notify the State Director and all appropriate local government
officials that the notice has been placed in the operating record. The
owner or operator also:
    (1)(i) Must characterize the nature and extent of the release by
installing additional monitoring wells as necessary;
    (ii) Must install at least one additional monitoring well at the
facility boundary in the direction of contaminant migration and sample
this well in accordance with Sec. 258.55(d)(2);
    (iii) Must notify all persons who own the land or reside on the land
that directly overlies any part of the plume of contamination if
contaminants have migrated off-site if indicated by sampling of wells in
accordance with Sec. 258.55 (g)(1); and
    (iv) Must initiate an assessment of corrective measures as required
by Sec. 255.56 of this part within 90 days; or
    (2) May demonstrate that a source other than a MSWLF unit caused the
contamination, or that the SSI increase resulted from error in sampling,
analysis, statistical evaluation, or natural variation in ground-water
quality. A report documenting this demonstration must be certified by a
qualified ground-water scientist or approved by the Director of an
approved State and placed in the operating record. If a successful
demonstration is made the owner or operator must continue monitoring in
accordance with the assessment monitoring program pursuant to Sec.
258.55, and may return to detection monitoring if the appendix II
constituents are at or below background as specified in Sec. 258.55(e).
Until a successful demonstration is made, the owner or operator must
comply with Sec. 258.55(g) including initiating an assessment of
corrective measures.
    (h) The owner or operator must establish a ground-water protection
standard for each appendix II constituent detected in the ground-water.
The ground-water protection standard shall be:
    (1) For constituents for which a maximum contaminant level (MCL) has
been promulgated under section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Water Act
(codified) under 40 CFR part 141, the MCL for that constituent;
    (2) For constituents for which MCLs have not been promulgated, the
background concentration for the constituent established from wells in
accordance with Sec. 258.51(a)(1); or
    (3) For constituents for which the background level is higher than
the MCL identified under paragraph (h)(1) of this section or health
based levels

[[Page 458]]

identified under Sec. 258.55(i)(1), the background concentration.
    (i) The Director of an approved State may establish an alternative
ground-water protection standard for constituents for which MCLs have
not been established. These ground-water protection standards shall be
appropriate health based levels that satisfy the following criteria:
    (1) The level is derived in a manner consistent with Agency
guidelines for assessing the health risks of environmental pollutants
(51 FR 33992, 34006, 34014, 34028, Sept. 24, 1986);
    (2) The level is based on scientifically valid studies conducted in
accordance with the Toxic Substances Control Act Good Laboratory
Practice Standards (40 CFR part 792) or equivalent;
    (3) For carcinogens, the level represents a concentration associated
with an excess lifetime cancer risk level (due to continuous lifetime
exposure) with the 1x10-4 to 1x10-6 range; and
    (4) For systemic toxicants, the level represents a concentration to
which the human population (including sensitive subgroups) could be
exposed to on a daily basis that is likely to be without appreciable
risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime. For purposes of this
subpart, systemic toxicants include toxic chemicals that cause effects
other than cancer or mutation.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (j) In establishing ground-water protection standards under
paragraph (i) of this section, the Director of an approved State may
consider the following:
    (1) Multiple contaminants in the ground water;
    (2) Exposure threats to sensitive environmental receptors; and
    (3) Other site-specific exposure or potential exposure to ground
water.



Sec. 258.56  Assessment of corrective measures.

    (a) Within 90 days of finding that any of the constituents listed in
appendix II to this part have been detected at a statistically
significant level exceeding the ground-water protection standards
defined under Sec. 258.55 (h) or (i) of this part, the owner or
operator must initiate an assessment of corrective measures. Such an
assessment must be completed within a reasonable period of time.
    (b) The owner or operator must continue to monitor in accordance
with the assessment monitoring program as specified in Sec. 258.55.
    (c) The assessment shall include an analysis of the effectiveness of
potential corrective measures in meeting all of the requirements and
objectives of the remedy as described under Sec. 258.57, addressing at
least the following:
    (1) The performance, reliability, ease of implementation, and
potential impacts of appropriate potential remedies, including safety
impacts, cross-media impacts, and control of exposure to any residual
contamination;
    (2) The time required to begin and complete the remedy;
    (3) The costs of remedy implementation; and
    (4) The institutional requirements such as State or local permit
requirements or other environmental or public health requirements that
may substantially affect implementation of the remedy(s).
    (d) The owner or operator must discuss the results of the corrective
measures assessment, prior to the selection of remedy, in a public
meeting with interested and affected parties.



Sec. 258.57  Selection of remedy.

    (a) Based on the results of the corrective measures assessment
conducted under Sec. 258.56, the owner or operator must select a remedy
that, at a minimum, meets the standards listed in paragraph (b) of this
section. The owner or operator must notify the State Director, within 14
days of selecting a remedy, a report describing the selected remedy has
been placed in the operating record and how it meets the standards in
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Remedies must:
    (1) Be protective of human health and the environment;
    (2) Attain the ground-water protection standard as specified
pursuant to Sec. Sec. 258.55 (h) or (i);
    (3) Control the source(s) of releases so as to reduce or eliminate,
to the maximum extent practicable, further releases of appendix II
constituents

[[Page 459]]

into the environment that may pose a threat to human health or the
environment; and
    (4) Comply with standards for management of wastes as specified in
Sec. 258.58(d).
    (c) In selecting a remedy that meets the standards of Sec.
258.57(b), the owner or operator shall consider the following evaluation
factors:
    (1) The long- and short-term effectiveness and protectiveness of the
potential remedy(s), along with the degree of certainty that the remedy
will prove successful based on consideration of the following:
    (i) Magnitude of reduction of existing risks;
    (ii) Magnitude of residual risks in terms of likelihood of further
releases due to waste remaining following implementation of a remedy;
    (iii) The type and degree of long-term management required,
including monitoring, operation, and maintenance;
    (iv) Short-term risks that might be posed to the community, workers,
or the environment during implementation of such a remedy, including
potential threats to human health and the environment associated with
excavation, transportation, and redisposal of containment;
    (v) Time until full protection is achieved;
    (vi) Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors to
remaining wastes, considering the potential threat to human health and
the environment associated with excavation, transportation, redisposal,
or containment;
    (vii) Long-term reliability of the engineering and institutional
controls; and
    (viii) Potential need for replacement of the remedy.
    (2) The effectiveness of the remedy in controlling the source to
reduce further releases based on consideration of the following factors:
    (i) The extent to which containment practices will reduce further
releases;
    (ii) The extent to which treatment technologies may be used.
    (3) The ease or difficulty of implementing a potential remedy(s)
based on consideration of the following types of factors:
    (i) Degree of difficulty associated with constructing the
technology;
    (ii) Expected operational reliability of the technologies;
    (iii) Need to coordinate with and obtain necessary approvals and
permits from other agencies;
    (iv) Availability of necessary equipment and specialists; and
    (v) Available capacity and location of needed treatment, storage,
and disposal services.
    (4) Practicable capability of the owner or operator, including a
consideration of the technical and economic capability.
    (5) The degree to which community concerns are addressed by a
potential remedy(s).
    (d) The owner or operator shall specify as part of the selected
remedy a schedule(s) for initiating and completing remedial activities.
Such a schedule must require the initiation of remedial activities
within a reasonable period of time taking into consideration the factors
set forth in paragraphs (d) (1)-(8) of this section. The owner or
operator must consider the following factors in determining the schedule
of remedial activities:
    (1) Extent and nature of contamination;
    (2) Practical capabilities of remedial technologies in achieving
compliance with ground-water protection standards established under
Sec. 258.55 (g) or (h) and other objectives of the remedy;
    (3) Availability of treatment or disposal capacity for wastes
managed during implementation of the remedy;
    (4) Desirability of utilizing technologies that are not currently
available, but which may offer significant advantages over already
available technologies in terms of effectiveness, reliability, safety,
or ability to achieve remedial objectives;
    (5) Potential risks to human health and the environment from
exposure to contamination prior to completion of the remedy;
    (6) Resource value of the aquifer including:
    (i) Current and future uses;
    (ii) Proximity and withdrawal rate of users;
    (iii) Ground-water quantity and quality;

[[Page 460]]

    (iv) The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and
physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituent;
    (v) The hydrogeologic characteristic of the facility and surrounding
land;
    (vi) Ground-water removal and treatment costs; and
    (vii) The cost and availability of alternative water supplies.
    (7) Practicable capability of the owner or operator.
    (8) Other relevant factors.
    (e) The Director of an approved State may determine that remediation
of a release of an appendix II constituent from a MSWLF unit is not
necessary if the owner or operator demonstrates to the satisfaction of
the Director of the approved State that:
    (1) The ground-water is additionally contaminated by substances that
have originated from a source other than a MSWLF unit and those
substances are present in concentrations such that cleanup of the
release from the MSWLF unit would provide no significant reduction in
risk to actual or potential receptors; or
    (2) The constituent(s) is present in ground water that:
    (i) Is not currently or reasonably expected to be a source of
drinking water; and
    (ii) Is not hydraulically connected with waters to which the
hazardous constituents are migrating or are likely to migrate in a
concentration(s) that would exceed the ground-water protection standards
established under Sec. 258.55 (h) or (i); or
    (3) Remediation of the release(s) is technically impracticable; or
    (4) Remediation results in unacceptable cross-media impacts.
    (f) A determination by the Director of an approved State pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this section shall not affect the authority of the
State to require the owner or operator to undertake source control
measures or other measures that may be necessary to eliminate or
minimize further releases to the ground-water, to prevent exposure to
the ground-water, or to remediate the ground-water to concentrations
that are technically practicable and significantly reduce threats to
human health or the environment.



Sec. 258.58  Implementation of the corrective action program.

    (a) Based on the schedule established under Sec. 258.57(d) for
initiation and completion of remedial activities the owner/operator
must:
    (1) Establish and implement a corrective action ground-water
monitoring program that:
    (i) At a minimum, meet the requirements of an assessment monitoring
program under Sec. 258.55;
    (ii) Indicate the effectiveness of the corrective action remedy; and
    (iii) Demonstrate compliance with ground-water protection standard
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) Implement the corrective action remedy selected under Sec.
258.57; and
    (3) Take any interim measures necessary to ensure the protection of
human health and the environment. Interim measures should, to the
greatest extent practicable, be consistent with the objectives of and
contribute to the performance of any remedy that may be required
pursuant to Sec. 258.57. The following factors must be considered by an
owner or operator in determining whether interim measures are necessary:
    (i) Time required to develop and implement a final remedy;
    (ii) Actual or potential exposure of nearby populations or
environmental receptors to hazardous constituents;
    (iii) Actual or potential contamination of drinking water supplies
or sensitive ecosystems;
    (iv) Further degradation of the ground-water that may occur if
remedial action is not initiated expeditiously;
    (v) Weather conditions that may cause hazardous constituents to
migrate or be released;
    (vi) Risks of fire or explosion, or potential for exposure to
hazardous constituents as a result of an accident or failure of a
container or handling system; and
    (vii) Other situations that may pose threats to human health and the
environment.
    (b) An owner or operator may determine, based on information
developed after implementation of the remedy has begun or other
information, that compliance with requirements of

[[Page 461]]

Sec. 258.57(b) are not being achieved through the remedy selected. In
such cases, the owner or operator must implement other methods or
techniques that could practicably achieve compliance with the
requirements, unless the owner or operator makes the determination under
Sec. 258.58(c).
    (c) If the owner or operator determines that compliance with
requirements under Sec. 258.57(b) cannot be practically achieved with
any currently available methods, the owner or operator must:
    (1) Obtain certification of a qualified ground-water scientist or
approval by the Director of an approved State that compliance with
requirements under Sec. 258.57(b) cannot be practically achieved with
any currently available methods;
    (2) Implement alternate measures to control exposure of humans or
the environment to residual contamination, as necessary to protect human
health and the environment; and
    (3) Implement alternate measures for control of the sources of
contamination, or for removal or decontamination of equipment, units,
devices, or structures that are:
    (i) Technically practicable; and
    (ii) Consistent with the overall objective of the remedy.
    (4) Notify the State Director within 14 days that a report
justifying the alternative measures prior to implementing the
alternative measures has been placed in the operating record.
    (d) All solid wastes that are managed pursuant to a remedy required
under Sec. 258.57, or an interim measure required under Sec.
258.58(a)(3), shall be managed in a manner:
    (1) That is protective of human health and the environment; and
    (2) That complies with applicable RCRA requirements.
    (e) Remedies selected pursuant to Sec. 258.57 shall be considered
complete when:
    (1) The owner or operator complies with the ground-water protection
standards established under Sec. Sec. 258.55(h) or (i) at all points
within the plume of contamination that lie beyond the ground-water
monitoring well system established under Sec. 258.51(a).
    (2) Compliance with the ground-water protection standards
established under Sec. Sec. 258.55(h) or (i) has been achieved by
demonstrating that concentrations of appendix II constituents have not
exceeded the ground-water protection standard(s) for a period of three
consecutive years using the statistical procedures and performance
standards in Sec. 258.53(g) and (h). The Director of an approved State
may specify an alternative length of time during which the owner or
operator must demonstrate that concentrations of appendix II
constituents have not exceeded the ground-water protection standard(s)
taking into consideration:
    (i) Extent and concentration of the release(s);
    (ii) Behavior characteristics of the hazardous constituents in the
ground-water;
    (iii) Accuracy of monitoring or modeling techniques, including any
seasonal, meteorological, or other environmental variabilities that may
affect the accuracy; and
    (iv) Characteristics of the ground-water.
    (3) All actions required to complete the remedy have been satisfied.
    (f) Upon completion of the remedy, the owner or operator must notify
the State Director within 14 days that a certification that the remedy
has been completed in compliance with the requirements of Sec.
258.58(e) has been placed in the operating record. The certification
must be signed by the owner or operator and by a qualified ground-water
scientist or approved by the Director of an approved State.
    (g) When, upon completion of the certification, the owner or
operator determines that the corrective action remedy has been completed
in accordance with the requirements under paragraph (e) of this section,
the owner or operator shall be released from the requirements for
financial assurance for corrective action under Sec. 258.73.

[[Page 462]]



Sec. 258.59  [Reserved]



                 Subpart F_Closure and Post-Closure Care



Sec. 258.60  Closure criteria.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must install a final
cover system that is designed to minimize infiltration and erosion. The
final cover system must be designed and constructed to:
    (1) Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of
any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present, or a permeability
no greater than 1x10-5 cm/sec, whichever is less, and
    (2) Minimize infiltration through the closed MSWLF by the use of an
infiltration layer that contains a minimum 18-inches of earthen
material, and
    (3) Minimize erosion of the final cover by the use of an erosion
layer that contains a minimum 6-inches of earthen material that is
capable of sustaining native plant growth.
    (b) The Director of an approved State may approve an alternative
final cover design that includes:
    (1) An infiltration layer that achieves an equivalent reduction in
infiltration as the infiltration layer specified in paragraphs (a)(1)
and (a)(2) of this section, and
    (2) An erosion layer that provides equivalent protection from wind
and water erosion as the erosion layer specified in paragraph (a)(3) of
this section.
    (3) The Director of an approved State may establish alternative
requirements for the infiltration barrier in a paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, after public review and comment, for any owners or operators of
MSWLFs that dispose of 20 tons of municipal solid waste per day or less,
based on an annual average. Any alternative requirements established
under this paragraph must:
    (i) Consider the unique characteristics of small communities;
    (ii) Take into account climatic and hydrogeologic conditions; and
    (iii) Be protective of human health and the environment.
    (c) The owner or operator must prepare a written closure plan that
describes the steps necessary to close all MSWLF units at any point
during their active life in accordance with the cover design
requirements in Sec. 258.60(a) or (b), as applicable. The closure plan,
at a minimum, must include the following information:
    (1) A description of the final cover, designed in accordance with
Sec. 258.60(a) and the methods and procedures to be used to install the
cover;
    (2) An estimate of the largest area of the MSWLF unit ever requiring
a final cover as required under Sec. 258.60(a) at any time during the
active life;
    (3) An estimate of the maximum inventory of wastes ever on-site over
the active life of the landfill facility; and
    (4) A schedule for completing all activities necessary to satisfy
the closure criteria in Sec. 258.60.
    (d) The owner or operator must notify the State Director that a
closure plan has been prepared and placed in the operating record no
later than the effective date of this part, or by the initial receipt of
waste, whichever is later.
    (e) Prior to beginning closure of each MSWLF unit as specified in
Sec. 258.60(f), an owner or operator must notify the State Director
that a notice of the intent to close the unit has been placed in the
operating record.
    (f) The owner or operator must begin closure activities of each
MSWLF unit no later than 30 days after the date on which the MSWLF unit
receives the known final receipt of wastes or, if the MSWLF unit has
remaining capacity and there is a reasonable likelihood that the MSWLF
unit will receive additional wastes, no later than one year after the
most recent receipt of wastes. Extensions beyond the one-year deadline
for beginning closure may be granted by the Director of an approved
State if the owner or operator demonstrates that the MSWLF unit has the
capacity to receive additional wastes and the owner or operator has
taken and will continue to take all steps necessary to prevent threats
to human health and the environmental from the unclosed MSWLF unit.
    (g) The owner or operator of all MSWLF units must complete closure
activities of each MSWLF unit in accordance with the closure plan within

[[Page 463]]

180 days following the beginning of closure as specified in paragraph
(f) of this section. Extensions of the closure period may be granted by
the Director of an approved State if the owner or operator demonstrates
that closure will, of necessity, take longer than 180 days and he has
taken and will continue to take all steps to prevent threats to human
health and the environment from the unclosed MSWLF unit.
    (h) Following closure of each MSWLF unit, the owner or operator must
notify the State Director that a certification, signed by an independent
registered professional engineer or approved by Director of an approved
State, verifying that closure has been completed in accordance with the
closure plan, has been placed in the operating record.
    (i)(1) Following closure of all MSWLF units, the owner or operator
must record a notation on the deed to the landfill facility property, or
some other instrument that is normally examined during title search, and
notify the State Director that the notation has been recorded and a copy
has been placed in the operating record.
    (2) The notation on the deed must in perpetuity notify any potential
purchaser of the property that:
    (i) The land has been used as a landfill facility; and
    (ii) Its use is restricted under Sec. 258.61(c)(3).
    (j) The owner or operator may request permission from the Director
of an approved State to remove the notation from the deed if all wastes
are removed from the facility.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28628, June 26, 1992, as amended at 62
FR 40713, July 29, 1997]



Sec. 258.61  Post-closure care requirements.

    (a) Following closure of each MSWLF unit, the owner or operator must
conduct post-closure care. Post-closure care must be conducted for 30
years, except as provided under paragraph (b) of this section, and
consist of at least the following:
    (1) Maintaining the integrity and effectiveness of any final cover,
including making repairs to the cover as necessary to correct the
effects of settlement, subsidence, erosion, or other events, and
preventing run-on and run-off from eroding or otherwise damaging the
final cover;
    (2) Maintaining and operating the leachate collection system in
accordance with the requirements in Sec. 258.40, if applicable. The
Director of an approved State may allow the owner or operator to stop
managing leachate if the owner or operator demonstrates that leachate no
longer poses a threat to human health and the environment;
    (3) Monitoring the ground water in accordance with the requirements
of subpart E of this part and maintaining the ground-water monitoring
system, if applicable; and
    (4) Maintaining and operating the gas monitoring system in
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.23.
    (b) The length of the post-closure care period may be:
    (1) Decreased by the Director of an approved State if the owner or
operator demonstrates that the reduced period is sufficient to protect
human health and the environment and this demonstration is approved by
the Director of an approved State; or
    (2) Increased by the Director of an approved State if the Director
of an approved State determines that the lengthened period is necessary
to protect human health and the environment.
    (c) The owner or operator of all MSWLF units must prepare a written
post-closure plan that includes, at a minimum, the following
information:
    (1) A description of the monitoring and maintenance activities
required in Sec. 258.61(a) for each MSWLF unit, and the frequency at
which these activities will be performed;
    (2) Name, address, and telephone number of the person or office to
contact about the facility during the post-closure period; and
    (3) A description of the planned uses of the property during the
post-closure period. Post-closure use of the property shall not disturb
the integrity of the final cover, liner(s), or any other components of
the containment system, or the function of the monitoring systems unless
necessary to comply with the requirements in this part 258. The Director
of an approved State may approve any other disturbance if the owner or

[[Page 464]]

operator demonstrates that disturbance of the final cover, liner or
other component of the containment system, including any removal of
waste, will not increase the potential threat to human health or the
environment.
    (d) The owner or operator must notify the State Director that a
post-closure plan has been prepared and placed in the operating record
no later than the effective date of this part, October 9, 1993, or by
the initial receipt of waste, whichever is later.
    (e) Following completion of the post-closure care period for each
MSWLF unit, the owner or operator must notify the State Director that a
certification, signed by an independent registered professional engineer
or approved by the Director of an approved State, verifying that post-
closure care has been completed in accordance with the post-closure
plan, has been placed in the operating record.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28628, June 26, 1992]



Sec. 258.62  Approval of site-specific flexibility requests in Indian
country.

    (a) Lake County Municipal Landfill final cover requirements.
Paragraph (a) of this section applies to the Lake County Landfill, a
municipal solid waste landfill owned and operated by Lake County on the
Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes' Flathead Reservation in
Montana. The alternative final cover request submitted by Lake County,
Montana, consisting of the ``Lake County Landfill Alternative Cover,''
dated May 2007, the ``Construction Quality Assurance & Control Plan for
the Lake County Class II Landfill Unit Landfill Closure Project'' and
the ``Lake County Landfill Plans for Final Closure January 2009,'' dated
January 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference. The Director of the
Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may inspect or obtain a copy
at the Environmental Protection Agency, Region VIII, Montana Office, 10
West 15th St., Suite 3200, Helena, MT or by calling 406-457-5000. You
may also inspect a copy at the National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/
federal--register/code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html.
The facility owner and/or operator may close the facility in accordance
with this application, including the following activities more generally
described as follows:
    (1) The owner and operator may install an evapotranspiration system
as an alternative final cover for the 15.4 acre active area.
    (2) The final cover system shall consist of a 5.5-feet-thick multi-
layer cover system comprised, from bottom to top, of an 18-inch
intermediate and gas vent layer, a 24-inch native sand layer, an 18-inch
imported silt layer and a 6-inch topsoil layer, as well as seeding and
erosion control.
    (3) The final cover system shall be constructed to achieve an
equivalent reduction in infiltration as the infiltration layer specified
in Sec. 258.60(a)(1) and (a)(2), and provide an equivalent protection
from wind and water erosion as the erosion layer specified in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section.
    (4) In addition to meeting the specifications of the ``Lake County
Landfill Alternative Cover'' dated May 2007, and the ``Construction
Quality Assurance & Control Plan for the Lake County Class II Landfill
Unit Landfill Closure Project'' dated January 2009, the owner and
operator shall:
    (i) At 50% final design, submit to EPA for approval an Operations
and Maintenance Plan that includes an inspection schedule (at least
quarterly) and remediation plan to address any potential rodent damage
to the final cover; and
    (ii) Achieve re-vegetation rates greater than 50% by the end of the
first season and a complete stand of native grasses by the end of the
third season.
    (5) The owner and operator shall place documentation demonstrating
compliance with the provisions of this Section in the operating record.
    (6) All other applicable provisions of 40 CFR part 258 remain in
effect.
    [Reserved]

[75 FR 50932, Aug. 18, 2010]

[[Page 465]]



Sec. Sec. 258.63-258.69  [Reserved]



                 Subpart G_Financial Assurance Criteria

    Source: 56 FR 51029, Oct. 9, 1991, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 258.70  Applicability and effective date.

    (a) The requirements of this section apply to owners and operators
of all MSWLF units, except owners or operators who are State or Federal
government entities whose debts and liabilities are the debts and
liabilities of a State or the United States.
    (b) The requirements of this section are effective April 9, 1997
except for MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1), in
which case the effective date is October 9, 1997.
    (c) The Director of an approved State may waive the requirements of
this section for up to one year until April 9, 1998 for good cause if an
owner or operator demonstrates to the Director's satisfaction that the
April 9, 1997 effective date for the requirements of this section does
not provide sufficient time to comply with these requirements and that
such a waiver will not adversely affect human health and the
environment.

[56 FR 51029, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 60 FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995; 61
FR 60337, Nov. 27, 1996]



Sec. 258.71  Financial assurance for closure.

    (a) The owner or operator must have a detailed written estimate, in
current dollars, of the cost of hiring a third party to close the
largest area of all MSWLF units ever requiring a final cover as required
under Sec. 258.60 at any time during the active life in accordance with
the closure plan. The owner or operator must notify the State Director
that the estimate has been placed in the operating record.
    (1) The cost estimate must equal the cost of closing the largest
area of all MSWLF unit ever requiring a final cover at any time during
the active life when the extent and manner of its operation would make
closure the most expensive, as indicated by its closure plan (see Sec.
258.60(c)(2) of this part).
    (2) During the active life of the MSWLF unit, the owner or operator
must annually adjust the closure cost estimate for inflation.
    (3) The owner or operator must increase the closure cost estimate
and the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph (b) of
this section if changes to the closure plan or MSWLF unit conditions
increase the maximum cost of closure at any time during the remaining
active life.
    (4) The owner or operator may reduce the closure cost estimate and
the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph (b) of this
section if the cost estimate exceeds the maximum cost of closure at any
time during the remaining life of the MSWLF unit. The owner or operator
must notify the State Director that the justification for the reduction
of the closure cost estimate and the amount of financial assurance has
been placed in the operating record.
    (b) The owner or operator of each MSWLF unit must establish
financial assurance for closure of the MSWLF unit in compliance with
Sec. 258.74. The owner or operator must provide continuous coverage for
closure until released from financial assurance requirements by
demonstrating compliance with Sec. 258.60 (h) and (i).

[56 FR 51029, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28628, June 26, 1992]



Sec. 258.72  Financial assurance for post-closure care.

    (a) The owner or operator must have a detailed written estimate, in
current dollars, of the cost of hiring a third party to conduct post-
closure care for the MSWLF unit in compliance with the post-closure plan
developed under Sec. 258.61 of this part. The post-closure cost
estimate used to demonstrate financial assurance in paragraph (b) of
this section must account for the total costs of conducting post-closure
care, including annual and periodic costs as described in the post-
closure plan over the entire post-closure care period. The owner or
operator must notify the State Director that the estimate has been
placed in the operating record.

[[Page 466]]

    (1) The cost estimate for post-closure care must be based on the
most expensive costs of post-closure care during the post-closure care
period.
    (2) During the active life of the MSWLF unit and during the post-
closure care period, the owner or operator must annually adjust the
post-closure cost estimate for inflation.
    (3) The owner or operator must increase the post-closure care cost
estimate and the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph
(b) of this section if changes in the post-closure plan or MSWLF unit
conditions increase the maximum costs of post-closure care.
    (4) The owner or operator may reduce the post-closure cost estimate
and the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph (b) of
this section if the cost estimate exceeds the maximum costs of post-
closure care remaining over the post-closure care period. The owner or
operator must notify the State Director that the justification for the
reduction of the post-closure cost estimate and the amount of financial
assurance has been placed in the operating record.
    (b) The owner or operator of each MSWLF unit must establish, in a
manner in accordance with Sec. 258.74, financial assurance for the
costs of post-closure care as required under Sec. 258.61 of this part.
The owner or operator must provide continuous coverage for post-closure
care until released from financial assurance requirements for post-
closure care by demonstrating compliance with Sec. 258.61(e).



Sec. 258.73  Financial assurance for corrective action.

    (a) An owner or operator of a MSWLF unit required to undertake a
corrective action program under Sec. 258.58 of this part must have a
detailed written estimate, in current dollars, of the cost of hiring a
third party to perform the corrective action in accordance with the
program required under Sec. 258.58 of this part. The corrective action
cost estimate must account for the total costs of corrective action
activities as described in the corrective action plan for the entire
corrective action period. The owner or operator must notify the State
Director that the estimate has been placed in the operating record.
    (1) The owner or operator must annually adjust the estimate for
inflation until the corrective action program is completed in accordance
with Sec. 258.58(f) of this part.
    (2) The owner or operator must increase the corrective action cost
estimate and the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph
(b) of this section if changes in the corrective action program or MSWLF
unit conditions increase the maximum costs of corrective action.
    (3) The owner or operator may reduce the amount of the corrective
action cost estimate and the amount of financial assurance provided
under paragraph (b) of this section if the cost estimate exceeds the
maximum remaining costs of corrective action. The owner or operator must
notify the State Director that the justification for the reduction of
the corrective action cost estimate and the amount of financial
assurance has been placed in the operating record.
    (b) The owner or operator of each MSWLF unit required to undertake a
corrective action program under Sec. 258.58 of this part must
establish, in a manner in accordance with Sec. 258.74, financial
assurance for the most recent corrective action program. The owner or
operator must provide continuous coverage for corrective action until
released from financial assurance requirements for corrective action by
demonstrating compliance with Sec. 258.58 (f) and (g).



Sec. 258.74  Allowable mechanisms.

    The mechanisms used to demonstrate financial assurance under this
section must ensure that the funds necessary to meet the costs of
closure, post-closure care, and corrective action for known releases
will be available whenever they are needed. Owners and operators must
choose from the options specified in paragraphs (a) through (j) of this
section.
    (a) Trust Fund. (1) An owner or operator may satisfy the
requirements of this section by establishing a trust fund which conforms
to the requirements of this paragraph. The trustee

[[Page 467]]

must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose
trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State
agency. A copy of the trust agreement must be placed in the facility's
operating record.
    (2) Payments into the trust fund must be made annually by the owner
or operator over the term of the initial permit or over the remaining
life of the MSWLF unit, whichever is shorter, in the case of a trust
fund for closure or post-closure care, or over one-half of the estimated
length of the corrective action program in the case of corrective action
for known releases. This period is referred to as the pay-in period.
    (3) For a trust fund used to demonstrate financial assurance for
closure and post-closure care, the first payment into the fund must be
at least equal to the current cost estimate for closure or post-closure
care, except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section, divided by
the number of years in the pay-in period as defined in paragraph (a)(2)
of this section. The amount of subsequent payments must be determined by
the following formula:

Next Payment = [CE - CV]/Y

where CE is the current cost estimate for closure or post-closure care
          (updated for inflation or other changes), CV is the current
          value of the trust fund, and Y is the number of years
          remaining in the pay-in period.

    (4) For a trust fund used to demonstrate financial assurance for
corrective action, the first payment into the trust fund must be at
least equal to one-half of the current cost estimate for corrective
action, except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section, divided by
the number of years in the corrective action pay-in period as defined in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The amount of subsequent payments must
be determined by the following formula:

Next Payment = [RB - CV]/Y

where RB is the most recent estimate of the required trust fund balance
          for corrective action (i.e., the total costs that will be
          incurred during the second half of the corrective action
          period), CV is the current value of the trust fund, and Y is
          the number of years remaining in the pay-in period.

    (5) The initial payment into the trust fund must be made before the
initial receipt of waste or before the effective date of the
requirements of this section (April 9, 1997, or October 9, 1997 for
MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1)), whichever is
later, in the case of closure and post-closure care, or no later than
120 days after the corrective action remedy has been selected in
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.58.
    (6) If the owner or operator establishes a trust fund after having
used one or more alternate mechanisms specified in this section, the
initial payment into the trust fund must be at least the amount that the
fund would contain if the trust fund were established initially and
annual payments made according to the specifications of this paragraph
and paragraph (a) of this section, as applicable.
    (7) The owner or operator, or other person authorized to conduct
closure, post-closure care, or corrective action activities may request
reimbursement from the trustee for these expenditures. Requests for
reimbursement will be granted by the trustee only if sufficient funds
are remaining in the trust fund to cover the remaining costs of closure,
post-closure care, or corrective action, and if justification and
documentation of the cost is placed in the operating record. The owner
or operator must notify the State Director that the documentation of the
justification for reimbursement has been placed in the operating record
and that reimbursement has been received.
    (8) The trust fund may be terminated by the owner or operator only
if the owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as
specified in this section or if he is no longer required to demonstrate
financial responsibility in accordance with the requirements of
Sec. Sec. 258.71(b), 258.72(b), or 258.73(b).
    (b) Surety Bond Guaranteeing Payment or Performance. (1) An owner or
operator may demonstrate financial assurance for closure or post-closure
care by obtaining a payment or performance surety bond which conforms to
the requirements of this paragraph. An

[[Page 468]]

owner or operator may demonstrate financial assurance for corrective
action by obtaining a performance bond which conforms to the
requirements of this paragraph. The bond must be effective before the
initial receipt of waste or before the effective date of the
requirements of this section (April 9, 1997, or October 9, 1997 for
MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1)), whichever is
later, in the case of closure and post-closure care, or no later than
120 days after the corrective action remedy has been selected in
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.58. The owner or operator
must notify the State Director that a copy of the bond has been placed
in the operating record. The surety company issuing the bond must, at a
minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds
in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
    (2) The penal sum of the bond must be in an amount at least equal to
the current closure, post-closure care or corrective action cost
estimate, whichever is applicable, except as provided in Sec.
258.74(k).
    (3) Under the terms of the bond, the surety will become liable on
the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as
guaranteed by the bond.
    (4) The owner or operator must establish a standby trust fund. The
standby trust fund must meet the requirements of Sec. 258.74(a) except
the requirements for initial payment and subsequent annual payments
specified in Sec. 258.74 (a)(2), (3), (4) and (5).
    (5) Payments made under the terms of the bond will be deposited by
the surety directly into the standby trust fund. Payments from the trust
fund must be approved by the trustee.
    (6) Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by
sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner and
operator and to the State Director 120 days in advance of cancellation.
If the surety cancels the bond, the owner or operator must obtain
alternate financial assurance as specified in this section.
    (7) The owner or operator may cancel the bond only if alternate
financial assurance is substituted as specified in this section or if
the owner or operator is no longer required to demonstrate financial
responsibility in accordance with Sec. 258.71(b), Sec. 258.72(b) or
Sec. 258.73(b).
    (c) Letter of credit. (1) An owner or operator may satisfy the
requirements of this section by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter
of credit which conforms to the requirements of this paragraph. The
letter of credit must be effective before the initial receipt of waste
or before the effective date of the requirements of this section (April
9, 1997, or October 9, 1997 for MSWLF units meeting the conditions of
Sec. 258.1(f)(1)), whichever is later, in the case of closure and post-
closure care, or no later than 120 days after the corrective action
remedy has been selected in accordance with the requirements of Sec.
258.58. The owner or operator must notify the State Director that a copy
of the letter of credit has been placed in the operating record. The
issuing institution must be an entity which has the authority to issue
letters of credit and whose letter-of-credit operations are regulated
and examined by a Federal or State agency.
    (2) A letter from the owner or operator referring to the letter of
credit by number, issuing institution, and date, and providing the
following information: Name, and address of the facility, and the amount
of funds assured, must be included with the letter of credit in the
operating record.
    (3) The letter of credit must be irrevocable and issued for a period
of at least one year in an amount at least equal to the current cost
estimate for closure, post-closure care or corrective action, whichever
is applicable, except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section. The
letter of credit must provide that the expiration date will be
automatically extended for a period of at least one year unless the
issuing institution has cancelled the letter of credit by sending notice
of cancellation by certified mail to the owner and operator and to the
State Director 120 days in advance of cancellation. If the letter of
credit is cancelled by the issuing institution, the owner or operator
must obtain alternate financial assurance.
    (4) The owner or operator may cancel the letter of credit only if
alternate financial assurance is substituted as

[[Page 469]]

specified in this section or if the owner or operator is released from
the requirements of this section in accordance with Sec. 258.71(b),
Sec. 258.72(b) or Sec. 258.73(b).
    (d) Insurance. (1) An owner or operator may demonstrate financial
assurance for closure and post-closure care by obtaining insurance which
conforms to the requirements of this paragraph. The insurance must be
effective before the initial receipt of waste or before the effective
date of the requirements of this section (April 9, 1997, or October 9,
1997 for MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1)),
whichever is later, in the case of closure and post-closure care, or no
later than 120 days after the corrective action remedy has been selected
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.58. At a minimum, the
insurer must be licensed to transact the business of insurance, or
eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in
one or more States. The owner or operator must notify the State Director
that a copy of the insurance policy has been placed in the operating
record.
    (2) The closure or post-closure care insurance policy must guarantee
that funds will be available to close the MSWLF unit whenever final
closure occurs or to provide post-closure care for the MSWLF unit
whenever the post-closure care period begins, whichever is applicable.
The policy must also guarantee that once closure or post-closure care
begins, the insurer will be responsible for the paying out of funds to
the owner or operator or other person authorized to conduct closure or
post-closure care, up to an amount equal to the face amount of the
policy.
    (3) The insurance policy must be issued for a face amount at least
equal to the current cost estimate for closure or post-closure care,
whichever is applicable, except as provided in paragraph (k) of this
section. The term face amount means the total amount the insurer is
obligated to pay under the policy. Actual payments by the insurer will
not change the face amount, although the insurer's future liability will
be lowered by the amount of the payments.
    (4) An owner or operator, or any other person authorized to conduct
closure or post-closure care, may receive reimbursements for closure or
post-closure expenditures, whichever is applicable. Requests for
reimbursement will be granted by the insurer only if the remaining value
of the policy is sufficient to cover the remaining costs of closure or
post-closure care, and if justification and documentation of the cost is
placed in the operating record. The owner or operator must notify the
State Director that the documentation of the justification for
reimbursement has been placed in the operating record and that
reimbursement has been received.
    (5) Each policy must contain a provision allowing assignment of the
policy to a successor owner or operator. Such assignment may be
conditional upon consent of the insurer, provided that such consent is
not unreasonably refused.
    (6) The insurance policy must provide that the insurer may not
cancel, terminate or fail to renew the policy except for failure to pay
the premium. The automatic renewal of the policy must, at a minimum,
provide the insured with the option of renewal at the face amount of the
expiring policy. If there is a failure to pay the premium, the insurer
may cancel the policy by sending notice of cancellation by certified
mail to the owner and operator and to the State Director 120 days in
advance of cancellation. If the insurer cancels the policy, the owner or
operator must obtain alternate financial assurance as specified in this
section.
    (7) For insurance policies providing coverage for post-closure care,
commencing on the date that liability to make payments pursuant to the
policy accrues, the insurer will thereafter annually increase the face
amount of the policy. Such increase must be equivalent to the face
amount of the policy, less any payments made, multiplied by an amount
equivalent to 85 percent of the most recent investment rate or of the
equivalent coupon-issue yield announced by the U.S. Treasury for 26-week
Treasury securities.
    (8) The owner or operator may cancel the insurance policy only if
alternate financial assurance is substituted as specified in this
section or if the owner or operator, is no longer required to

[[Page 470]]

demonstrate financial responsibility in accordance with the requirements
of Sec. 258.71(b), Sec. 258.72(b) or Sec. 258.73(b).
    (e) Corporate financial test. An owner or operator that satisfies
the requirements of this paragraph (e) may demonstrate financial
assurance up to the amount specified in this paragraph (e):
    (1) Financial component. (i) The owner or operator must satisfy one
of the following three conditions:
    (A) A current rating for its senior unsubordinated debt of AAA, AA,
A, or BBB as issued by Standard and Poor's or Aaa, Aa, A or Baa as
issued by Moody's; or
    (B) A ratio of less than 1.5 comparing total liabilities to net
worth; or
    (C) A ratio of greater than 0.10 comparing the sum of net income
plus depreciation, depletion and amortization, minus $10 million, to
total liabilities.
    (ii) The tangible net worth of the owner or operator must be greater
than: (A) The sum of the current closure, post-closure care, corrective
action cost estimates and any other environmental obligations, including
guarantees, covered by a financial test plus $10 million except as
provided in paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (B) $10 million in net worth plus the amount of any guarantees that
have not been recognized as liabilities on the financial statements
provided all of the current closure, post-closure care, and corrective
action costs and any other environmental obligations covered by a
financial test are recognized as liabilities on the owner's or
operator's audited financial statements, and subject to the approval of
the State Director.
    (iii) The owner or operator must have assets located in the United
States amounting to at least the sum of current closure, post-closure
care, corrective action cost estimates and any other environmental
obligations covered by a financial test as described in paragraph (e)(3)
of this section.
    (2) Recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (i) The owner or
operator must place the following items into the facility's operating
record:
    (A) A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial
officer that:
    (1) Lists all the current cost estimates covered by a financial
test, including, but not limited to, cost estimates required for
municipal solid waste management facilities under this part 258, cost
estimates required for UIC facilities under 40 CFR part 144, if
applicable, cost estimates required for petroleum underground storage
tank facilities under 40 CFR part 280, if applicable, cost estimates
required for PCB storage facilities under 40 CFR part 761, if
applicable, and cost estimates required for hazardous waste treatment,
storage, and disposal facilities under 40 CFR parts 264 and 265, if
applicable; and
    (2) Provides evidence demonstrating that the firm meets the
conditions of either paragraph (e)(1)(i)(A) or (e)(1)(i)(B) or
(e)(1)(i)(C) of this section and paragraphs (e)(1)(ii) and (e)(1)(iii)
of this section.
    (B) A copy of the independent certified public accountant's
unqualified opinion of the owner's or operator's financial statements
for the latest completed fiscal year. To be eligible to use the
financial test, the owner's or operator's financial statements must
receive an unqualified opinion from the independent certified public
accountant. An adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion, or other
qualified opinion will be cause for disallowance, with the potential
exception for qualified opinions provided in the next sentence. The
Director of an approved State may evaluate qualified opinions on a case-
by-case basis and allow use of the financial test in cases where the
Director deems that the matters which form the basis for the
qualification are insufficient to warrant disallowance of the test. If
the Director of an approved State does not allow use of the test, the
owner or operator must provide alternate financial assurance that meets
the requirements of this section.
    (C) If the chief financial officer's letter providing evidence of
financial assurance includes financial data showing that owner or
operator satisfies paragraph (e)(1)(i)(B) or (e)(1)(i)(C) of this
section that are different from data in the audited financial statements
referred to in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(B) of this section or any other
audited financial statement or data filed with the SEC, then a special
report from the owner's or operator's

[[Page 471]]

independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator is
required. The special report shall be based upon an agreed upon
procedures engagement in accordance with professional auditing standards
and shall describe the procedures performed in comparing the data in the
chief financial officer's letter derived from the independently audited,
year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the
amounts in such financial statements, the findings of that comparison,
and the reasons for any differences.
    (D) If the chief financial officer's letter provides a demonstration
that the firm has assured for environmental obligations as provided in
paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, then the letter shall include a
report from the independent certified public accountant that verifies
that all of the environmental obligations covered by a financial test
have been recognized as liabilities on the audited financial statements,
how these obligations have been measured and reported, and that the
tangible net worth of the firm is at least $10 million plus the amount
of any guarantees provided.
    (ii) An owner or operator must place the items specified in
paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section in the operating record and notify
the State Director that these items have been placed in the operating
record before the initial receipt of waste or before the effective date
of the requirements of this section (April 9, 1997 or October 9, 1997
for MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1)), whichever
is later in the case of closure, and post-closure care, or no later than
120 days after the corrective action remedy has been selected in
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.58.
    (iii) After the initial placement of items specified in paragraph
(e)(2)(i) of this section in the operating record, the owner or operator
must annually update the information and place updated information in
the operating record within 90 days following the close of the owner or
operator's fiscal year. The Director of a State may provide up to an
additional 45 days for an owner or operator who can demonstrate that 90
days is insufficient time to acquire audited financial statements. The
updated information must consist of all items specified in paragraph
(e)(2)(i) of this section.
    (iv) The owner or operator is no longer required to submit the items
specified in this paragraph (e)(2) or comply with the requirements of
this paragraph (e) when:
    (A) He substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in
this section that is not subject to these recordkeeping and reporting
requirements; or
    (B) He is released from the requirements of this section in
accordance with Sec. 258.71(b), Sec. 258.72(b), or Sec. 258.73(b).
    (v) If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the owner or operator must, within 120
days following the close of the owner or operator's fiscal year, obtain
alternative financial assurance that meets the requirements of this
section, place the required submissions for that assurance in the
operating record, and notify the State Director that the owner or
operator no longer meets the criteria of the financial test and that
alternate assurance has been obtained.
    (vi) The Director of an approved State may, based on a reasonable
belief that the owner or operator may no longer meet the requirements of
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, require at any time the owner or
operator to provide reports of its financial condition in addition to or
including current financial test documentation as specified in paragraph
(e)(2) of this section. If the Director of an approved State finds that
the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of paragraph
(e)(1) of this section, the owner or operator must provide alternate
financial assurance that meets the requirements of this section.
    (3) Calculation of costs to be assured. When calculating the current
cost estimates for closure, post-closure care, corrective action, or the
sum of the combination of such costs to be covered, and any other
environmental obligations assured by a financial test referred to in
this paragraph (e), the owner or operator must include cost estimates
required for municipal solid waste management facilities under this
part, as well as cost estimates required

[[Page 472]]

for the following environmental obligations, if it assures them through
a financial test: obligations associated with UIC facilities under 40
CFR part 144, petroleum underground storage tank facilities under 40 CFR
part 280, PCB storage facilities under 40 CFR part 761, and hazardous
waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities under 40 CFR parts 264
and 265.
    (f) Local government financial test. An owner or operator that
satisfies the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this
section may demonstrate financial assurance up to the amount specified
in paragraph (f)(4) of this section:
    (1) Financial component. (i) The owner or operator must satisfy
paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A) or (B) of this section as applicable:
    (A) If the owner or operator has outstanding, rated, general
obligation bonds that are not secured by insurance, a letter of credit,
or other collateral or guarantee, it must have a current rating of Aaa,
Aa, A, or Baa, as issued by Moody's, or AAA, AA, A, or BBB, as issued by
Standard and Poor's on all such general obligation bonds; or
    (B) The owner or operator must satisfy each of the following
financial ratios based on the owner or operator's most recent audited
annual financial statement:
    (1) A ratio of cash plus marketable securities to total expenditures
greater than or equal to 0.05; and
    (2) A ratio of annual debt service to total expenditures less than
or equal to 0.20.
    (ii) The owner or operator must prepare its financial statements in
conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for governments
and have its financial statements audited by an independent certified
public accountant (or appropriate State agency).
    (iii) A local government is not eligible to assure its obligations
under Sec. 258.74(f) if it:
    (A) Is currently in default on any outstanding general obligation
bonds; or
    (B) Has any outstanding general obligation bonds rated lower than
Baa as issued by Moody's or BBB as issued by Standard and Poor's; or
    (C) Operated at a deficit equal to five percent or more of total
annual revenue in each of the past two fiscal years; or
    (D) Receives an adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion, or other
qualified opinion from the independent certified public accountant (or
appropriate State agency) auditing its financial statement as required
under paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section. However, the Director of an
approved State may evaluate qualified opinions on a case-by-case basis
and allow use of the financial test in cases where the Director deems
the qualification insufficient to warrant disallowance of use of the
test.
    (iv) The following terms used in this paragraph are defined as
follows:
    (A) Deficit equals total annual revenues minus total annual
expenditures;
    (B) Total revenues include revenues from all taxes and fees but does
not include the proceeds from borrowing or asset sales, excluding
revenue from funds managed by local government on behalf of a specific
third party;
    (C) Total expenditures include all expenditures excluding capital
outlays and debt repayment;
    (D) Cash plus marketable securities is all the cash plus marketable
securities held by the local government on the last day of a fiscal
year, excluding cash and marketable securities designated to satisfy
past obligations such as pensions; and
    (E) Debt service is the amount of principal and interest due on a
loan in a given time period, typically the current year.
    (2) Public notice component. The local government owner or operator
must place a reference to the closure and post-closure care costs
assured through the financial test into its next comprehensive annual
financial report (CAFR) after the effective date of this section or
prior to the initial receipt of waste at the facility, whichever is
later. Disclosure must include the nature and source of closure and
post-closure care requirements, the reported liability at the balance
sheet date, the estimated total closure and post-closure care cost
remaining to be recognized, the percentage of landfill capacity used to
date, and the estimated

[[Page 473]]

landfill life in years. A reference to corrective action costs must be
placed in the CAFR not later than 120 days after the corrective action
remedy has been selected in accordance with the requirements of Sec.
258.58. For the first year the financial test is used to assure costs at
a particular facility, the reference may instead be placed in the
operating record until issuance of the next available CAFR if timing
does not permit the reference to be incorporated into the most recently
issued CAFR or budget. For closure and post-closure costs, conformance
with Government Accounting Standards Board Statement 18 assures
compliance with this public notice component.
    (3) Recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (i) The local
government owner or operator must place the following items in the
facility's operating record:
    (A) A letter signed by the local government's chief financial
officer that:
    (1) Lists all the current cost estimates covered by a financial
test, as described in paragraph (f)(4) of this section;
    (2) Provides evidence and certifies that the local government meets
the conditions of paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (f)(1)(ii), and (f)(1)(iii) of
this section; and
    (3) Certifies that the local government meets the conditions of
paragraphs (f)(2) and (f)(4) of this section.
    (B) The local government's independently audited year-end financial
statements for the latest fiscal year (except for local governments
where audits are required every two years where unaudited statements may
be used in years when audits are not required), including the
unqualified opinion of the auditor who must be an independent, certified
public accountant or an appropriate State agency that conducts
equivalent comprehensive audits;
    (C) A report to the local government from the local government's
independent certified public accountant (CPA) or the appropriate State
agency based on performing an agreed upon procedures engagement relative
to the financial ratios required by paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B) of this
section, if applicable, and the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(ii)
and (f)(1)(iii) (C) and (D) of this section. The CPA or State agency's
report should state the procedures performed and the CPA or State
agency's findings; and
    (D) A copy of the comprehensive annual financial report (CAFR) used
to comply with paragraph (f)(2) of this section or certification that
the requirements of General Accounting Standards Board Statement 18 have
been met.
    (ii) The items required in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section must
be placed in the facility operating record as follows:
    (A) In the case of closure and post-closure care, either before the
effective date of this section, which is April 9, 1997, or prior to the
initial receipt of waste at the facility, whichever is later, or
    (B) In the case of corrective action, not later than 120 days after
the corrective action remedy is selected in accordance with the
requirements of Sec. 258.58.
    (iii) After the initial placement of the items in the facility's
operating record, the local government owner or operator must update the
information and place the updated information in the operating record
within 180 days following the close of the owner or operator's fiscal
year.
    (iv) The local government owner or operator is no longer required to
meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this section when:
    (A) The owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance
as specified in this section; or
    (B) The owner or operator is released from the requirements of this
section in accordance with Sec. 258.71(b), 258.72(b), or 258.73(b).
    (v) A local government must satisfy the requirements of the
financial test at the close of each fiscal year. If the local government
owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of the local
government financial test it must, within 210 days following the close
of the owner or operator's fiscal year, obtain alternative financial
assurance that meets the requirements of this section, place the
required submissions for that assurance in the operating record, and
notify the State Director that the owner or operator no

[[Page 474]]

longer meets the criteria of the financial test and that alternate
assurance has been obtained.
    (vi) The Director of an approved State, based on a reasonable belief
that the local government owner or operator may no longer meet the
requirements of the local government financial test, may require
additional reports of financial condition from the local government at
any time. If the Director of an approved State finds, on the basis of
such reports or other information, that the owner or operator no longer
meets the requirements of the local government financial test, the local
government must provide alternate financial assurance in accordance with
this section.
    (4) Calculation of costs to be assured. The portion of the closure,
post-closure, and corrective action costs for which an owner or operator
can assure under this paragraph is determined as follows:
    (i) If the local government owner or operator does not assure other
environmental obligations through a financial test, it may assure
closure, post-closure, and corrective action costs that equal up to 43
percent of the local government's total annual revenue.
    (ii) If the local government assures other environmental obligations
through a financial test, including those associated with UIC facilities
under 40 CFR 144.62, petroleum underground storage tank facilities under
40 CFR Part 280, PCB storage facilities under 40 CFR Part 761, and
hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities under 40 CFR
Parts 264 and 265, it must add those costs to the closure, post-closure,
and corrective action costs it seeks to assure under this paragraph. The
total that may be assured must not exceed 43 percent of the local
government's total annual revenue.
    (iii) The owner or operator must obtain an alternate financial
assurance instrument for those costs that exceed the limits set in
paragraphs (f)(4) (i) and (ii) of this section.
    (g) Corporate Guarantee. (1) An owner or operator may meet the
requirements of this section by obtaining a written guarantee. The
guarantor must be the direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the
owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent
corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a ``substantial
business relationship'' with the owner or operator. The guarantor must
meet the requirements for owners or operators in paragraph (e) of this
section and must comply with the terms of the guarantee. A certified
copy of the guarantee must be placed in the facility's operating record
along with copies of the letter from the guarantor's chief financial
officer and accountants' opinions. If the guarantor's parent corporation
is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, the letter from
the guarantor's chief financial officer must describe the value received
in consideration of the guarantee. If the guarantor is a firm with a
``substantial business relationship'' with the owner or operator, this
letter must describe this ``substantial business relationship'' and the
value received in consideration of the guarantee.
    (2) The guarantee must be effective and all required submissions
placed in the operating record before the initial receipt of waste or
before the effective date of the requirements of this section (April 9,
1997 or October 9, 1997 for MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec.
258.1(f)(1), whichever is later, in the case of closure and post-closure
care, or in the case of corrective action no later than 120 days after
the corrective action remedy has been selected in accordance with the
requirements of Sec. 258.58.
    (3) The terms of the guarantee must provide that:
    (i) If the owner or operator fails to perform closure, post-closure
care, and/or corrective action of a facility covered by the guarantee,
the guarantor will:
    (A) Perform, or pay a third party to perform, closure, post-closure
care, and/or corrective action as required (performance guarantee); or
    (B) Establish a fully funded trust fund as specified in paragraph
(a) of this section in the name of the owner or operator (payment
guarantee).
    (ii) The guarantee will remain in force for as long as the owner or
operator must comply with the applicable financial assurance
requirements of

[[Page 475]]

this Subpart unless the guarantor sends prior notice of cancellation by
certified mail to the owner or operator and to the State Director.
Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on
the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or
operator and the State Director, as evidenced by the return receipts.
    (iii) If notice of cancellation is given, the owner or operator
must, within 90 days following receipt of the cancellation notice by the
owner or operator and the State Director, obtain alternate financial
assurance, place evidence of that alternate financial assurance in the
facility operating record, and notify the State Director. If the owner
or operator fails to provide alternate financial assurance within the
90-day period, the guarantor must provide that alternate assurance
within 120 days of the cancellation notice, obtain alternative
assurance, place evidence of the alternate assurance in the facility
operating record, and notify the State Director.
    (4) If a corporate guarantor no longer meets the requirements of
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the owner or operator must, within 90
days, obtain alternative assurance, place evidence of the alternate
assurance in the facility operating record, and notify the State
Director. If the owner or operator fails to provide alternate financial
assurance within the 90-day period, the guarantor must provide that
alternate assurance within the next 30 days.
    (5) The owner or operator is no longer required to meet the
requirements of this paragraph (g) when:
    (i) The owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance
as specified in this section; or
    (ii) The owner or operator is released from the requirements of this
section in accordance with Sec. 258.71(b), Sec. 258.72(b), or Sec.
258.73(b).
    (h) Local government guarantee. An owner or operator may demonstrate
financial assurance for closure, post-closure, and corrective action, as
required by Sec. Sec. 258.71, 258.72, and 258.73, by obtaining a
written guarantee provided by a local government. The guarantor must
meet the requirements of the local government financial test in
paragraph (f) of this section, and must comply with the terms of a
written guarantee.
    (1) Terms of the written guarantee. The guarantee must be effective
before the initial receipt of waste or before the effective date of this
section, whichever is later, in the case of closure, post-closure care,
or no later than 120 days after the corrective action remedy has been
selected in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.58. The
guarantee must provide that:
    (i) If the owner or operator fails to perform closure, post-closure
care, and/or corrective action of a facility covered by the guarantee,
the guarantor will:
    (A) Perform, or pay a third party to perform, closure, post-closure
care, and/or corrective action as required; or
    (B) Establish a fully funded trust fund as specified in paragraph
(a) of this section in the name of the owner or operator.
    (ii) The guarantee will remain in force unless the guarantor sends
notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to
the State Director. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120
days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by
both the owner or operator and the State Director, as evidenced by the
return receipts.
    (iii) If a guarantee is cancelled, the owner or operator must,
within 90 days following receipt of the cancellation notice by the owner
or operator and the State Director, obtain alternate financial
assurance, place evidence of that alternate financial assurance in the
facility operating record, and notify the State Director. If the owner
or operator fails to provide alternate financial assurance within the
90-day period, the guarantor must provide that alternate assurance
within 120 days following the guarantor's notice of cancellation, place
evidence of the alternate assurance in the facility operating record,
and notify the State Director.
    (2) Recordkeeping and reporting. (i) The owner or operator must
place a certified copy of the guarantee along with the items required
under paragraph (f)(3) of this section into the facility's operating
record before the initial receipt of waste or before the effective date
of this section, whichever is

[[Page 476]]

later, in the case of closure, post-closure care, or no later than 120
days after the corrective action remedy has been selected in accordance
with the requirements of Sec. 258.58.
    (ii) The owner or operator is no longer required to maintain the
items specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section when:
    (A) The owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance
as specified in this section; or
    (B) The owner or operator is released from the requirements of this
section in accordance with Sec. 258.71(b), 258.72(b), or 258.73(b).
    (iii) If a local government guarantor no longer meets the
requirements of paragraph (f) of this section, the owner or operator
must, within 90 days, obtain alternative assurance, place evidence of
the alternate assurance in the facility operating record, and notify the
State Director. If the owner or operator fails to obtain alternate
financial assurance within that 90-day period, the guarantor must
provide that alternate assurance within the next 30 days.
    (i) State-Approved mechanism. An owner or operator may satisfy the
requirements of this section by obtaining any other mechanism that meets
the criteria specified in Sec. 258.74(1), and that is approved by the
Director of an approved State.
    (j) State assumption of responsibility. If the State Director either
assumes legal responsibility for an owner or operator's compliance with
the closure, post-closure care and/or corrective action requirements of
this part, or assures that the funds will be available from State
sources to cover the requirements, the owner or operator will be in
compliance with the requirements of this section. Any State assumption
of responsibility must meet the criteria specified in Sec. 258.74(l).
    (k) Use of multiple mechanisms. An owner or operator may demonstrate
financial assurance for closure, post-closure, and corrective action, as
required by Sec. Sec. 258.71, 258.72, and 258.73 by establishing more
than one mechanism per facility, except that mechanisms guaranteeing
performance rather than payment, may not be combined with other
instruments. The mechanisms must be as specified in paragraphs (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), and (j) of this section, except that
financial assurance for an amount at least equal to the current cost
estimate for closure, post-closure care, and/or corrective action may be
provided by a combination of mechanisms rather than a single mechanism.
    (l) The language of the mechanisms listed in paragraphs (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), and (j) of this section must ensure
that the instruments satisfy the following criteria:
    (1) The financial assurance mechanisms must ensure that the amount
of funds assured is sufficient to cover the costs of closure, post-
closure care, and corrective action for known releases when needed;
    (2) The financial assurance mechanisms must ensure that funds will
be available in a timely fashion when needed;
    (3) The financial assurance mechanisms must be obtained by the owner
or operator by the effective date of these requirements or prior to the
initial receipt of solid waste, whichever is later, in the case of
closure and post-closure care, and no later that 120 days after the
corrective action remedy has been selected in accordance with the
requirements of Sec. 258.58, until the owner or operator is released
from the financial assurance requirements under Sec. Sec. 258.71,
258.72 and 258.73.
    (4) The financial assurance mechanisms must be legally valid,
binding, and enforceable under State and Federal law.

[56 FR 51029, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 51547, Oct. 1, 1993; 60
FR 40105, Aug. 7, 1995; 60 FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995; 61 FR 60337, Nov. 27,
1996; 63 FR 17729, Apr. 10, 1998]



Sec. 258.75  Discounting.

    The Director of an approved State may allow discounting of closure
cost estimates in Sec. 258.71(a), post-closure cost estimates in Sec.
258.72(a), and/or corrective action costs in Sec. 258.73(a) up to the
rate of return for essentially risk free investments, net of inflation,
under the following conditions:
    (a) The State Director determines that cost estimates are complete
and accurate and the owner or operator has

[[Page 477]]

submitted a statement from a Registered Professional Engineer so
stating;
    (b) The State finds the facility in compliance with applicable and
appropriate permit conditions;
    (c) The State Director determines that the closure date is certain
and the owner or operator certifies that there are no foreseeable
factors that will change the estimate of site life; and
    (d) Discounted cost estimates must be adjusted annually to reflect
inflation and years of remaining life.

[61 FR 60339, Nov. 27, 1996]



   Sec. Appendix I to Part 258--Constituents for Detection Monitoring

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Common name \1\                        CAS RN \2\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inorganic Constituents:
    (1) Antimony..........................  (Total)
    (2) Arsenic...........................  (Total)
    (3) Barium............................  (Total)
    (4) Beryllium.........................  (Total)
    (5) Cadmium...........................  (Total)
    (6) Chromium..........................  (Total)
    (7) Cobalt............................  (Total)
    (8) Copper............................  (Total)
    (9) Lead..............................  (Total)
    (10) Nickel...........................  (Total)
    (11) Selenium.........................  (Total)
    (12) Silver...........................  (Total)
    (13) Thallium.........................  (Total)
    (14) Vanadium.........................  (Total)
    (15) Zinc.............................  (Total)
Organic Constituents:
    (16) Acetone..........................  67-64-1
    (17) Acrylonitrile....................  107-13-1
    (18) Benzene..........................  71-43-2
    (19) Bromochloromethane...............  74-97-5
    (20) Bromodichloromethane.............  75-27-4
    (21) Bromoform; Tribromomethane.......  75-25-2
    (22) Carbon disulfide.................  75-15-0
    (23) Carbon tetrachloride.............  56-23-5
    (24) Chlorobenzene....................  108-90-7
    (25) Chloroethane; Ethyl chloride.....  75-00-3
    (26) Chloroform; Trichloromethane.....  67-66-3
    (27) Dibromochloromethane;              124-48-1
     Chlorodibromomethane.
    (28) 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane; DBCP  96-12-8
    (29) 1,2-Dibromoethane; Ethylene        106-93-4
     dibromide; EDB.
    (30) o-Dichlorobenzene; 1,2-            95-50-1
     Dichlorobenzene.
    (31) p-Dichlorobenzene; 1,4-            106-46-7
     Dichlorobenzene.
    (32) trans-1, 4-Dichloro-2-butene.....  110-57-6
    (33) 1,1-Dichlorethane; Ethylidene      75-34-3
     chloride.
    (34) 1,2-Dichlorethane; Ethylene        107-06-2
     dichloride.
    (35) 1,1-Dichloroethylene; 1,1-         75-35-4
     Dichloroethene; Vinylidene chloride.
    (36) cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene; cis-1,2- 156-59-2
     Dichloroethene.
    (37) trans-1, 2-Dichloroethylene;       156-60-5
     trans-1,2-Dichloroethene.
    (38) 1,2-Dichloropropane; Propylene     78-87-5
     dichloride.
    (39) cis-1,3-Dichloropropene..........  10061-01-5
    (40) trans-1,3-Dichloropropene........  10061-02-6
    (41) Ethylbenzene.....................  100-41-4
    (42) 2-Hexanone; Methyl butyl ketone..  591-78-6
    (43) Methyl bromide; Bromomethane.....  74-83-9
    (44) Methyl chloride; Chloromethane...  74-87-3
    (45) Methylene bromide; Dibromomethane  74-95-3
    (46) Methylene chloride;                75-09-2
     Dichloromethane.
    (47) Methyl ethyl ketone; MEK; 2-       78-93-3
     Butanone.
    (48) Methyl iodide; Idomethane........  74-88-4
    (49) 4-Methyl-2-pentanone; Methyl       108-10-1
     isobutyl ketone.
    (50) Styrene..........................  100-42-5
    (51) 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane........  630-20-6
    (52) 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane........  79-34-5
    (53) Tetrachloroethylene;               127-18-4
     Tetrachloroethene; Perchloroethylene.
    (54) Toluene..........................  108-88-3
    (55) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane;             71-55-6
     Methylchloroform.
    (56) 1,1,2-Trichloroethane............  79-00-5
    (57) Trichloroethylene;                 79-01-6
     Trichloroethene.

[[Page 478]]


    (58) Trichlorofluoromethane; CFC-11...  75-69-4
    (59) 1,2,3-Trichloropropane...........  96-18-4
    (60) Vinyl acetate....................  108-05-4
    (61) Vinyl chloride...................  75-01-4
    (62) Xylenes..........................  1330-20-7
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Common names are those widely used in government regulations,
  scientific publications, and commerce; synonyms exist for many
  chemicals.
\2\ Chemical Abstract Service registry number. Where ``Total'' is
  entered, all species in the ground water that contain this element are
  included.


[70 FR 34555, June 14, 2005; 70 FR 44150, Aug. 1, 2005]



 Sec. Appendix II to Part 258--List of Hazardous Inorganic and Organic
                              Constituents

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Chemical abstracts
         Common name \1\            CAS RN \2\    service index name \3\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acenaphthene....................  83-32-9......  Acenaphthylene, 1,2-
                                                  dihydro-
Acenaphthylene..................  208-96-8.....  Acenaphthylene
Acetone.........................  67-64-1......  2-Propanone
Acetonitrile; Methyl cyanide....  75-05-8......  Acetonitrile
Acetophenone....................  98-86-2......  Ethanone, 1-phenyl-
2-Acetylaminofluorene; 2-AAF....  53-96-3......  Acetamide, N-9H-fluoren-
                                                  2-yl-
Acrolein........................  107-02-8.....  2-Propenal
Acrylonitrile...................  107-13-1.....  2-Propenenitrile
Aldrin..........................  309-00-2.....  1,4:5,8-
                                                  Dimethanonaphthalene,
                                                  1,2,3,4,10,10-
                                                  hexachloro-
                                                  1,4,4a,5,8,8a-
                                                  hexahydro-
                                                  (1,4,4a,5,8,8a)-
Allyl chloride..................  107-05-1.....  1-Propene, 3-chloro-
4-Aminobiphenyl.................  92-67-1......  [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-amine
Anthracene......................  120-12-7.....  Anthracene
Antimony........................  (Total)......  Antimony
Arsenic.........................  (Total)......  Arsenic
Barium..........................  (Total)......  Barium
Benzene.........................  71-43-2......  Benzene
Benzo[a]anthracene;               56-55-3......  Benz[a]anthracene
 Benzanthracene.
Benzo[b]fluoranthene............  205-99-2.....  Benz[e]acephenanthrylen
                                                  e
Benzo[k]fluoranthene............  207-08-9.....  Benzo[k]fluoranthene
Benzo[ghi]perylene..............  191-24-2.....  Benzo[ghi]perylene
Benzo[a]pyrene..................  50-32-8......  Benzo[a]pyrene
Benzyl alcohol..................  100-51-6.....  Benzenemethanol
Beryllium.......................  (Total)......  Beryllium
alpha-BHC.......................  319-84-6.....  Cyclohexane,
                                                  1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-
                                                  ,(1a,2a,3b,4a,5b,6b)-
beta-BHC........................  319-85-7.....  Cyclohexane,
                                                  1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-
                                                  ,(1a,2b,3a,4b,5a,6b)-
delta-BHC.......................  319-86-8.....  Cyclohexane,
                                                  1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-
                                                  ,(1a,2a,3a,4b,5a,6b)-
gamma-BHC; Lindane..............  58-89-9......  Cyclohexane,
                                                  1,2,3,4,5,6-
                                                  hexachloro-,(1a,2a,
                                                  3b, 4a,5a,6b)-
Bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane......  111-91-1.....  Ethane, 1,1'-
                                                  [methylenebis
                                                  (oxy)]bis [2-chloro-
Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether;          111-44-4.....  Ethane, 1,1'-oxybis[2-
 Dichloroethyl ether.                             chloro-
Bis(2-chloro-1-methylethyl)       108-60-1.....  Propane, 2,2'-oxybis[1-
 ether; 2,2'-Dichlorodiisopropyl                  chloro-
 ether; DCIP, See footnote 4.
Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate.....  117-81-7.....  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic
                                                  acid, bis(2-
                                                  ethylhexyl)ester
Bromochloromethane;               74-97-5......  Methane, bromochloro-
 Chlorobromethane.
Bromodichloromethane;             75-27-4......  Methane, bromodichloro-
 Dibromochloromethane.
Bromoform; Tribromomethane......  75-25-2......  Methane, tribromo-
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether......  101-55-3.....  Benzene, 1-bromo-4-
                                                  phenoxy-
Butyl benzyl phthalate; Benzyl    85-68-7......  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic
 butyl phthalate.                                 acid, butyl
                                                  phenylmethyl ester
Cadmium.........................  (Total)......  Cadmium
Carbon disulfide................  75-15-0......  Carbon disulfide
Carbon tetrachloride............  56-23-5......  Methane, tetrachloro-
Chlordane.......................  See footnote   4,7-Methano-1H-indene,
                                   5.             1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-
                                                  octachloro-
                                                  2,3,3a,4,7,7a-
                                                  hexahydro-
p-Chloroaniline.................  106-47-8.....  Benzenamine, 4-chloro-
Chlorobenzene...................  108-90-7.....  Benzene, chloro-
Chlorobenzilate.................  510-15-6.....  Benzeneacetic acid, 4-
                                                  chloro-
                                                 -(4-chlorophenyl)-
                                                 -hydroxy-, ethyl ester.
p-Chloro-m-cresol; 4-Chloro-3-    59-50-7......  Phenol, 4-chloro-3-
 methylphenol.                                    methyl-
Chloroethane; Ethyl chloride....  75-00-3......  Ethane, chloro-
Chloroform; Trichloromethane....  67-66-3......  Methane, trichloro-

[[Page 479]]


2-Chloronaphthalene.............  91-58-7......  Naphthalene, 2-chloro-
2-Chlorophenol..................  95-57-8......  Phenol, 2-chloro-
4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether.....  7005-72-3....  Benzene, 1-chloro-4-
                                                  phenoxy-
Chloroprene.....................  126-99-8.....  1,3-Butadiene, 2-chloro-

Chromium........................  (Total)......  Chromium
Chrysene........................  218-01-9.....  Chrysene
Cobalt..........................  (Total)......  Cobalt
Copper..........................  (Total)......  Copper
m-Cresol; 3-Methylphenol........  108-39-4.....  Phenol, 3-methyl-
o-Cresol; 2-Methylphenol........  95-48-7......  Phenol, 2-methyl-
p-Cresol; 4-Methylphenol........  106-44-5.....  Phenol, 4-methyl-
Cyanide.........................  57-12-5......  Cyanide
2,4-D; 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic  94-75-7......  Acetic acid, (2,4-
 acid.                                            dichlorophenoxy)-
4,4'-DDD........................  72-54-8......  Benzene 1,1'-(2,2-
                                                  dichloroethylidene)
                                                  bis[4-chloro-
4,4'-DDE........................  72-55-9......  Benzene, 1,1'-
                                                  (dichloroethenylidene)
                                                  bis[4-chloro-
4,4'-DDT........................  50-29-3......  Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2-
                                                  trichloroethylidene)
                                                  bis[4-chloro-
Diallate........................  2303-16-4....  Carbamothioic acid,
                                                  bis(1-methylethyl)-, S-
                                                   (2,3-dichloro-2-
                                                  propenyl) ester.
Dibenz[a,h]anthracene...........  53-70-3......  Dibenz[a,h]anthracene
Dibenzofuran....................  132-64-9.....  Dibenzofuran
Dibromochloromethane;             124-48-1.....  Methane, dibromochloro-
 Chlorodibromomethane.
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane;      96-12-8......  Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-
 DBCP.                                            chloro-
1,2-Dibromoethane; Ethylene       106-93-4.....  Ethane, 1,2-dibromo-
 dibromide; EDB.
Di-n-butyl phthalate............  84-74-2......  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic
                                                  acid, dibutyl ester
o-Dichlorobenzene; 1,2-           95-50-1......  Benzene, 1,2-dichloro-
 Dichlorobenzene.
m-Dichlorobenzene; 1,3-           541-73-1.....  Benzene, 1,3-dichloro-
 Dichlorobenzene.
p-Dichlorobenzene; 1,4-           106-46-7.....  Benzene, 1,4-dichloro-
 Dichlorobenzene.
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine..........  91-94-1......  [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-
                                                  diamine, 3,3'-dichloro-

trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene.....  110-57-6.....  2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro-
                                                  , (E)-
Dichlorodifluoromethane; CFC 12.  75-71-8......  Methane,
                                                  dichlorodifluoro-
1,1-Dichloroethane; Ethyldidene   75-34-3......  Ethane, 1,1-dichloro-
 chloride.
1,2-Dichloroethane; Ethylene      107-06-2.....  Ethane, 1,2-dichloro-
 dichloride.
1,1-Dichloroethylene; 1,1-        75-35-4......  Ethene, 1,1-dichloro-
 Dichloroethene;
Vinylidene chloride cis-1,2-      156-59-2.....  Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-
 Dichloroethylene; cis-1,2-                       (Z)-
 Dichloroethene.
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene;       156-60-5.....  Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-,
 trans-1,2-Dichloroethene.                        (E)-
2,4-Dichlorophenol..............  120-83-2.....  Phenol, 2,4-dichloro-
2,6-Dichlorophenol..............  87-65-0......  Phenol, 2,6-dichloro-
1,2-Dichloropropane.............  78-87-5......  Propane, 1,2-dichloro-
1,3-Dichloropropane;              142-28-9.....  Propane, 1,3-dichloro-
 Trimethylene dichloride.
2,2-Dichloropropane;              594-20-7.....  Propane, 2,2-dichloro-
 Isopropylidene chloride.
1,1-Dichloropropene.............  563-58-6.....  1-Propene, 1,1-dichloro-

cis-1,3-Dichloropropene.........  10061-01-5...  1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-
                                                  , (Z)-
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene.......  10061-02-6...  1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-
                                                  , (E)-
Dieldrin........................  60-57-1......  2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth
                                                  [2,3-b]oxirene,
                                                  3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-
                                                  1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-
                                                  octahydro-,
                                                  (1aa,2b,2aa,3b,6b,6aa,
                                                  7b,7aa)-
Diethyl phthalate...............  84-66-2......  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic
                                                  acid, diethyl ester
O,O-Diethyl O-2-pyrazinyl         297-97-2.....  Phosphorothioic acid,
 phosphorothioate; Thionazin.                     O,O-diethyl O-
                                                  pyrazinyl ester.
Dimethoate......................  60-51-5......  Phosphorodithioic acid,
                                                  O,O-dimethyl S-[2-
                                                  (methylamino)-2-
                                                  oxoethyl] ester
p-(Dimethylamino)azobenzene.....  60-11-7......  Benzenamine, N,N-
                                                  dimethyl-4-(phenylazo)-

7,12-Dimethylbenz[a]anthracene..  57-97-6......  Benz[a]anthracene, 7,12-
                                                  dimethyl-
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine..........  119-93-7.....  [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-
                                                  diamine, 3,3'-dimethyl-

alpha, alpha-                     122-09-8.....  Benzeneethanamine, a,a-
 Dimethylphenethylamine.                          dimethyl-
2,4-Dimethylphenol; m-Xylenol...  105-67-9.....  Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl-
Dimethyl phthalate..............  131-11-3.....  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic
                                                  acid, dimethyl ester
m-Dinitrobenzene................  99-65-0......  Benzene, 1,3-dinitro-
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol; 4,6-        534-52-1.....  Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-
 Dinitro-2-methylphenol.                          dinitro-
2,4-Dinitrophenol...............  51-28-5......  Phenol, 2,4-dinitro-
2,4-Dinitrotoluene..............  121-14-2.....  Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-
                                                  dinitro-
2,6-Dinitrotoluene..............  606-20-2.....  Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-
                                                  dinitro-
Dinoseb; DNBP; 2-sec-Butyl-4,6-   88-85-7......  Phenol, 2-(1-
 dinitrophenol.                                   methylpropyl)-4,6-
                                                  dinitro-
Di-n-octyl phthalate............  117-84-0.....  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic
                                                  acid, dioctyl ester
Diphenylamine...................  122-39-4.....  Benzenamine, N-phenyl-
Disulfoton......................  298-04-4.....  Phosphorodithioic acid,
                                                  O,O-diethyl S-[2-
                                                  (ethylthio)ethyl]
                                                  ester
Endosulfan I....................  959-98-8.....  6,9-Methano-2,4,3-
                                                  benzodiox-athiepin,
                                                  6,7,8,9,10,10-
                                                  hexachloro-
                                                  1,5,5a,6,9,9a-
                                                  hexahydro-, 3-oxide,
Endosulfan II...................  33213-65-9...  6,9-Methano-2,4,3-
                                                  benzodioxathiepin,
                                                  6,7,8,9,10,10-
                                                  hexachloro-
                                                  1,5,5a,6,9,9a-
                                                  hexahydro-, 3-oxide,
                                                  (3a,5aa,6b,9b, 9aa)-

[[Page 480]]


Endosulfan sulfate..............  1031-07-8....  6,9-Methano-2,4,3-
                                                  benzodioxathiepin,
                                                  6,7,8,9,10,10-
                                                  hexachloro-
                                                  1,5,5a,6,9,9a-
                                                  hexahydro-, 3,3-
                                                  dioxide
Endrin..........................  72-20-8......  2,7:3,6-
                                                  Dimethanonaphth[2,3-
                                                  b]oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9-
                                                  hexachloro-
                                                  1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-
                                                  octahydro-, (1aa,
                                                  2b,2ab,
                                                  3a,6a,6ab,7b,7aa)-
Endrin aldehyde.................  7421-93-4....  1,2,4-Methenocyclo-
                                                  penta[cd]pentalene-5-
                                                  carboxaldehyde,2,2a,3,
                                                  3,4,7-
                                                  hexachlorodecahydro-
                                                  (1a,2b,2ab,4b,4ab,5b,6
                                                  ab,6bb,7R*)-
Ethylbenzene....................  100-41-4.....  Benzene, ethyl-
Ethyl methacrylate..............  97-63-2......  2-Propenoic acid, 2-
                                                  methyl-, ethyl ester
Ethyl methanesulfonate..........  62-50-0......  Methanesulfonic acid,
                                                  ethyl ester
Famphur.........................  52-85-7......  Phosphorothioic acid, O-
                                                  [4-
                                                  [(dimethylamino)sulfon
                                                  yl]phenyl]-O,O-
                                                  dimethyl ester
Fluoranthene....................  206-44-0.....  Fluoranthene
Fluorene........................  86-73-7......  9H-Fluorene
Heptachlor......................  76-44-8......  4,7-Methano-1H-
                                                  indene,1,4,5,6,7,8,8-
                                                  heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-
                                                  tetrahydro-
Heptachlor epoxide..............  1024-57-3....  2,5-Methano-2H-
                                                  indeno[1,2-b]oxirene,
                                                 2,3,4,5,6,7,7-
                                                  heptachloro-
                                                  1a,1b,5,5a,6,6a,-
                                                  hexahydro-
                                                  ,(1aa,1bb,2a,5a,5ab,6b
                                                  ,6aa)
Hexachlorobenzene...............  118-74-1.....  Benzene, hexachloro-
Hexachlorobutadiene.............  87-68-3......  1,3-Butadiene,
                                                  1,1,2,3,4,4-hexachloro-

Hexachlorocyclopentadiene.......  77-47-4......  1,3-Cyclopentadiene,
                                                  1,2,3,4,5,5-hexachloro-

Hexachloroethane................  67-72-1......  Ethane, hexachloro-
Hexachloropropene...............  1888-71-7....  1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-
                                                  hexachloro-
2-Hexanone; Methyl butyl ketone.  591-78-6.....  2-Hexanone
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene..........  193-39-5.....  Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene
Isobutyl alcohol................  78-83-1......  1-Propanol, 2-methyl-
Isodrin.........................  465-73-6.....  1,4,5,8-
                                                  Dimethanonaphthalene,1
                                                  ,2,3,4,1 0,10-
                                                  hexachloro-
                                                  1,4,4a,5,8,8a
                                                  hexahydro-(1a, 4a,
                                                  4ab,5b,8b,8ab)-
Isophorone......................  78-59-1......  2-Cyclohexen-1-one,
                                                  3,5,5-trimethyl-
Isosafrole......................  120-58-1.....  1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-
                                                  propenyl)-
Kepone..........................  143-50-0.....  1,3,4-Metheno-2H-
                                                  cyclobuta-[cd]pentalen-
                                                  2-one,
                                                  1,1a,3,3a,4,5,5,5a,5b,
                                                  6-decachlorooctahydro-
Lead............................  (Total)......  Lead
Mercury.........................  (Total)......  Mercury
Methacrylonitrile...............  126-98-7.....  2-Propenenitrile, 2-
                                                  methyl-
Methapyrilene...................  91-80-5......  1,2,Ethanediamine, N,N-
                                                  dimethyl-N'-2-
                                                  pyridinyl-N'-(2-
                                                  thienylmethyl)-
Methoxychlor....................  72-43-5......  Benzene, 1,1'-
                                                  (2,2,2,trichloroethyli
                                                  dene)bis [4-methoxy-
Methyl bromide; Bromomethane....  74-83-9......  Methane, bromo-
Methyl chloride; Chloromethane..  74-87-3......  Methane, chloro-
3-Methylcholanthrene............  56-49-5......  Benz[j]aceanthrylene,
                                                  1,2-dihydro-3-methyl-
Methyl ethyl ketone; MEK; 2-      78-93-3......  2-Butanone
 Butanone.
Methyl iodide; Iodomethane......  74-88-4......  Methane, iodo-
Methyl methacrylate.............  80-62-6......  2-Propenoic acid, 2-
                                                  methyl-, methyl ester
Methyl methanesulfonate.........  66-27-3......  Methanesulfonic acid,
                                                  methyl ester
2-Methylnaphthalene.............  91-57-6......  Naphthalene, 2-methyl-
Methyl parathion; Parathion       298-00-0.....  Phosphorothioic acid,
 methyl.                                          O,O-dimethyl
4-Methyl-2-pentanone; Methyl      108-10-1.....  2-Pentanone, 4-methyl-
 isobutyl ketone.
Methylene bromide;                74-95-3......  Methane, dibromo-
 Dibromomethane.
Methylene chloride;               75-09-2......  Methane, dichloro-
 Dichloromethane.
Naphthalene.....................  91-20-3......  Naphthalene
1,4-Naphthoquinone..............  130-15-4.....  1,4-Naphthalenedione
1-Naphthylamine.................  134-32-7.....  1-Naphthalenamine
2-Naphthylamine.................  91-59-8......  2-Naphthalenamine
Nickel..........................  (Total)......  Nickel
o-Nitroaniline; 2-Nitroaniline..  88-74-4......  Benzenamine, 2-nitro-
m-Nitroaniline; 3-Nitroaniline..  99-09-2......  Benzenamine, 3-nitro-
p-Nitroaniline; 4-Nitroaniline..  100-01-6.....  Benzenamine, 4-nitro-
Nitrobenzene....................  98-95-3......  Benzene, nitro-
o-Nitrophenol; 2-Nitrophenol....  88-75-5......  Phenol, 2-nitro-
p-Nitrophenol; 4-Nitrophenol....  100-02-7.....  Phenol, 4-nitro-
N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine........  924-16-3.....  1-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-
                                                  nitroso-
N-Nitrosodiethylamine...........  55-18-5......  Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-
                                                  nitroso-
N-Nitrosodimethylamine..........  62-75-9......  Methanamine, N-methyl-N-
                                                  nitroso-
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine..........  86-30-6......  Benzenamine, N-nitroso-
                                                  N-phenyl-
N-Nitrosodipropylamine; N-        621-64-7.....  1-Propanamine, N-
 Nitroso-N-dipropylamine; Di-n-                   nitroso-N-propyl-
 propylnitrosamine.
N-Nitrosomethylethalamine.......  10595-95-6...  Ethanamine, N-methyl-N-
                                                  nitroso-
N-Nitrosopiperidine.............  100-75-4.....  Piperidine, 1-nitroso-

[[Page 481]]


N-Nitrosopyrrolidine............  930-55-2.....  Pyrrolidine, 1-nitroso-
5-Nitro-o-toluidine.............  99-55-8......  Benzenamine, 2-methyl-5-
                                                  nitro-
Parathion.......................  56-38-2......  Phosphorothioic acid,
                                                  O,O-diethyl-O-(4-
                                                  nitrophenyl) ester
Pentachlorobenzene..............  608-93-5.....  Benzene, pentachloro-
Pentachloronitrobenzene.........  82-68-8......  Benzene,
                                                  pentachloronitro-
Pentachlorophenol...............  87-86-5......  Phenol, pentachloro-
Phenacetin......................  62-44-2......  Acetamide, N-(4-
                                                  ethoxyphenyl)
Phenanthrene....................  85-01-8......  Phenanthrene
Phenol..........................  108-95-2.....  Phenol
p-Phenylenediamine..............  106-50-3.....  1,4-Benzenediamine
Phorate.........................  298-02-2.....  Phosphorodithioic acid,
                                                  O,O-diethyl S-
                                                  [(ethylthio)methyl]
                                                  ester
Polychlorinated biphenyls; PCBs.  See footnote   1,1'-Biphenyl, chloro
                                   6.             derivatives
Pronamide.......................  23950-58-5...  Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-
                                                  N-(1,1-dimethyl-2-
                                                  propynyl)-
Propionitrile; Ethyl cyanide....  107-12-0.....  Propanenitrile
Pyrene..........................  129-00-0.....  Pyrene
Safrole.........................  94-59-7......  1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-
                                                  propenyl)-
Selenium........................  (Total)......  Selenium
Silver..........................  (Total)......  Silver
Silvex; 2,4,5-TP................  93-72-1......  Propanoic acid, 2-
                                                  (2,4,5-
                                                  trichlorophenoxy)-
Styrene.........................  100-42-5.....  Benzene, ethenyl-
Sulfide.........................  18496-25-8...  Sulfide
2,4,5-T; 2,4,5-                   93-76-5......  Acetic acid, (2,4,5-
 Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid.                     trichlorophenoxy)-
2,3,7,8-TCDD; 2,3,7,8-            1746-01-6....  Dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxin
 Tetrachlorodibenzo- p-dioxin.                    , 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene......  95-94-3......  Benzene, 1,2,4,5-
                                                  tetrachloro-
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane.......  630-20-6.....  Ethane, 1,1,1,2-
                                                  tetrachloro-
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane.......  79-34-5......  Ethane, 1,1,2,2-
                                                  tetrachloro-
Tetrachloroethylene;              127-18-4.....  Ethene, tetrachloro-
 Tetrachloroethene;
 Perchloroethylene.
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol.......  58-90-2......  Phenol, 2,3,4,6-
                                                  tetrachloro-
Thallium........................  (Total)......  Thallium
Tin.............................  (Total)......  Tin
Toluene.........................  108-88-3.....  Benzene, methyl-
o-Toluidine.....................  95-53-4......  Benzenamine, 2-methyl-
Toxaphene.......................  See footnote   Toxaphene
                                   7.
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene..........  120-82-1.....  Benzene, 1,2,4-
                                                  trichloro-
1,1,1-Trichloroethane;            71-55-6......  Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro-
 Methylchloroform.
1,1,2-Trichloroethane...........  79-00-5......  Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro-

Trichloroethylene;                79-01-6......  Ethene, trichloro-
 Trichloroethene.
Trichlorofluoromethane; CFC-11..  75-69-4......  Methane,
                                                  trichlorofluoro-
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol...........  95-95-4......  Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro-

2,4,6-Trichlorophenol...........  88-06-2......  Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro-

1,2,3-Trichloropropane..........  96-18-4......  Propane, 1,2,3-
                                                  trichloro-
O,O,O-Triethyl phosphorothioate.  126-68-1.....  Phosphorothioic acid,
                                                  O,O,O-triethyl ester
sym-Trinitrobenzene.............  99-35-4......  Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro-

Vanadium........................  (Total)......  Vanadium
Vinyl acetate...................  108-05-4.....  Acetic acid, ethenyl
                                                  ester
Vinyl chloride; Chloroethene....  75-01-4......  Ethene, chloro-
Xylene (total)..................  See footnote   Benzene, dimethyl-
                                   8.
Zinc............................  (Total)......  Zinc
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Common names are those widely used in government regulations,
  scientific publications, and commerce; synonyms exist for many
  chemicals.
\2\ Chemical Abstracts Service registry number. Where ``Total'' is
  entered, all species in the ground water that contain this element are
  included.
\3\ CAS index names are those used in the 9th Cumulative Index.
\4\ This substance is often called bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether, the
  name Chemical Abstracts Service applies to its noncommercial isomer,
  propane, 2,2"-oxybis[2-chloro-(CAS RN 39638-32-9).
\5\ Chlordane: This entry includes alpha-chlordane (CAS RN 5103-71-9),
  beta-chlordane (CAS RN 5103-74-2), gamma-chlordane (CAS RN 5566-34-7),
  and constituents of chlordane (CAS RN 57-74-9 and CAS RN 12789-03-6).
\6\ Polychlorinated biphenyls (CAS RN 1336-36-3); this category contains
  congener chemicals, including constituents of Aroclor-1016 (CAS RN
  12674-11-2), Aroclor-1221 (CAS RN 11104-28-2), Aroclor-1232 (CAS RN
  11141-16-5), Aroclor-1242 (CAS RN 53469-21-9), Aroclor-1248 (CAS RN
  12672-29-6), Aroclor-1254 (CAS RN 11097-69-1), and Aroclor-1260 (CAS
  RN 11096-82-5).
\7\ Toxaphene: This entry includes congener chemicals contained in
  technical toxaphene (CAS RN 8001-35-2), i.e., chlorinated camphene.
\8\ Xylene (total): This entry includes o-xylene (CAS RN 96-47-6), m-
  xylene (CAS RN 108-38-3), p-xylene (CAS RN 106-42-3), and unspecified
  xylenes (dimethylbenzenes) (CAS RN 1330-20-7).


[[Page 482]]


[70 FR 34556, June 14, 2005; 70 FR 44150, Aug. 1, 2005]

                           PART 259 [RESERVED]

[[Page 483]]



                              FINDING AIDS




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

  A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and 
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in 
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations 
which is published separately and revised annually.

  Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
  Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
  List of CFR Sections Affected

[[Page 485]]



                    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters




                      (Revised as of July 1, 2014)

                      Title 1--General Provisions

         I  Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 
                (Parts 1--49)
        II  Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50--299)
       III  Administrative Conference of the United States (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400--500)

                    Title 2--Grants and Agreements

            Subtitle A--Office of Management and Budget Guidance 
                for Grants and Agreements
         I  Office of Management and Budget Governmentwide 
                Guidance for Grants and Agreements (Parts 2--199)
        II  Office of Management and Budget Guidance (Parts 200--
                299)
            Subtitle B--Federal Agency Regulations for Grants and 
                Agreements
       III  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
        IV  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Agency for International Development (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Department of Defense (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
     XVIII  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        XX  United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 
                2000--2099)
      XXII  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2200--2299)
     XXIII  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)
      XXIV  Housing and Urban Development (Parts 2400--2499)
       XXV  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
      XXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                2600--2699)
     XXVII  Small Business Administration (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)

[[Page 486]]

       XXX  Department of Homeland Security (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Institute of Museum and Library Services (Parts 3100--
                3199)
     XXXII  National Endowment for the Arts (Parts 3200--3299)
    XXXIII  National Endowment for the Humanities (Parts 3300--
                3399)
     XXXIV  Department of Education (Parts 3400--3499)
      XXXV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 3500--
                3599)
    XXXVII  Peace Corps (Parts 3700--3799)
     LVIII  Election Assistance Commission (Parts 5800--5899)

                        Title 3--The President

         I  Executive Office of the President (Parts 100--199)

                           Title 4--Accounts

         I  Government Accountability Office (Parts 1--199)
        II  Recovery Accountability and Transparency Board (Parts 
                200--299)

                   Title 5--Administrative Personnel

         I  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1--1199)
        II  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300--1399)
         V  The International Organizations Employees Loyalty 
                Board (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      VIII  Office of Special Counsel (Parts 1800--1899)
        IX  Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900--1999)
        XI  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Parts 2100--2199)
       XIV  Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of 
                the Federal Labor Relations Authority and Federal 
                Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400--2499)
        XV  Office of Administration, Executive Office of the 
                President (Parts 2500--2599)
       XVI  Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600--2699)
       XXI  Department of the Treasury (Parts 3100--3199)
      XXII  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 3200--
                3299)
     XXIII  Department of Energy (Parts 3300--3399)
      XXIV  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Parts 3400--
                3499)
       XXV  Department of the Interior (Parts 3500--3599)
      XXVI  Department of Defense (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Parts 3800--3899)
      XXIX  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 3900--3999)
       XXX  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4099)
      XXXI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 4100--4199)

[[Page 487]]

    XXXIII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Parts 4300--
                4399)
     XXXIV  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 4400--4499)
      XXXV  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 4500--4599)
    XXXVII  Federal Election Commission (Parts 4700--4799)
        XL  Interstate Commerce Commission (Parts 5000--5099)
       XLI  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 5100--
                5199)
      XLII  Department of Labor (Parts 5200--5299)
     XLIII  National Science Foundation (Parts 5300--5399)
       XLV  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 5500--
                5599)
      XLVI  Postal Rate Commission (Parts 5600--5699)
     XLVII  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 5700--5799)
    XLVIII  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 5800--5899)
      XLIX  Federal Labor Relations Authority (Parts 5900--5999)
         L  Department of Transportation (Parts 6000--6099)
       LII  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 6200--
                6299)
      LIII  Department of Education (Parts 6300--6399)
       LIV  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 6400--6499)
        LV  National Endowment for the Arts (Parts 6500--6599)
       LVI  National Endowment for the Humanities (Parts 6600--
                6699)
      LVII  General Services Administration (Parts 6700--6799)
     LVIII  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System 
                (Parts 6800--6899)
       LIX  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                6900--6999)
        LX  United States Postal Service (Parts 7000--7099)
       LXI  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 7100--7199)
      LXII  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 7200--
                7299)
     LXIII  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 7300--7399)
      LXIV  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 7400--7499)
       LXV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                7500--7599)
      LXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                7600--7699)
     LXVII  Institute of Museum and Library Services (Parts 7700--
                7799)
    LXVIII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 7800--7899)
      LXIX  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 7900--7999)
       LXX  Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the 
                District of Columbia (Parts 8000--8099)
      LXXI  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 8100--8199)
    LXXIII  Department of Agriculture (Parts 8300--8399)
     LXXIV  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 8400--8499)
     LXXVI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                8600--8699)
    LXXVII  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 8700--8799)
      LXXX  Federal Housing Finance Agency (Parts 9000--9099)
   LXXXIII  Special Inspector General for Afghanistan 
                Reconstruction (Parts 9300--9399)

[[Page 488]]

    LXXXIV  Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Parts 9400--
                9499)
    LXXXVI  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 9600--
                9699)
     XCVII  Department of Homeland Security Human Resources 
                Management System (Department of Homeland 
                Security--Office of Personnel Management) (Parts 
                9700--9799)
     XCVII  Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity and 
                Efficiency (Parts 9800--9899)

                      Title 6--Domestic Security

         I  Department of Homeland Security, Office of the 
                Secretary (Parts 1--99)
         X  Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board (Parts 
                1000--1099)

                         Title 7--Agriculture

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Agriculture 
                (Parts 0--26)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Department of 
                Agriculture
         I  Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, 
                Inspections, Marketing Practices), Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 27--209)
        II  Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 210--299)
       III  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         V  Agricultural Research Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Natural Resources Conservation Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Farm Service Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                700--799)
      VIII  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Federal Grain Inspection Service), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 900--999)
         X  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Milk), Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1000--1199)
        XI  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Miscellaneous Commodities), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1200--1299)
       XIV  Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                1600--1699)

[[Page 489]]

      XVII  Rural Utilities Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Rural Housing Service, Rural Business-Cooperative 
                Service, Rural Utilities Service, and Farm Service 
                Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1800--
                2099)
        XX  Local Television Loan Guarantee Board (Parts 2200--
                2299)
       XXV  Office of Advocacy and Outreach, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 2500--2599)
      XXVI  Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 2600--2699)
     XXVII  Office of Information Resources Management, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2800--2899)
      XXIX  Office of Energy Policy and New Uses, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 2900--2999)
       XXX  Office of the Chief Financial Officer, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Office of Environmental Quality, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3100--3199)
     XXXII  Office of Procurement and Property Management, 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 3200--3299)
    XXXIII  Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3300--3399)
     XXXIV  National Institute of Food and Agriculture (Parts 
                3400--3499)
      XXXV  Rural Housing Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3500--3599)
     XXXVI  National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXXVII  Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3700--3799)
   XXXVIII  World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3800--3899)
       XLI  [Reserved]
      XLII  Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4200--
                4299)

                    Title 8--Aliens and Nationality

         I  Department of Homeland Security (Immigration and 
                Naturalization) (Parts 1--499)
         V  Executive Office for Immigration Review, Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1000--1399)

                 Title 9--Animals and Animal Products

         I  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1--199)

[[Page 490]]

        II  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Packers and Stockyards Programs), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--299)
       III  Food Safety and Inspection Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 300--599)

                           Title 10--Energy

         I  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Department of Energy (Parts 200--699)
       III  Department of Energy (Parts 700--999)
         X  Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 
                1000--1099)
      XIII  Nuclear Waste Technical Review Board (Parts 1300--
                1399)
      XVII  Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700--
                1799)
     XVIII  Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste 
                Commission (Parts 1800--1899)

                      Title 11--Federal Elections

         I  Federal Election Commission (Parts 1--9099)
        II  Election Assistance Commission (Parts 9400--9499)

                      Title 12--Banks and Banking

         I  Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  Federal Reserve System (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900--999)
         X  Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Parts 1000--
                1099)
        XI  Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Federal Housing Finance Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Financial Stability Oversight Council (Parts 1300--
                1399)
       XIV  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400--
                1499)
        XV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Office of Financial Research (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                1700--1799)
     XVIII  Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, 
                Department of the Treasury (Parts 1800--1899)

[[Page 491]]

               Title 13--Business Credit and Assistance

         I  Small Business Administration (Parts 1--199)
       III  Economic Development Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board (Parts 400--499)
         V  Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board (Parts 
                500--599)

                    Title 14--Aeronautics and Space

         I  Federal Aviation Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--199)
        II  Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation 
                (Aviation Proceedings) (Parts 200--399)
       III  Commercial Space Transportation, Federal Aviation 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 400--1199)
         V  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
        VI  Air Transportation System Stabilization (Parts 1300--
                1399)

                 Title 15--Commerce and Foreign Trade

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 
                0--29)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Commerce and 
                Foreign Trade
         I  Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                30--199)
        II  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 400--499)
       VII  Bureau of Industry and Security, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Technology Administration, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
      XIII  East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400--
                1499)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade 
                Agreements
        XX  Office of the United States Trade Representative 
                (Parts 2000--2099)
            Subtitle D--Regulations Relating to Telecommunications 
                and Information
     XXIII  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                2300--2399)

[[Page 492]]

                    Title 16--Commercial Practices

         I  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0--999)
        II  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000--1799)

             Title 17--Commodity and Securities Exchanges

         I  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1--199)
        II  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 400--499)

          Title 18--Conservation of Power and Water Resources

         I  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of 
                Energy (Parts 1--399)
       III  Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Water Resources Council (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800--899)
      XIII  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300--1399)

                       Title 19--Customs Duties

         I  U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of 
                Homeland Security; Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--199)
        II  United States International Trade Commission (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Department 
                of Homeland Security (Parts 400--599)

                     Title 20--Employees' Benefits

         I  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200--399)
       III  Social Security Administration (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 500--599)
         V  Employment and Training Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 600--699)
        VI  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 
                800--899)
      VIII  Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 
                900--999)
        IX  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training Service, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1000--1099)

[[Page 493]]

                       Title 21--Food and Drugs

         I  Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1--1299)
        II  Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 1300--1399)
       III  Office of National Drug Control Policy (Parts 1400--
                1499)

                      Title 22--Foreign Relations

         I  Department of State (Parts 1--199)
        II  Agency for International Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Peace Corps (Parts 300--399)
        IV  International Joint Commission, United States and 
                Canada (Parts 400--499)
         V  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Parts 700--
                799)
        IX  Foreign Service Grievance Board (Parts 900--999)
         X  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  International Boundary and Water Commission, United 
                States and Mexico, United States Section (Parts 
                1100--1199)
       XII  United States International Development Cooperation 
                Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Millennium Challenge Corporation (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor 
                Relations Authority; General Counsel of the 
                Federal Labor Relations Authority; and the Foreign 
                Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  African Development Foundation (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  United States Institute of Peace (Parts 1700--1799)

                          Title 23--Highways

         I  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--999)
        II  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and 
                Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1300--1399)

                Title 24--Housing and Urban Development

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Housing and Urban Development (Parts 0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban 
                Development
         I  Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                100--199)

[[Page 494]]

        II  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Government National Mortgage Association, Department 
                of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Housing and Office of Multifamily Housing 
                Assistance Restructuring, Department of Housing 
                and Urban Development (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 600--699) [Reserved]
       VII  Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Housing Assistance Programs and 
                Public and Indian Housing Programs) (Parts 700--
                799)
      VIII  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance 
                Programs, Section 202 Direct Loan Program, Section 
                202 Supportive Housing for the Elderly Program and 
                Section 811 Supportive Housing for Persons With 
                Disabilities Program) (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian 
                Housing, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 900--1699)
         X  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Interstate Land Sales 
                Registration Program) (Parts 1700--1799)
       XII  Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 2000--2099)
        XV  Emergency Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2700--2799)
        XX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 3200--3899)
      XXIV  Board of Directors of the HOPE for Homeowners Program 
                (Parts 4000--4099)
       XXV  Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100--
                4199)

                           Title 25--Indians

         I  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--299)
        II  Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 300--399)
       III  National Indian Gaming Commission, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
        IV  Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 
                700--799)
         V  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior, 
                and Indian Health Service, Department of Health 
                and Human Services (Part 900)

[[Page 495]]

        VI  Office of the Assistant Secretary-Indian Affairs, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 1000--1199)
       VII  Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 1200--1299)

                      Title 26--Internal Revenue

         I  Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 1--End)

           Title 27--Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms

         I  Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, Department 
                of the Treasury (Parts 1--399)
        II  Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, 
                Department of Justice (Parts 400--699)

                   Title 28--Judicial Administration

         I  Department of Justice (Parts 0--299)
       III  Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice 
                (Parts 300--399)
         V  Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500--
                599)
        VI  Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the 
                District of Columbia (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact Council 
                (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Department of Justice and Department of State (Parts 
                1100--1199)

                            Title 29--Labor

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 
                0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor
         I  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 400--499)
         V  Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 
                500--899)
        IX  Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 
                (Parts 900--999)
         X  National Mediation Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       XII  Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 
                1400--1499)
       XIV  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600--
                1699)

[[Page 496]]

      XVII  Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2499)
       XXV  Employee Benefits Security Administration, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 2500--2599)
     XXVII  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2700--2799)
        XL  Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4999)

                      Title 30--Mineral Resources

         I  Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 200--299)
        IV  Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 700--999)
       XII  Office of Natural Resources Revenue, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 1200--1299)

                 Title 31--Money and Finance: Treasury

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--50)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
         I  Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                51--199)
        II  Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of International Investment, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Claims Collection Standards (Department of the 
                Treasury--Department of Justice) (Parts 900--999)
         X  Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)

                      Title 32--National Defense

            Subtitle A--Department of Defense
         I  Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1--399)

[[Page 497]]

         V  Department of the Army (Parts 400--699)
        VI  Department of the Navy (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Department of the Air Force (Parts 800--1099)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to National 
                Defense
       XII  Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
       XVI  Selective Service System (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  Office of the Director of National Intelligence (Parts 
                1700--1799)
     XVIII  National Counterintelligence Center (Parts 1800--1899)
       XIX  Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Information Security Oversight Office, National 
                Archives and Records Administration (Parts 2000--
                2099)
       XXI  National Security Council (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXIV  Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400--
                2499)
     XXVII  Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 
                2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of the Vice President of the United States 
                (Parts 2800--2899)

               Title 33--Navigation and Navigable Waters

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 
                1--199)
        II  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                          Title 34--Education

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Education (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Offices of the 
                Department of Education
         I  Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 200--299)
       III  Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative 
                Services, Department of Education (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Vocational and Adult Education, Department 
                of Education (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages 
                Affairs, Department of Education (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of 
                Education (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Educational Research and Improvement, 
                Department of Education (Parts 700--799) 
                [Reserved]
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Education
        XI  National Institute for Literacy (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  National Council on Disability (Parts 1200--1299)

[[Page 498]]

                          Title 35 [Reserved]

             Title 36--Parks, Forests, and Public Property

         I  National Park Service, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--
                299)
       III  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400--499)
         V  Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500--599)
        VI  [Reserved]
       VII  Library of Congress (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800--
                899)
        IX  Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Presidio Trust (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance 
                Board (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
        XV  Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust (Parts 1500--
                1599)
       XVI  Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in National 
                Environmental Policy Foundation (Parts 1600--1699)

             Title 37--Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights

         I  United States Patent and Trademark Office, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 1--199)
        II  U.S. Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 400--599)

           Title 38--Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief

         I  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0--199)
        II  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Parts 200--299)

                       Title 39--Postal Service

         I  United States Postal Service (Parts 1--999)
       III  Postal Regulatory Commission (Parts 3000--3099)

                  Title 40--Protection of Environment

         I  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1--1099)
        IV  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1400--1499)
         V  Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)

[[Page 499]]

       VII  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards for 
                Vessels of the Armed Forces (Parts 1700--1799)

          Title 41--Public Contracts and Property Management

            Subtitle A--Federal Procurement Regulations System 
                [Note]
            Subtitle B--Other Provisions Relating to Public 
                Contracts
        50  Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1--50-
                999)
        51  Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or 
                Severely Disabled (Parts 51-1--51-99)
        60  Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal 
                Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 
                60-1--60-999)
        61  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training Service, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 61-1--61-999)
   62--100  [Reserved]
            Subtitle C--Federal Property Management Regulations 
                System
       101  Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1--
                101-99)
       102  Federal Management Regulation (Parts 102-1--102-299)
  103--104  [Reserved]
       105  General Services Administration (Parts 105-1--105-999)
       109  Department of Energy Property Management Regulations 
                (Parts 109-1--109-99)
       114  Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1--114-99)
       115  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1--115-99)
       128  Department of Justice (Parts 128-1--128-99)
  129--200  [Reserved]
            Subtitle D--Other Provisions Relating to Property 
                Management [Reserved]
            Subtitle E--Federal Information Resources Management 
                Regulations System [Reserved]
            Subtitle F--Federal Travel Regulation System
       300  General (Parts 300-1--300-99)
       301  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1--
                301-99)
       302  Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1--302-99)
       303  Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of 
                Certain Employees (Part 303-1--303-99)
       304  Payment of Travel Expenses from a Non-Federal Source 
                (Parts 304-1--304-99)

                        Title 42--Public Health

         I  Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 1--199)
        IV  Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department 
                of Health and Human Services (Parts 400--599)

[[Page 500]]

         V  Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1000--1999)

                   Title 43--Public Lands: Interior

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Lands
         I  Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 400--999)
        II  Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1000--9999)
       III  Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation 
                Commission (Parts 10000--10099)

             Title 44--Emergency Management and Assistance

         I  Federal Emergency Management Agency, Department of 
                Homeland Security (Parts 0--399)
        IV  Department of Commerce and Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                       Title 45--Public Welfare

            Subtitle A--Department of Health and Human Services 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
        II  Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), 
                Administration for Children and Families, 
                Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support 
                Enforcement Program), Administration for Children 
                and Families, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Refugee Resettlement, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United 
                States, Department of Justice (Parts 500--599)
        VI  National Science Foundation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800--899)
         X  Office of Community Services, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                1200--1299)
      XIII  Office of Human Development Services, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1300--1399)

[[Page 501]]

       XVI  Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  National Commission on Libraries and Information 
                Science (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800--
                1899)
       XXI  Commission on Fine Arts (Parts 2100--2199)
     XXIII  Arctic Research Commission (Part 2301)
      XXIV  James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2500--2599)

                          Title 46--Shipping

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 
                1--199)
        II  Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 200--399)
       III  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), Department of 
                Homeland Security (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500--599)

                      Title 47--Telecommunication

         I  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Office of Science and Technology Policy and National 
                Security Council (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce, and 
                National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)

           Title 48--Federal Acquisition Regulations System

         1  Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1--99)
         2  Defense Acquisition Regulations System, Department of 
                Defense (Parts 200--299)
         3  Health and Human Services (Parts 300--399)
         4  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         5  General Services Administration (Parts 500--599)
         6  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
         7  Agency for International Development (Parts 700--799)
         8  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
         9  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
        10  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        12  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
        13  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
        14  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)

[[Page 502]]

        15  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
        16  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                1600--1699)
        17  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700--1799)
        18  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        19  Broadcasting Board of Governors (Parts 1900--1999)
        20  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000--2099)
        21  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Group Life Insurance Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation (Parts 2100--2199)
        23  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)
        24  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
        25  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
        28  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
        29  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)
        30  Department of Homeland Security, Homeland Security 
                Acquisition Regulation (HSAR) (Parts 3000--3099)
        34  Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                3400--3499)
        51  Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5100--5199)
        52  Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5200--5299)
        53  Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation Supplement (Parts 5300--5399) 
                [Reserved]
        54  Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense (Parts 
                5400--5499)
        57  African Development Foundation (Parts 5700--5799)
        61  Civilian Board of Contract Appeals, General Services 
                Administration (Parts 6100--6199)
        63  Department of Transportation Board of Contract Appeals 
                (Parts 6300--6399)
        99  Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal 
                Procurement Policy, Office of Management and 
                Budget (Parts 9900--9999)

                       Title 49--Transportation

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Transportation 
                (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to 
                Transportation
         I  Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Federal Railroad Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security (Parts 
                400--499)

[[Page 503]]

         V  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Federal Transit Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 
                (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800--999)
         X  Surface Transportation Board, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1000--1399)
        XI  Research and Innovative Technology Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1400--1499) 
                [Reserved]
       XII  Transportation Security Administration, Department of 
                Homeland Security (Parts 1500--1699)

                   Title 50--Wildlife and Fisheries

         I  United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of 
                the Interior (Parts 1--199)
        II  National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Fishing and Related Activities (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife 
                Service, Department of the Interior and National 
                Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and 
                Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce); Endangered Species Committee 
                Regulations (Parts 400--499)
         V  Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 600--699)

[[Page 505]]





           Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR




                      (Revised as of July 1, 2014)

                                                  CFR Title, Subtitle or 
                     Agency                               Chapter

Administrative Committee of the Federal Register  1, I
Administrative Conference of the United States    1, III
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation         36, VIII
Advocacy and Outreach, Office of                  7, XXV
Afghanistan Reconstruction, Special Inspector     22, LXXXIII
     General for
African Development Foundation                    22, XV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 57
Agency for International Development              2, VII; 22, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service                    7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service                     7, V
Agriculture Department                            2, IV; 5, LXXIII
  Advocacy and Outreach, Office of                7, XXV
  Agricultural Marketing Service                  7, I, IX, X, XI
  Agricultural Research Service                   7, V
  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service      7, III; 9, I
  Chief Financial Officer, Office of              7, XXX
  Commodity Credit Corporation                    7, XIV
  Economic Research Service                       7, XXXVII
  Energy Policy and New Uses, Office of           2, IX; 7, XXIX
  Environmental Quality, Office of                7, XXXI
  Farm Service Agency                             7, VII, XVIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 4
  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation              7, IV
  Food and Nutrition Service                      7, II
  Food Safety and Inspection Service              9, III
  Foreign Agricultural Service                    7, XV
  Forest Service                                  36, II
  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards        7, VIII; 9, II
       Administration
  Information Resources Management, Office of     7, XXVII
  Inspector General, Office of                    7, XXVI
  National Agricultural Library                   7, XLI
  National Agricultural Statistics Service        7, XXXVI
  National Institute of Food and Agriculture      7, XXXIV
  Natural Resources Conservation Service          7, VI
  Operations, Office of                           7, XXVIII
  Procurement and Property Management, Office of  7, XXXII
  Rural Business-Cooperative Service              7, XVIII, XLII, L
  Rural Development Administration                7, XLII
  Rural Housing Service                           7, XVIII, XXXV, L
  Rural Telephone Bank                            7, XVI
  Rural Utilities Service                         7, XVII, XVIII, XLII, L
  Secretary of Agriculture, Office of             7, Subtitle A
  Transportation, Office of                       7, XXXIII
  World Agricultural Outlook Board                7, XXXVIII
Air Force Department                              32, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement       48, 53
Air Transportation Stabilization Board            14, VI
Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau          27, I
Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives,       27, II
     Bureau of
AMTRAK                                            49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission              36, IV
American Indians, Office of the Special Trustee   25, VII

[[Page 506]]

Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service        7, III; 9, I
Appalachian Regional Commission                   5, IX
Architectural and Transportation Barriers         36, XI
     Compliance Board
Arctic Research Commission                        45, XXIII
Armed Forces Retirement Home                      5, XI
Army Department                                   32, V
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 51
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages        34, V
     Affairs, Office of
Blind or Severely Disabled, Committee for         41, 51
     Purchase from People Who Are
Broadcasting Board of Governors                   22, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 19
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Regulation,    30, II
     and Enforcement
Census Bureau                                     15, I
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services          42, IV
Central Intelligence Agency                       32, XIX
Chemical Safety and Hazardous Investigation       40, VI
     Board
Chief Financial Officer, Office of                7, XXX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of              45, III
Children and Families, Administration for         45, II, III, IV, X
Civil Rights, Commission on                       5, LXVIII; 45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for                          34, I
Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity    5, XCVIII
     and Efficiency
Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency    5, LXX
     for the District of Columbia
Coast Guard                                       33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)                46, III
Commerce Department                               2, XIII; 44, IV; 50, VI
  Census Bureau                                   15, I
  Economic Analysis, Bureau of                    15, VIII
  Economic Development Administration             13, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 13
  Foreign-Trade Zones Board                       15, IV
  Industry and Security, Bureau of                15, VII
  International Trade Administration              15, III; 19, III
  National Institute of Standards and Technology  15, II
  National Marine Fisheries Service               50, II, IV
  National Oceanic and Atmospheric                15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
       Administration                             VI
  National Telecommunications and Information     15, XXIII; 47, III, IV
       Administration
  National Weather Service                        15, IX
  Patent and Trademark Office, United States      37, I
  Productivity, Technology and Innovation,        37, IV
       Assistant Secretary for
  Secretary of Commerce, Office of                15, Subtitle A
  Technology Administration                       15, XI
  Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for      37, IV
Commercial Space Transportation                   14, III
Commodity Credit Corporation                      7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission              5, XLI; 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of     24, V, VI
     Assistant Secretary for
Community Services, Office of                     45, X
Comptroller of the Currency                       12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining       29, IX
     Commission
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau              5, LXXXIV; 12, X
Consumer Product Safety Commission                5, LXXI; 16, II
Copyright Royalty Board                           37, III
Corporation for National and Community Service    2, XXII; 45, XII, XXV
Cost Accounting Standards Board                   48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality                  40, V
Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency    5, LXX; 28, VIII
     for the District of Columbia
Customs and Border Protection                     19, I

[[Page 507]]

Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Department                                2, XI; 5, XXVI; 32, 
                                                  Subtitle A; 40, VII
  Advanced Research Projects Agency               32, I
  Air Force Department                            32, VII
  Army Department                                 32, V; 33, II; 36, III, 
                                                  48, 51
  Defense Acquisition Regulations System          48, 2
  Defense Intelligence Agency                     32, I
  Defense Logistics Agency                        32, I, XII; 48, 54
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  National Imagery and Mapping Agency             32, I
  Navy Department                                 32, VI; 48, 52
  Secretary of Defense, Office of                 2, XI; 32, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Intelligence Agency                       32, I
Defense Logistics Agency                          32, XII; 48, 54
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board           10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission                   18, III
District of Columbia, Court Services and          5, LXX; 28, VIII
     Offender Supervision Agency for the
Drug Enforcement Administration                   21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board                     15, XIII
Economic Analysis, Bureau of                      15, VIII
Economic Development Administration               13, III
Economic Research Service                         7, XXXVII
Education, Department of                          2, XXXIV; 5, LIII
  Bilingual Education and Minority Languages      34, V
       Affairs, Office of
  Civil Rights, Office for                        34, I
  Educational Research and Improvement, Office    34, VII
       of
  Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of   34, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 34
  Postsecondary Education, Office of              34, VI
  Secretary of Education, Office of               34, Subtitle A
  Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,  34, III
       Office of
  Vocational and Adult Education, Office of       34, IV
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of   34, VII
Election Assistance Commission                    2, LVIII; 11, II
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of     34, II
Emergency Oil and Gas Guaranteed Loan Board       13, V
Emergency Steel Guarantee Loan Board              13, IV
Employee Benefits Security Administration         29, XXV
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board             20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board                           5, V
Employment and Training Administration            20, V
Employment Standards Administration               20, VI
Endangered Species Committee                      50, IV
Energy, Department of                             2, IX; 5, XXIII; 10, II, 
                                                  III, X
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 9
  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission            5, XXIV; 18, I
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 109
Energy, Office of                                 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of                               33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of                 31, VI
Environmental Protection Agency                   2, XV; 5, LIV; 40, I, IV, 
                                                  VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 15
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 115
Environmental Quality, Office of                  7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission           5, LXII; 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary  24, I
     for
Executive Office of the President                 3, I
  Administration, Office of                       5, XV
  Environmental Quality, Council on               40, V
  Management and Budget, Office of                2, Subtitle A; 5, III, 
                                                  LXXVII; 14, VI; 48, 99

[[Page 508]]

  National Drug Control Policy, Office of         21, III
  National Security Council                       32, XXI; 47, 2
  Presidential Documents                          3
  Science and Technology Policy, Office of        32, XXIV; 47, II
  Trade Representative, Office of the United      15, XX
       States
Export-Import Bank of the United States           2, XXXV; 5, LII; 12, IV
Family Assistance, Office of                      45, II
Farm Credit Administration                        5, XXXI; 12, VI
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation          5, XXX; 12, XIV
Farm Service Agency                               7, VII, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation                    48, 1
Federal Aviation Administration                   14, I
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
Federal Claims Collection Standards               31, IX
Federal Communications Commission                 5, XXIX; 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of   41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation                7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation             5, XXII; 12, III
Federal Election Commission                       5, XXXVII; 11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency               44, I
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal    48, 21
     Acquisition Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition     48, 16
     Regulation
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission              5, XXIV; 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination        12, XI
     Council
Federal Financing Bank                            12, VIII
Federal Highway Administration                    23, I, II
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation            1, IV
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office       12, XVII
Federal Housing Finance Agency                    5, LXXX; 12, XII
Federal Housing Finance Board                     12, IX
Federal Labor Relations Authority                 5, XIV, XLIX; 22, XIV
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center           31, VII
Federal Management Regulation                     41, 102
Federal Maritime Commission                       46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service        29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission  5, LXXIV; 29, XXVII
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration       49, III
Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                   28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office                 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations           41, 101
Federal Railroad Administration                   49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of     1, I
Federal Register, Office of                       1, II
Federal Reserve System                            12, II
  Board of Governors                              5, LVIII
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board        5, VI, LXXVI
Federal Service Impasses Panel                    5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission                          5, XLVII; 16, I
Federal Transit Administration                    49, VI
Federal Travel Regulation System                  41, Subtitle F
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network              31, X
Financial Research Office                         12, XVI
Financial Stability Oversight Council             12, XIII
Fine Arts, Commission on                          45, XXI
Fiscal Service                                    31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States          50, I, IV
Food and Drug Administration                      21, I
Food and Nutrition Service                        7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service                9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service                      7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of                 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the       45, V
     United States
Foreign Service Grievance Board                   22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel            22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board             22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board                         15, IV

[[Page 509]]

Forest Service                                    36, II
General Services Administration                   5, LVII; 41, 105
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 61
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 5
  Federal Management Regulation                   41, 102
  Federal Property Management Regulations         41, 101
  Federal Travel Regulation System                41, Subtitle F
  General                                         41, 300
  Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel    41, 304
       Expenses
  Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death    41, 303
       of Certain Employees
  Relocation Allowances                           41, 302
  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances          41, 301
Geological Survey                                 30, IV
Government Accountability Office                  4, I
Government Ethics, Office of                      5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association          24, III
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards          7, VIII; 9, II
     Administration
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation            45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of          2, III; 5, XLV; 45, 
                                                  Subtitle A,
  Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services        42, IV
  Child Support Enforcement, Office of            45, III
  Children and Families, Administration for       45, II, III, IV, X
  Community Services, Office of                   45, X
  Family Assistance, Office of                    45, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 3
  Food and Drug Administration                    21, I
  Human Development Services, Office of           45, XIII
  Indian Health Service                           25, V
  Inspector General (Health Care), Office of      42, V
  Public Health Service                           42, I
  Refugee Resettlement, Office of                 45, IV
Homeland Security, Department of                  2, XXX; 6, I; 8, I
  Coast Guard                                     33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)              46, III
  Customs and Border Protection                   19, I
  Federal Emergency Management Agency             44, I
  Human Resources Management and Labor Relations  5, XCVII
       Systems
  Immigration and Customs Enforcement Bureau      19, IV
  Transportation Security Administration          49, XII
HOPE for Homeowners Program, Board of Directors   24, XXIV
     of
Housing and Urban Development, Department of      2, XXIV; 5, LXV; 24, 
                                                  Subtitle B
  Community Planning and Development, Office of   24, V, VI
       Assistant Secretary for
  Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant          24, I
       Secretary for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 24
  Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Office    12, XVII
       of
  Government National Mortgage Association        24, III
  Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office   24, II, VIII, X, XX
       of Assistant Secretary for
  Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing     24, IV
       Assistance Restructuring, Office of
  Inspector General, Office of                    24, XII
  Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant  24, IX
       Secretary for
  Secretary, Office of                            24, Subtitle A, VII
Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of  24, II, VIII, X, XX
     Assistant Secretary for
Housing, Office of, and Multifamily Housing       24, IV
     Assistance Restructuring, Office of
Human Development Services, Office of             45, XIII
Immigration and Customs Enforcement Bureau        19, IV
Immigration Review, Executive Office for          8, V
Independent Counsel, Office of                    28, VII
Indian Affairs, Bureau of                         25, I, V

[[Page 510]]

Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant           25, VI
     Secretary
Indian Arts and Crafts Board                      25, II
Indian Health Service                             25, V
Industry and Security, Bureau of                  15, VII
Information Resources Management, Office of       7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office, National   32, XX
     Archives and Records Administration
Inspector General
  Agriculture Department                          7, XXVI
  Health and Human Services Department            42, V
  Housing and Urban Development Department        24, XII, XV
Institute of Peace, United States                 22, XVII
Inter-American Foundation                         5, LXIII; 22, X
Interior Department                               2, XIV
  American Indians, Office of the Special         25, VII
       Trustee
  Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Regulation,  30, II
       and Enforcement
  Endangered Species Committee                    50, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 14
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 114
  Fish and Wildlife Service, United States        50, I, IV
  Geological Survey                               30, IV
  Indian Affairs, Bureau of                       25, I, V
  Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant         25, VI
       Secretary
  Indian Arts and Crafts Board                    25, II
  Land Management, Bureau of                      43, II
  National Indian Gaming Commission               25, III
  National Park Service                           36, I
  Natural Resource Revenue, Office of             30, XII
  Ocean Energy Management, Bureau of              30, V
  Reclamation, Bureau of                          43, I
  Secretary of the Interior, Office of            2, XIV; 43, Subtitle A
  Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,     30, VII
       Office of
Internal Revenue Service                          26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission,      22, XI
     United States and Mexico, United States 
     Section
International Development, United States Agency   22, II
     for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
International Development Cooperation Agency,     22, XII
     United States
International Joint Commission, United States     22, IV
     and Canada
International Organizations Employees Loyalty     5, V
     Board
International Trade Administration                15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States     19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission                    5, XL
Investment Security, Office of                    31, VIII
James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation      45, XXIV
Japan-United States Friendship Commission         22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries       20, VIII
Justice Department                                2, XXVIII; 5, XXVIII; 28, 
                                                  I, XI; 40, IV
  Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives,     27, II
       Bureau of
  Drug Enforcement Administration                 21, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 28
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             31, IX
  Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                 28, III
  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the     45, V
       United States
  Immigration Review, Executive Office for        8, V
  Offices of Independent Counsel                  28, VI
  Prisons, Bureau of                              28, V
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 128
Labor Department                                  5, XLII
  Employee Benefits Security Administration       29, XXV
  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board           20, IV
  Employment and Training Administration          20, V
  Employment Standards Administration             20, VI

[[Page 511]]

  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 29
  Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office    41, 60
       of
  Federal Procurement Regulations System          41, 50
  Labor-Management Standards, Office of           29, II, IV
  Mine Safety and Health Administration           30, I
  Occupational Safety and Health Administration   29, XVII
  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs        20, VII
  Public Contracts                                41, 50
  Secretary of Labor, Office of                   29, Subtitle A
  Veterans' Employment and Training Service,      41, 61; 20, IX
       Office of the Assistant Secretary for
  Wage and Hour Division                          29, V
  Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of       20, I
Labor-Management Standards, Office of             29, II, IV
Land Management, Bureau of                        43, II
Legal Services Corporation                        45, XVI
Library of Congress                               36, VII
  Copyright Royalty Board                         37, III
  U.S. Copyright Office                           37, II
Local Television Loan Guarantee Board             7, XX
Management and Budget, Office of                  5, III, LXXVII; 14, VI; 
                                                  48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission                          50, V
Maritime Administration                           46, II
Merit Systems Protection Board                    5, II, LXIV
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for       32, XXVII
Millennium Challenge Corporation                  22, XIII
Mine Safety and Health Administration             30, I
Minority Business Development Agency              15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies                            1, IV
Monetary Offices                                  31, I
Morris K. Udall Scholarship and Excellence in     36, XVI
     National Environmental Policy Foundation
Museum and Library Services, Institute of         2, XXXI
National Aeronautics and Space Administration     2, XVIII; 5, LIX; 14, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 18
National Agricultural Library                     7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service          7, XXXVI
National and Community Service, Corporation for   2, XXII; 45, XII, XXV
National Archives and Records Administration      2, XXVI; 5, LXVI; 36, XII
  Information Security Oversight Office           32, XX
National Capital Planning Commission              1, IV
National Commission for Employment Policy         1, IV
National Commission on Libraries and Information  45, XVII
     Science
National Council on Disability                    34, XII
National Counterintelligence Center               32, XVIII
National Credit Union Administration              5, LXXXVI; 12, VII
National Crime Prevention and Privacy Compact     28, IX
     Council
National Drug Control Policy, Office of           21, III
National Endowment for the Arts                   2, XXXII
National Endowment for the Humanities             2, XXXIII
National Foundation on the Arts and the           45, XI
     Humanities
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration    23, II, III; 47, VI; 49, V
National Imagery and Mapping Agency               32, I
National Indian Gaming Commission                 25, III
National Institute for Literacy                   34, XI
National Institute of Food and Agriculture        7, XXXIV
National Institute of Standards and Technology    15, II
National Intelligence, Office of Director of      32, XVII
National Labor Relations Board                    5, LXI; 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service                 50, II, IV
National Mediation Board                          29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration   15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
                                                  VI
National Park Service                             36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board                29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK)  49, VII

[[Page 512]]

National Science Foundation                       2, XXV; 5, XLIII; 45, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 25
National Security Council                         32, XXI
National Security Council and Office of Science   47, II
     and Technology Policy
National Telecommunications and Information       15, XXIII; 47, III, IV
     Administration
National Transportation Safety Board              49, VIII
Natural Resources Conservation Service            7, VI
Natural Resource Revenue, Office of               30, XII
Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation, Office of      25, IV
Navy Department                                   32, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation             24, XXV
Northeast Interstate Low-Level Radioactive Waste  10, XVIII
     Commission
Nuclear Regulatory Commission                     2, XX; 5, XLVIII; 10, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 20
Occupational Safety and Health Administration     29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission  29, XX
Ocean Energy Management, Bureau of                30, V
Offices of Independent Counsel                    28, VI
Office of Workers' Compensation Programs          20, VII
Oklahoma City National Memorial Trust             36, XV
Operations Office                                 7, XXVIII
Overseas Private Investment Corporation           5, XXXIII; 22, VII
Patent and Trademark Office, United States        37, I
Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel      41, 304
     Expenses
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of   41, 303
     Certain Employees
Peace Corps                                       2, XXXVII; 22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation       36, IX
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation              29, XL
Personnel Management, Office of                   5, I, XXXV; 45, VIII
  Human Resources Management and Labor Relations  5, XCVII
       Systems, Department of Homeland Security
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 17
  Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal  48, 21
       Acquisition Regulation
  Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition   48, 16
       Regulation
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety           49, I
     Administration
Postal Regulatory Commission                      5, XLVI; 39, III
Postal Service, United States                     5, LX; 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of                34, VI
President's Commission on White House             1, IV
     Fellowships
Presidential Documents                            3
Presidio Trust                                    36, X
Prisons, Bureau of                                28, V
Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board       6, X
Procurement and Property Management, Office of    7, XXXII
Productivity, Technology and Innovation,          37, IV
     Assistant Secretary
Public Contracts, Department of Labor             41, 50
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant    24, IX
     Secretary for
Public Health Service                             42, I
Railroad Retirement Board                         20, II
Reclamation, Bureau of                            43, I
Recovery Accountability and Transparency Board    4, II
Refugee Resettlement, Office of                   45, IV
Relocation Allowances                             41, 302
Research and Innovative Technology                49, XI
     Administration
Rural Business-Cooperative Service                7, XVIII, XLII, L
Rural Development Administration                  7, XLII
Rural Housing Service                             7, XVIII, XXXV, L
Rural Telephone Bank                              7, XVI
Rural Utilities Service                           7, XVII, XVIII, XLII, L
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation     33, IV

[[Page 513]]

Science and Technology Policy, Office of          32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and     47, II
     National Security Council
Secret Service                                    31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission                5, XXXIV; 17, II
Selective Service System                          32, XVI
Small Business Administration                     2, XXVII; 13, I
Smithsonian Institution                           36, V
Social Security Administration                    2, XXIII; 20, III; 48, 23
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States        5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of                        5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,    34, III
     Office of
State Department                                  2, VI; 22, I; 28, XI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 6
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,       30, VII
     Office of
Surface Transportation Board                      49, X
Susquehanna River Basin Commission                18, VIII
Technology Administration                         15, XI
Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for        37, IV
Tennessee Valley Authority                        5, LXIX; 18, XIII
Thrift Supervision Office, Department of the      12, V
     Treasury
Trade Representative, United States, Office of    15, XX
Transportation, Department of                     2, XII; 5, L
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 63
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 12
  Federal Aviation Administration                 14, I
  Federal Highway Administration                  23, I, II
  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration     49, III
  Federal Railroad Administration                 49, II
  Federal Transit Administration                  49, VI
  Maritime Administration                         46, II
  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration  23, II, III; 47, IV; 49, V
  Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety         49, I
       Administration
  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation   33, IV
  Secretary of Transportation, Office of          14, II; 49, Subtitle A
  Surface Transportation Board                    49, X
  Transportation Statistics Bureau                49, XI
Transportation, Office of                         7, XXXIII
Transportation Security Administration            49, XII
Transportation Statistics Bureau                  49, XI
Travel Allowances, Temporary Duty (TDY)           41, 301
Treasury Department                               5, XXI; 12, XV; 17, IV; 
                                                  31, IX
  Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau        27, I
  Community Development Financial Institutions    12, XVIII
       Fund
  Comptroller of the Currency                     12, I
  Customs and Border Protection                   19, I
  Engraving and Printing, Bureau of               31, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 10
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             31, IX
  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center         31, VII
  Financial Crimes Enforcement Network            31, X
  Fiscal Service                                  31, II
  Foreign Assets Control, Office of               31, V
  Internal Revenue Service                        26, I
  Investment Security, Office of                  31, VIII
  Monetary Offices                                31, I
  Secret Service                                  31, IV
  Secretary of the Treasury, Office of            31, Subtitle A
  Thrift Supervision, Office of                   12, V
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation           45, XVIII
United States and Canada, International Joint     22, IV
     Commission
United States and Mexico, International Boundary  22, XI
     and Water Commission, United States Section
U.S. Copyright Office                             37, II

[[Page 514]]

Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation      43, III
     Commission
Veterans Affairs Department                       2, VIII; 38, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training Service,        41, 61; 20, IX
     Office of the Assistant Secretary for
Vice President of the United States, Office of    32, XXVIII
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of         34, IV
Wage and Hour Division                            29, V
Water Resources Council                           18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of         20, I
World Agricultural Outlook Board                  7, XXXVIII

[[Page 515]]



List of CFR Sections Affected



All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) that 
were made by documents published in the Federal Register since January 
1, 2009 are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the 
nature of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to Federal Register 
pages. The user should consult the entries for chapters, parts and 
subparts as well as sections for revisions.
For changes to this volume of the CFR prior to this listing, consult the 
annual edition of the monthly List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA). The 
LSA is available at www.fdsys.gov. For changes to this volume of the CFR 
prior to 2001, see the ``List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-1963, 1964-
1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000'' published in 11 separate volumes. The 
``List of CFR Sections Affected 1986-2000'' is available at 
www.fdsys.gov.

                                  2009

40 CFR
                                                                   74 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
228.15 (n)(6) added................................................17414
    (n)(7) added...................................................18656
239 State municipal solid waste landfill permit programs....20227, 45769
258 State municipal solid waste landfill permit programs....20227, 45769
258.42 Added.......................................................11680

                                  2010

40 CFR
                                                                   75 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
194 Policy statement...............................................70584
228.15 (l)(12) added...............................................54508
    (n)(14) added..................................................22531
    (n)(3) and (4) revised; eff. 8-16-10...........................33712
239 State municipal solid waste landfill permit programs...........53220
258 State municipal solid waste landfill permit programs...........53220
258.62 Added.......................................................50932

                                  2011

40 CFR
                                                                   76 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
239 State municipal solid waste landfill permit programs.............270
241 Added..........................................................15549
258 State municipal solid waste landfill permit programs.............270

                                  2012

40 CFR
                                                                   77 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
228.15 (n)(15) added...............................................55152

                                  2013

40 CFR
                                                                   78 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
228.15 (j)(22) through (25) added..................................73104
239 State municipal solid waste landfill permit programs.....5288, 20035
241.2 Amended.......................................................9211
241.3 (a), (b), (c) introductory text, (1) introductory text, (2) 
        introductory text, (ii), (iii), (iv) and (d)(1)(iii) 
        revised.....................................................9212
241.4 Added.........................................................9213
258 State municipal solid waste landfill permit programs.....5288, 20035

[[Page 516]]

                                  2014

   (Regulations published from January 1, 2014, through July 1, 2014)

40 CFR
                                                                   79 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
228.15 (j)(7)(i), (21)(i), (22)(i), (23)(i), (24)(i) and (25)(i) 
        revised; (j)(26) added.......................................373


                                  [all]